10-Q

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

Form 10-Q

x QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the quarterly period ended September 30, 2013

or

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                                             to

Commission File Number: 001-14965

The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware	13-4019460
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
200 West Street, New York, N.Y.	10282
(Address of principal executive offices)	(Zip Code)

(212) 902-1000

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

x Yes ¨ No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).

x Yes ¨ No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

  Large accelerated filer  x                     Accelerated filer  ¨

Non-accelerated filer  ¨ (Do not  check if a smaller reporting company)        Smaller reporting company  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).

¨ Yes x No

APPLICABLE ONLY TO CORPORATE ISSUERS

As of October 25, 2013, there were 453,231,366 shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding.

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC.

QUARTERLY REPORT ON FORM 10-Q FOR THE QUARTER ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2013

INDEX

Form 10-Q Item Number		Page No.
PART I	FINANCIAL INFORMATION	2
Item 1	Financial Statements (Unaudited)	2
	Condensed Consolidated Statements of Earnings for the three and nine months ended September  30, 2013 and September 30, 2012	2
	Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2013 and September 30, 2012	3
	Condensed Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition as of September 30,  2013 and December 31, 2012	4
	Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and year ended December 31, 2012	5
	Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the nine months ended September 30,  2013 and September 30, 2012	6
	Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements	7
	Note 1.        Description of Business	7
	Note 2.        Basis of Presentation	7
	Note 3.        Significant Accounting Policies	8
	Note 4.         Financial Instruments Owned, at Fair Value and Financial Instruments Sold,                      But Not Yet Purchased, at Fair Value	13
	Note 5.        Fair Value Measurements	15
	Note 6.        Cash Instruments	17
	Note 7.        Derivatives and Hedging Activities	28
	Note 8.        Fair Value Option	46
	Note 9.        Collateralized Agreements and Financings	58
	Note 10.      Securitization Activities	63
	Note 11.      Variable Interest Entities	66
	Note 12.      Other Assets	70
	Note 13.      Goodwill and Identifiable Intangible Assets	72
	Note 14.      Deposits	74
	Note 15.      Short-Term Borrowings	75
	Note 16.      Long-Term Borrowings	75
	Note 17.      Other Liabilities and Accrued Expenses	78
	Note 18.      Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees	79
	Note 19.      Shareholders’ Equity	85
	Note 20.      Regulation and Capital Adequacy	88
	Note 21.      Earnings Per Common Share	93
	Note 22.      Transactions with Affiliated Funds	94
	Note 23.      Interest Income and Interest Expense	95
	Note 24.      Income Taxes	95
	Note 25.      Business Segments	96
	Note 26.      Credit Concentrations	100
	Note 27.      Legal Proceedings	101
	Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	109
	Statistical Disclosures	110
Item 2	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	113
Item 3	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk	192
Item 4	Controls and Procedures	192
PART II	OTHER INFORMATION	192
Item 1	Legal Proceedings	192
Item 2	Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds	193
Item 6	Exhibits	194
SIGNATURES		195

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 1

PART I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Item 1.    Financial Statements (Unaudited)

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Earnings

(Unaudited)

	Three Months Ended September			Nine Months Ended September
in millions, except per share amounts		2013	2012		2013	2012
Revenues
Investment banking		$1,166	$1,168		$  4,286	$  3,534
Investment management		1,153	1,147		3,670	3,518
Commissions and fees		765	748		2,467	2,407
Market making		1,364	2,650		7,493	8,652
Other principal transactions		1,434	1,802		4,917	3,909
Total non-interest revenues		5,882	7,515		22,833	22,020
Interest income		2,398	2,629		7,669	8,517
Interest expense		1,558	1,793		5,078	5,610
Net interest income		840	836		2,591	2,907
Net revenues, including net interest income		6,722	8,351		25,424	24,927
Operating expenses
Compensation and benefits		2,382	3,675		10,424	10,968
Brokerage, clearing, exchange and distribution fees		573	547		1,747	1,658
Market development		117	123		398	369
Communications and technology		202	190		572	588
Depreciation and amortization		280	396		848	1,238
Occupancy		205	217		633	643
Professional fees		211	205		675	652
Insurance reserves		—	153		176	431
Other expenses		585	547		1,766	1,486
Total non-compensation expenses		2,173	2,378		6,815	7,065
Total operating expenses		4,555	6,053		17,239	18,033
Pre-tax earnings		2,167	2,298		8,185	6,894
Provision for taxes		650	786		2,477	2,311
Net earnings		1,517	1,512		5,708	4,583
Preferred stock dividends		88	54		230	124
Net earnings applicable to common shareholders		$1,429	$1,458		$  5,478	$  4,459
Earnings per common share
Basic		$  3.07	$  2.95		$  11.55	$    8.85
Diluted		2.88	2.85		10.89	8.57
Dividends declared per common share		$  0.50	$  0.46		$    1.50	$    1.27
Average common shares outstanding
Basic		463.4	491.2		472.7	501.1
Diluted		496.4	510.9		503.2	520.1

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

2 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

(Unaudited)

	Three Months Ended September					Nine Months Ended September
in millions		2013		2012			2013		2012
Net earnings		$1,517		$1,512			$5,708		$4,583
Other comprehensive income/(loss) adjustments, net of tax:
Currency translation		(19	)	(11	)		(75	)	(63	)
Pension and postretirement liabilities		(4	)	6			(11	)	13
Available-for-sale securities		—		129			(327	)	184
Cash flow hedges		6		—			6		—
Other comprehensive income/(loss)		(17	)	124			(407	)	134
Comprehensive income		$1,500		$1,636			$5,301		$4,717

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 3

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition

(Unaudited)

	As of
in millions, except share and per share amounts		September 2013		December 2012
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents		$  65,478		$  72,669
Cash and securities segregated for regulatory and other purposes (includes $36,746 and $30,484 at fair value as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively)		53,875		49,671
Collateralized agreements:
Securities purchased under agreements to resell and federal funds sold (includes $169,429 and $141,331 at fair value as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively)		169,868		141,334
Securities borrowed (includes $59,753 and $38,395 at fair value as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively)		175,095		136,893
Receivables from brokers, dealers and clearing organizations		23,589		18,480
Receivables from customers and counterparties (includes $7,085 and $7,866 at fair value as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively)		74,131		72,874
Financial instruments owned, at fair value (includes $52,490 and $67,177 pledged as collateral as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively)		324,257		407,011
Other assets (includes $13,408 and $13,426 at fair value as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively)		36,930		39,623
Total assets		$923,223		$938,555
Liabilities and shareholders’ equity
Deposits (includes $7,430 and $5,100 at fair value as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively)		$  71,570		$  70,124
Collateralized financings:
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase, at fair value		157,781		171,807
Securities loaned (includes $1,879 and $1,558 at fair value as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively)		19,034		13,765
Other secured financings (includes $25,865 and $30,337 at fair value as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively)		27,054		32,010
Payables to brokers, dealers and clearing organizations		8,447		5,283
Payables to customers and counterparties		193,426		189,202
Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value		131,158		126,644
Unsecured short-term borrowings, including the current portion of unsecured long-term borrowings (includes $18,682 and $17,595 at fair value as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively)		39,238		44,304
Unsecured long-term borrowings (includes $11,741 and $12,593 at fair value as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively)		168,082		167,305
Other liabilities and accrued expenses (includes $14,200 and $12,043 at fair value as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively)		29,817		42,395
Total liabilities		845,607		862,839
Commitments, contingencies and guarantees
Shareholders’ equity
Preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share; aggregate liquidation preference of $7,200 and $6,200 as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively		7,200		6,200
Common stock, par value $0.01 per share; 4,000,000,000 shares authorized, 823,766,476 and 816,807,400 shares issued as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively, and 441,499,049 and 465,148,387 shares outstanding as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively		8		8
Restricted stock units and employee stock options		3,701		3,298
Nonvoting common stock, par value $0.01 per share; 200,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding		—		—
Additional paid-in capital		48,930		48,030
Retained earnings		69,975		65,223
Accumulated other comprehensive loss		(600	)	(193	)
Stock held in treasury, at cost, par value $0.01 per share; 382,267,429 and 351,659,015 shares as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively		(51,598	)	(46,850	)
Total shareholders’ equity		77,616		75,716
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity		$923,223		$938,555

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

4 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

(Unaudited)

	Nine Months Ended			Year Ended
in millions		September 2013			December 2012
Preferred stock
Balance, beginning of year		$   6,200			$   3,100
Issued		1,000			3,100
Balance, end of period		7,200			6,200
Common stock
Balance, beginning of year		8			8
Issued		—			—
Balance, end of period		8			8
Restricted stock units and employee stock options
Balance, beginning of year		3,298			5,681
Issuance and amortization of restricted stock units and employee stock options		1,845			1,368
Delivery of common stock underlying restricted stock units		(1,369	)		(3,659	)
Forfeiture of restricted stock units and employee stock options		(60	)		(90	)
Exercise of employee stock options		(13	)		(2	)
Balance, end of period		3,701			3,298
Additional paid-in capital
Balance, beginning of year		48,030			45,553
Delivery of common stock underlying share-based awards		1,418			3,939
Cancellation of restricted stock units in satisfaction of withholding tax requirements		(594	)		(1,437	)
Preferred stock issuance costs		(9	)		(13	)
Excess net tax benefit/(provision) related to share-based awards		86			(11	)
Cash settlement of share-based compensation		(1	)		(1	)
Balance, end of period		48,930			48,030
Retained earnings
Balance, beginning of year		65,223			58,834
Net earnings		5,708			7,475
Dividends and dividend equivalents declared on common stock and restricted stock units		(726	)		(903	)
Dividends declared on preferred stock		(230	)		(183	)
Balance, end of period		69,975			65,223
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
Balance, beginning of year		(193	)		(516	)
Other comprehensive income/(loss)		(407	)		323
Balance, end of period		(600	)		(193	)
Stock held in treasury, at cost
Balance, beginning of year		(46,850	)		(42,281	)
Repurchased		(4,775	)		(4,637	)
Reissued		40			77
Other		(13	)		(9	)
Balance, end of period		(51,598	)		(46,850	)
Total shareholders’ equity		$ 77,616			$ 75,716

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 5

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(Unaudited)

	Nine Months Ended September
in millions		2013		2012
Cash flows from operating activities
Net earnings		$   5,708		$   4,583
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash provided by/(used for) operating activities
Depreciation and amortization		848		1,238
Share-based compensation		1,821		1,088
Changes in operating assets and liabilities
Cash and securities segregated for regulatory and other purposes		(4,346	)	10,616
Net receivables from brokers, dealers and clearing organizations		(2,011	)	1,617
Net payables to customers and counterparties		7,828		1,867
Securities borrowed, net of securities loaned		(32,938	)	(5,451	)
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase, net of securities purchased under agreements to resell and federal funds sold		(42,510	)	42,112
Financial instruments owned, at fair value		65,520		(47,787	)
Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value		5,011		(831	)
Other, net		(2,668	)	2,977
Net cash provided by operating activities		2,263		12,029
Cash flows from investing activities
Purchase of property, leasehold improvements and equipment		(498	)	(707	)
Proceeds from sales of property, leasehold improvements and equipment		57		38
Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired		(1,266	)	(439	)
Proceeds from sales of investments		1,840		424
Purchase of available-for-sale securities		(738	)	(3,671	)
Proceeds from sales of available-for-sale securities		817		2,838
Loans held for investment, net		(6,027	)	(2,111	)
Net cash used for investing activities		(5,815	)	(3,628	)
Cash flows from financing activities
Unsecured short-term borrowings, net		135		(1,691	)
Other secured financings (short-term), net		(6,415	)	(2,045	)
Proceeds from issuance of other secured financings (long-term)		4,883		4,004
Repayment of other secured financings (long-term), including the current portion		(2,032	)	(10,333	)
Proceeds from issuance of unsecured long-term borrowings		26,578		22,020
Repayment of unsecured long-term borrowings, including the current portion		(24,461	)	(27,873	)
Derivative contracts with a financing element, net		829		1,145
Deposits, net		1,446		15,417
Common stock repurchased		(4,775	)	(3,116	)
Dividends and dividend equivalents paid on common stock, preferred stock and restricted stock units		(956	)	(779	)
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock, net of issuance costs		991		2,250
Proceeds from issuance of common stock, including stock option exercises		49		148
Excess tax benefit related to share-based compensation		90		84
Cash settlement of share-based compensation		(1	)	(1	)
Net cash used for financing activities		(3,639	)	(770	)
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents		(7,191	)	7,631
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year		72,669		56,008
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period		$ 65,478		$ 63,639

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES:

Cash payments for interest, net of capitalized interest, were $4.68 billion and $7.87 billion during the nine months ended September 2013 and September 2012, respectively.

Cash payments for income taxes, net of refunds, were $3.81 billion and $1.09 billion during the nine months ended September 2013 and September 2012, respectively.

Non-cash activities:

The firm assumed $77 million of debt in connection with business acquisitions during the nine months ended September 2012.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

6 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Note 1.

Description of Business

The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. (Group Inc.), a Delaware corporation, together with its consolidated subsidiaries (collectively, the firm), is a leading global investment banking, securities and investment management firm that provides a wide range of financial services to a substantial and diversified client base that includes corporations, financial institutions, governments and high-net-worth individuals. Founded in 1869, the firm is headquartered in New York and maintains offices in all major financial centers around the world.

The firm reports its activities in the following four business segments:

Investment Banking

The firm provides a broad range of investment banking services to a diverse group of corporations, financial institutions, investment funds and governments. Services include strategic advisory assignments with respect to mergers and acquisitions, divestitures, corporate defense activities, risk management, restructurings and spin-offs, and debt and equity underwriting of public offerings and private placements, including domestic and cross-border transactions, as well as derivative transactions directly related to these activities.

Institutional Client Services

The firm facilitates client transactions and makes markets in fixed income, equity, currency and commodity products, primarily with institutional clients such as corporations, financial institutions, investment funds and governments. The firm also makes markets in and clears client transactions on major stock, options and futures exchanges worldwide and provides financing, securities lending and other prime brokerage services to institutional clients.

Investing & Lending

The firm invests in and originates loans to provide financing to clients. These investments and loans are typically longer-term in nature. The firm makes investments, directly and indirectly through funds that the firm manages, in debt securities and loans, public and private equity securities, real estate, consolidated investment entities and power generation facilities.

Investment Management

The firm provides investment management services and offers investment products (primarily through separately managed accounts and commingled vehicles, such as mutual funds and private investment funds) across all major asset classes to a diverse set of institutional and individual clients. The firm also offers wealth advisory services, including portfolio management and financial counseling, and brokerage and other transaction services to high-net-worth individuals and families.

Note 2.

Basis of Presentation

These condensed consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (U.S. GAAP) and include the accounts of Group Inc. and all other entities in which the firm has a controlling financial interest. Intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.

These condensed consolidated financial statements are unaudited and should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements included in the firm’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012. References to “the firm’s Annual Report on Form 10-K” are to the firm’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012. The condensed consolidated financial information as of December 31, 2012 has been derived from audited consolidated financial statements not included herein.

These unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments that are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair statement of the results for the interim periods presented. These adjustments are of a normal, recurring nature. Interim period operating results may not be indicative of the operating results for a full year.

All references to September 2013 and September 2012 refer to the firm’s periods ended, or the dates, as the context requires, September 30, 2013 and September 30, 2012, respectively. All references to June 2013 and December 2012 refer to the dates June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. Any reference to a future year refers to a year ending on December 31 of that year. Certain reclassifications have been made to previously reported amounts to conform to the current presentation.

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 7

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Note 3.

Significant Accounting Policies

The firm’s significant accounting policies include when and how to measure the fair value of assets and liabilities, accounting for goodwill and identifiable intangible assets, and when to consolidate an entity. See Notes 5 through 8 for policies on fair value measurements, Note 13 for policies on goodwill and identifiable intangible assets, and below and Note 11 for policies on consolidation accounting. All other significant accounting policies are either discussed below or included in the following footnotes:

Financial Instruments Owned, at Fair Value and Financial Instruments Sold, But Not Yet Purchased, at Fair Value	Note 4
Fair Value Measurements	Note 5
Cash Instruments	Note 6
Derivatives and Hedging Activities	Note 7
Fair Value Option	Note 8
Collateralized Agreements and Financings	Note 9
Securitization Activities	Note 10
Variable Interest Entities	Note 11
Other Assets	Note 12
Goodwill and Identifiable Intangible Assets	Note 13
Deposits	Note 14
Short-Term Borrowings	Note 15
Long-Term Borrowings	Note 16
Other Liabilities and Accrued Expenses	Note 17
Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees	Note 18
Shareholders’ Equity	Note 19
Regulation and Capital Adequacy	Note 20
Earnings Per Common Share	Note 21
Transactions with Affiliated Funds	Note 22
Interest Income and Interest Expense	Note 23
Income Taxes	Note 24
Business Segments	Note 25
Credit Concentrations	Note 26
Legal Proceedings	Note 27

Consolidation

The firm consolidates entities in which the firm has a controlling financial interest. The firm determines whether it has a controlling financial interest in an entity by first evaluating whether the entity is a voting interest entity or a variable interest entity (VIE).

Voting Interest Entities. Voting interest entities are entities in which (i) the total equity investment at risk is sufficient to enable the entity to finance its activities independently and (ii) the equity holders have the power to direct the activities of the entity that most significantly impact its economic performance, the obligation to absorb the losses of the entity and the right to receive the residual returns of the entity. The usual condition for a controlling financial interest in a voting interest entity is ownership of a majority voting interest. If the firm has a majority voting interest in a voting interest entity, the entity is consolidated.

Variable Interest Entities. A VIE is an entity that lacks one or more of the characteristics of a voting interest entity. The firm has a controlling financial interest in a VIE when the firm has a variable interest or interests that provide it with (i) the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance and (ii) the obligation to absorb losses of the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. See Note 11 for further information about VIEs.

Equity-Method Investments. When the firm does not have a controlling financial interest in an entity but can exert significant influence over the entity’s operating and financial policies, the investment is accounted for either (i) under the equity method of accounting or (ii) at fair value by electing the fair value option available under U.S. GAAP. Significant influence generally exists when the firm owns 20% to 50% of the entity’s common stock or in-substance common stock.

In general, the firm accounts for investments acquired after the fair value option became available, at fair value. In certain cases, the firm applies the equity method of accounting to new investments that are strategic in nature or closely related to the firm’s principal business activities, when the firm has a significant degree of involvement in the cash flows or operations of the investee or when cost-benefit considerations are less significant. See Note 12 for further information about equity-method investments.

8 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Investment Funds. The firm has formed numerous investment funds with third-party investors. These funds are typically organized as limited partnerships or limited liability companies for which the firm acts as general partner or manager. Generally, the firm does not hold a majority of the economic interests in these funds. These funds are usually voting interest entities and generally are not consolidated because third-party investors typically have rights to terminate the funds or to remove the firm as general partner or manager. Investments in these funds are included in “Financial instruments owned, at fair value.” See Notes 6, 18 and 22 for further information about investments in funds.

Use of Estimates

Preparation of these condensed consolidated financial statements requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions, the most important of which relate to fair value measurements, accounting for goodwill and identifiable intangible assets, discretionary compensation accruals and the provisions for losses that may arise from litigation, regulatory proceedings and tax audits. These estimates and assumptions are based on the best available information but actual results could be materially different.

Revenue Recognition

Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities at Fair Value. Financial instruments owned, at fair value and Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value are recorded at fair value either under the fair value option or in accordance with other U.S. GAAP. In addition, the firm has elected to account for certain of its other financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value by electing the fair value option. The fair value of a financial instrument is the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Financial assets are marked to bid prices and financial liabilities are marked to offer prices. Fair value measurements do not include transaction costs. Fair value gains or losses are generally included in “Market making” for positions in Institutional Client Services and “Other principal transactions” for positions in Investing & Lending. See Notes 5 through 8 for further information about fair value measurements.

Investment Banking. Fees from financial advisory assignments and underwriting revenues are recognized in earnings when the services related to the underlying transaction are completed under the terms of the assignment. Expenses associated with such transactions are deferred until the related revenue is recognized or the assignment is otherwise concluded. Expenses associated with financial advisory assignments are recorded as non-compensation expenses, net of client reimbursements. Underwriting revenues are presented net of related expenses.

Investment Management. The firm earns management fees and incentive fees for investment management services. Management fees for mutual funds are calculated as a percentage of daily net asset value and are received monthly. Management fees for hedge funds and separately managed accounts are calculated as a percentage of month-end net asset value and are generally received quarterly. Management fees for private equity funds are calculated as a percentage of monthly invested capital or commitments and are received quarterly, semi-annually or annually, depending on the fund. All management fees are recognized over the period that the related service is provided. Incentive fees are calculated as a percentage of a fund’s or separately managed account’s return, or excess return above a specified benchmark or other performance target. Incentive fees are generally based on investment performance over a 12-month period or over the life of a fund. Fees that are based on performance over a 12-month period are subject to adjustment prior to the end of the measurement period. For fees that are based on investment performance over the life of the fund, future investment underperformance may require fees previously distributed to the firm to be returned to the fund. Incentive fees are recognized only when all material contingencies have been resolved. Management and incentive fee revenues are included in “Investment management” revenues.

The firm makes payments to brokers and advisors related to the placement of the firm’s investment funds. These payments are computed based on either a percentage of the management fee or the investment fund’s net asset value. Where the firm is principal to the arrangement, such costs are recorded on a gross basis and included in “Brokerage, clearing, exchange and distribution fees,” and where the firm is agent to the arrangement, such costs are recorded on a net basis in “Investment management” revenues.

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 9

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Commissions and Fees. The firm earns “Commissions and fees” from executing and clearing client transactions on stock, options and futures markets. Commissions and fees are recognized on the day the trade is executed.

Transfers of Assets

Transfers of assets are accounted for as sales when the firm has relinquished control over the assets transferred. For transfers of assets accounted for as sales, any related gains or losses are recognized in net revenues. Assets or liabilities that arise from the firm’s continuing involvement with transferred assets are measured at fair value. For transfers of assets that are not accounted for as sales, the assets remain in “Financial instruments owned, at fair value” and the transfer is accounted for as a collateralized financing, with the related interest expense recognized over the life of the transaction. See Note 9 for further information about transfers of assets accounted for as collateralized financings and Note 10 for further information about transfers of assets accounted for as sales.

Receivables from Customers and Counterparties

Receivables from customers and counterparties generally relate to collateralized transactions. Such receivables are primarily comprised of customer margin loans, certain transfers of assets accounted for as secured loans rather than purchases at fair value, collateral posted in connection with certain derivative transactions, and loans held for investment. Certain of the firm’s receivables from customers and counterparties are accounted for at fair value under the fair value option, with changes in fair value generally included in “Market making” revenues. Receivables from customers and counterparties not accounted for at fair value, including loans held for investment, are accounted for at amortized cost net of estimated uncollectible amounts. Interest on receivables from customers and counterparties is recognized over the life of the transaction and included in “Interest income.” See Note 8 for further information about receivables from customers and counterparties.

Payables to Customers and Counterparties

Payables to customers and counterparties primarily consist of customer credit balances related to the firm’s prime brokerage activities. Payables to customers and counterparties are accounted for at cost plus accrued interest, which generally approximates fair value. While these payables are carried at amounts that approximate fair

value, they are not accounted for at fair value under the fair value option or at fair value in accordance with other U.S. GAAP and therefore are not included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy in Notes 6, 7 and 8. Had these payables been included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy, substantially all would have been classified in level 2 as of September 2013 and December 2012.

Receivables from and Payables to Brokers, Dealers and Clearing Organizations

Receivables from and payables to brokers, dealers and clearing organizations are accounted for at cost plus accrued interest, which generally approximates fair value. While these receivables and payables are carried at amounts that approximate fair value, they are not accounted for at fair value under the fair value option or at fair value in accordance with other U.S. GAAP and therefore are not included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy in Notes 6, 7 and 8. Had these receivables and payables been included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy, substantially all would have been classified in level 2 as of September 2013 and December 2012.

Offsetting Assets and Liabilities

To reduce credit exposures on derivatives and securities financing transactions, the firm may enter into master netting agreements or similar arrangements (collectively, netting agreements) with counterparties that permit it to offset receivables and payables with such counterparties. A netting agreement is a contract with a counterparty that permits net settlement of multiple transactions with that counterparty, including upon the exercise of termination rights by a non-defaulting party. Upon exercise of such termination rights, all transactions governed by the netting agreement are terminated and a net settlement amount is calculated. In addition, the firm receives and posts cash and securities collateral with respect to its derivatives and securities financing transactions, subject to the terms of the related credit support agreements. An enforceable credit support agreement grants the non-defaulting party exercising termination rights the right to liquidate the collateral and apply the proceeds to any amounts owed. In order to assess enforceability of the firm’s right of setoff under netting and credit support agreements, the firm evaluates various factors including applicable bankruptcy laws, local statutes and regulatory provisions in the jurisdiction of the parties to the agreement.

10 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Derivatives are reported on a net-by-counterparty basis (i.e., the net payable or receivable for derivative assets and liabilities for a given counterparty) in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition when a legal right of setoff exists under an enforceable netting agreement. Resale and repurchase agreements and securities borrowed and loaned transactions with the same term and currency are presented on a net-by-counterparty basis in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition when such transactions meet certain settlement criteria and are subject to netting agreements.

In the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition, derivatives are reported net of cash collateral received and posted under enforceable credit support agreements, when transacted under an enforceable netting agreement. In the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition, resale and repurchase agreements, and securities borrowed and loaned are not reported net of the related cash and securities received or posted as collateral. See Note 9 for further information about collateral received and pledged, including rights to deliver or repledge collateral. See Notes 7 and 9 for further information about offsetting.

Insurance Activities

Certain of the firm’s insurance contracts are accounted for at fair value under the fair value option, with changes in fair value included in “Market making” revenues. See Note 8 for further information about the fair values of these insurance contracts. The firm’s insurance activities consisted of the Americas reinsurance business and the European insurance business. See Note 12 for further information about the firm’s Americas reinsurance business, in which a majority stake was sold in April 2013, and the firm’s European insurance business, which was classified as held for sale as of September 2013 and June 2013.

Revenues from variable annuity and life insurance and reinsurance contracts not accounted for at fair value generally consist of fees assessed on contract holder account balances for mortality charges, policy administration fees and surrender charges. These revenues are recognized in earnings over the period that services are provided and are included in “Market making” revenues. Changes in reserves, including interest credited to policyholder account balances, are recognized in “Insurance reserves.”

Premiums earned for underwriting property catastrophe reinsurance are recognized in earnings over the coverage period, net of premiums ceded for the cost of reinsurance, and are included in “Market making” revenues. Expenses

for liabilities related to property catastrophe reinsurance claims, including estimates of losses that have been incurred but not reported, are included in “Insurance reserves.”

Share-based Compensation

The cost of employee services received in exchange for a share-based award is generally measured based on the grant-date fair value of the award. Share-based awards that do not require future service (i.e., vested awards, including awards granted to retirement-eligible employees) are expensed immediately. Share-based awards that require future service are amortized over the relevant service period. Expected forfeitures are included in determining share-based employee compensation expense.

The firm pays cash dividend equivalents on outstanding restricted stock units (RSUs). Dividend equivalents paid on RSUs are generally charged to retained earnings. Dividend equivalents paid on RSUs expected to be forfeited are included in compensation expense. The firm accounts for the tax benefit related to dividend equivalents paid on RSUs as an increase to additional paid-in capital.

In certain cases, primarily related to conflicted employment (as outlined in the applicable award agreements), the firm may cash settle share-based compensation awards accounted for as equity instruments. For these awards, whose terms allow for cash settlement, additional paid-in capital is adjusted to the extent of the difference between the value of the award at the time of cash settlement and the grant-date value of the award.

Foreign Currency Translation

Assets and liabilities denominated in non-U.S. currencies are translated at rates of exchange prevailing on the date of the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition and revenues and expenses are translated at average rates of exchange for the period. Foreign currency remeasurement gains or losses on transactions in nonfunctional currencies are recognized in earnings. Gains or losses on translation of the financial statements of a non-U.S. operation, when the functional currency is other than the U.S. dollar, are included, net of hedges and taxes, in the condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The firm defines cash equivalents as highly liquid overnight deposits held in the ordinary course of business. As of September 2013 and December 2012, “Cash and cash equivalents” included $7.30 billion and $6.75 billion, respectively, of cash and due from banks, and $58.18 billion and $65.92 billion, respectively, of interest-bearing deposits with banks.

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 11

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Recent Accounting Developments

Derecognition of in Substance Real Estate (ASC 360). In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-10, “Property, Plant, and Equipment (Topic 360) — Derecognition of in Substance Real Estate — a Scope Clarification.” ASU No. 2011-10 clarifies that in order to deconsolidate a subsidiary (that is in substance real estate due to a default on the subsidiary’s nonrecourse debt), the parent must no longer control the subsidiary and also must satisfy the sale criteria in ASC 360-20, “Property, Plant, and Equipment — Real Estate Sales.” The ASU was effective for fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2012. The firm applied the provisions of the ASU to such events occurring on or after January 1, 2013. Adoption of ASU No. 2011-10 did not materially affect the firm’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities (ASC 210). In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-11, “Balance Sheet (Topic 210) — Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities.” ASU No. 2011-11, as amended by ASU 2013-01, “Balance Sheet (Topic 210): Clarifying the Scope of Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities,” requires disclosure of the effect or potential effect of offsetting arrangements on the firm’s financial position as well as enhanced disclosure of the rights of setoff associated with the firm’s recognized derivative instruments, resale and repurchase agreements, and securities borrowing and lending transactions. ASU No. 2011-11 was effective for periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013. Since these amended principles require only additional disclosures concerning offsetting and related arrangements, adoption did not affect the firm’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. See Notes 7 and 9 for further information about the firm’s offsetting and related arrangements.

Investment Companies (ASC 946). In June 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-08, “Financial Services — Investment Companies (Topic 946) — Amendments to the Scope, Measurement, and Disclosure Requirements.” ASU No. 2013-08 clarifies the approach to be used for determining whether an entity is an investment company and provides new measurement and disclosure requirements. ASU No. 2013-08 is effective for interim and annual reporting periods in fiscal years that begin after December 15, 2013. Earlier application is prohibited. Adoption of ASU No. 2013-08 is not expected to materially affect the firm’s financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

Inclusion of the Fed Funds Effective Swap Rate (or Overnight Index Swap Rate) as a Benchmark Interest Rate for Hedge Accounting Purposes (ASC 815). In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-10, “Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815) — Inclusion of the Fed Funds Effective Swap Rate (or Overnight Index Swap Rate) as a Benchmark Interest Rate for Hedge Accounting Purposes.” ASU No. 2013-10 permits the use of the Fed Funds Effective Swap Rate (OIS) as a U.S. benchmark interest rate for hedge accounting purposes. The ASU also removes the restriction on using different benchmark rates for similar hedges. ASU No. 2013-10 was effective for qualifying new or redesignated hedging relationships entered into on or after July 17, 2013 and adoption did not materially affect the firm’s financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

12 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Note 4.

Financial Instruments Owned, at Fair Value and Financial Instruments Sold, But Not Yet Purchased, at Fair Value

Financial instruments owned, at fair value and financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value are accounted for at fair value either under the fair value option or in accordance with other U.S. GAAP. See Note 8 for

further information about the fair value option. The table below presents the firm’s financial instruments owned, at fair value, including those pledged as collateral, and financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value.

	As of September 2013				As of December 2012
in millions		Financial Instruments Owned	Financial Instruments Sold, But Not Yet Purchased			Financial Instruments Owned	Financial Instruments Sold, But Not Yet Purchased
Commercial paper, certificates of deposit, time deposits and other money market instruments		$    5,902	$          —			$    6,057	$          —
U.S. government and federal agency obligations		77,328	18,631			93,241	15,905
Non-U.S. government and agency obligations		46,257	32,591			62,250	32,361
Mortgage and other asset-backed loans and securities:
Loans and securities backed by commercial real estate		5,884	53			9,805	—
Loans and securities backed by residential real estate		8,285	1			8,216	4
Bank loans and bridge loans		17,573	1,091	4		22,407	1,779	4
Corporate debt securities		15,280	5,398			20,981	5,761
State and municipal obligations		1,356	—			2,477	1
Other debt obligations		3,076	3			2,251	—
Equities and convertible debentures		77,485	24,903			96,454	20,406
Commodities 1		4,372	—			11,696	—
Derivatives 2		61,459	48,487			71,176	50,427
Total 3		$324,257	$131,158			$407,011	$126,644

1. As of December 2012, includes $4.29 billion of commodities that have been transferred to third parties, which were accounted for as collateralized financings rather than sales. No such transactions related to commodities included in “Financial instruments owned, at fair value” were outstanding as of September 2013.

2. Reported on a net-by-counterparty basis when a legal right of setoff exists under an enforceable netting agreement and reported net of cash collateral received or posted under enforceable credit support agreements.

3. As of December 2012, includes approximately $8.84 billion of assets, primarily consisting of corporate debt securities, and non-U.S. government and agency obligations related to the firm’s European insurance business. As of September 2013, all assets, including financial instruments owned, related to the firm’s European insurance business were classified as held for sale and included in “Other assets.” See Note 12 for further information about assets held for sale.

4. Primarily relates to the fair value of unfunded lending commitments for which the fair value option was elected.

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 13

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Gains and Losses from Market Making and Other Principal Transactions

The table below presents “Market making” revenues by major product type, as well as “Other principal transactions” revenues. These gains/(losses) are primarily related to the firm’s financial instruments owned, at fair value and financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value, including both derivative and non-derivative financial instruments. These gains/(losses) exclude related interest income and interest expense. See Note 23 for further information about interest income and interest expense.

The gains/(losses) in the table are not representative of the manner in which the firm manages its business activities because many of the firm’s market-making and client facilitation strategies utilize financial instruments across various product types. Accordingly, gains or losses in one product type frequently offset gains or losses in other product types. For example, most of the firm’s longer-term derivatives are sensitive to changes in interest rates and may be economically hedged with interest rate swaps. Similarly, a significant portion of the firm’s cash instruments and derivatives has exposure to foreign currencies and may be economically hedged with foreign currency contracts.

Product Type	Three Months Ended September					Nine Months Ended September
in millions		2013		2012			2013	2012
Interest rates		$ 1,546		$1,854			$     513	$  3,211
Credit		155		827			1,609	3,476
Currencies		(1,318	)	(689	)		2,042	(643	)
Equities		857		809			2,126	2,020
Commodities		187		(16	)		836	511
Other		(63	)	(135	)		367	77
Market making		1,364		2,650			7,493	8,652
Other principal transactions 1		1,434		1,802			4,917	3,909
Total		$ 2,798		$4,452			$12,410	$12,561

1. Other principal transactions are included in the firm’s Investing & Lending segment. See Note 25 for net revenues, including net interest income, by product type for Investing & Lending, as well as the amount of net interest income included in Investing & Lending. The “Other” category in Note 25 relates to the firm’s consolidated investment entities, and primarily includes commodities-related net revenues.

14 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Note 5.

Fair Value Measurements

The fair value of a financial instrument is the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Financial assets are marked to bid prices and financial liabilities are marked to offer prices. Fair value measurements do not include transaction costs. The firm measures certain financial assets and financial liabilities as a portfolio (i.e., based on its net exposure to market and/or credit risks).

The best evidence of fair value is a quoted price in an active market. If quoted prices in active markets are not available, fair value is determined by reference to prices for similar instruments, quoted prices or recent transactions in less active markets, or internally developed models that primarily use market-based or independently sourced parameters as inputs including, but not limited to, interest rates, volatilities, equity or debt prices, foreign exchange rates, commodity prices, credit spreads and funding spreads (i.e., the spread, or difference, between the interest rate at which a borrower could finance a given financial instrument relative to a benchmark interest rate).

U.S. GAAP has a three-level fair value hierarchy for disclosure of fair value measurements. The fair value hierarchy prioritizes inputs to the valuation techniques used to measure fair value, giving the highest priority to level 1 inputs and the lowest priority to level 3 inputs. A financial instrument’s level in the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to its fair value measurement.

The fair value hierarchy is as follows:

Level 1. Inputs are unadjusted quoted prices in active markets to which the firm had access at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities.

Level 2. Inputs to valuation techniques are observable, either directly or indirectly.

Level 3. One or more inputs to valuation techniques are significant and unobservable.

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 15

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

The fair values for substantially all of the firm’s financial assets and financial liabilities are based on observable prices and inputs and are classified in levels 1 and 2 of the fair value hierarchy. Certain level 2 and level 3 financial assets and financial liabilities may require appropriate valuation adjustments that a market participant would require to arrive at fair value for factors such as counterparty and the firm’s credit quality, funding risk, transfer restrictions, liquidity and bid/offer spreads. Valuation adjustments are generally based on market evidence.

See Notes 6 and 7 for further information about fair value measurements of cash instruments and derivatives, respectively, included in “Financial instruments owned, at fair value” and “Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value,” and Note 8 for further information about fair value measurements of other financial assets and financial liabilities accounted for at fair value under the fair value option.

Financial assets and financial liabilities accounted for at fair value under the fair value option or in accordance with other U.S. GAAP are summarized below.

	As of
$ in millions		September 2013		June 2013		December 2012
Total level 1 financial assets		$158,223		$165,174		$ 190,737
Total level 2 financial assets		487,295		492,118		502,293
Total level 3 financial assets		41,971		42,824		47,095
Cash collateral and counterparty netting 1		(76,811	)	(81,312	)	(101,612	)
Total financial assets at fair value		$610,678		$618,804		$ 638,513
Total assets		$923,223		$938,456		$ 938,555
Total level 3 financial assets as a percentage of Total assets		4.5	%	4.6	%	5.0	%
Total level 3 financial assets as a percentage of Total financial assets at fair value		6.9	%	6.9	%	7.4	%
Total level 1 financial liabilities		$  73,218		$  82,725		$   65,994
Total level 2 financial liabilities		294,599		300,929		318,764
Total level 3 financial liabilities		25,294		22,564		25,679
Cash collateral and counterparty netting 1		(24,375	)	(24,562	)	(32,760	)
Total financial liabilities at fair value		$368,736		$381,656		$ 377,677
Total level 3 financial liabilities as a percentage of Total financial liabilities at fair value		6.9	%	5.9	%	6.8	%

1. Represents the impact on derivatives of cash collateral, and counterparty netting across levels of the fair value hierarchy. Netting among positions classified in the same level is included in that level.

Level 3 financial assets as of September 2013 decreased compared with June 2013, primarily reflecting a decrease in derivative assets, bank loans and bridge loans, and loans and securities backed by commercial real estate, partially offset by an increase in private equity investments. The decrease in derivative assets primarily reflected a decline in credit derivative assets, principally due to unrealized losses and settlements, and the impact of counterparty netting. The decrease in bank loans and bridge loans, and loans and securities backed by commercial real estate primarily reflected settlements and sales, partially offset by purchases. The increase in private equity investments primarily reflected unrealized gains and net transfers from level 2, partially offset by settlements.

Level 3 financial assets as of September 2013 also decreased compared with December 2012, primarily reflecting a decrease in derivative assets and bank loans and bridge loans, partially offset by an increase in private equity investments. The decrease in derivative assets primarily reflected a decline in credit derivative assets, principally due to settlements, unrealized losses and transfers to level 2. The decrease in bank loans and bridge loans primarily reflected settlements and sales, partially offset by purchases. The increase in private equity investments primarily reflected unrealized gains and purchases, partially offset by settlements.

See Notes 6, 7 and 8 for further information about level 3 cash instruments, derivatives and other financial assets and financial liabilities accounted for at fair value under the fair value option, respectively, including information about significant unrealized gains and losses, and transfers in and out of level 3.

16 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Note 6.

Cash Instruments

Cash instruments include U.S. government and federal agency obligations, non-U.S. government and agency obligations, bank loans and bridge loans, corporate debt securities, equities and convertible debentures, and other non-derivative financial instruments owned and financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased. See below for the types of cash instruments included in each level of the fair value hierarchy and the valuation techniques and significant inputs used to determine their fair values. See Note 5 for an overview of the firm’s fair value measurement policies.

Level 1 Cash Instruments

Level 1 cash instruments include U.S. government obligations and most non-U.S. government obligations, actively traded listed equities, certain government agency obligations and money market instruments. These instruments are valued using quoted prices for identical unrestricted instruments in active markets.

The firm defines active markets for equity instruments based on the average daily trading volume both in absolute terms and relative to the market capitalization for the instrument. The firm defines active markets for debt instruments based on both the average daily trading volume and the number of days with trading activity.

Level 2 Cash Instruments

Level 2 cash instruments include commercial paper, certificates of deposit, time deposits, most government agency obligations, certain non-U.S. government obligations, most corporate debt securities, commodities, certain mortgage-backed loans and securities, certain bank loans and bridge loans, restricted or less liquid listed equities, most state and municipal obligations and certain lending commitments.

Valuations of level 2 cash instruments can be verified to quoted prices, recent trading activity for identical or similar instruments, broker or dealer quotations or alternative pricing sources with reasonable levels of price transparency. Consideration is given to the nature of the quotations (e.g., indicative or firm) and the relationship of recent market activity to the prices provided from alternative pricing sources.

Valuation adjustments are typically made to level 2 cash instruments (i) if the cash instrument is subject to transfer restrictions and/or (ii) for other premiums and liquidity discounts that a market participant would require to arrive at fair value. Valuation adjustments are generally based on market evidence.

Level 3 Cash Instruments

Level 3 cash instruments have one or more significant valuation inputs that are not observable. Absent evidence to the contrary, level 3 cash instruments are initially valued at transaction price, which is considered to be the best initial estimate of fair value. Subsequently, the firm uses other methodologies to determine fair value, which vary based on the type of instrument. Valuation inputs and assumptions are changed when corroborated by substantive observable evidence, including values realized on sales of financial assets.

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 17

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Valuation Techniques and Significant Inputs

The table below presents the valuation techniques and the nature of significant inputs generally used to determine the

fair values of each type of level 3 cash instrument.

Level 3 Cash Instruments	Valuation Techniques and Significant Inputs
Loans and securities backed by commercial real estate Ÿ   Collateralized by a single commercial real estate property or a portfolio of properties Ÿ   May include tranches of varying levels of subordination	Valuation techniques vary by instrument, but are generally based on discounted cash flow techniques.
	Significant inputs are generally determined based on relative value analyses and include:
	Ÿ   Transaction prices in both the underlying collateral and instruments with the same or similar underlying collateral and the basis, or price difference, to such prices
	Ÿ   Market yields implied by transactions of similar or related assets and/or current levels and changes in market indices such as the CMBX (an index that tracks the performance of commercial mortgage bonds)
	Ÿ   Recovery rates implied by the value of the underlying collateral, which is mainly driven by current performance of the underlying collateral, capitalization rates and multiples
	Ÿ   Timing of expected future cash flows (duration)
Loans and securities backed by residential real estate Ÿ   Collateralized by portfolios of residential real estate Ÿ   May include tranches of varying levels of subordination	Valuation techniques vary by instrument, but are generally based on discounted cash flow techniques.
	Significant inputs are generally determined based on relative value analyses, which incorporate comparisons to instruments with similar collateral and risk profiles, including relevant indices such as the ABX (an index that tracks the performance of subprime residential mortgage bonds). Significant inputs include:
	Ÿ   Transaction prices in both the underlying collateral and instruments with the same or similar underlying collateral
	Ÿ   Market yields implied by transactions of similar or related assets
	Ÿ   Cumulative loss expectations, driven by default rates, home price projections, residential property liquidation timelines and related costs
	Ÿ   Duration, driven by underlying loan prepayment speeds and residential property liquidation timelines
Bank loans and bridge loans	Valuation techniques vary by instrument, but are generally based on discounted cash flow techniques.
	Significant inputs are generally determined based on relative value analyses, which incorporate comparisons both to prices of credit default swaps that reference the same or similar underlying instrument or entity and to other debt instruments for the same issuer for which observable prices or broker quotations are available. Significant inputs include:
	Ÿ   Market yields implied by transactions of similar or related assets and/or current levels and trends of market indices such as CDX and LCDX (indices that track the performance of corporate credit and loans, respectively)
	Ÿ   Current performance and recovery assumptions and, where the firm uses credit default swaps to value the related cash instrument, the cost of borrowing the underlying reference obligation
	Ÿ   Duration
Non-U.S. government and agency obligations Corporate debt securities State and municipal obligations Other debt obligations	Valuation techniques vary by instrument, but are generally based on discounted cash flow techniques.
	Significant inputs are generally determined based on relative value analyses, which incorporate comparisons both to prices of credit default swaps that reference the same or similar underlying instrument or entity and to other debt instruments for the same issuer for which observable prices or broker quotations are available. Significant inputs include:
	Ÿ   Market yields implied by transactions of similar or related assets and/or current levels and trends of market indices such as CDX, LCDX and MCDX (an index that tracks the performance of municipal obligations)
	Ÿ   Current performance and recovery assumptions and, where the firm uses credit default swaps to value the related cash instrument, the cost of borrowing the underlying reference obligation
	Ÿ   Duration
Equities and convertible debentures (including private equity investments and investments in real estate entities)	Recent third-party completed or pending transactions (e.g., merger proposals, tender offers, debt restructurings) are considered to be the best evidence for any change in fair value. When these are not available, the following valuation methodologies are used, as appropriate:
	Ÿ   Industry multiples (primarily EBITDA multiples) and public comparables
	Ÿ   Transactions in similar instruments
	Ÿ   Discounted cash flow techniques
	Ÿ   Third-party appraisals
	Ÿ   Net asset value per share (NAV)
	The firm also considers changes in the outlook for the relevant industry and financial performance of the issuer as compared to projected performance. Significant inputs include:
	Ÿ   Market and transaction multiples
	Ÿ   Discount rates, long-term growth rates, earnings compound annual growth rates and capitalization rates
	Ÿ   For equity instruments with debt-like features: market yields implied by transactions of similar or related assets, current performance and recovery assumptions, and duration

18 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Significant Unobservable Inputs

The tables below present the ranges of significant unobservable inputs used to value the firm’s level 3 cash instruments. These ranges represent the significant unobservable inputs that were used in the valuation of each type of cash instrument. The ranges and weighted averages of these inputs are not representative of the appropriate inputs to use when calculating the fair value of any one cash instrument. For example, the highest multiple presented in

the tables below for private equity investments is appropriate for valuing a specific private equity investment but may not be appropriate for valuing any other private equity investment. Accordingly, the ranges of inputs presented below do not represent uncertainty in, or possible ranges of, fair value measurements of the firm’s level 3 cash instruments.

Level 3 Cash Instruments	Level 3 Assets as of    September 2013    (in millions)	Valuation Techniques and Significant Unobservable Inputs	Range of Significant Unobservable Inputs (Weighted Average 1) as of September 2013
Loans and securities backed by commercial real estate Ÿ   Collateralized by a single commercial real estate property or a portfolio of properties Ÿ   May include tranches of varying levels of subordination	$2,684	Discounted cash flows:
		Ÿ   Yield	4.0% to 23.0% (9.5%)
		Ÿ   Recovery rate 3	36.0% to 87.5% (63.1%)
		Ÿ   Duration (years) 4	0.3 to 5.7 (2.0)
		Ÿ   Basis	(15) points to 21 points (4 points)
Loans and securities backed by residential real estate Ÿ   Collateralized by portfolios of residential real estate Ÿ   May include tranches of varying levels of subordination	$1,770	Discounted cash flows:
		Ÿ   Yield	3.0% to 18.9% (9.3%)
		Ÿ   Cumulative loss rate	1.0% to 34.3% (20.9%)
		Ÿ   Duration (years) 4	1.5 to 16.3 (3.5)
Bank loans and bridge loans	$9,475	Discounted cash flows:
		Ÿ   Yield	1.6% to 37.0% (10.1%)
		Ÿ   Recovery rate 3	40.0% to 85.0% (55.5%)
		Ÿ   Duration (years) 4	0.4 to 4.4 (2.1)
Non-U.S. government and agency obligations Corporate debt securities State and municipal obligations Other debt obligations	$3,367	Discounted cash flows:
		Ÿ   Yield	1.2% to 40.7% (9.9%)
		Ÿ   Recovery rate 3	0.0% to 70.0% (62.3%)
		Ÿ   Duration (years) 4	0.3 to 15.1 (4.2)
Equities and convertible debentures (including private equity investments and investments in real estate entities)	$16,180 2	Comparable multiples:
		Ÿ   Multiples	0.6x to 19.9x (7.4x)
		Discounted cash flows:
		Ÿ   Discount rate/yield	10.0% to 45.0% (15.0%)
		Ÿ   Long-term growth rate/compound annual growth rate	1.0% to 21.0% (10.3%)
		Ÿ   Capitalization rate	4.7% to 11.0% (7.4%)

1. Weighted averages are calculated by weighting each input by the relative fair value of the respective financial instruments.

2. The fair value of any one instrument may be determined using multiple valuation techniques. For example, market comparables and discounted cash flows may be used together to determine fair value. Therefore, the level 3 balance encompasses both of these techniques.

3. Recovery rate is a measure of expected future cash flows in a default scenario, expressed as a percentage of notional or face value of the instrument, and reflects the benefit of credit enhancement on certain instruments.

4. Duration is an estimate of the timing of future cash flows and, in certain cases, may incorporate the impact of other unobservable inputs (e.g., prepayment speeds).

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 19

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Level 3 Cash Instruments	Level 3 Assets as of    December 2012    (in millions)	Valuation Techniques and Significant Unobservable Inputs	Range of Significant Unobservable Inputs (Weighted Average 1) as of December 2012
Loans and securities backed by commercial real estate Ÿ   Collateralized by a single commercial real estate property or a portfolio of properties Ÿ   May include tranches of varying levels of subordination	$3,389	Discounted cash flows:
		Ÿ   Yield	4.0% to 43.3% (9.8%)
		Ÿ   Recovery rate 3	37.0% to 96.2% (81.7%)
		Ÿ   Duration (years) 4	0.1 to 7.0 (2.6)
		Ÿ   Basis	(13) points to 18 points (2 points)
Loans and securities backed by residential real estate Ÿ   Collateralized by portfolios of residential real estate Ÿ   May include tranches of varying levels of subordination	$1,619	Discounted cash flows:
		Ÿ   Yield	3.1% to 17.0% (9.7%)
		Ÿ   Cumulative loss rate	0.0% to 61.6% (31.6%)
		Ÿ   Duration (years) 4	1.3 to 5.9 (3.7)
Bank loans and bridge loans	$11,235	Discounted cash flows:
		Ÿ   Yield	0.3% to 34.5% (8.3%)
		Ÿ   Recovery rate 3	16.5% to 85.0% (56.0%)
		Ÿ   Duration (years) 4	0.2 to 4.4 (1.9)
Non-U.S. government and agency obligations Corporate debt securities State and municipal obligations Other debt obligations	$4,651	Discounted cash flows:
		Ÿ   Yield	0.6% to 33.7% (8.6%)
		Ÿ   Recovery rate 3	0.0% to 70.0% (53.4%)
		Ÿ   Duration (years) 4	0.5 to 15.5 (4.0)
Equities and convertible debentures (including private equity investments and investments in real estate entities)	$14,855 2	Comparable multiples:
		Ÿ   Multiples	0.7x to 21.0x (7.2x)
		Discounted cash flows:
		Ÿ   Discount rate/yield	10.0% to 25.0% (14.3%)
		Ÿ   Long-term growth rate/compound annual growth rate	0.7% to 25.0% (9.3%)
		Ÿ   Capitalization rate	3.9% to 11.4% (7.3%)

1. Weighted averages are calculated by weighting each input by the relative fair value of the respective financial instruments.

2. The fair value of any one instrument may be determined using multiple valuation techniques. For example, market comparables and discounted cash flows may be used together to determine fair value. Therefore, the level 3 balance encompasses both of these techniques.

3. Recovery rate is a measure of expected future cash flows in a default scenario, expressed as a percentage of notional or face value of the instrument, and reflects the benefit of credit enhancement on certain instruments.

4. Duration is an estimate of the timing of future cash flows and, in certain cases, may incorporate the impact of other unobservable inputs (e.g., prepayment speeds).

Increases in yield, discount rate, capitalization rate, duration or cumulative loss rate used in the valuation of the firm’s level 3 cash instruments would result in a lower fair value measurement, while increases in recovery rate, basis, multiples, long-term growth rate or compound annual

growth rate would result in a higher fair value measurement. Due to the distinctive nature of each of the firm’s level 3 cash instruments, the interrelationship of inputs is not necessarily uniform within each product type.

20 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Fair Value of Cash Instruments by Level

The tables below present, by level within the fair value hierarchy, cash instrument assets and liabilities, at fair value. Cash instrument assets and liabilities are included in

“Financial instruments owned, at fair value” and “Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value,” respectively.

	Cash Instrument Assets at Fair Value as of September 2013
in millions		Level 1	Level 2	Level 3		Total
Commercial paper, certificates of deposit, time deposits and other money market instruments		$       241	$  5,661	$        —		$    5,902
U.S. government and federal agency obligations		39,595	37,733	—		77,328
Non-U.S. government and agency obligations		35,377	10,825	55		46,257
Mortgage and other asset-backed loans and securities 1:
Loans and securities backed by commercial real estate		—	3,200	2,684		5,884
Loans and securities backed by residential real estate		—	6,515	1,770		8,285
Bank loans and bridge loans		—	8,098	9,475		17,573
Corporate debt securities 2		465	12,502	2,313		15,280
State and municipal obligations		—	1,129	227		1,356
Other debt obligations 2		—	2,304	772		3,076
Equities and convertible debentures		53,757	7,548	16,180	3	77,485
Commodities		—	4,372	—		4,372
Total		$129,435	$99,887	$33,476		$262,798
	Cash Instrument Liabilities at Fair Value as of September 2013
in millions		Level 1	Level 2	Level 3		Total
U.S. government and federal agency obligations		$  18,574	$       57	$        —		$  18,631
Non-U.S. government and agency obligations		30,185	2,406	—		32,591
Mortgage and other asset-backed loans and securities:
Loans and securities backed by commercial real estate		—	52	1		53
Loans and securities backed by residential real estate		—	1	—		1
Bank loans and bridge loans		—	744	347		1,091
Corporate debt securities		30	5,359	9		5,398
Other debt obligations		—	—	3		3
Equities and convertible debentures		24,409	487	7		24,903
Total		$  73,198	$  9,106	$     367		$  82,671

1. Includes $340 million and $388 million of collateralized debt obligations (CDOs) backed by real estate in level 2 and level 3, respectively.

2. Includes $504 million and $1.36 billion of CDOs and collateralized loan obligations (CLOs) backed by corporate obligations in level 2 and level 3, respectively.

3. Includes $14.13 billion of private equity investments, $1.60 billion of investments in real estate entities and $455 million of convertible debentures.

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 21

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

	Cash Instrument Assets at Fair Value as of December 2012
in millions		Level 1	Level 2	Level 3		Total
Commercial paper, certificates of deposit, time deposits and other money market instruments		$    2,155	$    3,902	$        —		$    6,057
U.S. government and federal agency obligations		42,856	50,385	—		93,241
Non-U.S. government and agency obligations		46,715	15,509	26		62,250
Mortgage and other asset-backed loans and securities 1:
Loans and securities backed by commercial real estate		—	6,416	3,389		9,805
Loans and securities backed by residential real estate		—	6,597	1,619		8,216
Bank loans and bridge loans		—	11,172	11,235		22,407
Corporate debt securities 2		111	18,049	2,821		20,981
State and municipal obligations		—	1,858	619		2,477
Other debt obligations 2		—	1,066	1,185		2,251
Equities and convertible debentures		72,875	8,724	14,855	3	96,454
Commodities		—	11,696	—		11,696
Total		$164,712	$135,374	$35,749		$335,835
	Cash Instrument Liabilities at Fair Value as of December 2012
in millions		Level 1	Level 2	Level 3		Total
U.S. government and federal agency obligations		$  15,475	$       430	$        —		$  15,905
Non-U.S. government and agency obligations		31,011	1,350	—		32,361
Mortgage and other asset-backed loans and securities:
Loans and securities backed by residential real estate		—	4	—		4
Bank loans and bridge loans		—	1,143	636		1,779
Corporate debt securities		28	5,731	2		5,761
State and municipal obligations		—	1	—		1
Equities and convertible debentures		19,416	986	4		20,406
Total		$  65,930	$    9,645	$     642		$  76,217

1. Includes $489 million and $446 million of CDOs backed by real estate in level 2 and level 3, respectively.

2. Includes $284 million and $1.76 billion of CDOs and CLOs backed by corporate obligations in level 2 and level 3, respectively.

3. Includes $12.67 billion of private equity investments, $1.58 billion of investments in real estate entities and $600 million of convertible debentures.

Transfers Between Levels of the Fair Value Hierarchy

Transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy are reported at the beginning of the reporting period in which they occur. During the three months ended September 2013, transfers into level 2 from level 1 of cash instruments were $31 million, reflecting transfers of public equity securities due to decreased market activity in these instruments. During the three months ended September 2013, transfers into level 1 from level 2 of cash instruments were $22 million, reflecting transfers of public equity securities due to increased market activity in these instruments. During the three months ended September 2012, transfers into level 2 from level 1 of cash instruments were $205 million, including transfers of non-U.S. government obligations and equity securities of $118 million and $87 million, respectively, reflecting the level of market activity in these instruments. Transfers into level 1 from level 2 of cash instruments were $261 million, reflecting transfers of equity securities due to the level of market activity in these instruments.

During the nine months ended September 2013, transfers into level 2 from level 1 of cash instruments were $24 million, reflecting transfers of public equity securities due to decreased market activity in these instruments. During the nine months ended September 2013, transfers into level 1 from level 2 of cash instruments were $71 million, reflecting transfers of public equity securities, primarily due to increased market activity in these instruments. During the nine months ended September 2012, transfers into level 2 from level 1 of cash instruments were $2.02 billion, including transfers of non-U.S. government obligations of $1.19 billion, reflecting the level of market activity in these instruments, and transfers of equity securities of $832 million, primarily reflecting the impact of transfer restrictions. Transfers into level 1 from level 2 of cash instruments were $427 million, including transfers of non-U.S. government obligations of $225 million, reflecting the level of market activity in these instruments, and transfers of equity securities of $182 million, where the firm was able to obtain quoted prices for certain instruments and due to the level of market activity for other instruments.

22 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Level 3 Rollforward

If a cash instrument asset or liability was transferred to level 3 during a reporting period, its entire gain or loss for the period is included in level 3.

Level 3 cash instruments are frequently economically hedged with level 1 and level 2 cash instruments and/or level 1, level 2 or level 3 derivatives. Accordingly, gains or losses that are reported in level 3 can be partially offset by gains or losses attributable to level 1 or level 2 cash

instruments and/or level 1, level 2 or level 3 derivatives. As a result, gains or losses included in the level 3 rollforward below do not necessarily represent the overall impact on the firm’s results of operations, liquidity or capital resources.

The tables below present changes in fair value for all cash instrument assets and liabilities categorized as level 3 as of the end of the period.

	Level 3 Cash Instrument Assets at Fair Value for the Three Months Ended September 2013
in millions		Balance, beginning of period	Net realized gains/ (losses)		Net unrealized gains/(losses) relating to instruments still held at period-end		Purchases	1	Sales		Settlements		Transfers into level 3	Transfers out of level 3		Balance, end of period
Non-U.S. government and agency obligations		$       90	$  —		$    3		$       2		$      (27	)	$       —		$     11	$     (24	)	$       55
Mortgage and other asset-backed loans and securities:
Loans and securities backed by commercial real estate		2,969	40		66		320		(338	)	(363	)	77	(87	)	2,684
Loans and securities backed by residential real estate		1,738	17		37		207		(84	)	(114	)	61	(92	)	1,770
Bank loans and bridge loans		9,997	118		105		1,317		(580	)	(1,446	)	706	(742	)	9,475
Corporate debt securities		2,492	80		61		190		(357	)	(63	)	137	(227	)	2,313
State and municipal obligations		322	1		(2	)	28		(59	)	(1	)	4	(66	)	227
Other debt obligations		876	13		15		116		(26	)	(56	)	48	(214	)	772
Equities and convertible debentures		15,417	20		697		306		(115	)	(378	)	496	(263	)	16,180
Total		$33,901	$289	2	$982	2	$2,486		$(1,586	)	$(2,421	)	$1,540	$(1,715	)	$33,476
	Level 3 Cash Instrument Liabilities at Fair Value for the Three Months Ended September 2013
in millions		Balance, beginning of period	Net realized (gains)/ losses		Net unrealized (gains)/losses relating to instruments still held at period-end		Purchases	1	Sales		Settlements		Transfers into level 3	Transfers out of level 3		Balance, end of period
Total		$     385	$   (4	)	$  17		$  (101	)	$       49		$         3		$     32	$     (14	)	$     367

1. Includes both originations and secondary market purchases.

2. The aggregate amounts include gains of approximately $149 million, $891 million and $231 million reported in “Market making,” “Other principal transactions” and “Interest income,” respectively.

The net unrealized gain/(loss) on level 3 cash instrument assets of $965 million (reflecting $982 million of gains on cash instrument assets and $17 million of losses on cash instrument liabilities) for the three months ended September 2013 primarily consisted of gains on private equity investments, primarily driven by strong corporate performance and company-specific events.

Transfers into level 3 during the three months ended September 2013 primarily reflected transfers of certain bank loans and bridge loans and private equity investments from level 2, due to a lack of market transactions in these instruments.

Transfers out of level 3 during the three months ended September 2013 primarily reflected transfers to level 2 of certain bank loans and bridge loans, private equity investments and other debt obligations, as a result of market transactions in these or similar instruments, and corporate debt obligations, principally due to increased transparency as a result of market transactions in these instruments and certain unobservable inputs not being significant to the valuation of these instruments.

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 23

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

	Level 3 Cash Instrument Assets at Fair Value for the Nine Months Ended September 2013
in millions		Balance, beginning of period	Net realized gains/ (losses)		Net unrealized gains/(losses) relating to instruments still held at period-end		Purchases	1	Sales		Settlements		Transfers into level 3	Transfers out of level 3		Balance, end of period
Non-U.S. government and agency obligations		$       26	$    5		$       9		$     23		$     (14	)	$       (2	)	$     11	$       (3	)	$        55
Mortgage and other asset-backed loans and securities:
Loans and securities backed by commercial real estate		3,389	86		197		549		(627	)	(965	)	197	(142	)	2,684
Loans and securities backed by residential real estate		1,619	37		99		633		(380	)	(236	)	78	(80	)	1,770
Bank loans and bridge loans		11,235	356		278		3,494		(2,042	)	(3,408	)	1,052	(1,490	)	9,475
Corporate debt securities		2,821	255		393		542		(1,392	)	(420	)	353	(239	)	2,313
State and municipal obligations		619	3		1		99		(461	)	(2	)	6	(38	)	227
Other debt obligations		1,185	35		16		563		(410	)	(60	)	17	(574	)	772
Equities and convertible debentures		14,855	154		1,635		1,640		(650	)	(1,396	)	1,015	(1,073	)	16,180
Total		$35,749	$931	2	$2,628	2	$7,543		$(5,976	)	$(6,489	)	$2,729	$(3,639	)	$33,476
	Level 3 Cash Instrument Liabilities at Fair Value for the Nine Months Ended September 2013
in millions		Balance, beginning of period	Net realized (gains)/ losses		Net unrealized (gains)/losses relating to instruments still held at period-end		Purchases	1	Sales		Settlements		Transfers into level 3	Transfers out of level 3		Balance, end of period
Total		$     642	$    7		$      —		$  (368	)	$    187		$      13		$     46	$   (160	)	$     367

1. Includes both originations and secondary market purchases.

2. The aggregate amounts include gains of approximately $664 million, $2.31 billion and $585 million reported in “Market making,” “Other principal transactions” and “Interest income,” respectively.

The net unrealized gain on level 3 cash instrument assets of $2.63 billion for the nine months ended September 2013 primarily consisted of gains on private equity investments, primarily driven by strong corporate performance and company-specific events, corporate debt securities, primarily due to tighter credit spreads, and bank loans and bridge loans, primarily due to company-specific events.

Transfers into level 3 during the nine months ended September 2013 primarily reflected transfers of certain bank loans and bridge loans and private equity investments from level 2, principally due to a lack of market transactions in these instruments.

Transfers out of level 3 during the nine months ended September 2013 primarily reflected transfers of certain bank loans and bridge loans, private equity investments and other debt obligations to level 2, principally due to increased transparency of market prices as a result of market transactions in these instruments and transfers related to the firm’s European insurance business of certain level 3 bank loans and bridge loans within cash instruments to level 3 other assets within other financial assets at fair value, as this business was classified as held for sale during the period.

24 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

	Level 3 Cash Instrument Assets at Fair Value for the Three Months Ended September 2012
in millions		Balance, beginning of period	Net realized gains/ (losses)		Net unrealized gains/(losses) relating to instruments still held at period-end		Purchases	1	Sales		Settlements		Transfers into level 3	Transfers out of level 3		Balance, end of period
Commercial paper, certificates of deposit, time deposits and other money market instruments		$         7	$   —		$      —		$      —		$       —		$       (7	)	$      —	$       —		$        —
Non-U.S. government and agency obligations		8	—		3		2		—		—		—	—		13
Mortgage and other asset-backed loans and securities:
Loans and securities backed by commercial real estate		3,166	57		78		355		(362	)	(44	)	214	(146	)	3,318
Loans and securities backed by residential real estate		1,632	65		44		81		(266	)	(351	)	98	(15	)	1,288
Bank loans and bridge loans		10,461	151		150		1,535		(906	)	(805	)	691	(444	)	10,833
Corporate debt securities		2,367	106		140		462		(274	)	(120	)	240	(200	)	2,721
State and municipal obligations		547	4		5		36		(27	)	(2	)	20	–		583
Other debt obligations		1,757	5		51		197		(88	)	(25	)	118	(7	)	2,008
Equities and convertible debentures		14,420	31		632		513		(320	)	(108	)	798	(840	)	15,126
Total		$34,365	$419	2	$1,103	2	$3,181		$(2,243	)	$(1,462	)	$2,179	$(1,652	)	$35,890
	Level 3 Cash Instrument Liabilities at Fair Value for the Three Months Ended September 2012
in millions		Balance, beginning of period	Net realized (gains)/ losses		Net unrealized (gains)/losses relating to instruments still held at period-end		Purchases	1	Sales		Settlements		Transfers into level 3	Transfers out of level 3		Balance, end of period
Total		$     739	$   (2	)	$       3		$  (105	)	$      65		$      16		$     46	$     (89	)	$     673

1. Includes both originations and secondary market purchases.

2. The aggregate amounts include gains of approximately $340 million, $843 million and $339 million reported in “Market making,” “Other principal transactions” and “Interest income,” respectively.

The net unrealized gain/(loss) on level 3 cash instruments of $1.10 billion (reflecting $1.10 billion on cash instrument assets and $(3) million on cash instrument liabilities) for the three months ended September 2012 primarily consisted of gains on private equity investments, bank loans and bridge loans, and corporate debt securities. Unrealized gains during the quarter primarily reflected the impact of an increase in global equity prices and tighter credit spreads.

Transfers into level 3 during the three months ended September 2012 primarily reflected transfers from level 2 of certain private equity investments and bank loans and bridge loans, principally due to less market activity in these instruments.

Transfers out of level 3 during the three months ended September 2012 primarily reflected transfers to level 2 of certain private equity investments and bank loans and bridge loans, principally due to improved transparency of market prices as a result of market transactions in these financial instruments.

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 25

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

	Level 3 Cash Instrument Assets at Fair Value for the Nine Months Ended September 2012
in millions		Balance, beginning of period	Net realized gains/ (losses)		Net unrealized gains/(losses) relating to instruments still held at period-end		Purchases	1	Sales		Settlements		Transfers into level 3	Transfers out of level 3		Balance, end of period
Non-U.S. government and agency obligations		$     148	$    (55	)	$       4		$       2		$       (8	)	$     (71	)	$       6	$     (13	)	$       13
Mortgage and other asset-backed loans and securities:
Loans and securities backed by commercial real estate		3,346	143		227		1,337		(956	)	(859	)	218	(138	)	3,318
Loans and securities backed by residential real estate		1,709	128		239		345		(729	)	(471	)	77	(10	)	1,288
Bank loans and bridge loans		11,285	431		318		3,393		(2,754	)	(2,122	)	1,237	(955	)	10,833
Corporate debt securities		2,480	266		229		865		(851	)	(352	)	344	(260	)	2,721
State and municipal obligations		599	16		8		53		(80	)	(12	)	—	(1	)	583
Other debt obligations		1,451	52		50		645		(365	)	(41	)	222	(6	)	2,008
Equities and convertible debentures		13,667	60		1,158		2,166		(497	)	(640	)	866	(1,654	)	15,126
Total		$34,685	$1,041	2	$2,233	2	$8,806		$(6,240	)	$(4,568	)	$2,970	$(3,037	)	$35,890
	Level 3 Cash Instrument Liabilities at Fair Value for the Nine Months Ended September 2012
in millions		Balance, beginning of period	Net realized (gains)/ losses		Net unrealized (gains)/losses relating to instruments still held at period-end		Purchases	1	Sales		Settlements		Transfers into level 3	Transfers out of level 3		Balance, end of period
Total		$     905	$    (35	)	$       9		$  (427	)	$    244		$      81		$     90	$   (194	)	$     673

1. Includes both originations and secondary market purchases.

2. The aggregate amounts include gains of approximately $560 million, $1.77 billion and $945 million reported in “Market making,” “Other principal transactions” and “Interest income,” respectively.

The net unrealized gain/(loss) on level 3 cash instruments of $2.22 billion (reflecting $2.23 billion on cash instrument assets and $(9) million on cash instrument liabilities) for the nine months ended September 2012 primarily consisted of gains on private equity investments, mortgage and other asset-backed loans and securities, bank loans and bridge loans, and corporate debt securities. Unrealized gains during the nine months ended September 2012 primarily reflected the impact of an increase in global equity prices and generally tighter credit spreads.

Transfers into level 3 during the nine months ended September 2012 primarily reflected transfers from level 2 of certain bank loans and bridge loans and private equity investments, principally due to less market activity in these instruments.

Transfers out of level 3 during the nine months ended September 2012 primarily reflected transfers to level 2 of certain private equity investments and bank loans and bridge loans. Transfers of private equity investments to level 2 were principally due to improved transparency of market prices as a result of market transactions in these financial instruments. Transfers of bank loans and bridge loans to level 2 were principally due to market transactions in these instruments and unobservable inputs no longer being significant to the valuation of certain loans.

26 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Investments in Funds That Calculate Net Asset Value Per Share

Cash instruments at fair value include investments in funds that are valued based on the net asset value per share (NAV) of the investment fund. The firm uses NAV as its measure of fair value for fund investments when (i) the fund investment does not have a readily determinable fair value and (ii) the NAV of the investment fund is calculated in a manner consistent with the measurement principles of investment company accounting, including measurement of the underlying investments at fair value.

The firm’s investments in funds that calculate NAV primarily consist of investments in firm-sponsored funds where the firm co-invests with third-party investors. The private equity, credit and real estate funds are primarily closed-end funds in which the firm’s investments are not eligible for redemption. Distributions will be received from these funds as the underlying assets are liquidated and it is estimated that substantially all of the underlying assets of existing funds will be liquidated over the next six years. The firm continues to manage its existing funds taking into

account the transition periods under the Volcker Rule of the U.S. Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Dodd-Frank Act), although the rules have not yet been finalized.

The firm’s investments in hedge funds are generally redeemable on a quarterly basis with 91 days’ notice, subject to a maximum redemption level of 25% of the firm’s initial investments at any quarter-end. The firm currently plans to comply with the Volcker Rule by redeeming certain of its interests in hedge funds. Since March 2012, the firm has redeemed approximately $1.90 billion of these interests in hedge funds, including approximately $310 million and $840 million during the three and nine months ended September 2013, respectively.

The table below presents the fair value of the firm’s investments in, and unfunded commitments to, funds that calculate NAV.

	As of September 2013			As of December 2012
in millions		Fair Value of Investments	Unfunded Commitments		Fair Value of Investments	Unfunded Commitments
Private equity funds 1		$  7,263	$2,555		$  7,680	$2,778
Credit funds 2		3,844	2,518		3,927	2,843
Hedge funds 3		1,931	—		2,167	—
Real estate funds 4		1,892	468		2,006	870
Total		$14,930	$5,541		$15,780	$6,491

1. These funds primarily invest in a broad range of industries worldwide in a variety of situations, including leveraged buyouts, recapitalizations, growth investments and distressed investments.

2. These funds generally invest in loans and other fixed income instruments and are focused on providing private high-yield capital for mid- to large-sized leveraged and management buyout transactions, recapitalizations, financings, refinancings, acquisitions and restructurings for private equity firms, private family companies and corporate issuers.

3. These funds are primarily multi-disciplinary hedge funds that employ a fundamental bottom-up investment approach across various asset classes and strategies including long/short equity, credit, convertibles, risk arbitrage, special situations and capital structure arbitrage.

4. These funds invest globally, primarily in real estate companies, loan portfolios, debt recapitalizations and direct property.

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 27

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Note 7.

Derivatives and Hedging Activities

Derivative Activities

Derivatives are instruments that derive their value from underlying asset prices, indices, reference rates and other inputs, or a combination of these factors. Derivatives may be traded on an exchange (exchange-traded) or they may be privately negotiated contracts, which are usually referred to as over-the-counter (OTC) derivatives. Certain of the firm’s OTC derivatives are cleared and settled through central clearing counterparties (OTC-cleared), while others are bilateral contracts between two counterparties (bilateral OTC).

Market-Making. As a market maker, the firm enters into derivative transactions to provide liquidity to clients and to facilitate the transfer and hedging of their risks. In this capacity, the firm typically acts as principal and is consequently required to commit capital to provide execution. As a market maker, it is essential to maintain an inventory of financial instruments sufficient to meet expected client and market demands.

Risk Management. The firm also enters into derivatives to actively manage risk exposures that arise from its market-making and investing and lending activities in derivative and cash instruments. The firm’s holdings and exposures are hedged, in many cases, on either a portfolio or risk-specific basis, as opposed to an instrument-by-instrument basis. The offsetting impact of this economic hedging is reflected in the same business segment as the related revenues. In addition, the firm may enter into derivatives designated as hedges under U.S. GAAP. These derivatives are used to manage interest rate exposure in certain fixed-rate unsecured long-term and short-term borrowings, and deposits, to manage foreign currency exposure on the net investment in certain non-U.S. operations, and to manage the exposure to the variability in cash flows associated with the forecasted sales of certain energy commodities by one of the firm’s consolidated investments.

The firm enters into various types of derivatives, including:

Ÿ Futures and Forwards. Contracts that commit counterparties to purchase or sell financial instruments, commodities or currencies in the future.

Ÿ Swaps. Contracts that require counterparties to exchange cash flows such as currency or interest payment streams. The amounts exchanged are based on the specific terms of the contract with reference to specified rates, financial instruments, commodities, currencies or indices.

Ÿ Options. Contracts in which the option purchaser has the right, but not the obligation, to purchase from or sell to the option writer financial instruments, commodities or currencies within a defined time period for a specified price.

Derivatives are accounted for at fair value, net of cash collateral received or posted under enforceable credit support agreements. Derivatives are reported on a net-by-counterparty basis (i.e., the net payable or receivable for derivative assets and liabilities for a given counterparty) when a legal right of setoff exists under an enforceable netting agreement. Derivative assets and liabilities are included in “Financial instruments owned, at fair value” and “Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value,” respectively. Substantially all gains and losses on derivatives not designated as hedges under ASC 815 are included in “Market making” and “Other principal transactions.”

The table below presents the fair value of derivatives on a net-by-counterparty basis.

	As of September 2013			As of December 2012
in millions		Derivative Assets	Derivative Liabilities		Derivative Assets	Derivative Liabilities
Exchange-traded		$  5,923	$  4,166		$  3,772	$  2,937
OTC		55,536	44,321		67,404	47,490
Total		$61,459	$48,487		$71,176	$50,427

28 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

The table below presents the fair value and the notional amount of derivative contracts by major product type on a gross basis. Gross fair values exclude the effects of both counterparty netting and collateral, and therefore are not representative of the firm’s exposure. The table below also presents the amounts of counterparty netting and cash collateral that have been offset in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition, as well as cash and securities collateral posted and received under

enforceable credit support agreements that do not meet the criteria for netting under U.S. GAAP. Where the firm has received or posted collateral under credit support agreements, but has not yet determined such agreements are enforceable, the related collateral has not been netted in the table below. Notional amounts, which represent the sum of gross long and short derivative contracts, provide an indication of the volume of the firm’s derivative activity and do not represent anticipated losses.

	As of September 2013						As of December 2012
in millions		Derivative Assets		Derivative Liabilities		Notional Amount		Derivative Assets		Derivative Liabilities		Notional Amount
Derivatives not accounted for as hedges
Interest rates		$ 414,150		$ 382,222		$40,686,745		$ 584,584		$ 545,605		$34,891,763
Exchange-traded		155		225		2,665,287		47		26		2,502,867
OTC-cleared 1		9,665		12,755		21,182,289		8,847		11,011		14,678,349
Bilateral OTC		404,330		369,242		16,839,169		575,690		534,568		17,710,547
Credit		67,792		61,144		3,248,369		85,816		74,927		3,615,757
OTC-cleared		3,607		3,427		363,148		3,359		2,638		304,100
Bilateral OTC		64,185		57,717		2,885,221		82,457		72,289		3,311,657
Currencies		69,229		62,972		4,164,998		72,128		60,808		3,833,114
Exchange-traded		37		56		14,283		31		82		12,341
OTC-cleared		87		116		10,075		14		14		5,487
Bilateral OTC		69,105		62,800		4,140,640		72,083		60,712		3,815,286
Commodities		19,782		18,857		802,809		23,320		24,350		774,115
Exchange-traded		5,955		4,486		410,100		5,360		5,040		344,823
OTC-cleared		55		36		739		26		23		327
Bilateral OTC		13,772		14,335		391,970		17,934		19,287		428,965
Equities		55,328		52,258		1,483,779		49,483		43,681		1,202,181
Exchange-traded		11,679		11,302		555,286		9,409		8,864		441,494
OTC-cleared		—		—		2		—		—		—
Bilateral OTC		43,649		40,956		928,491		40,074		34,817		760,687
Subtotal		626,281		577,453		50,386,700		815,331		749,371		44,316,930
Derivatives accounted for as hedges
Interest rates		17,029		389		136,717		23,772		66		128,302
OTC-cleared		1,528		7		9,578		—		—		—
Bilateral OTC		15,501		382		127,139		23,772		66		128,302
Currencies		44		135		9,329		21		86		8,452
OTC-cleared		—		4		391		—		—		3
Bilateral OTC		44		131		8,938		21		86		8,449
Commodities		31		—		335		—		—		—
Exchange-traded		—		—		23		—		—		—
Bilateral OTC		31		—		312		—		—		—
Subtotal		17,104		524		146,381		23,793		152		136,754
Gross fair value/notional amount of derivatives		$ 643,385	2	$ 577,977	2	$50,533,081		$ 839,124	2	$ 749,523	2	$44,453,684
Amounts that have been offset in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition
Counterparty netting		(506,920	)	(506,920	)			(668,460	)	(668,460	)
Exchange-traded		(11,903	)	(11,903	)			(11,075	)	(11,075	)
OTC-cleared		(14,399	)	(14,399	)			(11,507	)	(11,507	)
Bilateral OTC		(480,618	)	(480,618	)			(645,878	)	(645,878	)
Cash collateral		(75,006	)	(22,570	)			(99,488	)	(30,636	)
OTC-cleared		(251	)	(1,810	)			(468	)	(2,160	)
Bilateral OTC		(74,755	)	(20,760	)			(99,020	)	(28,476	)
Fair value included in financial instruments owned/ financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased		$   61,459		$   48,487				$   71,176		$   50,427
Amounts that have not been offset in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition
Cash collateral received/posted		(421	)	(2,770	)			(812	)	(2,994	)
Securities collateral received/posted		(15,713	)	(10,585	)			(17,225	)	(14,262	)
Total		$   45,325		$   35,132				$   53,139		$   33,171

1. OTC derivatives that are cleared with certain clearing organizations are settled each day. The impact of such settlement results in a reduction of gross interest rate derivative assets and liabilities of $263.01 billion and $245.33 billion, respectively, as of September 2013, and $315.40 billion and $298.69 billion, respectively, as of December 2012. If these derivatives were not recognized as settled, the firm believes there would be no impact to the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition for the periods presented.

2. Includes derivative assets and derivative liabilities of $25.62 billion and $26.59 billion, respectively, as of September 2013, and derivative assets and derivative liabilities of $24.62 billion and $25.73 billion, respectively, as of December 2012, which are not subject to an enforceable netting agreement or are subject to a netting agreement that the firm has not yet determined to be enforceable.

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 29

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Valuation Techniques for Derivatives

The firm’s level 2 and level 3 derivatives are valued using derivative pricing models (e.g., discounted cash flow models, correlation models, and models that incorporate option pricing methodologies, such as Monte Carlo simulations). Price transparency of derivatives can generally be characterized by product type.

Interest Rate. In general, the prices and other inputs used to value interest rate derivatives are transparent, even for long-dated contracts. Interest rate swaps and options denominated in the currencies of leading industrialized nations are characterized by high trading volumes and tight bid/offer spreads. Interest rate derivatives that reference indices, such as an inflation index, or the shape of the yield curve (e.g., 10-year swap rate vs. 2-year swap rate) are more complex, but the prices and other inputs are generally observable.

Credit. Price transparency for credit default swaps, including both single names and baskets of credits, varies by market and underlying reference entity or obligation. Credit default swaps that reference indices, large corporates and major sovereigns generally exhibit the most price transparency. For credit default swaps with other underliers, price transparency varies based on credit rating, the cost of borrowing the underlying reference obligations, and the availability of the underlying reference obligations for delivery upon the default of the issuer. Credit default swaps that reference loans, asset-backed securities and emerging market debt instruments tend to have less price transparency than those that reference corporate bonds. In addition, more complex credit derivatives, such as those sensitive to the correlation between two or more underlying reference obligations, generally have less price transparency.

Currency. Prices for currency derivatives based on the exchange rates of leading industrialized nations, including those with longer tenors, are generally transparent. The primary difference between the price transparency of developed and emerging market currency derivatives is that emerging markets tend to be observable for contracts with shorter tenors.

Commodity. Commodity derivatives include transactions referenced to energy (e.g., oil and natural gas), metals (e.g., precious and base) and soft commodities (e.g., agricultural). Price transparency varies based on the underlying

commodity, delivery location, tenor and product quality (e.g., diesel fuel compared to unleaded gasoline). In general, price transparency for commodity derivatives is greater for contracts with shorter tenors and contracts that are more closely aligned with major and/or benchmark commodity indices.

Equity. Price transparency for equity derivatives varies by market and underlier. Options on indices and the common stock of corporates included in major equity indices exhibit the most price transparency. Equity derivatives generally have observable market prices, except for contracts with long tenors or reference prices that differ significantly from current market prices. More complex equity derivatives, such as those sensitive to the correlation between two or more individual stocks, generally have less price transparency.

Liquidity is essential to observability of all product types. If transaction volumes decline, previously transparent prices and other inputs may become unobservable. Conversely, even highly structured products may at times have trading volumes large enough to provide observability of prices and other inputs. See Note 5 for an overview of the firm’s fair value measurement policies.

Level 1 Derivatives

Level 1 derivatives include short-term contracts for future delivery of securities when the underlying security is a level 1 instrument, and exchange-traded derivatives if they are actively traded and are valued at their quoted market price.

Level 2 Derivatives

Level 2 derivatives include OTC derivatives for which all significant valuation inputs are corroborated by market evidence and exchange-traded derivatives that are not actively traded and/or that are valued using models that calibrate to market-clearing levels of OTC derivatives. In evaluating the significance of a valuation input, the firm considers, among other factors, a portfolio’s net risk exposure to that input.

The selection of a particular model to value a derivative depends on the contractual terms of and specific risks inherent in the instrument, as well as the availability of pricing information in the market. For derivatives that trade in liquid markets, model selection does not involve significant management judgment because outputs of models can be calibrated to market-clearing levels.

30 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Valuation models require a variety of inputs, such as contractual terms, market prices, yield curves, discount rates (including those derived from interest rates on collateral received and posted as specified in credit support agreements for collateralized derivatives), credit curves, measures of volatility, prepayment rates, loss severity rates and correlations of such inputs. Significant inputs to the valuations of level 2 derivatives can be verified to market transactions, broker or dealer quotations or other alternative pricing sources with reasonable levels of price transparency. Consideration is given to the nature of the quotations (e.g., indicative or firm) and the relationship of recent market activity to the prices provided from alternative pricing sources.

Level 3 Derivatives

Level 3 derivatives are valued using models which utilize observable level 1 and/or level 2 inputs, as well as unobservable level 3 inputs.

Ÿ For the majority of the firm’s interest rate and currency derivatives classified within level 3, significant unobservable inputs include correlations of certain currencies and interest rates (e.g., the correlation between Euro inflation and Euro interest rates) and specific interest rate volatilities.

Ÿ For level 3 credit derivatives, significant unobservable inputs include illiquid credit spreads and upfront credit points, which are unique to specific reference obligations and reference entities, recovery rates and certain correlations required to value credit and mortgage derivatives (e.g., the likelihood of default of the underlying reference obligation relative to one another).

Ÿ For level 3 equity derivatives, significant unobservable inputs generally include equity volatility inputs for options that are very long-dated and/or have strike prices that differ significantly from current market prices. In addition, the valuation of certain structured trades requires the use of level 3 correlation inputs, such as the correlation of the price performance of two or more individual stocks or the correlation of the price performance for a basket of stocks to another asset class such as commodities.

Ÿ For level 3 commodity derivatives, significant unobservable inputs include volatilities for options with strike prices that differ significantly from current market prices and prices or spreads for certain products for which the product quality or physical location of the commodity is not aligned with benchmark indices.

Subsequent to the initial valuation of a level 3 derivative, the firm updates the level 1 and level 2 inputs to reflect observable market changes and any resulting gains and losses are recorded in level 3. Level 3 inputs are changed when corroborated by evidence such as similar market transactions, third-party pricing services and/or broker or dealer quotations or other empirical market data. In circumstances where the firm cannot verify the model value by reference to market transactions, it is possible that a different valuation model could produce a materially different estimate of fair value. See below for further information about significant unobservable inputs used in the valuation of level 3 derivatives.

Valuation Adjustments

Valuation adjustments are integral to determining the fair value of derivative portfolios and are used to adjust the mid-market valuations produced by derivative pricing models to the appropriate exit price valuation. These adjustments incorporate bid/offer spreads, the cost of liquidity, credit valuation adjustments and funding valuation adjustments, which account for the credit and funding risk inherent in the uncollateralized portion of derivative portfolios. The firm also makes funding valuation adjustments to collateralized derivatives where the terms of the agreement do not permit the firm or its counterparties to deliver or repledge collateral received or posted. Market-based inputs are generally used when calibrating valuation adjustments to market-clearing levels.

In addition, for derivatives that include significant unobservable inputs, the firm makes model or exit price adjustments to account for the valuation uncertainty present in the transaction.

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 31

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Significant Unobservable Inputs

The tables below present the ranges of significant unobservable inputs used to value the firm’s level 3 derivatives. These ranges represent the significant unobservable inputs that were used in the valuation of each type of derivative. The ranges, averages and medians of these inputs are not representative of the appropriate inputs to use when calculating the fair value of any one derivative.

For example, the highest correlation presented in the tables below for interest rate derivatives is appropriate for valuing a specific interest rate derivative but may not be appropriate for valuing any other interest rate derivative. Accordingly, the ranges of inputs presented below do not represent uncertainty in, or possible ranges of, fair value measurements of the firm’s level 3 derivatives.

Level 3 Derivative Product Type	Net Level 3 Assets/(Liabilities) as of September 2013 (in millions)	Valuation Techniques and Significant Unobservable Inputs	Range of Significant Unobservable Inputs (Average / Median) 1 as of September 2013
Interest rates	$(72)	Option pricing models:
		Correlation 3	22% to 84% (60% / 65%)
		Volatility	30 basis points per annum (bpa) to 214 bpa (86 bpa / 79 bpa)
Credit	$4,002 2	Option pricing models, correlation models and discounted cash flows models:
		Correlation 3	5% to 89% (58% / 58%)
		Credit spreads	3 basis points (bps) to 1,028 bps (156 bps / 116 bps) 4
		Upfront credit points	0 points to 100 points (49 points / 47 points)
		Recovery rates	20% to 88% (47% / 40%)
Currencies	$28	Option pricing models:
		Correlation 3	65% to 87% (75% / 74%)
Commodities	$(81) 2	Option pricing models and discounted cash flows models:
		Volatility	17% to 45% (24% / 23%)
		Spread per million British Thermal units (MMBTU) of natural gas	$(1.86) to $3.80 ($(0.04) / $(0.03))
		Price per barrel of oil	$85.57 to $99.83 ($91.50 / $91.18)
Equities	$(1,541)	Option pricing models:
		Correlation 3	25% to 99% (60% / 59%)
		Volatility	6% to 92% (23% / 21%)

1. Averages represent the arithmetic average of the inputs and are not weighted by the relative fair value or notional of the respective financial instruments. An average greater than the median indicates that the majority of inputs are below the average.

2. The fair value of any one instrument may be determined using multiple valuation techniques. For example, option pricing models and discounted cash flows models are typically used together to determine fair value. Therefore, the level 3 balance encompasses both of these techniques.

3. The range of unobservable inputs for correlation across derivative product types (i.e., cross-asset correlation) was (42)% to 78% (Average: 28% / Median: 36%) as of September 2013.

4. The difference between the average and the median for the credit spreads input indicates that the majority of the inputs fall in the lower end of the range.

32 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Level 3 Derivative Product Type	Net Level 3 Assets/(Liabilities) as of December 2012 (in millions)	Valuation Techniques and Significant Unobservable Inputs	Range of Significant Unobservable Inputs (Average / Median) 1 as of December 2012
Interest rates	$(355)	Option pricing models:
		Correlation 3	22% to 97% (67% / 68%)
		Volatility	37 bpa to 59 bpa (48 bpa / 47 bpa)
Credit	$6,228 2	Option pricing models, correlation models and discounted cash flows models:
		Correlation 3	5% to 95% (50% / 50%)
		Credit spreads	9 bps to 2,341 bps (225 bps / 140 bps) 4
		Recovery rates	15% to 85% (54% / 53%)
Currencies	$35	Option pricing models:
		Correlation 3	65% to 87% (76% / 79%)
Commodities	$(304) 2	Option pricing models and discounted cash flows models:
		Volatility	13% to 53% (30% / 29%)
		Spread per MMBTU of natural gas	$(0.61) to $6.07 ($0.02 / $0.00)
		Price per megawatt hour of power	$17.30 to $57.39 ($33.17 / $32.80)
		Price per barrel of oil	$86.64 to $98.43 ($92.76 / $93.62)
Equities	$(1,248)	Option pricing models:
		Correlation 3	48% to 98% (68% / 67%)
		Volatility	15% to 73% (31% / 30%)

1. Averages represent the arithmetic average of the inputs and are not weighted by the relative fair value or notional of the respective financial instruments. An average greater than the median indicates that the majority of inputs are below the average.

2. The fair value of any one instrument may be determined using multiple valuation techniques. For example, option pricing models and discounted cash flows models are typically used together to determine fair value. Therefore, the level 3 balance encompasses both of these techniques.

3. The range of unobservable inputs for correlation across derivative product types (i.e., cross-asset correlation) was (51)% to 66% (Average: 30% / Median: 35%) as of December 2012.

4. The difference between the average and the median for the credit spreads input indicates that the majority of the inputs fall in the lower end of the range.

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 33

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Range of Significant Unobservable Inputs

The following provides further information about the ranges of significant unobservable inputs used to value the firm’s level 3 derivative instruments.

Ÿ Correlation: Ranges for correlation cover a variety of underliers both within one market (e.g., equity index and equity single stock names) and across markets (e.g., correlation of a commodity price and a foreign exchange rate), as well as across regions. Generally, cross-asset correlation inputs are used to value more complex instruments and are lower than correlation inputs on assets within the same derivative product type.

Ÿ Volatility: Ranges for volatility cover numerous underliers across a variety of markets, maturities and strike prices. For example, volatility of equity indices is generally lower than volatility of single stocks.

Ÿ Credit spreads, upfront credit points and recovery rates: The ranges for credit spreads, upfront credit points and recovery rates cover a variety of underliers (index and single names), regions, sectors, maturities and credit qualities (high-yield and investment-grade). The broad range of this population gives rise to the width of the ranges of significant unobservable inputs.

Ÿ Commodity prices and spreads: The ranges for commodity prices and spreads cover variability in products, maturities and locations, as well as peak and off-peak prices.

Sensitivity of Fair Value Measurement to Changes in Significant Unobservable Inputs

The following provides a description of the directional sensitivity of the firm’s level 3 fair value measurements to changes in significant unobservable inputs, in isolation. Due to the distinctive nature of each of the firm’s level 3 derivatives, the interrelationship of inputs is not necessarily uniform within each product type.

Ÿ Correlation: In general, for contracts where the holder benefits from the convergence of the underlying asset or index prices (e.g., interest rates, credit spreads, foreign exchange rates, inflation rates and equity prices), an increase in correlation results in a higher fair value measurement.

Ÿ Volatility: In general, for purchased options an increase in volatility results in a higher fair value measurement.

Ÿ Credit spreads, upfront credit points and recovery rates: In general, the fair value of purchased credit protection increases as credit spreads or upfront credit points increase or recovery rates decrease. Credit spreads, upfront credit points and recovery rates are strongly related to distinctive risk factors of the underlying reference obligations, which include reference entity-specific factors such as leverage, volatility and industry, market-based risk factors, such as borrowing costs or liquidity of the underlying reference obligation, and macroeconomic conditions.

Ÿ Commodity prices and spreads: In general, for contracts where the holder is receiving a commodity, an increase in the spread (price difference from a benchmark index due to differences in quality or delivery location) or price results in a higher fair value measurement.

34 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Fair Value of Derivatives by Level

The tables below present the fair value of derivatives on a gross basis by level and major product type. Gross fair values exclude the effects of both counterparty netting

and collateral, and therefore are not representative of the firm’s exposure.

	Derivative Assets at Fair Value as of September 2013
in millions		Level 1	Level 2		Level 3		Cross-Level Netting		Total
Interest rates		$  8	$ 430,842		$     329		$       —		$  431,179
Credit		—	59,699		8,093		—		67,792
Currencies		—	68,678		595		—		69,273
Commodities		—	19,367		446		—		19,813
Equities		8	54,519		801		—		55,328
Gross fair value of derivative assets		16	633,105		10,264		—		643,385
Counterparty netting 1		—	(501,848	)	(3,267	)	(1,805	) 3	(506,920	)
Subtotal		$16	$ 131,257		$  6,997		$(1,805	)	$  136,465
Cash collateral 2									(75,006	)
Fair value included in financial instruments owned									$    61,459
	Derivative Liabilities at Fair Value as of September 2013
in millions		Level 1	Level 2		Level 3		Cross-Level Netting		Total
Interest rates		$  6	$ 382,204		$     401		$       —		$  382,611
Credit		—	57,053		4,091		—		61,144
Currencies		—	62,540		567		—		63,107
Commodities		—	18,330		527		—		18,857
Equities		14	49,902		2,342		—		52,258
Gross fair value of derivative liabilities		20	570,029		7,928		—		577,977
Counterparty netting 1		—	(501,848	)	(3,267	)	(1,805	) 3	(506,920	)
Subtotal		$20	$   68,181		$  4,661		$(1,805	)	$    71,057
Cash collateral 2									(22,570	)
Fair value included in financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased									$    48,487

1. Represents the netting of receivable balances with payable balances for the same counterparty under enforceable netting agreements.

2. Represents the netting of cash collateral received and posted on a counterparty basis under enforceable credit support agreements.

3. Represents the netting of receivable balances with payable balances for the same counterparty across levels of the fair value hierarchy under enforceable netting agreements.

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 35

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

	Derivative Assets at Fair Value as of December 2012
in millions		Level 1	Level 2		Level 3		Cross-Level Netting		Total
Interest rates		$13	$ 608,151		$     192		$       —		$ 608,356
Credit		—	74,907		10,909		—		85,816
Currencies		—	71,157		992		—		72,149
Commodities		—	22,697		623		—		23,320
Equities		43	48,698		742		—		49,483
Gross fair value of derivative assets		56	825,610		13,458		—		839,124
Counterparty netting 1		—	(662,798	)	(3,538	)	(2,124	) 3	(668,460	)
Subtotal		$56	$ 162,812		$  9,920		$(2,124	)	$ 170,664
Cash collateral 2									(99,488	)
Fair value included in financial instruments owned									$   71,176
	Derivative Liabilities at Fair Value as of December 2012
in millions		Level 1	Level 2		Level 3		Cross-Level Netting		Total
Interest rates		$14	$ 545,110		$     547		$       —		$ 545,671
Credit		—	70,246		4,681		—		74,927
Currencies		—	59,937		957		—		60,894
Commodities		—	23,423		927		—		24,350
Equities		50	41,641		1,990		—		43,681
Gross fair value of derivative liabilities		64	740,357		9,102		—		749,523
Counterparty netting 1		—	(662,798	)	(3,538	)	(2,124	) 3	(668,460	)
Subtotal		$64	$   77,559		$  5,564		$(2,124	)	$   81,063
Cash collateral 2									(30,636	)
Fair value included in financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased									$   50,427

1. Represents the netting of receivable balances with payable balances for the same counterparty under enforceable netting agreements.

2. Represents the netting of cash collateral received and posted on a counterparty basis under enforceable credit support agreements.

3. Represents the netting of receivable balances with payable balances for the same counterparty across levels of the fair value hierarchy under enforceable netting agreements.

36 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Level 3 Rollforward

If a derivative was transferred to level 3 during a reporting period, its entire gain or loss for the period is included in level 3. Transfers between levels are reported at the beginning of the reporting period in which they occur. In the tables below, negative amounts for transfers into level 3 and positive amounts for transfers out of level 3 represent net transfers of derivative liabilities.

Gains and losses on level 3 derivatives should be considered in the context of the following:

Ÿ A derivative with level 1 and/or level 2 inputs is classified in level 3 in its entirety if it has at least one significant level 3 input.

Ÿ If there is one significant level 3 input, the entire gain or loss from adjusting only observable inputs (i.e., level 1 and level 2 inputs) is classified as level 3.

Ÿ Gains or losses that have been reported in level 3 resulting from changes in level 1 or level 2 inputs are frequently offset by gains or losses attributable to level 1 or level 2 derivatives and/or level 1, level 2 and level 3 cash instruments. As a result, gains/(losses) included in the level 3 rollforward below do not necessarily represent the overall impact on the firm’s results of operations, liquidity or capital resources.

The tables below present changes in fair value for all derivatives categorized as level 3 as of the end of the period.

	Level 3 Derivative Assets and Liabilities at Fair Value for the Three Months Ended September 2013
in millions		Asset/ (liability) balance, beginning of period		Net realized gains/ (losses)		Net unrealized gains/(losses) relating to instruments still held at period-end		Purchases	Sales		Settlements		Transfers into level 3		Transfers out of level 3		Asset/ (liability) balance, end of period
Interest rates — net		$   (230	)	$(49	)	$   16		$ —	$   —		$   42		$  88		$  61		$     (72	)
Credit — net		4,621		13		(391	)	10	(14	)	(224	)	68		(81	)	4,002
Currencies — net		30		(26	)	2		2	—		53		6		(39	)	28
Commodities — net		25		9		(105	)	12	(8	)	(19	)	51		(46	)	(81	)
Equities — net		(2,605	)	(21	)	662		38	(134	)	307		(44	)	256		(1,541	)
Total derivatives — net		$ 1,841		$(74	) 1	$ 184	1, 2	$62	$(156	)	$ 159		$169		$151		$ 2,336

1. The aggregate amounts include gains/(losses) of approximately $140 million and $(30) million reported in “Market making” and “Other principal transactions,” respectively.

2. Principally resulted from changes in level 2 inputs.

The net unrealized gain on level 3 derivatives of $184 million for the three months ended September 2013 was primarily attributable to the impact of an increase in equity prices on certain equity derivatives, partially offset by losses on certain credit derivatives, primarily due to the impact of changes in foreign exchange rates and tighter credit spreads, and certain commodity derivatives, primarily due to an increase in certain commodity prices.

Transfers into level 3 derivatives during the three months ended September 2013 primarily reflected transfers of certain interest rate derivative assets from level 2, principally due to reduced transparency of volatility inputs used to value these derivatives and transfers of certain credit derivatives from level 2, principally due to unobservable credit spread inputs becoming significant to the valuation of these derivatives.

Transfers out of level 3 derivatives during the three months ended September 2013 primarily reflected transfers of certain equity derivative liabilities and certain credit derivatives to level 2, principally due to unobservable inputs no longer being significant to the valuation of these derivatives.

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 37

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

	Level 3 Derivative Assets and Liabilities at Fair Value for the Nine Months Ended September 2013
in millions		Asset/ (liability) balance, beginning of period		Net realized gains/ (losses)		Net unrealized gains/(losses) relating to instruments still held at period-end		Purchases	Sales		Settlements		Transfers into level 3		Transfers out of level 3		Asset/ (liability) balance, end of period
Interest rates — net		$   (355	)	$(100	)	$ 132		$    1	$       (1	)	$    192		$    48		$   11		$     (72	)
Credit — net		6,228		25		(688	)	110	(181	)	(1,179	)	69		(382	)	4,002
Currencies — net		35		(80	)	(209	)	10	(5	)	146		164		(33	)	28
Commodities — net		(304	)	40		17		79	(36	)	(24	)	(48	)	195		(81	)
Equities — net		(1,248	)	(21	)	616		97	(1,851	)	767		(47	)	146		(1,541	)
Total derivatives — net		$ 4,356		$(136	) 1	$(132	) 1, 2	$297	$(2,074	)	$     (98	)	$  186		$  (63	)	$ 2,336

1. The aggregate amounts include losses of approximately $62 million and $206 million reported in “Market making” and “Other principal transactions,” respectively.

2. Principally resulted from changes in level 2 inputs.

The net unrealized loss on level 3 derivatives of $132 million for the nine months ended September 2013 was primarily attributable to the impact of tighter credit spreads on certain credit derivatives and changes in foreign exchange rates on certain currency derivatives, partially offset by the impact of an increase in equity prices on certain equity derivatives.

Transfers into level 3 derivatives during the nine months ended September 2013 primarily reflected transfers of certain currency derivative assets from level 2, principally due to unobservable correlation inputs becoming significant to the valuation of these derivatives.

Transfers out of level 3 derivatives during the nine months ended September 2013 primarily reflected transfers of certain credit derivatives to level 2, principally due to unobservable inputs not being significant to the net risk of certain portfolios, transfers of certain commodity derivative liabilities to level 2, principally due to unobservable volatility inputs no longer being significant to the valuation of these derivatives, and transfers of certain equity derivative liabilities to level 2, primarily due to increased transparency of unobservable correlation inputs used to value these derivatives.

	Level 3 Derivative Assets and Liabilities at Fair Value for the Three Months Ended September 2012
in millions		Asset/ (liability) balance, beginning of period		Net realized gains/ (losses)		Net unrealized gains/(losses) relating to instruments still held at period-end		Purchases	Sales		Settlements		Transfers into level 3		Transfers out of level 3	Asset/ (liability) balance, end of period
Interest rates — net		$    (353	)	$   (24	)	$     49		$     1	$        —		$      (36	)	$  (147	)	$   27	$   (483	)
Credit — net		6,119		72		(736	)	50	(58	)	(596	)	2,124		4	6,979
Currencies — net		192		(8	)	27		4	(7	)	75		61		7	351
Commodities — net		(240	)	(38	)	18		74	(431	)	31		(88	)	23	(651	)
Equities — net		(548	)	(69	)	(68	)	4	(63	)	146		(38	)	59	(577	)
Total derivatives — net		$   5,170		$   (67	) 1	$ (710	) 1, 2	$ 133	$    (559	)	$    (380	)	$1,912		$ 120	$ 5,619

1. The aggregate amounts include losses of approximately $625 million and $152 million reported in “Market making” and “Other principal transactions,” respectively.

2. Principally resulted from changes in level 2 inputs.

The net unrealized loss on level 3 derivatives of $710 million for the three months ended September 2012 was primarily attributable to the impact of tighter credit spreads and changes in foreign exchange rates on certain credit derivatives.

Transfers into level 3 derivatives during the three months ended September 2012 primarily reflected transfers from level 2 of certain credit derivative assets, primarily due to unobservable inputs becoming significant to the valuation of these derivatives, and transfers from level 2 of other credit derivative assets, primarily due to reduced transparency of correlation inputs used to value these derivatives.

38 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

	Level 3 Derivative Assets and Liabilities at Fair Value for the Nine Months Ended September 2012
in millions		Asset/ (liability) balance, beginning of period		Net realized gains/ (losses)		Net unrealized gains/(losses) relating to instruments still held at period-end		Purchases	Sales		Settlements		Transfers into level 3		Transfers out of level 3		Asset/ (liability) balance, end of period
Interest rates — net		$  (371	)	$  (58	)	$    (4	)	$    2	$     (11	)	$    (10	)	$    (44	)	$   13		$  (483	)
Credit — net		6,300		273		(354	)	151	(159	)	(1,418	)	2,265		(79	)	6,979
Currencies — net		842		(18	)	(208	)	13	(10	)	(100	)	95		(263	)	351
Commodities — net		(605	)	(75	)	135		266	(605	)	396		(188	)	25		(651	)
Equities — net		(432	)	16		(276	)	131	(240	)	186		(15	)	53		(577	)
Total derivatives — net		$5,734		$138	1	$(707	) 1, 2	$563	$(1,025	)	$  (946	)	$2,113		$(251	)	$5,619

1. The aggregate amounts include losses of approximately $465 million and $104 million reported in “Market making” and “Other principal transactions,” respectively.

2. Principally resulted from changes in level 2 inputs.

The net unrealized loss on level 3 derivatives of $707 million for the nine months ended September 2012 was primarily attributable to the impact of tighter credit spreads, an increase in global equity prices and changes in foreign exchange rates on certain derivatives.

Transfers into level 3 derivatives during the nine months ended September 2012 primarily reflected transfers from level 2 of certain credit derivative assets, primarily due to unobservable inputs becoming significant to the valuation of these derivatives, and transfers from level 2 of other credit derivative assets, primarily due to reduced transparency of correlation inputs used to value these derivatives.

Transfers out of level 3 derivatives during the nine months ended September 2012 primarily reflected transfers to level 2 of certain currency derivative assets, primarily due to unobservable correlation inputs no longer being significant to the valuation of these derivatives.

Impact of Credit Spreads on Derivatives

On an ongoing basis, the firm realizes gains or losses relating to changes in credit risk through the unwind of derivative contracts and changes in credit mitigants.

The net gain/(loss), including hedges, attributable to the impact of changes in credit exposure and credit spreads (counterparty and the firm’s) on derivatives was $(21) million and $(377) million for the three months ended September 2013 and September 2012, respectively, and $16 million and $(716) million for the nine months ended September 2013 and September 2012, respectively.

Bifurcated Embedded Derivatives

The table below presents the fair value and the notional amount of derivatives that have been bifurcated from their related borrowings. These derivatives, which are recorded at fair value, primarily consist of interest rate, equity and commodity products and are included in “Unsecured short-term borrowings” and “Unsecured long-term borrowings” with the related borrowings. See Note 8 for further information.

	As of
in millions		September 2013	December 2012
Fair value of assets		$   227	$     320
Fair value of liabilities		301	398
Net liability		$     74	$       78
Notional amount		$8,091	$10,567

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 39

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

OTC Derivatives

The tables below present the fair values of OTC derivative assets and liabilities by tenor and by product type. Tenor is based on expected duration for mortgage-related credit

derivatives and generally on remaining contractual maturity for other derivatives.

in millions	OTC Derivatives as of September 2013
Assets Product Type	0 - 12 Months		1 - 5 Years		5 Years or Greater		Total
Interest rates	$  6,994		$23,248		$63,903		$  94,145
Credit	1,951		9,370		6,427		17,748
Currencies	8,590		7,553		7,426		23,569
Commodities	2,591		4,326		139		7,056
Equities	5,599		7,552		6,039		19,190
Netting across product types 1	(2,398	)	(5,276	)	(4,060	)	(11,734	)
Subtotal	$23,327		$46,773		$79,874		$149,974
Cross maturity netting 2							(19,432	)
Cash collateral 3							(75,006	)
Total							$  55,536
Liabilities Product Type	0 - 12 Months		1- 5 Years		5 Years or Greater		Total
Interest rates	$  5,873		$16,616		$23,019		$  45,508
Credit	802		8,044		2,253		11,099
Currencies	8,071		4,608		4,706		17,385
Commodities	2,195		3,335		2,038		7,568
Equities	6,660		6,426		3,411		16,497
Netting across product types 1	(2,398	)	(5,276	)	(4,060	)	(11,734	)
Subtotal	$21,203		$33,753		$31,367		$  86,323
Cross maturity netting 2							(19,432	)
Cash collateral 3							(22,570	)
Total							$  44,321

1. Represents the netting of receivable balances with payable balances for the same counterparty across product types within a tenor category under enforceable netting agreements. Receivable and payable balances with the same counterparty in the same product type and tenor category are netted within such product type and tenor category.

2. Represents the netting of receivable balances with payable balances for the same counterparty across tenor categories under enforceable netting agreements.

3. Represents the netting of cash collateral received and posted on a counterparty basis under enforceable credit support agreements.

40 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

in millions	OTC Derivatives as of December 2012
Assets Product Type	0 - 12 Months		1 - 5 Years		5 Years or Greater		Total
Interest rates	$10,318		$28,445		$  80,449		$119,212
Credit	2,190		12,244		7,970		22,404
Currencies	11,100		8,379		11,044		30,523
Commodities	3,840		3,862		304		8,006
Equities	3,757		7,730		6,957		18,444
Netting across product types 1	(2,811	)	(5,831	)	(5,082	)	(13,724	)
Subtotal	$28,394		$54,829		$101,642		$184,865
Cross maturity netting 2							(17,973	)
Cash collateral 3							(99,488	)
Total							$  67,404
Liabilities Product Type	0 - 12 Months		1 - 5 Years		5 Years or Greater		Total
Interest rates	$  6,266		$17,860		$  32,422		$  56,548
Credit	809		7,537		3,168		11,514
Currencies	8,586		4,849		5,782		19,217
Commodities	3,970		3,119		2,267		9,356
Equities	3,775		5,476		3,937		13,188
Netting across product types 1	(2,811	)	(5,831	)	(5,082	)	(13,724	)
Subtotal	$20,595		$33,010		$  42,494		$  96,099
Cross maturity netting 2							(17,973	)
Cash collateral 3							(30,636	)
Total							$  47,490

1. Represents the netting of receivable balances with payable balances for the same counterparty across product types within a tenor category under enforceable netting agreements. Receivable and payable balances with the same counterparty in the same product type and tenor category are netted within such product type and tenor category.

2. Represents the netting of receivable balances with payable balances for the same counterparty across tenor categories under enforceable netting agreements.

3. Represents the netting of cash collateral received and posted on a counterparty basis under enforceable credit support agreements.

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 41

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Derivatives with Credit-Related Contingent Features

Certain of the firm’s derivatives have been transacted under bilateral agreements with counterparties who may require the firm to post collateral or terminate the transactions based on changes in the firm’s credit ratings. The firm assesses the impact of these bilateral agreements by determining the collateral or termination payments that would occur assuming a downgrade by all rating agencies. A downgrade by any one rating agency, depending on the agency’s relative ratings of the firm at the time of the downgrade, may have an impact which is comparable to the impact of a downgrade by all rating agencies. The table below presents the aggregate fair value of net derivative liabilities under such agreements (excluding application of collateral posted to reduce these liabilities), the related aggregate fair value of the assets posted as collateral, and the additional collateral or termination payments that could have been called at the reporting date by counterparties in the event of a one-notch and two-notch downgrade in the firm’s credit ratings.

	As of
in millions		September 2013	December 2012
Net derivative liabilities under bilateral agreements		$21,972	$27,885
Collateral posted		18,560	24,296
Additional collateral or termination payments for a one-notch downgrade		1,943	1,534
Additional collateral or termination payments for a two-notch downgrade		2,833	2,500

Credit Derivatives

The firm enters into a broad array of credit derivatives in locations around the world to facilitate client transactions and to manage the credit risk associated with market-making and investing and lending activities. Credit derivatives are actively managed based on the firm’s net risk position.

Credit derivatives are individually negotiated contracts and can have various settlement and payment conventions. Credit events include failure to pay, bankruptcy, acceleration of indebtedness, restructuring, repudiation and dissolution of the reference entity.

Credit Default Swaps. Single-name credit default swaps protect the buyer against the loss of principal on one or more bonds, loans or mortgages (reference obligations) in the event the issuer (reference entity) of the reference obligations suffers a credit event. The buyer of protection pays an initial or periodic premium to the seller and receives protection for the period of the contract. If there is no credit event, as defined in the contract, the seller of protection makes no payments to the buyer of protection. However, if a credit event occurs, the seller of protection is required to make a payment to the buyer of protection, which is calculated in accordance with the terms of the contract.

Credit Indices, Baskets and Tranches. Credit derivatives may reference a basket of single-name credit default swaps or a broad-based index. If a credit event occurs in one of the underlying reference obligations, the protection seller pays the protection buyer. The payment is typically a pro-rata portion of the transaction’s total notional amount based on the underlying defaulted reference obligation. In certain transactions, the credit risk of a basket or index is separated into various portions (tranches), each having different levels of subordination. The most junior tranches cover initial defaults and once losses exceed the notional amount of these junior tranches, any excess loss is covered by the next most senior tranche in the capital structure.

Total Return Swaps. A total return swap transfers the risks relating to economic performance of a reference obligation from the protection buyer to the protection seller. Typically, the protection buyer receives from the protection seller a floating rate of interest and protection against any reduction in fair value of the reference obligation, and in return the protection seller receives the cash flows associated with the reference obligation, plus any increase in the fair value of the reference obligation.

42 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Credit Options. In a credit option, the option writer assumes the obligation to purchase or sell a reference obligation at a specified price or credit spread. The option purchaser buys the right, but does not assume the obligation, to sell the reference obligation to, or purchase it from, the option writer. The payments on credit options depend either on a particular credit spread or the price of the reference obligation.

The firm economically hedges its exposure to written credit derivatives primarily by entering into offsetting purchased credit derivatives with identical underlyings. Substantially all of the firm’s purchased credit derivative transactions are with financial institutions and are subject to stringent collateral thresholds. In addition, upon the occurrence of a specified trigger event, the firm may take possession of the reference obligations underlying a particular written credit derivative, and consequently may, upon liquidation of the reference obligations, recover amounts on the underlying reference obligations in the event of default.

As of September 2013, written and purchased credit derivatives had total gross notional amounts of $1.59 trillion and $1.66 trillion, respectively, for total net

notional purchased protection of $76.38 billion. As of December 2012, written and purchased credit derivatives had total gross notional amounts of $1.76 trillion and $1.86 trillion, respectively, for total net notional purchased protection of $98.33 billion.

The table below presents certain information about credit derivatives. In the table below:

Ÿ fair values exclude the effects of both netting of receivable balances with payable balances under enforceable netting agreements, and netting of cash received or posted under enforceable credit support agreements, and therefore are not representative of the firm’s credit exposure;

Ÿ tenor is based on expected duration for mortgage-related credit derivatives and on remaining contractual maturity for other credit derivatives; and

Ÿ the credit spread on the underlying, together with the tenor of the contract, are indicators of payment/performance risk. The firm is less likely to pay or otherwise be required to perform where the credit spread and the tenor are lower.

	Maximum Payout/Notional Amount of Written Credit Derivatives by Tenor					Maximum Payout/Notional Amount of Purchased Credit Derivatives					Fair Value of Written Credit Derivatives
$ in millions		0 - 12 Months	1 - 5 Years	5 Years or Greater	Total		Offsetting Purchased Credit Derivatives	1	Other Purchased Credit Derivatives	2		Asset	Liability	Net Asset/ (Liability)
As of September 2013
Credit spread on underlying (basis points)
0-250		$315,815	$   988,692	$  69,132	$1,373,639		$1,274,940		$171,561			$26,477	$  6,679	$ 19,798
251-500		6,304	84,999	36,281	127,584		106,171		22,169			4,910	4,441	469
501-1,000		5,802	26,694	5,491	37,987		31,990		5,098			559	2,093	(1,534	)
Greater than 1,000		8,852	38,567	1,354	48,773		42,305		10,124			694	15,849	(15,155	)
Total		$336,773	$1,138,952	$112,258	$1,587,983		$1,455,406		$208,952			$32,640	$29,062	$   3,578
As of December 2012
Credit spread on underlying (basis points)
0-250		$360,289	$   989,941	$103,481	$1,453,711		$1,343,561		$201,459			$28,817	$  8,249	$ 20,568
251-500		13,876	126,659	35,086	175,621		157,371		19,063			4,284	7,848	(3,564	)
501-1,000		9,209	52,012	5,619	66,840		60,456		8,799			769	4,499	(3,730	)
Greater than 1,000		11,453	49,721	3,622	64,796		57,774		10,812			568	21,970	(21,402	)
Total		$394,827	$1,218,333	$147,808	$1,760,968		$1,619,162		$240,133			$34,438	$42,566	$  (8,128	)

1. Offsetting purchased credit derivatives represent the notional amount of purchased credit derivatives to the extent they economically hedge written credit derivatives with identical underlyings.

2. This purchased protection represents the notional amount of purchased credit derivatives in excess of the notional amount included in “Offsetting Purchased Credit Derivatives.”

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 43

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Hedge Accounting

The firm applies hedge accounting for (i) certain interest rate swaps used to manage the interest rate exposure of certain fixed-rate unsecured long-term and short-term borrowings and certain fixed-rate certificates of deposit, (ii) certain foreign currency forward contracts and foreign currency-denominated debt used to manage foreign currency exposures on the firm’s net investment in certain non-U.S. operations and (iii) certain commodity-related swap and forward contracts used to manage the exposure to the variability in cash flows associated with the forecasted sales of certain energy commodities by one of the firm’s consolidated investments.

To qualify for hedge accounting, the derivative hedge must be highly effective at reducing the risk from the exposure being hedged. Additionally, the firm must formally document the hedging relationship at inception and test the hedging relationship at least on a quarterly basis to ensure the derivative hedge continues to be highly effective over the life of the hedging relationship.

Fair Value Hedges

The firm designates certain interest rate swaps as fair value hedges. These interest rate swaps hedge changes in fair value attributable to the designated benchmark interest rate (e.g., London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR)), effectively converting a substantial portion of fixed-rate obligations into floating-rate obligations.

The firm applies a statistical method that utilizes regression analysis when assessing the effectiveness of its fair value hedging relationships in achieving offsetting changes in the fair values of the hedging instrument and the risk being hedged (i.e., interest rate risk). An interest rate swap is considered highly effective in offsetting changes in fair value attributable to changes in the hedged risk when the regression analysis results in a coefficient of determination of 80% or greater and a slope between 80% and 125%.

For qualifying fair value hedges, gains or losses on derivatives are included in “Interest expense.” The change in fair value of the hedged item attributable to the risk being hedged is reported as an adjustment to its carrying value and is subsequently amortized into interest expense over its remaining life. Gains or losses resulting from hedge ineffectiveness are included in “Interest expense.” When a derivative is no longer designated as a hedge, any remaining difference between the carrying value and par value of the hedged item is amortized to interest expense over the remaining life of the hedged item using the effective interest method. See Note 23 for further information about interest income and interest expense.

The table below presents the gains/(losses) from interest rate derivatives accounted for as hedges, the related hedged borrowings and bank deposits, and the hedge ineffectiveness on these derivatives.

	Three Months Ended September					Nine Months Ended September
in millions		2013		2012			2013		2012
Interest rate hedges		$(886	)	$(549	)		$(6,990	)	$   (995	)
Hedged borrowings and bank deposits		500		102			5,698		(280	)
Hedge ineffectiveness 1		$(386	)	$(447	)		$(1,292	)	$(1,275	)

1. Primarily consists of amortization of prepaid credit spreads resulting from the passage of time.

44 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Net Investment Hedges

The firm seeks to reduce the impact of fluctuations in foreign exchange rates on its net investment in certain non-U.S. operations through the use of foreign currency forward contracts and foreign currency-denominated debt. For foreign currency forward contracts designated as hedges, the effectiveness of the hedge is assessed based on the overall changes in the fair value of the forward contracts (i.e., based on changes in forward rates). For foreign currency-denominated debt designated as a hedge, the effectiveness of the hedge is assessed based on changes in spot rates.

For qualifying net investment hedges, the gains or losses on the hedging instruments, to the extent effective, are included in “Currency translation” within the condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

The table below presents the gains/(losses) from net investment hedging.

	Three Months Ended September					Nine Months Ended September
in millions		2013		2012			2013	2012
Currency hedges		$(272	)	$(192	)		$173	$(195	)
Foreign currency-denominated debt hedges		(22	)	(73	)		328	40

The gain/(loss) related to ineffectiveness and the loss reclassified to earnings from accumulated other comprehensive income were not material for the three and nine months ended September 2013 and September 2012.

As of September 2013 and December 2012, the firm had designated $2.11 billion and $2.77 billion, respectively, of foreign currency-denominated debt, included in “Unsecured long-term borrowings” and “Unsecured short-term borrowings,” as hedges of net investments in non-U.S. subsidiaries.

Cash Flow Hedges

Beginning in the third quarter of 2013, the firm designated certain commodity-related swap and forward contracts as cash flow hedges. These swap and forward contracts hedge the firm’s exposure to the variability in cash flows associated with the forecasted sales of certain energy commodities by one of the firm’s consolidated investments.

The firm applies a statistical method that utilizes regression analysis when assessing hedge effectiveness. For qualifying cash flow hedges, the gains or losses on derivatives, to the extent effective, are included in “Cash flow hedges” within the condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive income. Gains or losses resulting from hedge ineffectiveness are included in “Other principal transactions” in the condensed consolidated statements of earnings.

The effective portion of the gains, before taxes, recognized on these cash flow hedges was $10 million for the three and nine months ended September 2013. The gain/(loss) related to hedge ineffectiveness was not material for the three and nine months ended September 2013. There were no gains/(losses) excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness or reclassified to earnings from accumulated other comprehensive income for the three and nine months ended September 2013.

The amounts recorded in “Cash flow hedges” will be reclassified to “Other principal transactions” in the same periods as the corresponding gain or loss on the sale of the hedged energy commodities, which is also recorded in “Other principal transactions.” The firm expects to reclassify $3 million of gains, net of taxes, related to cash flow hedges from “Cash flow hedges” to earnings within the next twelve months. The length of time over which the firm is hedging its exposure to the variability in future cash flows for forecasted transactions is approximately two years.

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 45

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Note 8.

Fair Value Option

Other Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities at Fair Value

In addition to all cash and derivative instruments included in “Financial instruments owned, at fair value” and “Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value,” the firm accounts for certain of its other financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value primarily under the fair value option.

The primary reasons for electing the fair value option are to:

Ÿ reflect economic events in earnings on a timely basis;

Ÿ mitigate volatility in earnings from using different measurement attributes (e.g., transfers of financial instruments owned accounted for as financings are recorded at fair value whereas the related secured financing would be recorded on an accrual basis absent electing the fair value option); and

Ÿ address simplification and cost-benefit considerations (e.g., accounting for hybrid financial instruments at fair value in their entirety versus bifurcation of embedded derivatives and hedge accounting for debt hosts).

Hybrid financial instruments are instruments that contain bifurcatable embedded derivatives and do not require settlement by physical delivery of non-financial assets (e.g., physical commodities). If the firm elects to bifurcate the embedded derivative from the associated debt, the derivative is accounted for at fair value and the host contract is accounted for at amortized cost, adjusted for the effective portion of any fair value hedges. If the firm does not elect to bifurcate, the entire hybrid financial instrument is accounted for at fair value under the fair value option.

Other financial assets and financial liabilities accounted for at fair value under the fair value option include:

Ÿ repurchase agreements and substantially all resale agreements;

Ÿ securities borrowed and loaned within Fixed Income, Currency and Commodities Client Execution;

Ÿ substantially all other secured financings, including transfers of assets accounted for as financings rather than sales;

Ÿ certain unsecured short-term borrowings, consisting of all promissory notes and commercial paper and certain hybrid financial instruments;

Ÿ certain unsecured long-term borrowings, including certain prepaid commodity transactions and certain hybrid financial instruments;

Ÿ certain insurance contract assets and liabilities and certain guarantees;

Ÿ certain receivables from customers and counterparties, including transfers of assets accounted for as secured loans rather than purchases and certain margin loans;

Ÿ certain time deposits issued by the firm’s bank subsidiaries (deposits with no stated maturity are not eligible for a fair value option election), including structured certificates of deposit, which are hybrid financial instruments; and

Ÿ certain subordinated liabilities issued by consolidated VIEs.

These financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value are generally valued based on discounted cash flow techniques, which incorporate inputs with reasonable levels of price transparency, and are generally classified as level 2 because the inputs are observable. Valuation adjustments may be made for liquidity and for counterparty and the firm’s credit quality.

46 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

See below for information about the significant inputs used to value other financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value, including the ranges of significant unobservable inputs used to value the level 3 instruments within these categories. These ranges represent the significant unobservable inputs that were used in the valuation of each type of other financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value. The ranges and weighted averages of these inputs are not representative of the appropriate inputs to use when calculating the fair value of any one instrument. For example, the highest yield presented below for resale and repurchase agreements is appropriate for valuing a specific agreement in that category but may not be appropriate for valuing any other agreements in that category. Accordingly, the ranges of inputs presented below do not represent uncertainty in, or possible ranges of, fair value measurements of the firm’s level 3 other financial assets and financial liabilities.

Resale and Repurchase Agreements and Securities Borrowed and Loaned. The significant inputs to the valuation of resale and repurchase agreements and securities borrowed and loaned are collateral funding spreads, the amount and timing of expected future cash flows and interest rates. The ranges of significant unobservable inputs used to value level 3 resale and repurchase agreements are as follows:

As of September 2013:

Ÿ Yield: 1.7% to 5.2% (weighted average: 1.8%)

Ÿ Duration: 0.5 to 3.3 years (weighted average: 3.1 years)

As of December 2012:

Ÿ Yield: 1.7% to 5.4% (weighted average: 1.9%)

Ÿ Duration: 0.4 to 4.5 years (weighted average: 4.1 years)

Generally, increases in yield or duration, in isolation, would result in a lower fair value measurement. Due to the distinctive nature of each of the firm’s level 3 resale and repurchase agreements, the interrelationship of inputs is not necessarily uniform across such agreements.

See Note 9 for further information about collateralized agreements.

Other Secured Financings. The significant inputs to the valuation of other secured financings at fair value are the amount and timing of expected future cash flows, interest rates, collateral funding spreads, the fair value of the collateral delivered by the firm (which is determined using the amount and timing of expected future cash flows, market prices, market yields and recovery assumptions) and the frequency of additional collateral calls. The ranges of significant unobservable inputs used to value level 3 other secured financings are as follows:

As of September 2013:

Ÿ Funding spreads: 16 bps to 210 bps (weighted average: 85 bps)

Ÿ Yield: 1.0% to 14.1% (weighted average: 7.5%)

Ÿ Duration: 0.5 to 15.1 years (weighted average: 3.0 years)

As of December 2012:

Ÿ Yield: 0.3% to 20.0% (weighted average: 4.2%)

Ÿ Duration: 0.3 to 10.8 years (weighted average: 2.4 years)

Generally, increases in funding spreads, yield or duration, in isolation, would result in a lower fair value measurement. Due to the distinctive nature of each of the firm’s level 3 other secured financings, the interrelationship of inputs is not necessarily uniform across such financings.

See Note 9 for further information about collateralized financings.

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 47

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Unsecured Short-term and Long-term Borrowings. The significant inputs to the valuation of unsecured short-term and long-term borrowings at fair value are the amount and timing of expected future cash flows, interest rates, the credit spreads of the firm, as well as commodity prices in the case of prepaid commodity transactions. The inputs used to value the embedded derivative component of hybrid financial instruments are consistent with the inputs used to value the firm’s other derivative instruments. See Note 7 for further information about derivatives. See Notes 15 and 16 for further information about unsecured short-term and long-term borrowings, respectively.

Certain of the firm’s unsecured short-term and long-term instruments are included in level 3, substantially all of which are hybrid financial instruments. As the significant unobservable inputs used to value hybrid financial instruments primarily relate to the embedded derivative component of these borrowings, these inputs are incorporated in the firm’s derivative disclosures related to unobservable inputs in Note 7.

Insurance Contracts. Insurance contracts at fair value related to the firm’s European insurance business were classified as held for sale as of September 2013 and were included in “Other assets” and “Other liabilities and accrued expenses.” As of December 2012, such contracts were included in “Receivables from customers and counterparties” and “Other liabilities and accrued expenses.”

A majority stake in the firm’s Americas reinsurance business was sold in April 2013. Assets and liabilities related to this business were classified as held for sale as of December 2012 and were included in “Other assets” and “Other liabilities and accrued expenses.”

See Note 12 for further information about the sale of a majority stake in the firm’s Americas reinsurance business and assets classified as held for sale related to the firm’s European insurance business.

The insurance contracts for which the firm has elected the fair value option are contracts that can be settled only in cash and that qualify for the fair value option because they are recognized financial instruments. These contracts are valued using market transactions and other market evidence where possible, including market-based inputs to models, calibration to market-clearing transactions or other alternative pricing sources with reasonable levels of price transparency. Significant inputs are interest rates, inflation rates, volatilities, funding spreads, yield and duration, which incorporates policy lapse and projected mortality assumptions. When unobservable inputs to a valuation model are significant to the fair value measurement of an instrument, the instrument is classified in level 3. The ranges of significant unobservable inputs used to value level 3 insurance contracts are as follows:

As of September 2013:

Ÿ Funding spreads: 33 bps to 50 bps (weighted average: 41 bps)

As of December 2012:

Ÿ Funding spreads: 39 bps to 61 bps (weighted average: 49 bps)

Ÿ Yield: 4.4% to 15.1% (weighted average: 6.2%)

Ÿ Duration: 5.3 to 8.8 years (weighted average: 7.6 years)

Generally, increases in funding spreads, yield or duration, in isolation, would result in a lower fair value measurement. Due to the distinctive nature of each of the firm’s level 3 insurance contracts, the interrelationship of inputs is not necessarily uniform across such contracts.

48 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Receivables from Customers and Counterparties. Receivables from customers and counterparties at fair value, excluding insurance contracts, are primarily comprised of transfers of assets accounted for as secured loans rather than purchases. The significant inputs to the valuation of such receivables are commodity prices, interest rates, the amount and timing of expected future cash flows and funding spreads. Level 3 secured loans (primarily reclassified from “Receivables from customers and counterparties” to “Other assets” as of September 2013 and June 2013) are related to the firm’s European insurance business, which was classified as held for sale as of September 2013 and June 2013. See Note 12 for further information about assets classified as held for sale. The ranges of significant unobservable inputs used to value these level 3 secured loans are as follows:

As of September 2013:

Ÿ Funding spreads: 68 bps to 83 bps (weighted average: 79 bps)

As of December 2012:

Ÿ Funding spreads: 85 bps to 99 bps (weighted average: 99 bps)

Generally, an increase in funding spreads would result in a lower fair value measurement.

Receivables from customers and counterparties not accounted for at fair value are accounted for at amortized cost net of estimated uncollectible amounts, which generally approximates fair value. Such receivables are primarily comprised of customer margin loans and collateral posted in connection with certain derivative transactions. While these items are carried at amounts that approximate fair value, they are not accounted for at fair value under the fair value option or at fair value in accordance with other U.S. GAAP and therefore are not included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy in Notes 6, 7 and 8. Had these items been included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy, substantially all would have been classified in level 2 as of September 2013. Receivables from customers and counterparties not accounted for at fair value also includes loans held for investment, which are primarily comprised of collateralized loans to private wealth management clients and corporate loans. As of September 2013 and December 2012, the carrying value of such loans was $12.53 billion and $6.50 billion, respectively, which generally approximated fair value. As of September 2013, had these loans been carried at fair value and included in the fair value hierarchy, $5.56 billion and

$6.99 billion would have been classified in level 2 and level 3, respectively. As of December 2012, had these loans been carried at fair value and included in the fair value hierarchy, $2.41 billion and $4.06 billion would have been classified in level 2 and level 3, respectively. In anticipation of an increase in activity related to the firm’s loans held for investment, in December 2012, cash outflows on the consolidated statements of cash flows related to such loans were reclassified from “Net payables to customers and counterparties” within cash flows from operating activities to a new line, “Loans held for investment, net” within cash flows from investing activities. Prior annual and interim periods have been conformed to this presentation. Such reclassified amounts were not material to those consolidated financial statements.

Deposits. The significant inputs to the valuation of time deposits are interest rates and the amount and timing of future cash flows. The inputs used to value the embedded derivative component of hybrid financial instruments are consistent with the inputs used to value the firm’s other derivative instruments. See Note 7 for further information about derivatives. See Note 14 for further information about deposits.

The firm’s deposits that are included in level 3 are hybrid financial instruments. As the significant unobservable inputs used to value hybrid financial instruments primarily relate to the embedded derivative component of these deposits, these inputs are incorporated in the firm’s derivative disclosures related to unobservable inputs in Note 7.

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 49

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Fair Value of Other Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities by Level

The tables below present, by level within the fair value hierarchy, other financial assets and financial liabilities

accounted for at fair value primarily under the fair value option.

	Other Financial Assets at Fair Value as of September 2013
in millions		Level 1	Level 2	Level 3		Total
Securities segregated for regulatory and other purposes 1		$23,828	$  12,918	$        —		$  36,746
Securities purchased under agreements to resell		—	169,348	81		169,429
Securities borrowed		—	59,753	—		59,753
Receivables from customers and counterparties		—	6,913	172		7,085
Other assets 2		4,944	7,219	1,245	3	13,408
Total		$28,772	$256,151	$  1,498		$286,421
	Other Financial Liabilities at Fair Value as of September 2013
in millions		Level 1	Level 2	Level 3		Total
Deposits		$        —	$    7,072	$     358		$    7,430
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase		—	156,513	1,268		157,781
Securities loaned		—	1,879	—		1,879
Other secured financings		—	24,852	1,013		25,865
Unsecured short-term borrowings		—	15,250	3,432		18,682
Unsecured long-term borrowings		—	10,122	1,619		11,741
Other liabilities and accrued expenses		—	1,624	12,576	4	14,200
Total		$        —	$217,312	$20,266		$237,578

1. Includes securities segregated for regulatory and other purposes accounted for at fair value under the fair value option, which consists of securities borrowed and resale agreements. The table above includes $23.83 billion of level 1 securities segregated for regulatory and other purposes accounted for at fair value under other U.S. GAAP, consisting of U.S. Treasury securities and money market instruments.

2. Consists of assets classified as held for sale related to the firm’s European insurance business, primarily consisting of corporate debt securities, non-U.S. government and agency obligations and derivatives, which are accounted for at fair value under other U.S. GAAP, and insurance contracts and secured loans, which are accounted for at fair value under the fair value option.

3. Primarily consists of secured loans classified as held for sale related to the firm’s European insurance business. See “Receivables from customers and counterparties” above for further information about valuation techniques and significant inputs.

4. Includes $11.80 billion of liabilities classified as held for sale related to the firm’s European insurance business accounted for at fair value under the fair value option.

50 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

	Other Financial Assets at Fair Value as of December 2012
in millions		Level 1	Level 2	Level 3		Total
Securities segregated for regulatory and other purposes 1		$21,549	$    8,935	$        —		$  30,484
Securities purchased under agreements to resell		—	141,053	278		141,331
Securities borrowed		—	38,395	—		38,395
Receivables from customers and counterparties		—	7,225	641		7,866
Other assets 2		4,420	8,499	507	3	13,426
Total		$25,969	$204,107	$  1,426		$231,502
	Other Financial Liabilities at Fair Value as of December 2012
in millions		Level 1	Level 2	Level 3		Total
Deposits		$        —	$    4,741	$     359		$    5,100
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase		—	169,880	1,927		171,807
Securities loaned		—	1,558	—		1,558
Other secured financings		—	28,925	1,412		30,337
Unsecured short-term borrowings		—	15,011	2,584		17,595
Unsecured long-term borrowings		—	10,676	1,917		12,593
Other liabilities and accrued expenses		—	769	11,274	4	12,043
Total		$        —	$231,560	$19,473		$251,033

1. Includes securities segregated for regulatory and other purposes accounted for at fair value under the fair value option, which consists of securities borrowed and resale agreements. The table above includes $21.55 billion of level 1 securities segregated for regulatory and other purposes accounted for at fair value under other U.S. GAAP, consisting of U.S. Treasury securities and money market instruments.

2. Consists of assets classified as held for sale related to the firm’s Americas reinsurance business, primarily consisting of securities accounted for as available-for-sale and insurance separate account assets which are accounted for at fair value under other U.S. GAAP.

3. Consists of insurance contracts and derivatives classified as held for sale related to the firm’s Americas reinsurance business. See “Insurance Contracts” above and Note 7 for further information about valuation techniques and inputs related to insurance contracts and derivatives, respectively.

4. Includes $692 million of liabilities classified as held for sale related to the firm’s Americas reinsurance business accounted for at fair value under the fair value option.

Transfers Between Levels of the Fair Value Hierarchy

Transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy are reported at the beginning of the reporting period in which they occur. There were no transfers of other financial assets and financial liabilities between level 1 and level 2 during the three and nine months ended September 2013 and September 2012. The tables below present information about transfers between level 2 and level 3.

Level 3 Rollforward

If a financial asset or financial liability was transferred to level 3 during a reporting period, its entire gain or loss for the period is included in level 3.

The tables below present changes in fair value for other financial assets and financial liabilities accounted for at fair value categorized as level 3 as of the end of the period. Level 3 other financial assets and liabilities are frequently economically hedged with cash instruments and derivatives. Accordingly, gains or losses that are reported in level 3 can be partially offset by gains or losses attributable to level 1, 2 or 3 cash instruments or derivatives. As a result, gains or losses included in the level 3 rollforward below do not necessarily represent the overall impact on the firm’s results of operations, liquidity or capital resources.

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 51

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

	Level 3 Other Financial Assets at Fair Value for the Three Months Ended September 2013
in millions		Balance, beginning of period	Net realized gains/ (losses)		Net unrealized gains/(losses) relating to instruments still held at period-end		Purchases	Sales	Issuances	Settlements		Transfers into level 3	Transfers out of level 3		Balance, end of period
Securities purchased under agreements to resell		$     101	$  1		$  —		$      —	$—	$     —	$  (21	)	$   —	$    —		$       81
Receivables from customers and counterparties		165	—		7		—	—	—	—		—	—		172
Other assets		1,062	1		27		275	—	—	(2	)	—	(118	)	1,245
Total		$  1,328	$  2	1	$  34	1	$   275	$—	$     —	$  (23	)	$   —	$(118	)	$  1,498

1. The aggregate amounts include gains of approximately $35 million and $1 million reported in “Market making” and “Interest income,” respectively.

	Level 3 Other Financial Liabilities at Fair Value for the Three Months Ended September 2013
in millions		Balance, beginning of period	Net realized (gains)/ losses		Net unrealized (gains)/losses relating to instruments still held at period-end		Purchases	Sales	Issuances	Settlements		Transfers into level 3	Transfers out of level 3		Balance, end of period
Deposits		$     360	$—		$    2		$      —	$—	$     17	$    (3	)	$   —	$  (18	)	$     358
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase, at fair value		1,018	—		—		—	—	250	—		—	—		1,268
Other secured financings		886	2		—		—	—	189	(13	)	15	(66	)	1,013
Unsecured short-term borrowings		2,913	(3	)	142		—	—	492	(156	)	127	(83	)	3,432
Unsecured long-term borrowings		1,273	(2	)	43		—	—	67	(18	)	315	(59	)	1,619
Other liabilities and accrued expenses		9,975	—		800		1,920	—	—	(119	)	—	—		12,576
Total		$16,425	$ (3	) 1	$987	1	$1,920	$—	$1,015	$(309	)	$457	$(226	)	$20,266

1. The aggregate amounts include losses of approximately $886 million, $96 million and $2 million reported in “Market making,” “Other principal transactions” and “Interest expense,” respectively.

The net unrealized loss on level 3 other financial liabilities of $987 million for the three months ended September 2013 primarily reflected losses on certain insurance liabilities, principally due to the impact of changes in foreign exchange rates, and losses on certain equity-linked notes, principally due to an increase in global equity prices.

Transfers out of level 3 other financial assets during the three months ended September 2013 primarily reflected the transfer of a non-U.S. government obligation related to the firm’s European insurance business to level 2, principally due to improved transparency of market prices used to value these instruments.

Transfers into level 3 of other financial liabilities during the three months ended September 2013 primarily reflected transfers from level 2 of certain hybrid financial instruments included in unsecured short-term and long-term borrowings, principally due to reduced transparency of certain correlation and volatility inputs used to value these instruments.

Transfers out of level 3 of other financial liabilities during the three months ended September 2013 primarily reflected transfers to level 2 of certain hybrid financial instruments included in unsecured short-term and long-term borrowings, principally due to increased transparency of certain correlation and volatility inputs used to value these instruments, and transfers to level 2 of certain other secured financings due to unobservable duration inputs not being significant to the valuation of these instruments.

52 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

	Level 3 Other Financial Assets at Fair Value for the Nine Months Ended September 2013
in millions		Balance, beginning of period	Net realized gains/ (losses)		Net unrealized gains/(losses) relating to instruments still held at period-end		Purchases	Sales		Issuances	Settlements		Transfers into level 3	Transfers out of level 3		Balance, end of period
Securities purchased under agreements to resell		$     278	$  3		$ —		$      —	$    —		$      —	$     (41	)	$      —	$(159	)	$       81
Receivables from customers and counterparties		641	—		6		—	—		—	(1	)	—	(474	)	172
Other assets		507	1		24		411	(507	)	—	(2	)	811	—		1,245
Total		$  1,426	$  4	1	$ 30	1	$   411	$(507	)	$      —	$     (44	)	$   811	$(633	)	$  1,498

1. The aggregate amounts include gains of approximately $31 million and $3 million reported in “Market making” and “Interest income,” respectively.

	Level 3 Other Financial Liabilities at Fair Value for the Nine Months Ended September 2013
in millions		Balance, beginning of period	Net realized (gains)/ losses		Net unrealized (gains)/losses relating to instruments still held at period-end		Purchases		Sales		Issuances	Settlements		Transfers into level 3	Transfers out of level 3		Balance, end of period
Deposits		$     359	$ —		$(11	)	$      —		$    —		$     91	$       (4	)	$      —	$  (77	)	$     358
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase, at fair value		1,927	—		—		—		—		—	(659	)	—	—		1,268
Other secured financings		1,412	9		(24	)	—		—		347	(822	)	142	(51	)	1,013
Unsecured short-term borrowings		2,584	5		48		—		—		1,559	(1,029	)	501	(236	)	3,432
Unsecured long-term borrowings		1,917	10		(33	)	(3	)	(10	)	367	(441	)	390	(578	)	1,619
Other liabilities and accrued expenses		11,274	—		105		2,225		(692	)	—	(336	)	—	—		12,576
Total		$19,473	$24	1	$ 85	1	$2,222		$(702	)	$2,364	$(3,291	)	$1,033	$(942	)	$20,266

1. The aggregate amounts include gains/(losses) of approximately $122 million, $(224) million and $(7) million reported in “Market making,” “Other principal transactions” and “Interest expense,” respectively.

Transfers into level 3 of other financial assets during the nine months ended September 2013 included transfers of level 3 assets related to the firm’s European insurance business from receivables from customers and counterparties and financial instruments owned, at fair value to other assets, as this business was classified as held for sale during the period.

Transfers out of level 3 of other financial assets during the nine months ended September 2013 included transfers of level 3 assets related to the firm’s European insurance business from receivables from customers and counterparties to level 3 other assets, as this business was classified as held for sale during the period and transfers of certain resale agreements to level 2, principally due to increased price transparency as a result of market transactions in similar instruments.

Transfers into level 3 of other financial liabilities during the nine months ended September 2013 primarily reflected transfers from level 3 unsecured long-term borrowings to level 3 unsecured short-term borrowings, as these borrowings neared maturity, and transfers of certain hybrid financial instruments included in unsecured short-term and long-term borrowings to level 3, principally due to decreased transparency of certain correlation and volatility inputs used to value these instruments.

Transfers out of level 3 of other financial liabilities during the nine months ended September 2013 primarily reflected transfers to level 3 unsecured short-term borrowings from level 3 unsecured long-term borrowings, as these borrowings neared maturity, and transfers of certain hybrid financial instruments included in unsecured short-term and long-term borrowings to level 2, principally due to increased transparency of certain correlation and volatility inputs used to value these instruments.

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 53

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

	Level 3 Other Financial Assets at Fair Value for the Three Months Ended September 2012
in millions		Balance, beginning of period	Net realized gains/ (losses)		Net unrealized gains/(losses) relating to instruments still held at period-end		Purchases	Sales	Issuances	Settlements		Transfers into level 3	Transfers out of level 3		Balance, end of period
Securities purchased under agreements to resell		$  1,023	$   2		$   —		$41	$—	$  —	$  (52	)	$   —	$(829	)	$     185
Receivables from customers and counterparties		616	—		19		—	—	—	(10	)	—	—		625
Total		$  1,639	$   2	1	$  19	1	$41	$—	$  —	$  (62	)	$   —	$(829	)	$     810

1. The aggregate amounts include gains of approximately $20 million and $1 million reported in “Market making” and “Interest income,” respectively.

	Level 3 Other Financial Liabilities at Fair Value for the Three Months Ended September 2012
in millions		Balance, beginning of period	Net realized (gains)/ losses		Net unrealized (gains)/losses relating to instruments still held at period-end		Purchases	Sales	Issuances	Settlements		Transfers into level 3	Transfers out of level 3		Balance, end of period
Deposits		$     179	$ —		$    4		$—	$—	$102	$    —		$  16	$    —		$     301
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase, at fair value		2,055	—		—		—	—	64	—		—	—		2,119
Other secured financings		1,182	3		—		—	—	117	(200	)	151	—		1,253
Unsecured short-term borrowings		2,726	7		171		—	—	170	(253	)	76	(216	)	2,681
Unsecured long-term borrowings		1,946	7		80		—	—	47	(108	)	33	(4	)	2,001
Other liabilities and accrued expenses		8,969	(15	)	608		—	—	—	(79	)	—	—		9,483
Total		$17,057	$   2	1	$863	1	$—	$—	$500	$(640	)	$276	$(220	)	$17,838

1. The aggregate amounts include losses of approximately $797 million, $65 million and $3 million reported in “Market making,” “Other principal transactions” and “Interest expense,” respectively.

The net unrealized loss on level 3 other financial liabilities of $863 million for the three months ended September 2012 primarily reflected the impact of tighter funding spreads and changes in foreign exchange rates on certain insurance liabilities, and an increase in global equity prices and tighter credit spreads on certain hybrid financial instruments.

Transfers out of level 3 of other financial assets during the three months ended September 2012 reflected transfers to level 2 of certain resale agreements, primarily due to increased transparency of funding spreads as a result of market activity in similar instruments.

Transfers into level 3 of other financial liabilities during the three months ended September 2012 primarily reflected transfers from level 2 of certain secured financings, primarily due to less market activity in these instruments.

Transfers out of level 3 of other financial liabilities during the three months ended September 2012 primarily reflected transfers to level 2 of certain hybrid financial instruments, principally due to increased transparency of the correlation and volatility inputs used to value certain instruments and unobservable inputs no longer being significant to the valuation of other instruments.

54 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

	Level 3 Other Financial Assets at Fair Value for the Nine Months Ended September 2012
in millions		Balance, beginning of period	Net realized gains/ (losses)		Net unrealized gains/(losses) relating to instruments still held at period-end		Purchases	Sales	Issuances	Settlements		Transfers into level 3	Transfers out of level 3		Balance, end of period
Securities purchased under agreements to resell		$     557	$   8		$      —		$  51	$—	$      —	$   (431	)	$   —	$       —		$     185
Receivables from customers and counterparties		795	—		21		199	—	—	(17	)	—	(373	)	625
Total		$  1,352	$   8	1	$     21	1	$250	$—	$      —	$   (448	)	$   —	$   (373	)	$     810

1. The aggregate amounts include gains of approximately $21 million and $8 million reported in “Market making” and “Interest Income,” respectively.

	Level 3 Other Financial Liabilities at Fair Value for the Nine Months Ended September 2012
in millions		Balance, beginning of period	Net realized (gains)/ losses		Net unrealized (gains)/losses relating to instruments still held at period-end		Purchases		Sales	Issuances	Settlements		Transfers into level 3	Transfers out of level 3		Balance, end of period
Deposits		$       13	$  —		$      —		$   —		$—	$   272	$       —		$  16	$       —		$     301
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase, at fair value		2,181	—		—		—		—	—	(62	)	—	—		2,119
Other secured financings		1,752	9		—		—		—	296	(775	)	—	(29	)	1,253
Unsecured short-term borrowings		3,294	(33	)	204		(13	)	—	550	(817	)	194	(698	)	2,681
Unsecured long-term borrowings		2,191	23		190		—		—	293	(238	)	213	(671	)	2,001
Other liabilities and accrued expenses		8,996	(23	)	764		—		—	—	(254	)	—	—		9,483
Total		$18,427	$(24	) 1	$1,158	1	$ (13	)	$—	$1,411	$(2,146	)	$423	$(1,398	)	$17,838

1. The aggregate amounts include losses of approximately $1.02 billion, $103 million and $10 million reported in “Market making,” “Other principal transactions” and “Interest expense,” respectively.

The net unrealized loss on level 3 other financial liabilities of $1.16 billion for the nine months ended September 2012 primarily reflected the impact of tighter funding spreads and changes in foreign exchange rates on certain insurance liabilities, and an increase in global equity prices and tighter credit spreads on certain hybrid financial instruments.

Transfers out of level 3 of other financial assets during the nine months ended September 2012 reflected transfers to level 2 of certain insurance receivables, primarily due to increased transparency of the mortality inputs used to value these receivables.

Transfers into level 3 of other financial liabilities during the nine months ended September 2012 primarily reflected transfers from level 2 of certain hybrid financial instruments, principally due to decreased transparency of the correlation and volatility inputs used to value these instruments.

Transfers out of level 3 of other financial liabilities during the nine months ended September 2012 primarily reflected transfers to level 2 of certain hybrid financial instruments, principally due to increased transparency of the correlation and volatility inputs used to value certain instruments, and unobservable inputs no longer being significant to the valuation of certain instruments.

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 55

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Gains and Losses on Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities Accounted for at Fair Value Under the Fair Value Option

The table below presents the gains and losses recognized as a result of the firm electing to apply the fair value option to certain financial assets and financial liabilities. These gains and losses are included in “Market making” and “Other principal transactions.” The table below also includes gains and losses on the embedded derivative component of hybrid financial instruments included in unsecured short-term borrowings, unsecured long-term borrowings and deposits.

These gains and losses would have been recognized under other U.S. GAAP even if the firm had not elected to account for the entire hybrid instrument at fair value.

The amounts in the table exclude contractual interest, which is included in “Interest income” and “Interest expense,” for all instruments other than hybrid financial instruments. See Note 23 for further information about interest income and interest expense.

	Gains/(Losses) on Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities at Fair Value Under the Fair Value Option
	Three Months Ended September					Nine Months Ended September
in millions		2013		2012			2013		2012
Receivables from customers and counterparties 1		$      27		$      84			$    (6	)	$    143
Other secured financings		(143	)	(57	)		(280	)	(174	)
Unsecured short-term borrowings 2		(336	)	(569	)		280		(701	)
Unsecured long-term borrowings 3		50		(975	)		598		(1,512	)
Other liabilities and accrued expenses 4		(841	)	(643	)		(57	)	(793	)
Other 5		16		(38	)		30		(130	)
Total		$(1,227	)	$(2,198	)		$ 565		$(3,167	)

1. Primarily consists of gains/(losses) on certain insurance contracts and certain transfers accounted for as receivables rather than purchases.

2. Includes gains/(losses) on the embedded derivative component of hybrid financial instruments of $(315) million and $(479) million for the three months ended September 2013 and September 2012, respectively, and $293 million and $(573) million for the nine months ended September 2013 and September 2012, respectively.

3. Includes gains/(losses) on the embedded derivative component of hybrid financial instruments of $98 million and $(662) million for the three months ended September 2013 and September 2012, respectively, and $690 million and $(1.02) billion for the nine months ended September 2013 and September 2012, respectively.

4. Primarily consists of losses on certain insurance contracts.

5. Primarily consists of gains/(losses) on deposits, resale and repurchase agreements, securities borrowed and loaned and other assets.

Excluding the gains and losses on the instruments accounted for under the fair value option described above, “Market making” and “Other principal transactions”

primarily represent gains and losses on “Financial instruments owned, at fair value” and “Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value.”

56 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Loans and Lending Commitments

The table below presents the difference between the aggregate fair value and the aggregate contractual principal amount for loans and long-term receivables for which the fair value option was elected.

	As of
in millions		September 2013	December 2012
Performing loans and long-term receivables
Aggregate contractual principal in excess of the related fair value		$  3,070	$  2,742
Loans on nonaccrual status and/or more than 90 days past due 1
Aggregate contractual principal in excess of the related fair value		20,614	22,610
Aggregate contractual principal in excess of the related fair value (excluding loans carried at zero fair value and considered uncollectible)		12,408	13,298
Aggregate fair value of loans on nonaccrual status and/or more than 90 days past due		2,656	1,832

1. The aggregate contractual principal amount of these loans exceeds the related fair value primarily because the firm regularly purchases loans, such as distressed loans, at values significantly below contractual principal amounts.

As of September 2013 and December 2012, the fair value of unfunded lending commitments for which the fair value option was elected was a liability of $1.15 billion and $1.99 billion, respectively, and the related total contractual amount of these lending commitments was $53.20 billion and $59.29 billion, respectively. See Note 18 for further information about lending commitments.

Long-Term Debt Instruments

The aggregate contractual principal amount of long-term other secured financings for which the fair value option was elected exceeded the related fair value by $132 million and $115 million as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively. The aggregate contractual principal amount of unsecured long-term borrowings for which the fair value option was elected exceeded the related fair value by $234 million as of September 2013, whereas the fair value exceeded the related aggregate contractual principal amount by $379 million as of December 2012. The amounts above include both principal and non-principal-protected long-term borrowings.

Impact of Credit Spreads on Loans and Lending Commitments

The estimated net gain attributable to changes in instrument-specific credit spreads on loans and lending commitments for which the fair value option was elected was $519 million and $1.10 billion for the three months ended September 2013 and September 2012, respectively, and $1.98 billion and $2.35 billion for the nine months ended September 2013 and September 2012, respectively. Changes in the fair value of loans and lending commitments are primarily attributable to changes in instrument-specific credit spreads. Substantially all of the firm’s performing loans and lending commitments are floating-rate.

Impact of Credit Spreads on Borrowings

The table below presents the net gains/(losses) attributable to the impact of changes in the firm’s own credit spreads on borrowings for which the fair value option was elected. The firm calculates the fair value of borrowings by discounting future cash flows at a rate which incorporates the firm’s credit spreads.

	Three Months Ended September					Nine Months Ended September
in millions		2013		2012			2013		2012
Net gains/(losses) including hedges		$(72	)	$(370	)		$  (90	)	$(588	)
Net gains/(losses) excluding hedges		(68	)	(396	)		(110	)	(628	)

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 57

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Note 9.

Collateralized Agreements and Financings

Collateralized agreements are securities purchased under agreements to resell (resale agreements) and securities borrowed. Collateralized financings are securities sold under agreements to repurchase (repurchase agreements), securities loaned and other secured financings. The firm enters into these transactions in order to, among other things, facilitate client activities, invest excess cash, acquire securities to cover short positions and finance certain firm activities.

Collateralized agreements and financings are presented on a net-by-counterparty basis when a legal right of setoff exists. Interest on collateralized agreements and collateralized financings is recognized over the life of the transaction and included in “Interest income” and “Interest expense,” respectively. See Note 23 for further information about interest income and interest expense.

The table below presents the carrying value of resale and repurchase agreements and securities borrowed and loaned transactions.

	As of
in millions		September 2013	December 2012
Securities purchased under agreements to resell 1		$169,868	$141,334
Securities borrowed 2		175,095	136,893
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase 1		157,781	171,807
Securities loaned 2		19,034	13,765

1. Substantially all resale agreements and all repurchase agreements are carried at fair value under the fair value option. See Note 8 for further information about the valuation techniques and significant inputs used to determine fair value.

2. As of September 2013 and December 2012, $59.75 billion and $38.40 billion of securities borrowed and $1.88 billion and $1.56 billion of securities loaned were at fair value, respectively.

Resale and Repurchase Agreements

A resale agreement is a transaction in which the firm purchases financial instruments from a seller, typically in exchange for cash, and simultaneously enters into an agreement to resell the same or substantially the same financial instruments to the seller at a stated price plus accrued interest at a future date.

A repurchase agreement is a transaction in which the firm sells financial instruments to a buyer, typically in exchange for cash, and simultaneously enters into an agreement to repurchase the same or substantially the same financial instruments from the buyer at a stated price plus accrued interest at a future date.

The financial instruments purchased or sold in resale and repurchase agreements typically include U.S. government and federal agency, and investment-grade sovereign obligations.

The firm receives financial instruments purchased under resale agreements, makes delivery of financial instruments sold under repurchase agreements, monitors the market value of these financial instruments on a daily basis, and delivers or obtains additional collateral due to changes in the market value of the financial instruments, as appropriate. For resale agreements, the firm typically requires delivery of collateral with a fair value approximately equal to the carrying value of the relevant assets in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition.

Even though repurchase and resale agreements involve the legal transfer of ownership of financial instruments, they are accounted for as financing arrangements because they require the financial instruments to be repurchased or resold at the maturity of the agreement. However, “repos to maturity” are accounted for as sales. A repo to maturity is a transaction in which the firm transfers a security under an agreement to repurchase the security where the maturity date of the repurchase agreement matches the maturity date of the underlying security. Therefore, the firm effectively no longer has a repurchase obligation and has relinquished control over the underlying security and, accordingly, accounts for the transaction as a sale. The firm had no repos to maturity outstanding as of September 2013 or December 2012.

58 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Securities Borrowed and Loaned Transactions

In a securities borrowed transaction, the firm borrows securities from a counterparty in exchange for cash. When the firm returns the securities, the counterparty returns the cash. Interest is generally paid periodically over the life of the transaction.

In a securities loaned transaction, the firm lends securities to a counterparty typically in exchange for cash or securities, or a letter of credit. When the counterparty returns the securities, the firm returns the cash or securities posted as collateral. Interest is generally paid periodically over the life of the transaction.

The firm receives securities borrowed, makes delivery of securities loaned, monitors the market value of these securities on a daily basis, and delivers or obtains additional collateral due to changes in the market value of the securities, as appropriate. For securities borrowed transactions, the firm typically requires collateral with a fair value approximately equal to the carrying value of the securities borrowed transaction.

Securities borrowed and loaned within Fixed Income, Currency and Commodities Client Execution are recorded at fair value under the fair value option. See Note 8 for further information about securities borrowed and loaned accounted for at fair value.

Securities borrowed and loaned within Securities Services are recorded based on the amount of cash collateral advanced or received plus accrued interest. As these arrangements generally can be terminated on demand, they exhibit little, if any, sensitivity to changes in interest rates. Therefore, the carrying value of such arrangements approximates fair value. While these arrangements are carried at amounts that approximate fair value, they are not accounted for at fair value under the fair value option or at fair value in accordance with other U.S. GAAP and therefore are not included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy in Notes 6, 7 and 8. Had these arrangements been included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy, they would have been classified in level 2 as of September 2013 and December 2012.

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 59

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Offsetting Arrangements

The tables below present the gross and net resale and repurchase agreements and securities borrowed and loaned transactions, and the related amount of netting with the same counterparty under enforceable netting agreements (i.e. counterparty netting) included in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition. Substantially all of the gross carrying values of these arrangements are subject to enforceable netting agreements. The tables below also present the amounts not offset in the

condensed consolidated statements of financial condition including counterparty netting that does not meet the criteria for netting under U.S. GAAP and the fair value of cash or securities collateral received or posted subject to enforceable credit support agreements. Where the firm has received or posted collateral under credit support agreements, but has not yet determined such agreements are enforceable, the related collateral has not been netted in the table below.

	As of September 2013
	Assets					Liabilities
in millions		Securities purchased under agreements to resell		Securities borrowed			Securities sold under agreements to repurchase		Securities loaned
Amounts included in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition
Gross carrying value		$ 211,660		$ 185,599			$ 188,540		$ 27,530
Counterparty netting		(30,759	)	(8,058	)		(30,759	)	(8,058	)
Total		180,901	1, 2	177,541	1, 2		157,781		19,472	2
Amounts that have not been offset in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition
Counterparty netting		(11,061	)	(2,541	)		(11,061	)	(2,541	)
Collateral		(154,009	)	(148,090	)		(124,481	)	(16,617	)
Total		$   15,831		$   26,910			$   22,239		$      314
	As of December 2012
	Assets					Liabilities
in millions		Securities purchased under agreements to resell		Securities borrowed			Securities sold under agreements to repurchase		Securities loaned
Amounts included in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition
Gross carrying value		$ 175,656		$ 151,162			$ 201,688		$ 23,509
Counterparty netting		(29,766	)	(9,744	)		(29,766	)	(9,744	)
Total		145,890	1, 3	141,418	1		171,922	3	13,765
Amounts that have not been offset in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition
Counterparty netting		(27,512	)	(2,583	)		(27,512	)	(2,583	)
Collateral		(104,344	)	(117,552	)		(106,638	)	(10,990	)
Total		$   14,034		$   21,283			$   37,772		$      192

1. As of September 2013 and December 2012, the firm had $10.91 billion and $4.41 billion, respectively, of securities received under resale agreements and $2.01 billion and $4.53 billion, respectively, of securities borrowed transactions that were segregated to satisfy certain regulatory requirements. These securities are included in “Cash and securities segregated for regulatory and other purposes.”

2. As of September 2013, the firm classified $123 million of resale agreements, $438 million of securities borrowed transactions and $438 million of securities loaned transactions related to the firm’s European insurance business as held for sale. These amounts are included in “Other assets” and “Other liabilities and accrued expenses.” See Note 12 for further information about assets held for sale.

3. As of December 2012, the firm classified $148 million of resale agreements and $115 million of repurchase agreements related to the firm’s Americas reinsurance business as held for sale. See Note 12 for further information about this sale.

60 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Other Secured Financings

In addition to repurchase agreements and securities lending transactions, the firm funds certain assets through the use of other secured financings and pledges financial instruments and other assets as collateral in these transactions. These other secured financings consist of:

Ÿ liabilities of consolidated VIEs;

Ÿ transfers of assets accounted for as financings rather than sales (primarily collateralized central bank financings, pledged commodities, bank loans and mortgage whole loans); and

Ÿ other structured financing arrangements.

Other secured financings include arrangements that are nonrecourse. As of September 2013 and December 2012, nonrecourse other secured financings were $1.50 billion and $1.76 billion, respectively.

The firm has elected to apply the fair value option to substantially all other secured financings because the use of fair value eliminates non-economic volatility in earnings that would arise from using different measurement attributes. See Note 8 for further information about other secured financings that are accounted for at fair value.

Other secured financings that are not recorded at fair value are recorded based on the amount of cash received plus accrued interest, which generally approximates fair value. While these financings are carried at amounts that approximate fair value, they are not accounted for at fair value under the fair value option or at fair value in accordance with other U.S. GAAP and therefore are not included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy in Notes 6, 7 and 8. Had these financings been included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy, they would have primarily been classified in level 3 as of September 2013 and December 2012.

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 61

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

The table below presents information about other secured financings. In the table below:

Ÿ short-term secured financings include financings maturing within one year of the financial statement date and financings that are redeemable within one year of the financial statement date at the option of the holder;

Ÿ long-term secured financings that are repayable prior to maturity at the option of the firm are reflected at their contractual maturity dates; and

Ÿ long-term secured financings that are redeemable prior to maturity at the option of the holders are reflected at the dates such options become exercisable.

	As of September 2013						As of December 2012
$ in millions		U.S. Dollar		Non-U.S. Dollar		Total		U.S. Dollar		Non-U.S. Dollar		Total
Other secured financings (short-term):
At fair value		$12,136		$  7,005		$19,141		$16,504		$6,181		$22,685
At amortized cost		106		14		120		34		326		360
Interest rates 1		3.44	%	2.72	%			6.18	%	0.10	%
Other secured financings (long-term):
At fair value		4,457		2,267		6,724		6,134		1,518		7,652
At amortized cost		172		897		1,069		577		736		1,313
Interest rates 1		5.18	%	1.78	%			3.38	%	2.55	%
Total 2		$16,871		$10,183		$27,054		$23,249		$8,761		$32,010
Amount of other secured financings collateralized by:
Financial instruments 3		$16,694		$  9,786		$26,480		$22,323		$8,442		$30,765
Other assets 4		177		397		574		926		319		1,245

1. The weighted average interest rates exclude secured financings at fair value and include the effect of hedging activities. See Note 7 for further information about hedging activities.

2. Includes $6.77 billion and $8.68 billion related to transfers of financial assets accounted for as financings rather than sales as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively. Such financings were collateralized by financial assets included in “Financial instruments owned, at fair value” of $6.94 billion and $8.92 billion as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively.

3. Includes $14.14 billion and $17.24 billion of other secured financings collateralized by financial instruments owned, at fair value as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively, and includes $12.34 billion and $13.53 billion of other secured financings collateralized by financial instruments received as collateral and repledged as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively.

4. Primarily real estate and cash.

The table below presents other secured financings by maturity.

in millions	As of September 2013
Other secured financings (short-term)	$19,261
Other secured financings (long-term):
2014	1,623
2015	2,896
2016	1,817
2017	171
2018	588
2019-thereafter	698
Total other secured financings (long-term)	7,793
Total other secured financings	$27,054

62 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Collateral Received and Pledged

The firm receives cash and securities (e.g., U.S. government and federal agency, other sovereign and corporate obligations, as well as equities and convertible debentures) as collateral, primarily in connection with resale agreements, securities borrowed, derivative transactions and customer margin loans. The firm obtains cash and securities as collateral on an upfront or contingent basis for derivative instruments and collateralized agreements to reduce its credit exposure to individual counterparties.

In many cases, the firm is permitted to deliver or repledge financial instruments received as collateral when entering into repurchase agreements and securities lending agreements, primarily in connection with secured client financing activities. The firm is also permitted to deliver or repledge these financial instruments in connection with other secured financings, collateralizing derivative transactions and meeting firm or customer settlement requirements.

The firm also pledges certain financial instruments owned, at fair value in connection with repurchase agreements, securities lending agreements and other secured financings, and other assets (primarily real estate and cash) in connection with other secured financings to counterparties who may or may not have the right to deliver or repledge them.

The table below presents financial instruments at fair value received as collateral that were available to be delivered or repledged and were delivered or repledged by the firm.

	As of
in millions		September 2013	December 2012
Collateral available to be delivered or repledged		$637,102	$540,949
Collateral that was delivered or repledged		475,900	397,652

The table below presents information about assets pledged.

	As of
in millions		September 2013	December 2012
Financial instruments owned, at fair value pledged to counterparties that:
Had the right to deliver or repledge 1		$  52,490	$  67,177
Did not have the right to deliver or repledge		85,947	120,980
Other assets pledged to counterparties that:
Did not have the right to deliver or repledge		881	2,031

1. Excludes $1.59 billion classified as held for sale as of September 2013, related to the firm’s European insurance business. See Note 12 for further information about assets held for sale.

Note 10.

Securitization Activities

The firm securitizes residential and commercial mortgages, corporate bonds, loans and other types of financial assets by selling these assets to securitization vehicles (e.g., trusts, corporate entities and limited liability companies) or through a resecuritization. The firm acts as underwriter of the beneficial interests that are sold to investors. The firm’s residential mortgage securitizations are substantially all in connection with government agency securitizations.

Beneficial interests issued by securitization entities are debt or equity securities that give the investors rights to receive all or portions of specified cash inflows to a securitization vehicle and include senior and subordinated interests in principal, interest and/or other cash inflows. The proceeds from the sale of beneficial interests are used to pay the transferor for the financial assets sold to the securitization vehicle or to purchase securities which serve as collateral.

The firm accounts for a securitization as a sale when it has relinquished control over the transferred assets. Prior to securitization, the firm accounts for assets pending transfer at fair value and therefore does not typically recognize significant gains or losses upon the transfer of assets. Net revenues from underwriting activities are recognized in connection with the sales of the underlying beneficial interests to investors.

For transfers of assets that are not accounted for as sales, the assets remain in “Financial instruments owned, at fair value” and the transfer is accounted for as a collateralized financing, with the related interest expense recognized over the life of the transaction. See Notes 9 and 23 for further information about collateralized financings and interest expense, respectively.

The firm generally receives cash in exchange for the transferred assets but may also have continuing involvement with transferred assets, including ownership of beneficial interests in securitized financial assets, primarily in the form of senior or subordinated securities. The firm may also purchase senior or subordinated securities issued by securitization vehicles (which are typically VIEs) in connection with secondary market-making activities.

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 63

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

The primary risks included in beneficial interests and other interests from the firm’s continuing involvement with securitization vehicles are the performance of the underlying collateral, the position of the firm’s investment in the capital structure of the securitization vehicle and the market yield for the security. These interests are accounted for at fair value and are included in “Financial instruments owned, at fair value” and are generally classified in level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. See Notes 5 through 8 for further information about fair value measurements.

The table below presents the amount of financial assets securitized and the cash flows received on retained interests in securitization entities in which the firm had continuing involvement.

	Three Months Ended September			Nine Months Ended September
in millions		2013	2012		2013	2012
Residential mortgages		$  8,849	$8,530		$23,489	$27,797
Commercial mortgages		2,358	625		5,224	2,248
Total		$11,207	$9,155		$28,713	$30,045
Cash flows on retained interests		$     102	$   161		$     235	$     333

The tables below present the firm’s continuing involvement in nonconsolidated securitization entities to which the firm sold assets, as well as the total outstanding principal amount of transferred assets in which the firm has continuing involvement. In these tables:

Ÿ the outstanding principal amount is presented for the purpose of providing information about the size of the securitization entities in which the firm has continuing involvement and is not representative of the firm’s risk of loss;

Ÿ for retained or purchased interests, the firm’s risk of loss is limited to the fair value of these interests; and

Ÿ purchased interests represent senior and subordinated interests, purchased in connection with secondary market-making activities, in securitization entities in which the firm also holds retained interests.

	As of September 2013
in millions		Outstanding Principal Amount	Fair Value of Retained Interests	Fair Value of Purchased Interests
U.S. government agency-issued collateralized mortgage obligations 1		$58,681	$3,759	$  —
Other residential mortgage-backed 2		3,089	105	—
Other commercial mortgage-backed 3		5,824	113	76
CDOs, CLOs and other 4		8,241	86	10
Total 5		$75,835	$4,063	$  86
	As of December 2012
in millions		Outstanding Principal Amount	Fair Value of Retained Interests	Fair Value of Purchased Interests
U.S. government agency-issued collateralized mortgage obligations 1		$57,685	$4,654	$  —
Other residential mortgage-backed 2		3,656	106	—
Other commercial mortgage-backed 3		1,253	1	56
CDOs, CLOs and other 4		8,866	51	331
Total 5		$71,460	$4,812	$387

1. Outstanding principal amount and fair value of retained interests primarily relate to securitizations during 2013 and 2012 as of September 2013, and securitizations during 2012 and 2011 as of December 2012.

2. Outstanding principal amount and fair value of retained interests as of both September 2013 and December 2012 primarily relate to prime and Alt-A securitizations during 2009, 2007 and 2006.

3. Outstanding principal amount and fair value of retained interests as of September 2013 primarily relate to securitizations during 2013. As of December 2012, the outstanding principal amount primarily relates to securitizations during 2012 and 2007 and the fair value of retained interests primarily relate to securitizations during 2012.

4. Outstanding principal amount and fair value of retained interests as of both September 2013 and December 2012 primarily relate to CDO and CLO securitizations during 2007 and 2006.

5. Outstanding principal amount includes $666 million and $835 million as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively, related to securitization entities in which the firm’s only continuing involvement is retained servicing which is not a variable interest.

64 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

In addition to the interests in the table above, the firm had other continuing involvement in the form of derivative transactions and guarantees with certain nonconsolidated VIEs. The carrying value of these derivatives and guarantees was a net asset of $21 million and $45 million as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively. The notional amounts of these derivatives and guarantees are included in maximum exposure to loss in the nonconsolidated VIE tables in Note 11.

The table below presents the weighted average key economic assumptions used in measuring the fair value of retained interests and the sensitivity of this fair value to immediate adverse changes of 10% and 20% in those assumptions.

	As of September 2013					As of December 2012
	Type of Retained Interests					Type of Retained Interests
$ in millions		Mortgage-Backed		Other	1		Mortgage-Backed		Other	1
Fair value of retained interests		$3,977		$     86			$4,761		$     51
Weighted average life (years)		9.0		2.0			8.2		2.0
Constant prepayment rate 2		7.0	%	N.M.			10.9	%	N.M.
Impact of 10% adverse change 2		$    (37	)	N.M.			$    (57	)	N.M.
Impact of 20% adverse change 2		(68	)	N.M.			(110	)	N.M.
Discount rate 3		4.8	%	N.M.			4.6	%	N.M.
Impact of 10% adverse change		$    (96	)	N.M.			$    (96	)	N.M.
Impact of 20% adverse change		(187	)	N.M.			(180	)	N.M.

1. Due to the nature and current fair value of certain of these retained interests, the weighted average assumptions for constant prepayment and discount rates and the related sensitivity to adverse changes are not meaningful as of September 2013 and December 2012. The firm’s maximum exposure to adverse changes in the value of these interests is the carrying value of $86 million and $51 million as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively.

2. Constant prepayment rate is included only for positions for which constant prepayment rate is a key assumption in the determination of fair value.

3. The majority of mortgage-backed retained interests are U.S. government agency-issued collateralized mortgage obligations, for which there is no anticipated credit loss. For the remainder of retained interests, the expected credit loss assumptions are reflected in the discount rate.

The preceding table does not give effect to the offsetting benefit of other financial instruments that are held to mitigate risks inherent in these retained interests. Changes in fair value based on an adverse variation in assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in assumptions to the change in fair value is

not usually linear. In addition, the impact of a change in a particular assumption in the preceding table is calculated independently of changes in any other assumption. In practice, simultaneous changes in assumptions might magnify or counteract the sensitivities disclosed above.

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 65

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Note 11.

Variable Interest Entities

VIEs generally finance the purchase of assets by issuing debt and equity securities that are either collateralized by or indexed to the assets held by the VIE. The debt and equity securities issued by a VIE may include tranches of varying levels of subordination. The firm’s involvement with VIEs includes securitization of financial assets, as described in Note 10, and investments in and loans to other types of VIEs, as described below. See Note 10 for additional information about securitization activities, including the definition of beneficial interests. See Note 3 for the firm’s consolidation policies, including the definition of a VIE.

The firm is principally involved with VIEs through the following business activities:

Mortgage-Backed VIEs and Corporate CDO and CLO VIEs. The firm sells residential and commercial mortgage loans and securities to mortgage-backed VIEs and corporate bonds and loans to corporate CDO and CLO VIEs and may retain beneficial interests in the assets sold to these VIEs. The firm purchases and sells beneficial interests issued by mortgage-backed and corporate CDO and CLO VIEs in connection with market-making activities. In addition, the firm may enter into derivatives with certain of these VIEs, primarily interest rate swaps, which are typically not variable interests. The firm generally enters into derivatives with other counterparties to mitigate its risk from derivatives with these VIEs.

Certain mortgage-backed and corporate CDO and CLO VIEs, usually referred to as synthetic CDOs or credit-linked note VIEs, synthetically create the exposure for the beneficial interests they issue by entering into credit derivatives, rather than purchasing the underlying assets. These credit derivatives may reference a single asset, an index, or a portfolio/basket of assets or indices. See Note 7 for further information about credit derivatives. These VIEs use the funds from the sale of beneficial interests and the premiums received from credit derivative counterparties to purchase securities which serve to collateralize the beneficial interest holders and/or the credit derivative counterparty. These VIEs may enter into other derivatives, primarily interest rate swaps, which are typically not variable interests. The firm may be a counterparty to derivatives with these VIEs and generally enters into derivatives with other counterparties to mitigate its risk.

Real Estate, Credit-Related and Other Investing VIEs. The firm purchases equity and debt securities issued by and makes loans to VIEs that hold real estate, performing and nonperforming debt, distressed loans and equity securities. The firm typically does not sell assets to, or enter into derivatives with, these VIEs.

Other Asset-Backed VIEs. The firm structures VIEs that issue notes to clients and purchases and sells beneficial interests issued by other asset-backed VIEs in connection with market-making activities. In addition, the firm may enter into derivatives with certain other asset-backed VIEs, primarily total return swaps on the collateral assets held by these VIEs under which the firm pays the VIE the return due to the note holders and receives the return on the collateral assets owned by the VIE. The firm generally can be removed as the total return swap counterparty. The firm generally enters into derivatives with other counterparties to mitigate its risk from derivatives with these VIEs. The firm typically does not sell assets to the other asset-backed VIEs it structures.

Power-Related VIEs. The firm purchases debt and equity securities issued by, and may provide commitments or guarantees to, VIEs that hold power-related assets. The firm typically does not sell assets to, or enter into derivatives with, these VIEs.

Investment Fund VIEs. The firm makes equity investments in, and is entitled to receive fees from, certain of the investment fund VIEs it manages. The firm typically does not sell assets to, or enter into derivatives with, these VIEs.

Principal-Protected Note VIEs. The firm structures VIEs that issue principal-protected notes to clients. These VIEs own portfolios of assets, principally with exposure to hedge funds. Substantially all of the principal protection on the notes issued by these VIEs is provided by the asset portfolio rebalancing that is required under the terms of the notes. The firm enters into total return swaps with these VIEs under which the firm pays the VIE the return due to the principal-protected note holders and receives the return on the assets owned by the VIE. The firm may enter into derivatives with other counterparties to mitigate the risk it has from the derivatives it enters into with these VIEs. The firm also obtains funding through these VIEs.

66 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

VIE Consolidation Analysis

A variable interest in a VIE is an investment (e.g., debt or equity securities) or other interest (e.g., derivatives or loans and lending commitments) in a VIE that will absorb portions of the VIE’s expected losses and/or receive portions of the VIE’s expected residual returns.

The firm’s variable interests in VIEs include senior and subordinated debt in residential and commercial mortgage-backed and other asset-backed securitization entities, CDOs and CLOs; loans and lending commitments; limited and general partnership interests; preferred and common equity; derivatives that may include foreign currency, equity and/or credit risk; guarantees; and certain of the fees the firm receives from investment funds. Certain interest rate, foreign currency and credit derivatives the firm enters into with VIEs are not variable interests because they create rather than absorb risk.

The enterprise with a controlling financial interest in a VIE is known as the primary beneficiary and consolidates the VIE. The firm determines whether it is the primary beneficiary of a VIE by performing an analysis that principally considers:

Ÿ which variable interest holder has the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance;

Ÿ which variable interest holder has the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE;

Ÿ the VIE’s purpose and design, including the risks the VIE was designed to create and pass through to its variable interest holders;

Ÿ the VIE’s capital structure;

Ÿ the terms between the VIE and its variable interest holders and other parties involved with the VIE; and

Ÿ related-party relationships.

The firm reassesses its initial evaluation of whether an entity is a VIE when certain reconsideration events occur. The firm reassesses its determination of whether it is the primary beneficiary of a VIE on an ongoing basis based on current facts and circumstances.

Nonconsolidated VIEs

The firm’s exposure to the obligations of VIEs is generally limited to its interests in these entities. In certain instances, the firm provides guarantees, including derivative guarantees, to VIEs or holders of variable interests in VIEs.

The tables below present information about nonconsolidated VIEs in which the firm holds variable interests. Nonconsolidated VIEs are aggregated based on principal business activity. The nature of the firm’s variable interests can take different forms, as described in the rows under maximum exposure to loss. In the tables below:

Ÿ The maximum exposure to loss excludes the benefit of offsetting financial instruments that are held to mitigate the risks associated with these variable interests.

Ÿ For retained and purchased interests and loans and investments, the maximum exposure to loss is the carrying value of these interests.

Ÿ For commitments and guarantees, and derivatives, the maximum exposure to loss is the notional amount, which does not represent anticipated losses and also has not been reduced by unrealized losses already recorded. As a result, the maximum exposure to loss exceeds liabilities recorded for commitments and guarantees, and derivatives provided to VIEs.

The carrying values of the firm’s variable interests in nonconsolidated VIEs are included in the condensed consolidated statement of financial condition as follows:

Ÿ Substantially all assets held by the firm related to mortgage-backed, corporate CDO and CLO, other asset-backed, and investment fund VIEs are included in “Financial instruments owned, at fair value.” Substantially all liabilities held by the firm related to corporate CDO and CLO and other asset-backed VIEs are included in “Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value.”

Ÿ Assets held by the firm related to real estate, credit-related and other investing VIEs are primarily included in “Financial instruments owned, at fair value” and “Receivables from customers and counterparties,” and liabilities are substantially all included in “Financial Instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value.”

Ÿ Assets held by the firm related to power-related VIEs are primarily included in “Financial instruments owned, at fair value” and “Other assets.”

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 67

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

	Nonconsolidated VIEs
	As of September 2013
in millions		Mortgage- backed		Corporate CDOs and CLOs	Real estate, credit-related and other investing	Other asset- backed	Power- related	Investment funds	Total
Assets in VIE		$84,501	2	$22,087	$8,043	$3,170	$408	$2,262	$120,471
Carrying Value of the Firm’s Variable Interests
Assets		5,488		1,178	2,678	171	102	50	9,667
Liabilities		—		21	1	38	—	—	60
Maximum Exposure to Loss in Nonconsolidated VIEs
Retained interests		3,977		81	—	5	—	—	4,063
Purchased interests		1,482		650	—	147	—	—	2,279
Commitments and guarantees 1		—		—	398	—	332	2	732
Derivatives 1		762		5,516	—	735	—	—	7,013
Loans and investments		30		—	2,677	—	102	50	2,859
Total		$  6,251	2	$  6,247	$3,075	$   887	$434	$     52	$  16,946
	Nonconsolidated VIEs
	As of December 2012
in millions		Mortgage- backed		Corporate CDOs and CLOs	Real estate, credit-related and other investing	Other asset- backed	Power- related	Investment funds	Total
Assets in VIE		$79,171	2	$23,842	$9,244	$3,510	$147	$1,898	$117,812
Carrying Value of the Firm’s Variable Interests
Assets		6,269		1,193	1,801	220	32	4	9,519
Liabilities		—		12	—	30	—	—	42
Maximum Exposure to Loss in Nonconsolidated VIEs
Retained interests		4,761		51	—	—	—	—	4,812
Purchased interests		1,162		659	—	204	—	—	2,025
Commitments and guarantees 1		—		1	438	—	—	1	440
Derivatives 1		1,574		6,761	—	952	—	—	9,287
Loans and investments		39		—	1,801	—	32	4	1,876
Total		$  7,536	2	$  7,472	$2,239	$1,156	$  32	$       5	$  18,440

1. The aggregate amounts include $2.25 billion and $3.25 billion as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively, related to guarantees and derivative transactions with VIEs to which the firm transferred assets.

2. Assets in VIE and maximum exposure to loss include $4.97 billion and $1.15 billion, respectively, as of September 2013, and $3.57 billion and $1.72 billion, respectively, as of December 2012, related to CDOs backed by mortgage obligations.

68 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Consolidated VIEs

The tables below present the carrying amount and classification of assets and liabilities in consolidated VIEs, excluding the benefit of offsetting financial instruments that are held to mitigate the risks associated with the firm’s variable interests. Consolidated VIEs are aggregated based on principal business activity and their assets and liabilities are presented net of intercompany eliminations. The majority of the assets in principal-protected notes VIEs are intercompany and are eliminated in consolidation. Substantially all the assets in consolidated VIEs can only be used to settle obligations of the VIE.

The tables below exclude VIEs in which the firm holds a majority voting interest if (i) the VIE meets the definition of a business and (ii) the VIE’s assets can be used for purposes other than the settlement of its obligations.

The liabilities of real estate, credit-related and other investing VIEs and CDOs, mortgage-backed and other asset-backed VIEs do not have recourse to the general credit of the firm.

	Consolidated VIEs
	As of September 2013
in millions		Real estate, credit-related and other investing	CDOs, mortgage- backed and other asset- backed	Principal- protected notes	Total
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents		$   168	$107	$     10	$   285
Cash and securities segregated for regulatory and other purposes		62	—	92	154
Financial instruments owned, at fair value		2,245	100	429	2,774
Other assets		1,067	—	—	1,067
Total		$3,542	$207	$   531	$4,280
Liabilities
Other secured financings		$   443	$104	$   386	$   933
Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value		—	1	—	1
Unsecured short-term borrowings, including the current portion of unsecured long-term borrowings		—	—	1,602	1,602
Unsecured long-term borrowings		3	—	215	218
Other liabilities and accrued expenses		1,049	—	—	1,049
Total		$1,495	$105	$2,203	$3,803
	Consolidated VIEs
	As of December 2012
in millions		Real estate, credit-related and other investing	CDOs, mortgage- backed and other asset- backed	Principal- protected notes	Total
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents		$   236	$107	$      —	$   343
Cash and securities segregated for regulatory and other purposes		134	—	92	226
Receivables from brokers, dealers and clearing organizations		5	—	—	5
Financial instruments owned, at fair value		2,958	763	124	3,845
Other assets		1,080	—	—	1,080
Total		$4,413	$870	$   216	$5,499
Liabilities
Other secured financings		$   594	$699	$   301	$1,594
Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value		—	107	—	107
Unsecured short-term borrowings, including the current portion of unsecured long-term borrowings		—	—	1,584	1,584
Unsecured long-term borrowings		4	—	334	338
Other liabilities and accrued expenses		1,478	—	—	1,478
Total		$2,076	$806	$2,219	$5,101

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 69

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Note 12.

Other Assets

Other assets are generally less liquid, non-financial assets. The table below presents other assets by type.

	As of
in millions		September 2013		December 2012
Property, leasehold improvements and equipment 1		$  8,721		$  8,217
Goodwill and identifiable intangible assets 2		4,458		5,099
Income tax-related assets 3		6,468		5,620
Equity-method investments 4		422		453
Miscellaneous receivables and other		16,861	5	20,234	6
Total		$36,930		$39,623

1. Net of accumulated depreciation and amortization of $8.86 billion and $9.05 billion as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively.

2. Includes $149 million of intangible assets classified as held for sale as of December 2012. See Note 13 for further information about goodwill and identifiable intangible assets.

3. See Note 24 for further information about income taxes.

4. Excludes investments accounted for at fair value under the fair value option where the firm would otherwise apply the equity method of accounting of $6.05 billion and $5.54 billion as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively, which are included in “Financial instruments owned, at fair value.” The firm has generally elected the fair value option for such investments acquired after the fair value option became available.

5. Includes $13.65 billion of assets classified as held for sale related to the firm’s European insurance business.

6. Includes $16.77 billion of assets classified as held for sale (including approximately $9 billion of available-for-sale securities) related to the firm’s Americas reinsurance business, in which a majority stake was sold in April 2013.

Assets Held for Sale

In the second quarter of 2013, the firm classified its European insurance business within its Institutional Client Services segment as held for sale on the basis that the firm was likely to sell a majority stake in this business during the subsequent twelve-month period. In October 2013, the firm entered into an agreement to sell a majority stake in this business. The sale is subject to regulatory approvals. Upon completion of the sale, the firm will no longer consolidate this business. As of September 2013, assets and liabilities related to this business, substantially all of which are accounted for at fair value, were classified in “Other assets” and “Other liabilities and accrued expenses,” respectively. Assets related to this business were $13.65 billion as of September 2013, excluding intercompany assets, and consisted primarily of “Financial instruments owned, at fair value,” including corporate debt securities and non-U.S. government and agency obligations. Liabilities related to this business were $13.63 billion as of September 2013, excluding intercompany liabilities, and consisted primarily of liabilities for future benefits and unpaid claims carried at fair value under the fair value option. Intercompany assets and liabilities are expected to be included as part of the sales transaction.

In the fourth quarter of 2012, the firm classified its Americas reinsurance business within its Institutional Client Services segment as held for sale. Assets related to this business of $16.92 billion as of December 2012, which consisted primarily of available-for-sale securities and separate account assets at fair value, were included in “Other assets.” Liabilities related to this business of $14.62 billion, as of December 2012 were included in “Other liabilities and accrued expenses.”

The firm completed the sale of a majority stake in its Americas reinsurance business in April 2013 and, as a result, the firm no longer consolidates this business. The firm retained an ownership interest of approximately 20% in this business, which is accounted for at fair value under the fair value option and is included in “Financial instruments owned, at fair value.”

70 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Property, Leasehold Improvements and Equipment

Property, leasehold improvements and equipment included $5.98 billion and $6.20 billion as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively, related to property, leasehold improvements and equipment that the firm uses in connection with its operations. The remainder is held by investment entities, including VIEs, consolidated by the firm.

Substantially all property and equipment are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the useful life of the asset. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the useful life of the improvement or the term of the lease, whichever is shorter. Certain costs of software developed or obtained for internal use are capitalized and amortized on a straight-line basis over the useful life of the software.

Impairments

The firm tests property, leasehold improvements and equipment, intangible assets and other assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances suggest that an asset or asset group’s carrying value may not be fully recoverable. To the extent the carrying value of an asset exceeds the projected undiscounted cash flows over the estimated remaining useful life of the asset, the firm determines the asset is impaired and records an impairment loss equal to the difference between the estimated fair value and the carrying value of the asset or asset group. In addition, the firm will recognize an impairment loss prior to the sale of an asset if the carrying value of the asset exceeds its estimated fair value.

During the first nine months of 2012, as a result of a decline in the market conditions in which certain of the firm’s consolidated investments operated, the firm determined certain assets were impaired and recorded an impairment loss of $252 million ($169 million related to property, leasehold improvements and equipment, $63 million related to other assets and $20 million related to commodity-related intangible assets), substantially all of which was included in “Depreciation and amortization.” These impairment losses were included in the firm’s Investing & Lending segment and represented the excess of the carrying values of these assets over their estimated fair values, which are primarily level 3 measurements, using a combination of discounted cash flow analyses and relative value analyses, including the estimated cash flows expected to be received from the disposition of certain of these assets.

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 71

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Note 13.

Goodwill and Identifiable Intangible Assets

The tables below present the carrying values of goodwill and identifiable intangible assets, which are included in “Other assets.”

	Goodwill
	As of
in millions		September 2013	December 2012
Investment Banking:
Financial Advisory		$     98	$     98
Underwriting		183	183
Institutional Client Services:
Fixed Income, Currency and Commodities Client Execution		269	269
Equities Client Execution		2,403	2,402
Securities Services		105	105
Investing & Lending		59	59
Investment Management		585	586
Total		$3,702	$3,702
	Identifiable Intangible Assets
	As of
in millions		September 2013	December 2012
Investment Banking:
Financial Advisory		$     —	$       1
Institutional Client Services:
Fixed Income, Currency and Commodities Client Execution 1		41	421
Equities Client Execution 2		368	565
Investing & Lending		234	281
Investment Management		113	129
Total		$   756	$1,397

1. The decrease from December 2012 to September 2013 is related to the sale of the firm’s television broadcast royalties in the first quarter of 2013.

2. The decrease from December 2012 to September 2013 is primarily related to the sale of a majority stake in the firm’s Americas reinsurance business in April 2013. See Note 12 for further information about this sale.

Goodwill

Goodwill is the cost of acquired companies in excess of the fair value of net assets, including identifiable intangible assets, at the acquisition date.

Goodwill is assessed annually in the fourth quarter for impairment or more frequently if events occur or circumstances change that indicate an impairment may exist. Qualitative factors are assessed to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If results of the qualitative assessment are not conclusive, a quantitative goodwill impairment test is performed.

The quantitative goodwill impairment test consists of two steps.

Ÿ The first step compares the estimated fair value of each reporting unit with its estimated net book value (including goodwill and identified intangible assets). If the reporting unit’s fair value exceeds its estimated net book value, goodwill is not impaired.

Ÿ If the estimated fair value of a reporting unit is less than its estimated net book value, the second step of the goodwill impairment test is performed to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. An impairment loss is equal to the excess of the carrying amount of goodwill over its fair value.

Goodwill was tested for impairment, using a quantitative test, during the fourth quarter of 2012 and goodwill was not impaired.

To estimate the fair value of each reporting unit, both relative value and residual income valuation techniques are used because the firm believes market participants would use these techniques to value the firm’s reporting units.

Relative value techniques apply average observable price-to-earnings multiples of comparable competitors to certain reporting units’ net earnings. For other reporting units, fair value is estimated using price-to-book multiples based on residual income techniques, which consider a reporting unit’s return on equity in excess of the firm’s cost of equity capital. The net book value of each reporting unit reflects an allocation of total shareholders’ equity and represents the estimated amount of shareholders’ equity required to support the activities of the reporting unit under guidelines issued by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (Basel Committee) in December 2010.

72 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Identifiable Intangible Assets

The table below presents the gross carrying amount, accumulated amortization and net carrying amount of

identifiable intangible assets and their weighted average remaining lives.

		As of
$ in millions			September 2013		Weighted Average Remaining Lives (years)	December 2012
Customer lists	Gross carrying amount		$ 1,100			$ 1,099
	Accumulated amortization		(691	)		(643	)
	Net carrying amount		409		7	456
Commodities-related intangibles 1	Gross carrying amount		515			513
	Accumulated amortization		(280	)		(226	)
	Net carrying amount		235		11	287
Television broadcast royalties 2	Gross carrying amount		—			560
	Accumulated amortization		—			(186	)
	Net carrying amount		—		N/A 2	374
Insurance-related intangibles 3	Gross carrying amount		—			380
	Accumulated amortization		—			(231	)
	Net carrying amount		—		N/A 3	149
Other 4	Gross carrying amount		902			950
	Accumulated amortization		(790	)		(819	)
	Net carrying amount		112		11	131
Total	Gross carrying amount		2,517			3,502
	Accumulated amortization		(1,761	)		(2,105	)
	Net carrying amount		$    756		9	$ 1,397

1. Primarily includes commodity-related customer contracts and relationships, permits and access rights.

2. These assets were sold in the first quarter of 2013 and total proceeds received approximated carrying value.

3. These assets were related to the firm’s Americas reinsurance business, in which a majority stake was sold in April 2013. See Note 12 for further information about this sale.

4. Primarily includes the firm’s exchange-traded fund lead market maker rights.

Substantially all of the firm’s identifiable intangible assets are considered to have finite lives and are amortized over their estimated lives or based on economic usage for certain

commodity-related intangibles. Amortization expense for identifiable intangible assets is included in “Depreciation and amortization.”

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 73

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

The tables below present amortization expense for identifiable intangible assets for the three and nine months ended September 2013 and September 2012, and the estimated future amortization expense through 2018 for identifiable intangible assets as of September 2013.

	Three Months Ended September			Nine Months Ended September
in millions		2013	2012		2013	2012
Amortization expense		$47	$60		$119	$206

in millions	As of September 2013
Estimated future amortization expense:
Remainder of 2013	$  39
2014	128
2015	96
2016	93
2017	91
2018	83

See Note 12 for information about impairment testing and impairments of the firm’s identifiable intangible assets.

Note 14.

Deposits

The table below presents deposits held in U.S. and non-U.S. offices, substantially all of which were interest-bearing. Substantially all U.S. deposits were held at Goldman Sachs Bank USA (GS Bank USA) as of September 2013 and December 2012. Substantially all non-U.S. deposits were held at Goldman Sachs International Bank (GSIB) as of September 2013 and held at Goldman Sachs Bank (Europe) plc (GS Bank Europe) and GSIB as of December 2012. On January 18, 2013, GS Bank Europe surrendered its banking license to the Central Bank of Ireland after transferring its deposits to GSIB and subsequently changed its name to Goldman Sachs Ireland Finance plc.

	As of
in millions		September 2013		December 2012
U.S. offices		$61,657		$62,377
Non-U.S. offices		9,913		7,747
Total		$71,570	1	$70,124	1

The table below presents maturities of time deposits held in U.S. and non-U.S. offices.

	As of September 2013
in millions		U.S.		Non-U.S.		Total
Remainder of 2013		$  2,675		$3,478		$  6,153
2014		4,042		1,734		5,776
2015		4,276		—		4,276
2016		2,115		—		2,115
2017		2,654		—		2,654
2018		1,725		—		1,725
2019 - thereafter		4,442		—		4,442
Total		$21,929	2	$5,212	3	$27,141	1

1. Includes $7.43 billion and $5.10 billion as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively, of time deposits accounted for at fair value under the fair value option. See Note 8 for further information about deposits accounted for at fair value.

2. Includes $63 million greater than $100,000, of which $29 million matures within three months, $26 million matures within three to six months, $5 million matures within six to twelve months, and $3 million matures after twelve months.

3. Substantially all were greater than $100,000.

As of September 2013 and December 2012, savings and demand deposits, which represent deposits with no stated maturity, were $44.43 billion and $46.51 billion, respectively, which were recorded based on the amount of cash received plus accrued interest, which approximates fair value. In addition, the firm designates certain derivatives as fair value hedges on substantially all of its time deposits for which it has not elected the fair value option. Accordingly, $19.71 billion and $18.52 billion as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively, of time deposits were effectively converted from fixed-rate obligations to floating-rate obligations and were recorded at amounts that generally approximate fair value. While these savings and demand deposits and time deposits are carried at amounts that approximate fair value, they are not accounted for at fair value under the fair value option or at fair value in accordance with other U.S. GAAP and therefore are not included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy in Notes 6, 7 and 8. Had these deposits been included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy, they would have been classified in level 2.

74 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Note 15.

Short-Term Borrowings

Short-term borrowings were comprised of the following:

	As of
in millions		September 2013	December 2012
Other secured financings (short-term)		$19,261	$23,045
Unsecured short-term borrowings		39,238	44,304
Total		$58,499	$67,349

See Note 9 for further information about other secured financings.

Unsecured short-term borrowings include the portion of unsecured long-term borrowings maturing within one year of the financial statement date and unsecured long-term borrowings that are redeemable within one year of the financial statement date at the option of the holder.

The firm accounts for promissory notes, commercial paper and certain hybrid financial instruments at fair value under the fair value option. See Note 8 for further information about unsecured short-term borrowings that are accounted for at fair value. The carrying value of unsecured short-term borrowings that are not recorded at fair value generally approximates fair value due to the short-term nature of the obligations. While these unsecured short-term borrowings are carried at amounts that approximate fair value, they are not accounted for at fair value under the fair value option or at fair value in accordance with other U.S. GAAP and therefore are not included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy in Notes 6, 7 and 8. Had these borrowings been included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy, substantially all would have been classified in level 2 as of September 2013 and December 2012.

The table below presents unsecured short-term borrowings.

	As of
$ in millions		September 2013		December 2012
Current portion of unsecured long-term borrowings		$21,100		$25,344
Hybrid financial instruments		12,945		12,295
Promissory notes		365		260
Commercial paper		814		884
Other short-term borrowings		4,014		5,521
Total		$39,238		$44,304
Weighted average interest rate 1		1.69	%	1.57	%

1. The weighted average interest rates for these borrowings include the effect of hedging activities and exclude financial instruments accounted for at fair value under the fair value option. See Note 7 for further information about hedging activities.

Note 16.

Long-Term Borrowings

Long-term borrowings were comprised of the following:

	As of
in millions		September 2013	December 2012
Other secured financings (long-term)		$    7,793	$    8,965
Unsecured long-term borrowings		168,082	167,305
Total		$175,875	$176,270

See Note 9 for further information about other secured financings. The table below presents unsecured long-term borrowings extending through 2061 and consisting principally of senior borrowings.

	As of September 2013
in millions		U.S. Dollar	Non-U.S. Dollar	Total
Fixed-rate obligations 1		$  89,002	$38,602	$127,604
Floating-rate obligations 2		21,337	19,141	40,478
Total		$110,339	$57,743	$168,082

	As of December 2012
in millions		U.S. Dollar	Non-U.S. Dollar	Total
Fixed-rate obligations 1		$  88,561	$36,869	$125,430
Floating-rate obligations 2		20,794	21,081	41,875
Total		$109,355	$57,950	$167,305

1. Interest rates on U.S. dollar-denominated debt ranged from 0.20% to 10.04% (with a weighted average rate of 5.19%) and 0.20% to 10.04% (with a weighted average rate of 5.48%) as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively. Interest rates on non-U.S. dollar-denominated debt ranged from 0.10% to 14.85% (with a weighted average rate of 4.30%) and 0.10% to 14.85% (with a weighted average rate of 4.66%) as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively.

2. Floating interest rates generally are based on LIBOR or the federal funds target rate. Equity-linked and indexed instruments are included in floating-rate obligations.

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 75

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

The table below presents unsecured long-term borrowings by maturity date. In the table below:

Ÿ unsecured long-term borrowings maturing within one year of the financial statement date and unsecured long-term borrowings that are redeemable within one year of the financial statement date at the option of the holders are included as unsecured short-term borrowings;

Ÿ unsecured long-term borrowings that are repayable prior to maturity at the option of the firm are reflected at their contractual maturity dates; and

Ÿ unsecured long-term borrowings that are redeemable prior to maturity at the option of the holders are reflected at the dates such options become exercisable.

in millions	As of September 2013
2014	$    8,687
2015	22,913
2016	21,903
2017	20,635
2018	22,104
2019 - thereafter	71,840
Total 1	$168,082

1. Includes $7.07 billion related to interest rate hedges on certain unsecured long-term borrowings, by year of maturity as follows: $185 million in 2014, $353 million in 2015, $850 million in 2016, $1.07 billion in 2017, $1.05 billion in 2018 and $3.56 billion in 2019 and thereafter.

The firm designates certain derivatives as fair value hedges to effectively convert a substantial portion of its fixed-rate unsecured long-term borrowings which are not accounted for at fair value into floating-rate obligations. Accordingly, excluding the cumulative impact of changes in the firm’s credit spreads, the carrying value of unsecured long-term borrowings approximated fair value as of September 2013 and December 2012. See Note 7 for further information about hedging activities. For unsecured long-term borrowings for which the firm did not elect the fair value option, the cumulative impact due to changes in the firm’s own credit spreads would be an increase of less than 2% in the carrying value of total unsecured long-term borrowings as of both September 2013 and December 2012. As these borrowings are not accounted for at fair value under the fair value option or at fair value in accordance with other U.S. GAAP, their fair value is not included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy in Notes 6, 7 and 8. Had these borrowings been included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy, substantially all would have been classified in level 2 as of September 2013 and December 2012.

The table below presents unsecured long-term borrowings, after giving effect to hedging activities that converted a substantial portion of fixed-rate obligations to floating-rate obligations.

	As of
in millions		September 2013	December 2012
Fixed-rate obligations
At fair value		$       284	$       122
At amortized cost 1		17,165	24,547
Floating-rate obligations
At fair value		11,457	12,471
At amortized cost 1		139,176	130,165
Total		$168,082	$167,305

1. The weighted average interest rates on the aggregate amounts were 2.27% (5.50% related to fixed-rate obligations and 1.89% related to floating-rate obligations) and 2.47% (5.26% related to fixed-rate obligations and 1.98% related to floating-rate obligations) as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively. These rates exclude financial instruments accounted for at fair value under the fair value option.

76 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Subordinated Borrowings

Unsecured long-term borrowings include subordinated debt and junior subordinated debt. Junior subordinated debt is junior in right of payment to other subordinated borrowings, which are junior to senior borrowings. As of

both September 2013 and December 2012, subordinated debt had maturities ranging from 2015 to 2038. The table below presents subordinated borrowings.

	As of September 2013					As of December 2012
$ in millions		Par Amount	Carrying Amount	Rate	1		Par Amount	Carrying Amount	Rate	1
Subordinated debt		$14,477	$17,127	4.06	%		$14,409	$17,358	4.24	%
Junior subordinated debt		2,835	3,832	1.02	%		2,835	4,228	3.16	%
Total subordinated borrowings		$17,312	$20,959	3.56	%		$17,244	$21,586	4.06	%

1. Weighted average interest rate after giving effect to fair value hedges used to convert these fixed-rate obligations into floating-rate obligations. See Note 7 for further information about hedging activities. See below for information about interest rates on junior subordinated debt.

Junior Subordinated Debt

Junior Subordinated Debt Held by 2012 Trusts. In 2012, the Vesey Street Investment Trust I and the Murray Street Investment Trust I (together, the 2012 Trusts) issued an aggregate of $2.25 billion of senior guaranteed trust securities to third parties. The proceeds of that offering were used to fund purchases of $1.75 billion of junior subordinated debt securities issued by Group Inc. that pay interest semi-annually at a fixed annual rate of 4.647% and mature on March 9, 2017, and $500 million of junior subordinated debt securities issued by Group Inc. that pay interest semi-annually at a fixed annual rate of 4.404% and mature on September 1, 2016.

The 2012 Trusts purchased the junior subordinated debt from Goldman Sachs Capital II and Goldman Sachs Capital III (APEX Trusts). The APEX Trusts used the proceeds from such sales to purchase shares of Group Inc.’s Perpetual Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series E (Series E Preferred Stock) and Perpetual Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series F (Series F Preferred Stock). See Note 19 for more information about the Series E and Series F Preferred stock.

The 2012 Trusts are required to pay distributions on their senior guaranteed trust securities in the same amounts and on the same dates that they are scheduled to receive interest on the junior subordinated debt they hold, and are required to redeem their respective senior guaranteed trust securities upon the maturity or earlier redemption of the junior subordinated debt they hold.

The firm has the right to defer payments on the junior subordinated debt, subject to limitations. During any such deferral period, the firm will not be permitted to, among other things, pay dividends on or make certain repurchases of its common or preferred stock. However, as Group Inc. fully and unconditionally guarantees the payment of the distribution and redemption amounts when due on a senior basis on the senior guaranteed trust securities issued by the 2012 Trusts, if the 2012 Trusts are unable to make scheduled distributions to the holders of the senior guaranteed trust securities, under the guarantee, Group Inc. would be obligated to make those payments. As such, the $2.25 billion of junior subordinated debt held by the 2012 Trusts for the benefit of investors is not classified as junior subordinated debt.

The APEX Trusts and the 2012 Trusts are Delaware statutory trusts sponsored by the firm and wholly-owned finance subsidiaries of the firm for regulatory and legal purposes but are not consolidated for accounting purposes.

The firm has covenanted in favor of the holders of Group Inc.’s 6.345% Junior Subordinated Debentures due February 15, 2034, that, subject to certain exceptions, the firm will not redeem or purchase the capital securities issued by the APEX Trusts or shares of Group Inc.’s Series E or Series F Preferred Stock prior to specified dates in 2022 for a price that exceeds a maximum amount determined by reference to the net cash proceeds that the firm has received from the sale of qualifying securities.

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 77

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Junior Subordinated Debt Issued in Connection with Trust Preferred Securities. Group Inc. issued $2.84 billion of junior subordinated debentures in 2004 to Goldman Sachs Capital I (Trust), a Delaware statutory trust. The Trust issued $2.75 billion of guaranteed preferred beneficial interests to third parties and $85 million of common beneficial interests to Group Inc. and used the proceeds from the issuances to purchase the junior subordinated debentures from Group Inc. The Trust is a wholly-owned finance subsidiary of the firm for regulatory and legal purposes but is not consolidated for accounting purposes.

The firm pays interest semi-annually on the debentures at an annual rate of 6.345% and the debentures mature on February 15, 2034. The coupon rate and the payment dates applicable to the beneficial interests are the same as the interest rate and payment dates for the debentures. The firm has the right, from time to time, to defer payment of interest on the debentures, and therefore cause payment on the Trust’s preferred beneficial interests to be deferred, in each case up to ten consecutive semi-annual periods. During any such deferral period, the firm will not be permitted to, among other things, pay dividends on or make certain repurchases of its common stock. The Trust is not permitted to pay any distributions on the common beneficial interests held by Group Inc. unless all dividends payable on the preferred beneficial interests have been paid in full.

Note 17.

Other Liabilities and Accrued Expenses

The table below presents other liabilities and accrued expenses by type.

	As of
in millions		September 2013		December 2012
Compensation and benefits		$  7,553		$  8,292
Insurance-related liabilities 1		—		10,274
Noncontrolling interests 2		408		508
Income tax-related liabilities 3		2,308		2,724
Employee interests in consolidated funds		247		246
Subordinated liabilities issued by consolidated VIEs		973		1,360
Accrued expenses and other		18,328	4	18,991	5
Total		$29,817		$42,395

1. Insurance-related liabilities represent liabilities for future benefits and unpaid claims carried at fair value under the fair value option related to the firm’s European insurance business. As of September 2013, these insurance-related liabilities were classified as held for sale and included within “Accrued expenses and other.” See Note 12 for further information.

2. Includes $339 million and $419 million related to consolidated investment funds as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively.

3. See Note 24 for further information about income taxes.

4. Includes $13.63 billion of liabilities classified as held for sale related to the firm’s European insurance business. See Note 12 for further information.

5. Includes $14.62 billion of liabilities classified as held for sale related to the firm’s Americas reinsurance business, in which a majority stake was sold in April 2013. See Note 12 for further information.

78 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Note 18.

Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees

Commitments

The table below presents the firm’s commitments.

	Commitment Amount by Period of Expiration as of September 2013					Total Commitments as of
in millions		Remainder of 2013	2014- 2015	2016- 2017	2018- Thereafter		September 2013	December 2012
Commitments to extend credit 1
Commercial lending:
Investment-grade		$  1,004	$13,306	$26,566	$15,246		$  56,122	$  53,736
Non-investment-grade		1,340	5,602	7,979	9,161		24,082	21,102
Warehouse financing		—	1,134	150	1		1,285	784
Total commitments to extend credit		2,344	20,042	34,695	24,408		81,489	75,622
Contingent and forward starting resale and securities borrowing agreements 2		63,158	—	—	—		63,158	47,599
Forward starting repurchase and secured lending agreements 2		14,368	—	—	—		14,368	6,144
Letters of credit 3		156	365	1	15		537	789
Investment commitments		752	1,973	176	3,487		6,388	7,339
Other		4,184	159	14	62		4,419	4,624
Total commitments		$84,962	$22,539	$34,886	$27,972		$170,359	$142,117

1. Commitments to extend credit are presented net of amounts syndicated to third parties.

2. These agreements generally settle within three business days.

3. Consists of commitments under letters of credit issued by various banks which the firm provides to counterparties in lieu of securities or cash to satisfy various collateral and margin deposit requirements.

Commitments to Extend Credit

The firm’s commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend with fixed termination dates and depend on the satisfaction of all contractual conditions to borrowing. The total commitment amount does not necessarily reflect actual future cash flows because the firm may syndicate all or substantial portions of these commitments and commitments can expire unused or be reduced or cancelled at the counterparty’s request.

The firm generally accounts for commitments to extend credit at fair value. Losses, if any, are generally recorded, net of any fees in “Other principal transactions.”

As of September 2013 and December 2012, approximately $28.03 billion and $16.09 billion, respectively, of the firm’s lending commitments were held for investment and were accounted for on an accrual basis. The carrying value and the estimated fair value of such lending commitments were liabilities of $93 million and $974 million, respectively, as of September 2013, and $63 million and $523 million, respectively, as of December 2012. As these lending

commitments are not accounted for at fair value under the fair value option or at fair value in accordance with other U.S. GAAP, their fair value is not included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy in Notes 6, 7 and 8. Had these commitments been included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy, they would have primarily been classified in level 3 as of September 2013 and December 2012.

Commercial Lending. The firm’s commercial lending commitments are extended to investment-grade and non-investment-grade corporate borrowers. Commitments to investment-grade corporate borrowers are principally used for operating liquidity and general corporate purposes. The firm also extends lending commitments in connection with contingent acquisition financing and other types of corporate lending as well as commercial real estate financing. Commitments that are extended for contingent acquisition financing are often intended to be short-term in nature, as borrowers often seek to replace them with other funding sources.

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 79

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Sumitomo Mitsui Financial Group, Inc. (SMFG) provides the firm with credit loss protection on certain approved loan commitments (primarily investment-grade commercial lending commitments). The notional amount of such loan commitments was $29.37 billion and $32.41 billion as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively. The credit loss protection on loan commitments provided by SMFG is generally limited to 95% of the first loss the firm realizes on such commitments, up to a maximum of approximately $950 million. In addition, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, upon the firm’s request, SMFG will provide protection for 70% of additional losses on such commitments, up to a maximum of $1.13 billion, of which $375 million and $300 million of protection had been provided as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively. The firm also uses other financial instruments to mitigate credit risks related to certain commitments not covered by SMFG. These instruments primarily include credit default swaps that reference the same or similar underlying instrument or entity, or credit default swaps that reference a market index.

Warehouse Financing. The firm provides financing to clients who warehouse financial assets. These arrangements are secured by the warehoused assets, primarily consisting of commercial and residential mortgage loans.

Contingent and Forward Starting Resale and Securities Borrowing Agreements/Forward Starting Repurchase and Secured Lending Agreements

The firm enters into resale and securities borrowing agreements and repurchase and secured lending agreements that settle at a future date. The firm also enters into commitments to provide contingent financing to its clients and counterparties through resale agreements. The firm’s funding of these commitments depends on the satisfaction of all contractual conditions to the resale agreement and these commitments can expire unused.

Investment Commitments

The firm’s investment commitments consist of commitments to invest in private equity, real estate and other assets directly and through funds that the firm raises and manages. These commitments include $468 million and $872 million as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively, related to real estate private investments and $5.92 billion and $6.47 billion as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively, related to corporate and other private investments. Of these amounts, $5.34 billion and $6.21 billion as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively, relate to commitments to invest in funds managed by the firm, which will be funded at market value on the date of investment.

Leases

The firm has contractual obligations under long-term noncancelable lease agreements, principally for office space, expiring on various dates through 2069. Certain agreements are subject to periodic escalation provisions for increases in real estate taxes and other charges. The table below presents future minimum rental payments, net of minimum sublease rentals.

in millions	As of September 2013
Remainder of 2013	$   104
2014	392
2015	339
2016	280
2017	270
2018	221
2019 - thereafter	1,192
Total	$2,798

Operating leases include office space held in excess of current requirements. Rent expense relating to space held for growth is included in “Occupancy.” The firm records a liability, based on the fair value of the remaining lease rentals reduced by any potential or existing sublease rentals, for leases where the firm has ceased using the space and management has concluded that the firm will not derive any future economic benefits. Costs to terminate a lease before the end of its term are recognized and measured at fair value on termination.

80 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Contingencies

Legal Proceedings. See Note 27 for information about legal proceedings, including certain mortgage-related matters.

Certain Mortgage-Related Contingencies. There are multiple areas of focus by regulators, governmental agencies and others within the mortgage market that may impact originators, issuers, servicers and investors. There remains significant uncertainty surrounding the nature and extent of any potential exposure for participants in this market.

Ÿ Representations and Warranties. The firm has not been a significant originator of residential mortgage loans. The firm did purchase loans originated by others and generally received loan-level representations of the type described below from the originators. During the period 2005 through 2008, the firm sold approximately $10 billion of loans to government-sponsored enterprises and approximately $11 billion of loans to other third parties. In addition, the firm transferred loans to trusts and other mortgage securitization vehicles. As of September 2013 and December 2012, the outstanding balance of the loans transferred to trusts and other mortgage securitization vehicles during the period 2005 through 2008 was approximately $30 billion and $35 billion, respectively. This amount reflects paydowns and cumulative losses of approximately $95 billion ($22 billion of which are cumulative losses) as of September 2013 and approximately $90 billion ($20 billion of which are cumulative losses) as of December 2012. A small number of these Goldman Sachs-issued securitizations with an outstanding principal balance of $480 million and total paydowns and cumulative losses of $1.58 billion ($530 million of which are cumulative losses) as of September 2013, and an outstanding principal balance of $540 million and total paydowns and cumulative losses of $1.52 billion ($508 million of which are cumulative losses) as of December 2012, were structured with credit protection obtained from monoline insurers. In connection with both sales of loans and securitizations, the firm provided loan level representations of the type described below and/or assigned the loan level representations from the party from whom the firm purchased the loans.

The loan level representations made in connection with the sale or securitization of mortgage loans varied among transactions but were generally detailed representations applicable to each loan in the portfolio and addressed matters relating to the property, the borrower and the note. These representations generally included, but were not limited to, the following: (i) certain attributes of the borrower’s financial status; (ii) loan-to-value ratios, owner occupancy status and certain other characteristics of the property; (iii) the lien position; (iv) the fact that the loan was originated in compliance with law; and (v) completeness of the loan documentation.

The firm has received repurchase claims for residential mortgage loans based on alleged breaches of representations from government-sponsored enterprises, other third parties, trusts and other mortgage securitization vehicles, which have not been significant. During both the three and nine months ended September 2013 and September 2012, the firm repurchased loans with an unpaid principal balance of less than $10 million. The loss related to the repurchase of these loans was not material for both the three and nine months ended September 2013 and September 2012.

Ultimately, the firm’s exposure to claims for repurchase of residential mortgage loans based on alleged breaches of representations will depend on a number of factors including the following: (i) the extent to which these claims are actually made; (ii) the extent to which there are underlying breaches of representations that give rise to valid claims for repurchase; (iii) in the case of loans originated by others, the extent to which the firm could be held liable and, if it is, the firm’s ability to pursue and collect on any claims against the parties who made representations to the firm; (iv) macroeconomic factors, including developments in the residential real estate market; and (v) legal and regulatory developments.

Based upon the large number of defaults in residential mortgages, including those sold or securitized by the firm, there is a potential for increasing claims for repurchases. However, the firm is not in a position to make a meaningful estimate of that exposure at this time.

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 81

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Ÿ Foreclosure and Other Mortgage Loan Servicing Practices and Procedures. The firm had received a number of requests for information from regulators and other agencies, including state attorneys general and banking regulators, as part of an industry-wide focus on the practices of lenders and servicers in connection with foreclosure proceedings and other aspects of mortgage loan servicing practices and procedures. The requests sought information about the foreclosure and servicing protocols and activities of Litton, a residential mortgage servicing subsidiary sold by the firm to Ocwen Financial Corporation (Ocwen) in the third quarter of 2011. The firm is cooperating with the requests and these inquiries may result in the imposition of fines or other regulatory action. In the third quarter of 2010, prior to the firm’s sale of Litton, Litton had temporarily suspended evictions and foreclosure and real estate owned sales in a number of states, including those with judicial foreclosure procedures. Litton resumed these activities beginning in the fourth quarter of 2010.

In connection with the sale of Litton, the firm provided customary representations and warranties, and indemnities for breaches of these representations and warranties, to Ocwen. These indemnities are subject to various limitations, and are capped at approximately $50 million. The firm has not yet received any claims under these indemnities. The firm also agreed to provide specific indemnities to Ocwen related to claims made by third parties with respect to servicing activities during the period that Litton was owned by the firm and which are in excess of the related reserves accrued for such matters by Litton at the time of the sale. These indemnities are capped at approximately $125 million. The firm has recorded a reserve for the portion of these potential losses that it believes is probable and can be reasonably estimated. As of September 2013, claims under these indemnities, and payments made in connection with these claims, were not material to the firm.

The firm further agreed to provide indemnities to Ocwen not subject to a cap, which primarily relate to potential liabilities constituting fines or civil monetary penalties which could be imposed in settlements with certain terms with U.S. states’ attorneys general or in consent orders with certain terms with the Federal Reserve, the Office of Thrift Supervision, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the FDIC or the New York State Department of Financial Services, in each case relating to Litton’s foreclosure and

servicing practices while it was owned by the firm. The firm has entered into a settlement with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (Federal Reserve Board) relating to foreclosure and servicing matters as described below.

Under the Litton sale agreement the firm also retained liabilities associated with claims related to Litton’s failure to maintain lender-placed mortgage insurance, obligations to repurchase certain loans from government-sponsored enterprises, subpoenas from one of Litton’s regulators, and fines or civil penalties imposed by the Federal Reserve or the New York State Department of Financial Services in connection with certain compliance matters. Management is unable to develop an estimate of the maximum potential amount of future payments under these indemnities because the firm has received no claims under these indemnities other than an immaterial amount with respect to government-sponsored enterprises. However, management does not believe, based on currently available information, that any payments under these indemnities will have a material adverse effect on the firm’s financial condition.

On September 1, 2011, Group Inc. and GS Bank USA entered into a Consent Order (the Order) with the Federal Reserve Board relating to the servicing of residential mortgage loans. The terms of the Order were substantially similar and, in many respects, identical to the orders entered into with the Federal Reserve Board by other large U.S. financial institutions. The Order set forth various allegations of improper conduct in servicing by Litton, requires that Group Inc. and GS Bank USA cease and desist such conduct, and required that Group Inc. and GS Bank USA, and their boards of directors, take various affirmative steps. The Order required (i) Group Inc. and GS Bank USA to engage a third-party consultant to conduct a review of certain foreclosure actions or proceedings that occurred or were pending between January 1, 2009 and December 31, 2010; (ii) the adoption of policies and procedures related to management of third parties used to outsource residential mortgage servicing, loss mitigation or foreclosure; (iii) a “validation report” from an independent third-party consultant regarding compliance with the Order for the first year; and (iv) submission of quarterly progress reports as to compliance with the Order by the boards of directors (or committees thereof) of Group Inc. and GS Bank USA.

82 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

On January 16, 2013, Group Inc. and GS Bank USA entered into a settlement in principle with the Federal Reserve Board relating to the servicing of residential mortgage loans and foreclosure processing. This settlement in principle amends the Order which is described above, provides for the termination of the independent foreclosure review under the Order and calls for Group Inc. and GS Bank USA collectively to: (i) make cash payments into a settlement fund for distribution to eligible borrowers; and (ii) provide other assistance for foreclosure prevention and loss mitigation over the next two years. The other provisions of the Order will remain in effect. On February 28, 2013, Group Inc. and GS Bank USA entered into final documentation with the Federal Reserve Board relating to the settlement.

Guarantees

The firm enters into various derivatives that meet the definition of a guarantee under U.S. GAAP, including written equity and commodity put options, written currency contracts and interest rate caps, floors and swaptions. Disclosures about derivatives are not required if they may be cash settled and the firm has no basis to conclude it is probable that the counterparties held the underlying instruments at inception of the contract. The firm has concluded that these conditions have been met for certain large, internationally active commercial and investment bank counterparties, central clearing counterparties and certain other counterparties. Accordingly, the firm has not included such contracts in the table below.

The firm, in its capacity as an agency lender, indemnifies most of its securities lending customers against losses incurred in the event that borrowers do not return securities and the collateral held is insufficient to cover the market value of the securities borrowed.

In the ordinary course of business, the firm provides other financial guarantees of the obligations of third parties (e.g., standby letters of credit and other guarantees to enable clients to complete transactions and fund-related guarantees). These guarantees represent obligations to make payments to beneficiaries if the guaranteed party fails to fulfill its obligation under a contractual arrangement with that beneficiary.

The table below presents certain information about derivatives that meet the definition of a guarantee and certain other guarantees. The maximum payout in the table below is based on the notional amount of the contract and therefore does not represent anticipated losses. See Note 7 for further information about credit derivatives that meet the definition of a guarantee which are not included below.

Because derivatives are accounted for at fair value, the carrying value is considered the best indication of payment/performance risk for individual contracts. However, the carrying values below exclude the effect of a legal right of setoff that may exist under an enforceable netting agreement and the effect of netting of collateral posted under enforceable credit support agreements.

	As of September 2013
			Maximum Payout/Notional Amount by Period of Expiration
in millions		Carrying Value of Net Liability		Remainder of 2013	2014- 2015	2016- 2017	2018- Thereafter	Total
Derivatives  1		$7,736		$197,874	$423,319	$74,485	$68,887	$764,565
Securities lending indemnifications  2		—		30,617	—	—	—	30,617
Other financial guarantees  3		157		1,338	725	873	2,027	4,963

1. These derivatives are risk managed together with derivatives that do not meet the definition of a guarantee, and therefore these amounts do not reflect the firm’s overall risk related to its derivative activities. As of December 2012, the carrying value of the net liability and the notional amount related to derivative guarantees were $8.58 billion and $663.15 billion, respectively.

2. Collateral held by the lenders in connection with securities lending indemnifications was $31.57 billion as of September 2013. Because the contractual nature of these arrangements requires the firm to obtain collateral with a market value that exceeds the value of the securities lent to the borrower, there is minimal performance risk associated with these guarantees. As of December 2012, the maximum payout and collateral held related to securities lending indemnifications were $27.12 billion and $27.89 billion, respectively.

3. Other financial guarantees excludes certain commitments to issue standby letters of credit that are included in “Commitments to extend credit.” See table in “Commitments” above for a summary of the firm’s commitments. As of December 2012, the carrying value of the net liability and the maximum payout related to other financial guarantees were $152 million and $3.48 billion, respectively.

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 83

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Guarantees of Securities Issued by Trusts. The firm has established trusts, including Goldman Sachs Capital I, the APEX Trusts, the 2012 Trusts, and other entities for the limited purpose of issuing securities to third parties, lending the proceeds to the firm and entering into contractual arrangements with the firm and third parties related to this purpose. The firm does not consolidate these entities. See Note 16 for further information about the transactions involving Goldman Sachs Capital I, the APEX Trusts, and the 2012 Trusts.

The firm effectively provides for the full and unconditional guarantee of the securities issued by these entities. Timely payment by the firm of amounts due to these entities under the guarantee, borrowing, preferred stock and related contractual arrangements will be sufficient to cover payments due on the securities issued by these entities.

Management believes that it is unlikely that any circumstances will occur, such as nonperformance on the part of paying agents or other service providers, that would make it necessary for the firm to make payments related to these entities other than those required under the terms of the guarantee, borrowing, preferred stock and related contractual arrangements and in connection with certain expenses incurred by these entities.

Indemnities and Guarantees of Service Providers. In the ordinary course of business, the firm indemnifies and guarantees certain service providers, such as clearing and custody agents, trustees and administrators, against specified potential losses in connection with their acting as an agent of, or providing services to, the firm or its affiliates.

The firm may also be liable to some clients for losses caused by acts or omissions of third-party service providers, including sub-custodians and third-party brokers. In addition, the firm is a member of payment, clearing and settlement networks as well as securities exchanges around the world that may require the firm to meet the obligations of such networks and exchanges in the event of member defaults.

In connection with its prime brokerage and clearing businesses, the firm agrees to clear and settle on behalf of its clients the transactions entered into by them with other brokerage firms. The firm’s obligations in respect of such transactions are secured by the assets in the client’s account as well as any proceeds received from the transactions cleared and settled by the firm on behalf of the client. In connection with joint venture investments, the firm may issue loan guarantees under which it may be liable in the event of fraud, misappropriation, environmental liabilities and certain other matters involving the borrower.

The firm is unable to develop an estimate of the maximum payout under these guarantees and indemnifications. However, management believes that it is unlikely the firm will have to make any material payments under these arrangements, and no material liabilities related to these guarantees and indemnifications have been recognized in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition as of September 2013 and December 2012.

Other Representations, Warranties and Indemnifications. The firm provides representations and warranties to counterparties in connection with a variety of commercial transactions and occasionally indemnifies them against potential losses caused by the breach of those representations and warranties. The firm may also provide indemnifications protecting against changes in or adverse application of certain U.S. tax laws in connection with ordinary-course transactions such as securities issuances, borrowings or derivatives.

In addition, the firm may provide indemnifications to some counterparties to protect them in the event additional taxes are owed or payments are withheld, due either to a change in or an adverse application of certain non-U.S. tax laws.

These indemnifications generally are standard contractual terms and are entered into in the ordinary course of business. Generally, there are no stated or notional amounts included in these indemnifications, and the contingencies triggering the obligation to indemnify are not expected to occur. The firm is unable to develop an estimate of the maximum payout under these guarantees and indemnifications. However, management believes that it is unlikely the firm will have to make any material payments under these arrangements, and no material liabilities related to these arrangements have been recognized in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition as of September 2013 or December 2012.

84 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Guarantees of Subsidiaries. Group Inc. fully and unconditionally guarantees the securities issued by GS Finance Corp., a wholly-owned finance subsidiary of the firm.

Group Inc. has guaranteed the payment obligations of Goldman, Sachs & Co. (GS&Co.), GS Bank USA and Goldman Sachs Execution & Clearing, L.P. (GSEC), subject to certain exceptions.

In November 2008, the firm contributed subsidiaries into GS Bank USA, and Group Inc. agreed to guarantee the reimbursement of certain losses, including credit-related losses, relating to assets held by the contributed entities. In connection with this guarantee, Group Inc. also agreed to pledge to GS Bank USA certain collateral, including interests in subsidiaries and other illiquid assets.

In addition, Group Inc. guarantees many of the obligations of its other consolidated subsidiaries on a transaction-by-transaction basis, as negotiated with counterparties. Group Inc. is unable to develop an estimate of the maximum payout under its subsidiary guarantees; however, because these guaranteed obligations are also obligations of consolidated subsidiaries, Group Inc.’s liabilities as guarantor are not separately disclosed.

Note 19.

Shareholders’ Equity

Common Equity

On October 16, 2013, the Board of Directors of Group Inc. (Board) increased the firm’s quarterly dividend to $0.55 per common share from $0.50 per common share. The dividend will be paid on December 30, 2013 to common shareholders of record on December 2, 2013.

The firm’s share repurchase program is intended to help maintain the appropriate level of common equity. The repurchase program is effected primarily through regular open-market purchases, the amounts and timing of which are determined primarily by the firm’s current and projected capital positions (i.e., comparisons of the firm’s desired level and composition of capital to its actual level and composition of capital), but which may also be influenced by general market conditions and the prevailing price and trading volumes of the firm’s common stock. Any repurchase of the firm’s common stock requires approval by the Federal Reserve Board.

During the three and nine months ended September 2013, the firm repurchased 10.2 million and 30.8 million shares of its common stock at an average cost per share of $161.59 and $154.97, for a total cost of $1.65 billion and $4.77 billion, respectively, under the share repurchase program. In addition, pursuant to the terms of certain share-based compensation plans, employees may remit shares to the firm or the firm may cancel RSUs to satisfy minimum statutory employee tax withholding requirements. Under these plans, during the nine months ended September 2013, employees remitted 70,754 shares with a total value of $10 million and the firm cancelled 4.0 million of RSUs with a total value of $594 million.

On March 25, 2013, the firm amended its warrant agreement with Berkshire Hathaway Inc. and certain of its subsidiaries (collectively, Berkshire Hathaway) to require net share settlement and to specify the exercise date as October 1, 2013. Under the amended agreement, the firm agreed to deliver to Berkshire Hathaway the number of shares of common stock equal in value to the difference between the average closing price of the firm’s common stock over the 10 trading days preceding October 1, 2013 and the exercise price of $115.00 multiplied by the number of shares of common stock (43.5 million) covered by the warrant. On October 1, 2013, Berkshire Hathaway exercised in full the warrant to purchase shares of the firm’s common stock and the firm delivered 13.1 million shares of common stock to Berkshire Hathaway on October 4, 2013.

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 85

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Preferred Equity

The table below presents perpetual preferred stock issued and outstanding as of September 2013.

Series	Shares Authorized		Shares Issued		Shares Outstanding		Dividend Rate	Redemption Value (in millions)
A		50,000		30,000		29,999	3 month LIBOR + 0.75%, with floor of 3.75% per annum		$   750
B		50,000		32,000		32,000	6.20% per annum		800
C		25,000		8,000		8,000	3 month LIBOR + 0.75%, with floor of 4.00% per annum		200
D		60,000		54,000		53,999	3 month LIBOR + 0.67%, with floor of 4.00% per annum		1,350
E		17,500		17,500		17,500	3 month LIBOR + 0.77%, with floor of 4.00% per annum		1,750
F		5,000		5,000		5,000	3 month LIBOR + 0.77%, with floor of 4.00% per annum		500
I		34,500		34,000		34,000	5.95% per annum		850
J		46,000		40,000		40,000	5.50% per annum to, but excluding, May 10, 2023; 3 month LIBOR + 3.64% per annum thereafter		1,000
		288,000		220,500		220,498			$7,200

Each share of non-cumulative Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock issued and outstanding has a par value of $0.01, has a liquidation preference of $25,000, is represented by 1,000 depositary shares and is redeemable at the firm’s option at a redemption price equal to $25,000 plus declared and unpaid dividends.

Each share of non-cumulative Series E and Series F Preferred Stock issued and outstanding has a par value of $0.01, has a liquidation preference of $100,000 and is redeemable at the option of the firm at any time, subject to certain covenant restrictions governing the firm’s ability to redeem or purchase the preferred stock without issuing common stock or other instruments with equity-like characteristics, at a redemption price equal to $100,000 plus declared and unpaid dividends. See Note 16 for further information about the replacement capital covenants applicable to the Series E and Series F Preferred Stock.

Each share of non-cumulative Series I Preferred Stock issued and outstanding has a par value of $0.01, has a liquidation preference of $25,000, is represented by 1,000 depositary shares and is redeemable at the firm’s option beginning November 10, 2017 at a redemption price equal to $25,000 plus accrued and unpaid dividends.

On April 25, 2013, Group Inc. issued 40,000 shares of perpetual 5.50% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series J, par value $0.01 per share (Series J Preferred Stock), out of a total of 46,000 shares of Series J Preferred Stock authorized for issuance. Each share of Series J Preferred Stock issued and outstanding has a liquidation preference of $25,000, is represented by 1,000 depositary shares and is redeemable at the firm’s option beginning May 10, 2023 at a redemption price equal to $25,000 plus accrued and unpaid dividends. Dividends on Series J Preferred Stock, if declared, are payable quarterly at a fixed rate per annum of 5.50% from the issuance date to, but excluding, May 10, 2023, and thereafter at a rate per annum equal to three-month LIBOR plus 3.64%.

Any redemption of preferred stock by the firm requires the approval of the Federal Reserve Board. All series of preferred stock are pari passu and have a preference over the firm’s common stock on liquidation. Dividends on each series of preferred stock, if declared, are payable quarterly in arrears. The firm’s ability to declare or pay dividends on, or purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire, its common stock is subject to certain restrictions in the event that the firm fails to pay or set aside full dividends on the preferred stock for the latest completed dividend period.

86 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

The table below presents preferred dividends declared on preferred stock.

	Three Months Ended September						Nine Months Ended September
	2013			2012			2013			2012
		per share	in millions		per share	in millions		per share	in millions		per share	in millions
Series A		$   244.79	$  7		$   239.58	$  7		$   708.34	$  21		$   713.54	$  21
Series B		387.50	13		387.50	13		1,162.50	37		1,162.50	37
Series C		261.11	2		255.56	2		755.55	6		761.12	6
Series D		261.11	14		255.56	14		755.55	41		761.12	42
Series E		1,022.22	19		1,055.56	18		3,044.44	54		1,055.56	18
Series F		1,022.22	5		—	—		3,044.44	15		—	—
Series I		371.88	12		—	—		1,181.75	40		—	—
Series J		401.04	16		—	—		401.04	16		—	—
Total			$88			$54			$230			$124

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss)

The tables below present accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss), net of tax by type.

	As of September 2013
in millions		Currency translation		Pension and postretirement liabilities		Available-for- sale securities		Cash flow hedges	Accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss), net of tax
Balance, beginning of year		$(314	)	$(206	)	$ 327		$—	$(193	)
Other comprehensive income/(loss) adjustments, net of tax		(75	)	(11	)	(327	)	6	(407	)
Balance, end of period		$(389	)	$(217	)	$    —		$  6	$(600	)
	As of December 2012
in millions		Currency translation		Pension and postretirement liabilities		Available-for- sale securities		Cash flow hedges	Accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss), net of tax
Balance, beginning of year		$(225	)	$(374	)	$   83		$—	$(516	)
Other comprehensive income/(loss) adjustments, net of tax		(89	)	168		244		—	323
Balance, end of year		$(314	)	$(206	)	$327	1	$—	$(193	)

1. As of December 2012, substantially all consists of net unrealized gains on securities held by the firm’s Americas reinsurance business, in which a majority stake was sold in April 2013. See Note 12 for further information about this sale.

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 87

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Note 20.

Regulation and Capital Adequacy

The Federal Reserve Board is the primary regulator of Group Inc., a bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (BHC Act) and a financial holding company under amendments to the BHC Act effected by the U.S. Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999. As a bank holding company, the firm is subject to consolidated risk-based regulatory capital requirements that are computed in accordance with the Federal Reserve Board’s risk-based capital regulations (which are based on the Basel I Capital Accord of the Basel Committee) and also reflect the Federal Reserve Board’s revised market risk regulatory capital requirements which became effective on January 1, 2013. These capital requirements are expressed as capital ratios that compare measures of capital to risk-weighted assets (RWAs). The capital regulations also include requirements with respect to leverage. The firm’s U.S. bank depository institution subsidiary, GS Bank USA, is subject to similar capital and leverage regulations.

Under the Federal Reserve Board’s capital adequacy requirements and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the firm and GS Bank USA must meet specific capital requirements. The firm’s and GS Bank USA’s capital levels, as well as GS Bank USA’s prompt corrective action classification, are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.

Many of the firm’s subsidiaries, including GS&Co. and the firm’s other broker-dealer subsidiaries, are subject to separate regulation and capital requirements as described below.

Group Inc.

Federal Reserve Board regulations require bank holding companies to maintain a minimum Tier 1 capital ratio of 4% and a minimum Total capital ratio of 8%. The required minimum Tier 1 capital ratio and Total capital ratio in order to be considered a “well-capitalized” bank holding company under the Federal Reserve Board guidelines are 6% and 10%, respectively. Bank holding companies may be expected to maintain ratios well above the minimum levels, depending on their particular condition, risk profile and growth plans. The minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio is currently 3% for bank holding companies that have received the highest supervisory rating under Federal Reserve Board guidelines or that have implemented the Federal Reserve Board’s risk-based capital measure for market risk.

Tier 1 leverage ratio is defined as Tier 1 capital divided by average adjusted total assets (which includes adjustments for goodwill and identifiable intangible assets, and the carrying value of equity investments in non-financial companies that are subject to deductions from Tier 1 capital).

RWAs under the Federal Reserve Board’s current risk-based capital requirements are calculated based on measures of credit risk and market risk. Credit risk requirements for on-balance-sheet assets are generally based on the balance sheet value. For off-balance-sheet exposures, including OTC derivatives, commitments and guarantees, a credit equivalent amount is calculated based on the notional amount of each trade and, to the extent applicable, positive net exposure. All such assets and exposures are then assigned a risk weight depending on, among other things, whether the counterparty is a sovereign, bank or a qualifying securities firm or other entity (or if collateral is held, depending on the nature of the collateral).

88 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Under Basel I, prior to the implementation of the revised market risk regulatory capital requirements, RWAs for market risk were determined by reference to the firm’s Value-at-Risk (VaR) model, supplemented by the standardized measurement method used to determine RWAs for specific risk for certain positions. Under the Federal Reserve Board’s revised market risk regulatory capital requirements, which became effective on January 1, 2013, RWAs for market risk are now determined using VaR, stressed VaR, incremental risk, comprehensive risk and a standardized measurement method for specific risk. These changes are designed to implement the new market risk framework of the Basel Committee, as well as the prohibition on the use of external credit ratings, as required by the Dodd-Frank Act.

The table below presents information regarding Group Inc.’s regulatory capital ratios and Tier 1 leverage ratio under Basel I, as implemented by the Federal Reserve Board. The information as of September 2013 reflects the revised market risk regulatory capital requirements, which became effective on January 1, 2013. The information as of December 2012 is prior to the implementation of these revised market risk regulatory capital requirements.

	As of
$ in millions		September 2013		December 2012
Tier 1 capital		$  71,051		$  66,977
Tier 2 capital		$  13,541		$  13,429
Total capital		$  84,592		$  80,406
Risk-weighted assets		$436,730		$399,928
Tier 1 capital ratio		16.3	%	16.7	%
Total capital ratio		19.4	%	20.1	%
Tier 1 leverage ratio		7.9	%	7.3	%

2013 Capital Framework

The U.S. federal bank regulatory agencies (Agencies) have approved revised capital regulations establishing a new comprehensive capital framework for U.S. banking organizations (2013 Capital Framework). These regulations are largely based on the Basel Committee’s December 2010 final capital framework for strengthening international capital standards (Basel III). In addition, these regulations significantly revise the risk-based capital and leverage ratio requirements applicable to bank holding companies as compared to the current U.S. risk-based capital and leverage ratio rules and, thereby, implement certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act.

Under the 2013 Capital Framework, Group Inc. is an “Advanced approach” banking organization. Below are the aspects of the rules that are most relevant to the firm, as an Advanced approach banking organization.

Definition of Capital and Capital Ratios. The 2013 Capital Framework introduces changes to the definition of regulatory capital which will be effective across the firm’s regulatory capital and leverage ratios beginning January 1, 2014. These include the introduction of a new capital measure called Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1), and the related regulatory capital ratio of CET1 to RWAs (CET1 ratio). In addition, the definition of Tier 1 capital has been narrowed to include only CET1 and instruments such as non-cumulative preferred stock, which meet certain criteria.

Certain aspects of the revised requirements phase in over time, including increases in the minimum capital ratio requirements and the introduction of new capital buffers, certain deductions from and other adjustments to regulatory capital, and the capital treatment of junior subordinated debt issued to trusts.

The minimum CET1 ratio will be 4.0% beginning January 1, 2014 and will increase to 4.5% on January 1, 2015. The minimum Tier 1 capital ratio will increase from 4.0% to 5.5% beginning January 1, 2014 and to 6.0% beginning January 1, 2015. The minimum total capital ratio will remain unchanged at 8.0%. These minimum ratios will be supplemented by a new capital conservation buffer that phases in, beginning January 1, 2016, in increments of 0.625% per year until it reaches 2.5% on January 1, 2019.

Certain adjustments to CET1 are subject to transition provisions. Most items that are currently deducted from Tier 1 capital will become deductions from CET1, many of which transition into CET1 deductions at a rate of 20% per year, beginning in January 2014. The 2013 Capital Framework also introduces new deductions from CET1 (such as a deduction for investments in nonconsolidated financial institutions), which are also phased in as CET1 deductions at a rate of 20% per year with residual amounts reflected as RWAs.

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 89

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

The 2013 Capital Framework requires that junior subordinated debt issued to trusts be phased out of regulatory capital. It will first be phased out of Tier 1 capital but will be eligible as Tier 2 capital for an interim period through December 31, 2015, after which it will be phased out of Tier 2 capital through December 31, 2021. The firm has already begun the phase-out from Tier 1 capital of its junior subordinated debt issued to trusts in the calculation of its capital ratios, allowing for only 75% of these capital instruments to be included in Tier 1 capital and 25% to be designated as Tier 2 capital in calendar year 2013.

The rules also introduce a new counter-cyclical capital buffer, if and when authorities in each national jurisdiction determine a buffer is necessary to counteract excessive leverage in the broader macroeconomic environment.

Risk-Weighted Assets. The changes to the definition of capital and to the minimum ratio requirements begin to take effect on January 1, 2014. However, the timing of changes to RWAs depends on the firm’s completion of a “parallel run,” as required of Advanced approach banking organizations under the 2013 Capital Framework. The firm will complete this parallel run once approved to do so by the firm’s regulators.

Until the firm completes the parallel run, RWAs will be based on:

Ÿ In 2014 — the current risk-based capital framework adjusted for certain items related to existing capital deductions and the phase-in of new capital deductions (Basel I Adjusted); and

Ÿ From 2015 — the “Standardized approach,” as described below.

Once the firm has completed the parallel run, RWAs will be based on:

Ÿ In 2014 — the higher of RWAs computed under the Basel III Advanced approach or the Basel I Adjusted calculation; and

Ÿ From 2015 — the higher of RWAs computed under the Basel III Advanced or Standardized approach.

The primary difference between the Standardized approach and the Advanced approach is that the Standardized approach utilizes prescribed calculations and does not contemplate the use of internal models to compute exposure for credit risk on derivatives and securities

financing transactions, whereas the Advanced approach permits the use of such models, subject to supervisory approval. In addition, RWAs under the Standardized approach depend largely on the type of counterparty (e.g., whether the counterparty is a sovereign, bank, broker-dealer or other entity), rather than on assessments of each counterparty’s creditworthiness. Furthermore, the Standardized approach does not include a capital requirement for operational risk. RWAs for market risk under both the Standardized and Advanced approach are based on the Agencies’ revised market risk regulatory capital requirements described above.

Regulatory Leverage Ratios. The 2013 Capital Framework revises the minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio from 3% to 4% on January 1, 2014. Certain other bank holding companies are already subject to a 4% minimum requirement. The 2013 Capital Framework also introduces a new supplementary leverage ratio, which compares Tier 1 capital (as defined under the 2013 Capital Framework) to a measure of leverage exposure (defined as the sum of the firm’s assets less certain CET1 deductions plus certain off-balance-sheet exposures). This ratio is an average of the supplementary leverage ratios for each month-end during the quarter. Effective January 1, 2018, the minimum supplementary leverage ratio requirement will be 3%; however, disclosure will be required beginning in the first quarter of 2015.

Global Systemically Important Banking Institutions (G-SIBs)

The Basel Committee has updated its methodology for assessing the global systemic importance of banking institutions and determining the range of additional CET1 that should be maintained by those deemed to be G-SIBs. The required amount of additional CET1 for these institutions will initially range from 1% to 2.5% and could be higher in the future for a banking institution that increases its systemic footprint (e.g., by increasing total assets). In November 2012, the Financial Stability Board indicated that the firm, based on its 2011 financial data, would be required to hold an additional 1.5% of CET1 as a G-SIB. The final determination of the amount of additional CET1 that the firm will be required to hold will initially be based on the firm’s 2013 financial data and the manner and timing of the U.S. banking regulators’ implementation of the Basel Committee’s methodology. The Basel Committee indicated that G-SIBs will be required to meet the capital surcharges on a phased-in basis beginning in 2016 through 2019.

90 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Bank Subsidiaries

GS Bank USA, an FDIC-insured, New York State-chartered bank and a member of the Federal Reserve System, is supervised and regulated by the Federal Reserve Board, the FDIC, the New York State Department of Financial Services and the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, and is subject to minimum capital requirements (described below) that are calculated in a manner similar to those applicable to bank holding companies. GS Bank USA computes its risk-based capital ratios in accordance with the regulatory capital requirements currently applicable to state member banks, which are based on Basel I, and also reflect the revised market risk regulatory capital requirements as implemented by the Federal Reserve Board, for purposes of assessing the adequacy of its capital.

Under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action that is applicable to GS Bank USA, in order to be considered a “well-capitalized” depository institution, GS Bank USA must maintain a Tier 1 capital ratio of at least 6%, a total capital ratio of at least 10% and a Tier 1 leverage ratio of at least 5%. GS Bank USA has agreed with the Federal Reserve Board to maintain minimum capital ratios in excess of these “well-capitalized” levels. Accordingly, for a period of time, GS Bank USA is expected to maintain a Tier 1 capital ratio of at least 8%, a total capital ratio of at least 11% and a Tier 1 leverage ratio of at least 6%. As noted in the table below, GS Bank USA was in compliance with these minimum capital requirements as of September 2013 and December 2012.

The table below presents information regarding GS Bank USA’s regulatory capital ratios under Basel I, as implemented by the Federal Reserve Board. The information as of September 2013 reflects the revised market risk regulatory capital requirements, which became effective on January 1, 2013. These changes resulted in increased regulatory capital requirements for market risk. The information as of December 2012 is prior to the implementation of these revised market risk regulatory capital requirements.

	As of
$ in millions		September 2013		December 2012
Tier 1 capital		$  19,741	1	$  20,704
Tier 2 capital		$         82		$         39
Total capital		$  19,823		$  20,743
Risk-weighted assets		$130,607		$109,669
Tier 1 capital ratio		15.1	%	18.9	%
Total capital ratio		15.2	%	18.9	%
Tier 1 leverage ratio		17.6	%	17.6	%

1. The decrease from December 2012 reflects GS Bank USA’s $2.00 billion dividend to Group Inc. in the first quarter of 2013.

The 2013 Capital Framework described above will also be applicable to GS Bank USA, which is an Advanced approach banking organization under this Framework. GS Bank USA is also currently in a parallel run, as required of Advanced approach banking organizations under the 2013 Capital Framework. GS Bank USA will complete this parallel run once approved to do so by its regulators. These rules also change the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action that is applicable to GS Bank USA by, among other things, introducing a CET1 ratio requirement, increasing the minimum Tier 1 capital ratio requirement and introducing a supplementary leverage ratio.

The Basel Committee published its final guidelines for calculating incremental capital requirements for domestic systemically important banking institutions (D-SIBs). These guidelines are complementary to the framework outlined above for G-SIBs, but are more principles-based in order to provide an appropriate degree of national discretion. The impact of these guidelines on the regulatory capital requirements of GS Bank USA and the firm’s other subsidiaries, will depend on how they are implemented by the banking and non-banking regulators in the United States and other jurisdictions.

The deposits of GS Bank USA are insured by the FDIC to the extent provided by law. The Federal Reserve Board requires depository institutions to maintain cash reserves with a Federal Reserve Bank. The amount deposited by the firm’s depository institution held at the Federal Reserve Bank was approximately $48.40 billion and $58.67 billion as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively, which exceeded required reserve amounts by $48.26 billion and $58.59 billion as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively.

Transactions between GS Bank USA and its subsidiaries and Group Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates (other than, generally, subsidiaries of GS Bank USA) are regulated by the Federal Reserve Board. These regulations generally limit the types and amounts of transactions (including credit extensions from GS Bank USA) that may take place and generally require those transactions to be on market terms or better to GS Bank USA.

The firm’s principal non-U.S. bank subsidiary, GSIB, is a wholly-owned credit institution, regulated by the Prudential Regulation Authority (PRA) and the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) and is subject to minimum capital requirements. As of September 2013 and December 2012, GSIB was in compliance with all regulatory capital requirements.

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 91

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Broker-Dealer Subsidiaries

The firm’s U.S. regulated broker-dealer subsidiaries include GS&Co. and GSEC. GS&Co. and GSEC are registered U.S. broker-dealers and futures commission merchants, and are subject to regulatory capital requirements, including those imposed by the SEC, the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC), the Chicago Mercantile Exchange, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (FINRA) and the National Futures Association. Rule 15c3-1 of the SEC and Rule 1.17 of the CFTC specify uniform minimum net capital requirements, as defined, for their registrants, and also effectively require that a significant part of the registrants’ assets be kept in relatively liquid form. GS&Co. and GSEC have elected to compute their minimum capital requirements in accordance with the “Alternative Net Capital Requirement” as permitted by Rule 15c3-1.

As of September 2013 and December 2012, GS&Co. had regulatory net capital, as defined by Rule 15c3-1, of $14.58 billion and $14.12 billion, respectively, which exceeded the amount required by $12.51 billion and $12.42 billion, respectively. As of September 2013 and December 2012, GSEC had regulatory net capital, as defined by Rule 15c3-1, of $2.09 billion and $2.02 billion, respectively, which exceeded the amount required by $1.96 billion and $1.92 billion, respectively.

In addition to its alternative minimum net capital requirements, GS&Co. is also required to hold tentative net capital in excess of $1 billion and net capital in excess of $500 million in accordance with the market and credit risk standards of Appendix E of Rule 15c3-1. GS&Co. is also required to notify the SEC in the event that its tentative net capital is less than $5 billion. As of September 2013 and December 2012, GS&Co. had tentative net capital and net capital in excess of both the minimum and the notification requirements.

Other Non-U.S. Regulated Subsidiaries

The firm’s principal non-U.S. regulated subsidiaries include Goldman Sachs International (GSI) and Goldman Sachs Japan Co., Ltd. (GSJCL). GSI, the firm’s regulated U.K. broker-dealer, is regulated by the PRA and the FCA. GSJCL, the firm’s regulated Japanese broker-dealer, is regulated by Japan’s Financial Services Agency. The firm’s European insurance subsidiary is subject to insurance regulation and oversight by the PRA and the FCA. These and certain other non-U.S. subsidiaries of the firm are also subject to capital adequacy requirements promulgated by authorities of the countries in which they operate. As of September 2013 and December 2012, these subsidiaries were in compliance with their local capital adequacy requirements.

The Basel Committee’s guidelines for calculating incremental capital requirements for D-SIBs may also impact certain of our non-U.S. regulated subsidiaries, including GSI. However, the impact of these guidelines will depend on how they are implemented in local jurisdictions.

Restrictions on Payments

The regulatory requirements referred to above restrict Group Inc.’s ability to withdraw capital from its regulated subsidiaries. As of September 2013 and December 2012, Group Inc. was required to maintain approximately $30.71 billion and $31.01 billion, respectively, of minimum equity capital in these regulated subsidiaries. This minimum equity capital requirement includes certain restrictions imposed by federal and state laws as to the payment of dividends to Group Inc. by its regulated subsidiaries. In addition to limitations on the payment of dividends imposed by federal and state laws, the Federal Reserve Board, the FDIC and the New York State Department of Financial Services have authority to prohibit or to limit the payment of dividends by the banking organizations they supervise (including GS Bank USA) if, in the relevant regulator’s opinion, payment of a dividend would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice in the light of the financial condition of the banking organization.

92 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Note 21.

Earnings Per Common Share

Basic earnings per common share (EPS) is calculated by dividing net earnings applicable to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding. Common shares outstanding includes common stock and RSUs for which no future service is required as a condition to the delivery of the underlying common stock. Diluted EPS includes the determinants of

basic EPS and, in addition, reflects the dilutive effect of the common stock deliverable for stock warrants and options and for RSUs for which future service is required as a condition to the delivery of the underlying common stock.

The table below presents the computations of basic and diluted EPS.

	Three Months Ended September			Nine Months Ended September
in millions, except per share amounts		2013	2012		2013	2012
Numerator for basic and diluted EPS — net earnings applicable to common shareholders		$1,429	$1,458		$5,478	$4,459
Denominator for basic EPS — weighted average number of common shares		463.4	491.2		472.7	501.1
Effect of dilutive securities:
RSUs		7.5	12.0		7.0	10.8
Stock options and warrants		25.5	7.7		23.5	8.2
Dilutive potential common shares		33.0	19.7		30.5	19.0
Denominator for diluted EPS — weighted average number of common shares and dilutive potential common shares		496.4	510.9		503.2	520.1
Basic EPS		$  3.07	$  2.95		$11.55	$  8.85
Diluted EPS		2.88	2.85		10.89	8.57

In the table above, unvested share-based payment awards that have non-forfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents are treated as a separate class of securities in calculating EPS. The impact of applying this methodology was a reduction in basic EPS of $0.01 and $0.02 for the three months ended September 2013 and September 2012,

respectively, and $0.04 and $0.05 for the nine months ended September 2013 and September 2012, respectively.

The diluted EPS computations in the table above do not include the following:

	Three Months Ended September			Nine Months Ended September
in millions		2013	2012		2013	2012
Number of antidilutive RSUs and common shares underlying antidilutive stock options and warrants		6.0	52.4		6.2	52.4

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 93

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Note 22.

Transactions with Affiliated Funds

The firm has formed numerous nonconsolidated investment funds with third-party investors. As the firm generally acts as the investment manager for these funds, it is entitled to receive management fees and, in certain cases, advisory fees or incentive fees from these funds. Additionally, the firm invests alongside the third-party investors in certain funds.

The tables below present fees earned from affiliated funds, fees receivable from affiliated funds and the aggregate carrying value of the firm’s interests in affiliated funds.

	Three Months Ended September			Nine Months Ended September
in millions		2013	2012		2013	2012
Fees earned from affiliated funds		$611	$602		$  1,993	$  1,947
				As of
in millions					September 2013	December 2012
Fees receivable from funds					$     671	$     704
Aggregate carrying value of interests in funds					13,483	14,725

As of September 2013 and December 2012, the firm had outstanding loans and guarantees to its funds of $4 million and $582 million, respectively, which are collateralized by fund assets. These amounts relate primarily to certain real estate funds for which the firm voluntarily provided financial support to alleviate liquidity constraints during the financial crisis and to enable them to fund certain investment opportunities. As of September 2013 and December 2012, the firm had no outstanding commitments to extend credit to these funds.

The Volcker Rule, as currently drafted, would restrict the firm from providing additional voluntary financial support to funds subject to this rule after July 2014 (subject to extension by the Federal Reserve Board). As a general matter, in the ordinary course of business, the firm does not expect to provide additional voluntary financial support to these funds; however, in the event that such support is provided, the amount of any such support is not expected to be material.

In addition, in the ordinary course of business, the firm may also engage in other activities with its affiliated funds including, among others, securities lending, trade execution, market making, custody, and acquisition and bridge financing. See Note 18 for the firm’s investment commitments related to these funds.

94 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Note 23.

Interest Income and Interest Expense

Interest income is recorded on an accrual basis based on contractual interest rates. The table below presents the

sources of interest income and interest expense.

	Three Months Ended September					Nine Months Ended September
in millions		2013		2012			2013		2012
Interest income
Deposits with banks		$     39		$     38			$   137		$   111
Securities borrowed, securities purchased under agreements to resell and federal funds sold 1		36		(74	)		26		(49	)
Financial instruments owned, at fair value		1,907		2,324			6,337		7,334
Other interest 2		416		341			1,169		1,121
Total interest income		2,398		2,629			7,669		8,517
Interest expense
Deposits		98		106			292		292
Securities loaned and securities sold under agreements to repurchase		126		188			436		615
Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value		468		594			1,578		1,783
Short-term borrowings 3		88		133			309		453
Long-term borrowings 3		915		941			2,797		2,841
Other interest 4		(137	)	(169	)		(334	)	(374	)
Total interest expense		1,558		1,793			5,078		5,610
Net interest income		$   840		$   836			$2,591		$2,907

1. Includes rebates paid and interest income on securities borrowed.

2. Includes interest income on customer debit balances and other interest-earning assets.

3. Includes interest on unsecured borrowings and other secured financings.

4. Includes rebates received on other interest-bearing liabilities and interest expense on customer credit balances.

Note 24.

Income Taxes

Provision for Income Taxes

Income taxes are provided for using the asset and liability method under which deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities. The firm reports interest expense related to income tax matters in “Provision for taxes” and income tax penalties in “Other expenses.”

Deferred Income Taxes

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities. These temporary differences result in taxable or deductible amounts in future years and are measured using the tax rates and laws that will be in effect when such differences are expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are established to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that more likely than not will be realized. Tax assets and liabilities are presented as a component of “Other assets” and “Other liabilities and accrued expenses,” respectively.

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 95

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Unrecognized Tax Benefits

The firm recognizes tax positions in the financial statements only when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on examination by the relevant taxing authority based on the technical merits of the position. A position that meets this standard is measured at the largest amount of benefit that will more likely than not be realized on settlement. A liability is established for differences between positions taken in a tax return and amounts recognized in the financial statements.

Regulatory Tax Examinations

The firm is subject to examination by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (IRS) and other taxing authorities in jurisdictions where the firm has significant business operations, such as the United Kingdom, Japan, Hong Kong, Korea and various states, such as New York. The tax years under examination vary by jurisdiction. The firm does not expect completion of these audits to have a material impact on the firm’s financial condition but it may be material to operating results for a particular period, depending, in part, on the operating results for that period.

The table below presents the earliest tax years that remain subject to examination by major jurisdiction.

Jurisdiction	As of September 2013
U.S. Federal 1	2008
New York State and City 2	2004
United Kingdom	2007
Japan	2010
Hong Kong	2006
Korea	2010

1. IRS examination of fiscal 2008 through calendar 2010 began in 2011. The audits of fiscal 2005 through 2007 were finalized during the third quarter of 2013. The audit of 2011 began in 2013 and the audit of 2012 is expected to begin in 2013.

2. New York State and City examination of fiscal 2004 through 2006 began in 2008. The examination of fiscal 2007 through 2010 began in 2013.

All years subsequent to the above remain open to examination by the taxing authorities. The firm believes that the liability for unrecognized tax benefits it has established is adequate in relation to the potential for additional assessments.

In January 2013, the firm was accepted into the Compliance Assurance Process program by the IRS. This program will allow the firm to work with the IRS to identify and resolve potential U.S. federal tax issues before the filing of tax returns. The 2013 tax year will be the first year examined under the program.

Note 25.

Business Segments

The firm reports its activities in the following four business segments: Investment Banking, Institutional Client Services, Investing & Lending and Investment Management.

Basis of Presentation

In reporting segments, certain of the firm’s business lines have been aggregated where they have similar economic characteristics and are similar in each of the following areas: (i) the nature of the services they provide, (ii) their methods of distribution, (iii) the types of clients they serve and (iv) the regulatory environments in which they operate.

The cost drivers of the firm taken as a whole — compensation, headcount and levels of business activity — are broadly similar in each of the firm’s business segments. Compensation and benefits expenses in the firm’s segments reflect, among other factors, the overall performance of the firm as well as the performance of individual businesses. Consequently, pre-tax margins in one segment of the firm’s business may be significantly affected by the performance of the firm’s other business segments.

The firm allocates assets (including allocations of excess liquidity and cash, secured client financing and other assets), revenues and expenses among the four reportable business segments. Due to the integrated nature of these segments, estimates and judgments are made in allocating certain assets, revenues and expenses. The allocation process is based on the manner in which management currently views the performance of the segments. Transactions between segments are based on specific criteria or approximate third-party rates. Total operating expenses include corporate items that have not been allocated to individual business segments.

96 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

The segment information presented in the table below is prepared according to the following methodologies:

Ÿ Revenues and expenses directly associated with each segment are included in determining pre-tax earnings.

Ÿ Net revenues in the firm’s segments include allocations of interest income and interest expense to specific securities, commodities and other positions in relation to the cash generated by, or funding requirements of, such underlying positions. Net interest is included in segment

net revenues as it is consistent with the way in which management assesses segment performance.

Ÿ Overhead expenses not directly allocable to specific segments are allocated ratably based on direct segment expenses.

Management believes that the following information provides a reasonable representation of each segment’s contribution to consolidated pre-tax earnings and total assets.

		For the Three Months Ended or as of September			For the Nine Months Ended or as of September
in millions			2013	2012		2013	2012
Investment Banking	Financial Advisory		$       423	$       509		$    1,393	$    1,467
	Equity underwriting		276	189		1,037	683
	Debt underwriting		467	466		1,856	1,371
	Total Underwriting		743	655		2,893	2,054
	Total net revenues		1,166	1,164		4,286	3,521
	Operating expenses		674	823		2,763	2,575
	Pre-tax earnings		$       492	$       341		$    1,523	$       946
	Segment assets		$    1,829	$    1,765		$    1,829	$    1,765
Institutional Client Services	Fixed Income, Currency and Commodities Client Execution		$    1,247	$    2,224		$    6,927	$    7,876
	Equities client execution		549	847		1,996	2,407
	Commissions and fees		727	721		2,356	2,331
	Securities services		340	392		1,036	1,168
	Total Equities		1,616	1,960		5,388	5,906
	Total net revenues 1		2,863	4,184		12,315	13,782
	Operating expenses		2,484	3,250		9,170	10,179
	Pre-tax earnings		$       379	$       934		$    3,145	$    3,603
	Segment assets		$803,438	$842,950		$803,438	$842,950
Investing & Lending	Equity securities		$       938	$       923		$    2,527	$    1,677
	Debt securities and loans		300	558		1,524	1,365
	Other		237	323		907	876
	Total net revenues		1,475	1,804		4,958	3,918
	Operating expenses		417	1,002		2,118	2,216
	Pre-tax earnings		$    1,058	$       802		$    2,840	$    1,702
	Segment assets		$105,769	$  92,541		$105,769	$  92,541
Investment Management	Management and other fees		$    1,085	$    1,016		$    3,243	$    3,038
	Incentive fees		71	82		329	357
	Transaction revenues		62	101		293	311
	Total net revenues		1,218	1,199		3,865	3,706
	Operating expenses		977	977		3,177	3,047
	Pre-tax earnings		$       241	$       222		$       688	$       659
	Segment assets		$  12,187	$  11,951		$  12,187	$  11,951
Total	Net revenues		$    6,722	$    8,351		$  25,424	$  24,927
	Operating expenses		4,555	6,053		17,239	18,033
	Pre-tax earnings		$    2,167	$    2,298		$    8,185	$    6,894
	Total assets		$923,223	$949,207		$923,223	$949,207

1. Includes $30 million for the three months ended September 2012, and $37 million and $81 million for the nine months ended September 2013 and September 2012, respectively, of realized gains on available-for-sale securities held in the firm’s Americas reinsurance business, in which a majority stake was sold in April 2013.

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 97

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Total operating expenses in the table above include the following expenses that have not been allocated to the firm’s segments:

Ÿ real estate-related exit costs of $3 million and $1 million for the three months ended September 2013 and September 2012, respectively, and $11 million and $4 million for the nine months ended September 2013 and September 2012, respectively. Real estate-related exit costs are included in “Depreciation and amortization” and “Occupancy” in the condensed consolidated statements of earnings; and

Ÿ charitable contributions of $12 million for the nine months ended September 2012.

Operating expenses related to net provisions for litigation and regulatory proceedings, previously not allocated to the firm’s segments, have now been allocated. This allocation is consistent with the manner in which management currently views the performance of the firm’s segments. Reclassifications have been made to previously reported segment amounts to conform to the current presentation.

The tables below present the amounts of net interest income or interest expense included in net revenues, and the amounts of depreciation and amortization expense included in pre-tax earnings.

	Three Months Ended September				Nine Months Ended September
in millions		2013	2012			2013	2012
Investment Banking		$  —	$   (4	)		$      —	$    (13	)
Institutional Client Services		772	813			2,466	2,799
Investing & Lending		41	2			41	9
Investment Management		27	25			84	112
Total net interest income		$840	$836			$2,591	$2,907
	Three Months Ended September				Nine Months Ended September
in millions		2013	2012			2013	2012
Investment Banking		$  36	$  36			$   107	$   117
Institutional Client Services		144	188			425	559
Investing & Lending		59	119			192	406
Investment Management		41	52			122	155
Total depreciation and amortization 1		$280	$396			$   848	$1,238

1. Includes real estate-related exit costs of $1 million for the three months ended September 2012, and $2 million and $1 million for the nine months ended September 2013 and September 2012, respectively, that have not been allocated to the firm’s segments.

Geographic Information

Due to the highly integrated nature of international financial markets, the firm manages its businesses based on the profitability of the enterprise as a whole. The methodology for allocating profitability to geographic regions is dependent on estimates and management judgment because a significant portion of the firm’s activities require cross-border coordination in order to facilitate the needs of the firm’s clients.

Geographic results are generally allocated as follows:

Ÿ Investment Banking: location of the client and investment banking team.

Ÿ Institutional Client Services: Fixed Income, Currency and Commodities Client Execution, and Equities (excluding Securities Services): location of the market-making desk; Securities Services: location of the primary market for the underlying security.

Ÿ Investing & Lending: Investing: location of the investment; Lending: location of the client.

Ÿ Investment Management: location of the sales team.

98 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

The table below presents the total net revenues and pre-tax earnings of the firm by geographic region allocated based on the methodology referred to above, as well as the

percentage of total net revenues and pre-tax earnings (excluding Corporate) for each geographic region.

	Three Months Ended September									Nine Months Ended September
$ in millions		2013				2012					2013				2012
Net revenues
Americas 1		$4,089		61	%	$5,114		61	%		$14,977		59	%	$14,807		59	%
EMEA 2		1,681		25		2,160		26			6,264		25		6,660		27
Asia 3		952		14		1,077		13			4,183		16		3,460		14
Total net revenues		$6,722		100	%	$8,351		100	%		$25,424		100	%	$24,927		100	%
Pre-tax earnings
Americas 1		$1,293		60	%	$1,336		58	%		$  4,494		55	%	$  3,766		54	%
EMEA 2		585		27		716		31			2,221		27		2,272		33
Asia 3		292		13		247		11			1,481		18		872		13
Subtotal		2,170		100	%	2,299		100	%		8,196		100	%	6,910		100	%
Corporate 4		(3	)			(1	)				(11	)			(16	)
Total pre-tax earnings		$2,167				$2,298					$  8,185				$  6,894

1. Substantially all relates to the U.S.

2. EMEA (Europe, Middle East and Africa).

3. Asia also includes Australia and New Zealand.

4. Consists of real estate-related exit costs of $3 million and $1 million for the three months ended September 2013 and September 2012, respectively, and $11 million and $4 million for the nine months ended September 2013 and September 2012, respectively; and charitable contributions of $12 million for the nine months ended September 2012. Net provisions for litigation and regulatory proceedings, previously included in Corporate, have now been allocated to the geographic regions. Reclassifications have been made to previously reported geographic region amounts to conform to the current presentation.

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 99

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Note 26.

Credit Concentrations

Credit concentrations may arise from market making, client facilitation, investing, underwriting, lending and collateralized transactions and may be impacted by changes in economic, industry or political factors. The firm seeks to mitigate credit risk by actively monitoring exposures and obtaining collateral from counterparties as deemed appropriate.

While the firm’s activities expose it to many different industries and counterparties, the firm routinely executes a high volume of transactions with asset managers, investment funds, commercial banks, brokers and dealers, clearing houses and exchanges, which results in significant credit concentrations.

In the ordinary course of business, the firm may also be subject to a concentration of credit risk to a particular counterparty, borrower or issuer, including sovereign issuers, or to a particular clearing house or exchange.

The table below presents the credit concentrations in cash instruments held by the firm.

	As of
$ in millions		September 2013		December 2012
U.S. government and federal agency obligations 1		$100,344		$114,418
% of total assets		10.9	%	12.2	%
Non-U.S. government and agency obligations 1		$  50,378		$  62,252
% of total assets		5.5	%	6.6	%

1. Substantially all included in “Financial instruments owned, at fair value” and “Cash and securities segregated for regulatory and other purposes.”

As of September 2013 and December 2012, the firm did not have credit exposure to any other counterparty that exceeded 2% of total assets.

To reduce credit exposures, the firm may enter into agreements with counterparties that permit the firm to offset receivables and payables with such counterparties and/or enable the firm to obtain collateral on an upfront or contingent basis. Collateral obtained by the firm related to derivative assets is principally cash and is held by the firm or a third-party custodian. Collateral obtained by the firm related to resale agreements and securities borrowed transactions is primarily U.S. government and federal agency obligations and non-U.S. government and agency obligations. See Note 9 for further information about collateralized agreements and financings.

The table below presents U.S. government and federal agency obligations, and non-U.S. government and agency obligations, that collateralize resale agreements and securities borrowed transactions (including those in “Cash and securities segregated for regulatory and other purposes”). Because the firm’s primary credit exposure on such transactions is to the counterparty to the transaction, the firm would be exposed to the collateral issuer only in the event of counterparty default.

	As of
in millions		September 2013	December 2012
U.S. government and federal agency obligations		$99,231	$73,477
Non-U.S. government and agency obligations 1		93,383	64,724

1. Principally consisting of securities issued by the governments of Germany and France.

100 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Note 27.

Legal Proceedings

The firm is involved in a number of judicial, regulatory and arbitration proceedings (including those described below) concerning matters arising in connection with the conduct of the firm’s businesses. Many of these proceedings are in early stages, and many of these cases seek an indeterminate amount of damages.

Under ASC 450, an event is “reasonably possible” if “the chance of the future event or events occurring is more than remote but less than likely” and an event is “remote” if “the chance of the future event or events occurring is slight.” Thus, references to the upper end of the range of reasonably possible loss for cases in which the firm is able to estimate a range of reasonably possible loss mean the upper end of the range of loss for cases for which the firm believes the risk of loss is more than slight.

With respect to matters described below for which management has been able to estimate a range of reasonably possible loss where (i) actual or potential plaintiffs have claimed an amount of money damages, (ii) the firm is being, or threatened to be, sued by purchasers in an underwriting and is not being indemnified by a party that the firm believes will pay any judgment, or (iii) the purchasers are demanding that the firm repurchase securities, management has estimated the upper end of the range of reasonably possible loss as being equal to (a) in the case of (i), the amount of money damages claimed, (b) in the case of (ii), the amount of securities that the firm sold in the underwritings and (c) in the case of (iii), the price that purchasers paid for the securities less the estimated value, if any, as of September 2013 of the relevant securities, in each of cases (i), (ii) and (iii), taking into account any factors believed to be relevant to the particular matter or matters of that type. As of the date hereof, the firm has estimated the upper end of the range of reasonably possible aggregate loss for such matters and for any other matters described below where management has been able to estimate a range of reasonably possible aggregate loss to be approximately $4.0 billion in excess of the aggregate reserves for such matters.

Management is generally unable to estimate a range of reasonably possible loss for matters other than those included in the estimate above, including where (i) actual or potential plaintiffs have not claimed an amount of money damages, unless management can otherwise determine an appropriate amount, (ii) the matters are in early stages, (iii) there is uncertainty as to the likelihood of a class being certified or the ultimate size of the class, (iv) there is uncertainty as to the outcome of pending appeals or motions, (v) there are significant factual issues to be resolved, and/or (vi) there are novel legal issues presented. For example, the firm’s potential liability with respect to future mortgage-related “put-back” claims and any future claims arising from the ongoing investigations by members of the Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities Working Group of the U.S. Financial Fraud Enforcement Task Force (RMBS Working Group) may ultimately result in a significant increase in the firm’s liabilities for mortgage-related matters, but is not included in management’s estimate of reasonably possible loss. However, management does not believe, based on currently available information, that the outcomes of such matters will have a material adverse effect on the firm’s financial condition, though the outcomes could be material to the firm’s operating results for any particular period, depending, in part, upon the operating results for such period. See Note 18 for further information on mortgage-related contingencies.

Fannie Mae Litigation. GS&Co. was added as a defendant in an amended complaint filed on August 14, 2006 in a purported class action pending in the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia. The complaint asserts violations of the federal securities laws generally arising from allegations concerning Fannie Mae’s accounting practices in connection with certain Fannie Mae-sponsored REMIC transactions that were allegedly arranged by GS&Co. The complaint does not specify a dollar amount of damages. The other defendants include Fannie Mae, certain of its past and present officers and directors, and accountants. By a decision dated May 8, 2007, the district court granted GS&Co.’s motion to dismiss the claim against it, and the remaining parties agreed to a settlement in April 2013, subject to court approval, which would resolve the action in its entirety and would not involve any contribution by GS&Co.

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 101

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Compensation-Related Litigation. Group Inc., its directors and certain senior executives are the defendants in an action filed on March 24, 2009 in New York Supreme Court, New York County, alleging violation of Delaware statutory and common law in connection with the firm’s valuation of stock options granted to certain directors and senior executives relating to 2005 to 2008 compensation. On April 18, 2012, it was determined that the plaintiff lacked standing to continue to prosecute the action. Another purported shareholder filed an amended complaint on June 19, 2013 and, on August 15, 2013, the defendants moved to dismiss.

Mortgage-Related Matters. Beginning April 26, 2010, a number of purported securities law class actions were filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York challenging the adequacy of Group Inc.’s public disclosure of, among other things, the firm’s activities in the CDO market, the firm’s conflict of interest management, and the SEC investigation that led to GS&Co. entering into a consent agreement with the SEC, settling all claims made against GS&Co. by the SEC in connection with the ABACUS 2007-AC1 CDO offering (ABACUS 2007-AC1 transaction), pursuant to which GS&Co. paid $550 million of disgorgement and civil penalties. The consolidated amended complaint filed on July 25, 2011, which name as defendants Group Inc. and certain officers and employees of Group Inc. and its affiliates, generally alleges violations of Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Exchange Act and seeks unspecified damages. On June 21, 2012, the district court dismissed the claims based on Group Inc.’s not disclosing that it had received a “Wells” notice from the staff of the SEC related to the ABACUS 2007-AC1 transaction, but permitted the plaintiffs’ other claims to proceed.

On February 1, 2013, a putative shareholder derivative action was filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York against Group Inc. and certain of its officers and directors in connection with mortgage-related activities during 2006 and 2007, including three CDO offerings. The derivative complaint, which is based on similar allegations to those at issue in the consolidated class action discussed above and purported shareholder derivative actions that were previously dismissed, includes allegations of breach of fiduciary duty, challenges the accuracy and adequacy of Group Inc.’s disclosure and seeks, among other things, declaratory relief, unspecified compensatory and punitive damages and restitution from the individual defendants and certain corporate governance reforms. On May 20, 2013, the defendants moved to dismiss the action.

In June 2012, the Board received a demand from a shareholder that the Board investigate and take action relating to the firm’s mortgage-related activities and to stock sales by certain directors and executives of the firm. On February 15, 2013, this shareholder filed a putative shareholder derivative action in New York Supreme Court, New York County, against Group Inc. and certain current or former directors and employees, based on these activities and stock sales. The derivative complaint includes allegations of breach of fiduciary duty, unjust enrichment, abuse of control, gross mismanagement and corporate waste, and seeks, among other things, unspecified monetary damages, disgorgement of profits and certain corporate governance and disclosure reforms. On May 28, 2013, Group Inc. informed the shareholder that the Board completed its investigation and determined to refuse the demand. On June 20, 2013, the shareholder made a books and records demand requesting materials relating to the Board’s determination. The parties have agreed to stay proceedings in the putative derivative action pending resolution of the books and records demand.

Since April 23, 2010, the Board has received other letters from shareholders demanding that the Board take action to address alleged misconduct by GS&Co., the Board and certain officers and employees of Group Inc. and its affiliates. These demands, which the Board has refused, generally alleged misconduct in connection with the firm’s securitization practices, including the ABACUS 2007-AC1 transaction, the alleged failure by Group Inc. to adequately disclose the SEC investigation, and Group Inc.’s 2009 compensation practices.

In addition, the Board has received other books and records demands from several shareholders for materials relating to, among other subjects, the firm’s mortgage servicing and foreclosure activities, participation in federal programs providing assistance to financial institutions and homeowners, loan sales to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, mortgage-related activities and conflicts management.

102 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

GS&Co., Goldman Sachs Mortgage Company (GSMC) and GS Mortgage Securities Corp. (GSMSC) and three current or former Goldman Sachs employees are defendants in a putative class action commenced on December 11, 2008 in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York brought on behalf of purchasers of various mortgage pass-through certificates and asset-backed certificates issued by various securitization trusts established by the firm and underwritten by GS&Co. in 2007. The complaint generally alleges that the registration statement and prospectus supplements for the certificates violated the federal securities laws, and seeks unspecified compensatory damages and rescission or rescissionary damages. By a decision dated September 6, 2012, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit affirmed the district court’s dismissal of plaintiff’s claims with respect to 10 of the 17 offerings included in plaintiff’s original complaint but vacated the dismissal and remanded the case to the district court with instructions to reinstate the plaintiff’s claims with respect to the other seven offerings. On March 18, 2013, the U.S. Supreme Court denied the defendants’ petition for certiorari from the Second Circuit decision. On October 31, 2012, the plaintiff served a fourth amended complaint relating to those seven offerings, plus seven additional offerings (additional offerings). On June 3, 2010, another investor (who had unsuccessfully sought to intervene in the action) filed a separate putative class action asserting substantively similar allegations relating to one of the additional offerings. The district court twice granted defendants’ motions to dismiss this separate action, both times with leave to replead. That separate plaintiff has filed an amended complaint and has moved to further amend this complaint to add claims with respect to two more of the additional offerings; defendants have moved to dismiss and opposed the amendment. The securitization trusts issued, and GS&Co. underwrote, approximately $11 billion principal amount of certificates to all purchasers in the fourteen offerings at issue in the complaints.

On September 30, 2010, a putative class action was filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York against GS&Co., Group Inc. and two former GS&Co. employees on behalf of investors in $821 million of notes issued in 2006 and 2007 by two synthetic CDOs (Hudson Mezzanine 2006-1 and 2006-2). The amended complaint asserts federal securities law and common law claims, and seeks unspecified compensatory, punitive and other damages. The defendants’ motion to dismiss was granted as to plaintiff’s claim of market manipulation and denied as to the remainder of plaintiff’s claims by a decision dated March 21, 2012. On May 21, 2012, the defendants counterclaimed for breach of contract and fraud. On December 17, 2012, the plaintiff moved for class certification.

Various alleged purchasers of, and counterparties and providers of credit enhancement involved in transactions relating to, mortgage pass-through certificates, CDOs and other mortgage-related products (including Aozora Bank, Ltd., Basis Yield Alpha Fund (Master), the Charles Schwab Corporation, CIFG Assurance of North America, Inc., CMFG Life Insurance Company and related parties, Deutsche Zentral-Genossenschaftbank, the FDIC (as receiver for Guaranty Bank), the Federal Home Loan Banks of Boston, Chicago and Seattle, the FHFA (as conservator for Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac), HSH Nordbank, IKB Deutsche Industriebank AG, Landesbank Baden-Württemberg, Joel I. Sher (Chapter 11 Trustee) on behalf of TMST, Inc. (TMST), f/k/a Thornburg Mortgage, Inc. and certain TMST affiliates, John Hancock and related parties, Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company, MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc., National Australia Bank, the National Credit Union Administration (as conservator or liquidating agent for several failed credit unions), Phoenix Light SF Limited and related parties, Prudential Insurance Company of America and related parties, Royal Park Investments SA/NV, Sealink Funding Limited, The Union Central Life Insurance Company, Ameritas Life Insurance Corp., Acacia Life Insurance Company and Watertown Savings Bank) have filed complaints or summonses with notice in state and federal court or initiated arbitration proceedings against firm affiliates, generally alleging that the offering documents for the securities that they purchased contained untrue statements of material fact and material omissions and generally seeking rescission and/or damages. Certain of these complaints allege fraud and seek punitive damages. Certain of these complaints also name other firms as defendants.

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 103

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

A number of other entities (including American International Group, Inc. (AIG), Deutsche Bank National Trust Company, John Hancock and related parties, Norges Bank Investment Management, Selective Insurance Company and U.S. Bank) have threatened to assert claims of various types against the firm in connection with various mortgage-related transactions, and the firm has entered into agreements with a number of these entities to toll the relevant statute of limitations.

As of the date hereof, the aggregate amount of mortgage-related securities sold to plaintiffs in active and threatened cases described in the preceding two paragraphs where those plaintiffs are seeking rescission of such securities was approximately $22.4 billion (which does not reflect adjustment for any subsequent paydowns or distributions or any residual value of such securities, statutory interest or any other adjustments that may be claimed). This amount does not include the potential claims by these or other purchasers in the same or other mortgage-related offerings that have not been described above, or claims that have been dismissed.

Group Inc., Litton, Ocwen and Arrow Corporate Member Holdings LLC, a former subsidiary of Group Inc., are defendants in a putative class action filed on January 23, 2013 in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York generally challenging the procurement manner and scope of “force-placed” hazard insurance arranged by Litton when homeowners failed to arrange for insurance as required by their mortgages. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract, breach of fiduciary duty, misappropriation, conversion, unjust enrichment and violation of Florida unfair practices law, and seeks unspecified compensatory and punitive damages as well as declaratory and injunctive relief.

On February 25, 2013, Group Inc. was added as a defendant through an amended complaint in a putative class action, originally filed on April 6, 2012 in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York, against Litton, Ocwen and Ocwen Loan Servicing, LLC (Ocwen Servicing). The amended complaint generally alleges that Litton and Ocwen Servicing systematically breached agreements and violated various federal and state consumer protection laws by failing to modify the mortgage loans of homeowners participating in the federal Home Affordable Modification Program, and names Group Inc. based on its prior ownership of Litton. The plaintiffs seek unspecified compensatory, statutory and punitive damages as well as declaratory and injunctive relief. On April 29, 2013, Group Inc. moved to dismiss.

The firm has also received, and continues to receive, requests for information and/or subpoenas from federal, state and local regulators and law enforcement authorities, including members of the RMBS Working Group, relating to the mortgage-related securitization process, subprime mortgages, CDOs, synthetic mortgage-related products, particular transactions involving these products, and servicing and foreclosure activities, and is cooperating with these regulators and other authorities, including in some cases agreeing to the tolling of the relevant statute of limitations. See also “Regulatory Investigations and Reviews and Related Litigation” below.

The firm expects to be the subject of additional putative shareholder derivative actions, purported class actions, rescission and “put back” claims and other litigation, additional investor and shareholder demands, and additional regulatory and other investigations and actions with respect to mortgage-related offerings, loan sales, CDOs, and servicing and foreclosure activities. See Note 18 for information regarding mortgage-related contingencies not described in this Note 27.

Private Equity-Sponsored Acquisitions Litigation. Group Inc. is among numerous private equity firms and investment banks named as defendants in a federal antitrust action filed in the U.S. District Court for the District of Massachusetts in December 2007. As amended, the complaint generally alleges that the defendants have colluded to limit competition in bidding for private equity-sponsored acquisitions of public companies, thereby resulting in lower prevailing bids and, by extension, less consideration for shareholders of those companies in violation of Section 1 of the U.S. Sherman Antitrust Act and common law. The complaint seeks, among other things, treble damages in an unspecified amount. On March 13, 2013, the court granted in part and denied in part defendants’ motions for summary judgment, rejecting plaintiffs’ theory of overarching collusion, but permitting plaintiffs’ claims to proceed based on narrower theories. On June 20, 2013, the court denied Group Inc.’s motion for reconsideration of the court’s summary judgment denial as to an additional claim, and, in an order dated July 16, 2013, the court denied Group Inc.’s renewed motion for summary judgment as to the other surviving claims.

104 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

RALI Pass-Through Certificates Litigation. GS&Co. is among numerous underwriters named as defendants in a putative securities class action initially filed in September 2008 in New York Supreme Court, and subsequently removed to the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York. As to the underwriters, plaintiffs allege that the offering documents in connection with various offerings of mortgage-backed pass-through certificates violated the disclosure requirements of the federal securities laws. In addition to the underwriters, the defendants include Residential Capital, LLC (ResCap), Residential Accredit Loans, Inc. (RALI), Residential Funding Corporation (RFC), Residential Funding Securities Corporation (RFSC), and certain of their officers and directors. After granting in part and denying in part various dismissal and intervention motions in 2010 and 2011, the district court certified a class in connection with one offering underwritten by GS&Co. which includes only initial purchasers who bought the securities directly from the underwriters or their agents no later than ten trading days after the offering date. Defendants’ petition seeking leave to appeal the district court’s class certification was denied. On April 30, 2013, the district court granted in part plaintiffs’ request to reinstate a number of the previously dismissed claims relating to an additional nine offerings underwritten by GS&Co. On May 10, 2013, the plaintiffs filed an amended complaint incorporating those nine additional offerings, which defendants have moved to dismiss in part. Plaintiffs have also moved for class certification as to the nine additional offerings and to expand the time period and scope covered by the previous class definition.

GS&Co. underwrote approximately $5.57 billion principal amount of securities to all purchasers in the offerings included in the amended complaint. On May 14, 2012, ResCap, RALI and RFC filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York. On June 28, 2013 the district court entered a final order and judgment approving a settlement between plaintiffs and ResCap, RALI, RFC, RFSC and their officers and directors named as defendants in the action.

MF Global Securities Litigation. GS&Co. is among numerous underwriters named as defendants in class action complaints filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York commencing November 18, 2011. These complaints generally allege that the offering materials for two offerings of MF Global Holdings Ltd. convertible notes (aggregating approximately $575 million in principal amount) in February 2011 and July 2011, among other things, failed to describe adequately the nature, scope and risks of MF Global’s exposure to European sovereign debt, in violation of the disclosure requirements of the federal securities laws. On October 19, 2012, the defendants filed motions to dismiss the amended complaint. Numerous parties, including GS&Co., have commenced a mediation relating to various MF Global-related proceedings. GS&Co. underwrote an aggregate principal amount of approximately $214 million of the notes. On October 31, 2011, MF Global Holdings Ltd. filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court in Manhattan, New York.

GS&Co. has also received inquiries from various governmental and regulatory bodies and self-regulatory organizations concerning certain transactions with MF Global prior to its bankruptcy filing. Goldman Sachs is cooperating with all such inquiries.

Employment-Related Matters. On September 15, 2010, a putative class action was filed in the U.S. District for the Southern District of New York by three female former employees alleging that Group Inc. and GS&Co. have systematically discriminated against female employees in respect of compensation, promotion, assignments, mentoring and performance evaluations. The complaint alleges a class consisting of all female employees employed at specified levels by Group Inc. and GS&Co. since July 2002, and asserts claims under federal and New York City discrimination laws. The complaint seeks class action status, injunctive relief and unspecified amounts of compensatory, punitive and other damages. On July 17, 2012, the district court issued a decision granting in part Group Inc.’s and GS&Co.’s motion to strike certain of plaintiffs’ class allegations on the ground that plaintiffs lacked standing to pursue certain equitable remedies and denying Group Inc.’s and GS&Co.’s motion to strike plaintiffs’ class allegations in their entirety as premature. On March 21, 2013, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit held that arbitration should be compelled with one of the named plaintiffs, who as a managing director was a party to an arbitration agreement with the firm.

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 105

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Investment Management Services. Group Inc. and certain of its affiliates are parties to various civil litigation and arbitration proceedings and other disputes with clients relating to losses allegedly sustained as a result of the firm’s investment management services. These claims generally seek, among other things, restitution or other compensatory damages and, in some cases, punitive damages.

Goldman Sachs Asset Management International (GSAMI) is the defendant in an action filed on July 9, 2012 with the High Court of Justice in London by certain entities representing Vervoer, a Dutch pension fund, alleging that GSAMI was negligent in performing its duties as investment manager in connection with the allocation of the plaintiffs’ funds among asset managers in accordance with asset allocations provided by plaintiffs and that GSAMI breached its contractual and common law duties to the plaintiffs. Specifically, plaintiffs allege that GSAMI caused their assets to be invested in unsuitable products for an extended period, thereby causing in excess of €67 million in losses, and caused them to be under-exposed for a period of time to certain other investments that performed well, thereby resulting in foregone potential gains. The plaintiffs are seeking unspecified monetary damages.

Financial Advisory Services. Group Inc. and certain of its affiliates are parties to various civil litigation and arbitration proceedings and other disputes with clients and third parties relating to the firm’s financial advisory activities. These claims generally seek, among other things, compensatory damages and, in some cases, punitive damages, and in certain cases allege that the firm did not appropriately disclose or deal with conflicts of interest.

On June 11, 2013, following a jury verdict favorable to Goldman Sachs, a court also found in favor of Goldman Sachs on the remaining claims in a previously disclosed action brought by the former shareholders of Dragon Systems, Inc. Plaintiffs have appealed.

Credit Derivatives Antitrust Matters. The European Commission announced in April 2011 that it was initiating proceedings to investigate further numerous financial services companies, including Group Inc., in connection with the supply of data related to credit default swaps and in connection with profit sharing and fee arrangements for clearing of credit default swaps, including potential anti-competitive practices. On July 1, 2013, the European Commission issued to those financial services companies a Statement of Objections alleging that they colluded to limit competition in the trading of exchange-traded unfunded credit derivatives and exchange trading of credit default swaps more generally, and setting out its process for determining fines and other remedies. Group Inc.’s current understanding is that the proceedings related to profit sharing and fee arrangements for clearing of credit default swaps have been suspended indefinitely. The firm has received civil investigative demands from the U.S. Department of Justice (DOJ) for information on similar matters. Goldman Sachs is cooperating with the investigations and reviews.

GS&Co. and Group Inc. are among the numerous defendants in putative antitrust class actions relating to credit derivatives, filed beginning in May 2013 and consolidated in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York. The complaints generally allege that defendants violated federal antitrust laws by conspiring to forestall the development of alternatives to over-the-counter trading of credit derivatives and maintain inflated bid-ask spreads for credit derivatives trading. The complaints seek declaratory and injunctive relief as well as treble damages in an unspecified amount.

European Commission Price-Fixing Matter. On July 5, 2011, the European Commission issued a Statement of Objections to Group Inc. raising allegations of an industry-wide conspiracy to fix prices for power cables, including by an Italian cable company in which certain Goldman Sachs-affiliated investment funds held ownership interests from 2005 to 2009. The Statement of Objections proposes to hold Group Inc. jointly and severally liable for some or all of any fine levied against the cable company under the concept of parental liability under EU competition law.

106 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Municipal Securities Matters. GS&Co. has entered into consent orders with 49 states and territories to date settling investigations regarding auction rate securities.

On October 11, 2013, the Cook County, Illinois Circuit Court entered a final judgment dismissing all claims in a 2010 qui tam action filed against Group Inc., GS&Co. and GSMC in connection with municipal finance transactions.

Beginning in February 2012, GS&Co. (along with, in some cases, other financial services firms) was named as respondent in five FINRA arbitrations filed, respectively, by the cities of Houston, Texas, Reno, Nevada, and Cleveland, Ohio, a California school district and a North Carolina municipal power authority, based on GS&Co.’s role as underwriter and broker-dealer of the claimants’ issuances of an aggregate of over $2.0 billion of auction rate securities from 2003 through 2007. Each claimant alleges that GS&Co. failed to disclose that it had a practice of placing cover bids on auctions, and failed to offer the claimant the option of a formulaic maximum rate (rather than a fixed maximum rate), and that, as a result, the claimant was forced to engage in a series of expensive refinancing and conversion transactions after the failure of the auction market (at an estimated cost, in the case of Houston, of approximately $90 million). Houston, Reno, and Cleveland also allege that GS&Co. advised them to enter into interest rate swaps in connection with their auction rate securities issuances, causing them to incur additional losses (including, in the case of Reno, a swap termination obligation of over $8 million). The claims include breach of fiduciary duty, fraudulent concealment, negligent misrepresentation, breach of contract, violations of the Exchange Act and state securities laws, and breach of duties under the rules of the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board and the NASD, and seek unspecified damages.

In federal court, GS&Co. has filed complaints and motions seeking to enjoin the Reno, California school district, and North Carolina arbitrations pursuant to the exclusive forum selection clauses in the transaction documents. GS&Co.’s motion to enjoin was denied with regard to the Reno arbitration, and GS&Co. appealed on March 11, 2013. GS&Co.’s motion to enjoin was granted with regard to the California school district arbitration, and the California school district appealed on March 5, 2013. On April 26, 2013, GS&Co. moved to enjoin the North Carolina arbitration, and the North Carolina municipal power authority moved to dismiss or transfer GS&Co.’s complaint for lack of venue.

Commodities-Related Litigation. Group Inc. and its subsidiaries, GS Power Holdings LLC and Metro International Trade Services LLC, are among the defendants in a number of putative class actions filed beginning on August 1, 2013 in various federal district courts. The complaints generally allege violation of federal antitrust laws and other federal and state laws in connection with the management of aluminum storage facilities. The complaints seek declaratory, injunctive and other equitable relief as well as unspecified monetary damages, including treble damages. The Judicial Panel on Multidistrict Litigation has been asked to consolidate and centralize the various actions for pre-trial proceedings.

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 107

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Regulatory Investigations and Reviews and Related Litigation. Group Inc. and certain of its affiliates are subject to a number of other investigations and reviews by, and in some cases have received subpoenas and requests for documents and information from, various governmental and regulatory bodies and self-regulatory organizations and litigation relating to various matters relating to the firm’s businesses and operations, including:

Ÿ the 2008 financial crisis;

Ÿ the public offering process;

Ÿ the firm’s investment management services;

Ÿ conflicts of interest;

Ÿ research practices, including research independence and interactions between research analysts and other firm personnel, including investment banking personnel;

Ÿ transactions involving municipal securities, including wall-cross procedures and conflict of interest disclosure with respect to state and municipal clients, the trading and structuring of municipal derivative instruments in connection with municipal offerings, political contribution rules, underwriting of Build America Bonds, municipal advisory services and the possible impact of credit default swap transactions on municipal issuers;

Ÿ the sales, trading and clearance of corporate and government securities, currencies, commodities and other financial products and related activities, including compliance with the SEC’s short sale rule, algorithmic and quantitative trading, futures trading, options trading, transaction reporting, technology systems and controls, securities lending practices, trading and clearance of credit derivative instruments, commodities activities and metals storage, private placement practices, trading activities and communications in connection with the establishment of benchmark rates and compliance with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act; and

Ÿ insider trading, the potential misuse of material nonpublic information regarding private company and governmental developments and the effectiveness of the firm’s insider trading controls and information barriers.

Goldman Sachs is cooperating with all such regulatory investigations and reviews.

108 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and the Shareholders of

The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.:

We have reviewed the accompanying condensed consolidated statement of financial condition of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the Company) as of September 30, 2013, the related condensed consolidated statements of earnings for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, the condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive income for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, the condensed consolidated statement of changes in shareholders’ equity for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, and the condensed consolidated statements of cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012. These condensed consolidated interim financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management.

We conducted our review in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). A review of interim financial information consists principally of applying analytical procedures and making inquiries of persons responsible for financial and accounting matters. It is substantially less in scope than an audit conducted in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the objective of which is the expression of an opinion regarding the financial statements taken as a whole. Accordingly, we do not express such an opinion.

Based on our review, we are not aware of any material modifications that should be made to the accompanying condensed consolidated interim financial statements for them to be in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We previously audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated statement of financial condition as of December 31, 2012, and the related consolidated statements of earnings, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the year then ended (not presented herein), and in our report dated February 28, 2013, we expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements. In our opinion, the information set forth in the accompanying condensed consolidated statement of financial condition as of December 31, 2012, and the condensed consolidated statement of changes in shareholders’ equity for the year ended December 31, 2012, is fairly stated in all material respects in relation to the consolidated financial statements from which it has been derived.

/s/ PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP

New York, New York

November 6, 2013

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 109

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Statistical Disclosures

Distribution of Assets, Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

The tables below present a summary of consolidated average balances and interest rates.

	Three Months Ended September
	2013						2012
in millions, except rates		Average balance	Interest		Average rate (annualized)			Average balance	Interest		Average rate (annualized)
Assets
Deposits with banks		$  58,726	$     39		0.26	%		$  53,135	$     38		0.28	%
U.S.		53,953	35		0.26			49,749	35		0.28
Non-U.S.		4,773	4		0.33			3,386	3		0.35
Securities borrowed, securities purchased under agreements to resell and federal funds sold		337,263	36		0.04			328,166	(74	)	(0.09	)
U.S.		213,190	(52	)	(0.10	)		185,144	(135	)	(0.29	)
Non-U.S.		124,073	88		0.28			143,022	61		0.17
Financial instruments owned, at fair value 1, 2		274,235	1,907		2.76			313,755	2,324		2.95
U.S.		174,836	1,275		2.89			191,000	1,552		3.23
Non-U.S.		99,399	632		2.52			122,755	772		2.50
Other interest-earning assets 3		152,987	416		1.08			137,919	341		0.98
U.S.		93,773	297		1.26			90,586	234		1.03
Non-U.S.		59,214	119		0.80			47,333	107		0.90
Total interest-earning assets		823,211	2,398		1.16			832,975	2,629		1.26
Cash and due from banks		6,168						6,463
Other non-interest-earning assets 2		98,036						104,106
Total assets		$927,415						$943,544
Liabilities
Interest-bearing deposits		$  69,648	$     98		0.56	%		$  58,723	$   106		0.72	%
U.S.		60,599	90		0.59			50,870	96		0.75
Non-U.S.		9,049	8		0.35			7,853	10		0.51
Securities loaned and securities sold under agreements to repurchase		172,505	126		0.29			167,480	188		0.45
U.S.		113,596	47		0.16			112,004	90		0.32
Non-U.S.		58,909	79		0.53			55,476	98		0.70
Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value 1, 2		90,314	468		2.06			98,815	594		2.39
U.S.		35,471	138		1.54			44,445	225		2.01
Non-U.S.		54,843	330		2.39			54,370	369		2.70
Short-term borrowings 4		58,253	88		0.60			67,645	133		0.78
U.S.		36,981	83		0.89			45,408	111		0.97
Non-U.S.		21,272	5		0.09			22,237	22		0.39
Long-term borrowings 4		173,216	915		2.10			174,598	941		2.14
U.S.		168,149	894		2.11			168,330	913		2.16
Non-U.S.		5,067	21		1.64			6,268	28		1.78
Other interest-bearing liabilities 5		204,783	(137	)	(0.27	)		210,475	(169	)	(0.32	)
U.S.		146,937	(214	)	(0.58	)		152,836	(274	)	(0.71	)
Non-U.S.		57,846	77		0.53			57,639	105		0.72
Total interest-bearing liabilities		768,719	1,558		0.80			777,736	1,793		0.92
Non-interest-bearing deposits		609						358
Other non-interest-bearing liabilities 2		80,536						92,407
Total liabilities		849,864						870,501
Shareholders’ equity
Preferred stock		7,200						4,975
Common stock		70,351						68,068
Total shareholders’ equity		77,551						73,043
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity		$927,415						$943,544
Interest rate spread					0.36	%					0.34	%
Net interest income and net yield on interest-earning assets			$   840		0.40				$   836		0.40
U.S.			517		0.38				525		0.40
Non-U.S.			323		0.45				311		0.39
Percentage of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities attributable to non-U.S. operations 6
Assets					34.92	%					38.00	%
Liabilities					26.93						26.21

110 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Statistical Disclosures

	Nine Months Ended September
	2013						2012
in millions, except rates		Average balance	Interest		Average rate (annualized)			Average balance	Interest		Average rate (annualized)
Assets
Deposits with banks		$  59,465	$   137		0.31	%		$  50,086	$   111		0.30	%
U.S.		55,950	122		0.29			46,363	94		0.27
Non-U.S.		3,515	15		0.57			3,723	17		0.61
Securities borrowed, securities purchased under agreements to resell and federal funds sold		329,760	26		0.01			341,542	(49	)	(0.02	)
U.S.		195,935	(224	)	(0.15	)		194,089	(359	)	(0.25	)
Non-U.S.		133,825	250		0.25			147,453	310		0.28
Financial instruments owned, at fair value 1, 2		300,512	6,337		2.82			304,312	7,334		3.22
U.S.		186,122	4,161		2.99			186,640	4,869		3.48
Non-U.S.		114,390	2,176		2.54			117,672	2,465		2.80
Other interest-earning assets 3		143,795	1,169		1.09			135,594	1,121		1.10
U.S.		88,198	745		1.13			89,011	720		1.08
Non-U.S.		55,597	424		1.02			46,583	401		1.15
Total interest-earning assets		833,532	7,669		1.23			831,534	8,517		1.37
Cash and due from banks		6,166						6,760
Other non-interest-earning assets 2		110,916						107,363
Total assets		$950,614						$945,657
Liabilities
Interest-bearing deposits		$  69,587	$   292		0.56	%		$  53,644	$   292		0.73	%
U.S.		60,968	270		0.59			45,932	262		0.76
Non-U.S.		8,619	22		0.34			7,712	30		0.52
Securities loaned and securities sold under agreements to repurchase		179,784	436		0.32			174,131	615		0.47
U.S.		115,948	189		0.22			117,398	270		0.31
Non-U.S.		63,836	247		0.52			56,733	345		0.81
Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value 1, 2		97,079	1,578		2.17			96,514	1,783		2.47
U.S.		38,359	492		1.71			42,411	579		1.82
Non-U.S.		58,720	1,086		2.47			54,103	1,204		2.97
Short-term borrowings 4		61,073	309		0.68			71,749	453		0.84
U.S.		40,837	287		0.94			48,065	374		1.04
Non-U.S.		20,236	22		0.15			23,684	79		0.45
Long-term borrowings 4		174,996	2,797		2.14			177,351	2,841		2.14
U.S.		169,045	2,721		2.15			170,680	2,714		2.12
Non-U.S.		5,951	76		1.71			6,671	127		2.54
Other interest-bearing liabilities 5		202,523	(334	)	(0.22	)		208,968	(374	)	(0.24	)
U.S.		144,479	(680	)	(0.63	)		152,723	(763	)	(0.67	)
Non-U.S.		58,044	346		0.80			56,245	389		0.92
Total interest-bearing liabilities		785,042	5,078		0.86			782,357	5,610		0.96
Non-interest-bearing deposits		656						264
Other non-interest-bearing liabilities 2		87,691						91,286
Total liabilities		873,389						873,907
Shareholders’ equity
Preferred stock		6,800						3,850
Common stock		70,425						67,900
Total shareholders’ equity		77,225						71,750
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity		$950,614						$945,657
Interest rate spread					0.37	%					0.41	%
Net interest income and net yield on interest-earning assets			$2,591		0.42				$2,907		0.47
U.S.			1,525		0.39				1,888		0.49
Non-U.S.			1,066		0.46				1,019		0.43
Percentage of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities attributable to non-U.S. operations 6
Assets					36.87	%					37.93	%
Liabilities					27.44						26.22

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 111

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Statistical Disclosures

1. Consists of cash financial instruments, including equity securities and convertible debentures.

2. Derivative instruments and commodities are included in other non-interest-earning assets and other non-interest-bearing liabilities.

3. Primarily consists of cash and securities segregated for regulatory and other purposes and certain receivables from customers and counterparties.

4. Interest rates include the effects of interest rate swaps accounted for as hedges.

5. Primarily consists of certain payables to customers and counterparties.

6. Assets, liabilities and interest are attributed to U.S. and non-U.S. based on the location of the legal entity in which the assets and liabilities are held.

Ratios

The table below presents selected financial ratios.

	Three Months Ended September					Nine Months Ended September
		2013		2012			2013		2012
Annualized net earnings to average assets		0.7	%	0.6	%		0.8	%	0.6	%
Annualized return on average common shareholders’ equity 1		8.1		8.6			10.4		8.8
Annualized return on average total shareholders’ equity 2		7.8		8.3			9.9		8.5
Total average equity to average assets		8.4		7.7			8.1		7.6
Dividend payout ratio 3		17.4		16.1			13.8		14.8

1. Based on annualized net earnings applicable to common shareholders divided by average monthly common shareholders’ equity.

2. Based on annualized net earnings divided by average monthly total shareholders’ equity.

3. Dividends declared per common share as a percentage of diluted earnings per common share.

112 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

Item 2.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

INDEX

	Page No.
Introduction		114
Executive Overview		114
Business Environment		118
Critical Accounting Policies		119
Recent Accounting Developments		122
Use of Estimates		123
Results of Operations		124
Regulatory Developments		139
Balance Sheet and Funding Sources		142
Equity Capital		150
Off-Balance-Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Obligations		159
Risk Management and Risk Factors		162
Overview and Structure of Risk Management		162
Liquidity Risk Management		167
Market Risk Management		174
Credit Risk Management		180
Operational Risk Management		188
Certain Risk Factors That May Affect Our Businesses		190
Available Information		191
Cautionary Statement Pursuant to the U.S. Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995		191

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 113

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Introduction

The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. (Group Inc.) is a leading global investment banking, securities and investment management firm that provides a wide range of financial services to a substantial and diversified client base that includes corporations, financial institutions, governments and high-net-worth individuals. Founded in 1869, the firm is headquartered in New York and maintains offices in all major financial centers around the world.

We report our activities in four business segments: Investment Banking, Institutional Client Services, Investing & Lending and Investment Management. See “Results of Operations” below for further information about our business segments.

This Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations should be read in conjunction with our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012. References to “our Annual Report on Form 10-K” are to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012.

When we use the terms “Goldman Sachs,” “the firm,” “we,” “us” and “our,” we mean Group Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its consolidated subsidiaries.

References to “this Form 10-Q” are to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2013. All references to September 2013 and September 2012 refer to our periods ended, or the dates, as the context requires, September 30, 2013 and September 30, 2012, respectively. All references to June 2013 and December 2012 refer to the dates June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. Any reference to a future year refers to a year ending on December 31 of that year. Certain reclassifications have been made to previously reported amounts to conform to the current presentation.

Executive Overview

Three Months Ended September 2013 versus September 2012. The firm generated net earnings of $1.52 billion and diluted earnings per common share of $2.88 for the third quarter of 2013, compared with $1.51 billion and $2.85 per common share, respectively, for the third quarter of 2012. Annualized return on average common shareholders’ equity (ROE) ¹ was 8.1% for the third quarter of 2013, compared with 8.6% for the third quarter of 2012.

Book value per common share was $153.58 and tangible book value per common share ² was $143.86 as of September 2013, both approximately 2% higher compared with the end of the second quarter of 2013. Our Tier 1 capital ratio was 16.3% and our Tier 1 common ratio ³ was 14.2% as of September 2013, up from 15.6% and 13.5%, respectively, as of the end of the second quarter of 2013 (in each case under Basel I and also reflecting the revised market risk regulatory capital requirements which became effective on January 1, 2013). During the quarter, the firm repurchased 10.2 million shares of its common stock for a total cost of $1.65 billion.

The firm generated net revenues of $6.72 billion for the third quarter of 2013, compared with $8.35 billion for the third quarter of 2012. These results reflected significantly lower net revenues in Institutional Client Services, as well as lower net revenues in Investing & Lending compared with the third quarter of 2012. Net revenues in Investment Management were slightly higher compared with the third quarter of 2012, while net revenues in Investment Banking were essentially unchanged.

An overview of net revenues for each of our business segments is provided below.

1. See “Results of Operations — Financial Overview” below for further information about our calculation of annualized ROE.

2. Tangible book value per common share is a non-GAAP measure and may not be comparable to similar non-GAAP measures used by other companies. See “Equity Capital — Other Capital Metrics” below for further information about our calculation of tangible book value per common share.

3. Tier 1 common ratio is a non-GAAP measure and may not be comparable to similar non-GAAP measures used by other companies. See “Equity Capital — Consolidated Regulatory Capital Ratios” below for further information about our Tier 1 common ratio.

114 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Investment Banking

Net revenues in Investment Banking were essentially unchanged compared with the third quarter of 2012. Net revenues in Financial Advisory were lower than the third quarter of 2012, reflecting a decrease in industry-wide completed mergers and acquisitions. Net revenues in Underwriting were higher than the third quarter of 2012. This increase reflected significantly higher net revenues in equity underwriting, primarily due to higher net revenues from initial public offerings. Net revenues in debt underwriting were essentially unchanged compared with the third quarter of 2012.

Institutional Client Services

Net revenues in Institutional Client Services decreased significantly compared with the third quarter of 2012, reflecting significantly lower net revenues in Fixed Income, Currency and Commodities Client Execution and lower net revenues in Equities.

The decrease in Fixed Income, Currency and Commodities Client Execution compared with the third quarter of 2012 reflected significantly lower net revenues in mortgages and interest rate products, as well as in currencies. In addition, net revenues in credit products were lower, while net revenues in commodities were higher compared with the third quarter of 2012. During the third quarter of 2013, Fixed Income, Currency and Commodities Client Execution operated in a challenging environment, which was characterized by economic uncertainty, difficult market-making conditions in certain businesses and lower levels of activity.

The decrease in Equities compared with the third quarter of 2012 was primarily due to the sale of our Americas reinsurance business ¹. Net revenues in equities client execution (excluding net revenues from our Americas reinsurance business) and commissions and fees were both essentially unchanged compared with the third quarter of 2012. In addition, securities services net revenues were lower compared with the third quarter of 2012, primarily due to the sale of our hedge fund administration business in 2012. Although global equity prices increased during the quarter, Equities operated in an environment characterized by lower levels of activity and volatility.

The net loss attributable to the impact of changes in our own credit spreads on borrowings for which the fair value option was elected was $72 million ($47 million and $25 million related to Fixed Income, Currency and Commodities Client Execution and equities client execution, respectively) for the third quarter of 2013, compared with a net loss of $370 million ($225 million and $145 million related to Fixed Income, Currency and Commodities Client Execution and equities client execution, respectively) for the third quarter of 2012.

Investing & Lending

Net revenues in Investing & Lending were $1.48 billion for the third quarter of 2013, compared with $1.80 billion for the third quarter of 2012. Results for the third quarter of 2013 included net gains of $938 million from investments in equities, primarily in private equities, driven by strong corporate performance and company-specific events. In addition, Investing & Lending net revenues included net interest income and net gains of $300 million from debt securities and loans, and other net revenues of $237 million related to our consolidated investments.

Investment Management

Net revenues in Investment Management increased slightly compared with the third quarter of 2012. This increase reflected higher management and other fees, primarily due to higher average assets under supervision and favorable changes in the mix of assets under supervision, partially offset by lower transaction revenues. During the quarter, total assets under supervision increased $36 billion to $991 billion. Long-term assets under supervision increased $35 billion, reflecting market appreciation of $19 billion, primarily in equity assets, and net inflows of $16 billion, primarily in fixed income assets. In addition, liquidity products increased $1 billion.

1. In April 2013, we completed the sale of a majority stake in our Americas reinsurance business and no longer consolidate this business. Net revenues related to the Americas reinsurance business were $297 million for the three months ended September 2012. See Note 12 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Form 10-Q for further information about this sale.

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 115

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Nine Months Ended September 2013 versus September 2012. The firm generated net earnings of $5.71 billion and diluted earnings per common share of $10.89 for the first nine months of 2013, compared with $4.58 billion and $8.57 per common share, respectively, for the first nine months of 2012. Annualized ROE ¹ was 10.4% for the first nine months of 2013, compared with 8.8% for the first nine months of 2012.

The firm generated net revenues of $25.42 billion for the first nine months of 2013, compared with $24.93 billion for the first nine months of 2012. These results reflected significantly higher net revenues in both Investing & Lending and Investment Banking, as well as slightly higher net revenues in Investment Management compared with the first nine months of 2012. Net revenues in Institutional Client Services were lower compared with the first nine months of 2012.

An overview of net revenues for each of our business segments is provided below.

Investment Banking

Net revenues in Investment Banking increased significantly compared with the first nine months of 2012, due to significantly higher net revenues in Underwriting. This increase reflected significantly higher net revenues in debt underwriting, principally due to leveraged finance activity, and in equity underwriting, primarily reflecting an increase in client activity. Net revenues in Financial Advisory were slightly lower than the first nine months of 2012.

Institutional Client Services

Net revenues in Institutional Client Services decreased compared with the first nine months of 2012, reflecting lower net revenues in both Fixed Income, Currency and Commodities Client Execution and Equities.

The decrease in Fixed Income, Currency and Commodities Client Execution compared with the first nine months of 2012 reflected significantly lower net revenues in interest rate products and mortgages. Net revenues in credit products and currencies were essentially unchanged, while net revenues in commodities were slightly higher compared with the first nine months of 2012. Fixed Income, Currency and Commodities Client Execution operated in a generally challenging environment during much of the first nine months of 2013, as macroeconomic concerns and uncertainty led to challenging market-making conditions and lower levels of activity in certain businesses.

The decrease in Equities compared with the first nine months of 2012 was primarily due to the sale of our Americas reinsurance business ². Net revenues in equities client execution (excluding net revenues from our Americas reinsurance business) were slightly higher compared with the first nine months of 2012, while commissions and fees were essentially unchanged. Securities services net revenues were lower compared with the first nine months of 2012, primarily due to the sale of our hedge fund administration business in 2012. During the first nine months of 2013, Equities operated in an environment generally characterized by an increase in global equity prices and generally lower volatility levels.

The net loss attributable to the impact of changes in our own credit spreads on borrowings for which the fair value option was elected was $90 million ($57 million and $33 million related to Fixed Income, Currency and Commodities Client Execution and equities client execution, respectively) for the first nine months of 2013, compared with a net loss of $588 million ($354 million and $234 million related to Fixed Income, Currency and Commodities Client Execution and equities client execution, respectively) for the first nine months of 2012.

1. See “Results of Operations — Financial Overview” below for further information about our calculation of annualized ROE.

2. In April 2013, we completed the sale of a majority stake in our Americas reinsurance business and no longer consolidate this business. Net revenues related to the Americas reinsurance business were $317 million and $767 million for the nine months ended September 2013 and September 2012, respectively. See Note 12 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Form 10-Q for further information about this sale.

116 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Investing & Lending

Net revenues in Investing & Lending were $4.96 billion for the first nine months of 2013, compared with $3.92 billion for the first nine months of 2012. Results for the first nine months of 2013 included net gains of $2.53 billion from investments in equities, primarily in private equities, driven by strong corporate performance and company-specific events. In addition, Investing & Lending net revenues included net gains and net interest income of $1.52 billion from debt securities and loans, and other net revenues of $907 million related to our consolidated investments.

Investment Management

Net revenues in Investment Management increased slightly compared with the first nine months of 2012, reflecting higher management and other fees, primarily due to higher average assets under supervision. During the first nine months of 2013, total assets under supervision increased $26 billion to $991 billion. Long-term assets under supervision increased $48 billion, reflecting net inflows of $28 billion and net market appreciation of $20 billion. Net inflows included inflows in fixed income ¹ and equity assets, partially offset by outflows in alternative investment assets. Net market appreciation primarily reflected appreciation in equity assets, partially offset by depreciation in fixed income assets. Liquidity products decreased $22 billion due to outflows during the period.

Our businesses, by their nature, do not produce predictable earnings. Our results in any given period can be materially affected by conditions in global financial markets, economic conditions generally and other factors. For a further discussion of the factors that may affect our future operating results, see “Certain Risk Factors That May Affect Our Businesses” below, as well as “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A of our Annual Report on Form 10-K.

1. Fixed income flows for the nine months ended September 2013 include $10 billion in assets managed by the firm related to our Americas reinsurance business, in which a majority stake was sold in April 2013. These assets were previously excluded from assets under supervision as they were assets of a consolidated subsidiary.

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 117

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Business Environment

Global

Global economic conditions improved during the third quarter of 2013, as real gross domestic product (GDP) appeared to increase in most major economies. Although real GDP appeared to increase in the Euro area in the aggregate, it appeared to decline in some European economies due to declines in domestic demand and weakness in credit conditions. Continued concerns about the outlook for the global economy and the possibility that the U.S. Federal Reserve would begin tapering its asset purchase program contributed to lower levels of client activity, although global equity prices increased and credit spreads tightened. In addition, most industry-wide investment banking activity declined compared with the second quarter of 2013.

United States

In the United States, real GDP growth appeared to decelerate during the quarter, reflecting a significant contraction of federal government spending as a result of sequestration, partially offset by an acceleration of business fixed investment, and slightly improved net exports. Measures of consumer confidence were mixed during the quarter. Housing market activity was also mixed, as housing starts remained stable, while new home sales declined due to increased mortgage interest rates. Unemployment levels continued to decline, although the rate of unemployment remained elevated. Measures of inflation remained subdued. The U.S. Federal Reserve maintained its federal funds rate at a target range of zero to 0.25% and continued its program to purchase U.S. Treasury securities and mortgage-backed securities, although market participants had expected a tapering of those purchases to start in September. However, the U.S. Federal Reserve signaled that a reduction of asset purchases at some point in the near future is likely if the economic recovery continues and inflation expectations remain moderate. The 10-year U.S. Treasury note yield ended the quarter at 2.64%, 12 basis points higher than the end of the second quarter of 2013. In equity markets, the NASDAQ Composite Index, the S&P 500 Index and the Dow Jones Industrial Average increased by 11%, 5% and 1%, respectively, compared with the end of the second quarter of 2013.

Europe

In the Euro area, real GDP appeared to increase slightly during the quarter, although at a slower pace than in the second quarter of 2013. Negative contributions from consumer and government spending were partially offset by an increase in net exports. Measures of inflation remained subdued, while unemployment levels remained high. The European Central Bank maintained its main refinancing operations rate at 0.50% and adopted forward guidance for the future path of interest rates as a new policy tool. The Euro appreciated by 4% against the U.S. dollar. In the United Kingdom, real GDP growth increased during the quarter. The Bank of England maintained its official bank rate at 0.50% and also introduced state-contingent forward guidance for the future path of interest rates. The British pound appreciated 7% against the U.S. dollar. Long-term government bond yields were generally stable during the quarter. In equity markets, the CAC 40 Index and the Euro Stoxx 50 Index both increased 11% and the DAX Index and the FTSE 100 Index increased by 8% and 4%, respectively, compared with the end of the second quarter of 2013.

Asia

In Japan, real GDP growth appeared to decelerate during the quarter, reflecting sizeable slowdowns in both consumer and government spending, although growth in private residential investment and public fixed investment increased significantly. The Bank of Japan maintained its main operating target for money market operations, which is set to increase the monetary base annually by approximately 60-70 trillion yen. The yield on 10-year Japanese government bonds declined during the quarter. The Japanese yen appreciated by 1% against the U.S. dollar and the Nikkei 225 Index increased by 6% compared with the end of the second quarter of 2013. In China, real GDP growth accelerated during the quarter. Measures of inflation remained moderate and the People’s Bank of China left its reserve requirement ratio unchanged. The Chinese yuan appreciated slightly against the U.S. dollar. In equity markets, the Shanghai Composite Index and the Hang Seng Index both increased by 10% compared with the end of the second quarter of 2013. In India, economic activity appeared to expand moderately during the quarter, although GDP growth is still at the lower end of the historical range. The rate of wholesale inflation increased during the quarter. The Indian rupee depreciated by 5% against the U.S. dollar, and the BSE Sensex Index was essentially unchanged compared with the end of the second quarter of 2013.

118 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Critical Accounting Policies

Fair Value

Fair Value Hierarchy. Financial instruments owned, at fair value and Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value (i.e., inventory), as well as certain other financial assets and financial liabilities, are reflected in our condensed consolidated statements of financial condition at fair value (i.e., marked-to-market), with related gains or losses generally recognized in our condensed consolidated statements of earnings. The use of fair value to measure financial instruments is fundamental to our risk management practices and is our most critical accounting policy.

The fair value of a financial instrument is the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. We measure certain financial assets and financial liabilities as a portfolio (i.e., based on its net exposure to market and/or credit risks). In determining fair value, the hierarchy under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (U.S. GAAP) gives (i) the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities (level 1 inputs), (ii) the next priority to inputs other than level 1 inputs that are observable, either directly or indirectly (level 2 inputs), and (iii) the lowest priority to inputs that cannot be observed in market activity (level 3 inputs). Assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to their fair value measurement.

The fair values for substantially all of our financial assets and financial liabilities are based on observable prices and inputs and are classified in levels 1 and 2 of the fair value hierarchy. Certain level 2 and level 3 financial assets and financial liabilities may require appropriate valuation adjustments that a market participant would require to arrive at fair value for factors such as counterparty and the firm’s credit quality, funding risk, transfer restrictions, liquidity and bid/offer spreads. Valuation adjustments are generally based on market evidence.

Instruments categorized within level 3 of the fair value hierarchy are those which require one or more significant inputs that are not observable. As of September 2013, June 2013 and December 2012, level 3 assets represented 4.5%, 4.6% and 5.0%, respectively, of our total assets. Absent evidence to the contrary, instruments classified within level 3 of the fair value hierarchy are initially valued at transaction price, which is considered to be the best initial estimate of fair value. Subsequent to the transaction date, we use other methodologies to determine fair value, which vary based on the type of instrument. Estimating the fair value of level 3 financial instruments requires judgments to be made. These judgments include:

Ÿ determining the appropriate valuation methodology and/or model for each type of level 3 financial instrument;

Ÿ determining model inputs based on an evaluation of all relevant empirical market data, including prices evidenced by market transactions, interest rates, credit spreads, volatilities and correlations; and

Ÿ determining appropriate valuation adjustments, including those related to illiquidity or counterparty credit quality.

Regardless of the methodology, valuation inputs and assumptions are only changed when corroborated by substantive evidence.

Controls Over Valuation of Financial Instruments. Market makers and investment professionals in our revenue-producing units are responsible for pricing our financial instruments. Our control infrastructure is independent of the revenue-producing units and is fundamental to ensuring that all of our financial instruments are appropriately valued at market-clearing levels. In the event that there is a difference of opinion in situations where estimating the fair value of financial instruments requires judgment (e.g., calibration to market comparables or trade comparison, as described below), the final valuation decision is made by senior managers in control and support functions that are independent of the revenue-producing units (independent control and support functions). This independent price verification is critical to ensuring that our financial instruments are properly valued.

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 119

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Price Verification. All financial instruments at fair value in levels 1, 2 and 3 of the fair value hierarchy are subject to our independent price verification process. The objective of price verification is to have an informed and independent opinion with regard to the valuation of financial instruments under review. Instruments that have one or more significant inputs which cannot be corroborated by external market data are classified within level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. Price verification strategies utilized by our independent control and support functions include:

Ÿ Trade Comparison. Analysis of trade data (both internal and external where available) is used to determine the most relevant pricing inputs and valuations.

Ÿ External Price Comparison. Valuations and prices are compared to pricing data obtained from third parties (e.g., broker or dealers, MarkIt, Bloomberg, IDC, TRACE). Data obtained from various sources is compared to ensure consistency and validity. When broker or dealer quotations or third-party pricing vendors are used for valuation or price verification, greater priority is generally given to executable quotations.

Ÿ Calibration to Market Comparables. Market-based transactions are used to corroborate the valuation of positions with similar characteristics, risks and components.

Ÿ Relative Value Analyses. Market-based transactions are analyzed to determine the similarity, measured in terms of risk, liquidity and return, of one instrument relative to another or, for a given instrument, of one maturity relative to another.

Ÿ Collateral Analyses. Margin disputes on derivatives are examined and investigated to determine the impact, if any, on our valuations.

Ÿ Execution of Trades. Where appropriate, trading desks are instructed to execute trades in order to provide evidence of market-clearing levels.

Ÿ Backtesting. Valuations are corroborated by comparison to values realized upon sales.

See Notes 5 through 8 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Form 10-Q for further information about fair value measurements.

Review of Net Revenues. Independent control and support functions ensure adherence to our pricing policy through a combination of daily procedures, including the explanation and attribution of net revenues based on the underlying factors. Through this process we independently validate net revenues, identify and resolve potential fair value or trade booking issues on a timely basis and seek to ensure that risks are being properly categorized and quantified.

Review of Valuation Models. The firm’s independent model validation group, consisting of quantitative professionals who are separate from model developers, performs an independent model approval process. This process incorporates a review of a diverse set of model and trade parameters across a broad range of values (including extreme and/or improbable conditions) in order to critically evaluate:

Ÿ the model’s suitability for valuation and risk management of a particular instrument type;

Ÿ the model’s accuracy in reflecting the characteristics of the related product and its significant risks;

Ÿ the suitability of the calculation techniques incorporated in the model;

Ÿ the model’s consistency with models for similar products; and

Ÿ the model’s sensitivity to input parameters and assumptions.

New or changed models are reviewed and approved prior to being put into use. Models are evaluated and re-approved annually to assess the impact of any changes in the product or market and any market developments in pricing theories.

120 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Level 3 Financial Assets at Fair Value. The table below presents financial assets measured at fair value and the amount of such assets that are classified within level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

Total level 3 financial assets were $41.97 billion, $42.82 billion and $47.10 billion as of September 2013, June 2013 and December 2012, respectively.

See Notes 5 through 8 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Form 10-Q for further information about changes in level 3 financial assets and fair value measurements.

	As of September 2013			As of June 2013			As of December 2012
in millions		Total at Fair Value	Level 3 Total		Total at Fair Value	Level 3 Total		Total at Fair Value	Level 3 Total
Commercial paper, certificates of deposit, time deposits and other money market instruments		$    5,902	$        —		$    5,126	$        —		$    6,057	$        —
U.S. government and federal agency obligations		77,328	—		83,935	—		93,241	—
Non-U.S. government and agency obligations		46,257	55		58,837	90		62,250	26
Mortgage and other asset-backed loans and securities:
Loans and securities backed by commercial real estate		5,884	2,684		6,424	2,969		9,805	3,389
Loans and securities backed by residential real estate		8,285	1,770		8,789	1,738		8,216	1,619
Bank loans and bridge loans		17,573	9,475		20,451	9,997		22,407	11,235
Corporate debt securities		15,280	2,313		15,893	2,492		20,981	2,821
State and municipal obligations		1,356	227		1,654	322		2,477	619
Other debt obligations		3,076	772		3,242	876		2,251	1,185
Equities and convertible debentures		77,485	16,180		78,806	15,417		96,454	14,855
Commodities		4,372	—		5,151	—		11,696	—
Total cash instruments		262,798	33,476		288,308	33,901		335,835	35,749
Derivatives		61,459	6,997		67,853	7,595		71,176	9,920
Financial instruments owned, at fair value		324,257	40,473		356,161	41,496		407,011	45,669
Securities segregated for regulatory and other purposes		36,746	—		32,570	—		30,484	—
Securities purchased under agreements to resell		169,429	81		153,289	101		141,331	278
Securities borrowed		59,753	—		61,409	—		38,395	—
Receivables from customers and counterparties		7,085	172		5,902	165		7,866	641
Other assets 1, 2		13,408	1,245		9,473	1,062		13,426	507
Total		$610,678	$41,971		$618,804	$42,824		$638,513	$47,095

1. September 2013 and June 2013 consists of assets classified as held for sale related to the firm’s European insurance business, primarily consisting of corporate debt securities, non-U.S. government and agency obligations, secured loans, derivatives and insurance contracts. See Note 12 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Form 10-Q for further information about assets held for sale.

2. December 2012 consists of assets classified as held for sale related to our Americas reinsurance business, in which a majority stake was sold in April 2013, primarily consisting of securities accounted for as available-for-sale and insurance separate account assets. See Note 12 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Form 10-Q for further information about the sale of our Americas reinsurance business.

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 121

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Goodwill and Identifiable Intangible Assets

Goodwill. Goodwill is the cost of acquired companies in excess of the fair value of net assets, including identifiable intangible assets, at the acquisition date. Goodwill is assessed annually for impairment, or more frequently if events occur or circumstances change that indicate an impairment may exist, by first assessing qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If the results of the qualitative assessment are not conclusive, a quantitative goodwill impairment test is performed by comparing the estimated fair value of each reporting unit with its estimated net book value.

Estimating the fair value of our reporting units requires management to make judgments. Critical inputs to the fair value estimates include (i) projected earnings, (ii) estimated long-term growth rates and (iii) cost of equity. The net book value of each reporting unit reflects an allocation of total shareholders’ equity and represents the estimated amount of shareholders’ equity required to support the activities of the reporting unit under guidelines issued by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (Basel Committee) in December 2010.

Our market capitalization was below book value during 2012. Accordingly, we performed a quantitative impairment test during the fourth quarter of 2012 and determined that goodwill was not impaired. The estimated fair value of our reporting units in which we hold substantially all of our goodwill significantly exceeded the estimated carrying values. We believe that it is appropriate to consider market capitalization, among other factors, as an indicator of fair value over a reasonable period of time.

If we return to a prolonged period of weakness in the business environment or financial markets, our goodwill could be impaired in the future. In addition, significant changes to critical inputs of the goodwill impairment test (e.g., cost of equity) could cause the estimated fair value of our reporting units to decline, which could result in an impairment of goodwill in the future.

See Note 13 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Form 10-Q for further information about our goodwill.

Identifiable Intangible Assets. We amortize our identifiable intangible assets over their estimated lives or based on economic usage. Identifiable intangible assets are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances suggest that an asset or asset group’s carrying value may not be fully recoverable.

An impairment loss, generally calculated as the difference between the estimated fair value and the carrying value of an asset or asset group, is recognized if the total of the estimated undiscounted cash flows relating to the asset or asset group is less than the corresponding carrying value. See Notes 12 and 13 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Form 10-Q for the carrying value and estimated remaining lives of our identifiable intangible assets by major asset class and impairments of our identifiable intangible assets.

A prolonged period of market weakness could adversely impact our businesses and impair the value of our identifiable intangible assets. In addition, certain events could indicate a potential impairment of our identifiable intangible assets, including weaker business performance resulting in a decrease in our customer base and decreases in revenues from commodity-related customer contracts and relationships. Management judgment is required to evaluate whether indications of potential impairment have occurred, and to test intangibles for impairment if required.

Recent Accounting Developments

See Note 3 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Form 10-Q for information about Recent Accounting Developments.

122 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Use of Estimates

The use of generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions. In addition to the estimates we make in connection with fair value measurements, the accounting for goodwill and identifiable intangible assets, and discretionary compensation accruals, the use of estimates and assumptions is also important in determining provisions for losses that may arise from litigation, regulatory proceedings and tax audits.

A substantial portion of our compensation and benefits represents discretionary compensation, which is finalized at year-end. We believe the most appropriate way to allocate estimated annual discretionary compensation among interim periods is in proportion to the net revenues earned in such periods. In addition to the level of net revenues, our overall compensation expense in any given year is also influenced by, among other factors, overall financial performance, prevailing labor markets, business mix, the structure of our share-based compensation programs and the external environment. See “Results of Operations — Financial Overview — Operating Expenses” below for information regarding our ratio of compensation and benefits to net revenues.

We estimate and provide for potential losses that may arise out of litigation and regulatory proceedings to the extent that such losses are probable and can be reasonably estimated. In addition, we estimate the upper end of the range of reasonably possible aggregate loss in excess of the related reserves for litigation proceedings where the firm believes the risk of loss is more than slight. See Notes 18 and 27 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Form 10-Q for information on certain judicial, regulatory and legal proceedings.

In accounting for income taxes, we estimate and provide for potential liabilities that may arise out of tax audits to the extent that uncertain tax positions fail to meet the recognition standard under FASB Accounting Standards Codification 740. See Note 24 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Form 10-Q for further information about accounting for income taxes.

Significant judgment is required in making these estimates and our final liabilities may ultimately be materially different. Our total estimated liability in respect of litigation and regulatory proceedings is determined on a case-by-case basis and represents an estimate of probable losses after considering, among other factors, the progress of each case or proceeding, our experience and the experience of others in similar cases or proceedings, and the opinions and views of legal counsel.

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 123

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Results of Operations

The composition of our net revenues has varied over time as financial markets and the scope of our operations have changed. The composition of net revenues can also vary over the shorter term due to fluctuations in U.S. and global economic and market conditions. See “Certain Risk Factors That May Affect Our Businesses” below and “Risk Factors”

in Part I, Item 1A of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for a further discussion of the impact of economic and market conditions on our results of operations.

Financial Overview

The table below presents an overview of our financial results.

	Three Months Ended September					Nine Months Ended September
$ in millions, except per share amounts		2013		2012			2013		2012
Net revenues		$6,722		$8,351			$25,424		$24,927
Pre-tax earnings		2,167		2,298			8,185		6,894
Net earnings		1,517		1,512			5,708		4,583
Net earnings applicable to common shareholders		1,429		1,458			5,478		4,459
Diluted earnings per common share		2.88		2.85			10.89		8.57
Annualized return on average common shareholders’ equity 1		8.1	%	8.6	%		10.4	%	8.8	%

1. Annualized ROE is computed by dividing annualized net earnings applicable to common shareholders by average monthly common shareholders’ equity. The table below presents our average common shareholders’ equity.

	Average for the
	Three Months Ended September					Nine Months Ended September
in millions		2013		2012			2013		2012
Total shareholders’ equity		$77,551		$73,043			$77,225		$71,750
Preferred stock		(7,200	)	(4,975	)		(6,800	)	(3,850	)
Common shareholders’ equity		$70,351		$68,068			$70,425		$67,900

124 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Net Revenues

Three Months Ended September 2013 versus September 2012. Net revenues on the condensed consolidated statements of earnings were $6.72 billion for the third quarter of 2013, 20% lower than the third quarter of 2012, reflecting significantly lower market-making revenues and, to a lesser extent, other principal transactions revenues. Commissions and fees were slightly higher compared with the third quarter of 2012, while investment banking revenues, investment management revenues and net interest income were essentially unchanged.

Nine Months Ended September 2013 versus September 2012. Net revenues on the condensed consolidated statements of earnings were $25.42 billion for the first nine months of 2013, 2% higher than the first nine months of 2012, reflecting significantly higher other principal transactions revenues and investment banking revenues. In addition, investment management revenues and commissions and fees were slightly higher compared with the first nine months of 2012. These increases were largely offset by lower market-making revenues and lower net interest income compared with the first nine months of 2012.

Non-interest Revenues

Investment banking

During the third quarter of 2013, investment banking revenues reflected an operating environment generally characterized by ongoing uncertainty around the economic outlook and a seasonal slowdown, both of which contributed to a decline in most industry-wide investment banking activity compared with the second quarter of 2013. If macroeconomic concerns continue and result in lower levels of client activity, investment banking revenues would likely continue to be negatively impacted.

Three Months Ended September 2013 versus September 2012. Investment banking revenues on the condensed consolidated statements of earnings were $1.17 billion for the third quarter of 2013, essentially unchanged compared with the third quarter of 2012. Revenues in financial advisory were lower than the third quarter of 2012, reflecting a decrease in industry-wide completed mergers and acquisitions. Revenues in underwriting were higher than the third quarter of 2012. This increase reflected significantly higher revenues in equity underwriting, primarily due to higher revenues from initial public offerings. Revenues in debt underwriting were essentially unchanged compared with the third quarter of 2012.

Nine Months Ended September 2013 versus September 2012. Investment banking revenues on the condensed consolidated statements of earnings were $4.29 billion for the first nine months of 2013, 21% higher than the first nine months of 2012, due to significantly higher revenues in underwriting. This increase primarily reflected significantly higher revenues in debt underwriting, principally due to leveraged finance activity, and in equity underwriting, primarily reflecting an increase in client activity. Revenues in financial advisory were slightly lower than the first nine months of 2012.

Investment management

During the third quarter of 2013, investment management revenues reflected an operating environment generally characterized by improved asset prices, resulting in appreciation in the value of client assets. The mix of assets under supervision was essentially unchanged compared with the end of the second quarter of 2013. In the future, if asset prices were to decline, or investors favor asset classes that typically generate lower fees or investors withdraw their assets, investment management revenues would likely be negatively impacted. In addition, continued concerns about the global economic outlook could result in downward pressure on assets under supervision.

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 125

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Three Months Ended September 2013 versus September 2012. Investment management revenues on the condensed consolidated statements of earnings were $1.15 billion for the third quarter of 2013, essentially unchanged compared with the third quarter of 2012. Revenues in the third quarter of 2013 included higher management and other fees, primarily due to higher average assets under supervision and favorable changes in the mix of assets under supervision, largely offset by lower transaction revenues, compared with the third quarter of 2012.

Nine Months Ended September 2013 versus September 2012. Investment management revenues on the condensed consolidated statements of earnings were $3.67 billion for the first nine months of 2013, slightly higher than the first nine months of 2012, reflecting higher management and other fees, primarily due to higher average assets under supervision.

Commissions and fees

Although global equity prices increased during the third quarter of 2013, commissions and fees reflected an environment generally characterized by lower volumes and lower volatility levels compared with the second quarter of 2013. Major exchanges, such as the JPX, NYSE, NASDAQ and LSE, experienced lower average daily share volumes compared with the second quarter of 2013. If this trend continues, commissions and fees would likely continue to be negatively impacted.

Three Months Ended September 2013 versus September 2012. Commissions and fees on the condensed consolidated statements of earnings were $765 million for the third quarter of 2013, slightly higher than the third quarter of 2012, reflecting higher commissions and fees in Asia and Europe, partially offset by lower commissions and fees in the United States. During the third quarter of 2013, our average daily volumes were higher in Asia and Europe and lower in the United States, compared with the third quarter of 2012, consistent with listed cash equity market volumes.

Nine Months Ended September 2013 versus September 2012. Commissions and fees on the condensed consolidated statements of earnings were $2.47 billion for the first nine months of 2013, slightly higher than the first nine months of 2012, primarily reflecting higher commissions and fees in cash products in Asia and Europe. During the first nine months of 2013, our average daily volumes were higher in Asia and Europe and lower in the United States compared with the first nine months of 2012, consistent with listed cash equity market volumes.

Market making

“Market making” is comprised of revenues (excluding net interest) from client execution activities related to making markets in interest rate products, credit products, mortgages, currencies, commodities and equity products. Market-making activities are included in our Institutional Client Services segment.

During the third quarter of 2013, market-making revenues reflected an operating environment generally characterized by continued macroeconomic concerns, particularly about the outlook for the global economy and the possibility that the U.S. Federal Reserve would begin tapering its asset purchase program. Although global equity prices increased and credit spreads tightened during the third quarter of 2013, these macroeconomic concerns led to difficult market-making conditions in certain businesses and lower levels of client activity compared with the second quarter of 2013. If macroeconomic concerns continue over the long term, market-making revenues would likely continue to be negatively impacted.

Three Months Ended September 2013 versus September 2012. Market-making revenues on the condensed consolidated statements of earnings were $1.36 billion for the third quarter of 2013, 49% lower than the third quarter of 2012, reflecting significantly lower revenues in mortgages and interest rate products, as well as in currencies and equity products. The decrease in equity products was primarily due to the sale of a majority stake in our Americas reinsurance business in April 2013. In addition, revenues in credit products were lower, while revenues in commodities were higher compared with the third quarter of 2012.

126 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Nine Months Ended September 2013 versus September 2012. Market-making revenues on the condensed consolidated statements of earnings were $7.49 billion for the first nine months of 2013, 13% lower than the first nine months of 2012, reflecting significantly lower revenues in interest rate products and mortgages, as well as lower revenues in equity products and currencies. The decrease in equity products was primarily due to the sale of a majority stake in our Americas reinsurance business in April 2013, and the impact of the sale of our hedge fund administration business during 2012. Revenues in commodities were higher, while revenues in credit products were essentially unchanged compared with the first nine months of 2012.

Other principal transactions

“Other principal transactions” is comprised of revenues (excluding net interest) from our investing activities and the origination of loans to provide financing to clients. In addition, “Other principal transactions” includes revenues related to our consolidated investments. Other principal transactions are included in our Investing & Lending segment.

During the third quarter of 2013, other principal transactions revenues generally reflected strong corporate performance and company-specific events. However, continued concerns about the outlook for the global economy and uncertainty over financial regulatory reform continue to be meaningful considerations for the global marketplace. If equity markets decline or credit spreads widen, other principal transactions revenues would likely be negatively impacted.

Three Months Ended September 2013 versus September 2012. Other principal transactions revenues on the condensed consolidated statements of earnings were $1.43 billion for the third quarter of 2013, compared with $1.80 billion for the third quarter of 2012. Results for the third quarter of 2013 included net gains from investments in equities, primarily in private equities, driven by strong corporate performance and company-specific events. In addition, other principal transactions revenues for the third quarter of 2013 included net gains from debt securities and loans. In the third quarter of 2012, other principal transactions revenues included net gains from investments in equities, primarily in private equities, and net gains from debt securities and loans.

Nine Months Ended September 2013 versus September 2012. Other principal transactions revenues on the condensed consolidated statements of earnings were $4.92 billion for the first nine months of 2013, compared with $3.91 billion for the first nine months of 2012. Results for the first nine months of 2013 included net gains from investments in equities, primarily in private equities, driven by strong corporate performance and company-specific events. In addition, other principal transactions revenues for the first nine months of 2013 included net gains from debt securities and loans. In the first nine months of 2012, other principal transactions revenues included net gains from investments in equities, primarily in private equities, and net gains from debt securities and loans.

Net Interest Income

Three Months Ended September 2013 versus September 2012. Net interest income on the condensed consolidated statements of earnings was $840 million for the third quarter of 2013, essentially unchanged compared with the third quarter of 2012.

Nine Months Ended September 2013 versus September 2012. Net interest income on the condensed consolidated statements of earnings was $2.59 billion for the first nine months of 2013, 11% lower than the first nine months of 2012. The decrease compared with the first nine months of 2012 was primarily due to lower average yields on financial instruments owned, at fair value, partially offset by lower interest expense on financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value, borrowings and collateralized financings.

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 127

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Operating Expenses

Our operating expenses are primarily influenced by compensation, headcount and levels of business activity. Compensation and benefits includes salaries, estimated year-end discretionary compensation, amortization of equity awards and other items such as benefits. Discretionary compensation is significantly impacted by,

among other factors, the level of net revenues, overall financial performance, prevailing labor markets, business mix, the structure of our share-based compensation programs and the external environment.

The table below presents our operating expenses and total staff.

	Three Months Ended September			Nine Months Ended September
$ in millions		2013	2012		2013	2012
Compensation and benefits		$  2,382	$  3,675		$10,424	$10,968
Brokerage, clearing, exchange and distribution fees		573	547		1,747	1,658
Market development		117	123		398	369
Communications and technology		202	190		572	588
Depreciation and amortization		280	396		848	1,238
Occupancy		205	217		633	643
Professional fees		211	205		675	652
Insurance reserves 1		—	153		176	431
Other expenses		585	547		1,766	1,486
Total non-compensation expenses		2,173	2,378		6,815	7,065
Total operating expenses		$  4,555	$  6,053		$17,239	$18,033
Total staff at period-end 2		32,600	32,600

1. Related revenues are included in “Market making” in the condensed consolidated statements of earnings.

2. Includes employees, consultants and temporary staff.

Three Months Ended September 2013 versus September 2012. Operating expenses on the condensed consolidated statements of earnings were $4.56 billion for the third quarter of 2013, 25% lower than the third quarter of 2012. The accrual for compensation and benefits expenses on the condensed consolidated statements of earnings was $2.38 billion for the third quarter of 2013, 35% lower than the third quarter of 2012. Total staff increased 3% during the third quarter of 2013.

Non-compensation expenses on the condensed consolidated statements of earnings were $2.17 billion for the third quarter of 2013, 9% lower than the third quarter of 2012. This decrease included a decline in insurance reserves, reflecting the sale of a majority stake in our Americas reinsurance business, and lower depreciation and amortization expense, primarily reflecting lower expenses related to consolidated investments. These decreases were partially offset by increased net provisions for litigation and regulatory proceedings and higher brokerage, clearing, exchange and distribution fees. The third quarter of 2013 included net provisions for litigation and regulatory proceedings of $142 million.

128 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Nine Months Ended September 2013 versus September 2012. Operating expenses on the condensed consolidated statements of earnings were $17.24 billion for the first nine months of 2013, 4% lower than the first nine months of 2012. The accrual for compensation and benefits expenses on the condensed consolidated statements of earnings was $10.42 billion for the first nine months of 2013, 5% lower than the first nine months of 2012. The ratio of compensation and benefits to net revenues for the first nine months of 2013 was 41.0%, compared with 43.0% for the first six months of 2013 and 44.0% for the first nine months of 2012. Total staff increased 1% during the first nine months of 2013.

Non-compensation expenses on the condensed consolidated statements of earnings were $6.82 billion for the first nine months of 2013, 4% lower compared with the first nine months of 2012. This decrease included lower depreciation and amortization expense, primarily reflecting lower expenses related to consolidated investments, and a decline in insurance reserves, reflecting the sale of a majority stake in our Americas reinsurance business. These decreases were partially offset by increased net provisions for litigation and regulatory proceedings and higher brokerage, clearing, exchange and distribution fees. The first nine months of 2013 included net provisions for litigation and regulatory proceedings of $401 million.

Provision for Taxes

The effective income tax rate for the first nine months of 2013 was 30.3%, essentially unchanged from 30.4% for the first half of 2013 and down from 33.3% for 2012, primarily due to a determination that certain non-U.S. earnings will be permanently reinvested abroad, the related recognition of a deferred tax asset on an outside basis difference of a subsidiary and the effect of audit settlements.

In July 2013, the United Kingdom government enacted a budget proposal that will reduce the corporate income tax rate effective April 1, 2014. This change did not have a material impact on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows as of or for the three and nine months ended September 2013.

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 129

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Segment Operating Results

The table below presents the net revenues, operating expenses and pre-tax earnings of our segments.

		Three Months Ended September			Nine Months Ended September
in millions			2013	2012		2013	2012
Investment Banking	Net revenues		$1,166	$1,164		$  4,286	$  3,521
	Operating expenses		674	823		2,763	2,575
	Pre-tax earnings		$   492	$   341		$  1,523	$     946
Institutional Client Services	Net revenues		$2,863	$4,184		$12,315	$13,782
	Operating expenses		2,484	3,250		9,170	10,179
	Pre-tax earnings		$   379	$   934		$  3,145	$  3,603
Investing & Lending	Net revenues		$1,475	$1,804		$  4,958	$  3,918
	Operating expenses		417	1,002		2,118	2,216
	Pre-tax earnings		$1,058	$   802		$  2,840	$  1,702
Investment Management	Net revenues		$1,218	$1,199		$  3,865	$  3,706
	Operating expenses		977	977		3,177	3,047
	Pre-tax earnings		$   241	$   222		$     688	$     659
Total	Net revenues		$6,722	$8,351		$25,424	$24,927
	Operating expenses		4,555	6,053		17,239	18,033
	Pre-tax earnings		$2,167	$2,298		$  8,185	$  6,894

Total operating expenses in the table above include the following expenses that have not been allocated to our segments:

Ÿ real estate-related exit costs of $3 million and $1 million for the three months ended September 2013 and September 2012, respectively, and $11 million and $4 million for the nine months ended September 2013 and September 2012, respectively. Real estate-related exit costs are included in “Depreciation and amortization” and “Occupancy” in the condensed consolidated statements of earnings; and

Ÿ charitable contributions of $12 million for the nine months ended September 2012.

Operating expenses related to net provisions for litigation and regulatory proceedings, previously not allocated to our segments, have now been allocated. This allocation is consistent with the manner in which management currently views the performance of our segments. Reclassifications have been made to previously reported segment amounts to conform to the current presentation.

Net revenues in our segments include allocations of interest income and interest expense to specific securities, commodities and other positions in relation to the cash generated by, or funding requirements of, such underlying positions. See Note 25 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Form 10-Q for further information about our business segments.

The cost drivers of Goldman Sachs taken as a whole — compensation, headcount and levels of business activity — are broadly similar in each of our business segments. Compensation and benefits expenses within our segments reflect, among other factors, the overall performance of Goldman Sachs as well as the performance of individual businesses. Consequently, pre-tax margins in one segment of our business may be significantly affected by the performance of our other business segments. A discussion of segment operating results follows.

130 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Investment Banking

Our Investment Banking segment is comprised of:

Financial Advisory. Includes strategic advisory assignments with respect to mergers and acquisitions, divestitures, corporate defense activities, risk management, restructurings and spin-offs, and derivative transactions directly related to these client advisory assignments.

Underwriting. Includes public offerings and private placements, including domestic and cross-border transactions, of a wide range of securities, loans and other financial instruments, and derivative transactions directly related to these client underwriting activities.

The table below presents the operating results of our Investment Banking segment.

	Three Months Ended September			Nine Months Ended September
in millions		2013	2012		2013	2012
Financial Advisory		$   423	$   509		$1,393	$1,467
Equity underwriting		276	189		1,037	683
Debt underwriting		467	466		1,856	1,371
Total Underwriting		743	655		2,893	2,054
Total net revenues		1,166	1,164		4,286	3,521
Operating expenses		674	823		2,763	2,575
Pre-tax earnings		$   492	$   341		$1,523	$   946

The table below presents our financial advisory and underwriting transaction volumes. ¹

	Three Months Ended September			Nine Months Ended September
in billions		2013	2012		2013	2012
Announced mergers and acquisitions		$   244	$   168		$   498	$   469
Completed mergers and acquisitions		94	154		472	403
Equity and equity-related offerings 2		15	17		59	41
Debt offerings 3		65	59		227	175

1. Source: Thomson Reuters. Announced and completed mergers and acquisitions volumes are based on full credit to each of the advisors in a transaction. Equity and equity-related offerings and debt offerings are based on full credit for single book managers and equal credit for joint book managers. Transaction volumes may not be indicative of net revenues in a given period. In addition, transaction volumes for prior periods may vary from amounts previously reported due to the subsequent withdrawal or a change in the value of a transaction.

2. Includes Rule 144A and public common stock offerings, convertible offerings and rights offerings.

3. Includes non-convertible preferred stock, mortgage-backed securities, asset-backed securities and taxable municipal debt. Includes publicly registered and Rule 144A issues. Excludes leveraged loans.

Three Months Ended September 2013 versus September 2012. Net revenues in Investment Banking were $1.17 billion for the third quarter of 2013, essentially unchanged compared with the third quarter of 2012.

Net revenues in Financial Advisory were $423 million, 17% lower than the third quarter of 2012, reflecting a decrease in industry-wide completed mergers and acquisitions. Net revenues in Underwriting were $743 million, 13% higher than the third quarter of 2012. This increase reflected significantly higher net revenues in equity underwriting, primarily due to higher net revenues from initial public offerings. Net revenues in debt underwriting were essentially unchanged compared with the third quarter of 2012.

During the third quarter of 2013, Investment Banking operated in an environment generally characterized by ongoing uncertainty around the economic outlook and a seasonal slowdown, both of which contributed to a decline in most industry-wide investment banking activity compared with the second quarter of 2013. If macroeconomic concerns continue and result in lower levels of client activity, net revenues in Investment Banking would likely continue to be negatively impacted.

Our investment banking transaction backlog increased significantly compared with the end of the second quarter of 2013. An increase in activity levels towards the end of the quarter contributed to significantly higher estimated net revenues from potential advisory transactions compared with the end of the second quarter of 2013, as well as significantly higher estimated net revenues from potential equity underwriting transactions, primarily in initial public offerings. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in estimated net revenues from potential debt underwriting transactions.

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 131

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Our investment banking transaction backlog represents an estimate of our future net revenues from investment banking transactions where we believe that future revenue realization is more likely than not. We believe changes in our investment banking transaction backlog may be a useful indicator of client activity levels which, over the long term, impact our net revenues. However, the time frame for completion and corresponding revenue recognition of transactions in our backlog varies based on the nature of the assignment, as certain transactions may remain in our backlog for longer periods of time and others may enter and leave within the same reporting period. In addition, our transaction backlog is subject to certain limitations, such as assumptions about the likelihood that individual client transactions will occur in the future. Transactions may be cancelled or modified, and transactions not included in the estimate may also occur.

Operating expenses were $674 million for the third quarter of 2013, 18% lower than the third quarter of 2012, due to decreased compensation and benefits expenses primarily resulting from a decline in the ratio of compensation and benefits to net revenues. Pre-tax earnings were $492 million in the third quarter of 2013, 44% higher than the third quarter of 2012.

Nine Months Ended September 2013 versus September 2012. Net revenues in Investment Banking were $4.29 billion for the first nine months of 2013, 22% higher than the first nine months of 2012.

Net revenues in Financial Advisory were $1.39 billion, slightly lower than the first nine months of 2012. Net revenues in Underwriting were $2.89 billion, 41% higher than the first nine months of 2012. This increase reflected significantly higher net revenues in debt underwriting, principally due to leveraged finance activity, and in equity underwriting, primarily reflecting an increase in client activity.

During the first nine months of 2013, Investment Banking operated in an environment generally characterized by ongoing macroeconomic concerns, although there were positive developments in the U.S. economy. These concerns continued to weigh on investment banking activity, as industry-wide announced and completed mergers and acquisitions activity was consistent compared with the first nine months of 2012. Industry-wide debt underwriting activity was also consistent compared with the first nine months of 2012, although leveraged finance activity increased significantly. Industry-wide equity underwriting activity improved compared with the first nine months of 2012. If macroeconomic concerns continue and result in lower levels of client activity, net revenues in Investment Banking would likely be negatively impacted.

Our investment banking transaction backlog increased significantly compared with December 2012. An increase in activity levels towards the end of the third quarter of 2013 contributed to significantly higher estimated net revenues from potential advisory transactions compared with December 2012, as well as significantly higher estimated net revenues from potential equity underwriting transactions, across a broad range of products.

Operating expenses were $2.76 billion for the first nine months of 2013, 7% higher than the first nine months of 2012, due to increased compensation and benefits expenses resulting from higher net revenues. Pre-tax earnings were $1.52 billion in the first nine months of 2013, 61% higher than the first nine months of 2012.

132 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Institutional Client Services

Our Institutional Client Services segment is comprised of:

Fixed Income, Currency and Commodities Client Execution. Includes client execution activities related to making markets in interest rate products, credit products, mortgages, currencies and commodities.

We generate market-making revenues in these activities, in three ways:

Ÿ In large, highly liquid markets (such as markets for U.S. Treasury bills or certain mortgage pass-through certificates), we execute a high volume of transactions for our clients for modest spreads and fees.

Ÿ In less liquid markets (such as mid-cap corporate bonds, growth market currencies or certain non-agency mortgage-backed securities), we execute transactions for our clients for spreads and fees that are generally somewhat larger.

Ÿ We also structure and execute transactions involving customized or tailor-made products that address our clients’ risk exposures, investment objectives or other complex needs (such as a jet fuel hedge for an airline).

Given the focus on the mortgage market, our mortgage activities are further described below.

Our activities in mortgages include commercial mortgage-related securities, loans and derivatives, residential mortgage-related securities, loans and derivatives (including U.S. government agency-issued collateralized mortgage obligations, other prime, subprime and Alt-A securities and loans), and other asset-backed securities, loans and derivatives.

We buy, hold and sell long and short mortgage positions, primarily for market making for our clients. Our inventory therefore changes based on client demands and is generally held for short-term periods.

See Notes 18 and 27 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Form 10-Q for information about exposure to mortgage repurchase requests, mortgage rescissions and mortgage-related litigation.

Equities. Includes client execution activities related to making markets in equity products, as well as commissions and fees from executing and clearing institutional client transactions on major stock, options and futures exchanges worldwide. Equities also includes our securities services business, which provides financing, securities lending and other prime brokerage services to institutional clients, including hedge funds, mutual funds, pension funds and foundations, and generates revenues primarily in the form of interest rate spreads or fees.

The table below presents the operating results of our Institutional Client Services segment.

	Three Months Ended September			Nine Months Ended September
in millions		2013	2012		2013	2012
Fixed Income, Currency and Commodities Client Execution		$1,247	$2,224		$  6,927	$  7,876
Equities client execution 1		549	847		1,996	2,407
Commissions and fees		727	721		2,356	2,331
Securities services		340	392		1,036	1,168
Total Equities		1,616	1,960		5,388	5,906
Total net revenues		2,863	4,184		12,315	13,782
Operating expenses		2,484	3,250		9,170	10,179
Pre-tax earnings		$   379	$   934		$  3,145	$  3,603

1. In April 2013, we completed the sale of a majority stake in our Americas reinsurance business and no longer consolidate this business. Net revenues related to the Americas reinsurance business were $297 million for the three months ended September 2012, and $317 million and $767 million for the nine months ended September 2013 and September 2012, respectively. See Note 12 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Form 10-Q for further information about this sale.

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 133

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Three Months Ended September 2013 versus September 2012. Net revenues in Institutional Client Services were $2.86 billion for the third quarter of 2013, 32% lower than the third quarter of 2012.

Net revenues in Fixed Income, Currency and Commodities Client Execution were $1.25 billion, 44% lower than the third quarter of 2012, reflecting significantly lower net revenues in mortgages and interest rate products, as well as in currencies. The decreases in mortgages and interest rate products primarily reflected the impact of a more challenging environment characterized by economic uncertainty compared with the third quarter of 2012, which reflected the positive impact of certain central bank actions to ease monetary policy. The decrease in currencies primarily reflected the impact of difficult market-making conditions, particularly in Asia. In addition, net revenues in credit products were lower, while net revenues in commodities were higher compared with the third quarter of 2012. The decrease in credit products reflected lower activity levels compared with the third quarter of 2012.

Net revenues in Equities were $1.62 billion, 18% lower than the third quarter of 2012, primarily due to the sale of our Americas reinsurance business ¹. Net revenues in equities client execution (excluding net revenues from our Americas reinsurance business) and commissions and fees were both essentially unchanged compared with the third quarter of 2012. In addition, securities services net revenues were lower compared with the third quarter of 2012, primarily due to the sale of our hedge fund administration business in 2012. Although global equity prices increased during the quarter, Equities operated in an environment characterized by lower levels of activity and volatility.

The net loss attributable to the impact of changes in our own credit spreads on borrowings for which the fair value option was elected was $72 million ($47 million and $25 million related to Fixed Income, Currency and Commodities Client Execution and equities client execution, respectively) for the third quarter of 2013, compared with a net loss of $370 million ($225 million and $145 million related to Fixed Income, Currency and Commodities Client Execution and equities client execution, respectively) for the third quarter of 2012.

During the third quarter of 2013, Institutional Client Services operated in an environment generally characterized by continued macroeconomic concerns, particularly about the outlook for the global economy and the possibility that the U.S. Federal Reserve would begin tapering its asset purchase program. Although global equity prices increased and credit spreads tightened during the third quarter of 2013, these macroeconomic concerns led to difficult market-making conditions in certain businesses and lower levels of client activity compared with the second quarter of 2013. If macroeconomic concerns continue over the long term, net revenues in Fixed Income, Currency and Commodities Client Execution and Equities would likely continue to be negatively impacted.

Operating expenses were $2.48 billion for the third quarter of 2013, 24% lower than the third quarter of 2012, due to decreased compensation and benefits expenses, primarily resulting from lower net revenues, and lower expenses as a result of the sale of a majority stake in our Americas reinsurance business in April 2013. Pre-tax earnings were $379 million in the third quarter of 2013, 59% lower than the third quarter of 2012.

1. In April 2013, we completed the sale of a majority stake in our Americas reinsurance business and no longer consolidate this business. Net revenues related to the Americas reinsurance business were $297 million for the three months ended September 2012. See Note 12 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Form 10-Q for further information about this sale.

134 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Nine Months Ended September 2013 versus September 2012. Net revenues in Institutional Client Services were $12.32 billion for the first nine months of 2013, 11% lower than the first nine months of 2012.

Net revenues in Fixed Income, Currency and Commodities Client Execution were $6.93 billion, 12% lower than the first nine months of 2012, reflecting significantly lower net revenues in interest rate products and mortgages. The decrease in interest rate products and mortgages primarily reflected the impact of a more challenging environment and lower activity levels compared with the first nine months of 2012. The first nine months of 2012 included strong results in mortgages. Net revenues in credit products and currencies were essentially unchanged, while net revenues in commodities were slightly higher compared with the first nine months of 2012.

Net revenues in Equities were $5.39 billion, 9% lower than the first nine months of 2012, primarily due to the sale of our Americas reinsurance business ¹. Net revenues in equities client execution (excluding net revenues from our Americas reinsurance business) were slightly higher compared with the first nine months of 2012, while commissions and fees were essentially unchanged. Securities services net revenues were lower compared with the first nine months of 2012, primarily due to the sale of our hedge fund administration business in 2012. During the first nine months of 2013, Equities operated in an environment generally characterized by an increase in global equity prices and generally lower volatility levels.

The net loss attributable to the impact of changes in our own credit spreads on borrowings for which the fair value option was elected was $90 million ($57 million and $33 million related to Fixed Income, Currency and Commodities Client Execution and equities client execution, respectively) for the first nine months of 2013, compared with a net loss of $588 million ($354 million and $234 million related to Fixed Income, Currency and Commodities Client Execution and equities client execution, respectively) for the first nine months of 2012.

During the first nine months of 2013, Institutional Client Services operated in an environment generally characterized by positive developments in the U.S. economy which contributed to periods of generally favorable market conditions. However, concerns about the outlook for the global economy and the possibility that the U.S. Federal Reserve would begin tapering its asset purchase program, led to challenging market-making conditions and lower levels of activity in certain businesses. As a result, our clients’ risk appetite and activity levels fluctuated during the first nine months of 2013. If macroeconomic concerns continue over the long term, net revenues in Fixed Income, Currency and Commodities Client Execution and Equities would likely continue to be negatively impacted.

Operating expenses were $9.17 billion for the first nine months of 2013, 10% lower than the first nine months of 2012, due to decreased compensation and benefits expenses, primarily resulting from lower net revenues, and lower expenses as a result of the sale of a majority stake in our Americas reinsurance business in April 2013. These decreases were partially offset by increased net provisions for litigation and regulatory proceedings and higher brokerage, clearing, exchange and distribution fees, principally reflecting slightly higher transaction volumes in Equities. Pre-tax earnings were $3.15 billion in the first nine months of 2013, 13% lower than the first nine months of 2012.

Investing & Lending

Investing & Lending includes our investing activities and the origination of loans to provide financing to clients. These investments and loans are typically longer-term in nature. We make investments, directly and indirectly through funds that we manage, in debt securities and loans, public and private equity securities, real estate, consolidated investment entities and power generation facilities.

The table below presents the operating results of our Investing & Lending segment.

	Three Months Ended September			Nine Months Ended September
in millions		2013	2012		2013	2012
Equity securities		$   938	$   923		$2,527	$1,677
Debt securities and loans		300	558		1,524	1,365
Other		237	323		907	876
Total net revenues		1,475	1,804		4,958	3,918
Operating expenses		417	1,002		2,118	2,216
Pre-tax earnings		$1,058	$   802		$2,840	$1,702

1. In April 2013, we completed the sale of a majority stake in our Americas reinsurance business and no longer consolidate this business. Net revenues related to the Americas reinsurance business were $317 million and $767 million for the nine months ended September 2013 and September 2012, respectively. See Note 12 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Form 10-Q for further information about this sale.

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 135

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Three Months Ended September 2013 versus September 2012. Net revenues in Investing & Lending were $1.48 billion for the third quarter of 2013, compared with $1.80 billion for the third quarter of 2012. Results for the third quarter of 2013 included net gains of $938 million from investments in equities, primarily in private equities, driven by strong corporate performance and company-specific events. In addition, Investing & Lending net revenues included net interest income and net gains of $300 million from debt securities and loans, and other net revenues of $237 million related to our consolidated investments.

During the third quarter of 2012, Investing & Lending net revenues were positively impacted by tighter credit spreads and an increase in global equity prices. Results for the third quarter of 2012 included net gains of $923 million from investments in equities, primarily in private equities, net gains and net interest income of $558 million from debt securities and loans, and other net revenues of $323 million related to our consolidated investments.

Operating expenses were $417 million for the third quarter of 2013, 58% lower than the third quarter of 2012, due to decreased compensation and benefits expenses and lower expenses related to consolidated investments. Pre-tax earnings were $1.06 billion in the third quarter of 2013, 32% higher than the third quarter of 2012.

Nine Months Ended September 2013 versus September 2012. Net revenues in Investing & Lending were $4.96 billion for the first nine months of 2013, compared with $3.92 billion for the first nine months of 2012. Results for the first nine months of 2013 included net gains of $2.53 billion from investments in equities, primarily in private equities, driven by strong corporate performance and company-specific events. In addition, Investing & Lending net revenues included net gains and net interest income of $1.52 billion from debt securities and loans, and other net revenues of $907 million related to our consolidated investments.

During the first nine months of 2012, Investing & Lending net revenues were positively impacted by generally tighter credit spreads and an increase in global equity prices. Results for the first nine months of 2012 included net gains of $1.68 billion from investments in equities, primarily in private equities, net gains and net interest income of $1.37 billion from debt securities and loans, and other net revenues of $876 million related to our consolidated investments.

Operating expenses were $2.12 billion for the first nine months of 2013, 4% lower than the first nine months of 2012, due to lower impairment charges related to consolidated investments. Pre-tax earnings were $2.84 billion in the first nine months of 2013, 67% higher than the first nine months of 2012.

Investment Management

Investment Management provides investment management services and offers investment products (primarily through separately managed accounts and commingled vehicles, such as mutual funds and private investment funds) across all major asset classes to a diverse set of institutional and individual clients. Investment Management also offers wealth advisory services, including portfolio management and financial counseling, and brokerage and other transaction services to high-net-worth individuals and families.

Assets under supervision include assets under management and other client assets. Assets under management include client assets where we earn a fee for managing assets on a discretionary basis. This includes net assets in our mutual funds, hedge funds, credit funds and private equity funds (including real estate funds), and separately managed accounts for institutional and individual investors. Other client assets include client assets invested with third-party managers, private bank deposits and advisory relationships where we earn a fee for advisory and other services, but do not have investment discretion. Assets under supervision do not include the self-directed brokerage assets of our clients. Long-term assets under supervision represents assets under supervision excluding liquidity products. Liquidity products represents money markets and bank deposit assets.

Assets under supervision typically generate fees as a percentage of net asset value, which vary by asset class and are affected by investment performance as well as asset inflows and redemptions. Asset classes such as alternative investment and equity assets typically generate higher fees relative to fixed income and liquidity product assets. The average effective management fee (which excludes non-asset-based fees) we earned on our assets under supervision was 40 basis points and 38 basis points for the three months ended September 2013 and September 2012, respectively, and 40 basis points for both the nine months ended September 2013 and September 2012.

In certain circumstances, we are also entitled to receive incentive fees based on a percentage of a fund’s return or when the return exceeds a specified benchmark or other performance targets. Incentive fees are recognized only when all material contingencies are resolved.

136 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

The table below presents the operating results of our Investment Management segment.

	Three Months Ended September			Nine Months Ended September
in millions		2013	2012		2013	2012
Management and other fees		$1,085	$1,016		$3,243	$3,038
Incentive fees		71	82		329	357
Transaction revenues		62	101		293	311
Total net revenues		1,218	1,199		3,865	3,706
Operating expenses		977	977		3,177	3,047
Pre-tax earnings		$   241	$   222		$   688	$   659

The tables below present our period-end assets under supervision (AUS) by asset class and by distribution channel, as well as a summary of the changes in our assets under supervision.

	As of
	September			December
in billions		2013	2012		2012	2011
Assets under management		$   878	$   856		$   854	$   828
Other client assets		113	95		111	67
Total AUS		$   991	$   951		$   965	$   895
Asset Class
Alternative investments 1		$   144	$   154		$   151	$   148
Equity		190	156		153	147
Fixed income		429	406		411	353
Long-term AUS		763	716		715	648
Liquidity products		228	235		250	247
Total AUS		$   991	$   951		$   965	$   895
Distribution Channel
Directly distributed:
Institutional		$   355	$   342		$   343	$   294
High-net-worth individuals		314	290		294	274
Third-party distributed:
Institutional, high-net-worth individuals and retail		322	319		328	327
Total AUS		$   991	$   951		$   965	$   895

1. Primarily includes hedge funds, credit funds, private equity, real estate, currencies, commodities and asset allocation strategies.

	Three Months Ended September				Nine Months Ended September
in billions		2013	2012			2013		2012
Balance, beginning of period		$955	$916			$965		$895
Net inflows/(outflows)
Alternative investments		—	8			(9	)	4
Equity		4	(3	)		9		(11	)
Fixed income		12	9			28	1	32	2
Long-term AUS net inflows/(outflows)		16	14			28		25
Liquidity products		1	(1	)		(22	)	(12	)
Total AUS net inflows/(outflows)		17	13			6		13
Net market appreciation/(depreciation)		19	22			20		43
Balance, end of period		$991	$951			$991		$951

1. Fixed income flows for the nine months ended September 2013 include $10 billion in assets managed by the firm related to our Americas reinsurance business, in which a majority stake was sold in April 2013. These assets were previously excluded from assets under supervision as they were assets of a consolidated subsidiary.

2. Includes $34 billion of fixed income asset inflows in connection with our acquisition of Dwight Asset Management Company LLC.

The table below presents our average monthly assets under supervision.

	Average for the
	Three Months Ended September			Nine Months Ended September
in billions		2013	2012		2013	2012
Long-term AUS		$746	$702		$738	$679
Liquidity products		226	236		235	237
Total AUS		$972	$938		$973	$916

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 137

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Three Months Ended September 2013 versus September 2012. Net revenues in Investment Management were $1.22 billion for the third quarter of 2013, 2% higher than the third quarter of 2012. This increase reflected higher management and other fees, primarily due to higher average assets under supervision and favorable changes in the mix of assets under supervision, partially offset by lower transaction revenues. During the quarter, total assets under supervision increased $36 billion to $991 billion. Long-term assets under supervision increased $35 billion, reflecting market appreciation of $19 billion, primarily in equity assets, and net inflows of $16 billion, primarily in fixed income assets. In addition, liquidity products increased $1 billion.

During the third quarter of 2013, Investment Management operated in an environment generally characterized by improved asset prices, resulting in appreciation in the value of client assets. The mix of assets under supervision was essentially unchanged compared with the end of the second quarter of 2013. In the future, if asset prices were to decline, or investors favor asset classes that typically generate lower fees or investors withdraw their assets, net revenues in Investment Management would likely be negatively impacted. In addition, continued concerns about the global economic outlook could result in downward pressure on assets under supervision.

Operating expenses were $977 million for the third quarter of 2013, unchanged compared with the third quarter of 2012. Pre-tax earnings were $241 million in the third quarter of 2013, 9% higher than the third quarter of 2012.

Nine Months Ended September 2013 versus September 2012. Net revenues in Investment Management were $3.87 billion for the first nine months of 2013, 4% higher than the first nine months of 2012, reflecting higher management and other fees, primarily due to higher average assets under supervision. During the first nine months of 2013, total assets under supervision increased $26 billion to $991 billion. Long-term assets under supervision increased $48 billion, reflecting net inflows of $28 billion and net market appreciation of $20 billion. Net inflows included inflows in fixed income and equity assets, partially offset by outflows in alternative investment assets. Fixed income flows for the nine months ended September 2013 include $10 billion in assets managed by the firm related to our Americas reinsurance business, in which a majority stake was sold in April 2013. These assets were previously excluded from assets under supervision as they were assets of a consolidated subsidiary. Net market appreciation primarily reflected appreciation in equity assets, partially offset by depreciation in fixed income assets. Liquidity products decreased $22 billion due to outflows during the period.

During the first nine months of 2013, Investment Management operated in an environment generally characterized by improved asset prices during the first and third quarters of 2013, resulting in appreciation in the value of client assets, while certain asset prices declined during the second quarter of 2013, resulting in depreciation in the value of fixed income client assets. In addition, the mix of assets under supervision has shifted slightly compared with December 2012 from liquidity products to long-term assets under supervision, primarily in equity assets. In the future, if asset prices were to decline, or investors favor asset classes that typically generate lower fees or investors withdraw their assets, net revenues in Investment Management would likely be negatively impacted. In addition, continued concerns about the global economic outlook could result in downward pressure on assets under supervision.

Operating expenses were $3.18 billion for the first nine months of 2013, 4% higher than the first nine months of 2012, due to increased compensation and benefits expenses reflecting higher net revenues. Pre-tax earnings were $688 million in the first nine months of 2013, 4% higher than the first nine months of 2012.

Geographic Data

See Note 25 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Form 10-Q for a summary of our total net revenues and pre-tax earnings by geographic region.

138 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Regulatory Developments

The U.S. Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Dodd-Frank Act), enacted in July 2010, significantly altered the financial regulatory regime within which we operate. The implications of the Dodd-Frank Act for our businesses will depend to a large extent on the rules that will be adopted by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (Federal Reserve Board), the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC), the SEC, the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) and other agencies to implement the legislation, as well as the development of market practices and structures under the regime established by the legislation and the implementing rules. Other reforms have been adopted or are being considered by other regulators and policy makers worldwide and these reforms may affect our businesses. We expect that the principal areas of impact from regulatory reform for us will be increased regulatory capital requirements and increased regulation and restriction on certain activities. However, the full impact of regulatory reform will not be known until the rules are implemented and market practices and structures develop under the final regulations.

Increased Regulatory Capital Requirements

Over the past several years, the Basel Committee has made substantial revisions to its capital guidelines. The U.S. federal bank regulatory agencies (Agencies) have modified their regulatory capital requirements to incorporate many of these revisions, and they have indicated their intent to make further changes in the future to incorporate other revisions.

The Agencies have approved revised capital regulations (2013 Capital Framework) which are largely based on the guidelines issued by the Basel Committee in December 2010 (Basel III) and which also address other aspects of the Dodd-Frank Act. Although some aspects of the revisions will be implemented over a transition period that lasts several years, many of these changes will become effective on January 1, 2014.

See “Equity Capital — 2013 Capital Framework” below and Note 20 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Form 10-Q for additional information about Basel III and other regulatory developments as they relate to our regulatory capital ratios.

Increased Regulation and Restriction on Certain Activities

There has been increased regulation of, and limitations on, our activities, including the Dodd-Frank prohibition on “proprietary trading” and the limitation on the sponsorship of, and investment in, hedge funds and private equity funds by banking entities, including bank holding companies, referred to as the “Volcker Rule.” In addition, there are increased regulation of, and restrictions on, over-the-counter (OTC) derivatives markets and transactions, particularly related to swaps and security-based swaps and additional rules related to securitization activities.

Volcker Rule. In October 2011, the proposed rules to implement the Volcker Rule were issued and included an extensive request for comments on the proposal. The proposed rules are highly complex, and many aspects of the Volcker Rule remain unclear. The full impact of the rule on us will depend upon the detailed scope of the prohibitions, permitted activities, exceptions and exclusions, and will not be known until the rules are finalized and market practices and structures develop under the final rules. Currently, companies are expected to be required to be in compliance by July 2014 (subject to possible extensions).

While many aspects of the Volcker Rule remain unclear, we evaluated the prohibition on “proprietary trading” and determined that businesses that engage in “bright line” proprietary trading are most likely to be prohibited. In 2011 and 2010, we liquidated substantially all of our Principal Strategies and Global Macro Proprietary trading positions.

In addition, we have evaluated the limitations on sponsorship of, and investments in, hedge funds and private equity funds. The firm earns management fees and incentive fees for investment management services from hedge funds and private equity funds, which are included in our Investment Management segment. The firm also makes investments in funds, and the gains and losses from these investments are included in our Investing & Lending segment; these gains and losses will be impacted by the Volcker Rule. The Volcker Rule limitation on investments in hedge funds and private equity funds requires the firm to reduce its investment in each hedge fund and private equity fund to 3% or less of the fund’s net asset value, and to reduce the firm’s aggregate investment in all such funds to 3% or less of the firm’s Tier 1 capital.

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 139

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

The firm’s aggregate net revenues from its investments in hedge funds and private equity funds were not material to the firm’s aggregate total net revenues over the period from 1999 through the third quarter of 2013. We continue to manage our existing private equity funds, taking into account the transition periods under the Volcker Rule. With respect to our hedge funds, we currently plan to comply with the Volcker Rule by redeeming certain of our interests in the funds. Since March 2012, we have been redeeming up to approximately 10% of certain hedge funds’ total redeemable units per quarter, and expect to continue to do so through June 2014. Since March 2012, we have redeemed approximately $1.90 billion of these interests in hedge funds, including approximately $310 million and $840 million during the three and nine months ended September 2013, respectively. In addition, we have limited the firm’s initial investment to 3% for certain new investments in hedge funds and private equity funds.

Swap Dealers and Derivatives Regulation. The Dodd-Frank Act also contains provisions that include (i) requiring the registration of all swap dealers and major swap participants with the CFTC and of security-based swap dealers and major security-based swap participants with the SEC, the clearing and execution of certain swaps and security-based swaps through central counterparties, regulated exchanges or electronic facilities and real-time public and regulatory reporting of trade information, (ii) placing new business conduct standards and other requirements on swap dealers, major swap participants, security-based swap dealers and major security-based swap participants, covering their relationships with counterparties, their internal oversight and compliance structures, conflict of interest rules, internal information barriers, general and trade-specific record-keeping and risk management, (iii) establishing mandatory margin requirements for trades that are not cleared through a central counterparty, (iv) position limits that cap exposure to derivatives on certain physical commodities and (v) entity-level capital requirements for swap dealers, major swap participants, security-based swap dealers and major security-based swap participants.

The CFTC is responsible for issuing rules relating to swaps, swap dealers and major swap participants, and the SEC is responsible for issuing rules relating to security-based swaps, security-based swap dealers and major security-based swap participants. Although the CFTC has not yet finalized its margin requirements or capital regulations, certain of the requirements, including registration of swap dealers, business conduct standards and real-time public trade reporting, have taken effect already under CFTC

rules, and the SEC and the CFTC have finalized the definitions of a number of key terms. In addition, the CFTC has implemented rules requiring the mandatory clearing of certain credit default swaps and interest rate swaps between dealers, and between swap dealers and non-dealer financial entities. Finally, the CFTC has begun the process for determining which swaps must be traded on swap execution facilities or exchanges, and is expected to implement this requirement in 2014.

The SEC has proposed rules to impose margin, capital and segregation requirements for security-based swap dealers and major security-based swap participants. The SEC has also proposed rules relating to registration of security-based swap dealers and major security-based swap participants, trade reporting and real-time reporting, and business conduct requirements for security-based swap dealers and major security-based swap participants, and has proposed rules and guidance on the cross-border regulation of security-based swaps.

The European Union (EU) has also established a set of new regulatory requirements for EU derivatives activities under the European Market Infrastructure Regulation. These requirements include various risk management requirements that have already become effective and regulatory reporting and clearing requirements that are expected to become effective in 2014.

We have registered certain subsidiaries as “swap dealers” under the CFTC rules, including Goldman, Sachs & Co. (GS&Co.), GS Bank USA, Goldman Sachs International (GSI), Goldman Sachs Japan Co., Ltd. (GSJCL), Goldman Sachs Paris Inc. et Cie and J. Aron & Company. We expect that these entities, and our businesses more broadly, will be subject to significant and developing regulation and regulatory oversight in connection with swap-related activities.

The full application of new derivatives rules across different national and regulatory jurisdictions has not yet been fully established. In July 2013, the CFTC finalized guidance and timing on the cross-border regulation of swaps and announced that it had reached an understanding with the European Commission regarding the cross-border regulation of derivatives and the common goals underlying their respective regulations. However, specific determinations of the extent to which regulators in each of the relevant jurisdictions will defer to regulations in other jurisdictions, with respect to entities based primarily in those jurisdictions, have not yet been made. The full impact of the various U.S. and non-U.S. regulatory developments in this area will not be known until the rules are implemented and market practices and structures develop under the final rules.

140 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

The Dodd-Frank Act contains “derivative push-out” provisions that, beginning in July 2013, would have prevented us from conducting certain swaps-related activities through GS Bank USA, an insured depository institution subsidiary, subject to exceptions for certain interest rate, currency and cleared credit default swaps and for hedging or risk mitigation activities directly related to the bank’s business; in July 2013, however, the Federal Reserve Board granted GS Bank USA a 24-month extension to comply with these derivative push-out provisions.

Securitization Activities. In September 2011, the SEC proposed rules to implement the Dodd-Frank Act’s prohibition against securitization participants engaging in any transaction that would involve or result in any material conflict of interest with an investor in a securitization transaction. The proposed rules would exempt bona fide market-making activities and risk-mitigating hedging activities in connection with securitization activities from the general prohibition. We will also be affected by rules to be adopted by the Agencies pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act that require any person who organizes or initiates an asset-backed security transaction to retain a portion (generally, at least five percent) of any credit risk that the person conveys to a third party.

Consumer Financial Protection Bureau. The Dodd-Frank Act also establishes the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB), which has assumed general regulatory authority over various federal consumer protection statutes and regulations. The CFPB has broad supervisory and enforcement authority to regulate providers of credit, payment and other consumer financial products and services, and has oversight over certain of our products and services.

Other Regulations

Other regulations (including those described below) designed to strengthen financial institutions have also been adopted or are being considered by regulators.

Resolution Plan. As required by the Dodd-Frank Act, the Federal Reserve Board and FDIC have jointly issued a rule requiring each bank holding company with over $50 billion in assets, each designated systemically important financial institution and insured depository institution, such as GS Bank USA, to provide to regulators an annual plan for its rapid and orderly resolution in the event of material financial distress or failure (resolution plan). The regulators’ joint rule sets specific standards for the resolution plans, including requiring a detailed resolution

strategy and analyses of the company’s material entities, organizational structure, interconnections and interdependencies, and management information systems, among other elements. In April 2013, the Federal Reserve Board and the FDIC provided additional guidance to the firm relating to its 2013 resolution plan. The firm and GS Bank USA submitted their resolution plans to their regulators in September 2013.

Federal Reserve Board Proposals. In December 2011, the Federal Reserve Board proposed regulations designed to strengthen the regulation and supervision of large bank holding companies and systemically important nonbank financial institutions. These proposals addressed, among other things, risk-based capital and leverage requirements, liquidity requirements, overall risk management requirements, single counterparty limits and early remediation requirements that are designed to address financial weakness at an early stage. Many of these proposals have now been addressed in 2013 Capital Framework, although others (including those related to leverage requirements, liquidity requirements and single counterparty limits) are still under consideration. The full impact of these proposals on the firm will not be known until the rules are finalized and market practices and structures develop under the final rules. In addition, the Federal Reserve Board issued final rules for stress testing requirements for certain bank holding companies, including the firm. See “Equity Capital” below for further information about our Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (CCAR).

Financial Transaction Tax. In February 2013, the European Commission published a proposal for enhanced cooperation in the area of financial transactions tax in response to a request from certain member states of the European Union. The proposed financial transactions tax is broad in scope and would apply to transactions in a wide variety of financial instruments and derivatives. The draft legislation is still subject to further revisions and the full impact of these proposals will not be known until the legislation is finalized.

See “Business — Regulation” in Part I, Item 1 of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for more information on the laws, rules and regulations and proposed laws, rules and regulations that apply to us and our operations.

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 141

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Balance Sheet and Funding Sources

Balance Sheet Management

One of our most important risk management disciplines is our ability to manage the size and composition of our balance sheet. While our asset base changes due to client activity, market fluctuations and business opportunities, the size and composition of our balance sheet reflect (i) our overall risk tolerance, (ii) our ability to access stable funding sources and (iii) the amount of equity capital we hold.

Although our balance sheet fluctuates on a day-to-day basis, our total assets and adjusted assets at quarterly and year-end dates are generally not materially different from those occurring within our reporting periods.

In order to ensure appropriate risk management, we seek to maintain a liquid balance sheet and have processes in place to dynamically manage our assets and liabilities which include:

Ÿ quarterly planning;

Ÿ business-specific limits;

Ÿ monitoring of key metrics; and

Ÿ scenario analyses.

Quarterly Planning. We prepare a quarterly balance sheet plan that combines our projected total assets and composition of assets with our expected funding sources and capital levels for the upcoming quarter. The objectives of this quarterly planning process are:

Ÿ to develop our near-term balance sheet projections, taking into account the general state of the financial markets and expected business activity levels;

Ÿ to ensure that our projected assets are supported by an adequate amount and tenor of funding and that our projected capital and liquidity metrics are within management guidelines and regulatory requirements; and

Ÿ to allow business risk managers and managers from our independent control and support functions to objectively evaluate balance sheet limit requests from business managers in the context of the firm’s overall balance sheet constraints. These constraints include the firm’s liability profile and equity capital levels, maturities and plans for new debt and equity issuances, share repurchases, deposit trends and secured funding transactions.

To prepare our quarterly balance sheet plan, business risk managers and managers from our independent control and support functions meet with business managers to review current and prior period metrics and discuss expectations for the upcoming quarter. The specific metrics reviewed include asset and liability size and composition, aged inventory, limit utilization, risk and performance measures, and capital usage.

Our consolidated quarterly plan, including our balance sheet plans by business, funding and capital projections, and projected capital and liquidity metrics, is reviewed by the Firmwide Finance Committee. See “Overview and Structure of Risk Management” for an overview of our risk management structure.

142 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Business-Specific Limits. The Firmwide Finance Committee sets asset and liability limits for each business and aged inventory limits for certain financial instruments as a disincentive to hold inventory over longer periods of time. These limits are set at levels which are close to actual operating levels in order to ensure prompt escalation and discussion among business managers and managers in our independent control and support functions on a routine basis. The Firmwide Finance Committee reviews and approves balance sheet limits on a quarterly basis and may also approve changes in limits on an ad hoc basis in response to changing business needs or market conditions.

Monitoring of Key Metrics. We monitor key balance sheet metrics daily both by business and on a consolidated basis, including asset and liability size and composition, aged inventory, limit utilization, risk measures and capital usage. We allocate assets to businesses and review and analyze movements resulting from new business activity as well as market fluctuations.

Scenario Analyses. We conduct scenario analyses to determine how we would manage the size and composition of our balance sheet and maintain appropriate funding, liquidity and capital positions in a variety of situations:

Ÿ These scenarios cover short-term and long-term time horizons using various macroeconomic and firm-specific assumptions. We use these analyses to assist us in developing longer-term funding plans, including the level of unsecured debt issuances, the size of our secured funding program and the amount and composition of our equity capital. We also consider any potential future constraints, such as limits on our ability to grow our asset base in the absence of appropriate funding.

Ÿ Through our Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP), CCAR, the Dodd-Frank Act Stress Tests (DFAST), and our resolution and recovery planning, we further analyze how we would manage our balance sheet and risks through the duration of a severe crisis and we develop plans to access funding, generate liquidity, and/or redeploy or issue equity capital, as appropriate.

Balance Sheet Allocation

In addition to preparing our condensed consolidated statements of financial condition in accordance with U.S. GAAP, we prepare a balance sheet that generally allocates assets to our businesses, which is a non-GAAP presentation and may not be comparable to similar non-GAAP presentations used by other companies. We believe that presenting our assets on this basis is meaningful because it is consistent with the way management views and manages risks associated with the firm’s assets and better enables investors to assess the liquidity of the firm’s assets. The table below presents a summary of this balance sheet allocation.

	As of
in millions		September 2013		December 2012
Excess liquidity (Global Core Excess)		$174,899		$174,622
Other cash		6,852		6,839
Excess liquidity and cash		181,751		181,461
Secured client financing		273,828		229,442
Inventory		244,270		318,323
Secured financing agreements		85,841		76,277
Receivables		41,054		36,273
Institutional Client Services		371,165		430,873
Public equity 1		3,290		5,948
Private equity		17,574		17,401
Debt		23,945		25,386
Receivables and other		14,740		8,421
Investing & Lending		59,549		57,156
Total inventory and related assets		430,714		488,029
Other assets		36,930	2	39,623	3
Total assets		$923,223		$938,555

1. December 2012 includes $2.08 billion related to our investment in the ordinary shares of ICBC, which was sold in the first half of 2013.

2. Includes assets related to our European insurance business classified as held for sale. See Note 12 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Form 10-Q for further information.

3. Includes assets related to our Americas reinsurance business classified as held for sale, in which a majority stake was sold in April 2013. See Note 12 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Form 10-Q for further information.

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 143

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

The following is a description of the captions in the table above.

Excess Liquidity and Cash. We maintain substantial excess liquidity to meet a broad range of potential cash outflows and collateral needs in the event of a stressed environment. See “Liquidity Risk Management” below for details on the composition and sizing of our excess liquidity pool or “Global Core Excess” (GCE). In addition to our excess liquidity, we maintain other operating cash balances, primarily for use in specific currencies, entities, or jurisdictions where we do not have immediate access to parent company liquidity.

Secured Client Financing. We provide collateralized financing for client positions, including margin loans secured by client collateral, securities borrowed, and resale agreements primarily collateralized by government obligations. As a result of client activities, we are required to segregate cash and securities to satisfy regulatory requirements. Our secured client financing arrangements, which are generally short-term, are accounted for at fair value or at amounts that approximate fair value, and include daily margin requirements to mitigate counterparty credit risk.

Institutional Client Services. In Institutional Client Services, we maintain inventory positions to facilitate market-making in fixed income, equity, currency and commodity products. Additionally, as part of client market-making activities, we enter into resale or securities borrowing arrangements to obtain securities which we can use to cover transactions in which we or our clients have sold securities that have not yet been purchased. The receivables in Institutional Client Services primarily relate to securities transactions.

Investing & Lending. In Investing & Lending, we make investments and originate loans to provide financing to clients. These investments and loans are typically longer-term in nature. We make investments, directly and indirectly through funds that we manage, in debt securities, loans, public and private equity securities, real estate and other investments.

Other Assets. Other assets are generally less liquid, non-financial assets, including property, leasehold improvements and equipment, goodwill and identifiable intangible assets, income tax-related receivables, equity-method investments, assets classified as held for sale and miscellaneous receivables.

144 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

The tables below present the reconciliation of this balance sheet allocation to our U.S. GAAP balance sheet. In the tables below, total assets for Institutional Client Services and Investing & Lending represent the inventory and related assets. These amounts differ from total assets by

business segment disclosed in Note 25 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Form 10-Q because total assets disclosed in Note 25 include allocations of our excess liquidity and cash, secured client financing and other assets.

	As of September 2013
in millions		Excess Liquidity and Cash	1	Secured Client Financing	Institutional Client Services	Investing & Lending	Other Assets	Total Assets
Cash and cash equivalents		$  65,478		$          —	$          —	$       —	$       —	$  65,478
Cash and securities segregated for regulatory and other purposes		—		53,875	—	—	—	53,875
Securities purchased under agreements to resell and federal funds sold		68,288		63,499	37,257	824	—	169,868
Securities borrowed		13,816		112,695	48,584	—	—	175,095
Receivables from brokers, dealers and clearing organizations		—		6,335	17,248	6	—	23,589
Receivables from customers and counterparties		—		37,424	23,806	12,901	—	74,131
Financial instruments owned, at fair value		34,169		—	244,270	45,818	—	324,257
Other assets		—		—	—	—	36,930	36,930
Total assets		$181,751		$273,828	$371,165	$59,549	$36,930	$923,223
	As of December 2012
in millions		Excess Liquidity and Cash	1	Secured Client Financing	Institutional Client Services	Investing & Lending	Other Assets	Total Assets
Cash and cash equivalents		$  72,669		$          —	$          —	$        —	$        —	$  72,669
Cash and securities segregated for regulatory and other purposes		—		49,671	—	—	—	49,671
Securities purchased under agreements to resell and federal funds sold		28,018		84,064	28,960	292	—	141,334
Securities borrowed		41,699		47,877	47,317	—	—	136,893
Receivables from brokers, dealers and clearing organizations		—		4,400	14,044	36	—	18,480
Receivables from customers and counterparties		—		43,430	22,229	7,215	—	72,874
Financial instruments owned, at fair value		39,075		—	318,323	49,613	—	407,011
Other assets		—		—	—	—	39,623	39,623
Total assets		$181,461		$229,442	$430,873	$57,156	$39,623	$938,555

1. Includes unencumbered cash, U.S. government and federal agency obligations (including highly liquid U.S. federal agency mortgage-backed obligations), and German, French, Japanese and United Kingdom government obligations.

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 145

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Balance Sheet Analysis and Metrics

As of September 2013, total assets on our condensed consolidated statements of financial condition were $923.22 billion, a decrease of $15.33 billion from December 2012. During the first nine months of 2013, financial instruments owned, at fair value decreased by $82.75 billion, primarily due to decreases in equities and convertible debentures, U.S. government and federal agency obligations and non-U.S. government and agency obligations. These decreases were offset by an increase in collateralized agreements of $66.74 billion, due to firm and client activity.

As of September 2013, total liabilities on our condensed consolidated statements of financial condition were $845.61 billion, a decrease of $17.23 billion from December 2012. This decrease was primarily due to a decrease in collateralized financings of $13.71 billion, primarily due to firm financing and client activity, and a decrease in other liabilities and accrued expenses of $12.58 billion, reflecting the sale of a majority stake in our Americas reinsurance business in April 2013. This decrease was partially offset by an increase in financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value of $4.51 billion, primarily due to an increase in equities and convertible debentures, and an increase in payables to customers and counterparties of $4.22 billion.

As of September 2013 and December 2012, our total securities sold under agreements to repurchase, accounted for as collateralized financings, were $157.78 billion and $171.81 billion, respectively, which were 2% higher and essentially unchanged, respectively, compared with the daily average amount of repurchase agreements over the respective quarters. As of September 2013, the increase in our repurchase agreements relative to the daily average during the quarter was due to an increase in client activity at the end of the quarter. The level of our repurchase agreements fluctuates between and within periods, primarily due to providing clients with access to highly liquid collateral, such as U.S. government and federal agency, and investment-grade sovereign obligations through collateralized financing activities.

The table below presents information on our assets, unsecured long-term borrowings, shareholders’ equity and leverage ratios.

	As of
$ in millions		September 2013		December 2012
Total assets		$923,223		$938,555
Adjusted assets		$607,056		$686,874
Unsecured long-term borrowings		$168,082		$167,305
Total shareholders’ equity		$  77,616		$  75,716
Leverage ratio		11.9	x	12.4	x
Adjusted leverage ratio		7.8	x	9.1	x
Debt to equity ratio		2.2	x	2.2	x

146 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Adjusted assets. Adjusted assets equals total assets less (i) low-risk collateralized assets generally associated with our secured client financing transactions, federal funds sold and excess liquidity (which includes financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value, less derivative liabilities) and (ii) cash and securities we segregate for regulatory and other purposes. Adjusted assets is a non-GAAP measure and may not be comparable to similar non-GAAP measures used by other companies.

The table below presents the reconciliation of total assets to adjusted assets.

		As of
in millions			September 2013		December 2012
Total			$ 923,223		$  938,555
Deduct:	Securities borrowed		(175,095	)	(136,893	)
	Securities purchased under agreements to resell and federal funds sold		(169,868	)	(141,334	)
Add:	Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value		131,158		126,644
	Less derivative liabilities		(48,487	)	(50,427	)
	Subtotal		(262,292	)	(202,010	)
Deduct:	Cash and securities segregated for regulatory and other purposes		(53,875	)	(49,671	)
Adjusted assets			$ 607,056		$  686,874

Leverage ratio. The leverage ratio equals total assets divided by total shareholders’ equity and measures the proportion of equity and debt the firm is using to finance assets. This ratio is different from the Tier 1 leverage ratio included in “Equity Capital — Consolidated Regulatory Capital Ratios” below, and further described in Note 20 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Form 10-Q.

Adjusted leverage ratio. The adjusted leverage ratio equals adjusted assets divided by total shareholders’ equity. We believe that the adjusted leverage ratio is a more meaningful measure of our capital adequacy than the leverage ratio because it excludes certain low-risk collateralized assets that are generally supported with little or no capital. The adjusted leverage ratio is a non-GAAP measure and may not be comparable to similar non-GAAP measures used by other companies.

Our adjusted leverage ratio decreased to 7.8x as of September 2013 from 9.1x as of December 2012 as our adjusted assets decreased.

Debt to equity ratio. The debt to equity ratio equals unsecured long-term borrowings divided by total shareholders’ equity.

Funding Sources

Our primary sources of funding are secured financings, unsecured long-term and short-term borrowings, and deposits. We seek to maintain broad and diversified funding sources globally across products, programs, markets, currencies and creditors to avoid funding concentrations.

We raise funding through a number of different products, including:

Ÿ collateralized financings, such as repurchase agreements, securities loaned and other secured financings;

Ÿ long-term unsecured debt (including structured notes) through syndicated U.S. registered offerings, U.S. registered and Rule 144A medium-term note programs, offshore medium-term note offerings and other debt offerings;

Ÿ savings and demand deposits through deposit sweep programs and time deposits through internal and third-party broker-dealers; and

Ÿ short-term unsecured debt through U.S. and non-U.S. commercial paper and promissory note issuances and other methods.

Our funding is primarily raised in U.S. dollar, Euro, British pound and Japanese yen. We generally distribute our funding products through our own sales force and third-party distributors, to a large, diverse creditor base in a variety of markets in the Americas, Europe and Asia. We believe that our relationships with our creditors are critical to our liquidity. Our creditors include banks, governments, securities lenders, pension funds, insurance companies, mutual funds and individuals. We have imposed various internal guidelines to monitor creditor concentration across our funding programs.

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 147

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Secured Funding. We fund a significant amount of inventory on a secured basis. Secured funding is less sensitive to changes in our credit quality than unsecured funding, due to our posting of collateral to our lenders. Nonetheless, we continually analyze the refinancing risk of our secured funding activities, taking into account trade tenors, maturity profiles, counterparty concentrations, collateral eligibility and counterparty rollover probabilities. We seek to mitigate our refinancing risk by executing term trades with staggered maturities, diversifying counterparties, raising excess secured funding, and pre-funding residual risk through our GCE.

We seek to raise secured funding with a term appropriate for the liquidity of the assets that are being financed, and we seek longer maturities for secured funding collateralized by asset classes that may be harder to fund on a secured basis especially during times of market stress. Substantially all of our secured funding, excluding funding collateralized by liquid government obligations, is executed for tenors of one month or greater. Assets that may be harder to fund on a secured basis during times of market stress include certain financial instruments in the following categories: mortgage and other asset-backed loans and securities, non-investment grade corporate debt securities, equities and convertible debentures and emerging market securities. Assets that are classified as level 3 in the fair value hierarchy are generally funded on an unsecured basis. See Note 6 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Form 10-Q for further information

about the classification of financial instruments in the fair value hierarchy and “— Unsecured Long-Term Borrowings” below for further information about the use of unsecured long-term borrowings as a source of funding.

The weighted average maturity of our secured funding, excluding funding collateralized by highly liquid securities eligible for inclusion in our GCE, exceeded 100 days as of September 2013.

A majority of our secured funding for securities not eligible for inclusion in the GCE is executed through term repurchase agreements and securities lending contracts. We also raise financing through other types of collateralized financings, such as secured loans and notes.

GS Bank USA has access to funding through the Federal Reserve Bank discount window. While we do not rely on this funding in our liquidity planning and stress testing, we maintain policies and procedures necessary to access this funding and test discount window borrowing procedures.

Unsecured Long-Term Borrowings. We issue unsecured long-term borrowings as a source of funding for inventory and other assets and to finance a portion of our GCE. We issue in different tenors, currencies, and products to maximize the diversification of our investor base. The table below presents our quarterly unsecured long-term borrowings maturity profile through the third quarter of 2019 as of September 2013.

148 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

The weighted average maturity of our unsecured long-term borrowings as of September 2013 was approximately eight years. To mitigate refinancing risk, we seek to limit the principal amount of debt maturing on any one day or during any week or year. We enter into interest rate swaps to convert a substantial portion of our long-term borrowings into floating-rate obligations in order to manage our exposure to interest rates. See Note 16 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Form 10-Q for further information about our unsecured long-term borrowings.

Deposits. As part of our efforts to diversify our funding base, deposits have become a more meaningful share of our funding activities. GS Bank USA continues to raise deposits with an emphasis on issuance of long-term certificates of deposit and on expanding our deposit sweep program, which involves long-term contractual agreements with several U.S. broker-dealers who sweep client cash to FDIC-insured deposits. We utilize deposits to finance activities in our bank subsidiaries. The table below presents the sourcing of our deposits.

	As of September 2013
	Type of Deposit
in millions		Savings and Demand	1	Time 2
Private bank deposits 3		$28,112		$     136
Certificates of deposit		—		21,929
Deposit sweep programs		16,283		—
Institutional		34		5,076
Total 4		$44,429		$27,141

1. Represents deposits with no stated maturity.

2. Weighted average maturity of approximately three years.

3. Substantially all were from overnight deposit sweep programs related to private wealth management clients.

4. Deposits insured by the FDIC as of September 2013 were approximately $43.81 billion.

Unsecured Short-Term Borrowings. A significant portion of our short-term borrowings was originally long-term debt that is scheduled to mature within one year of the reporting date. We use short-term borrowings to finance liquid assets and for other cash management purposes. We primarily issue commercial paper, promissory notes, and other hybrid instruments.

As of September 2013, our unsecured short-term borrowings, including the current portion of unsecured long-term borrowings, were $39.24 billion. See Note 15 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Form 10-Q for further information about our unsecured short-term borrowings.

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 149

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Equity Capital

Capital adequacy is of critical importance to us. Our objective is to be conservatively capitalized in terms of the amount and composition of our equity base. Accordingly, we have in place a comprehensive capital management policy that serves as a guide to determine the amount and composition of equity capital we maintain.

We determine the appropriate level and composition of our equity capital by considering multiple factors including our current and future consolidated regulatory capital requirements, our ICAAP, CCAR, DFAST and results of stress tests, and other factors such as rating agency guidelines, subsidiary capital requirements, the business environment, conditions in the financial markets and assessments of potential future losses due to adverse changes in our business and market environments. We maintain a capital plan which projects sources and uses of capital given a range of business environments, and a contingency capital plan which provides a framework for analyzing and responding to an actual or perceived capital shortfall.

As part of the Federal Reserve Board’s annual CCAR, U.S. bank holding companies with total consolidated assets of $50 billion or greater are required to submit capital plans for review by the Federal Reserve Board. The purpose of the Federal Reserve Board’s review is to ensure that these institutions have robust, forward-looking capital planning processes that account for their unique risks and that permit continued operations during times of economic and financial stress. The Federal Reserve Board will evaluate a bank holding company based on whether it has the capital necessary to continue operating under the baseline and stressed scenarios provided by the Federal Reserve Board and under the scenarios developed by the bank holding company. As part of the capital plan review, the Federal Reserve Board evaluates an institution’s plan to make capital distributions, such as increasing dividend payments or repurchasing or redeeming stock, across a range of macroeconomic and firm-specific assumptions. In addition, the DFAST rules require us to conduct stress tests on a semi-annual basis and publish a summary of certain results. The Federal Reserve Board also conducts its own annual stress tests and publishes a summary of certain results.

We submitted our 2013 CCAR to the Federal Reserve Board on January 7, 2013 and published a summary of our annual DFAST results under the Federal Reserve Board’s severely adverse scenario in March 2013. As part of our 2013 CCAR submission, the Federal Reserve Board informed us that it did not object to our proposed capital actions, including the repurchase of outstanding common stock, a potential increase in our quarterly common stock dividend and the possible issuance, redemption and modification of other capital securities through the first quarter of 2014. However, as required by the Federal Reserve Board, we resubmitted our capital plan in September 2013, incorporating certain enhancements to our stress test processes. The Federal Reserve Board is currently assessing these enhancements.

In addition, we submitted the results of our mid-cycle DFAST to the Federal Reserve Board in July 2013 and published a summary of our mid-cycle DFAST results under our internally developed severely adverse scenario in September 2013. Our internally developed severely adverse scenario is designed to stress the firm’s risks and idiosyncratic vulnerabilities and assess the firm’s pro-forma capital position and ratios under the hypothetical stressed environment. We provide additional information on our internal stress test processes, our internally developed severely adverse scenario used for mid-cycle DFAST and a summary of the results on our web site as described under “Available Information” below.

Our consolidated regulatory capital requirements are determined by the Federal Reserve Board, as described below. Our ICAAP incorporates an internal risk-based capital assessment designed to identify and measure material risks associated with our business activities, including market risk, credit risk and operational risk, in a manner that is closely aligned with our risk management practices. Our internal risk-based capital assessment is supplemented with the results of stress tests.

As of September 2013, our total shareholders’ equity was $77.62 billion (consisting of common shareholders’ equity of $70.42 billion and preferred stock of $7.20 billion). As of December 2012, our total shareholders’ equity was $75.72 billion (consisting of common shareholders’ equity of $69.52 billion and preferred stock of $6.20 billion). See “— Consolidated Regulatory Capital Ratios” below for information regarding the impact of regulatory developments.

150 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Consolidated Regulatory Capital

The Federal Reserve Board is the primary regulator of Group Inc., a bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (BHC Act) and a financial holding company under amendments to the BHC Act effected by the U.S. Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999. As a bank holding company, we are subject to consolidated risk-based regulatory capital requirements that are computed in accordance with the Federal Reserve Board’s risk-based capital regulations (which are based on the Basel I Capital Accord of the Basel Committee) and also reflect the Federal Reserve Board’s revised market risk regulatory capital requirements which became effective on January 1, 2013. These capital requirements are expressed as capital ratios that compare measures of capital to risk-weighted assets (RWAs). The capital regulations also include requirements with respect to leverage. The firm’s capital levels are also subject to qualitative judgments by its regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors. See Note 20 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Form 10-Q for additional information regarding the firm’s current RWAs and required minimum capital ratios.

Consolidated Regulatory Capital Ratios

The table below presents information about our regulatory capital ratios, which are based on Basel I, as implemented by the Federal Reserve Board. The information as of September 2013 reflects the revised market risk regulatory capital requirements, which became effective on January 1, 2013. The information as of December 2012 is prior to the implementation of these revised market risk regulatory capital requirements. In the table below:

Ÿ Equity investments in certain entities primarily represent a portion of our nonconsolidated equity investments.

Ÿ Disallowed deferred tax assets represent certain deferred tax assets that are excluded from regulatory capital based upon an assessment which, in addition to other factors, includes an estimate of future taxable income.

Ÿ Debt valuation adjustment represents the cumulative change in the fair value of our unsecured borrowings attributable to the impact of changes in our own credit spreads (net of tax at the applicable tax rate).

Ÿ Other adjustments within our Tier 1 common capital include net unrealized gains/(losses) on available-for-sale securities (net of tax at the applicable tax rate), the cumulative change in our pension and postretirement liabilities (net of tax at the applicable tax rate) and investments in certain nonconsolidated entities.

Ÿ Qualifying subordinated debt represents subordinated debt issued by Group Inc. with an original term to maturity of five years or greater. The outstanding amount of subordinated debt qualifying for Tier 2 capital is reduced, or discounted, upon reaching a remaining maturity of five years. See Note 16 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Form 10-Q for additional information about our subordinated debt.

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 151

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

	As of
$ in millions		September 2013		December 2012
Common shareholders’ equity		$  70,416		$  69,516
Less: Goodwill		(3,702	)	(3,702	)
Less: Identifiable intangible assets		(756	)	(1,397	)
Less: Equity investments in certain entities		(3,474	)	(4,805	)
Less: Disallowed deferred tax assets		(753	)	(1,261	)
Less: Debt valuation adjustment		(114	)	(180	)
Other adjustments		210		(124	)
Tier 1 Common Capital		61,827		58,047
Perpetual non-cumulative preferred stock		7,200		6,200
Junior subordinated debt issued to trusts 1		2,063		2,750
Other adjustments		(39	)	(20	)
Tier 1 Capital		71,051		66,977
Qualifying subordinated debt		12,730		13,342
Junior subordinated debt issued to trusts 1		687		—
Other adjustments		124		87
Tier 2 Capital		13,541		13,429
Total Capital		$  84,592		$  80,406
Credit RWAs		$268,988		$287,526
Market RWAs		167,742		112,402
Total RWAs		$436,730		$399,928
Tier 1 Common Ratio 2		14.2	%	14.5	%
Tier 1 Capital Ratio		16.3	%	16.7	%
Total Capital Ratio		19.4	%	20.1	%
Tier 1 Leverage Ratio 3		7.9	%	7.3	%

1. On January 1, 2013, we began to incorporate the Dodd-Frank Act’s phase-out of regulatory capital treatment for junior subordinated debt issued to trusts by allowing for only 75% of these capital instruments to be included in Tier 1 capital and 25% to be designated as Tier 2 capital in the calculation of our current capital ratios. In July 2013, the Agencies finalized the phase-out provisions of these capital instruments. See Note 16 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Form 10-Q for additional information about the junior subordinated debt issued to trusts.

2. The Tier 1 common ratio equals Tier 1 common capital divided by RWAs. We believe that the Tier 1 common ratio is meaningful because it is one of the measures that we, our regulators and investors use to assess capital adequacy. The Tier 1 common ratio is a non-GAAP measure and may not be comparable to similar non-GAAP measures used by other companies.

3. See Note 20 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Form 10-Q for additional information about the firm’s Tier 1 leverage ratio.

Our Tier 1 capital ratio decreased to 16.3% as of September 2013 from 16.7% as of December 2012 primarily reflecting an increase in RWAs, partially offset by an increase in Tier 1 capital. The increase in RWAs was primarily driven by the implementation of the revised market risk regulatory capital requirements which amended the methodology for determining RWAs for market risk and are designed to implement the new market risk framework of the Basel Committee, as well as to implement the prohibition on the use of external credit ratings, as required by the Dodd-Frank Act. These revised market risk capital requirements are a significant part of the regulatory capital changes that will ultimately be reflected in our Basel III capital ratios.

The table below presents the changes in Tier 1 common capital, Tier 1 capital and Tier 2 capital for the three and nine months ended September 2013.

in millions	Three Months Ended September 2013		Nine Months Ended September 2013
Tier 1 Common Capital
Balance, beginning of period	$61,903		$58,047
Increase/(decrease) in common shareholders’ equity	(427	)	900
Increase in goodwill	(3	)	—
Decrease in identifiable intangible assets	39		641
Decrease in equity investments in certain entities	313		1,331
(Increase)/decrease in disallowed deferred tax assets	(38	)	508
Change in debt valuation adjustment	42		66
Change in other adjustments	(2	)	334
Balance, end of period	$61,827		$61,827
Tier 1 Capital
Balance, beginning of period	$71,141		$66,977
Net increase/(decrease) in Tier 1 common capital	(76	)	3,780
Increase in perpetual non-cumulative preferred stock	—		1,000
Redesignation of junior subordinated debt issued to trusts	—		(687	)
Change in other adjustments	(14	)	(19	)
Balance, end of period	71,051		71,051
Tier 2 Capital
Balance, beginning of period	13,339		13,429
Increase/(decrease) in qualifying subordinated debt	157		(612	)
Redesignation of junior subordinated debt issued to trusts	—		687
Change in other adjustments	45		37
Balance, end of period	13,541		13,541
Total Capital	$84,592		$84,592

152 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

See “Business — Regulation” in Part I, Item 1 of our Annual Report on Form 10-K and Note 20 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Form 10-Q for additional information about our regulatory capital ratios and the related regulatory requirements, including pending and proposed regulatory changes.

Risk-Weighted Assets

RWAs under the Federal Reserve Board’s current risk-based capital requirements are calculated based on measures of credit risk and market risk.

RWAs for credit risk reflect amounts for on-balance sheet and off–balance sheet exposures. Credit risk requirements for on-balance sheet assets, such as receivables and cash, are generally based on the balance sheet value. Credit risk requirements for securities financing transactions are determined based upon the positive net exposure for each trade, and include the effect of counterparty netting and collateral, as applicable. For off-balance-sheet exposures, including commitments and guarantees, a credit equivalent amount is calculated based on the notional amount of each trade. Requirements for OTC derivatives are based on a combination of positive net exposure and a percentage of the notional amount of each trade, and include the effect of counterparty netting and collateral, as applicable. All such assets and exposures are then assigned a risk weight depending on, among other things, whether the counterparty is a sovereign, bank or a qualifying securities firm or other entity (or if collateral is held, depending on the nature of the collateral).

Under Basel I, prior to the implementation of the revised market risk regulatory capital requirements, RWAs for market risk were determined by reference to the firm’s Value-at-Risk (VaR) model, supplemented by the standardized measurement method used to determine RWAs for specific risk for certain positions.

Under the Federal Reserve Board’s revised market risk regulatory capital requirements, which became effective on January 1, 2013, the methodology for calculating RWAs for market risk was changed. RWAs for market risk are now determined using VaR, stressed VaR, incremental risk, comprehensive risk and a standardized measurement method for specific risk.

VaR is the potential loss in value of inventory positions due to adverse market movements over a defined time horizon with a specified confidence level. For both risk management purposes and regulatory capital calculations we use a single VaR model which captures risks including interest rates, equity prices, currency rates and commodity prices. VaR

used for regulatory capital requirements (regulatory VaR) differs from risk management VaR due to different time horizons and confidence levels (10-day and 99% for regulatory VaR vs. one-day and 95% for risk management VaR), as well as differences in the scope of positions on which VaR is calculated. Stressed VaR is the potential loss in value of inventory positions during a period of significant market stress. Incremental risk is the potential loss in value of non-securitized inventory positions due to the default or credit migration of issuers of financial instruments over a one-year time horizon. Comprehensive risk is the potential loss in value, due to price risk and defaults, within the firm’s credit correlation positions. The standardized measurement method is used to determine RWAs for specific risk for certain positions by applying supervisory defined risk-weighting factors to such positions after applicable netting is performed.

We provide additional information on regulatory VaR, stressed VaR, incremental risk, comprehensive risk and the standardized measurement method for specific risk on our web site as described under “Available Information” below.

The table below presents information on the components of RWAs within our consolidated regulatory capital ratios, which are based on Basel I, as implemented by the Federal Reserve Board, and also reflect the revised market risk regulatory capital requirements.

	As of
in millions		September 2013	June 2013
Credit RWAs
OTC derivatives		$  91,835	$  93,655
Commitments and guarantees 1		43,812	43,087
Securities financing transactions 2		44,958	48,139
Other 3		88,383	88,664
Total Credit RWAs		268,988	273,545
Market RWAs
Regulatory VaR		14,325	14,325
Stressed VaR		35,850	39,150
Incremental risk		9,825	19,413
Comprehensive risk		23,163	20,813
Specific risk		84,579	90,215
Total Market RWAs		167,742	183,916
Total RWAs 4		$436,730	$457,461

1. Principally includes certain commitments to extend credit and letters of credit.

2. Represents resale and repurchase agreements and securities borrowed and loaned transactions.

3. Principally includes receivables from customers, certain loans, other assets, and cash and cash equivalents.

4. Under the current regulatory capital framework, there is no explicit requirement for Operational risk.

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 153

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

The table below presents the changes in RWAs for the three and nine months ended September 2013, which are based on Basel I, as implemented by the Federal Reserve Board, and also reflect the revised market risk regulatory capital requirements.

in millions	Three Months Ended September 2013		Nine Months Ended September 2013
Risk-Weighted Assets
Balance, beginning of period	$457,461		$399,928
Credit RWAs
Decrease in OTC derivatives	(1,820	)	(15,434	)
Increase/(decrease) in commitments and guarantees	725		(2,195	)
Decrease in securities financing transactions	(3,181	)	(2,111	)
Change in other	(281	)	1,202
Change in Credit RWAs	(4,557	)	(18,538	)
Market RWAs
Increases related to the revised market risk rules	—		127,608
Decrease in regulatory VaR	—		(1,138	)
Decrease in stressed VaR	(3,300	)	(16,100	)
Decrease in incremental risk	(9,588	)	(16,988	)
Increase/(decrease) in comprehensive risk	2,350		(4,555	)
Decrease in specific risk	(5,636	)	(33,487	)
Change in Market RWAs	(16,174	)	55,340
Total RWAs, end of period	$436,730		$436,730

Credit RWAs decreased $4.56 billion compared with June 2013, primarily reflecting a decrease in securities financing exposure. Market RWAs decreased by $16.17 billion compared with June 2013, primarily reflecting a decrease in incremental risk related to positional changes.

Credit RWAs decreased $18.54 billion compared with December 2012, primarily related to a decrease in OTC derivative exposures. Market RWAs increased by $55.34 billion compared with December 2012, primarily reflecting the impact of the revised market risk regulatory capital requirements, which became effective on January 1, 2013, partially offset by a decrease in specific risk due to a decrease in inventory.

2013 Capital Framework

The Agencies have approved revised capital regulations establishing a new comprehensive capital framework for U.S. banking organizations (2013 Capital Framework). These regulations are largely based on the Basel Committee’s December 2010 final capital framework for strengthening international capital standards (Basel III). In addition, these regulations significantly revise the risk-based capital and leverage ratio requirements applicable to bank holding companies as compared to the current U.S. risk-based capital and leverage ratio rules and, thereby, implement certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act.

Under the 2013 Capital Framework, Group Inc. is an “Advanced approach” banking organization. See Note 20 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Form 10-Q for further information about the 2013 Capital Framework, including the difference between the “Standardized approach” and the Advanced approach.

Estimated Capital Ratios. Although we are still evaluating the details of these rules, we have performed a preliminary evaluation and estimate that the firm’s Basel III Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) to RWAs (CET1 ratios) as of September 2013 and June 2013 under the Advanced approach would have been 9.8% and 9.3%, respectively, on a fully phased-in basis (after the expiration of transition provisions). The estimate of the Basel III CET1 ratio will continue to evolve as we assess the details of these rules and discuss their interpretation and application with our regulators.

The estimated Basel III CET1 ratio on a fully phased-in basis equals estimated Basel III CET1 divided by estimated RWAs under the Advanced approach. Management believes that the estimated Basel III CET1 ratio is meaningful because it is one of the measures that we, our regulators and investors use to assess capital adequacy. The estimated Basel III CET1 ratio is a non-GAAP measure and may not be comparable to similar non-GAAP measures used by other companies.

154 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

The table below presents a reconciliation of our common shareholders’ equity to the estimated Basel III Advanced CET1 on a fully phased-in basis.

	As of
$ in millions		September 2013		June 2013
Common shareholders’ equity		$  70,416		$  70,843
Less: Goodwill		(3,702	)	(3,699	)
Less: Identifiable intangible assets		(756	)	(795	)
Less: Deductions for investments in nonconsolidated financial institutions 1		(8,064	)	(9,872	)
Other adjustments, net 2		148		(680	)
Basel III CET1		$  58,042		$  55,797
Basel III Advanced RWAs		$592,262		$600,222
Basel III Advanced CET1 Ratio		9.8	%	9.3	%

1. This deduction, which represents the fully phased-in requirement, is the amount by which our investments in the capital of nonconsolidated financial institutions exceed certain prescribed thresholds. During both the transitional period and thereafter, no deduction will be required if the applicable proportion of our investments in the capital of nonconsolidated financial institutions falls below the prescribed thresholds.

2. Principally includes deferred tax items, debt valuation adjustments and credit valuation adjustments on derivative liabilities, as well as other required credit risk-based deductions.

The increase from June 2013 in our estimated Basel III Advanced CET1 ratio on a fully phased-in basis was primarily driven by lower Market RWAs and a decline in the financial institution deduction.

Our estimated CET1 ratio under the Standardized approach on a fully phased-in basis was approximately 70 basis points lower than our estimated Basel III Advanced CET1 ratio in the table above. The CET1 ratio under the Standardized approach will be effective January 1, 2015, subject to transitional provisions. The Basel III Advanced CET1 ratio will be effective January 1, 2014, subject to transitional provisions, assuming we have completed the parallel run. Assuming the transitional provisions that will be in effect on January 1, 2014, our estimated Basel III Advanced CET1 ratio and our estimated Standardized CET1 ratio as of September 2013 are approximately 100 basis points higher than the respective CET1 ratios on a fully phased-in basis.

Regulatory Leverage Ratios. The 2013 Capital Framework revises the minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio from 3% to 4% on January 1, 2014, and for Advanced approach banking organizations introduces a new supplementary leverage ratio.

The supplementary leverage ratio compares Tier 1 capital (as defined under the 2013 Capital Framework) to a measure of leverage exposure. This ratio is an average of the supplementary leverage ratios for each month-end during the quarter. Leverage exposure is defined as the sum of the firm’s assets less certain CET1 deductions plus certain off-balance-sheet exposures, including a measure of derivatives exposures and commitments.

The 2013 Capital Framework requires a minimum supplementary leverage ratio of 3%, effective January 1, 2018, but with disclosure beginning in the first quarter of 2015. In addition, subsequent to the approval of the 2013 Capital Framework, the Agencies issued a proposal to increase the minimum supplementary leverage ratio requirement for the largest U.S. banks (those deemed to be global systemically important banking institutions (G-SIBs) under the Basel G-SIB framework). These proposals would require the firm and other G-SIBs to meet a 5% supplementary Tier 1 leverage ratio (comprised of the current minimum requirement of 3% plus a 2% buffer). As of September 2013, our estimated supplementary leverage ratio based on the 2013 Capital Framework approximates this proposed minimum.

In addition, the Basel Committee issued a consultative paper that would increase the size of the total leverage exposure for purposes of the supplementary leverage ratio, but would retain a minimum Tier 1 ratio requirement of 3%.

Other Developments

The Basel Committee and the Financial Stability Board (established at the direction of the leaders of the Group of 20) have also recently issued several consultative papers which propose further changes to capital regulations.

The interaction among the Basel Committee’s proposed and announced changes, the Dodd-Frank Act, other reform initiatives proposed and announced by the Agencies, and other proposed or announced changes from other governmental entities and regulators (including the European Union (EU) and the U.K.’s Financial Services Authority (FSA) which was replaced by the Prudential Regulation Authority and the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) on April 1, 2013) adds further uncertainty to the firm’s future capital and liquidity requirements and those of the firm’s subsidiaries. The EU has recently finalized legislation which implements the guidelines issued by the Basel Committee in December 2010 and it is expected to be in force for the EU on January 1, 2014.

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 155

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

The Dodd-Frank Act contains provisions that require the registration of all swap dealers, major swap participants, security-based swap dealers and major security-based swap participants. The firm has registered certain subsidiaries as “swap dealers” under the CFTC rules, including GS&Co., GS Bank USA, GSI, GSJCL, Goldman Sachs Paris Inc. et Cie and J. Aron & Company. These entities and other entities that would require registration under the CFTC or SEC rules will be subject to regulatory capital requirements, which have not been finalized by the CFTC and SEC.

Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process

We perform an ICAAP with the objective of ensuring that the firm is appropriately capitalized relative to the risks in our business.

As part of our ICAAP, we perform an internal risk-based capital assessment. This assessment incorporates market risk, credit risk and operational risk. Market risk is calculated by using VaR calculations supplemented by risk-based add-ons which include risks related to rare events (tail risks). Credit risk utilizes assumptions about our counterparties’ probability of default, the size of our losses in the event of a default and the maturity of our counterparties’ contractual obligations to us. Operational risk is calculated based on scenarios incorporating multiple types of operational failures. Backtesting is used to gauge the effectiveness of models at capturing and measuring relevant risks.

We evaluate capital adequacy based on the result of our internal risk-based capital assessment and regulatory capital ratios, supplemented with the results of stress tests. Stress testing is an integral component of our ICAAP and is designed to measure the firm’s estimated performance under various stressed market conditions and assists us in analyzing whether the firm holds an appropriate amount of capital relative to the risks of our businesses. Our goal is to hold sufficient capital to ensure we remain adequately capitalized after experiencing a severe stress event. Our assessment of capital adequacy is viewed in tandem with our assessment of liquidity adequacy and is integrated into the overall risk management structure, governance and policy framework of the firm.

We attribute capital usage to each of our businesses based upon our internal risk-based capital and regulatory frameworks and manage the levels of usage based upon the balance sheet and risk limits established.

Rating Agency Guidelines

The credit rating agencies assign credit ratings to the obligations of Group Inc., which directly issues or guarantees substantially all of the firm’s senior unsecured obligations. GS&Co. and GSI have been assigned long- and short-term issuer ratings by certain credit rating agencies. GS Bank USA has also been assigned long-term issuer ratings as well as ratings on its long-term and short-term bank deposits. In addition, credit rating agencies have assigned ratings to debt obligations of certain other subsidiaries of Group Inc.

The level and composition of our equity capital are among the many factors considered in determining our credit ratings. Each agency has its own definition of eligible capital and methodology for evaluating capital adequacy, and assessments are generally based on a combination of factors rather than a single calculation. See “Liquidity Risk Management — Credit Ratings” for further information about credit ratings of Group Inc., GS&Co., GSI and GS Bank USA.

Subsidiary Capital Requirements

Many of our subsidiaries, including GS Bank USA and our broker-dealer subsidiaries, are subject to separate regulation and capital requirements of the jurisdictions in which they operate.

GS Bank USA. GS Bank USA is subject to minimum capital requirements that are calculated in a manner similar to those applicable to bank holding companies and computes its risk-based capital ratios in accordance with the regulatory capital requirements currently applicable to state member banks, which are based on Basel I, and also reflect the revised market risk regulatory capital requirements as implemented by the Federal Reserve Board. The capital regulations also include requirements with respect to leverage. See Note 20 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Form 10-Q for further information about GS Bank USA’s regulatory capital ratios.

GS Bank USA is also subject to the 2013 Capital Framework, beginning January 1, 2014. In addition to revisions to the risk-based capital ratios, GS Bank USA will be subject to a 4% minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio requirement, and as an Advanced approach banking organization, will be subject to a new minimum supplementary leverage ratio (as described above) of 3% effective January 1, 2018.

156 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Shortly after the approval of the 2013 Capital Framework, the Agencies issued a proposal that also requires that U.S. insured depository institution subsidiaries of U.S. G-SIBs, such as GS Bank USA, meet a “well-capitalized” supplementary leverage ratio requirement of 6%. If these proposals are enacted as proposed, these higher requirements would be effective beginning January 1, 2018. As of September 2013, GS Bank USA’s estimated supplementary leverage ratio based on the 2013 Capital Framework approximates this proposed minimum.

See Note 20 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Form 10-Q for further information about the 2013 Capital Framework as it relates to GS Bank USA and incremental capital requirements for domestic systemically important banking institutions.

For purposes of assessing the adequacy of its capital, GS Bank USA has established an ICAAP which is similar to that used by Group Inc. In addition, the rules adopted by the Federal Reserve Board under the Dodd-Frank Act require GS Bank USA to conduct stress tests on an annual basis and publish a summary of certain results. GS Bank USA submitted its annual stress results to the Federal Reserve on January 7, 2013 and published a summary of its results in March 2013. GS Bank USA’s capital levels and prompt corrective action classification are subject to qualitative judgments by its regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.

Other Subsidiaries. We expect that the capital requirements of several of our subsidiaries are likely to increase in the future due to the various developments arising from the Basel Committee, the Dodd-Frank Act, and other governmental entities and regulators. See Note 20 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Form 10-Q for information about the capital requirements of our other regulated subsidiaries and the potential impact of regulatory reform.

Subsidiaries not subject to separate regulatory capital requirements may hold capital to satisfy local tax and legal guidelines, rating agency requirements (for entities with assigned credit ratings) or internal policies, including policies concerning the minimum amount of capital a subsidiary should hold based on its underlying level of risk. In certain instances, Group Inc. may be limited in its ability to access capital held at certain subsidiaries as a result of regulatory, tax or other constraints. As of September 2013 and December 2012, Group Inc.’s equity investment in subsidiaries was $71.89 billion and $73.32 billion,

respectively, compared with its total shareholders’ equity of $77.62 billion and $75.72 billion, respectively.

Guarantees of Subsidiaries. Group Inc. has guaranteed the payment obligations of GS&Co., GS Bank USA, and Goldman Sachs Execution & Clearing, L.P. (GSEC) subject to certain exceptions. In November 2008, Group Inc. contributed subsidiaries into GS Bank USA, and Group Inc. agreed to guarantee certain losses, including credit-related losses, relating to assets held by the contributed entities. In connection with this guarantee, Group Inc. also agreed to pledge to GS Bank USA certain collateral, including interests in subsidiaries and other illiquid assets.

Our capital invested in non-U.S. subsidiaries is generally exposed to foreign exchange risk, substantially all of which is managed through a combination of derivatives and non-U.S. denominated debt.

Contingency Capital Plan

Our contingency capital plan provides a framework for analyzing and responding to a perceived or actual capital deficiency, including, but not limited to, identification of drivers of a capital deficiency, as well as mitigants and potential actions. It outlines the appropriate communication procedures to follow during a crisis period, including internal dissemination of information as well as ensuring timely communication with external stakeholders.

Equity Capital Management

Our objective is to maintain a sufficient level and optimal composition of equity capital. We principally manage our capital through issuances and repurchases of our common stock. We may also, from time to time, issue or repurchase our preferred stock, junior subordinated debt issued to trusts and other subordinated debt or other forms of capital as business conditions warrant and subject to approval of the Federal Reserve Board. We manage our capital requirements principally by setting limits on-balance-sheet assets and/or limits on risk, in each case both at the consolidated and business levels. We attribute capital usage to each of our businesses based upon our internal risk-based capital and regulatory frameworks and manage the levels of usage based upon the balance sheet and risk limits established.

See Notes 16 and 19 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Form 10-Q for further information about our preferred stock, junior subordinated debt issued to trusts and other subordinated debt.

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 157

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Berkshire Hathaway Warrant. On March 25, 2013, the firm amended its warrant agreement with Berkshire Hathaway Inc. and certain of its subsidiaries (collectively, Berkshire Hathaway) to require net share settlement and to specify the exercise date as October 1, 2013. Under the amended agreement, the firm agreed to deliver to Berkshire Hathaway the number of shares of common stock equal in value to the difference between the average closing price of the firm’s common stock over the 10 trading days preceding October 1, 2013 and the exercise price of $115.00 multiplied by the number of shares of common stock (43.5 million) covered by the warrant. On October 1, 2013, Berkshire Hathaway exercised in full the warrant to purchase shares of the firm’s common stock and the firm delivered 13.1 million shares of common stock to Berkshire Hathaway on October 4, 2013. The impact to both the firm’s book value per common share and tangible book value per common share was a reduction of approximately 3% in October 2013.

Share Repurchase Program. We seek to use our share repurchase program to help maintain the appropriate level of common equity. The repurchase program is effected primarily through regular open-market purchases, the amounts and timing of which are determined primarily by our current and projected capital positions (i.e., comparisons of our desired level and composition of capital to our actual level and composition of capital), but which may also be influenced by general market conditions and the prevailing price and trading volumes of our common stock.

On April 15, 2013, the Board of Directors of Group Inc. (Board) authorized the repurchase of an additional 75.0 million shares of common stock pursuant to the firm’s existing share repurchase program. As of September 2013, under the share repurchase program approved by the Board, we can repurchase up to 65.7 million additional shares of common stock; however, any such repurchases are subject to the approval of the Federal Reserve Board. See “Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds” in Part II, Item 2 and Note 19 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Form 10-Q for additional information on our repurchase program and see above for information about the annual CCAR.

Other Capital Metrics

The table below presents information on our shareholders’ equity and book value per common share.

	As of
in millions, except per share amounts		September 2013	December 2012
Total shareholders’ equity		$77,616	$75,716
Common shareholders’ equity		70,416	69,516
Tangible common shareholders’ equity		65,958	64,417
Book value per common share		153.58	144.67
Tangible book value per common share		143.86	134.06

Tangible common shareholders’ equity. Tangible common shareholders’ equity equals total shareholders’ equity less preferred stock, goodwill and identifiable intangible assets. We believe that tangible common shareholders’ equity is meaningful because it is a measure that we and investors use to assess capital adequacy. Tangible common shareholders’ equity is a non-GAAP measure and may not be comparable to similar non-GAAP measures used by other companies.

The table below presents the reconciliation of total shareholders’ equity to tangible common shareholders’ equity.

	As of
in millions		September 2013		December 2012
Total shareholders’ equity		$77,616		$75,716
Deduct: Preferred stock		(7,200	)	(6,200	)
Common shareholders’ equity		70,416		69,516
Deduct: Goodwill and identifiable intangible assets		(4,458	)	(5,099	)
Tangible common shareholders’ equity		$65,958		$64,417

Book value and tangible book value per common share. Book value and tangible book value per common share are based on common shares outstanding, including restricted stock units granted to employees with no future service requirements, of 458.5 million and 480.5 million as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively. We believe that tangible book value per common share (tangible common shareholders’ equity divided by common shares outstanding) is meaningful because it is a measure that we and investors use to assess capital adequacy. Tangible book value per common share is a non-GAAP measure and may not be comparable to similar non-GAAP measures used by other companies.

158 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Off-Balance-Sheet Arrangements

and Contractual Obligations

Off-Balance-Sheet Arrangements

We have various types of off-balance-sheet arrangements that we enter into in the ordinary course of business. Our involvement in these arrangements can take many different forms, including:

Ÿ purchasing or retaining residual and other interests in special purpose entities such as mortgage-backed and other asset-backed securitization vehicles;

Ÿ holding senior and subordinated debt, interests in limited and general partnerships, and preferred and common stock in other nonconsolidated vehicles;

Ÿ entering into interest rate, foreign currency, equity, commodity and credit derivatives, including total return swaps;

Ÿ entering into operating leases; and

Ÿ providing guarantees, indemnifications, loan commitments, letters of credit and representations and warranties.

We enter into these arrangements for a variety of business purposes, including securitizations. The securitization vehicles that purchase mortgages, corporate bonds, and other types of financial assets are critical to the functioning of several significant investor markets, including the mortgage-backed and other asset-backed securities markets, since they offer investors access to specific cash flows and risks created through the securitization process.

We also enter into these arrangements to underwrite client securitization transactions; provide secondary market liquidity; make investments in performing and nonperforming debt, equity, real estate and other assets; provide investors with credit-linked and asset-repackaged notes; and receive or provide letters of credit to satisfy margin requirements and to facilitate the clearance and settlement process.

Our financial interests in, and derivative transactions with, such nonconsolidated entities are generally accounted for at fair value, in the same manner as our other financial instruments, except in cases where we apply the equity method of accounting.

The table below presents where a discussion of our various off-balance-sheet arrangements may be found in Part I, Items 1 and 2 of this Form 10-Q. In addition, see Note 3 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Form 10-Q for a discussion of our consolidation policies.

Type of Off-Balance-Sheet Arrangement	Disclosure in Form 10-Q
Variable interests and other obligations, including contingent obligations, arising from variable interests in nonconsolidated VIEs	See Note 11 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Form 10-Q.
Leases, letters of credit, and lending and other commitments	See “Contractual Obligations” below and Note 18 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Form 10-Q.
Guarantees	See “Contractual Obligations” below and Note 18 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Form 10-Q.
Derivatives	See “Credit Risk Management — Credit Exposures — OTC Derivatives” below and Notes 4, 5, 7 and 18 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Form 10-Q.

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 159

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Contractual Obligations

We have certain contractual obligations which require us to make future cash payments. These contractual obligations include our unsecured long-term borrowings, secured long-term financings, time deposits and contractual interest payments, all of which are included in our condensed consolidated statements of financial condition. Our

obligations to make future cash payments also include certain off-balance-sheet contractual obligations such as purchase obligations, minimum rental payments under noncancelable leases and commitments and guarantees.

The table below presents our contractual obligations, commitments and guarantees as of September 2013.

in millions	Remainder of 2013	2014- 2015	2016- 2017	2018- Thereafter	Total
Amounts related to on-balance-sheet obligations
Time deposits 1	$        —	$    5,416	$  4,769	$  6,167	$  16,352
Secured long-term financings 2	—	4,519	1,988	1,286	7,793
Unsecured long-term borrowings 3	—	31,600	42,538	93,944	168,082
Contractual interest payments 4	1,482	13,090	10,364	34,213	59,149
Subordinated liabilities issued by consolidated VIEs	4	44	—	925	973
Amounts related to off-balance-sheet arrangements
Commitments to extend credit	2,344	20,042	34,695	24,408	81,489
Contingent and forward starting resale and securities borrowing agreements	63,158	—	—	—	63,158
Forward starting repurchase and secured lending agreements	14,368	—	—	—	14,368
Letters of credit	156	365	1	15	537
Investment commitments	752	1,973	176	3,487	6,388
Other commitments	4,184	159	14	62	4,419
Minimum rental payments	104	731	550	1,413	2,798
Derivative guarantees	197,874	423,319	74,485	68,887	764,565
Securities lending indemnifications	30,617	—	—	—	30,617
Other financial guarantees	1,338	725	873	2,027	4,963

1. Excludes $10.79 billion of time deposits maturing within one year.

2. The aggregate contractual principal amount of secured long-term financings for which the fair value option was elected exceeded the related fair value by $132 million.

3. Includes $7.07 billion related to interest rate hedges on certain unsecured long-term borrowings. In addition, the aggregate contractual principal amount of unsecured long-term borrowings (principal and non-principal-protected) for which the fair value option was elected exceeded the related fair value by $234 million.

4. Represents estimated future interest payments related to unsecured long-term borrowings, secured long-term financings and time deposits based on applicable interest rates as of September 2013. Includes stated coupons, if any, on structured notes.

In the table above:

Ÿ Obligations maturing within one year of our financial statement date or redeemable within one year of our financial statement date at the option of the holder are excluded and are treated as short-term obligations.

Ÿ Obligations that are repayable prior to maturity at our option are reflected at their contractual maturity dates and obligations that are redeemable prior to maturity at the option of the holders are reflected at the dates such options become exercisable.

Ÿ Amounts included in the table do not necessarily reflect the actual future cash flow requirements for these arrangements because commitments and guarantees represent notional amounts and may expire unused or be reduced or cancelled at the counterparty’s request.

Ÿ Due to the uncertainty of the timing and amounts that will ultimately be paid, our liability for unrecognized tax benefits has been excluded. See Note 24 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Form 10-Q for further information about our unrecognized tax benefits.

160 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

We also have contractual obligations related to future benefits and unpaid claims arising from policies associated with our European insurance business classified as held for sale as of September 2013. The estimated undiscounted payments related to such future benefits and unpaid claims, excluding estimated recoveries under reinsurance contracts, were $20.14 billion as of September 2013, and are excluded from the table above. In addition, as of September 2013, secured long-term financings and unsecured long-term borrowings associated with our European insurance business were $707 million and $164 million, respectively, which are excluded from the table above. See Note 17 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Form 10-Q for further information.

See Notes 15 and 18 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Form 10-Q for further information about our short-term borrowings and commitments and guarantees, respectively.

As of September 2013, our unsecured long-term borrowings were $168.08 billion, with maturities extending to 2061, and consisted principally of senior borrowings. See Note 16 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Form 10-Q for further information about our unsecured long-term borrowings.

As of September 2013, our future minimum rental payments net of minimum sublease rentals under noncancelable leases were $2.80 billion. These lease commitments, principally for office space, expire on various dates through 2069. Certain agreements are subject to periodic escalation provisions for increases in real estate taxes and other charges. See Note 18 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Form 10-Q for further information about our leases.

Our occupancy expenses include costs associated with office space held in excess of our current requirements. This excess space, the cost of which is charged to earnings as incurred, is being held for potential growth or to replace currently occupied space that we may exit in the future. We regularly evaluate our current and future space capacity in relation to current and projected staffing levels. During the three and nine months ended September 2013, total occupancy expenses for space held in excess of our current requirements were not material. In addition, during the three and nine months ended September 2013, we incurred exit costs of $3 million and $11 million, respectively, related to our office space. We may incur exit costs in the future to the extent we (i) reduce our space capacity or (ii) commit to, or occupy, new properties in the locations in which we operate and, consequently, dispose of existing space that had been held for potential growth. These exit costs may be material to our results of operations in a given period.

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 161

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Risk Management and Risk Factors

Risks are inherent in our business and include liquidity, market, credit, operational, legal, regulatory and reputational risks. For a further discussion of our risk management processes, see “Overview and Structure of Risk Management” below. Our risks include the risks across our risk categories, regions or global businesses and have the potential to materially impact our financial results or our reputation, as well as those which have uncertain outcomes. For a further discussion of our areas of risk, see “— Liquidity Risk Management,” “— Market Risk Management,” “— Credit Risk Management,” “— Operational Risk Management” and “Certain Risk Factors That May Affect Our Businesses” below.

Overview and Structure of Risk Management

Overview

We believe that effective risk management is of primary importance to the success of the firm. Accordingly, we have comprehensive risk management processes through which we monitor, evaluate and manage the risks we assume in conducting our activities. These include market, credit, liquidity, operational, legal, regulatory and reputational risk exposures. Our risk management framework is built around three core components: governance, processes and people.

Governance. Risk management governance starts with our Board, which plays an important role in reviewing and approving risk management policies and practices, both directly and through its committees, including its Risk Committee. The Board also receives regular briefings on firmwide risks, including market risk, liquidity risk, credit risk and operational risk from our independent control and support functions, including the chief risk officer, and on matters impacting our reputation from the chair of our Firmwide Client and Business Standards Committee. The chief risk officer, as part of the review of the firmwide risk package, regularly advises the Risk Committee of the Board of relevant risk metrics and material exposures. Next, at the most senior levels of the firm, our leaders are experienced risk managers, with a sophisticated and detailed understanding of the risks we take. Our senior managers lead and participate in risk-oriented committees, as do the leaders of our independent control and support functions — including those in Compliance, Controllers, our Credit Risk Management department (Credit Risk

Management), Human Capital Management, Legal, Market Risk Management, Operations, our Operational Risk Management department (Operational Risk Management), Tax, Technology and Treasury.

The firm’s governance structure provides the protocol and responsibility for decision-making on risk management issues and ensures implementation of those decisions. We make extensive use of risk-related committees that meet regularly and serve as an important means to facilitate and foster ongoing discussions to identify, manage and mitigate risks.

We maintain strong communication about risk and we have a culture of collaboration in decision-making among the revenue-producing units, independent control and support functions, committees and senior management. While we believe that the first line of defense in managing risk rests with the managers in our revenue-producing units, we dedicate extensive resources to independent control and support functions in order to ensure a strong oversight structure and an appropriate segregation of duties. We regularly reinforce the firm’s strong culture of escalation and accountability across all divisions and functions.

Processes. We maintain various processes and procedures that are critical components of our risk management. First and foremost is our daily discipline of marking substantially all of the firm’s inventory to current market levels. Goldman Sachs carries its inventory at fair value, with changes in valuation reflected immediately in our risk management systems and in net revenues. We do so because we believe this discipline is one of the most effective tools for assessing and managing risk and that it provides transparent and realistic insight into our financial exposures.

We also apply a rigorous framework of limits to control risk across multiple transactions, products, businesses and markets. This includes setting credit and market risk limits at a variety of levels and monitoring these limits on a daily basis. Limits are typically set at levels that will be periodically exceeded, rather than at levels which reflect our maximum risk appetite. This fosters an ongoing dialogue on risk among revenue-producing units, independent control and support functions, committees and senior management, as well as rapid escalation of risk-related matters. See “Market Risk Management” and “Credit Risk Management” for further information on our risk limits.

162 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Active management of our positions is another important process. Proactive mitigation of our market and credit exposures minimizes the risk that we will be required to take outsized actions during periods of stress.

We also focus on the rigor and effectiveness of the firm’s risk systems. The goal of our risk management technology is to get the right information to the right people at the right time, which requires systems that are comprehensive, reliable and timely. We devote significant time and resources to our risk management technology to ensure that it consistently provides us with complete, accurate and timely information.

People. Even the best technology serves only as a tool for helping to make informed decisions in real time about the risks we are taking. Ultimately, effective risk management requires our people to interpret our risk data on an ongoing and timely basis and adjust risk positions accordingly. In both our revenue-producing units and our independent control and support functions, the experience of our professionals, and their understanding of the nuances and limitations of each risk measure, guide the firm in assessing exposures and maintaining them within prudent levels.

We reinforce a culture of effective risk management in our training and development programs as well as the way we evaluate performance, and recognize and reward our people. Our training and development programs, including certain sessions led by the most senior leaders of the firm, are focused on the importance of risk management, client relationships and reputational excellence. As part of our annual performance review process, we assess reputational excellence including how an employee exercises good risk management and reputational judgment, and adheres to our code of conduct and compliance policies. Our review and reward processes are designed to communicate and reinforce to our professionals the link between behavior and how people are recognized, the need to focus on our clients and our reputation, and the need to always act in accordance with the highest standards of the firm.

Structure

Ultimate oversight of risk is the responsibility of the firm’s Board. The Board oversees risk both directly and through its committees, including its Risk Committee. The Risk Committee consists of all of our independent directors. Within the firm, a series of committees with specific risk management mandates have oversight or decision-making responsibilities for risk management activities. Committee membership generally consists of senior managers from both our revenue-producing units and our independent control and support functions. We have established procedures for these committees to ensure that appropriate information barriers are in place. Our primary risk committees, most of which also have additional sub-committees or working groups, are described below. In addition to these committees, we have other risk-oriented committees which provide oversight for different businesses, activities, products, regions and legal entities. All of our firmwide, regional and divisional committees have responsibility for considering the impact of transactions and activities which they oversee on our reputation.

Membership of the firm’s risk committees is reviewed regularly and updated to reflect changes in the responsibilities of the committee members. Accordingly, the length of time that members serve on the respective committees varies as determined by the committee chairs and based on the responsibilities of the members within the firm.

In addition, independent control and support functions, which report to the chief financial officer, the general counsel and the chief administrative officer, are responsible for day-to-day oversight or monitoring of risk, as discussed in greater detail in the following sections. Internal Audit, which reports to the Audit Committee of the Board and includes professionals with a broad range of audit and industry experience, including risk management expertise, is responsible for independently assessing and validating key controls within the risk management framework.

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 163

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

The chart below presents an overview of our risk management governance structure, highlighting the

oversight of our Board, our key risk-related committees and the independence of our control and support functions.

Management Committee. The Management Committee oversees the global activities of the firm, including all of the firm’s independent control and support functions. It provides this oversight directly and through authority delegated to committees it has established. This committee is comprised of the most senior leaders of the firm, and is chaired by the firm’s chief executive officer. The Management Committee has established various committees with delegated authority and the chairperson of the Management Committee appoints the chairpersons of these committees. Most members of the Management Committee are also members of other firmwide, divisional and regional committees. The following are the committees that are principally involved in firmwide risk management.

Firmwide Client and Business Standards Committee. The Firmwide Client and Business Standards Committee assesses and makes determinations regarding business standards and practices, reputational risk management, client relationships and client service, is chaired by the firm’s president and chief operating officer, and reports to the Management Committee. This committee also has responsibility for overseeing recommendations of the Business Standards Committee. This committee periodically updates and receives guidance from the Public Responsibilities Subcommittee of the Corporate Governance, Nominating and Public Responsibilities Committee of the Board. This committee has established the following two risk-related committees that report to it:

164 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Ÿ Firmwide New Activity Committee. The Firmwide New Activity Committee is responsible for reviewing new activities and for establishing a process to identify and review previously approved activities that are significant and that have changed in complexity and/or structure or present different reputational and suitability concerns over time to consider whether these activities remain appropriate. This committee is co-chaired by the firm’s head of operations/chief operating officer for Europe, Middle East and Africa and the chief administrative officer of our Investment Management Division, who are appointed by the Firmwide Client and Business Standards Committee chairperson.

Ÿ Firmwide Suitability Committee. The Firmwide Suitability Committee is responsible for setting standards and policies for product, transaction and client suitability and providing a forum for consistency across divisions, regions and products on suitability assessments. This committee also reviews suitability matters escalated from other firm committees. This committee is co-chaired by the deputy head of our Global Compliance Division and the co-head of our Investment Management Division, who are appointed by the Firmwide Client and Business Standards Committee chairperson.

Firmwide Risk Committee. The Firmwide Risk Committee is globally responsible for the ongoing monitoring and management of the firm’s financial risks. Through both direct and delegated authority, the Firmwide Risk Committee approves firmwide, product, divisional and business-level limits for both market and credit risks, approves sovereign credit risk limits and reviews results of stress tests and scenario analyses. This committee is co-chaired by the firm’s chief financial officer and a senior managing director from the firm’s executive office, and reports to the Management Committee. The following four committees report to the Firmwide Risk Committee. The chairperson of the Securities Division Risk Committee is appointed by the chairpersons of the Firmwide Risk Committee; the chairpersons of the Credit Policy and Firmwide Operational Risk Committees are appointed by the firm’s chief risk officer; and the chairpersons of the Firmwide Finance Committee are appointed by the Firmwide Risk Committee.

Ÿ Securities Division Risk Committee. The Securities Division Risk Committee sets market risk limits, subject to overall firmwide risk limits, for the Securities Division based on a number of risk measures, including but not limited to VaR, stress tests, scenario analyses and balance sheet levels. This committee is chaired by the chief risk officer of our Securities Division.

Ÿ Credit Policy Committee. The Credit Policy Committee establishes and reviews broad firmwide credit policies and parameters that are implemented by Credit Risk Management. This committee is chaired by the firm’s chief credit officer.

Ÿ Firmwide Operational Risk Committee. The Firmwide Operational Risk Committee provides oversight of the ongoing development and implementation of our operational risk policies, framework and methodologies, and monitors the effectiveness of operational risk management. This committee is co-chaired by a managing director in Credit Risk Management and a managing director in Operational Risk Management.

Ÿ Firmwide Finance Committee. The Firmwide Finance Committee has oversight responsibility for liquidity risk, the size and composition of our balance sheet and capital base, and credit ratings. This committee regularly reviews our liquidity, balance sheet, funding position and capitalization, approves related policies, and makes recommendations as to any adjustments to be made in light of current events, risks, exposures and regulatory requirements. As a part of such oversight, this committee reviews and approves balance sheet limits and the size of our GCE. This committee is co-chaired by the firm’s chief financial officer and the firm’s global treasurer.

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 165

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

The following committees report jointly to the Firmwide Risk Committee and the Firmwide Client and Business Standards Committee:

Ÿ Firmwide Commitments Committee. The Firmwide Commitments Committee reviews the firm’s underwriting and distribution activities with respect to equity and equity-related product offerings, and sets and maintains policies and procedures designed to ensure that legal, reputational, regulatory and business standards are maintained on a global basis. In addition to reviewing specific transactions, this committee periodically conducts general strategic reviews of sectors and products and establishes policies in connection with transaction practices. This committee is co-chaired by the firm’s senior strategy officer and the co-head of Global Mergers & Acquisitions, who are appointed by the Firmwide Client and Business Standards Committee chairperson.

Ÿ Firmwide Capital Committee. The Firmwide Capital Committee provides approval and oversight of debt-related transactions, including principal commitments of the firm’s capital. This committee aims to ensure that business and reputational standards for underwritings and capital commitments are maintained on a global basis. This committee is co-chaired by the firm’s global treasurer and the head of credit finance for Europe, Middle East and Africa who are appointed by the Firmwide Risk Committee chairpersons.

Investment Management Division Risk Committee. The Investment Management Division Risk Committee is responsible for the ongoing monitoring and control of global market, counterparty credit and liquidity risks associated with the activities of our investment management businesses. The head of Investment Management Division risk management is the chair of this committee. The Investment Management Division Risk Committee reports to the firm’s chief risk officer.

Conflicts Management

Conflicts of interest and the firm’s approach to dealing with them are fundamental to our client relationships, our reputation and our long-term success. The term “conflict of interest” does not have a universally accepted meaning, and conflicts can arise in many forms within a business or between businesses. The responsibility for identifying potential conflicts, as well as complying with the firm’s policies and procedures, is shared by the entire firm.

We have a multilayered approach to resolving conflicts and addressing reputational risk. The firm’s senior management oversees policies related to conflicts resolution. The firm’s senior management, the Business Selection and Conflicts Resolution Group, the Legal Department and Compliance Division, the Firmwide Client and Business Standards Committee and other internal committees all play roles in the formulation of policies, standards and principles and assist in making judgments regarding the appropriate resolution of particular conflicts. Resolving potential conflicts necessarily depends on the facts and circumstances of a particular situation and the application of experienced and informed judgment.

At the transaction level, various people and groups have roles. As a general matter, the Business Selection and Conflicts Resolution Group reviews all financing and advisory assignments in Investment Banking and certain investing, lending and other activities of the firm. Various transaction oversight committees, such as the Firmwide Capital, Commitments and Suitability Committees and other committees across the firm, also review new underwritings, loans, investments and structured products. These committees work with internal and external lawyers and the Compliance Division to evaluate and address any actual or potential conflicts.

We regularly assess our policies and procedures that address conflicts of interest in an effort to conduct our business in accordance with the highest ethical standards and in compliance with all applicable laws, rules, and regulations.

166 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Liquidity Risk Management

Liquidity is of critical importance to financial institutions. Most of the failures of financial institutions have occurred in large part due to insufficient liquidity. Accordingly, the firm has in place a comprehensive and conservative set of liquidity and funding policies to address both firm-specific and broader industry or market liquidity events. Our principal objective is to be able to fund the firm and to enable our core businesses to continue to serve clients and generate revenues, even under adverse circumstances.

We manage liquidity risk according to the following principles:

Excess Liquidity. We maintain substantial excess liquidity to meet a broad range of potential cash outflows and collateral needs in a stressed environment.

Asset-Liability Management. We assess anticipated holding periods for our assets and their expected liquidity in a stressed environment. We manage the maturities and diversity of our funding across markets, products and counterparties, and seek to maintain liabilities of appropriate tenor relative to our asset base.

Contingency Funding Plan. We maintain a contingency funding plan to provide a framework for analyzing and responding to a liquidity crisis situation or periods of market stress. This framework sets forth the plan of action to fund normal business activity in emergency and stress situations. These principles are discussed in more detail below.

Excess Liquidity

Our most important liquidity policy is to pre-fund our estimated potential cash and collateral needs during a liquidity crisis and hold this excess liquidity in the form of unencumbered, highly liquid securities and cash. We believe that the securities held in our global core excess would be readily convertible to cash in a matter of days, through liquidation, by entering into repurchase agreements or from maturities of resale agreements, and that this cash would allow us to meet immediate obligations without needing to sell other assets or depend on additional funding from credit-sensitive markets.

As of September 2013 and December 2012, the fair value of the securities and certain overnight cash deposits included in our GCE totaled $174.90 billion and $174.62 billion, respectively. Based on the results of our internal liquidity risk model, discussed below, as well as our consideration of other factors including, but not limited to, an assessment of our potential intraday liquidity needs and a qualitative assessment of the condition of the financial markets and the firm, we believe our liquidity position as of September 2013 was appropriate.

The table below presents the fair value of the securities and certain overnight cash deposits that are included in our GCE.

	Average for the
in millions		Three Months Ended September 2013	Year Ended December 2012
U.S. dollar-denominated		$141,348	$125,111
Non-U.S. dollar-denominated		45,605	46,984
Total		$186,953	$172,095

The U.S. dollar-denominated excess is composed of (i) unencumbered U.S. government and federal agency obligations (including highly liquid U.S. federal agency mortgage-backed obligations), all of which are eligible as collateral in Federal Reserve open market operations and (ii) certain overnight U.S. dollar cash deposits. The non-U.S. dollar-denominated excess is composed of only unencumbered German, French, Japanese and United Kingdom government obligations and certain overnight cash deposits in highly liquid currencies. We strictly limit our excess liquidity to this narrowly defined list of securities and cash because they are highly liquid, even in a difficult funding environment. We do not include other potential sources of excess liquidity, such as less liquid unencumbered securities or committed credit facilities, in our GCE.

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 167

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

The table below presents the fair value of our GCE by asset class.

	Average for the
in millions		Three Months Ended September 2013	Year Ended December 2012
Overnight cash deposits		$  57,959	$  52,233
U.S. government obligations		86,382	72,379
U.S. federal agency obligations, including highly liquid U.S. federal agency mortgage-backed obligations		1,303	2,313
German, French, Japanese and United Kingdom government obligations		41,309	45,170
Total		$186,953	$172,095

Our GCE is held at Group Inc. and our major broker-dealer and bank subsidiaries, as presented in the table below.

	Average for the
in millions		Three Months Ended September 2013	Year Ended December 2012
Group Inc.		$  34,752	$  37,405
Major broker-dealer subsidiaries		95,007	78,229
Major bank subsidiaries		57,194	56,461
Total		$186,953	$172,095

Our GCE reflects the following principles:

Ÿ The first days or weeks of a liquidity crisis are the most critical to a company’s survival.

Ÿ Focus must be maintained on all potential cash and collateral outflows, not just disruptions to financing flows. Our businesses are diverse, and our liquidity needs are determined by many factors, including market movements, collateral requirements and client commitments, all of which can change dramatically in a difficult funding environment.

Ÿ During a liquidity crisis, credit-sensitive funding, including unsecured debt and some types of secured financing agreements, may be unavailable, and the terms (e.g., interest rates, collateral provisions and tenor) or availability of other types of secured financing may change.

Ÿ As a result of our policy to pre-fund liquidity that we estimate may be needed in a crisis, we hold more unencumbered securities and have larger debt balances than our businesses would otherwise require. We believe that our liquidity is stronger with greater balances of highly liquid unencumbered securities, even though it increases our total assets and our funding costs.

We believe that our GCE provides us with a resilient source of funds that would be available in advance of potential cash and collateral outflows and gives us significant flexibility in managing through a difficult funding environment.

In order to determine the appropriate size of our GCE, we use an internal liquidity model, referred to as the Modeled Liquidity Outflow, which captures and quantifies the firm’s liquidity risks. We also consider other factors including, but not limited to, an assessment of our potential intraday liquidity needs and a qualitative assessment of the condition of the financial markets and the firm.

We distribute our GCE across entities, asset types, and clearing agents to provide us with sufficient operating liquidity to ensure timely settlement in all major markets, even in a difficult funding environment.

We maintain our GCE to enable us to meet current and potential liquidity requirements of our parent company, Group Inc., and its subsidiaries. The Modeled Liquidity Outflow incorporates a consolidated requirement for the firm as well as a standalone requirement for each of our major broker-dealer and bank subsidiaries. Liquidity held directly in each of these major subsidiaries is intended for use only by that subsidiary to meet its liquidity requirements and is assumed not to be available to Group Inc. unless (i) legally provided for and (ii) there are no additional regulatory, tax or other restrictions. We hold a portion of our GCE directly at Group Inc. to support consolidated requirements not accounted for in the major subsidiaries. In addition to the GCE, we maintain operating cash balances in several of our other operating entities, primarily for use in specific currencies, entities, or jurisdictions where we do not have immediate access to parent company liquidity.

In addition to our GCE, we have a significant amount of other unencumbered cash and financial instruments, including other government obligations, high-grade money market securities, corporate obligations, marginable equities, loans and cash deposits not included in our GCE. The fair value of these assets averaged $86.65 billion (including $10.33 billion of average assets related to our European insurance business classified as held for sale as of September 2013 and June 2013) for the three months ended September 2013 and $87.09 billion for the year ended December 2012, respectively. We do not consider these assets liquid enough to be eligible for our GCE liquidity pool and therefore conservatively do not assume we will generate liquidity from these assets in our Modeled Liquidity Outflow.

168 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Modeled Liquidity Outflow. Our Modeled Liquidity Outflow is based on conducting multiple scenarios that include combinations of market-wide and firm-specific stress. These scenarios are characterized by the following qualitative elements:

Ÿ Severely challenged market environments, including low consumer and corporate confidence, financial and political instability, adverse changes in market values, including potential declines in equity markets and widening of credit spreads.

Ÿ A firm-specific crisis potentially triggered by material losses, reputational damage, litigation, executive departure, and/or a ratings downgrade.

The following are the critical modeling parameters of the Modeled Liquidity Outflow:

Ÿ Liquidity needs over a 30-day scenario.

Ÿ A two-notch downgrade of the firm’s long-term senior unsecured credit ratings.

Ÿ A combination of contractual outflows, such as upcoming maturities of unsecured debt, and contingent outflows (e.g., actions though not contractually required, we may deem necessary in a crisis). We assume that most contingent outflows will occur within the initial days and weeks of a crisis.

Ÿ No issuance of equity or unsecured debt.

Ÿ No support from government funding facilities. Although we have access to various central bank funding programs, we do not assume reliance on them as a source of funding in a liquidity crisis.

Ÿ We do not assume asset liquidation, other than the GCE.

The Modeled Liquidity Outflow is calculated and reported to senior management on a daily basis. We regularly refine our model to reflect changes in market or economic conditions and the firm’s business mix.

The potential contractual and contingent cash and collateral outflows covered in our Modeled Liquidity Outflow include:

Unsecured Funding

Ÿ Contractual: All upcoming maturities of unsecured long-term debt, commercial paper, promissory notes and other unsecured funding products. We assume that we will be unable to issue new unsecured debt or rollover any maturing debt.

Ÿ Contingent: Repurchases of our outstanding long-term debt, commercial paper and hybrid financial instruments in the ordinary course of business as a market maker.

Deposits

Ÿ Contractual: All upcoming maturities of term deposits. We assume that we will be unable to raise new term deposits or rollover any maturing term deposits.

Ÿ Contingent: Withdrawals of bank deposits that have no contractual maturity. The withdrawal assumptions reflect, among other factors, the type of deposit, whether the deposit is insured or uninsured, and the firm’s relationship with the depositor.

Secured Funding

Ÿ Contractual: A portion of upcoming contractual maturities of secured funding due to either the inability to refinance or the ability to refinance only at wider haircuts (i.e., on terms which require us to post additional collateral). Our assumptions reflect, among other factors, the quality of the underlying collateral, counterparty roll probabilities (our assessment of the counterparty’s likelihood of continuing to provide funding on a secured basis at the maturity of the trade) and counterparty concentration.

Ÿ Contingent: Adverse changes in value of financial assets pledged as collateral for financing transactions, which would necessitate additional collateral postings under those transactions.

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 169

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

OTC Derivatives

Ÿ Contingent: Collateral postings to counterparties due to adverse changes in the value of our OTC derivatives, excluding those that are cleared and settled through central counterparties (OTC-cleared).

Ÿ Contingent: Other outflows of cash or collateral related to OTC derivatives, excluding OTC-cleared, including the impact of trade terminations, collateral substitutions, collateral disputes, loss of rehypothecation rights, collateral calls or termination payments required by a two-notch downgrade in our credit ratings, and collateral that has not been called by counterparties, but is available to them.

Exchange-Traded and OTC-cleared Derivatives

Ÿ Contingent: Variation margin postings required due to adverse changes in the value of our outstanding exchange-traded and OTC-cleared derivatives.

Ÿ Contingent: An increase in initial margin and guaranty fund requirements by derivative clearing houses.

Customer Cash and Securities

Ÿ Contingent: Liquidity outflows associated with our prime brokerage business, including withdrawals of customer credit balances, and a reduction in customer short positions, which serve as a funding source for long positions.

Unfunded Commitments

Ÿ Contingent: Draws on our unfunded commitments. Draw assumptions reflect, among other things, the type of commitment and counterparty.

Other

Ÿ Other upcoming large cash outflows, such as tax payments.

Asset-Liability Management

Our liquidity risk management policies are designed to ensure we have a sufficient amount of financing, even when funding markets experience persistent stress. We seek to maintain a long-dated and diversified funding profile, taking into consideration the characteristics and liquidity profile of our assets.

Our approach to asset-liability management includes:

Ÿ Conservatively managing the overall characteristics of our funding book, with a focus on maintaining long-term, diversified sources of funding in excess of our current requirements. See “Balance Sheet and Funding Sources — Funding Sources” for additional details.

Ÿ Actively managing and monitoring our asset base, with particular focus on the liquidity, holding period and our ability to fund assets on a secured basis. This enables us to determine the most appropriate funding products and tenors. See “Balance Sheet and Funding Sources — Balance Sheet Management” for more detail on our balance sheet management process and “— Funding Sources — Secured Funding” for more detail on asset classes that may be harder to fund on a secured basis.

Ÿ Raising secured and unsecured financing that has a long tenor relative to the liquidity profile of our assets. This reduces the risk that our liabilities will come due in advance of our ability to generate liquidity from the sale of our assets. Because we maintain a highly liquid balance sheet, the holding period of certain of our assets may be materially shorter than their contractual maturity dates.

Our goal is to ensure that the firm maintains sufficient liquidity to fund its assets and meet its contractual and contingent obligations in normal times as well as during periods of market stress. Through our dynamic balance sheet management process (see “Balance Sheet and Funding Sources — Balance Sheet Management”), we use actual and projected asset balances to determine secured and unsecured funding requirements. Funding plans are reviewed and approved by the Firmwide Finance Committee on a quarterly basis. In addition, senior managers in our independent control and support functions regularly analyze, and the Firmwide Finance Committee reviews, our consolidated total capital position (unsecured long-term borrowings plus total shareholders’ equity) so that we maintain a level of long-term funding that is sufficient to meet our long-term financing requirements. In a liquidity crisis, we would first use our GCE in order to avoid reliance on asset sales (other than our GCE). However, we recognize that orderly asset sales may be prudent or necessary in a severe or persistent liquidity crisis.

Subsidiary Funding Policies. The majority of our unsecured funding is raised by Group Inc. which lends the necessary funds to its subsidiaries, some of which are regulated, to meet their asset financing, liquidity and capital requirements. In addition, Group Inc. provides its regulated subsidiaries with the necessary capital to meet their regulatory requirements. The benefits of this approach to subsidiary funding are enhanced control and greater flexibility to meet the funding requirements of our subsidiaries. Funding is also raised at the subsidiary level through a variety of products, including secured funding, unsecured borrowings and deposits.

170 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Our intercompany funding policies assume that, unless legally provided for, a subsidiary’s funds or securities are not freely available to its parent company or other subsidiaries. In particular, many of our subsidiaries are subject to laws that authorize regulatory bodies to block or reduce the flow of funds from those subsidiaries to Group Inc. Regulatory action of that kind could impede access to funds that Group Inc. needs to make payments on its obligations. Accordingly, we assume that the capital provided to our regulated subsidiaries is not available to Group Inc. or other subsidiaries and any other financing provided to our regulated subsidiaries is not available until the maturity of such financing.

Group Inc. has provided substantial amounts of equity and subordinated indebtedness, directly or indirectly, to its regulated subsidiaries. For example, as of September 2013, Group Inc. had $30.56 billion of equity and subordinated indebtedness invested in GS&Co., its principal U.S. registered broker-dealer; $30.01 billion invested in GSI, a regulated U.K. broker-dealer; $2.73 billion invested in GSEC, a U.S. registered broker-dealer; $3.01 billion invested in GSJCL, a regulated Japanese broker-dealer; and $19.71 billion invested in GS Bank USA, a regulated New York State-chartered bank. Group Inc. also provided, directly or indirectly, $74.86 billion of unsubordinated loans and $8.75 billion of collateral to these entities, substantially all of which was to GS&Co., GSI and GS Bank USA, as of September 2013. In addition, as of September 2013, Group Inc. had significant amounts of capital invested in and loans to its other regulated subsidiaries.

Contingency Funding Plan

The Goldman Sachs contingency funding plan sets out the plan of action we would use to fund business activity in crisis situations and periods of market stress. The contingency funding plan outlines a list of potential risk factors, key reports and metrics that are reviewed on an ongoing basis to assist in assessing the severity of, and managing through, a liquidity crisis and/or market dislocation. The contingency funding plan also describes in detail the firm’s potential responses if our assessments indicate that the firm has entered a liquidity crisis, which include pre-funding for what we estimate will be our potential cash and collateral needs as well as utilizing secondary sources of liquidity. Mitigants and action items to address specific risks which may arise are also described and assigned to individuals responsible for execution.

The contingency funding plan identifies key groups of individuals to foster effective coordination, control and distribution of information, all of which are critical in the management of a crisis or period of market stress. The contingency funding plan also details the responsibilities of these groups and individuals, which include making and disseminating key decisions, coordinating all contingency activities throughout the duration of the crisis or period of market stress, implementing liquidity maintenance activities and managing internal and external communication.

Proposed Liquidity Framework

The Basel Committee on Banking Supervision’s international framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring calls for imposition of a liquidity coverage ratio, designed to ensure that banks and bank holding companies maintain an adequate level of unencumbered high-quality liquid assets based on expected cash outflows under an acute liquidity stress scenario, and a net stable funding ratio, designed to promote more medium- and long-term funding of the assets and activities of these entities over a one-year time horizon. Under the Basel Committee framework, the liquidity coverage ratio would be introduced on January 1, 2015; however, there would be a phase-in period whereby firms would have a 60% minimum in 2015 which would be raised 10% per year until it reaches 100% in 2019. The net stable funding ratio is not expected to be introduced as a requirement until January 1, 2018.

In addition, in October 2013, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Federal Reserve Board and the FDIC issued a proposal on minimum liquidity standards that is generally consistent with the Basel Committee’s framework as described above, but, with certain modifications to the high quality liquid asset definition and expected cash outflow assumptions, and accelerated transition provisions. Certain aspects of the modifications set forth in the U.S. liquidity proposal to be applied to Advanced approach banking organizations are more robust than the Basel Committee’s framework. In addition, under the proposed accelerated transition timeline, the liquidity coverage ratio would be introduced on January 1, 2015; however, there would be an accelerated U.S. phase-in period whereby firms would have an 80% minimum in 2015 which would be raised 10% per year until it reaches 100% in 2017.

The firm will continue to evaluate the impact to our risk management framework going forward. While the principles behind the new framework are broadly consistent with our current liquidity management framework, it is possible that the implementation of these standards could impact our liquidity and funding requirements and practices.

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 171

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Credit Ratings

The table below presents the unsecured credit ratings and outlook of Group Inc.

As of September 2013

Short-Term Debt

Long-Term Debt

Subordinated Debt

Trust Preferred

1

Preferred Stock

Ratings Outlook

DBRS, Inc.

R-1 (middle

)

A (high

)

A

A

BBB

3

Stable

Fitch, Inc.

F1

A

2

A-

BBB-

BB+

3

Stable

Moody’s Investors Service (Moody’s)

P-2

A3

2

Baa1

Baa3

Ba2

3

Downgrade Review

4

Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services (S&P)

A-2

A-

2

BBB+

BB+

BB+

3

Negative

Rating and Investment Information, Inc.

a-1

A+

A

N/A

N/A

Negative

1. Trust preferred securities issued by Goldman Sachs Capital I.

2. Includes the senior guaranteed trust securities issued by Murray Street Investment Trust I and Vesey Street Investment Trust I.

3. Includes Group Inc.’s non-cumulative preferred stock and the APEX issued by Goldman Sachs Capital II and Goldman Sachs Capital III.

4. On August 22, 2013, Moody’s placed the long- and short-term debt ratings of Group Inc. under review for downgrade as part of a reassessment of its government support assumptions related to the six largest U.S. bank holding companies.

The table below presents the unsecured credit ratings of GS Bank USA, GS&Co. and GSI.

	As of September 2013
		Short-Term Debt	Long-Term Debt	Short-Term Bank Deposits	Long-Term Bank Deposits
Fitch, Inc.
GS Bank USA		F1	A	F1	A+
GS&Co.		F1	A	N/A	N/A
GSI		F1	A	N/A	N/A
Moody’s
GS Bank USA		P-1	A2	P-1	A2
S&P
GS Bank USA		A-1	A	N/A	N/A
GS&Co.		A-1	A	N/A	N/A
GSI		A-1	A	N/A	N/A

On October 16, 2013, Moody’s assigned GSI a rating of A3 for long-term debt.

We rely on the short-term and long-term debt capital markets to fund a significant portion of our day-to-day operations and the cost and availability of debt financing is influenced by our credit ratings. Credit ratings are also important when we are competing in certain markets, such

as OTC derivatives, and when we seek to engage in longer-term transactions. See “Certain Risk Factors That May Affect Our Businesses” below and “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for a discussion of the risks associated with a reduction in our credit ratings.

172 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

We believe our credit ratings are primarily based on the credit rating agencies’ assessment of:

Ÿ our liquidity, market, credit and operational risk management practices;

Ÿ the level and variability of our earnings;

Ÿ our capital base;

Ÿ our franchise, reputation and management;

Ÿ our corporate governance; and

Ÿ the external operating environment, including the assumed level of government support.

Certain of the firm’s derivatives have been transacted under bilateral agreements with counterparties who may require us to post collateral or terminate the transactions based on changes in our credit ratings. We assess the impact of these bilateral agreements by determining the collateral or termination payments that would occur assuming a downgrade by all rating agencies. A downgrade by any one rating agency, depending on the agency’s relative ratings of the firm at the time of the downgrade, may have an impact which is comparable to the impact of a downgrade by all rating agencies. We allocate a portion of our GCE to ensure we would be able to make the additional collateral or termination payments that may be required in the event of a two-notch reduction in our long-term credit ratings, as well as collateral that has not been called by counterparties, but is available to them. The table below presents the additional collateral or termination payments related to our net derivative liabilities under bilateral agreements that could have been called at the reporting date by counterparties in the event of a one-notch and two-notch downgrade in our credit ratings.

	As of
in millions		September 2013	December 2012
Additional collateral or termination payments for a one-notch downgrade		$1,943	$1,534
Additional collateral or termination payments for a two-notch downgrade		2,833	2,500

Cash Flows

As a global financial institution, our cash flows are complex and bear little relation to our net earnings and net assets. Consequently, we believe that traditional cash flow analysis is less meaningful in evaluating our liquidity position than the excess liquidity and asset-liability management policies described above. Cash flow analysis may, however, be helpful in highlighting certain macro trends and strategic initiatives in our businesses.

Nine Months Ended September 2013. Our cash and cash equivalents decreased by $7.19 billion to $65.48 billion at the end of the third quarter of 2013. We generated net cash of $2.26 billion from operating activities. We used net cash of $9.45 billion for investing and financing activities to fund loans held for investment, repurchases of common stock and net repayments of secured and unsecured borrowings.

Nine Months Ended September 2012. Our cash and cash equivalents increased by $7.63 billion to $63.64 billion at the end of the third quarter of 2012. We generated $12.03 billion in net cash from operating activities. We used net cash of $4.40 billion for investing and financing activities, primarily for net repayments of secured and unsecured borrowings and repurchases of common stock, partially offset by an increase in bank deposits and proceeds from preferred stock issuances.

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 173

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Market Risk Management

Overview

Market risk is the risk of loss in the value of our inventory due to changes in market prices. We hold inventory primarily for market making for our clients and for our investing and lending activities. Our inventory therefore changes based on client demands and our investment opportunities. Our inventory is accounted for at fair value and therefore fluctuates on a daily basis, with the related gains and losses included in “Market making,” and “Other principal transactions.” Categories of market risk include the following:

Ÿ Interest rate risk: results from exposures to changes in the level, slope and curvature of yield curves, the volatilities of interest rates, mortgage prepayment speeds and credit spreads.

Ÿ Equity price risk: results from exposures to changes in prices and volatilities of individual equities, baskets of equities and equity indices.

Ÿ Currency rate risk: results from exposures to changes in spot prices, forward prices and volatilities of currency rates.

Ÿ Commodity price risk: results from exposures to changes in spot prices, forward prices and volatilities of commodities, such as electricity, natural gas, crude oil, petroleum products, and precious and base metals.

Market Risk Management Process

We manage our market risk by diversifying exposures, controlling position sizes and establishing economic hedges in related securities or derivatives. This includes:

Ÿ accurate and timely exposure information incorporating multiple risk metrics;

Ÿ a dynamic limit setting framework; and

Ÿ constant communication among revenue-producing units, risk managers and senior management.

Market Risk Management, which is independent of the revenue-producing units and reports to the firm’s chief risk officer, has primary responsibility for assessing, monitoring and managing market risk at the firm. We monitor and control risks through strong firmwide oversight and independent control and support functions across the firm’s global businesses.

Managers in revenue-producing units are accountable for managing risk within prescribed limits. These managers have in-depth knowledge of their positions, markets and the instruments available to hedge their exposures.

Managers in revenue-producing units and Market Risk Management discuss market information, positions and estimated risk and loss scenarios on an ongoing basis.

Risk Measures

Market Risk Management produces risk measures and monitors them against market risk limits set by our firm’s risk committees. These measures reflect an extensive range of scenarios and the results are aggregated at trading desk, business and firmwide levels.

We use a variety of risk measures to estimate the size of potential losses for both moderate and more extreme market moves over both short-term and long-term time horizons. Our primary risk measures are VaR, which is used for shorter-term periods, and stress tests. Our risk reports detail key risks, drivers and changes for each desk and business, and are distributed daily to senior management of both our revenue-producing units and our independent control and support functions.

174 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Value-at-Risk

VaR is the potential loss in value of inventory positions due to adverse market movements over a defined time horizon with a specified confidence level. We typically employ a one-day time horizon with a 95% confidence level. We use a single VaR model which captures risks including interest rates, equity prices, currency rates and commodity prices. As such, VaR facilitates comparison across portfolios of different risk characteristics. VaR also captures the diversification of aggregated risk at the firmwide level.

We are aware of the inherent limitations to VaR and therefore use a variety of risk measures in our market risk management process. Inherent limitations to VaR include:

Ÿ VaR does not estimate potential losses over longer time horizons where moves may be extreme.

Ÿ VaR does not take account of the relative liquidity of different risk positions.

Ÿ Previous moves in market risk factors may not produce accurate predictions of all future market moves.

When calculating VaR, we use historical simulations with full valuation of approximately 70,000 market factors. VaR is calculated at a position level based on simultaneously shocking the relevant market risk factors for that position. We sample from 5 years of historical data to generate the scenarios for our VaR calculation. The historical data is weighted so that the relative importance of the data reduces over time. This gives greater importance to more recent observations and reflects current asset volatilities, which improves the accuracy of our estimates of potential loss. As a result, even if our inventory positions were unchanged, our VaR would increase with increasing market volatility and vice versa.

Given its reliance on historical data, VaR is most effective in estimating risk exposures in markets in which there are no sudden fundamental changes or shifts in market conditions.

Our VaR measure does not include:

Ÿ positions that are best measured and monitored using sensitivity measures; and

Ÿ the impact of changes in counterparty and our own credit spreads on derivatives, as well as changes in our own credit spreads on unsecured borrowings for which the fair value option was elected.

Stress Testing

Stress testing is a method of determining the effect on the firm of various hypothetical stress scenarios. We use stress testing to examine risks of specific portfolios as well as the potential impact of significant risk exposures across the firm. We use a variety of stress testing techniques to calculate the potential loss from a wide range of market moves on the firm’s portfolios, including sensitivity analysis, scenario analysis and firmwide stress tests. The results of our various stress tests are analyzed together for risk management purposes.

Sensitivity analysis is used to quantify the impact of a market move in a single risk factor across all positions (e.g., equity prices or credit spreads) using a variety of defined market shocks, ranging from those that could be expected over a one-day time horizon up to those that could take many months to occur. We also use sensitivity analysis to quantify the impact of the default of a single corporate entity, which captures the risk of large or concentrated exposures.

Scenario analysis is used to quantify the impact of a specified event, including how the event impacts multiple risk factors simultaneously. For example, for sovereign stress testing we calculate potential direct exposure associated with our sovereign inventory as well as the corresponding debt, equity and currency exposures associated with our non-sovereign inventory that may be impacted by the sovereign distress. When conducting scenario analysis, we typically consider a number of possible outcomes for each scenario, ranging from moderate to severely adverse market impacts. In addition, these stress tests are constructed using both historical events and forward-looking hypothetical scenarios.

Firmwide stress testing combines market, credit, operational and liquidity risks into a single combined scenario. Firmwide stress tests are primarily used to assess capital adequacy as part of the ICAAP process; however, we also ensure that firmwide stress testing is integrated into our risk governance framework. This includes selecting appropriate scenarios to use for the ICAAP process. See “Equity Capital — Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process” above for further information about our ICAAP process.

Unlike VaR measures, which have an implied probability because they are calculated at a specified confidence level, there is generally no implied probability that our stress test scenarios will occur. Instead, stress tests are used to model both moderate and more extreme moves in underlying market factors. When estimating potential loss, we generally assume that our positions cannot be reduced or hedged (although experience demonstrates that we are generally able to do so).

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 175

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Stress test scenarios are conducted on a regular basis as part of the firm’s routine risk management process and on an ad hoc basis in response to market events or concerns. Stress testing is an important part of the firm’s risk management process because it allows us to quantify our exposure to tail risks, highlight potential loss concentrations, undertake risk/reward analysis, and assess and mitigate our risk positions.

Limits

We use risk limits at various levels in the firm (including firmwide, product and business) to govern risk appetite by controlling the size of our exposures to market risk. Limits are set based on VaR and on a range of stress tests relevant to the firm’s exposures. Limits are reviewed frequently and amended on a permanent or temporary basis to reflect changing market conditions, business conditions or tolerance for risk.

The Firmwide Risk Committee sets market risk limits at firmwide and product levels and our Securities Division Risk Committee sets sub-limits for market-making and investing activities at a business level. The purpose of the firmwide limits is to assist senior management in controlling the firm’s overall risk profile. Sub-limits set the desired maximum amount of exposure that may be managed by any particular business on a day-to-day basis without additional levels of senior management approval, effectively leaving day-to-day trading decisions to individual desk managers and traders. Accordingly, sub-limits are a management tool designed to ensure appropriate escalation rather than to establish maximum risk tolerance. Sub-limits also distribute risk among various businesses in a manner that is consistent with their level of activity and client demand, taking into account the relative performance of each area.

Our market risk limits are monitored daily by Market Risk Management, which is responsible for identifying and escalating, on a timely basis, instances where limits have been exceeded. The business-level limits that are set by the Securities Division Risk Committee are subject to the same scrutiny and limit escalation policy as the firmwide limits.

When a risk limit has been exceeded (e.g., due to changes in market conditions, such as increased volatilities or changes in correlations), it is reported to the appropriate risk committee and a discussion takes place with the relevant desk managers, after which either the risk position is reduced or the risk limit is temporarily or permanently increased.

Model Review and Validation

Our VaR and stress testing models are subject to review and validation by our independent model validation group at least annually. This review includes:

Ÿ a critical evaluation of the model, its theoretical soundness and adequacy for intended use;

Ÿ verification of the testing strategy utilized by the model developers to ensure that the model functions as intended; and

Ÿ verification of the suitability of the calculation techniques incorporated in the model.

Our VaR and stress testing models are regularly reviewed and enhanced in order to incorporate changes in the composition of inventory positions, as well as variations in market conditions. Prior to implementing significant changes to our assumptions and/or models, we perform model validation and test runs. Significant changes to our VaR and stress testing models are reviewed with the firm’s chief risk officer and chief financial officer, and approved by the Firmwide Risk Committee.

We evaluate the accuracy of our VaR model through daily backtesting (i.e., comparing daily trading net revenues to the VaR measure calculated as of the prior business day) at the firmwide level and for each of our businesses and major regulated subsidiaries.

Systems

We have made a significant investment in technology to monitor market risk including:

Ÿ an independent calculation of VaR and stress measures;

Ÿ risk measures calculated at individual position levels;

Ÿ attribution of risk measures to individual risk factors of each position;

Ÿ the ability to report many different views of the risk measures (e.g., by desk, business, product type or legal entity); and

Ÿ the ability to produce ad hoc analyses in a timely manner.

176 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Metrics

We analyze VaR at the firmwide level and a variety of more detailed levels, including by risk category, business, and region. The tables below present, by risk category, average daily VaR and period-end VaR, as well as the high and low VaR for the period. Diversification effect in the tables below represents the difference between total VaR and the sum of the VaRs for the four risk categories. This effect arises because the four market risk categories are not perfectly correlated.

Average Daily VaR

in millions Risk Categories	Three Months Ended September					Nine Months Ended September
		2013		2012			2013		2012
Interest rates		$ 68		$ 73			$ 63		$ 82
Equity prices		30		21			30		24
Currency rates		17		12			18		15
Commodity prices		17		22			19		22
Diversification effect		(48	)	(47	)		(50	)	(54	)
Total		$ 84		$ 81			$ 80		$ 89

Our average daily VaR increased to $84 million for the third quarter of 2013 from $81 million for the third quarter of 2012, primarily reflecting increases in the equity prices and currency rates categories principally due to increased exposures. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in the interest rates category, principally due to lower levels of volatility, and a decrease in the commodity prices category due to lower levels of volatility and decreased exposures.

Our average daily VaR decreased to $80 million for the nine months ended September 2013 from $89 million for the nine months ended September 2012, primarily reflecting a decrease in the interest rates category due to lower levels of volatility, partially offset by an increase in the equity prices category, principally due to increased exposures, and a decrease in the diversification benefit across risk categories.

Quarter-End VaR and High and Low VaR

in millions Risk Categories	As of						Three Months Ended September 2013
	September			June
		2013			2013			High	Low
Interest rates		$ 71			$ 67			$  77	$61
Equity prices		33			27			62	21
Currency rates		13			26			30	11
Commodity prices		16			19			21	16
Diversification effect		(52	)		(53	)
Total		$ 81			$ 86			$100	$76

Our daily VaR decreased to $81 million as of September 2013 from $86 million as of June 2013, primarily reflecting a decrease in the currency rates category principally due to decreased exposures, partially offset by an increase in the equity prices category due to increased exposures.

During the third quarter of 2013, the firmwide VaR risk limit was not exceeded, raised or reduced.

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 177

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

The chart below reflects the VaR over the last four quarters.

The chart below presents the frequency distribution of our daily trading net revenues for substantially all inventory

positions included in VaR for the quarter ended September 2013.

Daily trading net revenues are compared with VaR calculated as of the end of the prior business day. Trading losses incurred on a single day did not exceed our 95% one-day VaR during the third quarter of 2013 (i.e., a VaR exception).

During periods in which the firm has significantly more positive net revenue days than net revenue loss days, we expect to have fewer VaR exceptions because, under

normal conditions, our business model generally produces positive net revenues. In periods in which our franchise revenues are adversely affected, we generally have more loss days, resulting in more VaR exceptions. In addition, VaR backtesting is performed against total daily market-making revenues, including bid/offer net revenues, which are more likely than not to be positive by their nature.

178 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Sensitivity Measures

Certain portfolios and individual positions are not included in VaR because VaR is not the most appropriate risk measure. The market risk of these positions is determined by estimating the potential reduction in net revenues of a 10% decline in the underlying asset value.

The table below presents market risk for positions that are not included in VaR. These measures do not reflect diversification benefits across asset categories and therefore have not been aggregated.

	10% Sensitivity
Asset Categories	Amount as of
in millions		September 2013	June 2013
Equity 1		$2,236	$2,183
Debt 2		1,537	1,666

1. Relates to private and restricted public equity securities, including interests in firm-sponsored funds that invest in corporate equities and real estate and interests in firm-sponsored hedge funds.

2. Primarily relates to interests in our firm-sponsored funds that invest in corporate mezzanine and senior debt instruments. Also includes loans backed by commercial and residential real estate, corporate bank loans and other corporate debt, including acquired portfolios of distressed loans.

VaR excludes the impact of changes in counterparty and our own credit spreads on derivatives as well as changes in our own credit spreads on unsecured borrowings for which the fair value option was elected. The estimated sensitivity to a one basis point increase in credit spreads (counterparty and our own) on derivatives was a $4 million gain (including hedges) as of September 2013. In addition, the estimated sensitivity to a one basis point increase in our own credit spreads on unsecured borrowings for which the fair value option was elected was a $9 million gain (including hedges) as of September 2013. However, the actual net impact of a change in our own credit spreads is also affected by the liquidity, duration and convexity (as the sensitivity is not linear to changes in yields) of those unsecured borrowings for which the fair value option was elected, as well as the relative performance of any hedges undertaken.

In addition, as of September 2013 and June 2013, we had commitments and held loans for which we have obtained credit loss protection from Sumitomo Mitsui Financial Group, Inc. See Note 18 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Form 10-Q for further information about such lending commitments. As of September 2013, the firm also had $12.53 billion of loans held for investment which were accounted for at amortized cost and included in “Receivables from customers and counterparties,” substantially all of which had floating interest rates. The estimated sensitivity to a 100 basis point increase in interest rates on such loans was $117 million of additional interest income over a 12-month period, which does not take into account the potential impact of an increase in costs to fund such loans. See Note 8 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Form 10-Q for further information about loans held for investment.

Additionally, we make investments accounted for under the equity method and we also make direct investments in real estate, both of which are included in “Other assets” in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition. Direct investments in real estate are accounted for at cost less accumulated depreciation. See Note 12 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Form 10-Q for information on “Other assets.”

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 179

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Credit Risk Management

Overview

Credit risk represents the potential for loss due to the default or deterioration in credit quality of a counterparty (e.g., an OTC derivatives counterparty or a borrower) or an issuer of securities or other instruments we hold. Our exposure to credit risk comes mostly from client transactions in OTC derivatives and loans and lending commitments. Credit risk also comes from cash placed with banks, securities financing transactions (i.e., resale and repurchase agreements and securities borrowing and lending activities) and receivables from brokers, dealers, clearing organizations, customers and counterparties.

Credit Risk Management, which is independent of the revenue-producing units and reports to the firm’s chief risk officer, has primary responsibility for assessing, monitoring and managing credit risk at the firm. The Credit Policy Committee and the Firmwide Risk Committee establish and review credit policies and parameters. In addition, we hold other positions that give rise to credit risk (e.g., bonds held in our inventory and secondary bank loans). These credit risks are captured as a component of market risk measures, which are monitored and managed by Market Risk Management, consistent with other inventory positions. The firm also enters into derivatives to manage market risk exposures. Such derivatives also give rise to credit risk which is monitored and managed by Credit Risk Management.

Policies authorized by the Firmwide Risk Committee and the Credit Policy Committee prescribe the level of formal approval required for the firm to assume credit exposure to a counterparty across all product areas, taking into account any applicable netting provisions, collateral or other credit risk mitigants.

Credit Risk Management Process

Effective management of credit risk requires accurate and timely information, a high level of communication and knowledge of customers, countries, industries and products. Our process for managing credit risk includes:

Ÿ approving transactions and setting and communicating credit exposure limits;

Ÿ monitoring compliance with established credit exposure limits;

Ÿ assessing the likelihood that a counterparty will default on its payment obligations;

Ÿ measuring the firm’s current and potential credit exposure and losses resulting from counterparty default;

Ÿ reporting of credit exposures to senior management, the Board and regulators;

Ÿ use of credit risk mitigants, including collateral and hedging; and

Ÿ communication and collaboration with other independent control and support functions such as operations, legal and compliance.

As part of the risk assessment process, Credit Risk Management performs credit reviews which include initial and ongoing analyses of our counterparties. A credit review is an independent judgment about the capacity and willingness of a counterparty to meet its financial obligations. For substantially all of our credit exposures, the core of our process is an annual counterparty review. A counterparty review is a written analysis of a counterparty’s business profile and financial strength resulting in an internal credit rating which represents the probability of default on financial obligations to the firm. The determination of internal credit ratings incorporates assumptions with respect to the counterparty’s future business performance, the nature and outlook for the counterparty’s industry, and the economic environment. Senior personnel within Credit Risk Management, with expertise in specific industries, inspect and approve credit reviews and internal credit ratings.

Our global credit risk management systems capture credit exposure to individual counterparties and on an aggregate basis to counterparties and their subsidiaries (economic groups). These systems also provide management with comprehensive information on our aggregate credit risk by product, internal credit rating, industry, country and region.

Risk Measures and Limits

We measure our credit risk based on the potential loss in an event of non-payment by a counterparty. For derivatives and securities financing transactions, the primary measure is potential exposure, which is our estimate of the future exposure that could arise over the life of a transaction based on market movements within a specified confidence level. Potential exposure takes into account netting and collateral arrangements. For loans and lending commitments, the primary measure is a function of the notional amount of the position. We also monitor credit risk in terms of current exposure, which is the amount presently owed to the firm after taking into account applicable netting and collateral.

180 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

We use credit limits at various levels (counterparty, economic group, industry, country) to control the size of our credit exposures. Limits for counterparties and economic groups are reviewed regularly and revised to reflect changing appetites for a given counterparty or group of counterparties. Limits for industries and countries are based on the firm’s risk tolerance and are designed to allow for regular monitoring, review, escalation and management of credit risk concentrations.

Stress Tests/Scenario Analysis

We use regular stress tests to calculate the credit exposures, including potential concentrations that would result from applying shocks to counterparty credit ratings or credit risk factors (e.g., currency rates, interest rates, equity prices). These shocks include a wide range of moderate and more extreme market movements. Some of our stress tests include shocks to multiple risk factors, consistent with the occurrence of a severe market or economic event. In the case of sovereign default, we estimate the direct impact of the default on our sovereign credit exposures, changes to our credit exposures arising from potential market moves in response to the default, and the impact of credit market deterioration on corporate borrowers and counterparties that may result from the sovereign default. Unlike potential exposure, which is calculated within a specified confidence level, with a stress test there is generally no assumed probability of these events occurring.

We run stress tests on a regular basis as part of our routine risk management processes and conduct tailored stress tests on an ad hoc basis in response to market developments. Stress tests are regularly conducted jointly with the firm’s market and liquidity risk functions.

Risk Mitigants

To reduce our credit exposures on derivatives and securities financing transactions, we may enter into netting agreements with counterparties that permit us to offset receivables and payables with such counterparties. We may also reduce credit risk with counterparties by entering into agreements that enable us to obtain collateral from them on an upfront or contingent basis and/or to terminate transactions if the counterparty’s credit rating falls below a specified level. We monitor the fair value of the collateral on a daily basis to ensure that our credit exposures are appropriately collateralized. We seek to minimize exposures where there is a significant positive correlation between the creditworthiness of our counterparties and the market value of collateral we receive.

For loans and lending commitments, depending on the credit quality of the borrower and other characteristics of the transaction, we employ a variety of potential risk mitigants. Risk mitigants include: collateral provisions, guarantees, covenants, structural seniority of the bank loan claims and, for certain lending commitments, provisions in the legal documentation that allow the firm to adjust loan amounts, pricing, structure and other terms as market conditions change. The type and structure of risk mitigants employed can significantly influence the degree of credit risk involved in a loan.

When we do not have sufficient visibility into a counterparty’s financial strength or when we believe a counterparty requires support from its parent company, we may obtain third-party guarantees of the counterparty’s obligations. We may also mitigate our credit risk using credit derivatives or participation agreements.

Credit Exposures

As of September 2013, our credit exposures decreased as compared with December 2012, reflecting decreases in OTC derivative, cash and securities financing exposures, partially offset by an increase in loans and lending commitments. The percentage of our credit exposure arising from non-investment-grade counterparties (based on our internally determined public rating agency equivalents) increased from December 2012, primarily reflecting an increase in loans and lending commitments. During the nine months ended September 2013, the number of counterparty defaults was essentially unchanged compared with the same prior year period and primarily occurred within OTC derivatives. Estimated losses associated with these counterparty defaults were higher compared with the same prior year period and were not material to the firm.

The firm’s credit exposures are described further below.

Cash and Cash Equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents include both interest-bearing and non-interest-bearing deposits. To mitigate the risk of credit loss, we place substantially all of our deposits with highly-rated banks and central banks.

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 181

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

OTC Derivatives. The firm’s credit exposure on OTC derivatives arises primarily from our market-making activities. The firm, as a market maker, enters into derivative transactions to provide liquidity to clients and to facilitate the transfer and hedging of their risks. The firm also enters into derivatives to manage market risk exposures. We manage our credit exposure on OTC derivatives using the credit risk process, measures, limits and risk mitigants described above.

Derivatives are accounted for at fair value, net of cash collateral received or posted under enforceable credit support agreements. Derivatives are reported on a net-by-counterparty basis (i.e., the net payable or receivable for derivative assets and liabilities for a given counterparty) when a legal right of setoff exists under an enforceable netting agreement. We generally enter into OTC derivatives transactions under bilateral collateral arrangements with daily exchange of collateral.

As credit risk is an essential component of fair value, the firm includes a credit valuation adjustment (CVA) in the fair value of derivatives to reflect counterparty credit risk, as described in Note 7 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Form 10-Q.

CVA is a function of the present value of expected exposure, the probability of counterparty default and the assumed recovery upon default.

The tables below present the distribution of our exposure to OTC derivatives by tenor, based on expected duration for mortgage-related credit derivatives and generally on remaining contractual maturity for other derivatives, both before and after the effect of collateral and netting agreements. Receivable and payable balances for the same counterparty across tenor categories are netted under enforceable netting agreements, and cash collateral received is netted under enforceable credit support agreements. Receivable and payable balances with the same counterparty in the same tenor category are netted within such tenor category. Net credit exposure in the tables below represents OTC derivative assets, substantially all of which are included in “Financial instruments owned, at fair value,” less cash collateral and the fair value of securities collateral, primarily U.S. government and federal agency obligations and non-U.S. government and agency obligations, received under credit support agreements, which management considers when determining credit risk, but such collateral is not eligible for netting under U.S. GAAP. The categories shown reflect our internally determined public rating agency equivalents.

	As of September 2013
in millions Credit Rating Equivalent		0 - 12 Months	1 - 5 Years	5 Years or Greater	Total	Netting		OTC Derivative Assets		Net Credit Exposure
AAA/Aaa		$     524	$  1,385	$    2,679	$    4,588	$    (1,784	)	$  2,804		$  2,640
AA/Aa2		2,930	4,616	16,868	24,414	(10,297	)	14,117		8,320
A/A2		11,048	25,770	30,960	67,778	(48,958	)	18,820		11,252
BBB/Baa2		3,981	9,022	25,940	38,943	(27,461	)	11,482		4,979
BB/Ba2 or lower		3,876	5,553	4,064	13,493	(5,989	)	7,504		4,963
Unrated		968	483	651	2,102	(17	)	2,085		1,675
Total		$23,327	$46,829	$  81,162	$151,318	$  (94,506	)	$56,812	1	$33,829
	As of December 2012
in millions Credit Rating Equivalent		0 - 12 Months	1 - 5 Years	5 Years or Greater	Total	Netting		OTC Derivative Assets		Net Credit Exposure
AAA/Aaa		$     494	$  1,934	$    2,778	$    5,206	$    (1,476	)	$  3,730		$  3,443
AA/Aa2		4,631	7,483	20,357	32,471	(16,026	)	16,445		10,467
A/A2		13,422	26,550	42,797	82,769	(57,868	)	24,901		16,326
BBB/Baa2		7,032	12,173	27,676	46,881	(32,962	)	13,919		4,577
BB/Ba2 or lower		2,489	5,762	7,676	15,927	(9,116	)	6,811		4,544
Unrated		326	927	358	1,611	(13	)	1,598		1,259
Total		$28,394	$54,829	$101,642	$184,865	$(117,461	)	$67,404		$40,616

1. Includes approximately $1 billion of OTC derivatives related to our European insurance business, which were classified as held for sale as of September 2013 and are included in “Other assets” in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition. See Note 12 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Form 10-Q for further information about assets held for sale.

182 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Lending Activities. We manage the firm’s traditional credit origination activities, including funded loans and lending commitments (both fair value and held for investment loans and lending commitments), using the credit risk process, measures, limits and risk mitigants described above. Other lending positions, including secondary trading positions, are risk-managed as a component of market risk.

Securities Financing Transactions. The firm enters into securities financing transactions in order to, among other things, facilitate client activities, invest excess cash, acquire securities to cover short positions and finance certain firm activities. The firm bears credit risk related to resale agreements and securities borrowed only to the extent that cash advanced or the value of securities pledged or delivered to the counterparty exceeds the value of the collateral received. The firm also has credit exposure on repurchase agreements and securities loaned to the extent that the value of securities pledged or delivered to the counterparty for these transactions exceeds the amount of cash or collateral received. Securities collateral obtained for securities financing transactions primarily includes U.S. government and federal agency obligations and non-U.S. government and agency obligations. We manage our credit risk on securities financing transactions using the credit risk process, measures, limits and risk mitigants described above. We had approximately $32 billion and $37 billion as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively, of credit exposure related to securities financing transactions reflecting both netting agreements and collateral that management considers when determining credit risk.

Other Credit Exposures. The firm is exposed to credit risk from its receivables from brokers, dealers and clearing organizations and customers and counterparties. Receivables from brokers, dealers and clearing organizations are primarily comprised of initial cash margin placed with clearing organizations and receivables related to sales of securities which have traded, but not yet settled. These receivables generally have minimal credit risk due to the low probability of clearing organization default and the short-term nature of receivables related to securities settlements. Receivables from customers and counterparties are generally comprised of collateralized receivables related to customer securities transactions and generally have minimal credit risk due to both the value of the collateral received and the short-term nature of these receivables. Our net credit exposure related to these activities was approximately $18 billion as of both September 2013 and December 2012, and was primarily comprised of initial margin (both cash and securities) placed with clearing organizations.

Credit Exposure by Industry, Region and Credit Quality

The tables below present the firm’s credit exposures related to cash, OTC derivatives, and loans and lending commitments associated with traditional credit origination activities broken down by industry, region and credit quality.

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 183

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Credit Exposure by Industry

	Cash			OTC Derivatives			Loans and Lending Commitments 1
	As of			As of			As of
in millions		September 2013	December 2012		September 2013	December 2012		September 2013	December 2012
Asset Managers & Funds		$       93	$        —		$11,305	$10,552		$  2,276	$  1,673
Banks, Brokers & Other Financial Institutions		16,563	10,507		15,505	21,310		9,551	6,192
Consumer Products, Non-Durables & Retail		—	—		2,796	1,516		14,218	13,304
Government & Central Banks		48,912	62,162		13,261	14,729		1,846	1,782
Healthcare & Education		—	—		2,194	3,764		9,184	7,717
Insurance		—	—		2,385	4,214		3,382	3,199
Natural Resources & Utilities		—	—		4,117	4,383		19,134	16,360
Real Estate		11	—		444	381		4,747	3,796
Technology, Media, Telecommunications & Services		—	—		2,224	2,016		16,430	17,674
Transportation		—	—		687	1,207		6,872	6,557
Other		—	—		1,894	3,332		5,769	4,650
Total 2		$65,579	$72,669		$56,812	$67,404		$93,409	$82,904

Credit Exposure by Region

	Cash			OTC Derivatives			Loans and Lending Commitments 1
	As of			As of			As of
in millions		September 2013	December 2012		September 2013	December 2012		September 2013	December 2012
Americas		$56,227	$65,193		$25,796	$32,968		$66,292	$59,792
EMEA 3		5,254	1,683		25,747	26,739		24,180	21,104
Asia		4,098	5,793		5,269	7,697		2,937	2,008
Total 2		$65,579	$72,669		$56,812	$67,404		$93,409	$82,904

Credit Exposure by Credit Quality

	Cash			OTC Derivatives			Loans and Lending Commitments 1
	As of			As of			As of
in millions Credit Rating Equivalent		September 2013	December 2012		September 2013	December 2012		September 2013	December 2012
AAA/Aaa		$48,323	$59,825		$  2,804	$  3,730		$  2,136	$  2,179
AA/Aa2		8,075	6,356		14,117	16,445		7,450	7,220
A/A2		8,197	5,068		18,820	24,901		21,180	21,901
BBB/Baa2		559	326		11,482	13,919		29,957	26,313
BB/Ba2 or lower		425	1,094		7,504	6,811		32,686	25,291
Unrated		—	—		2,085	1,598		—	—
Total 2		$65,579	$72,669		$56,812	$67,404		$93,409	$82,904

1. Includes approximately $19 billion and $12 billion of loans as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively, and approximately $74 billion and $71 billion of lending commitments as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively. Excludes certain bank loans and bridge loans and certain lending commitments that are risk managed as part of market risk using VaR and sensitivity measures.

2. Includes $101 million of cash, approximately $1 billion of OTC derivatives and approximately $1 billion of loans related to our European insurance business, which were classified as held for sale as of September 2013 and are included in “Other assets” in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition. See Note 12 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Form 10-Q for further information about assets held for sale.

3. EMEA (Europe, Middle East and Africa).

184 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Selected Country Exposures

There have been continuing concerns about European sovereign debt risk and its impact on the European banking system and a number of European member states have experienced significant credit deterioration. The most pronounced market concerns relate to Greece, Ireland, Italy, Portugal and Spain. The tables below present our credit exposure (both gross and net of hedges) to all sovereigns, financial institutions and corporate counterparties or borrowers in these countries. Credit exposure represents the potential for loss due to the default or deterioration in credit quality of a counterparty or borrower. In addition, the tables include the market

exposure of our long and short inventory for which the issuer or underlier is located in these countries. Market exposure represents the potential for loss in value of our inventory due to changes in market prices. There is no overlap between the credit and market exposures in the tables below.

The country of risk is determined by the location of the counterparty, issuer or underlier’s assets, where they generate revenue, the country in which they are headquartered, and/or the government whose policies affect their ability to repay their obligations.

	As of September 2013
	Credit Exposure													Market Exposure
in millions		Loans		OTC Derivatives		Other	Gross Funded	Hedges		Total Net Funded Credit Exposure	Unfunded Credit Exposure	Total Credit Exposure			Debt		Equities and Other	Credit Derivatives		Total Market Exposure
Greece
Sovereign		$      —		$   131		$  —	$   131	$     (45	)	$     86	$      —	$     86			$     55		$—	$      13		$     68
Non-Sovereign		—		21		—	21	—		21	—	21			49		12	(4	)	57
Total Greece		—		152		—	152	(45	)	107	—	107			104		12	9		125
Ireland
Sovereign		—		3		—	3	—		3	—	3			(134	)	—	(160	)	(294	)
Non-Sovereign		424		391		159	974	—		974	116	1,090			130		13	37		180
Total Ireland		424		394		159	977	—		977	116	1,093			(4	)	13	(123	)	(114	)
Italy
Sovereign		—		1,570		1	1,571	(1,528	)	43	—	43			52		—	(183	)	(131	)
Non-Sovereign		575		500		141	1,216	(47	)	1,169	727	1,896			211		18	(976	)	(747	)
Total Italy		575		2,070		142	2,787	(1,575	)	1,212	727	1,939			263		18	(1,159	)	(878	)
Portugal
Sovereign		—		1		87	88	—		88	—	88			96		—	(116	)	(20	)
Non-Sovereign		—		17		1	18	—		18	—	18			250		5	(355	)	(100	)
Total Portugal		—		18		88	106	—		106	—	106			346		5	(471	)	(120	)
Spain
Sovereign		—		48		—	48	(2	)	46	—	46			650		—	198		848
Non-Sovereign		1,425		191		54	1,670	(87	)	1,583	784	2,367			1,493		15	(716	)	792
Total Spain		1,425		239		54	1,718	(89	)	1,629	784	2,413			2,143		15	(518	)	1,640
Total		$2,424	1	$2,873	2	$443	$5,740	$(1,709	) 3	$4,031	$1,627	$5,658	4		$2,852		$63	$(2,262	) 3	$   653	4

1. Principally consists of loans collateralized by cash, securities and real estate.

2. Includes the benefit of $5.0 billion of cash and U.S. Treasury securities collateral and excludes non-U.S. government and agency obligations and corporate securities collateral of $288 million.

3. Includes written and purchased credit derivative notionals reduced by the fair values of such credit derivatives.

4. Total credit exposure and total market exposure includes $410 million and $264 million, respectively, related to our European insurance business classified as held for sale as of September 2013. See Note 12 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Form 10-Q for further information about assets held for sale.

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 185

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

	As of December 2012
	Credit Exposure												Market Exposure
in millions		Loans		OTC Derivatives		Other	Gross Funded	Hedges		Total Net Funded Credit Exposure	Unfunded Credit Exposure	Total Credit Exposure		Debt		Equities and Other		Credit Derivatives		Total Market Exposure
Greece
Sovereign		$      —		$      —		$  —	$     —	$       —		$     —	$      —	$      —		$     30		$   —		$      —		$     30
Non-Sovereign		—		5		1	6	—		6	—	6		65		15		(5	)	75
Total Greece		—		5		1	6	—		6	—	6		95		15		(5	)	105
Ireland
Sovereign		—		1		103	104	—		104	—	104		8		—		(150	)	(142	)
Non-Sovereign		—		126		36	162	—		162	—	162		801		74		155		1,030
Total Ireland		—		127		139	266	—		266	—	266		809		74		5		888
Italy
Sovereign		—		1,756		1	1,757	(1,714	)	43	—	43		(415	)	—		(603	)	(1,018	)
Non-Sovereign		43		560		129	732	(33	)	699	587	1,286		434		65		(996	)	(497	)
Total Italy		43		2,316		130	2,489	(1,747	)	742	587	1,329		19		65		(1,599	)	(1,515	)
Portugal
Sovereign		—		141		61	202	—		202	—	202		155		—		(226	)	(71	)
Non-Sovereign		—		44		2	46	—		46	—	46		168		(6	)	(133	)	29
Total Portugal		—		185		63	248	—		248	—	248		323		(6	)	(359	)	(42	)
Spain
Sovereign		—		75		—	75	—		75	—	75		986		—		(268	)	718
Non-Sovereign		1,048		259		23	1,330	(95	)	1,235	733	1,968		1,268		83		(186	)	1,165
Total Spain		1,048		334		23	1,405	(95	)	1,310	733	2,043		2,254		83		(454	)	1,883
Total		$1,091	1	$2,967	2	$356	$4,414	$(1,842	) 3	$2,572	$1,320	$3,892		$3,500		$231		$(2,412	) 3	$1,319

1. Principally consists of loans for which the fair value of collateral exceeds the carrying value of such loans.

2. Includes the benefit of $6.6 billion of cash and U.S. Treasury securities collateral and excludes non-U.S. government and agency obligations and corporate securities collateral of $357 million.

3. Includes written and purchased credit derivative notionals reduced by the fair values of such credit derivatives.

We economically hedge our exposure to written credit derivatives by entering into offsetting purchased credit derivatives with identical underlyings. Where possible, we endeavor to match the tenor and credit default terms of such hedges to that of our written credit derivatives. Substantially all purchased credit derivatives included above are bought from investment-grade counterparties domiciled outside of these countries and are collateralized with cash, U.S. Treasury securities or German government agency obligations. The gross purchased and written credit derivative notionals across the above countries for single-name and index credit default swaps (included in ‘Hedges’ and ‘Credit Derivatives’ in the tables above) were $164.1 billion and $156.0 billion, respectively, as of September 2013, and $179.4 billion and $168.6 billion, respectively, as of December 2012. Including netting under legally enforceable netting agreements, within each and across all of the countries above, the purchased and written credit derivative notionals for single-name and index credit

default swaps were $23.1 billion and $14.9 billion, respectively, as of September 2013, and $26.0 billion and $15.3 billion, respectively, as of December 2012. These notionals are not representative of our exposure because they exclude available netting under legally enforceable netting agreements on other derivatives outside of these countries and collateral received or posted under credit support agreements.

In credit exposure above, ‘Other’ principally consists of deposits, secured lending transactions and other secured receivables, net of applicable collateral. As of September 2013 and December 2012, $10.3 billion and $4.8 billion, respectively, of secured lending transactions and other secured receivables were fully collateralized.

For information about the nature of or payout under trigger events related to written and purchased credit protection contracts see Note 7 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Form 10-Q.

186 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

To supplement our regular stress tests, we conduct tailored stress tests on an ad hoc basis in response to specific market events that we deem significant. For example, in response to the Euro area debt crisis, we conducted stress tests intended to estimate the direct and indirect impact that might result from a variety of possible events involving certain European member states, including sovereign defaults and the exit of one or more countries from the Euro area. In the stress tests, described in “Market Risk Management — Stress Testing” and “Credit Risk Management — Stress Tests/Scenario Analysis,” we estimated the direct impact of the event on our credit and market exposures resulting from shocks to risk factors including, but not limited to, currency rates, interest rates, and equity prices. The parameters of these shocks varied based on the scenario reflected in each stress test. We also estimated the indirect impact on our exposures arising from potential market moves in response to the event, such as the impact of credit market deterioration on corporate borrowers and counterparties along with the shocks to the risk factors described above. We reviewed estimated losses produced by the stress tests in order to understand their magnitude, highlight potential loss concentrations, and assess and mitigate our exposures where necessary.

Euro area exit scenarios included analysis of the impacts on exposure that might result from the redenomination of assets in the exiting country or countries. We also tested our operational and risk management readiness and capability to respond to a redenomination event. Constructing stress tests for these scenarios requires many assumptions about how exposures might be directly impacted and how resulting secondary market moves would indirectly impact such exposures. Given the multiple parameters involved in such scenarios, losses from such events are inherently difficult to quantify and may materially differ from our estimates.

See “Liquidity Risk Management — Modeled Liquidity Outflow,” “Market Risk Management — Stress Testing” and “Credit Risk Management — Stress Tests/Scenario Analysis” for further discussion.

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 187

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Operational Risk Management

Overview

Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or from external events. Our exposure to operational risk arises from routine processing errors as well as extraordinary incidents, such as major systems failures. Potential types of loss events related to internal and external operational risk include:

Ÿ clients, products and business practices;

Ÿ execution, delivery and process management;

Ÿ business disruption and system failures;

Ÿ employment practices and workplace safety;

Ÿ damage to physical assets;

Ÿ internal fraud; and

Ÿ external fraud.

The firm maintains a comprehensive control framework designed to provide a well-controlled environment to minimize operational risks. The Firmwide Operational Risk Committee, along with the support of regional or entity-specific working groups or committees, provides oversight of the ongoing development and implementation of our operational risk policies and framework. Operational Risk Management is a risk management function independent of our revenue-producing units, reports to the firm’s chief risk officer, and is responsible for developing and implementing policies, methodologies and a formalized framework for operational risk management with the goal of minimizing our exposure to operational risk.

Operational Risk Management Process

Managing operational risk requires timely and accurate information as well as a strong control culture. We seek to manage our operational risk through:

Ÿ the training, supervision and development of our people;

Ÿ the active participation of senior management in identifying and mitigating key operational risks across the firm;

Ÿ independent control and support functions that monitor operational risk on a daily basis, and implementation of extensive policies and procedures, and controls designed to prevent the occurrence of operational risk events;

Ÿ proactive communication between our revenue-producing units and our independent control and support functions; and

Ÿ a network of systems throughout the firm to facilitate the collection of data used to analyze and assess our operational risk exposure.

We combine top-down and bottom-up approaches to manage and measure operational risk. From a top-down perspective, the firm’s senior management assesses firmwide and business level operational risk profiles. From a bottom-up perspective, revenue-producing units and independent control and support functions are responsible for risk management on a day-to-day basis, including identifying, mitigating, and escalating operational risks to senior management.

Our operational risk framework is in part designed to comply with the operational risk measurement rules under Basel II and has evolved based on the changing needs of our businesses and regulatory guidance. Our framework comprises the following practices:

Ÿ Risk identification and reporting;

Ÿ Risk measurement; and

Ÿ Risk monitoring.

Internal Audit performs an independent review of our operational risk framework, including our key controls, processes and applications, on an annual basis to assess the effectiveness of our framework.

188 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Risk Identification and Reporting

The core of our operational risk management framework is risk identification and reporting. We have a comprehensive data collection process, including firmwide policies and procedures, for operational risk events.

We have established policies that require managers in our revenue-producing units and our independent control and support functions to escalate operational risk events. When operational risk events are identified, our policies require that the events be documented and analyzed to determine whether changes are required in the firm’s systems and/or processes to further mitigate the risk of future events.

In addition, our firmwide systems capture internal operational risk event data, key metrics such as transaction volumes, and statistical information such as performance trends. We use an internally-developed operational risk management application to aggregate and organize this information. Managers from both revenue-producing units and independent control and support functions analyze the information to evaluate operational risk exposures and identify businesses, activities or products with heightened levels of operational risk. We also provide periodic operational risk reports to senior management, risk committees and the Board.

Risk Measurement

We measure the firm’s operational risk exposure over a twelve-month time horizon using both statistical modeling and scenario analyses, which involve qualitative assessments of the potential frequency and extent of potential operational risk losses, for each of the firm’s businesses. Operational risk measurement incorporates qualitative and quantitative assessments of factors including:

Ÿ internal and external operational risk event data;

Ÿ assessments of the firm’s internal controls;

Ÿ evaluations of the complexity of the firm’s business activities;

Ÿ the degree of and potential for automation in the firm’s processes;

Ÿ new product information;

Ÿ the legal and regulatory environment;

Ÿ changes in the markets for the firm’s products and services, including the diversity and sophistication of the firm’s customers and counterparties; and

Ÿ the liquidity of the capital markets and the reliability of the infrastructure that supports the capital markets.

The results from these scenario analyses are used to monitor changes in operational risk and to determine business lines that may have heightened exposure to operational risk. These analyses ultimately are used in the determination of the appropriate level of operational risk capital to hold.

Risk Monitoring

We evaluate changes in the operational risk profile of the firm and its businesses, including changes in business mix or jurisdictions in which the firm operates, by monitoring the factors noted above at a firmwide level. The firm has both detective and preventive internal controls, which are designed to reduce the frequency and severity of operational risk losses and the probability of operational risk events. We monitor the results of assessments and independent internal audits of these internal controls.

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 189

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Certain Risk Factors That May Affect Our Businesses

We face a variety of risks that are substantial and inherent in our businesses, including market, liquidity, credit, operational, legal, regulatory and reputational risks. For a discussion of how management seeks to manage some of these risks, see “Overview and Structure of Risk Management.” A summary of the more important factors that could affect our businesses follows. For a further discussion of these and other important factors that could affect our businesses, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and liquidity, see “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A of our Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Ÿ Our businesses have been and may continue to be adversely affected by conditions in the global financial markets and economic conditions generally.

Ÿ Our businesses have been and may be adversely affected by declining asset values. This is particularly true for those businesses in which we have net “long” positions, receive fees based on the value of assets managed, or receive or post collateral.

Ÿ Our businesses have been and may be adversely affected by disruptions in the credit markets, including reduced access to credit and higher costs of obtaining credit.

Ÿ Our market-making activities have been and may be affected by changes in the levels of market volatility.

Ÿ Our investment banking, client execution and investment management businesses have been adversely affected and may continue to be adversely affected by market uncertainty or lack of confidence among investors and CEOs due to general declines in economic activity and other unfavorable economic, geopolitical or market conditions.

Ÿ Our investment management business may be affected by the poor investment performance of our investment products.

Ÿ We may incur losses as a result of ineffective risk management processes and strategies.

Ÿ Our liquidity, profitability and businesses may be adversely affected by an inability to access the debt capital markets or to sell assets or by a reduction in our credit ratings or by an increase in our credit spreads.

Ÿ Conflicts of interest are increasing and a failure to appropriately identify and address conflicts of interest could adversely affect our businesses.

Ÿ Group Inc. is a holding company and is dependent for liquidity on payments from its subsidiaries, many of which are subject to restrictions.

Ÿ Our businesses, profitability and liquidity may be adversely affected by deterioration in the credit quality of, or defaults by, third parties who owe us money, securities or other assets or whose securities or obligations we hold.

Ÿ Concentration of risk increases the potential for significant losses in our market-making, underwriting, investing and lending activities.

Ÿ The financial services industry is highly competitive.

Ÿ We face enhanced risks as new business initiatives lead us to transact with a broader array of clients and counterparties and expose us to new asset classes and new markets.

Ÿ Derivative transactions and delayed settlements may expose us to unexpected risk and potential losses.

Ÿ Our businesses may be adversely affected if we are unable to hire and retain qualified employees.

Ÿ Our businesses and those of our clients are subject to extensive and pervasive regulation around the world.

Ÿ We may be adversely affected by increased governmental and regulatory scrutiny or negative publicity.

Ÿ A failure in our operational systems or infrastructure, or those of third parties, could impair our liquidity, disrupt our businesses, result in the disclosure of confidential information, damage our reputation and cause losses.

Ÿ Substantial legal liability or significant regulatory action against us could have material adverse financial effects or cause us significant reputational harm, which in turn could seriously harm our business prospects.

Ÿ The growth of electronic trading and the introduction of new trading technology may adversely affect our business and may increase competition.

Ÿ Our commodities activities, particularly our power generation interests and our physical commodities activities, subject us to extensive regulation, potential catastrophic events and environmental, reputational and other risks that may expose us to significant liabilities and costs.

Ÿ In conducting our businesses around the world, we are subject to political, economic, legal, operational and other risks that are inherent in operating in many countries.

Ÿ We may incur losses as a result of unforeseen or catastrophic events, including the emergence of a pandemic, terrorist attacks, extreme weather events or other natural disasters.

190 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Available Information

Our internet address is www.gs.com and the investor relations section of our web site is located at www.gs.com/shareholders. We make available free of charge through the investor relations section of our web site, annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (Exchange Act), as well as proxy statements, as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the SEC. Also posted on our web site, and available in print upon request of any shareholder to our Investor Relations Department, are our certificate of incorporation and by-laws, charters for our Audit Committee, Risk Committee, Compensation Committee, and Corporate Governance, Nominating and Public Responsibilities Committee, our Policy Regarding Director Independence Determinations, our Policy on Reporting of Concerns Regarding Accounting and Other Matters, our Corporate Governance Guidelines and our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics governing our directors, officers and employees. Within the time period required by the SEC, we will post on our web site any amendment to the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and any waiver applicable to any executive officer, director or senior financial officer.

In addition, our web site includes information concerning purchases and sales of our equity securities by our executive officers and directors, as well as disclosure relating to certain non-GAAP financial measures (as defined in the SEC’s Regulation G) that we may make public orally, telephonically, by webcast, by broadcast or by similar means from time to time. In addition, we make available on the Investor Relations section of our web site information regarding DFAST results and information on the firm’s risk management practices and regulatory capital ratios, as required under the disclosure-related provisions of the Federal Reserve Board’s market risk capital rules.

Our Investor Relations Department can be contacted at The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., 200 West Street, 29th Floor, New York, New York 10282, Attn: Investor Relations, telephone: 212-902-0300, e-mail: gs-investor-relations@gs.com.

Cautionary Statement Pursuant to the U.S. Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995

We have included or incorporated by reference in this Form 10-Q, and from time to time our management may make, statements that may constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the safe harbor provisions of the U.S. Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements are not historical facts, but instead represent only our beliefs regarding future events, many of which, by their nature, are inherently uncertain and outside our control. It is possible that our actual results and financial condition may differ, possibly materially, from the anticipated results and financial condition indicated in these forward-looking statements. For a discussion of some of the risks and important factors that could affect our future results and financial condition, see “Certain Risk Factors That May Affect Our Businesses” above, as well as “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A of our Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Statements about our investment banking transaction backlog also may constitute forward-looking statements. Such statements are subject to the risk that the terms of these transactions may be modified or that they may not be completed at all; therefore, the net revenues, if any, that we actually earn from these transactions may differ, possibly materially, from those currently expected. Important factors that could result in a modification of the terms of a transaction or a transaction not being completed include, in the case of underwriting transactions, a decline or continued weakness in general economic conditions, outbreak of hostilities, volatility in the securities markets generally or an adverse development with respect to the issuer of the securities and, in the case of financial advisory transactions, a decline in the securities markets, an inability to obtain adequate financing, an adverse development with respect to a party to the transaction or a failure to obtain a required regulatory approval. For a discussion of other important factors that could adversely affect our investment banking transactions, see “Certain Risk Factors That May Affect Our Businesses” above, as well as “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A of our Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 191

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

The firm has voluntarily provided in this filing information regarding the firm’s and GS Bank USA’s estimated capital ratios, including CET1 ratios under the Advanced and Standardized approaches on a fully phased-in and transitional basis and supplementary leverage ratios. The statements with respect to the estimated ratios are forward-looking statements, based on our current interpretation, expectations and understandings of the 2013 Capital Framework and related proposals to increase the minimum supplementary leverage ratios. The information regarding estimated ratios includes significant assumptions concerning the treatment of various assets and liabilities and the manner in which the ratios are calculated under the 2013 Capital Framework. As a result, the methods used to calculate these estimates may differ, possibly materially, from those used in calculating the estimates for any future voluntary disclosures as well as those used when such ratios are required to be disclosed. The ultimate methods of calculating the ratios will depend on, among other things, the promulgation of final rules on increased minimum supplementary leverage ratios, supervisory approval of our internal models used under the Advanced approach for calculating CET1, implementation guidance from the Agencies and the development of market practices and standards.

Item 3.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk are set forth under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Market Risk Management” in Part I, Item 2 above.

Item 4.    Controls and Procedures

As of the end of the period covered by this report, an evaluation was carried out by Goldman Sachs’ management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (Exchange Act)). Based upon that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that these disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this report. In addition, no change in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act) occurred during our most recent quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

PART II. OTHER INFORMATION

Item 1.    Legal Proceedings

We are involved in a number of judicial, regulatory and arbitration proceedings concerning matters arising in connection with the conduct of our businesses. Many of these proceedings are in early stages, and many of these cases seek an indeterminate amount of damages. However, we believe, based on currently available information, that the results of such proceedings, in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, but may be material to our operating results for any particular period, depending, in part, upon the operating results for such period. Given the range of litigation and investigations presently under way, our litigation expenses can be expected to remain high. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Use of Estimates” in Part I, Item 2 of this Form 10-Q. See Note 27 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Form 10-Q for information on certain judicial, regulatory and legal proceedings.

192 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

Item 2.    Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

The table below sets forth the information with respect to purchases made by or on behalf of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. (Group Inc.) or any “affiliated purchaser” (as

defined in Rule 10b-18(a)(3) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) of our common stock during the three months ended September 30, 2013.

Period	Total Number of Shares Purchased	Average Price Paid per Share	Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs	1	Maximum Number of Shares That May Yet Be Purchased Under the Plans or Programs	1
Month #1 (July 1, 2013 to July 31, 2013)	2,569,558	$164.27	2,569,558		73,317,385
Month #2 (August 1, 2013 to August 31, 2013)	5,253,796	160.68	5,253,796		68,063,589
Month #3 (September 1, 2013 to September 30, 2013)	2,387,772	160.70	2,387,772		65,675,817
Total	10,211,126		10,211,126

1. On March 21, 2000, we announced that the Board of Directors of Group Inc. (Board) had approved a repurchase program, pursuant to which up to 15 million shares of our common stock may be repurchased. This repurchase program was increased by an aggregate of 430 million shares by resolutions of our Board adopted from June 2001 through April 2013. We use our share repurchase program to help maintain the appropriate level of common equity. The repurchase program is effected primarily through regular open-market purchases, the amounts and timing of which are determined primarily by the firm’s current and projected capital position (i.e., comparisons of our desired level and composition of capital to our actual level and composition of capital), but which may also be influenced by general market conditions and the prevailing price and trading volumes of our common stock. The repurchase program has no set expiration or termination date. Any repurchase of our common stock requires approval by the Federal Reserve Board.

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 193

Item 6.    Exhibits

Exhibits

12.1	Statement re: Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Ratios of Earnings to Combined Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividends.
15.1	Letter re: Unaudited Interim Financial Information.
31.1	Rule 13a-14(a) Certifications.
32.1	Section 1350 Certifications.*
101	Interactive data files pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T: (i) the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Earnings for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2013 and September 30, 2012, (ii) the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2013 and September 30, 2012, (iii) the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition as of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, (iv) the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and year ended December 31, 2012, (v) the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and September 30, 2012, and (vi) the notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
	*     This information is furnished and not filed for purposes of Sections 11 and 12 of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

194 Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC.
By:	/s/          Harvey M. Schwartz
	Name:  Harvey M. Schwartz
	Title:  Chief Financial Officer
By:	/s/          Sarah E. Smith
	Name:  Sarah E. Smith
	Title:  Principal Accounting Officer

Date: November 6, 2013

Goldman Sachs September 2013 Form 10-Q 195

EX-12.1

EXHIBIT 12.1

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

COMPUTATION OF RATIOS OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES AND RATIOS OF EARNINGS

TO COMBINED FIXED CHARGES AND PREFERRED STOCK DIVIDENDS

	Nine Months Ended September			Year Ended December									Year Ended November			One Month Ended December
$ in millions		2013			2012		2011		2010		2009			2008			2008
Net earnings/(loss)		$  5,708			$  7,475		$  4,442		$  8,354		$13,385			$  2,322			$  (780	)
Add:
Provision/(benefit) for taxes		2,477			3,732		1,727		4,538		6,444			14			(478	)
Portion of rents representative of an interest factor		82			125		159		169		145			146			13
Interest expense on all indebtedness		5,078			7,501		7,982		6,806		6,500			31,357			1,002
Pre-tax earnings/(loss), as adjusted		$13,345			$18,833		$14,310		$19,867		$26,474			$33,839			$  (243	)
Fixed charges 1:
Portion of rents representative of an interest factor		$       82			$     125		$     159		$     169		$     145			$     146			$     13
Interest expense on all indebtedness		5,081			7,509		7,987		6,810		6,570			31,444			1,008
Total fixed charges		$  5,163			$  7,634		$  8,146		$  6,979		$  6,715			$31,590			$1,021
Preferred stock dividend requirements		330			274		2,683		989		1,767			283			400
Total combined fixed charges and preferred stock dividends		$  5,493			$  7,908		$10,829		$  7,968		$  8,482			$31,873			$1,421
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges		2.58	x		2.47	x	1.76	x	2.85	x	3.94	x		1.07	x		N/A	2
Ratio of earnings to combined fixed charges and preferred stock dividends		2.43	x		2.38	x	1.32	x	2.49	x	3.12	x		1.06	x		N/A	2

1. Fixed charges include capitalized interest of $3 million, $8 million, $5 million, $4 million, $70 million, $87 million and $6 million for the nine months ended September 2013, years ended December 2012, December 2011, December 2010, December 2009, November 2008 and one month ended December 2008, respectively.

2. Earnings for the one month ended December 2008 were inadequate to cover total fixed charges and total combined fixed charges and preferred stock dividends. The coverage deficiencies for total fixed charges and total combined fixed charges and preferred stock dividends were $1.26 billion and $1.66 billion, respectively.

EX-15.1

EXHIBIT 15.1

November 6, 2013

Securities and Exchange Commission

100 F Street N.E.

Washington, D.C. 20549

Re: The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.

Registration Statements on Form S-8

(No. 333-80839)

(No. 333-42068)

(No. 333-106430)

(No. 333-120802)

Registration Statements on Form S-3

(No. 333-176914)

Commissioners:

We are aware that our report dated November 6, 2013 on our review of the condensed consolidated statement of financial condition of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of September 30, 2013, the related condensed consolidated statements of earnings for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, the condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive income for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, the condensed consolidated statement of changes in shareholders’ equity for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, and the condensed consolidated statements of cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012 included in the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2013 is incorporated by reference in the registration statements referred to above. Pursuant to Rule 436(c) under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Act”), such report should not be considered a part of such registration statements, and is not a report within the meaning of Sections 7 and 11 of the Act.

Very truly yours,

/s/ PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP

EX-31.1

EXHIBIT 31.1

CERTIFICATIONS

I, Lloyd C. Blankfein, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2013 of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: November 6, 2013	/s/	Lloyd C. Blankfein
	Name:	Lloyd C. Blankfein
	Title:	Chief Executive Officer

CERTIFICATIONS

I, Harvey M. Schwartz, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2013 of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: November 6, 2013	/s/	Harvey M. Schwartz
	Name:	Harvey M. Schwartz
	Title:	Chief Financial Officer

EX-32.1

EXHIBIT 32.1

CERTIFICATION

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, the undersigned officer of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. (the “Company”) hereby certifies that the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2013 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Dated: November 6, 2013	/s/	Lloyd C. Blankfein
	Name:	Lloyd C. Blankfein
	Title:	Chief Executive Officer

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350 and is not being filed as part of the Report or as a separate disclosure document.

CERTIFICATION

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, the undersigned officer of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. (the “Company”) hereby certifies that the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2013 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Dated: November 6, 2013	/s/	Harvey M. Schwartz
	Name:	Harvey M. Schwartz
	Title:	Chief Financial Officer

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350 and is not being filed as part of the Report or as a separate disclosure document.

XML

Other Assets (Details) (USD $)	9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2012	Sep. 30, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Other Assets (Textuals) [Abstract]
Accumulated depreciation and amortization		$ 8,860,000,000	$ 9,050,000,000
Property, leasehold improvements and equipment used for operation		5,980,000,000	6,200,000,000
Assets related to the Americas reinsurance business classified as held for sale			16,920,000,000
Assets related to the European insurance business classified as held for sale		13,650,000,000
Investments accounted for at fair value excluded from Equity-method investments		6,050,000,000	5,540,000,000
Impairment charges related to consolidated investments	252,000,000
Impairment charges related to property, leasehold improvements and equipment	169,000,000
Intangible assets classified as held for sale			149,000,000
Assets related to the Americas reinsurance business included within Miscellaneous receivables and other			16,770,000,000
Assets related to the European insurance business included within Miscellaneous receivables and other		13,650,000,000
Liabilities related to the Americas reinsurance business classified as held for sale			14,620,000,000
Liabilities related to the European insurance business classified as held for sale		13,630,000,000
Available-for-sale securities related to the Americas reinsurance business			9,000,000,000
Impairment charges related to commodity-related intangible assets	20,000,000
Impairment charges related to other assets	63,000,000
Other Assets [Abstract]
Property, leasehold improvements and equipment		8,721,000,000	8,217,000,000
Goodwill and identifiable intangible assets		4,458,000,000	5,099,000,000
Income tax-related assets		6,468,000,000	5,620,000,000
Equity-method investments		422,000,000	453,000,000
Miscellaneous receivables and other		16,861,000,000	20,234,000,000
Total		$ 36,930,000,000	$ 39,623,000,000

XML

Derivatives and Hedging Activities (Details 8) (USD $)	Sep. 30, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Summary of Credit Derivatives [Abstract]
Maximum Payout/Notional Amount of Written Credit Derivative	$ 1,587,983,000,000	$ 1,760,968,000,000
Maximum Payout/Notional Amount of Purchased Credit Derivatives	1,660,000,000,000	1,860,000,000,000
Fair Value Asset of Written Credit Derivatives	32,640,000,000	34,438,000,000
Fair Value Liability of Written Credit Derivatives	29,062,000,000	42,566,000,000
Fair Value Net Asset/(Liability) of Written Credit Derivatives	3,578,000,000	(8,128,000,000)
Net purchased protection notional value of credit derivatives	76,380,000,000	98,330,000,000
0-250 [Member]
Summary of Credit Derivatives [Abstract]
Maximum Payout/Notional Amount of Written Credit Derivative	1,373,639,000,000	1,453,711,000,000
Fair Value Asset of Written Credit Derivatives	26,477,000,000	28,817,000,000
Fair Value Liability of Written Credit Derivatives	6,679,000,000	8,249,000,000
Fair Value Net Asset/(Liability) of Written Credit Derivatives	19,798,000,000	20,568,000,000
251-500 [Member]
Summary of Credit Derivatives [Abstract]
Maximum Payout/Notional Amount of Written Credit Derivative	127,584,000,000	175,621,000,000
Fair Value Asset of Written Credit Derivatives	4,910,000,000	4,284,000,000
Fair Value Liability of Written Credit Derivatives	4,441,000,000	7,848,000,000
Fair Value Net Asset/(Liability) of Written Credit Derivatives	469,000,000	(3,564,000,000)
501-1000 [Member]
Summary of Credit Derivatives [Abstract]
Maximum Payout/Notional Amount of Written Credit Derivative	37,987,000,000	66,840,000,000
Fair Value Asset of Written Credit Derivatives	559,000,000	769,000,000
Fair Value Liability of Written Credit Derivatives	2,093,000,000	4,499,000,000
Fair Value Net Asset/(Liability) of Written Credit Derivatives	(1,534,000,000)	(3,730,000,000)
Greater than 1000 [Member]
Summary of Credit Derivatives [Abstract]
Maximum Payout/Notional Amount of Written Credit Derivative	48,773,000,000	64,796,000,000
Fair Value Asset of Written Credit Derivatives	694,000,000	568,000,000
Fair Value Liability of Written Credit Derivatives	15,849,000,000	21,970,000,000
Fair Value Net Asset/(Liability) of Written Credit Derivatives	(15,155,000,000)	(21,402,000,000)
0-12 Months [Member]
Summary of Credit Derivatives [Abstract]
Maximum Payout/Notional Amount of Written Credit Derivative	336,773,000,000	394,827,000,000
0-12 Months [Member] | 0-250 [Member]
Summary of Credit Derivatives [Abstract]
Maximum Payout/Notional Amount of Written Credit Derivative	315,815,000,000	360,289,000,000
0-12 Months [Member] | 251-500 [Member]
Summary of Credit Derivatives [Abstract]
Maximum Payout/Notional Amount of Written Credit Derivative	6,304,000,000	13,876,000,000
0-12 Months [Member] | 501-1000 [Member]
Summary of Credit Derivatives [Abstract]
Maximum Payout/Notional Amount of Written Credit Derivative	5,802,000,000	9,209,000,000
0-12 Months [Member] | Greater than 1000 [Member]
Summary of Credit Derivatives [Abstract]
Maximum Payout/Notional Amount of Written Credit Derivative	8,852,000,000	11,453,000,000
1-5 Years [Member]
Summary of Credit Derivatives [Abstract]
Maximum Payout/Notional Amount of Written Credit Derivative	1,138,952,000,000	1,218,333,000,000
1-5 Years [Member] | 0-250 [Member]
Summary of Credit Derivatives [Abstract]
Maximum Payout/Notional Amount of Written Credit Derivative	988,692,000,000	989,941,000,000
1-5 Years [Member] | 251-500 [Member]
Summary of Credit Derivatives [Abstract]
Maximum Payout/Notional Amount of Written Credit Derivative	84,999,000,000	126,659,000,000
1-5 Years [Member] | 501-1000 [Member]
Summary of Credit Derivatives [Abstract]
Maximum Payout/Notional Amount of Written Credit Derivative	26,694,000,000	52,012,000,000
1-5 Years [Member] | Greater than 1000 [Member]
Summary of Credit Derivatives [Abstract]
Maximum Payout/Notional Amount of Written Credit Derivative	38,567,000,000	49,721,000,000
5 Years or Greater [Member]
Summary of Credit Derivatives [Abstract]
Maximum Payout/Notional Amount of Written Credit Derivative	112,258,000,000	147,808,000,000
5 Years or Greater [Member] | 0-250 [Member]
Summary of Credit Derivatives [Abstract]
Maximum Payout/Notional Amount of Written Credit Derivative	69,132,000,000	103,481,000,000
5 Years or Greater [Member] | 251-500 [Member]
Summary of Credit Derivatives [Abstract]
Maximum Payout/Notional Amount of Written Credit Derivative	36,281,000,000	35,086,000,000
5 Years or Greater [Member] | 501-1000 [Member]
Summary of Credit Derivatives [Abstract]
Maximum Payout/Notional Amount of Written Credit Derivative	5,491,000,000	5,619,000,000
5 Years or Greater [Member] | Greater than 1000 [Member]
Summary of Credit Derivatives [Abstract]
Maximum Payout/Notional Amount of Written Credit Derivative	1,354,000,000	3,622,000,000
Offsetting Purchased Credit Derivatives [Member]
Summary of Credit Derivatives [Abstract]
Maximum Payout/Notional Amount of Purchased Credit Derivatives	1,455,406,000,000	1,619,162,000,000
Offsetting Purchased Credit Derivatives [Member] | 0-250 [Member]
Summary of Credit Derivatives [Abstract]
Maximum Payout/Notional Amount of Purchased Credit Derivatives	1,274,940,000,000	1,343,561,000,000
Offsetting Purchased Credit Derivatives [Member] | 251-500 [Member]
Summary of Credit Derivatives [Abstract]
Maximum Payout/Notional Amount of Purchased Credit Derivatives	106,171,000,000	157,371,000,000
Offsetting Purchased Credit Derivatives [Member] | 501-1000 [Member]
Summary of Credit Derivatives [Abstract]
Maximum Payout/Notional Amount of Purchased Credit Derivatives	31,990,000,000	60,456,000,000
Offsetting Purchased Credit Derivatives [Member] | Greater than 1000 [Member]
Summary of Credit Derivatives [Abstract]
Maximum Payout/Notional Amount of Purchased Credit Derivatives	42,305,000,000	57,774,000,000
Other Purchased Credit Derivatives [Member]
Summary of Credit Derivatives [Abstract]
Maximum Payout/Notional Amount of Purchased Credit Derivatives	208,952,000,000	240,133,000,000
Other Purchased Credit Derivatives [Member] | 0-250 [Member]
Summary of Credit Derivatives [Abstract]
Maximum Payout/Notional Amount of Purchased Credit Derivatives	171,561,000,000	201,459,000,000
Other Purchased Credit Derivatives [Member] | 251-500 [Member]
Summary of Credit Derivatives [Abstract]
Maximum Payout/Notional Amount of Purchased Credit Derivatives	22,169,000,000	19,063,000,000
Other Purchased Credit Derivatives [Member] | 501-1000 [Member]
Summary of Credit Derivatives [Abstract]
Maximum Payout/Notional Amount of Purchased Credit Derivatives	5,098,000,000	8,799,000,000
Other Purchased Credit Derivatives [Member] | Greater than 1000 [Member]
Summary of Credit Derivatives [Abstract]
Maximum Payout/Notional Amount of Purchased Credit Derivatives	$ 10,124,000,000	$ 10,812,000,000

XML

Derivatives and Hedging Activities (Details 10) (USD $)	3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2012	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2012	Dec. 31, 2012
Derivative Instruments, Gain (Loss) By Hedging Relationship [Abstract]
Fair Value, Net Derivatives Measured on Recurring Basis, Gain (Loss) Included in Market Making Revenue	$ 140,000,000	$ (625,000,000)	$ (62,000,000)	$ (465,000,000)
Fair Value, Net Derivatives Measured on Recurring Basis, Gain (Loss) Included in Other Principal Transactions Revenue	(30,000,000)	(152,000,000)	(206,000,000)	(104,000,000)
Gain (Loss) Recognized On Hedged Borrowings and Bank Deposits	500,000,000	102,000,000	5,698,000,000	(280,000,000)
Foreign Currency Denominated Debt Designated As Foreign Currency Hedge	2,110,000,000		2,110,000,000		2,770,000,000
Derivative, Net Hedge Ineffectiveness Gain (Loss)	(386,000,000)	(447,000,000)	(1,292,000,000)	(1,275,000,000)
Foreign Exchange Contract [Member]
Derivative Instruments, Gain (Loss) By Hedging Relationship [Abstract]
Amount of Ineffectiveness on Net Investment Hedges	0	0	0	0
Derivative Instruments, Gain (Loss) Reclassified from Accumulated OCI into Income, Net	0	0	0	0
Fair Value Hedging [Member] | Derivative Contracts Accounted for as Hedges [Member] | Interest Rate Contract [Member]
Derivative Instruments, Gain (Loss) By Hedging Relationship [Abstract]
Derivative Instruments, Gain (Loss) Recognized in Income, Net	(886,000,000)	(549,000,000)	(6,990,000,000)	(995,000,000)
Cash Flow Hedging [Member] | Commodity [Member]
Derivative Instruments, Gain (Loss) By Hedging Relationship [Abstract]
Effective portion of gains before taxes	10,000,000		10,000,000
Gain, net of taxes, expected to be reclassified to earnings within the next twelve months			3,000,000
Approximate length of time of the cash flow hedge			2 years
Gain (Loss) on Cash Flow Hedge Ineffectiveness, Net	0		0
Derivative Instruments, Gain (Loss) Reclassified from Accumulated OCI into Income, Net	0		0
Gain from Components Excluded from Assessment of Cash Flow Hedge Effectiveness	$ 0		$ 0

XML

Business Segments (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2012	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Business Segment (Textuals) [Abstract]
Realized Gains on available-for-sale securities held within the firm's Americas reinsurance business		$ 30	$ 37	$ 81
Charitable contributions included in operating expenses				12
Real estate-related exit costs included in operating expenses	3	1	11	4
Real estate-related exit costs included in depreciation and amortization and not allocated to the firm's segments	0	1	2	1
Segment Operating Results
Net revenues	6,722	8,351	25,424	24,927
Operating expenses	4,555	6,053	17,239	18,033
Pre-tax earnings/(loss)	2,167	2,298	8,185	6,894
Total assets	923,223	949,207	923,223	949,207	938,456	938,555
Net Interest Income
Total net interest income	840	836	2,591	2,907
Depreciation and amortization
Depreciation and amortization	280	396	848	1,238
Net Revenues and Pre-tax Earnings/(Loss) for each geographic region
Net revenues	6,722	8,351	25,424	24,927
Pre-tax earnings/(loss) - subtotal	2,170	2,299	8,196	6,910
Pre-tax earnings/loss	2,167	2,298	8,185	6,894
Percentage of total net revenue	100.00%	100.00%	100.00%	100.00%
Percentage of total pre-tax earnings - subtotal	100.00%	100.00%	100.00%	100.00%
Investment Banking [Member]
Segment Operating Results
Net revenues	1,166	1,164	4,286	3,521
Operating expenses	674	823	2,763	2,575
Pre-tax earnings/(loss)	492	341	1,523	946
Total assets	1,829	1,765	1,829	1,765
Net Interest Income
Total net interest income	0	(4)	0	(13)
Depreciation and amortization
Depreciation and amortization	36	36	107	117
Net Revenues and Pre-tax Earnings/(Loss) for each geographic region
Net revenues	1,166	1,164	4,286	3,521
Pre-tax earnings/loss	492	341	1,523	946
Investment Banking - Financial Advisory [Member]
Segment Operating Results
Net revenues	423	509	1,393	1,467
Net Revenues and Pre-tax Earnings/(Loss) for each geographic region
Net revenues	423	509	1,393	1,467
Investment Banking - Equity Underwriting [Member]
Segment Operating Results
Net revenues	276	189	1,037	683
Net Revenues and Pre-tax Earnings/(Loss) for each geographic region
Net revenues	276	189	1,037	683
Investment Banking - Debt Underwriting [Member]
Segment Operating Results
Net revenues	467	466	1,856	1,371
Net Revenues and Pre-tax Earnings/(Loss) for each geographic region
Net revenues	467	466	1,856	1,371
Investment Banking - Underwriting [Member]
Segment Operating Results
Net revenues	743	655	2,893	2,054
Net Revenues and Pre-tax Earnings/(Loss) for each geographic region
Net revenues	743	655	2,893	2,054
Institutional Client Services [Member]
Segment Operating Results
Net revenues	2,863	4,184	12,315	13,782
Operating expenses	2,484	3,250	9,170	10,179
Pre-tax earnings/(loss)	379	934	3,145	3,603
Total assets	803,438	842,950	803,438	842,950
Net Interest Income
Total net interest income	772	813	2,466	2,799
Depreciation and amortization
Depreciation and amortization	144	188	425	559
Net Revenues and Pre-tax Earnings/(Loss) for each geographic region
Net revenues	2,863	4,184	12,315	13,782
Pre-tax earnings/loss	379	934	3,145	3,603
Institutional Client Services - Fixed Income, Currency and Commodities Client Execution [Member]
Segment Operating Results
Net revenues	1,247	2,224	6,927	7,876
Net Revenues and Pre-tax Earnings/(Loss) for each geographic region
Net revenues	1,247	2,224	6,927	7,876
Institutional Client Services - Equities Client Execution [Member]
Segment Operating Results
Net revenues	549	847	1,996	2,407
Net Revenues and Pre-tax Earnings/(Loss) for each geographic region
Net revenues	549	847	1,996	2,407
Institutional Client Services - Commissions and Fees [Member]
Segment Operating Results
Net revenues	727	721	2,356	2,331
Net Revenues and Pre-tax Earnings/(Loss) for each geographic region
Net revenues	727	721	2,356	2,331
Institutional Client Services - Securities Services [Member]
Segment Operating Results
Net revenues	340	392	1,036	1,168
Net Revenues and Pre-tax Earnings/(Loss) for each geographic region
Net revenues	340	392	1,036	1,168
Institutional Client Services - Equities [Member]
Segment Operating Results
Net revenues	1,616	1,960	5,388	5,906
Net Revenues and Pre-tax Earnings/(Loss) for each geographic region
Net revenues	1,616	1,960	5,388	5,906
Investing and Lending [Member]
Segment Operating Results
Net revenues	1,475	1,804	4,958	3,918
Operating expenses	417	1,002	2,118	2,216
Pre-tax earnings/(loss)	1,058	802	2,840	1,702
Total assets	105,769	92,541	105,769	92,541
Net Interest Income
Total net interest income	41	2	41	9
Depreciation and amortization
Depreciation and amortization	59	119	192	406
Net Revenues and Pre-tax Earnings/(Loss) for each geographic region
Net revenues	1,475	1,804	4,958	3,918
Pre-tax earnings/loss	1,058	802	2,840	1,702
Investing and Lending - Equity Securities [Member]
Segment Operating Results
Net revenues	938	923	2,527	1,677
Net Revenues and Pre-tax Earnings/(Loss) for each geographic region
Net revenues	938	923	2,527	1,677
Investing and Lending - Debt Securities and Loans [Member]
Segment Operating Results
Net revenues	300	558	1,524	1,365
Net Revenues and Pre-tax Earnings/(Loss) for each geographic region
Net revenues	300	558	1,524	1,365
Investing and Lending - Other [Member]
Segment Operating Results
Net revenues	237	323	907	876
Net Revenues and Pre-tax Earnings/(Loss) for each geographic region
Net revenues	237	323	907	876
Investment Management [Member]
Segment Operating Results
Net revenues	1,218	1,199	3,865	3,706
Operating expenses	977	977	3,177	3,047
Pre-tax earnings/(loss)	241	222	688	659
Total assets	12,187	11,951	12,187	11,951
Net Interest Income
Total net interest income	27	25	84	112
Depreciation and amortization
Depreciation and amortization	41	52	122	155
Net Revenues and Pre-tax Earnings/(Loss) for each geographic region
Net revenues	1,218	1,199	3,865	3,706
Pre-tax earnings/loss	241	222	688	659
Investment Management - Management and Other Fees [Member]
Segment Operating Results
Net revenues	1,085	1,016	3,243	3,038
Net Revenues and Pre-tax Earnings/(Loss) for each geographic region
Net revenues	1,085	1,016	3,243	3,038
Investment Management - Incentive Fees [Member]
Segment Operating Results
Net revenues	71	82	329	357
Net Revenues and Pre-tax Earnings/(Loss) for each geographic region
Net revenues	71	82	329	357
Investment Management - Transaction Revenues [Member]
Segment Operating Results
Net revenues	62	101	293	311
Net Revenues and Pre-tax Earnings/(Loss) for each geographic region
Net revenues	62	101	293	311
Americas
Segment Operating Results
Net revenues	4,089	5,114	14,977	14,807
Pre-tax earnings/(loss)	1,293	1,336	4,494	3,766
Net Revenues and Pre-tax Earnings/(Loss) for each geographic region
Net revenues	4,089	5,114	14,977	14,807
Pre-tax earnings/loss	1,293	1,336	4,494	3,766
Percentage of total net revenue	61.00%	61.00%	59.00%	59.00%
Percentage of total pre-tax earnings - subtotal	60.00%	58.00%	55.00%	54.00%
Asia
Segment Operating Results
Net revenues	952	1,077	4,183	3,460
Pre-tax earnings/(loss)	292	247	1,481	872
Net Revenues and Pre-tax Earnings/(Loss) for each geographic region
Net revenues	952	1,077	4,183	3,460
Pre-tax earnings/loss	292	247	1,481	872
Percentage of total net revenue	14.00%	13.00%	16.00%	14.00%
Percentage of total pre-tax earnings - subtotal	13.00%	11.00%	18.00%	13.00%
Corporate [Member]
Segment Operating Results
Pre-tax earnings/(loss)	(3)	(1)	(11)	(16)
Net Revenues and Pre-tax Earnings/(Loss) for each geographic region
Pre-tax earnings/loss	(3)	(1)	(11)	(16)
EMEA
Segment Operating Results
Net revenues	1,681	2,160	6,264	6,660
Pre-tax earnings/(loss)	585	716	2,221	2,272
Net Revenues and Pre-tax Earnings/(Loss) for each geographic region
Net revenues	1,681	2,160	6,264	6,660
Pre-tax earnings/loss	$ 585	$ 716	$ 2,221	$ 2,272
Percentage of total net revenue	25.00%	26.00%	25.00%	27.00%
Percentage of total pre-tax earnings - subtotal	27.00%	31.00%	27.00%	33.00%

XML

Long-Term Borrowings (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	Sep. 30, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Long-term borrowings
Other secured financings (long-term)	$ 7,793	$ 8,965
Unsecured long-term borrowings	168,082	167,305
Long-term borrowings	$ 175,875	$ 176,270

XML

Shareholders' Equity (Details 1) (USD $)	3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2012	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2012
Summary of preferred dividends declared on preferred stock issued
Total preferred stock dividends declared	$ 88,000,000	$ 54,000,000	$ 230,000,000	$ 124,000,000
Series A Preferred Stock [Member]
Summary of preferred dividends declared on preferred stock issued
Preferred stock dividends declared	244.79	239.58	708.34	713.54
Total preferred stock dividends declared	7,000,000	7,000,000	21,000,000	21,000,000
Series B Preferred Stock [Member]
Summary of preferred dividends declared on preferred stock issued
Preferred stock dividends declared	387.50	387.50	1,162.50	1,162.50
Total preferred stock dividends declared	13,000,000	13,000,000	37,000,000	37,000,000
Series C Preferred Stock [Member]
Summary of preferred dividends declared on preferred stock issued
Preferred stock dividends declared	261.11	255.56	755.55	761.12
Total preferred stock dividends declared	2,000,000	2,000,000	6,000,000	6,000,000
Series D Preferred Stock [Member]
Summary of preferred dividends declared on preferred stock issued
Preferred stock dividends declared	261.11	255.56	755.55	761.12
Total preferred stock dividends declared	14,000,000	14,000,000	41,000,000	42,000,000
Series E Preferred Stock [Member]
Summary of preferred dividends declared on preferred stock issued
Preferred stock dividends declared	1,022.22	1,055.56	3,044.44	1,055.56
Total preferred stock dividends declared	19,000,000	18,000,000	54,000,000	18,000,000
Series F Preferred Stock [Member]
Summary of preferred dividends declared on preferred stock issued
Preferred stock dividends declared	1,022.22		3,044.44
Total preferred stock dividends declared	5,000,000		15,000,000
Series I Preferred Stock [Member]
Summary of preferred dividends declared on preferred stock issued
Preferred stock dividends declared	371.88		1,181.75
Total preferred stock dividends declared	12,000,000		40,000,000
Series J Preferred Stock [Member]
Summary of preferred dividends declared on preferred stock issued
Preferred stock dividends declared	401.04		401.04
Total preferred stock dividends declared	$ 16,000,000		$ 16,000,000

XML

Securitization Activities

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2013

Securitization Activities [Abstract]

Securitization Activities

Note 10.

Securitization Activities

The firm securitizes residential and commercial mortgages, corporate bonds, loans and other types of financial assets by selling these assets to securitization vehicles (e.g., trusts, corporate entities and limited liability companies) or through a resecuritization. The firm acts as underwriter of the beneficial interests that are sold to investors. The firm’s residential mortgage securitizations are substantially all in connection with government agency securitizations.

Beneficial interests issued by securitization entities are debt or equity securities that give the investors rights to receive all or portions of specified cash inflows to a securitization vehicle and include senior and subordinated interests in principal, interest and/or other cash inflows. The proceeds from the sale of beneficial interests are used to pay the transferor for the financial assets sold to the securitization vehicle or to purchase securities which serve as collateral.

The firm accounts for a securitization as a sale when it has relinquished control over the transferred assets. Prior to securitization, the firm accounts for assets pending transfer at fair value and therefore does not typically recognize significant gains or losses upon the transfer of assets. Net revenues from underwriting activities are recognized in connection with the sales of the underlying beneficial interests to investors.

For transfers of assets that are not accounted for as sales, the assets remain in “Financial instruments owned, at fair value” and the transfer is accounted for as a collateralized financing, with the related interest expense recognized over the life of the transaction. See Notes 9 and 23 for further information about collateralized financings and interest expense, respectively.

The firm generally receives cash in exchange for the transferred assets but may also have continuing involvement with transferred assets, including ownership of beneficial interests in securitized financial assets, primarily in the form of senior or subordinated securities. The firm may also purchase senior or subordinated securities issued by securitization vehicles (which are typically VIEs) in connection with secondary market-making activities.

The primary risks included in beneficial interests and other interests from the firm’s continuing involvement with securitization vehicles are the performance of the underlying collateral, the position of the firm’s investment in the capital structure of the securitization vehicle and the market yield for the security. These interests are accounted for at fair value and are included in “Financial instruments owned, at fair value” and are generally classified in level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. See Notes 5 through 8 for further information about fair value measurements.

The table below presents the amount of financial assets securitized and the cash flows received on retained interests in securitization entities in which the firm had continuing involvement.

	Three Months Ended September			Nine Months Ended September
in millions		2013	2012		2013	2012
Residential mortgages		$  8,849	$8,530		$23,489	$27,797
Commercial mortgages		2,358	625		5,224	2,248
Total		$11,207	$9,155		$28,713	$30,045
Cash flows on retained interests		$     102	$   161		$     235	$     333

The tables below present the firm’s continuing involvement in nonconsolidated securitization entities to which the firm sold assets, as well as the total outstanding principal amount of transferred assets in which the firm has continuing involvement. In these tables:

Ÿ the outstanding principal amount is presented for the purpose of providing information about the size of the securitization entities in which the firm has continuing involvement and is not representative of the firm’s risk of loss;

Ÿ for retained or purchased interests, the firm’s risk of loss is limited to the fair value of these interests; and

Ÿ purchased interests represent senior and subordinated interests, purchased in connection with secondary market-making activities, in securitization entities in which the firm also holds retained interests.

	As of September 2013
in millions		Outstanding Principal Amount	Fair Value of Retained Interests	Fair Value of Purchased Interests
U.S. government agency-issued collateralized mortgage obligations 1		$58,681	$3,759	$  —
Other residential mortgage-backed 2		3,089	105	—
Other commercial mortgage-backed 3		5,824	113	76
CDOs, CLOs and other 4		8,241	86	10
Total 5		$75,835	$4,063	$  86
	As of December 2012
in millions		Outstanding Principal Amount	Fair Value of Retained Interests	Fair Value of Purchased Interests
U.S. government agency-issued collateralized mortgage obligations 1		$57,685	$4,654	$  —
Other residential mortgage-backed 2		3,656	106	—
Other commercial mortgage-backed 3		1,253	1	56
CDOs, CLOs and other 4		8,866	51	331
Total 5		$71,460	$4,812	$387

1. Outstanding principal amount and fair value of retained interests primarily relate to securitizations during 2013 and 2012 as of September 2013, and securitizations during 2012 and 2011 as of December 2012.

2. Outstanding principal amount and fair value of retained interests as of both September 2013 and December 2012 primarily relate to prime and Alt-A securitizations during 2009, 2007 and 2006.

3. Outstanding principal amount and fair value of retained interests as of September 2013 primarily relate to securitizations during 2013. As of December 2012, the outstanding principal amount primarily relates to securitizations during 2012 and 2007 and the fair value of retained interests primarily relate to securitizations during 2012.

4. Outstanding principal amount and fair value of retained interests as of both September 2013 and December 2012 primarily relate to CDO and CLO securitizations during 2007 and 2006.

5. Outstanding principal amount includes $666 million and $835 million as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively, related to securitization entities in which the firm’s only continuing involvement is retained servicing which is not a variable interest.

In addition to the interests in the table above, the firm had other continuing involvement in the form of derivative transactions and guarantees with certain nonconsolidated VIEs. The carrying value of these derivatives and guarantees was a net asset of $21 million and $45 million as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively. The notional amounts of these derivatives and guarantees are included in maximum exposure to loss in the nonconsolidated VIE tables in Note 11.

The table below presents the weighted average key economic assumptions used in measuring the fair value of retained interests and the sensitivity of this fair value to immediate adverse changes of 10% and 20% in those assumptions.

	As of September 2013					As of December 2012
	Type of Retained Interests					Type of Retained Interests
$ in millions		Mortgage-Backed		Other	1		Mortgage-Backed		Other	1
Fair value of retained interests		$3,977		$     86			$4,761		$     51
Weighted average life (years)		9.0		2.0			8.2		2.0
Constant prepayment rate  2		7.0	%	N.M.			10.9	%	N.M.
Impact of 10% adverse change 2		$    (37	)	N.M.			$    (57	)	N.M.
Impact of 20% adverse change 2		(68	)	N.M.			(110	)	N.M.
Discount rate  3		4.8	%	N.M.			4.6	%	N.M.
Impact of 10% adverse change		$    (96	)	N.M.			$    (96	)	N.M.
Impact of 20% adverse change		(187	)	N.M.			(180	)	N.M.

1. Due to the nature and current fair value of certain of these retained interests, the weighted average assumptions for constant prepayment and discount rates and the related sensitivity to adverse changes are not meaningful as of September 2013 and December 2012. The firm’s maximum exposure to adverse changes in the value of these interests is the carrying value of $86 million and $51 million as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively.

2. Constant prepayment rate is included only for positions for which constant prepayment rate is a key assumption in the determination of fair value.

3. The majority of mortgage-backed retained interests are U.S. government agency-issued collateralized mortgage obligations, for which there is no anticipated credit loss. For the remainder of retained interests, the expected credit loss assumptions are reflected in the discount rate.

The preceding table does not give effect to the offsetting benefit of other financial instruments that are held to mitigate risks inherent in these retained interests. Changes in fair value based on an adverse variation in assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in assumptions to the change in fair value is not usually linear. In addition, the impact of a change in a particular assumption in the preceding table is calculated independently of changes in any other assumption. In practice, simultaneous changes in assumptions might magnify or counteract the sensitivities disclosed above.

XML

Earnings Per Common Share (Tables)

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2013

Earnings Per Common Share [Abstract]

Earnings Per Common Share

	Three Months Ended September			Nine Months Ended September
in millions, except per share amounts		2013	2012		2013	2012
Numerator for basic and diluted EPS — net earnings applicable to common shareholders		$1,429	$1,458		$5,478	$4,459
Denominator for basic EPS — weighted average number of common shares		463.4	491.2		472.7	501.1
Effect of dilutive securities:
RSUs		7.5	12.0		7.0	10.8
Stock options and warrants		25.5	7.7		23.5	8.2
Dilutive potential common shares		33.0	19.7		30.5	19.0
Denominator for diluted EPS — weighted average number of common shares and dilutive potential common shares		496.4	510.9		503.2	520.1
Basic EPS		$  3.07	$  2.95		$11.55	$  8.85
Diluted EPS		2.88	2.85		10.89	8.57

Effect of dilutive securities

	Three Months Ended September			Nine Months Ended September
in millions		2013	2012		2013	2012
Number of antidilutive RSUs and common shares underlying antidilutive stock options and warrants		6.0	52.4		6.2	52.4

XML

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition (Unaudited) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	Sep. 30, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$ 65,478	$ 72,669
Cash and securities segregated for regulatory and other purposes (includes $36,746 and $30,484 at fair value as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively)	53,875	49,671
Collateralized agreements:
Securities purchased under agreements to resell and federal funds sold (includes $169,429 and $141,331 at fair value as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively)	169,868	141,334
Securities borrowed (includes $59,753 and $38,395 at fair value as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively)	175,095	136,893
Receivables from brokers, dealers and clearing organizations	23,589	18,480
Receivables from customers and counterparties (includes $7,085 and $7,866 at fair value as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively)	74,131	72,874
Financial instruments owned, at fair value (includes $52,490 and $67,177 pledged as collateral as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively)	324,257	407,011
Other assets (includes $13,408 and $13,426 at fair value as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively)	36,930	39,623
Total assets	923,223	938,555
Liabilities and shareholders' equity
Deposits (includes $7,430 and $5,100 at fair value as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively)	71,570	70,124
Collateralized financings:
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase, at fair value	157,781	171,807
Securities loaned (includes $1,879 and $1,558 at fair value as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively)	19,034	13,765
Other secured financings (includes $25,865 and $30,337 at fair value as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively)	27,054	32,010
Payables to brokers, dealers and clearing organizations	8,447	5,283
Payables to customers and counterparties	193,426	189,202
Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value	131,158	126,644
Unsecured short-term borrowings, including the current portion of unsecured long-term borrowings (includes $18,682 and $17,595 at fair value as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively)	39,238	44,304
Unsecured long-term borrowings (includes $11,741 and $12,593 at fair value as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively)	168,082	167,305
Other liabilities and accrued expenses (includes $14,200 and $12,043 at fair value as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively)	29,817	42,395
Total liabilities	845,607	862,839
Commitments, contingencies and guarantees
Shareholders' equity
Preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share; aggregate liquidation preference of $7,200 and $6,200 as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively	7,200	6,200
Common stock, par value $0.01 per share; 4,000,000,000 shares authorized, 823,766,476 and 816,807,400 shares issued as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively, and 441,499,049 and 465,148,387 shares outstanding as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively	8	8
Restricted stock units and employee stock options	3,701	3,298
Nonvoting common stock, par value $0.01 per share; 200,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding
Additional paid-in capital	48,930	48,030
Retained earnings	69,975	65,223
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	(600)	(193)
Stock held in treasury, at cost, par value $0.01 per share; 382,267,429 and 351,659,015 shares as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively	(51,598)	(46,850)
Total shareholders' equity	77,616	75,716
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity	$ 923,223	$ 938,555

XML

Significant Accounting Policies

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2013

Significant Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Significant Accounting Policies

Note 3.

Significant Accounting Policies

The firm’s significant accounting policies include when and how to measure the fair value of assets and liabilities, accounting for goodwill and identifiable intangible assets, and when to consolidate an entity. See Notes 5 through 8 for policies on fair value measurements, Note 13 for policies on goodwill and identifiable intangible assets, and below and Note 11 for policies on consolidation accounting. All other significant accounting policies are either discussed below or included in the following footnotes:

Financial Instruments Owned, at Fair Value and Financial Instruments Sold, But Not Yet Purchased, at Fair Value	Note 4
Fair Value Measurements	Note 5
Cash Instruments	Note 6
Derivatives and Hedging Activities	Note 7
Fair Value Option	Note 8
Collateralized Agreements and Financings	Note 9
Securitization Activities	Note 10
Variable Interest Entities	Note 11
Other Assets	Note 12
Goodwill and Identifiable Intangible Assets	Note 13
Deposits	Note 14
Short-Term Borrowings	Note 15
Long-Term Borrowings	Note 16
Other Liabilities and Accrued Expenses	Note 17
Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees	Note 18
Shareholders’ Equity	Note 19
Regulation and Capital Adequacy	Note 20
Earnings Per Common Share	Note 21
Transactions with Affiliated Funds	Note 22
Interest Income and Interest Expense	Note 23
Income Taxes	Note 24
Business Segments	Note 25
Credit Concentrations	Note 26
Legal Proceedings	Note 27

Consolidation

The firm consolidates entities in which the firm has a controlling financial interest. The firm determines whether it has a controlling financial interest in an entity by first evaluating whether the entity is a voting interest entity or a variable interest entity (VIE).

Voting Interest Entities. Voting interest entities are entities in which (i) the total equity investment at risk is sufficient to enable the entity to finance its activities independently and (ii) the equity holders have the power to direct the activities of the entity that most significantly impact its economic performance, the obligation to absorb the losses of the entity and the right to receive the residual returns of the entity. The usual condition for a controlling financial interest in a voting interest entity is ownership of a majority voting interest. If the firm has a majority voting interest in a voting interest entity, the entity is consolidated.

Variable Interest Entities. A VIE is an entity that lacks one or more of the characteristics of a voting interest entity. The firm has a controlling financial interest in a VIE when the firm has a variable interest or interests that provide it with (i) the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance and (ii) the obligation to absorb losses of the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. See Note 11 for further information about VIEs.

Equity-Method Investments. When the firm does not have a controlling financial interest in an entity but can exert significant influence over the entity’s operating and financial policies, the investment is accounted for either (i) under the equity method of accounting or (ii) at fair value by electing the fair value option available under U.S. GAAP. Significant influence generally exists when the firm owns 20% to 50% of the entity’s common stock or in-substance common stock.

In general, the firm accounts for investments acquired after the fair value option became available, at fair value. In certain cases, the firm applies the equity method of accounting to new investments that are strategic in nature or closely related to the firm’s principal business activities, when the firm has a significant degree of involvement in the cash flows or operations of the investee or when cost-benefit considerations are less significant. See Note 12 for further information about equity-method investments.

Investment Funds. The firm has formed numerous investment funds with third-party investors. These funds are typically organized as limited partnerships or limited liability companies for which the firm acts as general partner or manager. Generally, the firm does not hold a majority of the economic interests in these funds. These funds are usually voting interest entities and generally are not consolidated because third-party investors typically have rights to terminate the funds or to remove the firm as general partner or manager. Investments in these funds are included in “Financial instruments owned, at fair value.” See Notes 6, 18 and 22 for further information about investments in funds.

Use of Estimates

Preparation of these condensed consolidated financial statements requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions, the most important of which relate to fair value measurements, accounting for goodwill and identifiable intangible assets, discretionary compensation accruals and the provisions for losses that may arise from litigation, regulatory proceedings and tax audits. These estimates and assumptions are based on the best available information but actual results could be materially different.

Revenue Recognition

Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities at Fair Value. Financial instruments owned, at fair value and Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value are recorded at fair value either under the fair value option or in accordance with other U.S. GAAP. In addition, the firm has elected to account for certain of its other financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value by electing the fair value option. The fair value of a financial instrument is the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Financial assets are marked to bid prices and financial liabilities are marked to offer prices. Fair value measurements do not include transaction costs. Fair value gains or losses are generally included in “Market making” for positions in Institutional Client Services and “Other principal transactions” for positions in Investing & Lending. See Notes 5 through 8 for further information about fair value measurements.

Investment Banking. Fees from financial advisory assignments and underwriting revenues are recognized in earnings when the services related to the underlying transaction are completed under the terms of the assignment. Expenses associated with such transactions are deferred until the related revenue is recognized or the assignment is otherwise concluded. Expenses associated with financial advisory assignments are recorded as non-compensation expenses, net of client reimbursements. Underwriting revenues are presented net of related expenses.

Investment Management. The firm earns management fees and incentive fees for investment management services. Management fees for mutual funds are calculated as a percentage of daily net asset value and are received monthly. Management fees for hedge funds and separately managed accounts are calculated as a percentage of month-end net asset value and are generally received quarterly. Management fees for private equity funds are calculated as a percentage of monthly invested capital or commitments and are received quarterly, semi-annually or annually, depending on the fund. All management fees are recognized over the period that the related service is provided. Incentive fees are calculated as a percentage of a fund’s or separately managed account’s return, or excess return above a specified benchmark or other performance target. Incentive fees are generally based on investment performance over a 12-month period or over the life of a fund. Fees that are based on performance over a 12-month period are subject to adjustment prior to the end of the measurement period. For fees that are based on investment performance over the life of the fund, future investment underperformance may require fees previously distributed to the firm to be returned to the fund. Incentive fees are recognized only when all material contingencies have been resolved. Management and incentive fee revenues are included in “Investment management” revenues.

The firm makes payments to brokers and advisors related to the placement of the firm’s investment funds. These payments are computed based on either a percentage of the management fee or the investment fund’s net asset value. Where the firm is principal to the arrangement, such costs are recorded on a gross basis and included in “Brokerage, clearing, exchange and distribution fees,” and where the firm is agent to the arrangement, such costs are recorded on a net basis in “Investment management” revenues.

Commissions and Fees. The firm earns “Commissions and fees” from executing and clearing client transactions on stock, options and futures markets. Commissions and fees are recognized on the day the trade is executed.

Transfers of Assets

Transfers of assets are accounted for as sales when the firm has relinquished control over the assets transferred. For transfers of assets accounted for as sales, any related gains or losses are recognized in net revenues. Assets or liabilities that arise from the firm’s continuing involvement with transferred assets are measured at fair value. For transfers of assets that are not accounted for as sales, the assets remain in “Financial instruments owned, at fair value” and the transfer is accounted for as a collateralized financing, with the related interest expense recognized over the life of the transaction. See Note 9 for further information about transfers of assets accounted for as collateralized financings and Note 10 for further information about transfers of assets accounted for as sales.

Receivables from Customers and Counterparties

Receivables from customers and counterparties generally relate to collateralized transactions. Such receivables are primarily comprised of customer margin loans, certain transfers of assets accounted for as secured loans rather than purchases at fair value, collateral posted in connection with certain derivative transactions, and loans held for investment. Certain of the firm’s receivables from customers and counterparties are accounted for at fair value under the fair value option, with changes in fair value generally included in “Market making” revenues. Receivables from customers and counterparties not accounted for at fair value, including loans held for investment, are accounted for at amortized cost net of estimated uncollectible amounts. Interest on receivables from customers and counterparties is recognized over the life of the transaction and included in “Interest income.” See Note 8 for further information about receivables from customers and counterparties.

Payables to Customers and Counterparties

Payables to customers and counterparties primarily consist of customer credit balances related to the firm’s prime brokerage activities. Payables to customers and counterparties are accounted for at cost plus accrued interest, which generally approximates fair value. While these payables are carried at amounts that approximate fair value, they are not accounted for at fair value under the fair value option or at fair value in accordance with other U.S. GAAP and therefore are not included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy in Notes 6, 7 and 8. Had these payables been included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy, substantially all would have been classified in level 2 as of September 2013 and December 2012.

Receivables from and Payables to Brokers, Dealers and Clearing Organizations

Receivables from and payables to brokers, dealers and clearing organizations are accounted for at cost plus accrued interest, which generally approximates fair value. While these receivables and payables are carried at amounts that approximate fair value, they are not accounted for at fair value under the fair value option or at fair value in accordance with other U.S. GAAP and therefore are not included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy in Notes 6, 7 and 8. Had these receivables and payables been included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy, substantially all would have been classified in level 2 as of September 2013 and December 2012.

Offsetting Assets and Liabilities

To reduce credit exposures on derivatives and securities financing transactions, the firm may enter into master netting agreements or similar arrangements (collectively, netting agreements) with counterparties that permit it to offset receivables and payables with such counterparties. A netting agreement is a contract with a counterparty that permits net settlement of multiple transactions with that counterparty, including upon the exercise of termination rights by a non-defaulting party. Upon exercise of such termination rights, all transactions governed by the netting agreement are terminated and a net settlement amount is calculated. In addition, the firm receives and posts cash and securities collateral with respect to its derivatives and securities financing transactions, subject to the terms of the related credit support agreements. An enforceable credit support agreement grants the non-defaulting party exercising termination rights the right to liquidate the collateral and apply the proceeds to any amounts owed. In order to assess enforceability of the firm’s right of setoff under netting and credit support agreements, the firm evaluates various factors including applicable bankruptcy laws, local statutes and regulatory provisions in the jurisdiction of the parties to the agreement.

Derivatives are reported on a net-by-counterparty basis (i.e., the net payable or receivable for derivative assets and liabilities for a given counterparty) in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition when a legal right of setoff exists under an enforceable netting agreement. Resale and repurchase agreements and securities borrowed and loaned transactions with the same term and currency are presented on a net-by-counterparty basis in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition when such transactions meet certain settlement criteria and are subject to netting agreements.

In the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition, derivatives are reported net of cash collateral received and posted under enforceable credit support agreements, when transacted under an enforceable netting agreement. In the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition, resale and repurchase agreements, and securities borrowed and loaned are not reported net of the related cash and securities received or posted as collateral. See Note 9 for further information about collateral received and pledged, including rights to deliver or repledge collateral. See Notes 7 and 9 for further information about offsetting.

Insurance Activities

Certain of the firm’s insurance contracts are accounted for at fair value under the fair value option, with changes in fair value included in “Market making” revenues. See Note 8 for further information about the fair values of these insurance contracts. The firm’s insurance activities consisted of the Americas reinsurance business and the European insurance business. See Note 12 for further information about the firm’s Americas reinsurance business, in which a majority stake was sold in April 2013, and the firm’s European insurance business, which was classified as held for sale as of September 2013 and June 2013.

Revenues from variable annuity and life insurance and reinsurance contracts not accounted for at fair value generally consist of fees assessed on contract holder account balances for mortality charges, policy administration fees and surrender charges. These revenues are recognized in earnings over the period that services are provided and are included in “Market making” revenues. Changes in reserves, including interest credited to policyholder account balances, are recognized in “Insurance reserves.”

Premiums earned for underwriting property catastrophe reinsurance are recognized in earnings over the coverage period, net of premiums ceded for the cost of reinsurance, and are included in “Market making” revenues. Expenses for liabilities related to property catastrophe reinsurance claims, including estimates of losses that have been incurred but not reported, are included in “Insurance reserves.”

Share-based Compensation

The cost of employee services received in exchange for a share-based award is generally measured based on the grant-date fair value of the award. Share-based awards that do not require future service (i.e., vested awards, including awards granted to retirement-eligible employees) are expensed immediately. Share-based awards that require future service are amortized over the relevant service period. Expected forfeitures are included in determining share-based employee compensation expense.

The firm pays cash dividend equivalents on outstanding restricted stock units (RSUs). Dividend equivalents paid on RSUs are generally charged to retained earnings. Dividend equivalents paid on RSUs expected to be forfeited are included in compensation expense. The firm accounts for the tax benefit related to dividend equivalents paid on RSUs as an increase to additional paid-in capital.

In certain cases, primarily related to conflicted employment (as outlined in the applicable award agreements), the firm may cash settle share-based compensation awards accounted for as equity instruments. For these awards, whose terms allow for cash settlement, additional paid-in capital is adjusted to the extent of the difference between the value of the award at the time of cash settlement and the grant-date value of the award.

Foreign Currency Translation

Assets and liabilities denominated in non-U.S. currencies are translated at rates of exchange prevailing on the date of the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition and revenues and expenses are translated at average rates of exchange for the period. Foreign currency remeasurement gains or losses on transactions in nonfunctional currencies are recognized in earnings. Gains or losses on translation of the financial statements of a non-U.S. operation, when the functional currency is other than the U.S. dollar, are included, net of hedges and taxes, in the condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The firm defines cash equivalents as highly liquid overnight deposits held in the ordinary course of business. As of September 2013 and December 2012, “Cash and cash equivalents” included $7.30 billion and $6.75 billion, respectively, of cash and due from banks, and $58.18 billion and $65.92 billion, respectively, of interest-bearing deposits with banks.

Recent Accounting Developments

Derecognition of in Substance Real Estate (ASC 360). In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-10, “Property, Plant, and Equipment (Topic 360) — Derecognition of in Substance Real Estate — a Scope Clarification.” ASU No. 2011-10 clarifies that in order to deconsolidate a subsidiary (that is in substance real estate due to a default on the subsidiary’s nonrecourse debt), the parent must no longer control the subsidiary and also must satisfy the sale criteria in ASC 360-20, “Property, Plant, and Equipment — Real Estate Sales.” The ASU was effective for fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2012. The firm applied the provisions of the ASU to such events occurring on or after January 1, 2013. Adoption of ASU No. 2011-10 did not materially affect the firm’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities (ASC 210). In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-11, “Balance Sheet (Topic 210) — Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities.” ASU No. 2011-11, as amended by ASU 2013-01, “Balance Sheet (Topic 210): Clarifying the Scope of Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities,” requires disclosure of the effect or potential effect of offsetting arrangements on the firm’s financial position as well as enhanced disclosure of the rights of setoff associated with the firm’s recognized derivative instruments, resale and repurchase agreements, and securities borrowing and lending transactions. ASU No. 2011-11 was effective for periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013. Since these amended principles require only additional disclosures concerning offsetting and related arrangements, adoption did not affect the firm’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. See Notes 7 and 9 for further information about the firm’s offsetting and related arrangements.

Investment Companies (ASC 946). In June 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-08, “Financial Services — Investment Companies (Topic 946) — Amendments to the Scope, Measurement, and Disclosure Requirements.” ASU No. 2013-08 clarifies the approach to be used for determining whether an entity is an investment company and provides new measurement and disclosure requirements. ASU No. 2013-08 is effective for interim and annual reporting periods in fiscal years that begin after December 15, 2013. Earlier application is prohibited. Adoption of ASU No. 2013-08 is not expected to materially affect the firm’s financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

Inclusion of the Fed Funds Effective Swap Rate (or Overnight Index Swap Rate) as a Benchmark Interest Rate for Hedge Accounting Purposes (ASC 815). In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-10, “Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815) — Inclusion of the Fed Funds Effective Swap Rate (or Overnight Index Swap Rate) as a Benchmark Interest Rate for Hedge Accounting Purposes.” ASU No. 2013-10 permits the use of the Fed Funds Effective Swap Rate (OIS) as a U.S. benchmark interest rate for hedge accounting purposes. The ASU also removes the restriction on using different benchmark rates for similar hedges. ASU No. 2013-10 was effective for qualifying new or redesignated hedging relationships entered into on or after July 17, 2013 and adoption did not materially affect the firm’s financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

XML

Other Liabilities and Accrued Expenses

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2013

Other Liabilities and Accrued Expenses [Abstract]

Other Liabilities and Accrued Expenses

Note 17.

Other Liabilities and Accrued Expenses

The table below presents other liabilities and accrued expenses by type.

	As of
in millions		September 2013		December 2012
Compensation and benefits		$  7,553		$  8,292
Insurance-related liabilities 1		—		10,274
Noncontrolling interests 2		408		508
Income tax-related liabilities 3		2,308		2,724
Employee interests in consolidated funds		247		246
Subordinated liabilities issued by consolidated VIEs		973		1,360
Accrued expenses and other		18,328	4	18,991	5
Total		$29,817		$42,395

1. Insurance-related liabilities represent liabilities for future benefits and unpaid claims carried at fair value under the fair value option related to the firm’s European insurance business. As of September 2013, these insurance-related liabilities were classified as held for sale and included within “Accrued expenses and other.” See Note 12 for further information.

2. Includes $339 million and $419 million related to consolidated investment funds as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively.

3. See Note 24 for further information about income taxes.

4. Includes $13.63 billion of liabilities classified as held for sale related to the firm’s European insurance business. See Note 12 for further information.

5. Includes $14.62 billion of liabilities classified as held for sale related to the firm’s Americas reinsurance business, in which a majority stake was sold in April 2013. See Note 12 for further information.

XML

Cash Instruments (Details Textual) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended		19 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2012	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2012	Sep. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Cash Instruments (Textuals) [Abstract]
Total financial assets at fair value	$ 610,678		$ 610,678		$ 610,678	$ 618,804	$ 638,513
Total financial liabilities at fair value	368,736		368,736		368,736	381,656	377,677
Fair Value, Assets Measured on Recurring Basis, Gain (Loss) Included in Market Making Revenue	149	340	664	560
Fair Value, Assets Measured on Recurring Basis, Gain (Loss) Included in Other Principal Transactions Revenue	891	843	2,310	1,770
Fair Value, Assets Measured on Recurring Basis, Gain (Loss) Included in Interest Income	231	339	585	945
Fair Value, Investments Entities That Calculate Net Asset Value Per Share, Investment Redemption Amount In Certain Hedge Funds	310		840		1,900
Cash Instruments [Member]
Cash Instruments (Textuals) [Abstract]
Net Unrealized Gains / (Losses) Relating to Instruments Still Held at the Reporting Date	965	1,100	2,630	2,220
Level 2 [Member]
Cash Instruments (Textuals) [Abstract]
Total financial assets at fair value	487,295		487,295		487,295	492,118	502,293
Total financial liabilities at fair value	294,599		294,599		294,599	300,929	318,764
Level 2 [Member] | CDOs backed by real estate assets [Member]
Cash Instruments (Textuals) [Abstract]
Total financial assets at fair value	340		340		340		489
Level 2 [Member] | CDOs and CLOs backed by corporate and other debt obligations assets [Member]
Cash Instruments (Textuals) [Abstract]
Total financial assets at fair value	504		504		504		284
Level 2 [Member] | Cash Instruments [Member]
Cash Instruments (Textuals) [Abstract]
Total financial assets at fair value	99,887		99,887		99,887		135,374
Total financial liabilities at fair value	9,106		9,106		9,106		9,645
Level 3 [Member]
Cash Instruments (Textuals) [Abstract]
Total financial assets at fair value	41,971		41,971		41,971	42,824	47,095
Total financial liabilities at fair value	25,294		25,294		25,294	22,564	25,679
Level 3 [Member] | CDOs backed by real estate assets [Member]
Cash Instruments (Textuals) [Abstract]
Total financial assets at fair value	388		388		388		446
Level 3 [Member] | CDOs and CLOs backed by corporate and other debt obligations assets [Member]
Cash Instruments (Textuals) [Abstract]
Total financial assets at fair value	1,360		1,360		1,360		1,760
Level 3 [Member] | Private equity investments [Member]
Cash Instruments (Textuals) [Abstract]
Total financial assets at fair value	14,130		14,130		14,130		12,670
Level 3 [Member] | Real Estate Investments [Member]
Cash Instruments (Textuals) [Abstract]
Total financial assets at fair value	1,600		1,600		1,600		1,580
Level 3 [Member] | Convertible Debt Securities [Member]
Cash Instruments (Textuals) [Abstract]
Total financial assets at fair value	455		455		455		600
Level 3 [Member] | Cash Instruments [Member]
Cash Instruments (Textuals) [Abstract]
Total financial assets at fair value	33,476		33,476		33,476		35,749
Total financial liabilities at fair value	$ 367		$ 367		$ 367		$ 642

XML

Income Taxes (Tables)

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2013

Income Taxes [Abstract]

Earliest tax years subject to examination by major jurisdiction

Jurisdiction	As of September 2013
U.S. Federal 1	2008
New York State and City 2	2004
United Kingdom	2007
Japan	2010
Hong Kong	2006
Korea	2010

1. IRS examination of fiscal 2008 through calendar 2010 began in 2011. The audits of fiscal 2005 through 2007 were finalized during the third quarter of 2013. The audit of 2011 began in 2013 and the audit of 2012 is expected to begin in 2013.

2. New York State and City examination of fiscal 2004 through 2006 began in 2008. The examination of fiscal 2007 through 2010 began in 2013.

XML

Variable Interest Entities

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2013

Variable Interest Entities [Abstract]

Variable Interest Entities

Note 11.

Variable Interest Entities

VIEs generally finance the purchase of assets by issuing debt and equity securities that are either collateralized by or indexed to the assets held by the VIE. The debt and equity securities issued by a VIE may include tranches of varying levels of subordination. The firm’s involvement with VIEs includes securitization of financial assets, as described in Note 10, and investments in and loans to other types of VIEs, as described below. See Note 10 for additional information about securitization activities, including the definition of beneficial interests. See Note 3 for the firm’s consolidation policies, including the definition of a VIE.

The firm is principally involved with VIEs through the following business activities:

Mortgage-Backed VIEs and Corporate CDO and CLO VIEs. The firm sells residential and commercial mortgage loans and securities to mortgage-backed VIEs and corporate bonds and loans to corporate CDO and CLO VIEs and may retain beneficial interests in the assets sold to these VIEs. The firm purchases and sells beneficial interests issued by mortgage-backed and corporate CDO and CLO VIEs in connection with market-making activities. In addition, the firm may enter into derivatives with certain of these VIEs, primarily interest rate swaps, which are typically not variable interests. The firm generally enters into derivatives with other counterparties to mitigate its risk from derivatives with these VIEs.

Certain mortgage-backed and corporate CDO and CLO VIEs, usually referred to as synthetic CDOs or credit-linked note VIEs, synthetically create the exposure for the beneficial interests they issue by entering into credit derivatives, rather than purchasing the underlying assets. These credit derivatives may reference a single asset, an index, or a portfolio/basket of assets or indices. See Note 7 for further information about credit derivatives. These VIEs use the funds from the sale of beneficial interests and the premiums received from credit derivative counterparties to purchase securities which serve to collateralize the beneficial interest holders and/or the credit derivative counterparty. These VIEs may enter into other derivatives, primarily interest rate swaps, which are typically not variable interests. The firm may be a counterparty to derivatives with these VIEs and generally enters into derivatives with other counterparties to mitigate its risk.

Real Estate, Credit-Related and Other Investing VIEs. The firm purchases equity and debt securities issued by and makes loans to VIEs that hold real estate, performing and nonperforming debt, distressed loans and equity securities. The firm typically does not sell assets to, or enter into derivatives with, these VIEs.

Other Asset-Backed VIEs. The firm structures VIEs that issue notes to clients and purchases and sells beneficial interests issued by other asset-backed VIEs in connection with market-making activities. In addition, the firm may enter into derivatives with certain other asset-backed VIEs, primarily total return swaps on the collateral assets held by these VIEs under which the firm pays the VIE the return due to the note holders and receives the return on the collateral assets owned by the VIE. The firm generally can be removed as the total return swap counterparty. The firm generally enters into derivatives with other counterparties to mitigate its risk from derivatives with these VIEs. The firm typically does not sell assets to the other asset-backed VIEs it structures.

Power-Related VIEs. The firm purchases debt and equity securities issued by, and may provide commitments or guarantees to, VIEs that hold power-related assets. The firm typically does not sell assets to, or enter into derivatives with, these VIEs.

Investment Fund VIEs. The firm makes equity investments in, and is entitled to receive fees from, certain of the investment fund VIEs it manages. The firm typically does not sell assets to, or enter into derivatives with, these VIEs.

Principal-Protected Note VIEs. The firm structures VIEs that issue principal-protected notes to clients. These VIEs own portfolios of assets, principally with exposure to hedge funds. Substantially all of the principal protection on the notes issued by these VIEs is provided by the asset portfolio rebalancing that is required under the terms of the notes. The firm enters into total return swaps with these VIEs under which the firm pays the VIE the return due to the principal-protected note holders and receives the return on the assets owned by the VIE. The firm may enter into derivatives with other counterparties to mitigate the risk it has from the derivatives it enters into with these VIEs. The firm also obtains funding through these VIEs.

VIE Consolidation Analysis

A variable interest in a VIE is an investment (e.g., debt or equity securities) or other interest (e.g., derivatives or loans and lending commitments) in a VIE that will absorb portions of the VIE’s expected losses and/or receive portions of the VIE’s expected residual returns.

The firm’s variable interests in VIEs include senior and subordinated debt in residential and commercial mortgage-backed and other asset-backed securitization entities, CDOs and CLOs; loans and lending commitments; limited and general partnership interests; preferred and common equity; derivatives that may include foreign currency, equity and/or credit risk; guarantees; and certain of the fees the firm receives from investment funds. Certain interest rate, foreign currency and credit derivatives the firm enters into with VIEs are not variable interests because they create rather than absorb risk.

The enterprise with a controlling financial interest in a VIE is known as the primary beneficiary and consolidates the VIE. The firm determines whether it is the primary beneficiary of a VIE by performing an analysis that principally considers:

Ÿ which variable interest holder has the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance;

Ÿ which variable interest holder has the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE;

Ÿ the VIE’s purpose and design, including the risks the VIE was designed to create and pass through to its variable interest holders;

Ÿ the VIE’s capital structure;

Ÿ the terms between the VIE and its variable interest holders and other parties involved with the VIE; and

Ÿ related-party relationships.

The firm reassesses its initial evaluation of whether an entity is a VIE when certain reconsideration events occur. The firm reassesses its determination of whether it is the primary beneficiary of a VIE on an ongoing basis based on current facts and circumstances.

Nonconsolidated VIEs

The firm’s exposure to the obligations of VIEs is generally limited to its interests in these entities. In certain instances, the firm provides guarantees, including derivative guarantees, to VIEs or holders of variable interests in VIEs.

The tables below present information about nonconsolidated VIEs in which the firm holds variable interests. Nonconsolidated VIEs are aggregated based on principal business activity. The nature of the firm’s variable interests can take different forms, as described in the rows under maximum exposure to loss. In the tables below:

Ÿ The maximum exposure to loss excludes the benefit of offsetting financial instruments that are held to mitigate the risks associated with these variable interests.

Ÿ For retained and purchased interests and loans and investments, the maximum exposure to loss is the carrying value of these interests.

Ÿ For commitments and guarantees, and derivatives, the maximum exposure to loss is the notional amount, which does not represent anticipated losses and also has not been reduced by unrealized losses already recorded. As a result, the maximum exposure to loss exceeds liabilities recorded for commitments and guarantees, and derivatives provided to VIEs.

The carrying values of the firm’s variable interests in nonconsolidated VIEs are included in the condensed consolidated statement of financial condition as follows:

Ÿ Substantially all assets held by the firm related to mortgage-backed, corporate CDO and CLO, other asset-backed, and investment fund VIEs are included in “Financial instruments owned, at fair value.” Substantially all liabilities held by the firm related to corporate CDO and CLO and other asset-backed VIEs are included in “Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value.”

Ÿ Assets held by the firm related to real estate, credit-related and other investing VIEs are primarily included in “Financial instruments owned, at fair value” and “Receivables from customers and counterparties,” and liabilities are substantially all included in “Financial Instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value.”

Ÿ Assets held by the firm related to power-related VIEs are primarily included in “Financial instruments owned, at fair value” and “Other assets.”

	Nonconsolidated VIEs
	As of September 2013
in millions		Mortgage- backed		Corporate CDOs and CLOs	Real estate, credit-related and other investing	Other asset- backed	Power- related	Investment funds	Total
Assets in VIE		$84,501	2	$22,087	$8,043	$3,170	$408	$2,262	$120,471
Carrying Value of the Firm’s Variable Interests
Assets		5,488		1,178	2,678	171	102	50	9,667
Liabilities		—		21	1	38	—	—	60
Maximum Exposure to Loss in Nonconsolidated VIEs
Retained interests		3,977		81	—	5	—	—	4,063
Purchased interests		1,482		650	—	147	—	—	2,279
Commitments and guarantees 1		—		—	398	—	332	2	732
Derivatives 1		762		5,516	—	735	—	—	7,013
Loans and investments		30		—	2,677	—	102	50	2,859
Total		$  6,251	2	$  6,247	$3,075	$   887	$434	$     52	$  16,946
	Nonconsolidated VIEs
	As of December 2012
in millions		Mortgage- backed		Corporate CDOs and CLOs	Real estate, credit-related and other investing	Other asset- backed	Power- related	Investment funds	Total
Assets in VIE		$79,171	2	$23,842	$9,244	$3,510	$147	$1,898	$117,812
Carrying Value of the Firm’s Variable Interests
Assets		6,269		1,193	1,801	220	32	4	9,519
Liabilities		—		12	—	30	—	—	42
Maximum Exposure to Loss in Nonconsolidated VIEs
Retained interests		4,761		51	—	—	—	—	4,812
Purchased interests		1,162		659	—	204	—	—	2,025
Commitments and guarantees 1		—		1	438	—	—	1	440
Derivatives 1		1,574		6,761	—	952	—	—	9,287
Loans and investments		39		—	1,801	—	32	4	1,876
Total		$  7,536	2	$  7,472	$2,239	$1,156	$  32	$       5	$  18,440

1. The aggregate amounts include $2.25 billion and $3.25 billion as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively, related to guarantees and derivative transactions with VIEs to which the firm transferred assets.

2. Assets in VIE and maximum exposure to loss include $4.97 billion and $1.15 billion, respectively, as of September 2013, and $3.57 billion and $1.72 billion, respectively, as of December 2012, related to CDOs backed by mortgage obligations.

Consolidated VIEs

The tables below present the carrying amount and classification of assets and liabilities in consolidated VIEs, excluding the benefit of offsetting financial instruments that are held to mitigate the risks associated with the firm’s variable interests. Consolidated VIEs are aggregated based on principal business activity and their assets and liabilities are presented net of intercompany eliminations. The majority of the assets in principal-protected notes VIEs are intercompany and are eliminated in consolidation. Substantially all the assets in consolidated VIEs can only be used to settle obligations of the VIE.

The tables below exclude VIEs in which the firm holds a majority voting interest if (i) the VIE meets the definition of a business and (ii) the VIE’s assets can be used for purposes other than the settlement of its obligations.

The liabilities of real estate, credit-related and other investing VIEs and CDOs, mortgage-backed and other asset-backed VIEs do not have recourse to the general credit of the firm.

	Consolidated VIEs
	As of September 2013
in millions		Real estate, credit-related and other investing	CDOs, mortgage- backed and other asset- backed	Principal- protected notes	Total
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents		$   168	$107	$     10	$   285
Cash and securities segregated for regulatory and other purposes		62	—	92	154
Financial instruments owned, at fair value		2,245	100	429	2,774
Other assets		1,067	—	—	1,067
Total		$3,542	$207	$   531	$4,280
Liabilities
Other secured financings		$   443	$104	$   386	$   933
Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value		—	1	—	1
Unsecured short-term borrowings, including the current portion of unsecured long-term borrowings		—	—	1,602	1,602
Unsecured long-term borrowings		3	—	215	218
Other liabilities and accrued expenses		1,049	—	—	1,049
Total		$1,495	$105	$2,203	$3,803
	Consolidated VIEs
	As of December 2012
in millions		Real estate, credit-related and other investing	CDOs, mortgage- backed and other asset- backed	Principal- protected notes	Total
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents		$   236	$107	$      —	$   343
Cash and securities segregated for regulatory and other purposes		134	—	92	226
Receivables from brokers, dealers and clearing organizations		5	—	—	5
Financial instruments owned, at fair value		2,958	763	124	3,845
Other assets		1,080	—	—	1,080
Total		$4,413	$870	$   216	$5,499
Liabilities
Other secured financings		$   594	$699	$   301	$1,594
Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value		—	107	—	107
Unsecured short-term borrowings, including the current portion of unsecured long-term borrowings		—	—	1,584	1,584
Unsecured long-term borrowings		4	—	334	338
Other liabilities and accrued expenses		1,478	—	—	1,478
Total		$2,076	$806	$2,219	$5,101

XML

Goodwill and Identifiable Intangible Assets (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	Sep. 30, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Goodwill and intangible assets
Goodwill	$ 3,702	$ 3,702
Identifiable Intangible Assets	756	1,397
Investment Banking - Financial Advisory [Member]
Goodwill and intangible assets
Goodwill	98	98
Identifiable Intangible Assets	0	1
Investment Banking - Underwriting [Member]
Goodwill and intangible assets
Goodwill	183	183
Institutional Client Services - Fixed Income, Currency and Commodities Client Execution [Member]
Goodwill and intangible assets
Goodwill	269	269
Identifiable Intangible Assets	41	421
Institutional Client Services - Equities Client Execution [Member]
Goodwill and intangible assets
Goodwill	2,403	2,402
Identifiable Intangible Assets	368	565
Institutional Client Services - Securities Services [Member]
Goodwill and intangible assets
Goodwill	105	105
Investing and Lending [Member]
Goodwill and intangible assets
Goodwill	59	59
Identifiable Intangible Assets	234	281
Investment Management [Member]
Goodwill and intangible assets
Goodwill	585	586
Identifiable Intangible Assets	$ 113	$ 129

XML

Long-Term Borrowings (Tables)

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2013

Long-Term Borrowings [Abstract]

Long-term borrowings

	As of
in millions		September 2013	December 2012
Other secured financings (long-term)		$    7,793	$    8,965
Unsecured long-term borrowings		168,082	167,305
Total		$175,875	$176,270

Unsecured long-term borrowings

	As of September 2013
in millions		U.S. Dollar	Non-U.S. Dollar	Total
Fixed-rate obligations 1		$  89,002	$38,602	$127,604
Floating-rate obligations 2		21,337	19,141	40,478
Total		$110,339	$57,743	$168,082

	As of December 2012
in millions		U.S. Dollar	Non-U.S. Dollar	Total
Fixed-rate obligations 1		$  88,561	$36,869	$125,430
Floating-rate obligations 2		20,794	21,081	41,875
Total		$109,355	$57,950	$167,305

1. Interest rates on U.S. dollar-denominated debt ranged from 0.20% to 10.04% (with a weighted average rate of 5.19%) and 0.20% to 10.04% (with a weighted average rate of 5.48%) as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively. Interest rates on non-U.S. dollar-denominated debt ranged from 0.10% to 14.85% (with a weighted average rate of 4.30%) and 0.10% to 14.85% (with a weighted average rate of 4.66%) as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively.

2. Floating interest rates generally are based on LIBOR or the federal funds target rate. Equity-linked and indexed instruments are included in floating-rate obligations.

Unsecured long-term borrowings by maturity date

in millions	As of September 2013
2014	$    8,687
2015	22,913
2016	21,903
2017	20,635
2018	22,104
2019 - thereafter	71,840
Total 1	$168,082

1. Includes $7.07 billion related to interest rate hedges on certain unsecured long-term borrowings, by year of maturity as follows: $185 million in 2014, $353 million in 2015, $850 million in 2016, $1.07 billion in 2017, $1.05 billion in 2018 and $3.56 billion in 2019 and thereafter.

Unsecured long-term borrowings after hedging

	As of
in millions		September 2013	December 2012
Fixed-rate obligations
At fair value		$       284	$       122
At amortized cost 1		17,165	24,547
Floating-rate obligations
At fair value		11,457	12,471
At amortized cost 1		139,176	130,165
Total		$168,082	$167,305

1. The weighted average interest rates on the aggregate amounts were 2.27% (5.50% related to fixed-rate obligations and 1.89% related to floating-rate obligations) and 2.47% (5.26% related to fixed-rate obligations and 1.98% related to floating-rate obligations) as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively. These rates exclude financial instruments accounted for at fair value under the fair value option.

Subordinated long-term borrowings

	As of September 2013					As of December 2012
$ in millions		Par Amount	Carrying Amount	Rate	1		Par Amount	Carrying Amount	Rate	1
Subordinated debt		$14,477	$17,127	4.06	%		$14,409	$17,358	4.24	%
Junior subordinated debt		2,835	3,832	1.02	%		2,835	4,228	3.16	%
Total subordinated borrowings		$17,312	$20,959	3.56	%		$17,244	$21,586	4.06	%

1. Weighted average interest rate after giving effect to fair value hedges used to convert these fixed-rate obligations into floating-rate obligations. See Note 7 for further information about hedging activities. See below for information about interest rates on junior subordinated debt.

XML

Fair Value Option (Details 1) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2012	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2012
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis, Unobservable Input Reconciliation
Fair Value, Other Financial Assets Measured on Recurring Basis, Gain (Loss) Included in Market Making Revenue	$ 35	$ 20	$ 31	$ 21
Fair Value, Other Financial Assets Measured on Recurring Basis, Gain (Loss) Included in Interest Income	1	1	3	8
Fair Value, Other Financial Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis, Gain (Loss) Included in Market Making Revenue	(886)	(797)	122	(1,020)
Fair Value, Other Financial Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis, Gain (Loss) Included in Other Principal Transactions Revenue	(96)	(65)	(224)	(103)
Fair Value, Other Financial Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis, Gain (Loss) Included in Interest Expense	(2)	(3)	(7)	(10)
Cash Instruments [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis, Unobservable Input Reconciliation
Fair Value, Measurement with Unobservable Inputs Reconciliation, Recurring Basis, Asset Value, Beginning Balance	33,901	34,365	35,749	34,685
Fair Value, Measurement with Unobservable Inputs Reconciliation, Recurring Basis, Liability Value, Beginning Balance	385	739	642	905
Net Realized Gains / (Losses)	289	419	931	1,041
Net Unrealized Gains / (Losses) Relating to Instruments Still Held at Period-End	982	1,103	2,628	2,233
Purchases	2,486	3,181	7,543	8,806
Sales	(1,586)	(2,243)	(5,976)	(6,240)
Sales	49	65	187	244
Settlements	(2,421)	(1,462)	(6,489)	(4,568)
Transfers Into Level 3	1,540	2,179	2,729	2,970
Transfers Into Level 3	32	46	46	90
Transfers Out Of Level 3	(1,715)	(1,652)	(3,639)	(3,037)
Transfers Out Of Level 3	(14)	(89)	(160)	(194)
Net Realized (Gains) / Losses	(4)	(2)	7	(35)
Net Unrealized (Gains) / Losses Relating to Instruments Still Held at Period-End	17	3	0	9
Purchases	(101)	(105)	(368)	(427)
Settlements	3	16	13	81
Fair Value, Measurement with Unobservable Inputs Reconciliation, Recurring Basis, Asset Value, Ending Balance	33,476	35,890	33,476	35,890
Fair Value, Measurement with Unobservable Inputs Reconciliation, Recurring Basis, Liability Value, Ending Balance	367	673	367	673
Net Unrealized Gains / (Losses) Relating to Instruments Still Held at the Reporting Date	965	1,100	2,630	2,220
Securities purchased under agreements to resell at fair value [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis, Unobservable Input Reconciliation
Fair Value, Measurement with Unobservable Inputs Reconciliation, Recurring Basis, Asset Value, Beginning Balance	101	1,023	278	557
Net Realized Gains / (Losses)	1	2	3	8
Purchases	0	41	0	51
Settlements	(21)	(52)	(41)	(431)
Transfers Out Of Level 3	0	(829)	(159)	0
Fair Value, Measurement with Unobservable Inputs Reconciliation, Recurring Basis, Asset Value, Ending Balance	81	185	81	185
Deposits At Fair Value [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis, Unobservable Input Reconciliation
Fair Value, Measurement with Unobservable Inputs Reconciliation, Recurring Basis, Liability Value, Beginning Balance	360	179	359	13
Transfers Into Level 3	0	16	0	16
Transfers Out Of Level 3	(18)	0	(77)	0
Net Unrealized (Gains) / Losses Relating to Instruments Still Held at Period-End	2	4	(11)	0
Issuances	17	102	91	272
Settlements	(3)	0	(4)	0
Fair Value, Measurement with Unobservable Inputs Reconciliation, Recurring Basis, Liability Value, Ending Balance	358	301	358	301
Receivables from customers and counterparties at fair value [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis, Unobservable Input Reconciliation
Fair Value, Measurement with Unobservable Inputs Reconciliation, Recurring Basis, Asset Value, Beginning Balance	165	616	641	795
Net Unrealized Gains / (Losses) Relating to Instruments Still Held at Period-End	7	19	6	21
Purchases	0	0	0	199
Settlements	0	(10)	(1)	(17)
Transfers Into Level 3	0	0	0	0
Transfers Out Of Level 3	0	0	(474)	(373)
Fair Value, Measurement with Unobservable Inputs Reconciliation, Recurring Basis, Asset Value, Ending Balance	172	625	172	625
Other Assets At Fair Value [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis, Unobservable Input Reconciliation
Fair Value, Measurement with Unobservable Inputs Reconciliation, Recurring Basis, Asset Value, Beginning Balance	1,062		507
Net Realized Gains / (Losses)	1		1
Net Unrealized Gains / (Losses) Relating to Instruments Still Held at Period-End	27		24
Purchases	275		411
Sales	0		(507)
Settlements	(2)		(2)
Transfers Into Level 3	0		811
Transfers Out Of Level 3	(118)		0
Fair Value, Measurement with Unobservable Inputs Reconciliation, Recurring Basis, Asset Value, Ending Balance	1,245		1,245
Securities Sold Under Agreements To Repurchase At Fair Value [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis, Unobservable Input Reconciliation
Fair Value, Measurement with Unobservable Inputs Reconciliation, Recurring Basis, Liability Value, Beginning Balance	1,018	2,055	1,927	2,181
Issuances	250	64	0	0
Settlements	0	0	(659)	(62)
Fair Value, Measurement with Unobservable Inputs Reconciliation, Recurring Basis, Liability Value, Ending Balance	1,268	2,119	1,268	2,119
Other Secured Financings At Fair Value [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis, Unobservable Input Reconciliation
Fair Value, Measurement with Unobservable Inputs Reconciliation, Recurring Basis, Liability Value, Beginning Balance	886	1,182	1,412	1,752
Transfers Into Level 3	15	151	142	0
Transfers Out Of Level 3	(66)	0	(51)	(29)
Net Realized (Gains) / Losses	2	3	9	9
Net Unrealized (Gains) / Losses Relating to Instruments Still Held at Period-End	0	0	(24)	0
Issuances	189	117	347	296
Settlements	(13)	(200)	(822)	(775)
Fair Value, Measurement with Unobservable Inputs Reconciliation, Recurring Basis, Liability Value, Ending Balance	1,013	1,253	1,013	1,253
Unsecured Short-Term Borrowings Including Current Portion Of Unsecured Long-Term Borrowings At Fair Value [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis, Unobservable Input Reconciliation
Fair Value, Measurement with Unobservable Inputs Reconciliation, Recurring Basis, Liability Value, Beginning Balance	2,913	2,726	2,584	3,294
Transfers Into Level 3	127	76	501	194
Transfers Out Of Level 3	(83)	(216)	(236)	(698)
Net Realized (Gains) / Losses	(3)	7	5	(33)
Net Unrealized (Gains) / Losses Relating to Instruments Still Held at Period-End	142	171	48	204
Purchases	0	0	0	(13)
Issuances	492	170	1,559	550
Settlements	(156)	(253)	(1,029)	(817)
Fair Value, Measurement with Unobservable Inputs Reconciliation, Recurring Basis, Liability Value, Ending Balance	3,432	2,681	3,432	2,681
Unsecured Long-term Borrowings At Fair Value [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis, Unobservable Input Reconciliation
Fair Value, Measurement with Unobservable Inputs Reconciliation, Recurring Basis, Liability Value, Beginning Balance	1,273	1,946	1,917	2,191
Sales	0	0	(10)	0
Transfers Into Level 3	315	33	390	213
Transfers Out Of Level 3	(59)	(4)	(578)	(671)
Net Realized (Gains) / Losses	(2)	7	10	23
Net Unrealized (Gains) / Losses Relating to Instruments Still Held at Period-End	43	80	(33)	190
Purchases	0	0	(3)	0
Issuances	67	47	367	293
Settlements	(18)	(108)	(441)	(238)
Fair Value, Measurement with Unobservable Inputs Reconciliation, Recurring Basis, Liability Value, Ending Balance	1,619	2,001	1,619	2,001
Other Liabilities And Accrued Expenses At Fair Value [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis, Unobservable Input Reconciliation
Fair Value, Measurement with Unobservable Inputs Reconciliation, Recurring Basis, Liability Value, Beginning Balance	9,975	8,969	11,274	8,996
Sales	0	0	(692)	0
Net Realized (Gains) / Losses	0	(15)	0	(23)
Net Unrealized (Gains) / Losses Relating to Instruments Still Held at Period-End	800	608	105	764
Purchases	1,920	0	2,225	0
Settlements	(119)	(79)	(336)	(254)
Fair Value, Measurement with Unobservable Inputs Reconciliation, Recurring Basis, Liability Value, Ending Balance	12,576	9,483	12,576	9,483
Other Financial Assets and Liabilities At Fair Value [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis, Unobservable Input Reconciliation
Fair Value, Measurement with Unobservable Inputs Reconciliation, Recurring Basis, Asset Value, Beginning Balance	1,328	1,639	1,426	1,352
Fair Value, Measurement with Unobservable Inputs Reconciliation, Recurring Basis, Liability Value, Beginning Balance	16,425	17,057	19,473	18,427
Net Realized Gains / (Losses)	2	2	4	8
Net Unrealized Gains / (Losses) Relating to Instruments Still Held at Period-End	34	19	30	21
Purchases	275	41	411	250
Sales	0	0	(507)	0
Sales	0	0	(702)	0
Settlements	(23)	(62)	(44)	(448)
Transfers Into Level 3	0	0	811	0
Transfers Into Level 3	457	276	1,033	423
Transfers Out Of Level 3	(118)	(829)	(633)	(373)
Transfers Out Of Level 3	(226)	(220)	(942)	(1,398)
Net Realized (Gains) / Losses	(3)	2	24	(24)
Net Unrealized (Gains) / Losses Relating to Instruments Still Held at Period-End	987	863	85	1,158
Purchases	1,920	0	2,222	(13)
Issuances	1,015	500	2,364	1,411
Settlements	(309)	(640)	(3,291)	(2,146)
Fair Value, Measurement with Unobservable Inputs Reconciliation, Recurring Basis, Asset Value, Ending Balance	1,498	810	1,498	810
Fair Value, Measurement with Unobservable Inputs Reconciliation, Recurring Basis, Liability Value, Ending Balance	$ 20,266	$ 17,838	$ 20,266	$ 17,838

XML

Business Segments (Tables)

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2013

Business Segments [Abstract]

Segment Operating Results

		For the Three Months Ended or as of September			For the Nine Months Ended or as of September
in millions			2013	2012		2013	2012
Investment Banking	Financial Advisory		$       423	$       509		$    1,393	$    1,467
	Equity underwriting		276	189		1,037	683
	Debt underwriting		467	466		1,856	1,371
	Total Underwriting		743	655		2,893	2,054
	Total net revenues		1,166	1,164		4,286	3,521
	Operating expenses		674	823		2,763	2,575
	Pre-tax earnings		$       492	$       341		$    1,523	$       946
	Segment assets		$    1,829	$    1,765		$    1,829	$    1,765
Institutional Client Services	Fixed Income, Currency and Commodities Client Execution		$    1,247	$    2,224		$    6,927	$    7,876
	Equities client execution		549	847		1,996	2,407
	Commissions and fees		727	721		2,356	2,331
	Securities services		340	392		1,036	1,168
	Total Equities		1,616	1,960		5,388	5,906
	Total net revenues 1		2,863	4,184		12,315	13,782
	Operating expenses		2,484	3,250		9,170	10,179
	Pre-tax earnings		$       379	$       934		$    3,145	$    3,603
	Segment assets		$803,438	$842,950		$803,438	$842,950
Investing & Lending	Equity securities		$       938	$       923		$    2,527	$    1,677
	Debt securities and loans		300	558		1,524	1,365
	Other		237	323		907	876
	Total net revenues		1,475	1,804		4,958	3,918
	Operating expenses		417	1,002		2,118	2,216
	Pre-tax earnings		$    1,058	$       802		$    2,840	$    1,702
	Segment assets		$105,769	$  92,541		$105,769	$  92,541
Investment Management	Management and other fees		$    1,085	$    1,016		$    3,243	$    3,038
	Incentive fees		71	82		329	357
	Transaction revenues		62	101		293	311
	Total net revenues		1,218	1,199		3,865	3,706
	Operating expenses		977	977		3,177	3,047
	Pre-tax earnings		$       241	$       222		$       688	$       659
	Segment assets		$  12,187	$  11,951		$  12,187	$  11,951
Total	Net revenues		$    6,722	$    8,351		$  25,424	$  24,927
	Operating expenses		4,555	6,053		17,239	18,033
	Pre-tax earnings		$    2,167	$    2,298		$    8,185	$    6,894
	Total assets		$923,223	$949,207		$923,223	$949,207

1. Includes $30 million for the three months ended September 2012, and $37 million and $81 million for the nine months ended September 2013 and September 2012, respectively, of realized gains on available-for-sale securities held in the firm’s Americas reinsurance business, in which a majority stake was sold in April 2013.

Net Interest Income

	Three Months Ended September				Nine Months Ended September
in millions		2013	2012			2013	2012
Investment Banking		$  —	$   (4	)		$      —	$    (13	)
Institutional Client Services		772	813			2,466	2,799
Investing & Lending		41	2			41	9
Investment Management		27	25			84	112
Total net interest income		$840	$836			$2,591	$2,907

Depreciation and amortization

	Three Months Ended September			Nine Months Ended September
in millions		2013	2012		2013	2012
Investment Banking		$  36	$  36		$   107	$   117
Institutional Client Services		144	188		425	559
Investing & Lending		59	119		192	406
Investment Management		41	52		122	155
Total depreciation and amortization  1		$280	$396		$   848	$1,238

1. Includes real estate-related exit costs of $1 million for the three months ended September 2012, and $2 million and $1 million for the nine months ended September 2013 and September 2012, respectively, that have not been allocated to the firm’s segments.

Net Revenues and Pre-tax Earnings for each geographic region

	Three Months Ended September									Nine Months Ended September
$ in millions		2013				2012					2013				2012
Net revenues
Americas 1		$4,089		61	%	$5,114		61	%		$14,977		59	%	$14,807		59	%
EMEA 2		1,681		25		2,160		26			6,264		25		6,660		27
Asia 3		952		14		1,077		13			4,183		16		3,460		14
Total net revenues		$6,722		100	%	$8,351		100	%		$25,424		100	%	$24,927		100	%
Pre-tax earnings
Americas 1		$1,293		60	%	$1,336		58	%		$  4,494		55	%	$  3,766		54	%
EMEA 2		585		27		716		31			2,221		27		2,272		33
Asia 3		292		13		247		11			1,481		18		872		13
Subtotal		2,170		100	%	2,299		100	%		8,196		100	%	6,910		100	%
Corporate 4		(3	)			(1	)				(11	)			(16	)
Total pre-tax earnings		$2,167				$2,298					$  8,185				$  6,894

1. Substantially all relates to the U.S.

2. EMEA (Europe, Middle East and Africa).

3. Asia also includes Australia and New Zealand.

4. Consists of real estate-related exit costs of $3 million and $1 million for the three months ended September 2013 and September 2012, respectively, and $11 million and $4 million for the nine months ended September 2013 and September 2012, respectively; and charitable contributions of $12 million for the nine months ended September 2012. Net provisions for litigation and regulatory proceedings, previously included in Corporate, have now been allocated to the geographic regions. Reclassifications have been made to previously reported geographic region amounts to conform to the current presentation.

XML

Cash Instruments (Tables)

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2013

Cash Instruments [Abstract]

Fair Value, Cash Instruments, Measurement Inputs, Disclosure

Level 3 Cash Instruments	Level 3 Assets as of    September 2013    (in millions)	Valuation Techniques and Significant Unobservable Inputs	Range of Significant Unobservable Inputs (Weighted Average 1) as of September 2013
Loans and securities backed by commercial real estate Ÿ    Collateralized by a single commercial real estate property or a portfolio of properties Ÿ    May include tranches of varying levels of subordination	$2,684	Discounted cash flows:
		Ÿ   Yield	4.0% to 23.0% (9.5%)
		Ÿ   Recovery rate 3	36.0% to 87.5% (63.1%)
		Ÿ   Duration (years) 4	0.3 to 5.7 (2.0)
		Ÿ   Basis	(15) points to 21 points (4 points)
Loans and securities backed by residential real estate Ÿ    Collateralized by portfolios of residential real estate Ÿ    May include tranches of varying levels of subordination	$1,770	Discounted cash flows:
		Ÿ   Yield	3.0% to 18.9% (9.3%)
		Ÿ   Cumulative loss rate	1.0% to 34.3% (20.9%)
		Ÿ   Duration (years)  4	1.5 to 16.3 (3.5)
Bank loans and bridge loans	$9,475	Discounted cash flows:
		Ÿ   Yield	1.6% to 37.0% (10.1%)
		Ÿ   Recovery rate 3	40.0% to 85.0% (55.5%)
		Ÿ   Duration (years)  4	0.4 to 4.4 (2.1)
Non-U.S. government and agency obligations Corporate debt securities State and municipal obligations Other debt obligations	$3,367	Discounted cash flows:
		Ÿ   Yield	1.2% to 40.7% (9.9%)
		Ÿ   Recovery rate 3	0.0% to 70.0% (62.3%)
		Ÿ   Duration (years)  4	0.3 to 15.1 (4.2)
Equities and convertible debentures (including private equity investments and investments in real estate entities)	$16,180  2	Comparable multiples:
		Ÿ   Multiples	0.6x to 19.9x (7.4x)
		Discounted cash flows:
		Ÿ   Discount rate/yield	10.0% to 45.0% (15.0%)
		Ÿ   Long-term growth rate/compound annual growth rate	1.0% to 21.0% (10.3%)
		Ÿ   Capitalization rate	4.7% to 11.0% (7.4%)

1. Weighted averages are calculated by weighting each input by the relative fair value of the respective financial instruments.

2. The fair value of any one instrument may be determined using multiple valuation techniques. For example, market comparables and discounted cash flows may be used together to determine fair value. Therefore, the level 3 balance encompasses both of these techniques.

3. Recovery rate is a measure of expected future cash flows in a default scenario, expressed as a percentage of notional or face value of the instrument, and reflects the benefit of credit enhancement on certain instruments.

4. Duration is an estimate of the timing of future cash flows and, in certain cases, may incorporate the impact of other unobservable inputs (e.g., prepayment speeds).

Level 3 Cash Instruments	Level 3 Assets as of    December 2012    (in millions)	Valuation Techniques and Significant Unobservable Inputs	Range of Significant Unobservable Inputs (Weighted Average 1) as of December 2012
Loans and securities backed by commercial real estate Ÿ    Collateralized by a single commercial real estate property or a portfolio of properties Ÿ    May include tranches of varying levels of subordination	$3,389	Discounted cash flows:
		Ÿ   Yield	4.0% to 43.3% (9.8%)
		Ÿ   Recovery rate 3	37.0% to 96.2% (81.7%)
		Ÿ   Duration (years) 4	0.1 to 7.0 (2.6)
		Ÿ   Basis	(13) points to 18 points (2 points)
Loans and securities backed by residential real estate Ÿ    Collateralized by portfolios of residential real estate Ÿ    May include tranches of varying levels of subordination	$1,619	Discounted cash flows:
		Ÿ   Yield	3.1% to 17.0% (9.7%)
		Ÿ   Cumulative loss rate	0.0% to 61.6% (31.6%)
		Ÿ   Duration (years)  4	1.3 to 5.9 (3.7)
Bank loans and bridge loans	$11,235	Discounted cash flows:
		Ÿ   Yield	0.3% to 34.5% (8.3%)
		Ÿ   Recovery rate 3	16.5% to 85.0% (56.0%)
		Ÿ   Duration (years)  4	0.2 to 4.4 (1.9)
Non-U.S. government and agency obligations Corporate debt securities State and municipal obligations Other debt obligations	$4,651	Discounted cash flows:
		Ÿ   Yield	0.6% to 33.7% (8.6%)
		Ÿ   Recovery rate 3	0.0% to 70.0% (53.4%)
		Ÿ   Duration (years)  4	0.5 to 15.5 (4.0)
Equities and convertible debentures (including private equity investments and investments in real estate entities)	$14,855  2	Comparable multiples:
		Ÿ   Multiples	0.7x to 21.0x (7.2x)
		Discounted cash flows:
		Ÿ   Discount rate/yield	10.0% to 25.0% (14.3%)
		Ÿ   Long-term growth rate/compound annual growth rate	0.7% to 25.0% (9.3%)
		Ÿ   Capitalization rate	3.9% to 11.4% (7.3%)

1. Weighted averages are calculated by weighting each input by the relative fair value of the respective financial instruments.

2. The fair value of any one instrument may be determined using multiple valuation techniques. For example, market comparables and discounted cash flows may be used together to determine fair value. Therefore, the level 3 balance encompasses both of these techniques.

3. Recovery rate is a measure of expected future cash flows in a default scenario, expressed as a percentage of notional or face value of the instrument, and reflects the benefit of credit enhancement on certain instruments.

4. Duration is an estimate of the timing of future cash flows and, in certain cases, may incorporate the impact of other unobservable inputs (e.g., prepayment speeds).

Cash Instruments by Level

	Cash Instrument Assets at Fair Value as of September 2013
in millions		Level 1	Level 2	Level 3		Total
Commercial paper, certificates of deposit, time deposits and other money market instruments		$       241	$  5,661	$        —		$    5,902
U.S. government and federal agency obligations		39,595	37,733	—		77,328
Non-U.S. government and agency obligations		35,377	10,825	55		46,257
Mortgage and other asset-backed loans and securities 1:
Loans and securities backed by commercial real estate		—	3,200	2,684		5,884
Loans and securities backed by residential real estate		—	6,515	1,770		8,285
Bank loans and bridge loans		—	8,098	9,475		17,573
Corporate debt securities 2		465	12,502	2,313		15,280
State and municipal obligations		—	1,129	227		1,356
Other debt obligations 2		—	2,304	772		3,076
Equities and convertible debentures		53,757	7,548	16,180	3	77,485
Commodities		—	4,372	—		4,372
Total		$129,435	$99,887	$33,476		$262,798
	Cash Instrument Liabilities at Fair Value as of September 2013
in millions		Level 1	Level 2	Level 3		Total
U.S. government and federal agency obligations		$  18,574	$       57	$        —		$  18,631
Non-U.S. government and agency obligations		30,185	2,406	—		32,591
Mortgage and other asset-backed loans and securities:
Loans and securities backed by commercial real estate		—	52	1		53
Loans and securities backed by residential real estate		—	1	—		1
Bank loans and bridge loans		—	744	347		1,091
Corporate debt securities		30	5,359	9		5,398
Other debt obligations		—	—	3		3
Equities and convertible debentures		24,409	487	7		24,903
Total		$  73,198	$  9,106	$     367		$  82,671

1. Includes $340 million and $388 million of collateralized debt obligations (CDOs) backed by real estate in level 2 and level 3, respectively.

2. Includes $504 million and $1.36 billion of CDOs and collateralized loan obligations (CLOs) backed by corporate obligations in level 2 and level 3, respectively.

3. Includes $14.13 billion of private equity investments, $1.60 billion of investments in real estate entities and $455 million of convertible debentures.

	Cash Instrument Assets at Fair Value as of December 2012
in millions		Level 1	Level 2	Level 3		Total
Commercial paper, certificates of deposit, time deposits and other money market instruments		$    2,155	$    3,902	$        —		$    6,057
U.S. government and federal agency obligations		42,856	50,385	—		93,241
Non-U.S. government and agency obligations		46,715	15,509	26		62,250
Mortgage and other asset-backed loans and securities 1:
Loans and securities backed by commercial real estate		—	6,416	3,389		9,805
Loans and securities backed by residential real estate		—	6,597	1,619		8,216
Bank loans and bridge loans		—	11,172	11,235		22,407
Corporate debt securities 2		111	18,049	2,821		20,981
State and municipal obligations		—	1,858	619		2,477
Other debt obligations 2		—	1,066	1,185		2,251
Equities and convertible debentures		72,875	8,724	14,855	3	96,454
Commodities		—	11,696	—		11,696
Total		$164,712	$135,374	$35,749		$335,835
	Cash Instrument Liabilities at Fair Value as of December 2012
in millions		Level 1	Level 2	Level 3		Total
U.S. government and federal agency obligations		$  15,475	$       430	$        —		$  15,905
Non-U.S. government and agency obligations		31,011	1,350	—		32,361
Mortgage and other asset-backed loans and securities:
Loans and securities backed by residential real estate		—	4	—		4
Bank loans and bridge loans		—	1,143	636		1,779
Corporate debt securities		28	5,731	2		5,761
State and municipal obligations		—	1	—		1
Equities and convertible debentures		19,416	986	4		20,406
Total		$  65,930	$    9,645	$     642		$  76,217

1. Includes $489 million and $446 million of CDOs backed by real estate in level 2 and level 3, respectively.

2. Includes $284 million and $1.76 billion of CDOs and CLOs backed by corporate obligations in level 2 and level 3, respectively.

3. Includes $12.67 billion of private equity investments, $1.58 billion of investments in real estate entities and $600 million of convertible debentures.

Cash Instruments, Level 3 Rollforward

	Level 3 Cash Instrument Assets at Fair Value for the Three Months Ended September 2013
in millions		Balance, beginning of period	Net realized gains/ (losses)		Net unrealized gains/(losses) relating to instruments still held at period-end		Purchases	1	Sales		Settlements		Transfers into level 3	Transfers out of level 3		Balance, end of period
Non-U.S. government and agency obligations		$       90	$  —		$    3		$       2		$      (27	)	$       —		$     11	$     (24	)	$       55
Mortgage and other asset-backed loans and securities:
Loans and securities backed by commercial real estate		2,969	40		66		320		(338	)	(363	)	77	(87	)	2,684
Loans and securities backed by residential real estate		1,738	17		37		207		(84	)	(114	)	61	(92	)	1,770
Bank loans and bridge loans		9,997	118		105		1,317		(580	)	(1,446	)	706	(742	)	9,475
Corporate debt securities		2,492	80		61		190		(357	)	(63	)	137	(227	)	2,313
State and municipal obligations		322	1		(2	)	28		(59	)	(1	)	4	(66	)	227
Other debt obligations		876	13		15		116		(26	)	(56	)	48	(214	)	772
Equities and convertible debentures		15,417	20		697		306		(115	)	(378	)	496	(263	)	16,180
Total		$33,901	$289	2	$982	2	$2,486		$(1,586	)	$(2,421	)	$1,540	$(1,715	)	$33,476
	Level 3 Cash Instrument Liabilities at Fair Value for the Three Months Ended September 2013
in millions		Balance, beginning of period	Net realized (gains)/ losses		Net unrealized (gains)/losses relating to instruments still held at period-end		Purchases	1	Sales		Settlements		Transfers into level 3	Transfers out of level 3		Balance, end of period
Total		$     385	$   (4	)	$  17		$  (101	)	$       49		$         3		$     32	$     (14	)	$     367

1. Includes both originations and secondary market purchases.

2. The aggregate amounts include gains of approximately $149 million, $891 million and $231 million reported in “Market making,” “Other principal transactions” and “Interest income,” respectively.

	Level 3 Cash Instrument Assets at Fair Value for the Nine Months Ended September 2013
in millions		Balance, beginning of period	Net realized gains/ (losses)		Net unrealized gains/(losses) relating to instruments still held at period-end		Purchases	1	Sales		Settlements		Transfers into level 3	Transfers out of level 3		Balance, end of period
Non-U.S. government and agency obligations		$       26	$    5		$       9		$     23		$     (14	)	$       (2	)	$     11	$       (3	)	$        55
Mortgage and other asset-backed loans and securities:
Loans and securities backed by commercial real estate		3,389	86		197		549		(627	)	(965	)	197	(142	)	2,684
Loans and securities backed by residential real estate		1,619	37		99		633		(380	)	(236	)	78	(80	)	1,770
Bank loans and bridge loans		11,235	356		278		3,494		(2,042	)	(3,408	)	1,052	(1,490	)	9,475
Corporate debt securities		2,821	255		393		542		(1,392	)	(420	)	353	(239	)	2,313
State and municipal obligations		619	3		1		99		(461	)	(2	)	6	(38	)	227
Other debt obligations		1,185	35		16		563		(410	)	(60	)	17	(574	)	772
Equities and convertible debentures		14,855	154		1,635		1,640		(650	)	(1,396	)	1,015	(1,073	)	16,180
Total		$35,749	$931	2	$2,628	2	$7,543		$(5,976	)	$(6,489	)	$2,729	$(3,639	)	$33,476
	Level 3 Cash Instrument Liabilities at Fair Value for the Nine Months Ended September 2013
in millions		Balance, beginning of period	Net realized (gains)/ losses		Net unrealized (gains)/losses relating to instruments still held at period-end		Purchases	1	Sales		Settlements		Transfers into level 3	Transfers out of level 3		Balance, end of period
Total		$     642	$    7		$      —		$  (368	)	$    187		$      13		$     46	$   (160	)	$     367

1. Includes both originations and secondary market purchases.

2. The aggregate amounts include gains of approximately $664 million, $2.31 billion and $585 million reported in “Market making,” “Other principal transactions” and “Interest income,” respectively.

	Level 3 Cash Instrument Assets at Fair Value for the Three Months Ended September 2012
in millions		Balance, beginning of period	Net realized gains/ (losses)		Net unrealized gains/(losses) relating to instruments still held at period-end		Purchases	1	Sales		Settlements		Transfers into level 3	Transfers out of level 3		Balance, end of period
Commercial paper, certificates of deposit, time deposits and other money market instruments		$         7	$   —		$      —		$      —		$       —		$       (7	)	$      —	$       —		$        —
Non-U.S. government and agency obligations		8	—		3		2		—		—		—	—		13
Mortgage and other asset-backed loans and securities:
Loans and securities backed by commercial real estate		3,166	57		78		355		(362	)	(44	)	214	(146	)	3,318
Loans and securities backed by residential real estate		1,632	65		44		81		(266	)	(351	)	98	(15	)	1,288
Bank loans and bridge loans		10,461	151		150		1,535		(906	)	(805	)	691	(444	)	10,833
Corporate debt securities		2,367	106		140		462		(274	)	(120	)	240	(200	)	2,721
State and municipal obligations		547	4		5		36		(27	)	(2	)	20	–		583
Other debt obligations		1,757	5		51		197		(88	)	(25	)	118	(7	)	2,008
Equities and convertible debentures		14,420	31		632		513		(320	)	(108	)	798	(840	)	15,126
Total		$34,365	$419	2	$1,103	2	$3,181		$(2,243	)	$(1,462	)	$2,179	$(1,652	)	$35,890
	Level 3 Cash Instrument Liabilities at Fair Value for the Three Months Ended September 2012
in millions		Balance, beginning of period	Net realized (gains)/ losses		Net unrealized (gains)/losses relating to instruments still held at period-end		Purchases	1	Sales		Settlements		Transfers into level 3	Transfers out of level 3		Balance, end of period
Total		$     739	$   (2	)	$       3		$  (105	)	$      65		$      16		$     46	$     (89	)	$     673

1. Includes both originations and secondary market purchases.

2. The aggregate amounts include gains of approximately $340 million, $843 million and $339 million reported in “Market making,” “Other principal transactions” and “Interest income,” respectively.

	Level 3 Cash Instrument Assets at Fair Value for the Nine Months Ended September 2012
in millions		Balance, beginning of period	Net realized gains/ (losses)		Net unrealized gains/(losses) relating to instruments still held at period-end		Purchases	1	Sales		Settlements		Transfers into level 3	Transfers out of level 3		Balance, end of period
Non-U.S. government and agency obligations		$     148	$    (55	)	$       4		$       2		$       (8	)	$     (71	)	$       6	$     (13	)	$       13
Mortgage and other asset-backed loans and securities:
Loans and securities backed by commercial real estate		3,346	143		227		1,337		(956	)	(859	)	218	(138	)	3,318
Loans and securities backed by residential real estate		1,709	128		239		345		(729	)	(471	)	77	(10	)	1,288
Bank loans and bridge loans		11,285	431		318		3,393		(2,754	)	(2,122	)	1,237	(955	)	10,833
Corporate debt securities		2,480	266		229		865		(851	)	(352	)	344	(260	)	2,721
State and municipal obligations		599	16		8		53		(80	)	(12	)	—	(1	)	583
Other debt obligations		1,451	52		50		645		(365	)	(41	)	222	(6	)	2,008
Equities and convertible debentures		13,667	60		1,158		2,166		(497	)	(640	)	866	(1,654	)	15,126
Total		$34,685	$1,041	2	$2,233	2	$8,806		$(6,240	)	$(4,568	)	$2,970	$(3,037	)	$35,890
	Level 3 Cash Instrument Liabilities at Fair Value for the Nine Months Ended September 2012
in millions		Balance, beginning of period	Net realized (gains)/ losses		Net unrealized (gains)/losses relating to instruments still held at period-end		Purchases	1	Sales		Settlements		Transfers into level 3	Transfers out of level 3		Balance, end of period
Total		$     905	$    (35	)	$       9		$  (427	)	$    244		$      81		$     90	$   (194	)	$     673

1. Includes both originations and secondary market purchases.

2. The aggregate amounts include gains of approximately $560 million, $1.77 billion and $945 million reported in “Market making,” “Other principal transactions” and “Interest income,” respectively.

Investments in Funds that Calculate Net Asset Value Per Share

	As of September 2013			As of December 2012
in millions		Fair Value of Investments	Unfunded Commitments		Fair Value of Investments	Unfunded Commitments
Private equity funds 1		$  7,263	$2,555		$  7,680	$2,778
Credit funds 2		3,844	2,518		3,927	2,843
Hedge funds 3		1,931	—		2,167	—
Real estate funds 4		1,892	468		2,006	870
Total		$14,930	$5,541		$15,780	$6,491

1. These funds primarily invest in a broad range of industries worldwide in a variety of situations, including leveraged buyouts, recapitalizations, growth investments and distressed investments.

2. These funds generally invest in loans and other fixed income instruments and are focused on providing private high-yield capital for mid- to large-sized leveraged and management buyout transactions, recapitalizations, financings, refinancings, acquisitions and restructurings for private equity firms, private family companies and corporate issuers.

3. These funds are primarily multi-disciplinary hedge funds that employ a fundamental bottom-up investment approach across various asset classes and strategies including long/short equity, credit, convertibles, risk arbitrage, special situations and capital structure arbitrage.

4. These funds invest globally, primarily in real estate companies, loan portfolios, debt recapitalizations and direct property.

XML

Regulation and Capital Adequacy

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2013

Regulation and Capital Adequacy [Abstract]

Regulation and Capital Adequacy

Note 20.

Regulation and Capital Adequacy

The Federal Reserve Board is the primary regulator of Group Inc., a bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (BHC Act) and a financial holding company under amendments to the BHC Act effected by the U.S. Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999. As a bank holding company, the firm is subject to consolidated risk-based regulatory capital requirements that are computed in accordance with the Federal Reserve Board’s risk-based capital regulations (which are based on the Basel I Capital Accord of the Basel Committee) and also reflect the Federal Reserve Board’s revised market risk regulatory capital requirements which became effective on January 1, 2013. These capital requirements are expressed as capital ratios that compare measures of capital to risk-weighted assets (RWAs). The capital regulations also include requirements with respect to leverage. The firm’s U.S. bank depository institution subsidiary, GS Bank USA, is subject to similar capital and leverage regulations.

Under the Federal Reserve Board’s capital adequacy requirements and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the firm and GS Bank USA must meet specific capital requirements. The firm’s and GS Bank USA’s capital levels, as well as GS Bank USA’s prompt corrective action classification, are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.

Many of the firm’s subsidiaries, including GS&Co. and the firm’s other broker-dealer subsidiaries, are subject to separate regulation and capital requirements as described below.

Group Inc.

Federal Reserve Board regulations require bank holding companies to maintain a minimum Tier 1 capital ratio of 4% and a minimum Total capital ratio of 8%. The required minimum Tier 1 capital ratio and Total capital ratio in order to be considered a “well-capitalized” bank holding company under the Federal Reserve Board guidelines are 6% and 10%, respectively. Bank holding companies may be expected to maintain ratios well above the minimum levels, depending on their particular condition, risk profile and growth plans. The minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio is currently 3% for bank holding companies that have received the highest supervisory rating under Federal Reserve Board guidelines or that have implemented the Federal Reserve Board’s risk-based capital measure for market risk.

Tier 1 leverage ratio is defined as Tier 1 capital divided by average adjusted total assets (which includes adjustments for goodwill and identifiable intangible assets, and the carrying value of equity investments in non-financial companies that are subject to deductions from Tier 1 capital).

RWAs under the Federal Reserve Board’s current risk-based capital requirements are calculated based on measures of credit risk and market risk. Credit risk requirements for on-balance-sheet assets are generally based on the balance sheet value. For off-balance-sheet exposures, including OTC derivatives, commitments and guarantees, a credit equivalent amount is calculated based on the notional amount of each trade and, to the extent applicable, positive net exposure. All such assets and exposures are then assigned a risk weight depending on, among other things, whether the counterparty is a sovereign, bank or a qualifying securities firm or other entity (or if collateral is held, depending on the nature of the collateral).

Under Basel I, prior to the implementation of the revised market risk regulatory capital requirements, RWAs for market risk were determined by reference to the firm’s Value-at-Risk (VaR) model, supplemented by the standardized measurement method used to determine RWAs for specific risk for certain positions. Under the Federal Reserve Board’s revised market risk regulatory capital requirements, which became effective on January 1, 2013, RWAs for market risk are now determined using VaR, stressed VaR, incremental risk, comprehensive risk and a standardized measurement method for specific risk. These changes are designed to implement the new market risk framework of the Basel Committee, as well as the prohibition on the use of external credit ratings, as required by the Dodd-Frank Act.

The table below presents information regarding Group Inc.’s regulatory capital ratios and Tier 1 leverage ratio under Basel I, as implemented by the Federal Reserve Board. The information as of September 2013 reflects the revised market risk regulatory capital requirements, which became effective on January 1, 2013. The information as of December 2012 is prior to the implementation of these revised market risk regulatory capital requirements.

	As of
$ in millions		September 2013		December 2012
Tier 1 capital		$  71,051		$  66,977
Tier 2 capital		$  13,541		$  13,429
Total capital		$  84,592		$  80,406
Risk-weighted assets		$436,730		$399,928
Tier 1 capital ratio		16.3	%	16.7	%
Total capital ratio		19.4	%	20.1	%
Tier 1 leverage ratio		7.9	%	7.3	%

2013 Capital Framework

The U.S. federal bank regulatory agencies (Agencies) have approved revised capital regulations establishing a new comprehensive capital framework for U.S. banking organizations (2013 Capital Framework). These regulations are largely based on the Basel Committee’s December 2010 final capital framework for strengthening international capital standards (Basel III). In addition, these regulations significantly revise the risk-based capital and leverage ratio requirements applicable to bank holding companies as compared to the current U.S. risk-based capital and leverage ratio rules and, thereby, implement certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act.

Under the 2013 Capital Framework, Group Inc. is an “Advanced approach” banking organization. Below are the aspects of the rules that are most relevant to the firm, as an Advanced approach banking organization.

Definition of Capital and Capital Ratios. The 2013 Capital Framework introduces changes to the definition of regulatory capital which will be effective across the firm’s regulatory capital and leverage ratios beginning January 1, 2014. These include the introduction of a new capital measure called Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1), and the related regulatory capital ratio of CET1 to RWAs (CET1 ratio). In addition, the definition of Tier 1 capital has been narrowed to include only CET1 and instruments such as non-cumulative preferred stock, which meet certain criteria.

Certain aspects of the revised requirements phase in over time, including increases in the minimum capital ratio requirements and the introduction of new capital buffers, certain deductions from and other adjustments to regulatory capital, and the capital treatment of junior subordinated debt issued to trusts.

The minimum CET1 ratio will be 4.0% beginning January 1, 2014 and will increase to 4.5% on January 1, 2015. The minimum Tier 1 capital ratio will increase from 4.0% to 5.5% beginning January 1, 2014 and to 6.0% beginning January 1, 2015. The minimum total capital ratio will remain unchanged at 8.0%. These minimum ratios will be supplemented by a new capital conservation buffer that phases in, beginning January 1, 2016, in increments of 0.625% per year until it reaches 2.5% on January 1, 2019.

Certain adjustments to CET1 are subject to transition provisions. Most items that are currently deducted from Tier 1 capital will become deductions from CET1, many of which transition into CET1 deductions at a rate of 20% per year, beginning in January 2014. The 2013 Capital Framework also introduces new deductions from CET1 (such as a deduction for investments in nonconsolidated financial institutions), which are also phased in as CET1 deductions at a rate of 20% per year with residual amounts reflected as RWAs.

The 2013 Capital Framework requires that junior subordinated debt issued to trusts be phased out of regulatory capital. It will first be phased out of Tier 1 capital but will be eligible as Tier 2 capital for an interim period through December 31, 2015, after which it will be phased out of Tier 2 capital through December 31, 2021. The firm has already begun the phase-out from Tier 1 capital of its junior subordinated debt issued to trusts in the calculation of its capital ratios, allowing for only 75% of these capital instruments to be included in Tier 1 capital and 25% to be designated as Tier 2 capital in calendar year 2013.

The rules also introduce a new counter-cyclical capital buffer, if and when authorities in each national jurisdiction determine a buffer is necessary to counteract excessive leverage in the broader macroeconomic environment.

Risk-Weighted Assets. The changes to the definition of capital and to the minimum ratio requirements begin to take effect on January 1, 2014. However, the timing of changes to RWAs depends on the firm’s completion of a “parallel run,” as required of Advanced approach banking organizations under the 2013 Capital Framework. The firm will complete this parallel run once approved to do so by the firm’s regulators.

Until the firm completes the parallel run, RWAs will be based on:

Ÿ In 2014 — the current risk-based capital framework adjusted for certain items related to existing capital deductions and the phase-in of new capital deductions (Basel I Adjusted); and

Ÿ From 2015 — the “Standardized approach,” as described below.

Once the firm has completed the parallel run, RWAs will be based on:

Ÿ In 2014 — the higher of RWAs computed under the Basel III Advanced approach or the Basel I Adjusted calculation; and

Ÿ From 2015 — the higher of RWAs computed under the Basel III Advanced or Standardized approach.

The primary difference between the Standardized approach and the Advanced approach is that the Standardized approach utilizes prescribed calculations and does not contemplate the use of internal models to compute exposure for credit risk on derivatives and securities financing transactions, whereas the Advanced approach permits the use of such models, subject to supervisory approval. In addition, RWAs under the Standardized approach depend largely on the type of counterparty (e.g., whether the counterparty is a sovereign, bank, broker-dealer or other entity), rather than on assessments of each counterparty’s creditworthiness. Furthermore, the Standardized approach does not include a capital requirement for operational risk. RWAs for market risk under both the Standardized and Advanced approach are based on the Agencies’ revised market risk regulatory capital requirements described above.

Regulatory Leverage Ratios. The 2013 Capital Framework revises the minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio from 3% to 4% on January 1, 2014. Certain other bank holding companies are already subject to a 4% minimum requirement. The 2013 Capital Framework also introduces a new supplementary leverage ratio, which compares Tier 1 capital (as defined under the 2013 Capital Framework) to a measure of leverage exposure (defined as the sum of the firm’s assets less certain CET1 deductions plus certain off-balance-sheet exposures). This ratio is an average of the supplementary leverage ratios for each month-end during the quarter. Effective January 1, 2018, the minimum supplementary leverage ratio requirement will be 3%; however, disclosure will be required beginning in the first quarter of 2015.

Global Systemically Important Banking Institutions (G-SIBs)

The Basel Committee has updated its methodology for assessing the global systemic importance of banking institutions and determining the range of additional CET1 that should be maintained by those deemed to be G-SIBs. The required amount of additional CET1 for these institutions will initially range from 1% to 2.5% and could be higher in the future for a banking institution that increases its systemic footprint (e.g., by increasing total assets). In November 2012, the Financial Stability Board indicated that the firm, based on its 2011 financial data, would be required to hold an additional 1.5% of CET1 as a G-SIB. The final determination of the amount of additional CET1 that the firm will be required to hold will initially be based on the firm’s 2013 financial data and the manner and timing of the U.S. banking regulators’ implementation of the Basel Committee’s methodology. The Basel Committee indicated that G-SIBs will be required to meet the capital surcharges on a phased-in basis beginning in 2016 through 2019.

Bank Subsidiaries

GS Bank USA, an FDIC-insured, New York State-chartered bank and a member of the Federal Reserve System, is supervised and regulated by the Federal Reserve Board, the FDIC, the New York State Department of Financial Services and the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, and is subject to minimum capital requirements (described below) that are calculated in a manner similar to those applicable to bank holding companies. GS Bank USA computes its risk-based capital ratios in accordance with the regulatory capital requirements currently applicable to state member banks, which are based on Basel I, and also reflect the revised market risk regulatory capital requirements as implemented by the Federal Reserve Board, for purposes of assessing the adequacy of its capital.

Under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action that is applicable to GS Bank USA, in order to be considered a “well-capitalized” depository institution, GS Bank USA must maintain a Tier 1 capital ratio of at least 6%, a total capital ratio of at least 10% and a Tier 1 leverage ratio of at least 5%. GS Bank USA has agreed with the Federal Reserve Board to maintain minimum capital ratios in excess of these “well-capitalized” levels. Accordingly, for a period of time, GS Bank USA is expected to maintain a Tier 1 capital ratio of at least 8%, a total capital ratio of at least 11% and a Tier 1 leverage ratio of at least 6%. As noted in the table below, GS Bank USA was in compliance with these minimum capital requirements as of September 2013 and December 2012.

The table below presents information regarding GS Bank USA’s regulatory capital ratios under Basel I, as implemented by the Federal Reserve Board. The information as of September 2013 reflects the revised market risk regulatory capital requirements, which became effective on January 1, 2013. These changes resulted in increased regulatory capital requirements for market risk. The information as of December 2012 is prior to the implementation of these revised market risk regulatory capital requirements.

	As of
$ in millions		September 2013		December 2012
Tier 1 capital		$  19,741	1	$  20,704
Tier 2 capital		$         82		$         39
Total capital		$  19,823		$  20,743
Risk-weighted assets		$130,607		$109,669
Tier 1 capital ratio		15.1	%	18.9	%
Total capital ratio		15.2	%	18.9	%
Tier 1 leverage ratio		17.6	%	17.6	%

1. The decrease from December 2012 reflects GS Bank USA’s $2.00 billion dividend to Group Inc. in the first quarter of 2013.

The 2013 Capital Framework described above will also be applicable to GS Bank USA, which is an Advanced approach banking organization under this Framework. GS Bank USA is also currently in a parallel run, as required of Advanced approach banking organizations under the 2013 Capital Framework. GS Bank USA will complete this parallel run once approved to do so by its regulators. These rules also change the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action that is applicable to GS Bank USA by, among other things, introducing a CET1 ratio requirement, increasing the minimum Tier 1 capital ratio requirement and introducing a supplementary leverage ratio.

The Basel Committee published its final guidelines for calculating incremental capital requirements for domestic systemically important banking institutions (D-SIBs). These guidelines are complementary to the framework outlined above for G-SIBs, but are more principles-based in order to provide an appropriate degree of national discretion. The impact of these guidelines on the regulatory capital requirements of GS Bank USA and the firm’s other subsidiaries, will depend on how they are implemented by the banking and non-banking regulators in the United States and other jurisdictions.

The deposits of GS Bank USA are insured by the FDIC to the extent provided by law. The Federal Reserve Board requires depository institutions to maintain cash reserves with a Federal Reserve Bank. The amount deposited by the firm’s depository institution held at the Federal Reserve Bank was approximately $48.40 billion and $58.67 billion as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively, which exceeded required reserve amounts by $48.26 billion and $58.59 billion as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively.

Transactions between GS Bank USA and its subsidiaries and Group Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates (other than, generally, subsidiaries of GS Bank USA) are regulated by the Federal Reserve Board. These regulations generally limit the types and amounts of transactions (including credit extensions from GS Bank USA) that may take place and generally require those transactions to be on market terms or better to GS Bank USA.

The firm’s principal non-U.S. bank subsidiary, GSIB, is a wholly-owned credit institution, regulated by the Prudential Regulation Authority (PRA) and the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) and is subject to minimum capital requirements. As of September 2013 and December 2012, GSIB was in compliance with all regulatory capital requirements.

Broker-Dealer Subsidiaries

The firm’s U.S. regulated broker-dealer subsidiaries include GS&Co. and GSEC. GS&Co. and GSEC are registered U.S. broker-dealers and futures commission merchants, and are subject to regulatory capital requirements, including those imposed by the SEC, the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC), the Chicago Mercantile Exchange, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (FINRA) and the National Futures Association. Rule 15c3-1 of the SEC and Rule 1.17 of the CFTC specify uniform minimum net capital requirements, as defined, for their registrants, and also effectively require that a significant part of the registrants’ assets be kept in relatively liquid form. GS&Co. and GSEC have elected to compute their minimum capital requirements in accordance with the “Alternative Net Capital Requirement” as permitted by Rule 15c3-1.

As of September 2013 and December 2012, GS&Co. had regulatory net capital, as defined by Rule 15c3-1, of $14.58 billion and $14.12 billion, respectively, which exceeded the amount required by $12.51 billion and $12.42 billion, respectively. As of September 2013 and December 2012, GSEC had regulatory net capital, as defined by Rule 15c3-1, of $2.09 billion and $2.02 billion, respectively, which exceeded the amount required by $1.96 billion and $1.92 billion, respectively.

In addition to its alternative minimum net capital requirements, GS&Co. is also required to hold tentative net capital in excess of $1 billion and net capital in excess of $500 million in accordance with the market and credit risk standards of Appendix E of Rule 15c3-1. GS&Co. is also required to notify the SEC in the event that its tentative net capital is less than $5 billion. As of September 2013 and December 2012, GS&Co. had tentative net capital and net capital in excess of both the minimum and the notification requirements.

Other Non-U.S. Regulated Subsidiaries

The firm’s principal non-U.S. regulated subsidiaries include Goldman Sachs International (GSI) and Goldman Sachs Japan Co., Ltd. (GSJCL). GSI, the firm’s regulated U.K. broker-dealer, is regulated by the PRA and the FCA. GSJCL, the firm’s regulated Japanese broker-dealer, is regulated by Japan’s Financial Services Agency. The firm’s European insurance subsidiary is subject to insurance regulation and oversight by the PRA and the FCA. These and certain other non-U.S. subsidiaries of the firm are also subject to capital adequacy requirements promulgated by authorities of the countries in which they operate. As of September 2013 and December 2012, these subsidiaries were in compliance with their local capital adequacy requirements.

The Basel Committee’s guidelines for calculating incremental capital requirements for D-SIBs may also impact certain of our non-U.S. regulated subsidiaries, including GSI. However, the impact of these guidelines will depend on how they are implemented in local jurisdictions.

Restrictions on Payments

The regulatory requirements referred to above restrict Group Inc.’s ability to withdraw capital from its regulated subsidiaries. As of September 2013 and December 2012, Group Inc. was required to maintain approximately $30.71 billion and $31.01 billion, respectively, of minimum equity capital in these regulated subsidiaries. This minimum equity capital requirement includes certain restrictions imposed by federal and state laws as to the payment of dividends to Group Inc. by its regulated subsidiaries. In addition to limitations on the payment of dividends imposed by federal and state laws, the Federal Reserve Board, the FDIC and the New York State Department of Financial Services have authority to prohibit or to limit the payment of dividends by the banking organizations they supervise (including GS Bank USA) if, in the relevant regulator’s opinion, payment of a dividend would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice in the light of the financial condition of the banking organization.

XML

Shareholders' Equity

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2013

Shareholders' Equity [Abstract]

Shareholders' Equity

Note 19.

Shareholders’ Equity

Common Equity

On October 16, 2013, the Board of Directors of Group Inc. (Board) increased the firm’s quarterly dividend to $0.55 per common share from $0.50 per common share. The dividend will be paid on December 30, 2013 to common shareholders of record on December 2, 2013.

The firm’s share repurchase program is intended to help maintain the appropriate level of common equity. The repurchase program is effected primarily through regular open-market purchases, the amounts and timing of which are determined primarily by the firm’s current and projected capital positions (i.e., comparisons of the firm’s desired level and composition of capital to its actual level and composition of capital), but which may also be influenced by general market conditions and the prevailing price and trading volumes of the firm’s common stock. Any repurchase of the firm’s common stock requires approval by the Federal Reserve Board.

During the three and nine months ended September 2013, the firm repurchased 10.2 million and 30.8 million shares of its common stock at an average cost per share of $161.59 and $154.97, for a total cost of $1.65 billion and $4.77 billion, respectively, under the share repurchase program. In addition, pursuant to the terms of certain share-based compensation plans, employees may remit shares to the firm or the firm may cancel RSUs to satisfy minimum statutory employee tax withholding requirements. Under these plans, during the nine months ended September 2013, employees remitted 70,754 shares with a total value of $10 million and the firm cancelled 4.0 million of RSUs with a total value of $594 million.

On March 25, 2013, the firm amended its warrant agreement with Berkshire Hathaway Inc. and certain of its subsidiaries (collectively, Berkshire Hathaway) to require net share settlement and to specify the exercise date as October 1, 2013. Under the amended agreement, the firm agreed to deliver to Berkshire Hathaway the number of shares of common stock equal in value to the difference between the average closing price of the firm’s common stock over the 10 trading days preceding October 1, 2013 and the exercise price of $115.00 multiplied by the number of shares of common stock (43.5 million) covered by the warrant. On October 1, 2013, Berkshire Hathaway exercised in full the warrant to purchase shares of the firm’s common stock and the firm delivered 13.1 million shares of common stock to Berkshire Hathaway on October 4, 2013.

Preferred Equity

The table below presents perpetual preferred stock issued and outstanding as of September 2013.

Series	Shares Authorized		Shares Issued		Shares Outstanding		Dividend Rate	Redemption Value (in millions)
A		50,000		30,000		29,999	3 month LIBOR + 0.75%, with floor of 3.75% per annum		$   750
B		50,000		32,000		32,000	6.20% per annum		800
C		25,000		8,000		8,000	3 month LIBOR + 0.75%, with floor of 4.00% per annum		200
D		60,000		54,000		53,999	3 month LIBOR + 0.67%, with floor of 4.00% per annum		1,350
E		17,500		17,500		17,500	3 month LIBOR + 0.77%, with floor of 4.00% per annum		1,750
F		5,000		5,000		5,000	3 month LIBOR + 0.77%, with floor of 4.00% per annum		500
I		34,500		34,000		34,000	5.95% per annum		850
J		46,000		40,000		40,000	5.50% per annum to, but excluding, May 10, 2023; 3 month LIBOR + 3.64% per annum thereafter		1,000
		288,000		220,500		220,498			$7,200

Each share of non-cumulative Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock issued and outstanding has a par value of $0.01, has a liquidation preference of $25,000, is represented by 1,000 depositary shares and is redeemable at the firm’s option at a redemption price equal to $25,000 plus declared and unpaid dividends.

Each share of non-cumulative Series E and Series F Preferred Stock issued and outstanding has a par value of $0.01, has a liquidation preference of $100,000 and is redeemable at the option of the firm at any time, subject to certain covenant restrictions governing the firm’s ability to redeem or purchase the preferred stock without issuing common stock or other instruments with equity-like characteristics, at a redemption price equal to $100,000 plus declared and unpaid dividends. See Note 16 for further information about the replacement capital covenants applicable to the Series E and Series F Preferred Stock.

Each share of non-cumulative Series I Preferred Stock issued and outstanding has a par value of $0.01, has a liquidation preference of $25,000, is represented by 1,000 depositary shares and is redeemable at the firm’s option beginning November 10, 2017 at a redemption price equal to $25,000 plus accrued and unpaid dividends.

On April 25, 2013, Group Inc. issued 40,000 shares of perpetual 5.50% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series J, par value $0.01 per share (Series J Preferred Stock), out of a total of 46,000 shares of Series J Preferred Stock authorized for issuance. Each share of Series J Preferred Stock issued and outstanding has a liquidation preference of $25,000, is represented by 1,000 depositary shares and is redeemable at the firm’s option beginning May 10, 2023 at a redemption price equal to $25,000 plus accrued and unpaid dividends. Dividends on Series J Preferred Stock, if declared, are payable quarterly at a fixed rate per annum of 5.50% from the issuance date to, but excluding, May 10, 2023, and thereafter at a rate per annum equal to three-month LIBOR plus 3.64%.

Any redemption of preferred stock by the firm requires the approval of the Federal Reserve Board. All series of preferred stock are pari passu and have a preference over the firm’s common stock on liquidation. Dividends on each series of preferred stock, if declared, are payable quarterly in arrears. The firm’s ability to declare or pay dividends on, or purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire, its common stock is subject to certain restrictions in the event that the firm fails to pay or set aside full dividends on the preferred stock for the latest completed dividend period.

The table below presents preferred dividends declared on preferred stock.

	Three Months Ended September						Nine Months Ended September
	2013			2012			2013			2012
		per share	in millions		per share	in millions		per share	in millions		per share	in millions
Series A		$   244.79	$  7		$   239.58	$  7		$   708.34	$  21		$   713.54	$  21
Series B		387.50	13		387.50	13		1,162.50	37		1,162.50	37
Series C		261.11	2		255.56	2		755.55	6		761.12	6
Series D		261.11	14		255.56	14		755.55	41		761.12	42
Series E		1,022.22	19		1,055.56	18		3,044.44	54		1,055.56	18
Series F		1,022.22	5		—	—		3,044.44	15		—	—
Series I		371.88	12		—	—		1,181.75	40		—	—
Series J		401.04	16		—	—		401.04	16		—	—
Total			$88			$54			$230			$124

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss)

The tables below present accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss), net of tax by type.

	As of September 2013
in millions		Currency translation		Pension and postretirement liabilities		Available-for- sale securities		Cash flow hedges	Accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss), net of tax
Balance, beginning of year		$(314	)	$(206	)	$ 327		$—	$(193	)
Other comprehensive income/(loss) adjustments, net of tax		(75	)	(11	)	(327	)	6	(407	)
Balance, end of period		$(389	)	$(217	)	$    —		$  6	$(600	)
	As of December 2012
in millions		Currency translation		Pension and postretirement liabilities		Available-for- sale securities		Cash flow hedges	Accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss), net of tax
Balance, beginning of year		$(225	)	$(374	)	$   83		$—	$(516	)
Other comprehensive income/(loss) adjustments, net of tax		(89	)	168		244		—	323
Balance, end of year		$(314	)	$(206	)	$327	1	$—	$(193	)

1. As of December 2012, substantially all consists of net unrealized gains on securities held by the firm’s Americas reinsurance business, in which a majority stake was sold in April 2013. See Note 12 for further information about this sale.

XML

Shareholders' Equity (Details) (USD $) In Millions, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2013
Summary of perpetual preferred stock issued and outstanding
Shares Authorized	288,000
Shares Issued	220,500
Shares Outstanding	220,498
Redemption Value	$ 7,200
Series A Preferred Stock [Member]
Summary of perpetual preferred stock issued and outstanding
Shares Authorized	50,000
Shares Issued	30,000
Shares Outstanding	29,999
Dividend Rate	3 month LIBOR + 0.75%,with floor of 3.75% per annum
Redemption Value	750
Series B Preferred Stock [Member]
Summary of perpetual preferred stock issued and outstanding
Shares Authorized	50,000
Shares Issued	32,000
Shares Outstanding	32,000
Dividend Rate	6.20% per annum
Redemption Value	800
Series C Preferred Stock [Member]
Summary of perpetual preferred stock issued and outstanding
Shares Authorized	25,000
Shares Issued	8,000
Shares Outstanding	8,000
Dividend Rate	3 month LIBOR + 0.75%,with floor of 4.00% per annum
Redemption Value	200
Series D Preferred Stock [Member]
Summary of perpetual preferred stock issued and outstanding
Shares Authorized	60,000
Shares Issued	54,000
Shares Outstanding	53,999
Dividend Rate	3 month LIBOR + 0.67%, with floor of 4.00% per annum
Redemption Value	1,350
Series E Preferred Stock [Member]
Summary of perpetual preferred stock issued and outstanding
Shares Authorized	17,500
Shares Issued	17,500
Shares Outstanding	17,500
Dividend Rate	3 month LIBOR + 0.77%, with floor of 4.00% per annum
Redemption Value	1,750
Series F Preferred Stock [Member]
Summary of perpetual preferred stock issued and outstanding
Shares Authorized	5,000
Shares Issued	5,000
Shares Outstanding	5,000
Dividend Rate	3 month LIBOR + 0.77%, with floor of 4.00% per annum
Redemption Value	500
Series I Preferred Stock [Member]
Summary of perpetual preferred stock issued and outstanding
Shares Authorized	34,500
Shares Issued	34,000
Shares Outstanding	34,000
Dividend Rate	5.95% per annum
Redemption Value	850
Series J Preferred Stock [Member]
Summary of perpetual preferred stock issued and outstanding
Shares Authorized	46,000
Shares Issued	40,000
Shares Outstanding	40,000
Dividend Rate	5.50% per annum to, but excluding, May 10, 2023; 3 month LIBOR + 3.64% per annum thereafter
Redemption Value	$ 1,000

XML

Deposits (Tables)

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2013

Deposits [ Abstract]

Deposits

	As of
in millions		September 2013		December 2012
U.S. offices		$61,657		$62,377
Non-U.S. offices		9,913		7,747
Total		$71,570	1	$70,124	1

Maturities of Time Deposits

	As of September 2013
in millions		U.S.		Non-U.S.		Total
Remainder of 2013		$  2,675		$3,478		$  6,153
2014		4,042		1,734		5,776
2015		4,276		—		4,276
2016		2,115		—		2,115
2017		2,654		—		2,654
2018		1,725		—		1,725
2019 - thereafter		4,442		—		4,442
Total		$21,929	2	$5,212	3	$27,141	1

1. Includes $7.43 billion and $5.10 billion as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively, of time deposits accounted for at fair value under the fair value option. See Note 8 for further information about deposits accounted for at fair value.

2. Includes $63 million greater than $100,000, of which $29 million matures within three months, $26 million matures within three to six months, $5 million matures within six to twelve months, and $3 million matures after twelve months.

3. Substantially all were greater than $100,000.

XML

Legal Proceedings

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2013

Legal Proceedings [Abstract]

Legal Proceedings

Note 27.

Legal Proceedings

The firm is involved in a number of judicial, regulatory and arbitration proceedings (including those described below) concerning matters arising in connection with the conduct of the firm’s businesses. Many of these proceedings are in early stages, and many of these cases seek an indeterminate amount of damages.

Under ASC 450, an event is “reasonably possible” if “the chance of the future event or events occurring is more than remote but less than likely” and an event is “remote” if “the chance of the future event or events occurring is slight.” Thus, references to the upper end of the range of reasonably possible loss for cases in which the firm is able to estimate a range of reasonably possible loss mean the upper end of the range of loss for cases for which the firm believes the risk of loss is more than slight.

With respect to matters described below for which management has been able to estimate a range of reasonably possible loss where (i) actual or potential plaintiffs have claimed an amount of money damages, (ii) the firm is being, or threatened to be, sued by purchasers in an underwriting and is not being indemnified by a party that the firm believes will pay any judgment, or (iii) the purchasers are demanding that the firm repurchase securities, management has estimated the upper end of the range of reasonably possible loss as being equal to (a) in the case of (i), the amount of money damages claimed, (b) in the case of (ii), the amount of securities that the firm sold in the underwritings and (c) in the case of (iii), the price that purchasers paid for the securities less the estimated value, if any, as of September 2013 of the relevant securities, in each of cases (i), (ii) and (iii), taking into account any factors believed to be relevant to the particular matter or matters of that type. As of the date hereof, the firm has estimated the upper end of the range of reasonably possible aggregate loss for such matters and for any other matters described below where management has been able to estimate a range of reasonably possible aggregate loss to be approximately $4.0 billion in excess of the aggregate reserves for such matters.

Management is generally unable to estimate a range of reasonably possible loss for matters other than those included in the estimate above, including where (i) actual or potential plaintiffs have not claimed an amount of money damages, unless management can otherwise determine an appropriate amount, (ii) the matters are in early stages, (iii) there is uncertainty as to the likelihood of a class being certified or the ultimate size of the class, (iv) there is uncertainty as to the outcome of pending appeals or motions, (v) there are significant factual issues to be resolved, and/or (vi) there are novel legal issues presented. For example, the firm’s potential liability with respect to future mortgage-related “put-back” claims and any future claims arising from the ongoing investigations by members of the Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities Working Group of the U.S. Financial Fraud Enforcement Task Force (RMBS Working Group) may ultimately result in a significant increase in the firm’s liabilities for mortgage-related matters, but is not included in management’s estimate of reasonably possible loss. However, management does not believe, based on currently available information, that the outcomes of such matters will have a material adverse effect on the firm’s financial condition, though the outcomes could be material to the firm’s operating results for any particular period, depending, in part, upon the operating results for such period. See Note 18 for further information on mortgage-related contingencies.

Fannie Mae Litigation. GS&Co. was added as a defendant in an amended complaint filed on August 14, 2006 in a purported class action pending in the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia. The complaint asserts violations of the federal securities laws generally arising from allegations concerning Fannie Mae’s accounting practices in connection with certain Fannie Mae-sponsored REMIC transactions that were allegedly arranged by GS&Co. The complaint does not specify a dollar amount of damages. The other defendants include Fannie Mae, certain of its past and present officers and directors, and accountants. By a decision dated May 8, 2007, the district court granted GS&Co.’s motion to dismiss the claim against it, and the remaining parties agreed to a settlement in April 2013, subject to court approval, which would resolve the action in its entirety and would not involve any contribution by GS&Co.

Compensation-Related Litigation. Group Inc., its directors and certain senior executives are the defendants in an action filed on March 24, 2009 in New York Supreme Court, New York County, alleging violation of Delaware statutory and common law in connection with the firm’s valuation of stock options granted to certain directors and senior executives relating to 2005 to 2008 compensation. On April 18, 2012, it was determined that the plaintiff lacked standing to continue to prosecute the action. Another purported shareholder filed an amended complaint on June 19, 2013 and, on August 15, 2013, the defendants moved to dismiss.

Mortgage-Related Matters. Beginning April 26, 2010, a number of purported securities law class actions were filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York challenging the adequacy of Group Inc.’s public disclosure of, among other things, the firm’s activities in the CDO market, the firm’s conflict of interest management, and the SEC investigation that led to GS&Co. entering into a consent agreement with the SEC, settling all claims made against GS&Co. by the SEC in connection with the ABACUS 2007-AC1 CDO offering (ABACUS 2007-AC1 transaction), pursuant to which GS&Co. paid $550 million of disgorgement and civil penalties. The consolidated amended complaint filed on July 25, 2011, which name as defendants Group Inc. and certain officers and employees of Group Inc. and its affiliates, generally alleges violations of Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Exchange Act and seeks unspecified damages. On June 21, 2012, the district court dismissed the claims based on Group Inc.’s not disclosing that it had received a “Wells” notice from the staff of the SEC related to the ABACUS 2007-AC1 transaction, but permitted the plaintiffs’ other claims to proceed.

On February 1, 2013, a putative shareholder derivative action was filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York against Group Inc. and certain of its officers and directors in connection with mortgage-related activities during 2006 and 2007, including three CDO offerings. The derivative complaint, which is based on similar allegations to those at issue in the consolidated class action discussed above and purported shareholder derivative actions that were previously dismissed, includes allegations of breach of fiduciary duty, challenges the accuracy and adequacy of Group Inc.’s disclosure and seeks, among other things, declaratory relief, unspecified compensatory and punitive damages and restitution from the individual defendants and certain corporate governance reforms. On May 20, 2013, the defendants moved to dismiss the action.

In June 2012, the Board received a demand from a shareholder that the Board investigate and take action relating to the firm’s mortgage-related activities and to stock sales by certain directors and executives of the firm. On February 15, 2013, this shareholder filed a putative shareholder derivative action in New York Supreme Court, New York County, against Group Inc. and certain current or former directors and employees, based on these activities and stock sales. The derivative complaint includes allegations of breach of fiduciary duty, unjust enrichment, abuse of control, gross mismanagement and corporate waste, and seeks, among other things, unspecified monetary damages, disgorgement of profits and certain corporate governance and disclosure reforms. On May 28, 2013, Group Inc. informed the shareholder that the Board completed its investigation and determined to refuse the demand. On June 20, 2013, the shareholder made a books and records demand requesting materials relating to the Board’s determination. The parties have agreed to stay proceedings in the putative derivative action pending resolution of the books and records demand.

Since April 23, 2010, the Board has received other letters from shareholders demanding that the Board take action to address alleged misconduct by GS&Co., the Board and certain officers and employees of Group Inc. and its affiliates. These demands, which the Board has refused, generally alleged misconduct in connection with the firm’s securitization practices, including the ABACUS 2007-AC1 transaction, the alleged failure by Group Inc. to adequately disclose the SEC investigation, and Group Inc.’s 2009 compensation practices.

In addition, the Board has received other books and records demands from several shareholders for materials relating to, among other subjects, the firm’s mortgage servicing and foreclosure activities, participation in federal programs providing assistance to financial institutions and homeowners, loan sales to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, mortgage-related activities and conflicts management.

GS&Co., Goldman Sachs Mortgage Company (GSMC) and GS Mortgage Securities Corp. (GSMSC) and three current or former Goldman Sachs employees are defendants in a putative class action commenced on December 11, 2008 in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York brought on behalf of purchasers of various mortgage pass-through certificates and asset-backed certificates issued by various securitization trusts established by the firm and underwritten by GS&Co. in 2007. The complaint generally alleges that the registration statement and prospectus supplements for the certificates violated the federal securities laws, and seeks unspecified compensatory damages and rescission or rescissionary damages. By a decision dated September 6, 2012, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit affirmed the district court’s dismissal of plaintiff’s claims with respect to 10 of the 17 offerings included in plaintiff’s original complaint but vacated the dismissal and remanded the case to the district court with instructions to reinstate the plaintiff’s claims with respect to the other seven offerings. On March 18, 2013, the U.S. Supreme Court denied the defendants’ petition for certiorari from the Second Circuit decision. On October 31, 2012, the plaintiff served a fourth amended complaint relating to those seven offerings, plus seven additional offerings (additional offerings). On June 3, 2010, another investor (who had unsuccessfully sought to intervene in the action) filed a separate putative class action asserting substantively similar allegations relating to one of the additional offerings. The district court twice granted defendants’ motions to dismiss this separate action, both times with leave to replead. That separate plaintiff has filed an amended complaint and has moved to further amend this complaint to add claims with respect to two more of the additional offerings; defendants have moved to dismiss and opposed the amendment. The securitization trusts issued, and GS&Co. underwrote, approximately $11 billion principal amount of certificates to all purchasers in the fourteen offerings at issue in the complaints.

On September 30, 2010, a putative class action was filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York against GS&Co., Group Inc. and two former GS&Co. employees on behalf of investors in $821 million of notes issued in 2006 and 2007 by two synthetic CDOs (Hudson Mezzanine 2006-1 and 2006-2). The amended complaint asserts federal securities law and common law claims, and seeks unspecified compensatory, punitive and other damages. The defendants’ motion to dismiss was granted as to plaintiff’s claim of market manipulation and denied as to the remainder of plaintiff’s claims by a decision dated March 21, 2012. On May 21, 2012, the defendants counterclaimed for breach of contract and fraud. On December 17, 2012, the plaintiff moved for class certification.

Various alleged purchasers of, and counterparties and providers of credit enhancement involved in transactions relating to, mortgage pass-through certificates, CDOs and other mortgage-related products (including Aozora Bank, Ltd., Basis Yield Alpha Fund (Master), the Charles Schwab Corporation, CIFG Assurance of North America, Inc., CMFG Life Insurance Company and related parties, Deutsche Zentral-Genossenschaftbank, the FDIC (as receiver for Guaranty Bank), the Federal Home Loan Banks of Boston, Chicago and Seattle, the FHFA (as conservator for Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac), HSH Nordbank, IKB Deutsche Industriebank AG, Landesbank Baden-Württemberg, Joel I. Sher (Chapter 11 Trustee) on behalf of TMST, Inc. (TMST), f/k/a Thornburg Mortgage, Inc. and certain TMST affiliates, John Hancock and related parties, Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company, MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc., National Australia Bank, the National Credit Union Administration (as conservator or liquidating agent for several failed credit unions), Phoenix Light SF Limited and related parties, Prudential Insurance Company of America and related parties, Royal Park Investments SA/NV, Sealink Funding Limited, The Union Central Life Insurance Company, Ameritas Life Insurance Corp., Acacia Life Insurance Company and Watertown Savings Bank) have filed complaints or summonses with notice in state and federal court or initiated arbitration proceedings against firm affiliates, generally alleging that the offering documents for the securities that they purchased contained untrue statements of material fact and material omissions and generally seeking rescission and/or damages. Certain of these complaints allege fraud and seek punitive damages. Certain of these complaints also name other firms as defendants.

A number of other entities (including American International Group, Inc. (AIG), Deutsche Bank National Trust Company, John Hancock and related parties, Norges Bank Investment Management, Selective Insurance Company and U.S. Bank) have threatened to assert claims of various types against the firm in connection with various mortgage-related transactions, and the firm has entered into agreements with a number of these entities to toll the relevant statute of limitations.

As of the date hereof, the aggregate amount of mortgage-related securities sold to plaintiffs in active and threatened cases described in the preceding two paragraphs where those plaintiffs are seeking rescission of such securities was approximately $22.4 billion (which does not reflect adjustment for any subsequent paydowns or distributions or any residual value of such securities, statutory interest or any other adjustments that may be claimed). This amount does not include the potential claims by these or other purchasers in the same or other mortgage-related offerings that have not been described above, or claims that have been dismissed.

Group Inc., Litton, Ocwen and Arrow Corporate Member Holdings LLC, a former subsidiary of Group Inc., are defendants in a putative class action filed on January 23, 2013 in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York generally challenging the procurement manner and scope of “force-placed” hazard insurance arranged by Litton when homeowners failed to arrange for insurance as required by their mortgages. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract, breach of fiduciary duty, misappropriation, conversion, unjust enrichment and violation of Florida unfair practices law, and seeks unspecified compensatory and punitive damages as well as declaratory and injunctive relief.

On February 25, 2013, Group Inc. was added as a defendant through an amended complaint in a putative class action, originally filed on April 6, 2012 in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York, against Litton, Ocwen and Ocwen Loan Servicing, LLC (Ocwen Servicing). The amended complaint generally alleges that Litton and Ocwen Servicing systematically breached agreements and violated various federal and state consumer protection laws by failing to modify the mortgage loans of homeowners participating in the federal Home Affordable Modification Program, and names Group Inc. based on its prior ownership of Litton. The plaintiffs seek unspecified compensatory, statutory and punitive damages as well as declaratory and injunctive relief. On April 29, 2013, Group Inc. moved to dismiss.

The firm has also received, and continues to receive, requests for information and/or subpoenas from federal, state and local regulators and law enforcement authorities, including members of the RMBS Working Group, relating to the mortgage-related securitization process, subprime mortgages, CDOs, synthetic mortgage-related products, particular transactions involving these products, and servicing and foreclosure activities, and is cooperating with these regulators and other authorities, including in some cases agreeing to the tolling of the relevant statute of limitations. See also “Regulatory Investigations and Reviews and Related Litigation” below.

The firm expects to be the subject of additional putative shareholder derivative actions, purported class actions, rescission and “put back” claims and other litigation, additional investor and shareholder demands, and additional regulatory and other investigations and actions with respect to mortgage-related offerings, loan sales, CDOs, and servicing and foreclosure activities. See Note 18 for information regarding mortgage-related contingencies not described in this Note 27.

Private Equity-Sponsored Acquisitions Litigation. Group Inc. is among numerous private equity firms and investment banks named as defendants in a federal antitrust action filed in the U.S. District Court for the District of Massachusetts in December 2007. As amended, the complaint generally alleges that the defendants have colluded to limit competition in bidding for private equity-sponsored acquisitions of public companies, thereby resulting in lower prevailing bids and, by extension, less consideration for shareholders of those companies in violation of Section 1 of the U.S. Sherman Antitrust Act and common law. The complaint seeks, among other things, treble damages in an unspecified amount. On March 13, 2013, the court granted in part and denied in part defendants’ motions for summary judgment, rejecting plaintiffs’ theory of overarching collusion, but permitting plaintiffs’ claims to proceed based on narrower theories. On June 20, 2013, the court denied Group Inc.’s motion for reconsideration of the court’s summary judgment denial as to an additional claim, and, in an order dated July 16, 2013, the court denied Group Inc.’s renewed motion for summary judgment as to the other surviving claims.

RALI Pass-Through Certificates Litigation. GS&Co. is among numerous underwriters named as defendants in a putative securities class action initially filed in September 2008 in New York Supreme Court, and subsequently removed to the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York. As to the underwriters, plaintiffs allege that the offering documents in connection with various offerings of mortgage-backed pass-through certificates violated the disclosure requirements of the federal securities laws. In addition to the underwriters, the defendants include Residential Capital, LLC (ResCap), Residential Accredit Loans, Inc. (RALI), Residential Funding Corporation (RFC), Residential Funding Securities Corporation (RFSC), and certain of their officers and directors. After granting in part and denying in part various dismissal and intervention motions in 2010 and 2011, the district court certified a class in connection with one offering underwritten by GS&Co. which includes only initial purchasers who bought the securities directly from the underwriters or their agents no later than ten trading days after the offering date. Defendants’ petition seeking leave to appeal the district court’s class certification was denied. On April 30, 2013, the district court granted in part plaintiffs’ request to reinstate a number of the previously dismissed claims relating to an additional nine offerings underwritten by GS&Co. On May 10, 2013, the plaintiffs filed an amended complaint incorporating those nine additional offerings, which defendants have moved to dismiss in part. Plaintiffs have also moved for class certification as to the nine additional offerings and to expand the time period and scope covered by the previous class definition.

GS&Co. underwrote approximately $5.57 billion principal amount of securities to all purchasers in the offerings included in the amended complaint. On May 14, 2012, ResCap, RALI and RFC filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York. On June 28, 2013 the district court entered a final order and judgment approving a settlement between plaintiffs and ResCap, RALI, RFC, RFSC and their officers and directors named as defendants in the action.

MF Global Securities Litigation. GS&Co. is among numerous underwriters named as defendants in class action complaints filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York commencing November 18, 2011. These complaints generally allege that the offering materials for two offerings of MF Global Holdings Ltd. convertible notes (aggregating approximately $575 million in principal amount) in February 2011 and July 2011, among other things, failed to describe adequately the nature, scope and risks of MF Global’s exposure to European sovereign debt, in violation of the disclosure requirements of the federal securities laws. On October 19, 2012, the defendants filed motions to dismiss the amended complaint. Numerous parties, including GS&Co., have commenced a mediation relating to various MF Global-related proceedings. GS&Co. underwrote an aggregate principal amount of approximately $214 million of the notes. On October 31, 2011, MF Global Holdings Ltd. filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court in Manhattan, New York.

GS&Co. has also received inquiries from various governmental and regulatory bodies and self-regulatory organizations concerning certain transactions with MF Global prior to its bankruptcy filing. Goldman Sachs is cooperating with all such inquiries.

Employment-Related Matters. On September 15, 2010, a putative class action was filed in the U.S. District for the Southern District of New York by three female former employees alleging that Group Inc. and GS&Co. have systematically discriminated against female employees in respect of compensation, promotion, assignments, mentoring and performance evaluations. The complaint alleges a class consisting of all female employees employed at specified levels by Group Inc. and GS&Co. since July 2002, and asserts claims under federal and New York City discrimination laws. The complaint seeks class action status, injunctive relief and unspecified amounts of compensatory, punitive and other damages. On July 17, 2012, the district court issued a decision granting in part Group Inc.’s and GS&Co.’s motion to strike certain of plaintiffs’ class allegations on the ground that plaintiffs lacked standing to pursue certain equitable remedies and denying Group Inc.’s and GS&Co.’s motion to strike plaintiffs’ class allegations in their entirety as premature. On March 21, 2013, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit held that arbitration should be compelled with one of the named plaintiffs, who as a managing director was a party to an arbitration agreement with the firm.

Investment Management Services. Group Inc. and certain of its affiliates are parties to various civil litigation and arbitration proceedings and other disputes with clients relating to losses allegedly sustained as a result of the firm’s investment management services. These claims generally seek, among other things, restitution or other compensatory damages and, in some cases, punitive damages.

Goldman Sachs Asset Management International (GSAMI) is the defendant in an action filed on July 9, 2012 with the High Court of Justice in London by certain entities representing Vervoer, a Dutch pension fund, alleging that GSAMI was negligent in performing its duties as investment manager in connection with the allocation of the plaintiffs’ funds among asset managers in accordance with asset allocations provided by plaintiffs and that GSAMI breached its contractual and common law duties to the plaintiffs. Specifically, plaintiffs allege that GSAMI caused their assets to be invested in unsuitable products for an extended period, thereby causing in excess of €67 million in losses, and caused them to be under-exposed for a period of time to certain other investments that performed well, thereby resulting in foregone potential gains. The plaintiffs are seeking unspecified monetary damages.

Financial Advisory Services. Group Inc. and certain of its affiliates are parties to various civil litigation and arbitration proceedings and other disputes with clients and third parties relating to the firm’s financial advisory activities. These claims generally seek, among other things, compensatory damages and, in some cases, punitive damages, and in certain cases allege that the firm did not appropriately disclose or deal with conflicts of interest.

On June 11, 2013, following a jury verdict favorable to Goldman Sachs, a court also found in favor of Goldman Sachs on the remaining claims in a previously disclosed action brought by the former shareholders of Dragon Systems, Inc. Plaintiffs have appealed.

Credit Derivatives Antitrust Matters. The European Commission announced in April 2011 that it was initiating proceedings to investigate further numerous financial services companies, including Group Inc., in connection with the supply of data related to credit default swaps and in connection with profit sharing and fee arrangements for clearing of credit default swaps, including potential anti-competitive practices. On July 1, 2013, the European Commission issued to those financial services companies a Statement of Objections alleging that they colluded to limit competition in the trading of exchange-traded unfunded credit derivatives and exchange trading of credit default swaps more generally, and setting out its process for determining fines and other remedies. Group Inc.’s current understanding is that the proceedings related to profit sharing and fee arrangements for clearing of credit default swaps have been suspended indefinitely. The firm has received civil investigative demands from the U.S. Department of Justice (DOJ) for information on similar matters. Goldman Sachs is cooperating with the investigations and reviews.

GS&Co. and Group Inc. are among the numerous defendants in putative antitrust class actions relating to credit derivatives, filed beginning in May 2013 and consolidated in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York. The complaints generally allege that defendants violated federal antitrust laws by conspiring to forestall the development of alternatives to over-the-counter trading of credit derivatives and maintain inflated bid-ask spreads for credit derivatives trading. The complaints seek declaratory and injunctive relief as well as treble damages in an unspecified amount.

European Commission Price-Fixing Matter. On July 5, 2011, the European Commission issued a Statement of Objections to Group Inc. raising allegations of an industry-wide conspiracy to fix prices for power cables, including by an Italian cable company in which certain Goldman Sachs-affiliated investment funds held ownership interests from 2005 to 2009. The Statement of Objections proposes to hold Group Inc. jointly and severally liable for some or all of any fine levied against the cable company under the concept of parental liability under EU competition law.

Municipal Securities Matters. GS&Co. has entered into consent orders with 49 states and territories to date settling investigations regarding auction rate securities.

On October 11, 2013, the Cook County, Illinois Circuit Court entered a final judgment dismissing all claims in a 2010 qui tam action filed against Group Inc., GS&Co. and GSMC in connection with municipal finance transactions.

Beginning in February 2012, GS&Co. (along with, in some cases, other financial services firms) was named as respondent in five FINRA arbitrations filed, respectively, by the cities of Houston, Texas, Reno, Nevada, and Cleveland, Ohio, a California school district and a North Carolina municipal power authority, based on GS&Co.’s role as underwriter and broker-dealer of the claimants’ issuances of an aggregate of over $2.0 billion of auction rate securities from 2003 through 2007. Each claimant alleges that GS&Co. failed to disclose that it had a practice of placing cover bids on auctions, and failed to offer the claimant the option of a formulaic maximum rate (rather than a fixed maximum rate), and that, as a result, the claimant was forced to engage in a series of expensive refinancing and conversion transactions after the failure of the auction market (at an estimated cost, in the case of Houston, of approximately $90 million). Houston, Reno, and Cleveland also allege that GS&Co. advised them to enter into interest rate swaps in connection with their auction rate securities issuances, causing them to incur additional losses (including, in the case of Reno, a swap termination obligation of over $8 million). The claims include breach of fiduciary duty, fraudulent concealment, negligent misrepresentation, breach of contract, violations of the Exchange Act and state securities laws, and breach of duties under the rules of the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board and the NASD, and seek unspecified damages.

In federal court, GS&Co. has filed complaints and motions seeking to enjoin the Reno, California school district, and North Carolina arbitrations pursuant to the exclusive forum selection clauses in the transaction documents. GS&Co.’s motion to enjoin was denied with regard to the Reno arbitration, and GS&Co. appealed on March 11, 2013. GS&Co.’s motion to enjoin was granted with regard to the California school district arbitration, and the California school district appealed on March 5, 2013. On April 26, 2013, GS&Co. moved to enjoin the North Carolina arbitration, and the North Carolina municipal power authority moved to dismiss or transfer GS&Co.’s complaint for lack of venue.

Commodities-Related Litigation.  Group Inc. and its subsidiaries, GS Power Holdings LLC and Metro International Trade Services LLC, are among the defendants in a number of putative class actions filed beginning on August 1, 2013 in various federal district courts. The complaints generally allege violation of federal antitrust laws and other federal and state laws in connection with the management of aluminum storage facilities. The complaints seek declaratory, injunctive and other equitable relief as well as unspecified monetary damages, including treble damages. The Judicial Panel on Multidistrict Litigation has been asked to consolidate and centralize the various actions for pre-trial proceedings.

Regulatory Investigations and Reviews and Related Litigation. Group Inc. and certain of its affiliates are subject to a number of other investigations and reviews by, and in some cases have received subpoenas and requests for documents and information from, various governmental and regulatory bodies and self-regulatory organizations and litigation relating to various matters relating to the firm’s businesses and operations, including:

Ÿ the 2008 financial crisis;

Ÿ the public offering process;

Ÿ the firm’s investment management services;

Ÿ conflicts of interest;

Ÿ research practices, including research independence and interactions between research analysts and other firm personnel, including investment banking personnel;

Ÿ transactions involving municipal securities, including wall-cross procedures and conflict of interest disclosure with respect to state and municipal clients, the trading and structuring of municipal derivative instruments in connection with municipal offerings, political contribution rules, underwriting of Build America Bonds, municipal advisory services and the possible impact of credit default swap transactions on municipal issuers;

Ÿ the sales, trading and clearance of corporate and government securities, currencies, commodities and other financial products and related activities, including compliance with the SEC’s short sale rule, algorithmic and quantitative trading, futures trading, options trading, transaction reporting, technology systems and controls, securities lending practices, trading and clearance of credit derivative instruments, commodities activities and metals storage, private placement practices, trading activities and communications in connection with the establishment of benchmark rates and compliance with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act; and

Ÿ insider trading, the potential misuse of material nonpublic information regarding private company and governmental developments and the effectiveness of the firm’s insider trading controls and information barriers.

Goldman Sachs is cooperating with all such regulatory investigations and reviews.

XML

Fair Value Option (Tables)

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2013

Fair Value Option [Abstract]

Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities by Level

	Other Financial Assets at Fair Value as of September 2013
in millions		Level 1	Level 2	Level 3		Total
Securities segregated for regulatory and other purposes 1		$23,828	$  12,918	$        —		$  36,746
Securities purchased under agreements to resell		—	169,348	81		169,429
Securities borrowed		—	59,753	—		59,753
Receivables from customers and counterparties		—	6,913	172		7,085
Other assets 2		4,944	7,219	1,245	3	13,408
Total		$28,772	$256,151	$  1,498		$286,421
	Other Financial Liabilities at Fair Value as of September 2013
in millions		Level 1	Level 2	Level 3		Total
Deposits		$        —	$    7,072	$     358		$    7,430
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase		—	156,513	1,268		157,781
Securities loaned		—	1,879	—		1,879
Other secured financings		—	24,852	1,013		25,865
Unsecured short-term borrowings		—	15,250	3,432		18,682
Unsecured long-term borrowings		—	10,122	1,619		11,741
Other liabilities and accrued expenses		—	1,624	12,576	4	14,200
Total		$        —	$217,312	$20,266		$237,578

1. Includes securities segregated for regulatory and other purposes accounted for at fair value under the fair value option, which consists of securities borrowed and resale agreements. The table above includes $23.83 billion of level 1 securities segregated for regulatory and other purposes accounted for at fair value under other U.S. GAAP, consisting of U.S. Treasury securities and money market instruments.

2. Consists of assets classified as held for sale related to the firm’s European insurance business, primarily consisting of corporate debt securities, non-U.S. government and agency obligations and derivatives, which are accounted for at fair value under other U.S. GAAP, and insurance contracts and secured loans, which are accounted for at fair value under the fair value option.

3. Primarily consists of secured loans classified as held for sale related to the firm’s European insurance business. See “Receivables from customers and counterparties” above for further information about valuation techniques and significant inputs.

4. Includes $11.80 billion of liabilities classified as held for sale related to the firm’s European insurance business accounted for at fair value under the fair value option.

	Other Financial Assets at Fair Value as of December 2012
in millions		Level 1	Level 2	Level 3		Total
Securities segregated for regulatory and other purposes 1		$21,549	$    8,935	$        —		$  30,484
Securities purchased under agreements to resell		—	141,053	278		141,331
Securities borrowed		—	38,395	—		38,395
Receivables from customers and counterparties		—	7,225	641		7,866
Other assets 2		4,420	8,499	507	3	13,426
Total		$25,969	$204,107	$  1,426		$231,502
	Other Financial Liabilities at Fair Value as of December 2012
in millions		Level 1	Level 2	Level 3		Total
Deposits		$        —	$    4,741	$     359		$    5,100
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase		—	169,880	1,927		171,807
Securities loaned		—	1,558	—		1,558
Other secured financings		—	28,925	1,412		30,337
Unsecured short-term borrowings		—	15,011	2,584		17,595
Unsecured long-term borrowings		—	10,676	1,917		12,593
Other liabilities and accrued expenses		—	769	11,274	4	12,043
Total		$        —	$231,560	$19,473		$251,033

1. Includes securities segregated for regulatory and other purposes accounted for at fair value under the fair value option, which consists of securities borrowed and resale agreements. The table above includes $21.55 billion of level 1 securities segregated for regulatory and other purposes accounted for at fair value under other U.S. GAAP, consisting of U.S. Treasury securities and money market instruments.

2. Consists of assets classified as held for sale related to the firm’s Americas reinsurance business, primarily consisting of securities accounted for as available-for-sale and insurance separate account assets which are accounted for at fair value under other U.S. GAAP.

3. Consists of insurance contracts and derivatives classified as held for sale related to the firm’s Americas reinsurance business. See “Insurance Contracts” above and Note 7 for further information about valuation techniques and inputs related to insurance contracts and derivatives, respectively.

4. Includes $692 million of liabilities classified as held for sale related to the firm’s Americas reinsurance business accounted for at fair value under the fair value option.

Level 3 Rollforward

	Level 3 Other Financial Assets at Fair Value for the Three Months Ended September 2013
in millions		Balance, beginning of period	Net realized gains/ (losses)		Net unrealized gains/(losses) relating to instruments still held at period-end		Purchases	Sales	Issuances	Settlements		Transfers into level 3	Transfers out of level 3		Balance, end of period
Securities purchased under agreements to resell		$     101	$  1		$  —		$      —	$—	$     —	$  (21	)	$   —	$    —		$       81
Receivables from customers and counterparties		165	—		7		—	—	—	—		—	—		172
Other assets		1,062	1		27		275	—	—	(2	)	—	(118	)	1,245
Total		$  1,328	$  2	1	$  34	1	$   275	$—	$     —	$  (23	)	$   —	$(118	)	$  1,498

1. The aggregate amounts include gains of approximately $35 million and $1 million reported in “Market making” and “Interest income,” respectively.

	Level 3 Other Financial Liabilities at Fair Value for the Three Months Ended September 2013
in millions		Balance, beginning of period	Net realized (gains)/ losses		Net unrealized (gains)/losses relating to instruments still held at period-end		Purchases	Sales	Issuances	Settlements		Transfers into level 3	Transfers out of level 3		Balance, end of period
Deposits		$     360	$—		$    2		$      —	$—	$     17	$    (3	)	$   —	$  (18	)	$     358
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase, at fair value		1,018	—		—		—	—	250	—		—	—		1,268
Other secured financings		886	2		—		—	—	189	(13	)	15	(66	)	1,013
Unsecured short-term borrowings		2,913	(3	)	142		—	—	492	(156	)	127	(83	)	3,432
Unsecured long-term borrowings		1,273	(2	)	43		—	—	67	(18	)	315	(59	)	1,619
Other liabilities and accrued expenses		9,975	—		800		1,920	—	—	(119	)	—	—		12,576
Total		$16,425	$ (3	)  1	$987	1	$1,920	$—	$1,015	$(309	)	$457	$(226	)	$20,266

1. The aggregate amounts include losses of approximately $886 million, $96 million and $2 million reported in “Market making,” “Other principal transactions” and “Interest expense,” respectively.

	Level 3 Other Financial Assets at Fair Value for the Nine Months Ended September 2013
in millions		Balance, beginning of period	Net realized gains/ (losses)		Net unrealized gains/(losses) relating to instruments still held at period-end		Purchases	Sales		Issuances	Settlements		Transfers into level 3	Transfers out of level 3		Balance, end of period
Securities purchased under agreements to resell		$     278	$  3		$ —		$      —	$    —		$      —	$     (41	)	$      —	$(159	)	$       81
Receivables from customers and counterparties		641	—		6		—	—		—	(1	)	—	(474	)	172
Other assets		507	1		24		411	(507	)	—	(2	)	811	—		1,245
Total		$  1,426	$  4	1	$ 30	1	$   411	$(507	)	$      —	$     (44	)	$   811	$(633	)	$  1,498

1. The aggregate amounts include gains of approximately $31 million and $3 million reported in “Market making” and “Interest income,” respectively.

	Level 3 Other Financial Liabilities at Fair Value for the Nine Months Ended September 2013
in millions		Balance, beginning of period	Net realized (gains)/ losses		Net unrealized (gains)/losses relating to instruments still held at period-end		Purchases		Sales		Issuances	Settlements		Transfers into level 3	Transfers out of level 3		Balance, end of period
Deposits		$     359	$ —		$(11	)	$      —		$    —		$     91	$       (4	)	$      —	$  (77	)	$     358
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase, at fair value		1,927	—		—		—		—		—	(659	)	—	—		1,268
Other secured financings		1,412	9		(24	)	—		—		347	(822	)	142	(51	)	1,013
Unsecured short-term borrowings		2,584	5		48		—		—		1,559	(1,029	)	501	(236	)	3,432
Unsecured long-term borrowings		1,917	10		(33	)	(3	)	(10	)	367	(441	)	390	(578	)	1,619
Other liabilities and accrued expenses		11,274	—		105		2,225		(692	)	—	(336	)	—	—		12,576
Total		$19,473	$24	1	$ 85	1	$2,222		$(702	)	$2,364	$(3,291	)	$1,033	$(942	)	$20,266

1. The aggregate amounts include gains/(losses) of approximately $122 million, $(224) million and $(7) million reported in “Market making,” “Other principal transactions” and “Interest expense,” respectively.

	Level 3 Other Financial Assets at Fair Value for the Three Months Ended September 2012
in millions		Balance, beginning of period	Net realized gains/ (losses)		Net unrealized gains/(losses) relating to instruments still held at period-end		Purchases	Sales	Issuances	Settlements		Transfers into level 3	Transfers out of level 3		Balance, end of period
Securities purchased under agreements to resell		$  1,023	$   2		$   —		$41	$—	$  —	$  (52	)	$   —	$(829	)	$     185
Receivables from customers and counterparties		616	—		19		—	—	—	(10	)	—	—		625
Total		$  1,639	$   2	1	$  19	1	$41	$—	$  —	$  (62	)	$   —	$(829	)	$     810

1. The aggregate amounts include gains of approximately $20 million and $1 million reported in “Market making” and “Interest income,” respectively.

	Level 3 Other Financial Liabilities at Fair Value for the Three Months Ended September 2012
in millions		Balance, beginning of period	Net realized (gains)/ losses		Net unrealized (gains)/losses relating to instruments still held at period-end		Purchases	Sales	Issuances	Settlements		Transfers into level 3	Transfers out of level 3		Balance, end of period
Deposits		$     179	$ —		$    4		$—	$—	$102	$    —		$  16	$    —		$     301
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase, at fair value		2,055	—		—		—	—	64	—		—	—		2,119
Other secured financings		1,182	3		—		—	—	117	(200	)	151	—		1,253
Unsecured short-term borrowings		2,726	7		171		—	—	170	(253	)	76	(216	)	2,681
Unsecured long-term borrowings		1,946	7		80		—	—	47	(108	)	33	(4	)	2,001
Other liabilities and accrued expenses		8,969	(15	)	608		—	—	—	(79	)	—	—		9,483
Total		$17,057	$   2	1	$863	1	$—	$—	$500	$(640	)	$276	$(220	)	$17,838

1. The aggregate amounts include losses of approximately $797 million, $65 million and $3 million reported in “Market making,” “Other principal transactions” and “Interest expense,” respectively.

	Level 3 Other Financial Assets at Fair Value for the Nine Months Ended September 2012
in millions		Balance, beginning of period	Net realized gains/ (losses)		Net unrealized gains/(losses) relating to instruments still held at period-end		Purchases	Sales	Issuances	Settlements		Transfers into level 3	Transfers out of level 3		Balance, end of period
Securities purchased under agreements to resell		$     557	$   8		$      —		$  51	$—	$      —	$   (431	)	$   —	$       —		$     185
Receivables from customers and counterparties		795	—		21		199	—	—	(17	)	—	(373	)	625
Total		$  1,352	$   8	1	$     21	1	$250	$—	$      —	$   (448	)	$   —	$   (373	)	$     810

1. The aggregate amounts include gains of approximately $21 million and $8 million reported in “Market making” and “Interest Income,” respectively.

	Level 3 Other Financial Liabilities at Fair Value for the Nine Months Ended September 2012
in millions		Balance, beginning of period	Net realized (gains)/ losses		Net unrealized (gains)/losses relating to instruments still held at period-end		Purchases		Sales	Issuances	Settlements		Transfers into level 3	Transfers out of level 3		Balance, end of period
Deposits		$       13	$  —		$      —		$   —		$—	$   272	$       —		$  16	$       —		$     301
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase, at fair value		2,181	—		—		—		—	—	(62	)	—	—		2,119
Other secured financings		1,752	9		—		—		—	296	(775	)	—	(29	)	1,253
Unsecured short-term borrowings		3,294	(33	)	204		(13	)	—	550	(817	)	194	(698	)	2,681
Unsecured long-term borrowings		2,191	23		190		—		—	293	(238	)	213	(671	)	2,001
Other liabilities and accrued expenses		8,996	(23	)	764		—		—	—	(254	)	—	—		9,483
Total		$18,427	$(24	) 1	$1,158	1	$ (13	)	$—	$1,411	$(2,146	)	$423	$(1,398	)	$17,838

1. The aggregate amounts include losses of approximately $1.02 billion, $103 million and $10 million reported in “Market making,” “Other principal transactions” and “Interest expense,” respectively.

Gains and Losses on Other Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities at Fair Value

	Gains/(Losses) on Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities at Fair Value Under the Fair Value Option
	Three Months Ended September					Nine Months Ended September
in millions		2013		2012			2013		2012
Receivables from customers and counterparties 1		$      27		$      84			$    (6	)	$    143
Other secured financings		(143	)	(57	)		(280	)	(174	)
Unsecured short-term borrowings 2		(336	)	(569	)		280		(701	)
Unsecured long-term borrowings 3		50		(975	)		598		(1,512	)
Other liabilities and accrued expenses 4		(841	)	(643	)		(57	)	(793	)
Other 5		16		(38	)		30		(130	)
Total		$(1,227	)	$(2,198	)		$ 565		$(3,167	)

1. Primarily consists of gains/(losses) on certain insurance contracts and certain transfers accounted for as receivables rather than purchases.

2. Includes gains/(losses) on the embedded derivative component of hybrid financial instruments of $(315) million and $(479) million for the three months ended September 2013 and September 2012, respectively, and $293 million and $(573) million for the nine months ended September 2013 and September 2012, respectively.

3. Includes gains/(losses) on the embedded derivative component of hybrid financial instruments of $98 million and $(662) million for the three months ended September 2013 and September 2012, respectively, and $690 million and $(1.02) billion for the nine months ended September 2013 and September 2012, respectively.

4. Primarily consists of losses on certain insurance contracts.

5. Primarily consists of gains/(losses) on deposits, resale and repurchase agreements, securities borrowed and loaned and other assets.

Loans and Lending Commitments

	As of
in millions		September 2013	December 2012
Performing loans and long-term receivables
Aggregate contractual principal in excess of the related fair value		$  3,070	$  2,742
Loans on nonaccrual status and/or more than 90 days past due  1
Aggregate contractual principal in excess of the related fair value		20,614	22,610
Aggregate contractual principal in excess of the related fair value (excluding loans carried at zero fair value and considered uncollectible)		12,408	13,298
Aggregate fair value of loans on nonaccrual status and/or more than 90 days past due		2,656	1,832

1. The aggregate contractual principal amount of these loans exceeds the related fair value primarily because the firm regularly purchases loans, such as distressed loans, at values significantly below contractual principal amounts.

Impact of Credit Spreads on Borrowings

	Three Months Ended September					Nine Months Ended September
in millions		2013		2012			2013		2012
Net gains/(losses) including hedges		$(72	)	$(370	)		$  (90	)	$(588	)
Net gains/(losses) excluding hedges		(68	)	(396	)		(110	)	(628	)

XML

Other Liabilities and Accrued Expenses (Tables)

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2013

Other Liabilities and Accrued Expenses [Abstract]

Other Liabilities

	As of
in millions		September 2013		December 2012
Compensation and benefits		$  7,553		$  8,292
Insurance-related liabilities 1		—		10,274
Noncontrolling interests 2		408		508
Income tax-related liabilities 3		2,308		2,724
Employee interests in consolidated funds		247		246
Subordinated liabilities issued by consolidated VIEs		973		1,360
Accrued expenses and other		18,328	4	18,991	5
Total		$29,817		$42,395

1. Insurance-related liabilities represent liabilities for future benefits and unpaid claims carried at fair value under the fair value option related to the firm’s European insurance business. As of September 2013, these insurance-related liabilities were classified as held for sale and included within “Accrued expenses and other.” See Note 12 for further information.

2. Includes $339 million and $419 million related to consolidated investment funds as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively.

3. See Note 24 for further information about income taxes.

4. Includes $13.63 billion of liabilities classified as held for sale related to the firm’s European insurance business. See Note 12 for further information.

5. Includes $14.62 billion of liabilities classified as held for sale related to the firm’s Americas reinsurance business, in which a majority stake was sold in April 2013. See Note 12 for further information.

XML

Income Taxes

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2013

Income Taxes [Abstract]

Income Taxes

Note 24.

Income Taxes

Provision for Income Taxes

Income taxes are provided for using the asset and liability method under which deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities. The firm reports interest expense related to income tax matters in “Provision for taxes” and income tax penalties in “Other expenses.”

Deferred Income Taxes

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities. These temporary differences result in taxable or deductible amounts in future years and are measured using the tax rates and laws that will be in effect when such differences are expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are established to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that more likely than not will be realized. Tax assets and liabilities are presented as a component of “Other assets” and “Other liabilities and accrued expenses,” respectively.

Unrecognized Tax Benefits

The firm recognizes tax positions in the financial statements only when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on examination by the relevant taxing authority based on the technical merits of the position. A position that meets this standard is measured at the largest amount of benefit that will more likely than not be realized on settlement. A liability is established for differences between positions taken in a tax return and amounts recognized in the financial statements.

Regulatory Tax Examinations

The firm is subject to examination by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (IRS) and other taxing authorities in jurisdictions where the firm has significant business operations, such as the United Kingdom, Japan, Hong Kong, Korea and various states, such as New York. The tax years under examination vary by jurisdiction. The firm does not expect completion of these audits to have a material impact on the firm’s financial condition but it may be material to operating results for a particular period, depending, in part, on the operating results for that period.

The table below presents the earliest tax years that remain subject to examination by major jurisdiction.

Jurisdiction	As of September 2013
U.S. Federal 1	2008
New York State and City 2	2004
United Kingdom	2007
Japan	2010
Hong Kong	2006
Korea	2010

1. IRS examination of fiscal 2008 through calendar 2010 began in 2011. The audits of fiscal 2005 through 2007 were finalized during the third quarter of 2013. The audit of 2011 began in 2013 and the audit of 2012 is expected to begin in 2013.

2. New York State and City examination of fiscal 2004 through 2006 began in 2008. The examination of fiscal 2007 through 2010 began in 2013.

All years subsequent to the above remain open to examination by the taxing authorities. The firm believes that the liability for unrecognized tax benefits it has established is adequate in relation to the potential for additional assessments.

In January 2013, the firm was accepted into the Compliance Assurance Process program by the IRS. This program will allow the firm to work with the IRS to identify and resolve potential U.S. federal tax issues before the filing of tax returns. The 2013 tax year will be the first year examined under the program.

XML

Cash Instruments (Details 2) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2012	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2012
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities, Transfers
Transfers of cash instruments from level 1 to level 2	$ 31	$ 205	$ 24	$ 2,020
Transfers of cash instruments from level 2 to level 1	22	261	71	427
Non-U.S. government and agency obligations [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities, Transfers
Transfers of cash instruments from level 1 to level 2		118		1,190
Transfers of cash instruments from level 2 to level 1				225
Equities and convertible debentures [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities, Transfers
Transfers of cash instruments from level 1 to level 2		87		832
Transfers of cash instruments from level 2 to level 1				$ 182

XML

Credit Concentrations (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	9 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
U.S. Government And Federal Agency Obligations Held By The Firm [Member]
Credit concentrations [Abstract]
Concentration Risk, Credit Risk, Financial Instrument, Maximum Exposure	$ 100,344	$ 114,418
Concentration Risk, Credit Risk, Financial Instrument, Maximum Exposure, As A Percentage of Total Assets	10.90%	12.20%
Non-U.S. Government and Agency Obligations Held By The Firm [Member]
Credit concentrations [Abstract]
Concentration Risk, Credit Risk, Financial Instrument, Maximum Exposure	50,378	62,252
Concentration Risk, Credit Risk, Financial Instrument, Maximum Exposure, As A Percentage of Total Assets	5.50%	6.60%
U.S. Government And Federal Agency Obligations That Collateralize Securities Purchased Under Agreements To Resell And Securities Borrowed [Member]
Credit concentrations [Abstract]
Concentration Risk, Credit Risk, Financial Instrument, Maximum Exposure	99,231	73,477
Non-U.S. Government and Agency Obligations That Collateralize Securities Purchased Under Agreements To Resell And Securities Borrowed [Member]
Credit concentrations [Abstract]
Concentration Risk, Credit Risk, Financial Instrument, Maximum Exposure	$ 93,383	$ 64,724

XML

Derivatives and Hedging Activities (Details 4) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2012	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2012
Derivatives Credit Risk Gain Loss Quantitative Disclosure [Abstract]
Net Gains (Losses), Including Hedges, Attributable to the Impact of Changes in Credit Exposure and Credit Spreads on Derivative Contracts	$ (21)	$ (377)	$ 16	$ (716)
Interest Rate Contract Net [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis, Unobservable Input Reconciliation
Fair Value, Measurement with Unobservable Inputs Reconciliation, Recurring Basis, Derivative Contracts Net Value, Beginning Balance	(230)	(353)	(355)	(371)
Net Realized Gains / (Losses)	(49)	(24)	(100)	(58)
Net Unrealized Gains / (Losses) Relating to Instruments Still Held at period-end	16	49	132	(4)
Purchases	0	1	1	2
Sales	0	0	(1)	(11)
Settlements	42	(36)	192	(10)
Transfers Into Level 3	88	(147)	48	(44)
Transfers Out Of Level 3	61	27	11	13
Fair Value, Measurement with Unobservable Inputs Reconciliation, Recurring Basis, Derivative Contracts Net Value, Ending Balance	(72)	(483)	(72)	(483)
Credit Risk Contract Net [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis, Unobservable Input Reconciliation
Fair Value, Measurement with Unobservable Inputs Reconciliation, Recurring Basis, Derivative Contracts Net Value, Beginning Balance	4,621	6,119	6,228	6,300
Net Realized Gains / (Losses)	13	72	25	273
Net Unrealized Gains / (Losses) Relating to Instruments Still Held at period-end	(391)	(736)	(688)	(354)
Purchases	10	50	110	151
Sales	(14)	(58)	(181)	(159)
Settlements	(224)	(596)	(1,179)	(1,418)
Transfers Into Level 3	68	2,124	69	2,265
Transfers Out Of Level 3	(81)	4	(382)	(79)
Fair Value, Measurement with Unobservable Inputs Reconciliation, Recurring Basis, Derivative Contracts Net Value, Ending Balance	4,002	6,979	4,002	6,979
Foreign Exchange Contract Net [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis, Unobservable Input Reconciliation
Fair Value, Measurement with Unobservable Inputs Reconciliation, Recurring Basis, Derivative Contracts Net Value, Beginning Balance	30	192	35	842
Net Realized Gains / (Losses)	(26)	(8)	(80)	(18)
Net Unrealized Gains / (Losses) Relating to Instruments Still Held at period-end	2	27	(209)	(208)
Purchases	2	4	10	13
Sales	0	(7)	(5)	(10)
Settlements	53	75	146	(100)
Transfers Into Level 3	6	61	164	95
Transfers Out Of Level 3	(39)	7	(33)	(263)
Fair Value, Measurement with Unobservable Inputs Reconciliation, Recurring Basis, Derivative Contracts Net Value, Ending Balance	28	351	28	351
Commodity Contract Net [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis, Unobservable Input Reconciliation
Fair Value, Measurement with Unobservable Inputs Reconciliation, Recurring Basis, Derivative Contracts Net Value, Beginning Balance	25	(240)	(304)	(605)
Net Realized Gains / (Losses)	9	(38)	40	(75)
Net Unrealized Gains / (Losses) Relating to Instruments Still Held at period-end	(105)	18	17	135
Purchases	12	74	79	266
Sales	(8)	(431)	(36)	(605)
Settlements	(19)	31	(24)	396
Transfers Into Level 3	51	(88)	(48)	(188)
Transfers Out Of Level 3	(46)	23	195	25
Fair Value, Measurement with Unobservable Inputs Reconciliation, Recurring Basis, Derivative Contracts Net Value, Ending Balance	(81)	(651)	(81)	(651)
Equity Contract Net [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis, Unobservable Input Reconciliation
Fair Value, Measurement with Unobservable Inputs Reconciliation, Recurring Basis, Derivative Contracts Net Value, Beginning Balance	(2,605)	(548)	(1,248)	(432)
Net Realized Gains / (Losses)	(21)	(69)	(21)	16
Net Unrealized Gains / (Losses) Relating to Instruments Still Held at period-end	662	(68)	616	(276)
Purchases	38	4	97	131
Sales	(134)	(63)	(1,851)	(240)
Settlements	307	146	767	186
Transfers Into Level 3	(44)	(38)	(47)	(15)
Transfers Out Of Level 3	256	59	146	53
Fair Value, Measurement with Unobservable Inputs Reconciliation, Recurring Basis, Derivative Contracts Net Value, Ending Balance	(1,541)	(577)	(1,541)	(577)
Derivatives Net [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis, Unobservable Input Reconciliation
Fair Value, Measurement with Unobservable Inputs Reconciliation, Recurring Basis, Derivative Contracts Net Value, Beginning Balance	1,841	5,170	4,356	5,734
Net Realized Gains / (Losses)	(74)	(67)	(136)	138
Net Unrealized Gains / (Losses) Relating to Instruments Still Held at period-end	184	(710)	(132)	(707)
Purchases	62	133	297	563
Sales	(156)	(559)	(2,074)	(1,025)
Settlements	159	(380)	(98)	(946)
Transfers Into Level 3	169	1,912	186	2,113
Transfers Out Of Level 3	151	120	(63)	(251)
Fair Value, Measurement with Unobservable Inputs Reconciliation, Recurring Basis, Derivative Contracts Net Value, Ending Balance	2,336	5,619	2,336	5,619
Derivatives Credit Risk Gain Loss Quantitative Disclosure [Abstract]
Net Unrealized Gains / (Losses) Relating to Instruments Still Held at year-end	$ 184	$ (710)	$ (132)	$ (707)

XML

Cash Instruments (Details 1) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	Sep. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	$ 610,678	$ 618,804	$ 638,513
Financial instruments owned, at fair value (includes $52,490 and $67,177 pledged as collateral as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively)	324,257		407,011
Total financial liabilities at fair value	368,736	381,656	377,677
Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value	131,158		126,644
Commercial paper, certificates of deposit, time deposits and other money market instruments [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Financial instruments owned, at fair value (includes $52,490 and $67,177 pledged as collateral as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively)	5,902		6,057
Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value	0		0
U.S. government and federal agency obligations [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Financial instruments owned, at fair value (includes $52,490 and $67,177 pledged as collateral as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively)	77,328		93,241
Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value	18,631		15,905
Non-U.S. government and agency obligations [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Financial instruments owned, at fair value (includes $52,490 and $67,177 pledged as collateral as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively)	46,257		62,250
Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value	32,591		32,361
Loans and securities backed by commercial real estate [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Financial instruments owned, at fair value (includes $52,490 and $67,177 pledged as collateral as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively)	5,884		9,805
Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value	53		0
Loans and securities backed by residential real estate [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Financial instruments owned, at fair value (includes $52,490 and $67,177 pledged as collateral as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively)	8,285		8,216
Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value	1		4
Bank loans and bridge loans [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Financial instruments owned, at fair value (includes $52,490 and $67,177 pledged as collateral as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively)	17,573		22,407
Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value	1,091		1,779
Corporate Debt Securities [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Financial instruments owned, at fair value (includes $52,490 and $67,177 pledged as collateral as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively)	15,280		20,981
Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value	5,398		5,761
State and municipal obligations [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Financial instruments owned, at fair value (includes $52,490 and $67,177 pledged as collateral as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively)	1,356		2,477
Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value	0		1
Other debt obligations [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Financial instruments owned, at fair value (includes $52,490 and $67,177 pledged as collateral as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively)	3,076		2,251
Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value	3		0
Equities and convertible debentures [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Financial instruments owned, at fair value (includes $52,490 and $67,177 pledged as collateral as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively)	77,485		96,454
Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value	24,903		20,406
Commodities [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Financial instruments owned, at fair value (includes $52,490 and $67,177 pledged as collateral as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively)	4,372		11,696
Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value	0		0
Cash Instruments [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Financial instruments owned, at fair value (includes $52,490 and $67,177 pledged as collateral as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively)	262,798		335,835
Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value	82,671		76,217
Level 1 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	158,223	165,174	190,737
Total financial liabilities at fair value	73,218	82,725	65,994
Level 1 [Member] | Commercial paper, certificates of deposit, time deposits and other money market instruments [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	241		2,155
Level 1 [Member] | U.S. government and federal agency obligations [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	39,595		42,856
Total financial liabilities at fair value	18,574		15,475
Level 1 [Member] | Non-U.S. government and agency obligations [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	35,377		46,715
Total financial liabilities at fair value	30,185		31,011
Level 1 [Member] | Loans and securities backed by commercial real estate [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	0		0
Total financial liabilities at fair value	0
Level 1 [Member] | Loans and securities backed by residential real estate [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	0		0
Total financial liabilities at fair value	0		0
Level 1 [Member] | Bank loans and bridge loans [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	0		0
Total financial liabilities at fair value	0		0
Level 1 [Member] | Corporate Debt Securities [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	465		111
Total financial liabilities at fair value	30		28
Level 1 [Member] | State and municipal obligations [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	0		0
Total financial liabilities at fair value			0
Level 1 [Member] | Other debt obligations [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	0		0
Total financial liabilities at fair value	0
Level 1 [Member] | Equities and convertible debentures [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	53,757		72,875
Total financial liabilities at fair value	24,409		19,416
Level 1 [Member] | Commodities [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	0		0
Level 1 [Member] | Cash Instruments [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	129,435		164,712
Total financial liabilities at fair value	73,198		65,930
Level 2 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	487,295	492,118	502,293
Total financial liabilities at fair value	294,599	300,929	318,764
Level 2 [Member] | Commercial paper, certificates of deposit, time deposits and other money market instruments [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	5,661		3,902
Level 2 [Member] | U.S. government and federal agency obligations [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	37,733		50,385
Total financial liabilities at fair value	57		430
Level 2 [Member] | Non-U.S. government and agency obligations [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	10,825		15,509
Total financial liabilities at fair value	2,406		1,350
Level 2 [Member] | Loans and securities backed by commercial real estate [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	3,200		6,416
Total financial liabilities at fair value	52
Level 2 [Member] | Loans and securities backed by residential real estate [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	6,515		6,597
Total financial liabilities at fair value	1		4
Level 2 [Member] | Bank loans and bridge loans [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	8,098		11,172
Total financial liabilities at fair value	744		1,143
Level 2 [Member] | Corporate Debt Securities [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	12,502		18,049
Total financial liabilities at fair value	5,359		5,731
Level 2 [Member] | State and municipal obligations [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	1,129		1,858
Total financial liabilities at fair value			1
Level 2 [Member] | Other debt obligations [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	2,304		1,066
Total financial liabilities at fair value	0
Level 2 [Member] | Equities and convertible debentures [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	7,548		8,724
Total financial liabilities at fair value	487		986
Level 2 [Member] | Commodities [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	4,372		11,696
Level 2 [Member] | Cash Instruments [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	99,887		135,374
Total financial liabilities at fair value	9,106		9,645
Level 3 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	41,971	42,824	47,095
Total financial liabilities at fair value	25,294	22,564	25,679
Level 3 [Member] | Commercial paper, certificates of deposit, time deposits and other money market instruments [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	0		0
Level 3 [Member] | U.S. government and federal agency obligations [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	0		0
Total financial liabilities at fair value	0		0
Level 3 [Member] | Non-U.S. government and agency obligations [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	55		26
Total financial liabilities at fair value	0		0
Level 3 [Member] | Loans and securities backed by commercial real estate [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	2,684		3,389
Total financial liabilities at fair value	1
Level 3 [Member] | Loans and securities backed by residential real estate [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	1,770		1,619
Total financial liabilities at fair value	0		0
Level 3 [Member] | Bank loans and bridge loans [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	9,475		11,235
Total financial liabilities at fair value	347		636
Level 3 [Member] | Corporate Debt Securities [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	2,313		2,821
Total financial liabilities at fair value	9		2
Level 3 [Member] | State and municipal obligations [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	227		619
Total financial liabilities at fair value			0
Level 3 [Member] | Other debt obligations [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	772		1,185
Total financial liabilities at fair value	3
Level 3 [Member] | Equities and convertible debentures [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	16,180		14,855
Total financial liabilities at fair value	7		4
Level 3 [Member] | Commodities [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	0		0
Level 3 [Member] | Cash Instruments [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	33,476		35,749
Total financial liabilities at fair value	$ 367		$ 642

XML

Variable Interest Entities (Tables)

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2013

Variable Interest Entities [Abstract]

Non-consolidated Variable Interest Entities

	Nonconsolidated VIEs
	As of September 2013
in millions		Mortgage- backed		Corporate CDOs and CLOs	Real estate, credit-related and other investing	Other asset- backed	Power- related	Investment funds	Total
Assets in VIE		$84,501	2	$22,087	$8,043	$3,170	$408	$2,262	$120,471
Carrying Value of the Firm’s Variable Interests
Assets		5,488		1,178	2,678	171	102	50	9,667
Liabilities		—		21	1	38	—	—	60
Maximum Exposure to Loss in Nonconsolidated VIEs
Retained interests		3,977		81	—	5	—	—	4,063
Purchased interests		1,482		650	—	147	—	—	2,279
Commitments and guarantees 1		—		—	398	—	332	2	732
Derivatives 1		762		5,516	—	735	—	—	7,013
Loans and investments		30		—	2,677	—	102	50	2,859
Total		$  6,251	2	$  6,247	$3,075	$   887	$434	$     52	$  16,946
	Nonconsolidated VIEs
	As of December 2012
in millions		Mortgage- backed		Corporate CDOs and CLOs	Real estate, credit-related and other investing	Other asset- backed	Power- related	Investment funds	Total
Assets in VIE		$79,171	2	$23,842	$9,244	$3,510	$147	$1,898	$117,812
Carrying Value of the Firm’s Variable Interests
Assets		6,269		1,193	1,801	220	32	4	9,519
Liabilities		—		12	—	30	—	—	42
Maximum Exposure to Loss in Nonconsolidated VIEs
Retained interests		4,761		51	—	—	—	—	4,812
Purchased interests		1,162		659	—	204	—	—	2,025
Commitments and guarantees 1		—		1	438	—	—	1	440
Derivatives 1		1,574		6,761	—	952	—	—	9,287
Loans and investments		39		—	1,801	—	32	4	1,876
Total		$  7,536	2	$  7,472	$2,239	$1,156	$  32	$       5	$  18,440

1. The aggregate amounts include $2.25 billion and $3.25 billion as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively, related to guarantees and derivative transactions with VIEs to which the firm transferred assets.

2. Assets in VIE and maximum exposure to loss include $4.97 billion and $1.15 billion, respectively, as of September 2013, and $3.57 billion and $1.72 billion, respectively, as of December 2012, related to CDOs backed by mortgage obligations.

Consolidated variable interest entities

	Consolidated VIEs
	As of September 2013
in millions		Real estate, credit-related and other investing	CDOs, mortgage- backed and other asset- backed	Principal- protected notes	Total
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents		$   168	$107	$     10	$   285
Cash and securities segregated for regulatory and other purposes		62	—	92	154
Financial instruments owned, at fair value		2,245	100	429	2,774
Other assets		1,067	—	—	1,067
Total		$3,542	$207	$   531	$4,280
Liabilities
Other secured financings		$   443	$104	$   386	$   933
Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value		—	1	—	1
Unsecured short-term borrowings, including the current portion of unsecured long-term borrowings		—	—	1,602	1,602
Unsecured long-term borrowings		3	—	215	218
Other liabilities and accrued expenses		1,049	—	—	1,049
Total		$1,495	$105	$2,203	$3,803
	Consolidated VIEs
	As of December 2012
in millions		Real estate, credit-related and other investing	CDOs, mortgage- backed and other asset- backed	Principal- protected notes	Total
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents		$   236	$107	$      —	$   343
Cash and securities segregated for regulatory and other purposes		134	—	92	226
Receivables from brokers, dealers and clearing organizations		5	—	—	5
Financial instruments owned, at fair value		2,958	763	124	3,845
Other assets		1,080	—	—	1,080
Total		$4,413	$870	$   216	$5,499
Liabilities
Other secured financings		$   594	$699	$   301	$1,594
Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value		—	107	—	107
Unsecured short-term borrowings, including the current portion of unsecured long-term borrowings		—	—	1,584	1,584
Unsecured long-term borrowings		4	—	334	338
Other liabilities and accrued expenses		1,478	—	—	1,478
Total		$2,076	$806	$2,219	$5,101

XML

Derivatives and Hedging Activities (Details 1) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	Sep. 30, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Fair Value of Derivatives on a Gross Basis
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Asset Contracts	$ 643,385	$ 839,124
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Liability Contracts	577,977	749,523
Notional Amount	50,533,081	44,453,684
Financial instruments owned, at fair value (includes $52,490 and $67,177 pledged as collateral as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively)	324,257	407,011
Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value	131,158	126,644
Gross Fair Value of Settled Derivative Assets	263,010	315,400
Gross Fair Value of Settled Derivative Liabilities	245,330	298,690
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Asset Contracts Not Enforceable	25,620	24,620
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Liability Contracts Not Enforceable	26,590	25,730
Counterparty Netting [Member]
Fair Value of Derivatives on a Gross Basis
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Asset Contracts	(506,920)	(668,460)
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Liability Contracts	(506,920)	(668,460)
Counterparty Netting [Member] | Exchange-traded [Member]
Fair Value of Derivatives on a Gross Basis
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Asset Contracts	(11,903)	(11,075)
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Liability Contracts	(11,903)	(11,075)
Counterparty Netting [Member] | OTC-cleared [Member]
Fair Value of Derivatives on a Gross Basis
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Asset Contracts	(14,399)	(11,507)
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Liability Contracts	(14,399)	(11,507)
Counterparty Netting [Member] | Bilateral OTC [Member]
Fair Value of Derivatives on a Gross Basis
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Asset Contracts	(480,618)	(645,878)
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Liability Contracts	(480,618)	(645,878)
Cash collateral netting [Member]
Fair Value of Derivatives on a Gross Basis
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Asset Contracts	(75,006)	(99,488)
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Liability Contracts	(22,570)	(30,636)
Cash collateral netting [Member] | OTC-cleared [Member]
Fair Value of Derivatives on a Gross Basis
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Asset Contracts	(251)	(468)
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Liability Contracts	(1,810)	(2,160)
Cash collateral netting [Member] | Bilateral OTC [Member]
Fair Value of Derivatives on a Gross Basis
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Asset Contracts	(74,755)	(99,020)
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Liability Contracts	(20,760)	(28,476)
Derivatives [Member]
Fair Value of Derivatives on a Gross Basis
Financial instruments owned, at fair value (includes $52,490 and $67,177 pledged as collateral as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively)	61,459	71,176
Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value	48,487	50,427
Derivative Contracts Accounted for as Hedges [Member]
Fair Value of Derivatives on a Gross Basis
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Asset Contracts	17,104	23,793
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Liability Contracts	524	152
Notional Amount	146,381	136,754
Derivative Contracts Accounted for as Hedges [Member] | Interest Rate Contract [Member]
Fair Value of Derivatives on a Gross Basis
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Asset Contracts	17,029	23,772
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Liability Contracts	389	66
Notional Amount	136,717	128,302
Derivative Contracts Accounted for as Hedges [Member] | Interest Rate Contract [Member] | OTC-cleared [Member]
Fair Value of Derivatives on a Gross Basis
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Asset Contracts	1,528	0
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Liability Contracts	7	0
Notional Amount	9,578	0
Derivative Contracts Accounted for as Hedges [Member] | Interest Rate Contract [Member] | Bilateral OTC [Member]
Fair Value of Derivatives on a Gross Basis
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Asset Contracts	15,501	23,772
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Liability Contracts	382	66
Notional Amount	127,139	128,302
Derivative Contracts Accounted for as Hedges [Member] | Foreign Exchange Contract [Member]
Fair Value of Derivatives on a Gross Basis
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Asset Contracts	44	21
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Liability Contracts	135	86
Notional Amount	9,329	8,452
Derivative Contracts Accounted for as Hedges [Member] | Foreign Exchange Contract [Member] | OTC-cleared [Member]
Fair Value of Derivatives on a Gross Basis
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Asset Contracts	0	0
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Liability Contracts	4	0
Notional Amount	391	3
Derivative Contracts Accounted for as Hedges [Member] | Foreign Exchange Contract [Member] | Bilateral OTC [Member]
Fair Value of Derivatives on a Gross Basis
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Asset Contracts	44	21
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Liability Contracts	131	86
Notional Amount	8,938	8,449
Derivative Contracts Accounted for as Hedges [Member] | Commodity Contract [Member]
Fair Value of Derivatives on a Gross Basis
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Asset Contracts	31	0
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Liability Contracts	0	0
Notional Amount	335	0
Derivative Contracts Accounted for as Hedges [Member] | Commodity Contract [Member] | Exchange-traded [Member]
Fair Value of Derivatives on a Gross Basis
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Asset Contracts	0	0
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Liability Contracts	0	0
Notional Amount	23	0
Derivative Contracts Accounted for as Hedges [Member] | Commodity Contract [Member] | Bilateral OTC [Member]
Fair Value of Derivatives on a Gross Basis
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Asset Contracts	31	0
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Liability Contracts	0	0
Notional Amount	312	0
Derivative Contract not designated as hedges [Member]
Fair Value of Derivatives on a Gross Basis
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Asset Contracts	626,281	815,331
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Liability Contracts	577,453	749,371
Notional Amount	50,386,700	44,316,930
Derivative Contract not designated as hedges [Member] | Interest Rate Contract [Member]
Fair Value of Derivatives on a Gross Basis
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Asset Contracts	414,150	584,584
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Liability Contracts	382,222	545,605
Notional Amount	40,686,745	34,891,763
Derivative Contract not designated as hedges [Member] | Interest Rate Contract [Member] | Exchange-traded [Member]
Fair Value of Derivatives on a Gross Basis
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Asset Contracts	155	47
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Liability Contracts	225	26
Notional Amount	2,665,287	2,502,867
Derivative Contract not designated as hedges [Member] | Interest Rate Contract [Member] | OTC-cleared [Member]
Fair Value of Derivatives on a Gross Basis
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Asset Contracts	9,665	8,847
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Liability Contracts	12,755	11,011
Notional Amount	21,182,289	14,678,349
Derivative Contract not designated as hedges [Member] | Interest Rate Contract [Member] | Bilateral OTC [Member]
Fair Value of Derivatives on a Gross Basis
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Asset Contracts	404,330	575,690
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Liability Contracts	369,242	534,568
Notional Amount	16,839,169	17,710,547
Derivative Contract not designated as hedges [Member] | Credit Risk Contract [Member]
Fair Value of Derivatives on a Gross Basis
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Asset Contracts	67,792	85,816
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Liability Contracts	61,144	74,927
Notional Amount	3,248,369	3,615,757
Derivative Contract not designated as hedges [Member] | Credit Risk Contract [Member] | OTC-cleared [Member]
Fair Value of Derivatives on a Gross Basis
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Asset Contracts	3,607	3,359
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Liability Contracts	3,427	2,638
Notional Amount	363,148	304,100
Derivative Contract not designated as hedges [Member] | Credit Risk Contract [Member] | Bilateral OTC [Member]
Fair Value of Derivatives on a Gross Basis
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Asset Contracts	64,185	82,457
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Liability Contracts	57,717	72,289
Notional Amount	2,885,221	3,311,657
Derivative Contract not designated as hedges [Member] | Foreign Exchange Contract [Member]
Fair Value of Derivatives on a Gross Basis
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Asset Contracts	69,229	72,128
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Liability Contracts	62,972	60,808
Notional Amount	4,164,998	3,833,114
Derivative Contract not designated as hedges [Member] | Foreign Exchange Contract [Member] | Exchange-traded [Member]
Fair Value of Derivatives on a Gross Basis
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Asset Contracts	37	31
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Liability Contracts	56	82
Notional Amount	14,283	12,341
Derivative Contract not designated as hedges [Member] | Foreign Exchange Contract [Member] | OTC-cleared [Member]
Fair Value of Derivatives on a Gross Basis
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Asset Contracts	87	14
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Liability Contracts	116	14
Notional Amount	10,075	5,487
Derivative Contract not designated as hedges [Member] | Foreign Exchange Contract [Member] | Bilateral OTC [Member]
Fair Value of Derivatives on a Gross Basis
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Asset Contracts	69,105	72,083
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Liability Contracts	62,800	60,712
Notional Amount	4,140,640	3,815,286
Derivative Contract not designated as hedges [Member] | Commodity Contract [Member]
Fair Value of Derivatives on a Gross Basis
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Asset Contracts	19,782	23,320
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Liability Contracts	18,857	24,350
Notional Amount	802,809	774,115
Derivative Contract not designated as hedges [Member] | Commodity Contract [Member] | Exchange-traded [Member]
Fair Value of Derivatives on a Gross Basis
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Asset Contracts	5,955	5,360
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Liability Contracts	4,486	5,040
Notional Amount	410,100	344,823
Derivative Contract not designated as hedges [Member] | Commodity Contract [Member] | OTC-cleared [Member]
Fair Value of Derivatives on a Gross Basis
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Asset Contracts	55	26
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Liability Contracts	36	23
Notional Amount	739	327
Derivative Contract not designated as hedges [Member] | Commodity Contract [Member] | Bilateral OTC [Member]
Fair Value of Derivatives on a Gross Basis
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Asset Contracts	13,772	17,934
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Liability Contracts	14,335	19,287
Notional Amount	391,970	428,965
Derivative Contract not designated as hedges [Member] | Equity Contract [Member]
Fair Value of Derivatives on a Gross Basis
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Asset Contracts	55,328	49,483
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Liability Contracts	52,258	43,681
Notional Amount	1,483,779	1,202,181
Derivative Contract not designated as hedges [Member] | Equity Contract [Member] | Exchange-traded [Member]
Fair Value of Derivatives on a Gross Basis
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Asset Contracts	11,679	9,409
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Liability Contracts	11,302	8,864
Notional Amount	555,286	441,494
Derivative Contract not designated as hedges [Member] | Equity Contract [Member] | OTC-cleared [Member]
Fair Value of Derivatives on a Gross Basis
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Asset Contracts	0	0
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Liability Contracts	0	0
Notional Amount	2	0
Derivative Contract not designated as hedges [Member] | Equity Contract [Member] | Bilateral OTC [Member]
Fair Value of Derivatives on a Gross Basis
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Asset Contracts	43,649	40,074
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Liability Contracts	40,956	34,817
Notional Amount	928,491	760,687
Cash collateral [Member]
Fair Value of Derivatives on a Gross Basis
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Asset Contracts	(421)	(812)
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Liability Contracts	(2,770)	(2,994)
Securities Collateral [Member]
Fair Value of Derivatives on a Gross Basis
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Asset Contracts	(15,713)	(17,225)
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Liability Contracts	(10,585)	(14,262)
Total [Member]
Fair Value of Derivatives on a Gross Basis
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Asset Contracts	45,325	53,139
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Liability Contracts	$ 35,132	$ 33,171

XML

Long-Term Borrowings (Details 1) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	Sep. 30, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Unsecured Long-Term Borrowings
Fixed rate obligations	$ 127,604	$ 125,430
Floating rate obligations	40,478	41,875
Unsecured long-term borrowings	168,082	167,305
U.S. Dollar [Member]
Unsecured Long-Term Borrowings
Fixed rate obligations	89,002	88,561
Floating rate obligations	21,337	20,794
Unsecured long-term borrowings	110,339	109,355
Non-U.S. Dollar [Member]
Unsecured Long-Term Borrowings
Fixed rate obligations	38,602	36,869
Floating rate obligations	19,141	21,081
Unsecured long-term borrowings	$ 57,743	$ 57,950

XML

Long-Term Borrowings (Details 2) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	Sep. 30, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Unsecured long-term borrowings by maturity date
Unsecured long-term borrowings	$ 168,082	$ 167,305
Unsecured Debt [Member]
Unsecured long-term borrowings by maturity date
2014	8,687
2015	22,913
2016	21,903
2017	20,635
2018	22,104
2019 - thereafter	$ 71,840

XML

Other Liabilities and Accrued Expenses (Details) (USD $)	Sep. 30, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Other Liabilities and Accrued Expenses (Textuals) [Abstract]
Noncontrolling interests related to consolidated investment funds	$ 339,000,000	$ 419,000,000
Liabilities related to the Americas reinsurance business included within Accrued expenses and other		14,620,000,000
Liabilities related to the European insurance business included within Accrued expenses and other	13,630,000,000
Other Liabilities
Compensation and benefits	7,553,000,000	8,292,000,000
Insurance-related liabilities	0	10,274,000,000
Noncontrolling interests	408,000,000	508,000,000
Income tax-related liabilities	2,308,000,000	2,724,000,000
Employee interests in consolidated funds	247,000,000	246,000,000
Subordinated liabilities issued by consolidated VIEs	973,000,000	1,360,000,000
Accrued expenses and other	18,328,000,000	18,991,000,000
Total	$ 29,817,000,000	$ 42,395,000,000

XML

Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2013

Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees [Abstract]

Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees

Note 18.

Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees

Commitments

The table below presents the firm’s commitments.

	Commitment Amount by Period of Expiration as of September 2013					Total Commitments as of
in millions		Remainder of 2013	2014- 2015	2016- 2017	2018- Thereafter		September 2013	December 2012
Commitments to extend credit 1
Commercial lending:
Investment-grade		$  1,004	$13,306	$26,566	$15,246		$  56,122	$  53,736
Non-investment-grade		1,340	5,602	7,979	9,161		24,082	21,102
Warehouse financing		—	1,134	150	1		1,285	784
Total commitments to extend credit		2,344	20,042	34,695	24,408		81,489	75,622
Contingent and forward starting resale and securities borrowing agreements  2		63,158	—	—	—		63,158	47,599
Forward starting repurchase and secured lending agreements 2		14,368	—	—	—		14,368	6,144
Letters of credit 3		156	365	1	15		537	789
Investment commitments		752	1,973	176	3,487		6,388	7,339
Other		4,184	159	14	62		4,419	4,624
Total commitments		$84,962	$22,539	$34,886	$27,972		$170,359	$142,117

1. Commitments to extend credit are presented net of amounts syndicated to third parties.

2. These agreements generally settle within three business days.

3. Consists of commitments under letters of credit issued by various banks which the firm provides to counterparties in lieu of securities or cash to satisfy various collateral and margin deposit requirements.

Commitments to Extend Credit

The firm’s commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend with fixed termination dates and depend on the satisfaction of all contractual conditions to borrowing. The total commitment amount does not necessarily reflect actual future cash flows because the firm may syndicate all or substantial portions of these commitments and commitments can expire unused or be reduced or cancelled at the counterparty’s request.

The firm generally accounts for commitments to extend credit at fair value. Losses, if any, are generally recorded, net of any fees in “Other principal transactions.”

As of September 2013 and December 2012, approximately $28.03 billion and $16.09 billion, respectively, of the firm’s lending commitments were held for investment and were accounted for on an accrual basis. The carrying value and the estimated fair value of such lending commitments were liabilities of $93 million and $974 million, respectively, as of September 2013, and $63 million and $523 million, respectively, as of December 2012. As these lending commitments are not accounted for at fair value under the fair value option or at fair value in accordance with other U.S. GAAP, their fair value is not included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy in Notes 6, 7 and 8. Had these commitments been included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy, they would have primarily been classified in level 3 as of September 2013 and December 2012.

Commercial Lending. The firm’s commercial lending commitments are extended to investment-grade and non-investment-grade corporate borrowers. Commitments to investment-grade corporate borrowers are principally used for operating liquidity and general corporate purposes. The firm also extends lending commitments in connection with contingent acquisition financing and other types of corporate lending as well as commercial real estate financing. Commitments that are extended for contingent acquisition financing are often intended to be short-term in nature, as borrowers often seek to replace them with other funding sources.

Sumitomo Mitsui Financial Group, Inc. (SMFG) provides the firm with credit loss protection on certain approved loan commitments (primarily investment-grade commercial lending commitments). The notional amount of such loan commitments was $29.37 billion and $32.41 billion as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively. The credit loss protection on loan commitments provided by SMFG is generally limited to 95% of the first loss the firm realizes on such commitments, up to a maximum of approximately $950 million. In addition, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, upon the firm’s request, SMFG will provide protection for 70% of additional losses on such commitments, up to a maximum of $1.13 billion, of which $375 million and $300 million of protection had been provided as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively. The firm also uses other financial instruments to mitigate credit risks related to certain commitments not covered by SMFG. These instruments primarily include credit default swaps that reference the same or similar underlying instrument or entity, or credit default swaps that reference a market index.

Warehouse Financing. The firm provides financing to clients who warehouse financial assets. These arrangements are secured by the warehoused assets, primarily consisting of commercial and residential mortgage loans.

Contingent and Forward Starting Resale and Securities Borrowing Agreements/Forward Starting Repurchase and Secured Lending Agreements

The firm enters into resale and securities borrowing agreements and repurchase and secured lending agreements that settle at a future date. The firm also enters into commitments to provide contingent financing to its clients and counterparties through resale agreements. The firm’s funding of these commitments depends on the satisfaction of all contractual conditions to the resale agreement and these commitments can expire unused.

Investment Commitments

The firm’s investment commitments consist of commitments to invest in private equity, real estate and other assets directly and through funds that the firm raises and manages. These commitments include $468 million and $872 million as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively, related to real estate private investments and $5.92 billion and $6.47 billion as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively, related to corporate and other private investments. Of these amounts, $5.34 billion and $6.21 billion as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively, relate to commitments to invest in funds managed by the firm, which will be funded at market value on the date of investment.

Leases

The firm has contractual obligations under long-term noncancelable lease agreements, principally for office space, expiring on various dates through 2069. Certain agreements are subject to periodic escalation provisions for increases in real estate taxes and other charges. The table below presents future minimum rental payments, net of minimum sublease rentals.

in millions	As of September 2013
Remainder of 2013	$   104
2014	392
2015	339
2016	280
2017	270
2018	221
2019 - thereafter	1,192
Total	$2,798

Operating leases include office space held in excess of current requirements. Rent expense relating to space held for growth is included in “Occupancy.” The firm records a liability, based on the fair value of the remaining lease rentals reduced by any potential or existing sublease rentals, for leases where the firm has ceased using the space and management has concluded that the firm will not derive any future economic benefits. Costs to terminate a lease before the end of its term are recognized and measured at fair value on termination.

Contingencies

Legal Proceedings. See Note 27 for information about legal proceedings, including certain mortgage-related matters.

Certain Mortgage-Related Contingencies. There are multiple areas of focus by regulators, governmental agencies and others within the mortgage market that may impact originators, issuers, servicers and investors. There remains significant uncertainty surrounding the nature and extent of any potential exposure for participants in this market.

Ÿ Representations and Warranties. The firm has not been a significant originator of residential mortgage loans. The firm did purchase loans originated by others and generally received loan-level representations of the type described below from the originators. During the period 2005 through 2008, the firm sold approximately $10 billion of loans to government-sponsored enterprises and approximately $11 billion of loans to other third parties. In addition, the firm transferred loans to trusts and other mortgage securitization vehicles. As of September 2013 and December 2012, the outstanding balance of the loans transferred to trusts and other mortgage securitization vehicles during the period 2005 through 2008 was approximately $30 billion and $35 billion, respectively. This amount reflects paydowns and cumulative losses of approximately $95 billion ($22 billion of which are cumulative losses) as of September 2013 and approximately $90 billion ($20 billion of which are cumulative losses) as of December 2012. A small number of these Goldman Sachs-issued securitizations with an outstanding principal balance of $480 million and total paydowns and cumulative losses of $1.58 billion ($530 million of which are cumulative losses) as of September 2013, and an outstanding principal balance of $540 million and total paydowns and cumulative losses of $1.52 billion ($508 million of which are cumulative losses) as of December 2012, were structured with credit protection obtained from monoline insurers. In connection with both sales of loans and securitizations, the firm provided loan level representations of the type described below and/or assigned the loan level representations from the party from whom the firm purchased the loans.

The loan level representations made in connection with the sale or securitization of mortgage loans varied among transactions but were generally detailed representations applicable to each loan in the portfolio and addressed matters relating to the property, the borrower and the note. These representations generally included, but were not limited to, the following: (i) certain attributes of the borrower’s financial status; (ii) loan-to-value ratios, owner occupancy status and certain other characteristics of the property; (iii) the lien position; (iv) the fact that the loan was originated in compliance with law; and (v) completeness of the loan documentation.

The firm has received repurchase claims for residential mortgage loans based on alleged breaches of representations from government-sponsored enterprises, other third parties, trusts and other mortgage securitization vehicles, which have not been significant. During both the three and nine months ended September 2013 and September 2012, the firm repurchased loans with an unpaid principal balance of less than $10 million. The loss related to the repurchase of these loans was not material for both the three and nine months ended September 2013 and September 2012.

Ultimately, the firm’s exposure to claims for repurchase of residential mortgage loans based on alleged breaches of representations will depend on a number of factors including the following: (i) the extent to which these claims are actually made; (ii) the extent to which there are underlying breaches of representations that give rise to valid claims for repurchase; (iii) in the case of loans originated by others, the extent to which the firm could be held liable and, if it is, the firm’s ability to pursue and collect on any claims against the parties who made representations to the firm; (iv) macroeconomic factors, including developments in the residential real estate market; and (v) legal and regulatory developments.

Based upon the large number of defaults in residential mortgages, including those sold or securitized by the firm, there is a potential for increasing claims for repurchases. However, the firm is not in a position to make a meaningful estimate of that exposure at this time.

Ÿ Foreclosure and Other Mortgage Loan Servicing Practices and Procedures. The firm had received a number of requests for information from regulators and other agencies, including state attorneys general and banking regulators, as part of an industry-wide focus on the practices of lenders and servicers in connection with foreclosure proceedings and other aspects of mortgage loan servicing practices and procedures. The requests sought information about the foreclosure and servicing protocols and activities of Litton, a residential mortgage servicing subsidiary sold by the firm to Ocwen Financial Corporation (Ocwen) in the third quarter of 2011. The firm is cooperating with the requests and these inquiries may result in the imposition of fines or other regulatory action. In the third quarter of 2010, prior to the firm’s sale of Litton, Litton had temporarily suspended evictions and foreclosure and real estate owned sales in a number of states, including those with judicial foreclosure procedures. Litton resumed these activities beginning in the fourth quarter of 2010.

In connection with the sale of Litton, the firm provided customary representations and warranties, and indemnities for breaches of these representations and warranties, to Ocwen. These indemnities are subject to various limitations, and are capped at approximately $50 million. The firm has not yet received any claims under these indemnities. The firm also agreed to provide specific indemnities to Ocwen related to claims made by third parties with respect to servicing activities during the period that Litton was owned by the firm and which are in excess of the related reserves accrued for such matters by Litton at the time of the sale. These indemnities are capped at approximately $125 million. The firm has recorded a reserve for the portion of these potential losses that it believes is probable and can be reasonably estimated. As of September 2013, claims under these indemnities, and payments made in connection with these claims, were not material to the firm.

The firm further agreed to provide indemnities to Ocwen not subject to a cap, which primarily relate to potential liabilities constituting fines or civil monetary penalties which could be imposed in settlements with certain terms with U.S. states’ attorneys general or in consent orders with certain terms with the Federal Reserve, the Office of Thrift Supervision, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the FDIC or the New York State Department of Financial Services, in each case relating to Litton’s foreclosure and

servicing practices while it was owned by the firm. The firm has entered into a settlement with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (Federal Reserve Board) relating to foreclosure and servicing matters as described below.

Under the Litton sale agreement the firm also retained liabilities associated with claims related to Litton’s failure to maintain lender-placed mortgage insurance, obligations to repurchase certain loans from government-sponsored enterprises, subpoenas from one of Litton’s regulators, and fines or civil penalties imposed by the Federal Reserve or the New York State Department of Financial Services in connection with certain compliance matters. Management is unable to develop an estimate of the maximum potential amount of future payments under these indemnities because the firm has received no claims under these indemnities other than an immaterial amount with respect to government-sponsored enterprises. However, management does not believe, based on currently available information, that any payments under these indemnities will have a material adverse effect on the firm’s financial condition.

On September 1, 2011, Group Inc. and GS Bank USA entered into a Consent Order (the Order) with the Federal Reserve Board relating to the servicing of residential mortgage loans. The terms of the Order were substantially similar and, in many respects, identical to the orders entered into with the Federal Reserve Board by other large U.S. financial institutions. The Order set forth various allegations of improper conduct in servicing by Litton, requires that Group Inc. and GS Bank USA cease and desist such conduct, and required that Group Inc. and GS Bank USA, and their boards of directors, take various affirmative steps. The Order required (i) Group Inc. and GS Bank USA to engage a third-party consultant to conduct a review of certain foreclosure actions or proceedings that occurred or were pending between January 1, 2009 and December 31, 2010; (ii) the adoption of policies and procedures related to management of third parties used to outsource residential mortgage servicing, loss mitigation or foreclosure; (iii) a “validation report” from an independent third-party consultant regarding compliance with the Order for the first year; and (iv) submission of quarterly progress reports as to compliance with the Order by the boards of directors (or committees thereof) of Group Inc. and GS Bank USA.

On January 16, 2013, Group Inc. and GS Bank USA entered into a settlement in principle with the Federal Reserve Board relating to the servicing of residential mortgage loans and foreclosure processing. This settlement in principle amends the Order which is described above, provides for the termination of the independent foreclosure review under the Order and calls for Group Inc. and GS Bank USA collectively to: (i) make cash payments into a settlement fund for distribution to eligible borrowers; and (ii) provide other assistance for foreclosure prevention and loss mitigation over the next two years. The other provisions of the Order will remain in effect. On February 28, 2013, Group Inc. and GS Bank USA entered into final documentation with the Federal Reserve Board relating to the settlement.

Guarantees

The firm enters into various derivatives that meet the definition of a guarantee under U.S. GAAP, including written equity and commodity put options, written currency contracts and interest rate caps, floors and swaptions. Disclosures about derivatives are not required if they may be cash settled and the firm has no basis to conclude it is probable that the counterparties held the underlying instruments at inception of the contract. The firm has concluded that these conditions have been met for certain large, internationally active commercial and investment bank counterparties, central clearing counterparties and certain other counterparties. Accordingly, the firm has not included such contracts in the table below.

The firm, in its capacity as an agency lender, indemnifies most of its securities lending customers against losses incurred in the event that borrowers do not return securities and the collateral held is insufficient to cover the market value of the securities borrowed.

In the ordinary course of business, the firm provides other financial guarantees of the obligations of third parties (e.g., standby letters of credit and other guarantees to enable clients to complete transactions and fund-related guarantees). These guarantees represent obligations to make payments to beneficiaries if the guaranteed party fails to fulfill its obligation under a contractual arrangement with that beneficiary.

The table below presents certain information about derivatives that meet the definition of a guarantee and certain other guarantees. The maximum payout in the table below is based on the notional amount of the contract and therefore does not represent anticipated losses. See Note 7 for further information about credit derivatives that meet the definition of a guarantee which are not included below.

Because derivatives are accounted for at fair value, the carrying value is considered the best indication of payment/performance risk for individual contracts. However, the carrying values below exclude the effect of a legal right of setoff that may exist under an enforceable netting agreement and the effect of netting of collateral posted under enforceable credit support agreements.

	As of September 2013
			Maximum Payout/Notional Amount by Period of Expiration
in millions		Carrying Value of Net Liability		Remainder of 2013	2014- 2015	2016- 2017	2018- Thereafter	Total
Derivatives  1		$7,736		$197,874	$423,319	$74,485	$68,887	$764,565
Securities lending indemnifications  2		—		30,617	—	—	—	30,617
Other financial guarantees   3		157		1,338	725	873	2,027	4,963

1. These derivatives are risk managed together with derivatives that do not meet the definition of a guarantee, and therefore these amounts do not reflect the firm’s overall risk related to its derivative activities. As of December 2012, the carrying value of the net liability and the notional amount related to derivative guarantees were $8.58 billion and $663.15 billion, respectively.

2. Collateral held by the lenders in connection with securities lending indemnifications was $31.57 billion as of September 2013. Because the contractual nature of these arrangements requires the firm to obtain collateral with a market value that exceeds the value of the securities lent to the borrower, there is minimal performance risk associated with these guarantees. As of December 2012, the maximum payout and collateral held related to securities lending indemnifications were $27.12 billion and $27.89 billion, respectively.

3. Other financial guarantees excludes certain commitments to issue standby letters of credit that are included in “Commitments to extend credit.” See table in “Commitments” above for a summary of the firm’s commitments. As of December 2012, the carrying value of the net liability and the maximum payout related to other financial guarantees were $152 million and $3.48 billion, respectively.

Guarantees of Securities Issued by Trusts. The firm has established trusts, including Goldman Sachs Capital I, the APEX Trusts, the 2012 Trusts, and other entities for the limited purpose of issuing securities to third parties, lending the proceeds to the firm and entering into contractual arrangements with the firm and third parties related to this purpose. The firm does not consolidate these entities. See Note 16 for further information about the transactions involving Goldman Sachs Capital I, the APEX Trusts, and the 2012 Trusts.

The firm effectively provides for the full and unconditional guarantee of the securities issued by these entities. Timely payment by the firm of amounts due to these entities under the guarantee, borrowing, preferred stock and related contractual arrangements will be sufficient to cover payments due on the securities issued by these entities.

Management believes that it is unlikely that any circumstances will occur, such as nonperformance on the part of paying agents or other service providers, that would make it necessary for the firm to make payments related to these entities other than those required under the terms of the guarantee, borrowing, preferred stock and related contractual arrangements and in connection with certain expenses incurred by these entities.

Indemnities and Guarantees of Service Providers. In the ordinary course of business, the firm indemnifies and guarantees certain service providers, such as clearing and custody agents, trustees and administrators, against specified potential losses in connection with their acting as an agent of, or providing services to, the firm or its affiliates.

The firm may also be liable to some clients for losses caused by acts or omissions of third-party service providers, including sub-custodians and third-party brokers. In addition, the firm is a member of payment, clearing and settlement networks as well as securities exchanges around the world that may require the firm to meet the obligations of such networks and exchanges in the event of member defaults.

In connection with its prime brokerage and clearing businesses, the firm agrees to clear and settle on behalf of its clients the transactions entered into by them with other brokerage firms. The firm’s obligations in respect of such transactions are secured by the assets in the client’s account as well as any proceeds received from the transactions cleared and settled by the firm on behalf of the client. In connection with joint venture investments, the firm may issue loan guarantees under which it may be liable in the event of fraud, misappropriation, environmental liabilities and certain other matters involving the borrower.

The firm is unable to develop an estimate of the maximum payout under these guarantees and indemnifications. However, management believes that it is unlikely the firm will have to make any material payments under these arrangements, and no material liabilities related to these guarantees and indemnifications have been recognized in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition as of September 2013 and December 2012.

Other Representations, Warranties and Indemnifications. The firm provides representations and warranties to counterparties in connection with a variety of commercial transactions and occasionally indemnifies them against potential losses caused by the breach of those representations and warranties. The firm may also provide indemnifications protecting against changes in or adverse application of certain U.S. tax laws in connection with ordinary-course transactions such as securities issuances, borrowings or derivatives.

In addition, the firm may provide indemnifications to some counterparties to protect them in the event additional taxes are owed or payments are withheld, due either to a change in or an adverse application of certain non-U.S. tax laws.

These indemnifications generally are standard contractual terms and are entered into in the ordinary course of business. Generally, there are no stated or notional amounts included in these indemnifications, and the contingencies triggering the obligation to indemnify are not expected to occur. The firm is unable to develop an estimate of the maximum payout under these guarantees and indemnifications. However, management believes that it is unlikely the firm will have to make any material payments under these arrangements, and no material liabilities related to these arrangements have been recognized in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition as of September 2013 or December 2012.

Guarantees of Subsidiaries. Group Inc. fully and unconditionally guarantees the securities issued by GS Finance Corp., a wholly-owned finance subsidiary of the firm.

Group Inc. has guaranteed the payment obligations of Goldman, Sachs & Co. (GS&Co.), GS Bank USA and Goldman Sachs Execution & Clearing, L.P. (GSEC), subject to certain exceptions.

In November 2008, the firm contributed subsidiaries into GS Bank USA, and Group Inc. agreed to guarantee the reimbursement of certain losses, including credit-related losses, relating to assets held by the contributed entities. In connection with this guarantee, Group Inc. also agreed to pledge to GS Bank USA certain collateral, including interests in subsidiaries and other illiquid assets.

In addition, Group Inc. guarantees many of the obligations of its other consolidated subsidiaries on a transaction-by-transaction basis, as negotiated with counterparties. Group Inc. is unable to develop an estimate of the maximum payout under its subsidiary guarantees; however, because these guaranteed obligations are also obligations of consolidated subsidiaries, Group Inc.’s liabilities as guarantor are not separately disclosed.

XML

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity (Unaudited) (USD $) In Millions	Total	Preferred stock	Common stock	Restricted stock units and employee stock options	Additional paid-in capital	Retained earnings	Accumulated other comprehensive loss	Stock held in treasury, at cost
Balance at Dec. 31, 2011		$ 3,100	$ 8	$ 5,681	$ 45,553	$ 58,834	$ (516)	$ (42,281)
Issued		3,100
Issuance and amortization of restricted stock units and employee stock options				1,368
Delivery of common stock underlying restricted stock units				(3,659)
Forfeiture of restricted stock units and employee stock options				(90)
Exercise of employee stock options				(2)
Delivery of common stock underlying share-based awards					3,939
Cancellation of restricted stock units in satisfaction of withholding tax requirements					(1,437)
Preferred stock issuance costs					(13)
Excess net tax benefit/(provision) related to share-based awards					(11)
Cash settlement of share-based compensation					(1)
Net earnings						7,475
Dividends and dividend equivalents declared on common stock and restricted stock units						(903)
Dividends declared on preferred stock						(183)
Other comprehensive income/(loss)	323						323
Repurchased								(4,637)
Reissued								77
Other								(9)
Balance at Dec. 31, 2012	75,716	6,200	8	3,298	48,030	65,223	(193)	(46,850)
Issued		1,000
Issuance and amortization of restricted stock units and employee stock options				1,845
Delivery of common stock underlying restricted stock units				(1,369)
Forfeiture of restricted stock units and employee stock options				(60)
Exercise of employee stock options				(13)
Delivery of common stock underlying share-based awards					1,418
Cancellation of restricted stock units in satisfaction of withholding tax requirements					(594)
Preferred stock issuance costs					(9)
Excess net tax benefit/(provision) related to share-based awards					86
Cash settlement of share-based compensation					(1)
Net earnings	5,708					5,708
Dividends and dividend equivalents declared on common stock and restricted stock units						(726)
Dividends declared on preferred stock	(230)					(230)
Other comprehensive income/(loss)	(407)						(407)
Repurchased								(4,775)
Reissued								40
Other								(13)
Balance at Sep. 30, 2013	$ 77,616	$ 7,200	$ 8	$ 3,701	$ 48,930	$ 69,975	$ (600)	$ (51,598)

XML

Income Taxes (Details)	9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2013
U.S. Federal
Earliest tax years that remain subject to examination by major jurisdiction
Open Tax Years by Major Tax Jurisdiction	2008
New York State and City
Earliest tax years that remain subject to examination by major jurisdiction
Open Tax Years by Major Tax Jurisdiction	2004
United Kingdom
Earliest tax years that remain subject to examination by major jurisdiction
Open Tax Years by Major Tax Jurisdiction	2007
Japan
Earliest tax years that remain subject to examination by major jurisdiction
Open Tax Years by Major Tax Jurisdiction	2010
Hong Kong
Earliest tax years that remain subject to examination by major jurisdiction
Open Tax Years by Major Tax Jurisdiction	2006
Korea
Earliest tax years that remain subject to examination by major jurisdiction
Open Tax Years by Major Tax Jurisdiction	2010

XML

Description of Business

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2013

Description of Business and Basis of Presentation [Abstract]

Description of Business

Note 1.

Description of Business

The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. (Group Inc.), a Delaware corporation, together with its consolidated subsidiaries (collectively, the firm), is a leading global investment banking, securities and investment management firm that provides a wide range of financial services to a substantial and diversified client base that includes corporations, financial institutions, governments and high-net-worth individuals. Founded in 1869, the firm is headquartered in New York and maintains offices in all major financial centers around the world.

The firm reports its activities in the following four business segments:

Investment Banking

The firm provides a broad range of investment banking services to a diverse group of corporations, financial institutions, investment funds and governments. Services include strategic advisory assignments with respect to mergers and acquisitions, divestitures, corporate defense activities, risk management, restructurings and spin-offs, and debt and equity underwriting of public offerings and private placements, including domestic and cross-border transactions, as well as derivative transactions directly related to these activities.

Institutional Client Services

The firm facilitates client transactions and makes markets in fixed income, equity, currency and commodity products, primarily with institutional clients such as corporations, financial institutions, investment funds and governments. The firm also makes markets in and clears client transactions on major stock, options and futures exchanges worldwide and provides financing, securities lending and other prime brokerage services to institutional clients.

Investing & Lending

The firm invests in and originates loans to provide financing to clients. These investments and loans are typically longer-term in nature. The firm makes investments, directly and indirectly through funds that the firm manages, in debt securities and loans, public and private equity securities, real estate, consolidated investment entities and power generation facilities.

Investment Management

The firm provides investment management services and offers investment products (primarily through separately managed accounts and commingled vehicles, such as mutual funds and private investment funds) across all major asset classes to a diverse set of institutional and individual clients. The firm also offers wealth advisory services, including portfolio management and financial counseling, and brokerage and other transaction services to high-net-worth individuals and families.

XML

Financial Instruments Owned, at Fair Value and Financial Instruments Sold, But Not Yet Purchased, at Fair Value

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2013

Financial Instruments Owned, at Fair Value and Financial Instruments Sold, But Not Yet Purchased, at Fair Value [Abstract]

Financial Instruments Owned, at Fair Value and Financial Instruments Sold, But Not Yet Purchased, at Fair Value

Note 4.

Financial Instruments Owned, at Fair Value and Financial Instruments Sold, But Not Yet Purchased, at Fair Value

Financial instruments owned, at fair value and financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value are accounted for at fair value either under the fair value option or in accordance with other U.S. GAAP. See Note 8 for further information about the fair value option. The table below presents the firm’s financial instruments owned, at fair value, including those pledged as collateral, and financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value.

	As of September 2013				As of December 2012
in millions		Financial Instruments Owned	Financial Instruments Sold, But Not Yet Purchased			Financial Instruments Owned	Financial Instruments Sold, But Not Yet Purchased
Commercial paper, certificates of deposit, time deposits and other money market instruments		$    5,902	$          —			$    6,057	$          —
U.S. government and federal agency obligations		77,328	18,631			93,241	15,905
Non-U.S. government and agency obligations		46,257	32,591			62,250	32,361
Mortgage and other asset-backed loans and securities:
Loans and securities backed by commercial real estate		5,884	53			9,805	—
Loans and securities backed by residential real estate		8,285	1			8,216	4
Bank loans and bridge loans		17,573	1,091	4		22,407	1,779	4
Corporate debt securities		15,280	5,398			20,981	5,761
State and municipal obligations		1,356	—			2,477	1
Other debt obligations		3,076	3			2,251	—
Equities and convertible debentures		77,485	24,903			96,454	20,406
Commodities 1		4,372	—			11,696	—
Derivatives 2		61,459	48,487			71,176	50,427
Total 3		$324,257	$131,158			$407,011	$126,644

1. As of December 2012, includes $4.29 billion of commodities that have been transferred to third parties, which were accounted for as collateralized financings rather than sales. No such transactions related to commodities included in “Financial instruments owned, at fair value” were outstanding as of September 2013.

2. Reported on a net-by-counterparty basis when a legal right of setoff exists under an enforceable netting agreement and reported net of cash collateral received or posted under enforceable credit support agreements.

3. As of December 2012, includes approximately $8.84 billion of assets, primarily consisting of corporate debt securities, and non-U.S. government and agency obligations related to the firm’s European insurance business. As of September 2013, all assets, including financial instruments owned, related to the firm’s European insurance business were classified as held for sale and included in “Other assets.” See Note 12 for further information about assets held for sale.

4. Primarily relates to the fair value of unfunded lending commitments for which the fair value option was elected.

Gains and Losses from Market Making and Other Principal Transactions

The table below presents “Market making” revenues by major product type, as well as “Other principal transactions” revenues. These gains/(losses) are primarily related to the firm’s financial instruments owned, at fair value and financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value, including both derivative and non-derivative financial instruments. These gains/(losses) exclude related interest income and interest expense. See Note 23 for further information about interest income and interest expense.

The gains/(losses) in the table are not representative of the manner in which the firm manages its business activities because many of the firm’s market-making and client facilitation strategies utilize financial instruments across various product types. Accordingly, gains or losses in one product type frequently offset gains or losses in other product types. For example, most of the firm’s longer-term derivatives are sensitive to changes in interest rates and may be economically hedged with interest rate swaps. Similarly, a significant portion of the firm’s cash instruments and derivatives has exposure to foreign currencies and may be economically hedged with foreign currency contracts.

Product Type	Three Months Ended September					Nine Months Ended September
in millions		2013		2012			2013	2012
Interest rates		$ 1,546		$1,854			$     513	$  3,211
Credit		155		827			1,609	3,476
Currencies		(1,318	)	(689	)		2,042	(643	)
Equities		857		809			2,126	2,020
Commodities		187		(16	)		836	511
Other		(63	)	(135	)		367	77
Market making		1,364		2,650			7,493	8,652
Other principal transactions  1		1,434		1,802			4,917	3,909
Total		$ 2,798		$4,452			$12,410	$12,561

1. Other principal transactions are included in the firm’s Investing & Lending segment. See Note 25 for net revenues, including net interest income, by product type for Investing & Lending, as well as the amount of net interest income included in Investing & Lending. The “Other” category in Note 25 relates to the firm’s consolidated investment entities, and primarily includes commodities-related net revenues.

XML

Derivatives and Hedging Activities (Details 5) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	Sep. 30, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Bifurcated Embedded Derivatives [Abstract]
Embedded Derivative, Fair Value of Embedded Derivative Asset	$ 227	$ 320
Embedded Derivative, Fair Value of Embedded Derivative Liability	301	398
Embedded Derivative, Fair Value of Embedded Derivative, Net, Total	(74)	(78)
Notional Amount	50,533,081	44,453,684
Embedded Derivatives Classified In Debt [Member]
Bifurcated Embedded Derivatives [Abstract]
Notional Amount	$ 8,091	$ 10,567

XML

Basis of Presentation

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2013

Description of Business and Basis of Presentation [Abstract]

Basis of Presentation

Note 2.

Basis of Presentation

These condensed consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (U.S. GAAP) and include the accounts of Group Inc. and all other entities in which the firm has a controlling financial interest. Intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.

These condensed consolidated financial statements are unaudited and should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements included in the firm’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012. References to “the firm’s Annual Report on Form 10-K” are to the firm’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012. The condensed consolidated financial information as of December 31, 2012 has been derived from audited consolidated financial statements not included herein.

These unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments that are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair statement of the results for the interim periods presented. These adjustments are of a normal, recurring nature. Interim period operating results may not be indicative of the operating results for a full year.

All references to September 2013 and September 2012 refer to the firm’s periods ended, or the dates, as the context requires, September 30, 2013 and September 30, 2012, respectively. All references to June 2013 and December 2012 refer to the dates June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. Any reference to a future year refers to a year ending on December 31 of that year. Certain reclassifications have been made to previously reported amounts to conform to the current presentation.

XML

Collateralized Agreements and Financings (Tables)

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2013

Collateralized Agreements and Financings [Abstract]

Resale and repurchase agreements and securities borrowed and loaned transactions

	As of
in millions		September 2013	December 2012
Securities purchased under agreements to resell 1		$169,868	$141,334
Securities borrowed 2		175,095	136,893
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase 1		157,781	171,807
Securities loaned 2		19,034	13,765

1. Substantially all resale agreements and all repurchase agreements are carried at fair value under the fair value option. See Note 8 for further information about the valuation techniques and significant inputs used to determine fair value.

2. As of September 2013 and December 2012, $59.75 billion and $38.40 billion of securities borrowed and $1.88 billion and $1.56 billion of securities loaned were at fair value, respectively.

Offsetting Arrangements

	As of September 2013
	Assets					Liabilities
in millions		Securities purchased under agreements to resell		Securities borrowed			Securities sold under agreements to repurchase		Securities loaned
Amounts included in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition
Gross carrying value		$ 211,660		$ 185,599			$ 188,540		$ 27,530
Counterparty netting		(30,759	)	(8,058	)		(30,759	)	(8,058	)
Total		180,901	1, 2	177,541	1, 2		157,781		19,472	2
Amounts that have not been offset in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition
Counterparty netting		(11,061	)	(2,541	)		(11,061	)	(2,541	)
Collateral		(154,009	)	(148,090	)		(124,481	)	(16,617	)
Total		$   15,831		$   26,910			$   22,239		$      314
	As of December 2012
	Assets					Liabilities
in millions		Securities purchased under agreements to resell		Securities borrowed			Securities sold under agreements to repurchase		Securities loaned
Amounts included in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition
Gross carrying value		$ 175,656		$ 151,162			$ 201,688		$ 23,509
Counterparty netting		(29,766	)	(9,744	)		(29,766	)	(9,744	)
Total		145,890	1, 3	141,418	1		171,922	3	13,765
Amounts that have not been offset in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition
Counterparty netting		(27,512	)	(2,583	)		(27,512	)	(2,583	)
Collateral		(104,344	)	(117,552	)		(106,638	)	(10,990	)
Total		$   14,034		$   21,283			$   37,772		$      192

1. As of September 2013 and December 2012, the firm had $10.91 billion and $4.41 billion, respectively, of securities received under resale agreements and $2.01 billion and $4.53 billion, respectively, of securities borrowed transactions that were segregated to satisfy certain regulatory requirements. These securities are included in “Cash and securities segregated for regulatory and other purposes.”

2. As of September 2013, the firm classified $123 million of resale agreements, $438 million of securities borrowed transactions and $438 million of securities loaned transactions related to the firm’s European insurance business as held for sale. These amounts are included in “Other assets” and “Other liabilities and accrued expenses.” See Note 12 for further information about assets held for sale.

3. As of December 2012, the firm classified $148 million of resale agreements and $115 million of repurchase agreements related to the firm’s Americas reinsurance business as held for sale. See Note 12 for further information about this sale.

Other secured financings

	As of September 2013						As of December 2012
$ in millions		U.S. Dollar		Non-U.S. Dollar		Total		U.S. Dollar		Non-U.S. Dollar		Total
Other secured financings (short-term):
At fair value		$12,136		$  7,005		$19,141		$16,504		$6,181		$22,685
At amortized cost		106		14		120		34		326		360
Interest rates 1		3.44	%	2.72	%			6.18	%	0.10	%
Other secured financings (long-term):
At fair value		4,457		2,267		6,724		6,134		1,518		7,652
At amortized cost		172		897		1,069		577		736		1,313
Interest rates 1		5.18	%	1.78	%			3.38	%	2.55	%
Total 2		$16,871		$10,183		$27,054		$23,249		$8,761		$32,010
Amount of other secured financings collateralized by:
Financial instruments 3		$16,694		$  9,786		$26,480		$22,323		$8,442		$30,765
Other assets 4		177		397		574		926		319		1,245

1. The weighted average interest rates exclude secured financings at fair value and include the effect of hedging activities. See Note 7 for further information about hedging activities.

2. Includes $6.77 billion and $8.68 billion related to transfers of financial assets accounted for as financings rather than sales as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively. Such financings were collateralized by financial assets included in “Financial instruments owned, at fair value” of $6.94 billion and $8.92 billion as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively.

3. Includes $14.14 billion and $17.24 billion of other secured financings collateralized by financial instruments owned, at fair value as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively, and includes $12.34 billion and $13.53 billion of other secured financings collateralized by financial instruments received as collateral and repledged as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively.

4. Primarily real estate and cash.

Other Secured Financings by maturity date

in millions	As of September 2013
Other secured financings (short-term)	$19,261
Other secured financings (long-term):
2014	1,623
2015	2,896
2016	1,817
2017	171
2018	588
2019-thereafter	698
Total other secured financings (long-term)	7,793
Total other secured financings	$27,054

Financial Instruments Received As Collateral And Repledged

	As of
in millions		September 2013	December 2012
Collateral available to be delivered or repledged		$637,102	$540,949
Collateral that was delivered or repledged		475,900	397,652

Financial Instruments Owned, at fair value and Other Assets Pledged as Collateral

	As of
in millions		September 2013	December 2012
Financial instruments owned, at fair value pledged to counterparties that:
Had the right to deliver or repledge 1		$  52,490	$  67,177
Did not have the right to deliver or repledge		85,947	120,980
Other assets pledged to counterparties that:
Did not have the right to deliver or repledge		881	2,031

1. Excludes $1.59 billion classified as held for sale as of September 2013, related to the firm’s European insurance business. See Note 12 for further information about assets held for sale.

XML

Earnings Per Common Share

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2013

Earnings Per Common Share [Abstract]

Earnings Per Common Share

Note 21.

Earnings Per Common Share

Basic earnings per common share (EPS) is calculated by dividing net earnings applicable to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding. Common shares outstanding includes common stock and RSUs for which no future service is required as a condition to the delivery of the underlying common stock. Diluted EPS includes the determinants of basic EPS and, in addition, reflects the dilutive effect of the common stock deliverable for stock warrants and options and for RSUs for which future service is required as a condition to the delivery of the underlying common stock.

The table below presents the computations of basic and diluted EPS.

	Three Months Ended September			Nine Months Ended September
in millions, except per share amounts		2013	2012		2013	2012
Numerator for basic and diluted EPS — net earnings applicable to common shareholders		$1,429	$1,458		$5,478	$4,459
Denominator for basic EPS — weighted average number of common shares		463.4	491.2		472.7	501.1
Effect of dilutive securities:
RSUs		7.5	12.0		7.0	10.8
Stock options and warrants		25.5	7.7		23.5	8.2
Dilutive potential common shares		33.0	19.7		30.5	19.0
Denominator for diluted EPS — weighted average number of common shares and dilutive potential common shares		496.4	510.9		503.2	520.1
Basic EPS		$  3.07	$  2.95		$11.55	$  8.85
Diluted EPS		2.88	2.85		10.89	8.57

In the table above, unvested share-based payment awards that have non-forfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents are treated as a separate class of securities in calculating EPS. The impact of applying this methodology was a reduction in basic EPS of $0.01 and $0.02 for the three months ended September 2013 and September 2012, respectively, and $0.04 and $0.05 for the nine months ended September 2013 and September 2012, respectively.

The diluted EPS computations in the table above do not include the following:

	Three Months Ended September			Nine Months Ended September
in millions		2013	2012		2013	2012
Number of antidilutive RSUs and common shares underlying antidilutive stock options and warrants		6.0	52.4		6.2	52.4

XML

Business Segments

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2013

Business Segments [Abstract]

Business Segments

Note 25.

Business Segments

The firm reports its activities in the following four business segments: Investment Banking, Institutional Client Services, Investing & Lending and Investment Management.

Basis of Presentation

In reporting segments, certain of the firm’s business lines have been aggregated where they have similar economic characteristics and are similar in each of the following areas: (i) the nature of the services they provide, (ii) their methods of distribution, (iii) the types of clients they serve and (iv) the regulatory environments in which they operate.

The cost drivers of the firm taken as a whole — compensation, headcount and levels of business activity — are broadly similar in each of the firm’s business segments. Compensation and benefits expenses in the firm’s segments reflect, among other factors, the overall performance of the firm as well as the performance of individual businesses. Consequently, pre-tax margins in one segment of the firm’s business may be significantly affected by the performance of the firm’s other business segments.

The firm allocates assets (including allocations of excess liquidity and cash, secured client financing and other assets), revenues and expenses among the four reportable business segments. Due to the integrated nature of these segments, estimates and judgments are made in allocating certain assets, revenues and expenses. The allocation process is based on the manner in which management currently views the performance of the segments. Transactions between segments are based on specific criteria or approximate third-party rates. Total operating expenses include corporate items that have not been allocated to individual business segments.

The segment information presented in the table below is prepared according to the following methodologies:

Ÿ Revenues and expenses directly associated with each segment are included in determining pre-tax earnings.

Ÿ Net revenues in the firm’s segments include allocations of interest income and interest expense to specific securities, commodities and other positions in relation to the cash generated by, or funding requirements of, such underlying positions. Net interest is included in segment net revenues as it is consistent with the way in which management assesses segment performance.

Ÿ Overhead expenses not directly allocable to specific segments are allocated ratably based on direct segment expenses.

Management believes that the following information provides a reasonable representation of each segment’s contribution to consolidated pre-tax earnings and total assets.

		For the Three Months Ended or as of September			For the Nine Months Ended or as of September
in millions			2013	2012		2013	2012
Investment Banking	Financial Advisory		$       423	$       509		$    1,393	$    1,467
	Equity underwriting		276	189		1,037	683
	Debt underwriting		467	466		1,856	1,371
	Total Underwriting		743	655		2,893	2,054
	Total net revenues		1,166	1,164		4,286	3,521
	Operating expenses		674	823		2,763	2,575
	Pre-tax earnings		$       492	$       341		$    1,523	$       946
	Segment assets		$    1,829	$    1,765		$    1,829	$    1,765
Institutional Client Services	Fixed Income, Currency and Commodities Client Execution		$    1,247	$    2,224		$    6,927	$    7,876
	Equities client execution		549	847		1,996	2,407
	Commissions and fees		727	721		2,356	2,331
	Securities services		340	392		1,036	1,168
	Total Equities		1,616	1,960		5,388	5,906
	Total net revenues 1		2,863	4,184		12,315	13,782
	Operating expenses		2,484	3,250		9,170	10,179
	Pre-tax earnings		$       379	$       934		$    3,145	$    3,603
	Segment assets		$803,438	$842,950		$803,438	$842,950
Investing & Lending	Equity securities		$       938	$       923		$    2,527	$    1,677
	Debt securities and loans		300	558		1,524	1,365
	Other		237	323		907	876
	Total net revenues		1,475	1,804		4,958	3,918
	Operating expenses		417	1,002		2,118	2,216
	Pre-tax earnings		$    1,058	$       802		$    2,840	$    1,702
	Segment assets		$105,769	$  92,541		$105,769	$  92,541
Investment Management	Management and other fees		$    1,085	$    1,016		$    3,243	$    3,038
	Incentive fees		71	82		329	357
	Transaction revenues		62	101		293	311
	Total net revenues		1,218	1,199		3,865	3,706
	Operating expenses		977	977		3,177	3,047
	Pre-tax earnings		$       241	$       222		$       688	$       659
	Segment assets		$  12,187	$  11,951		$  12,187	$  11,951
Total	Net revenues		$    6,722	$    8,351		$  25,424	$  24,927
	Operating expenses		4,555	6,053		17,239	18,033
	Pre-tax earnings		$    2,167	$    2,298		$    8,185	$    6,894
	Total assets		$923,223	$949,207		$923,223	$949,207

1. Includes $30 million for the three months ended September 2012, and $37 million and $81 million for the nine months ended September 2013 and September 2012, respectively, of realized gains on available-for-sale securities held in the firm’s Americas reinsurance business, in which a majority stake was sold in April 2013.

Total operating expenses in the table above include the following expenses that have not been allocated to the firm’s segments:

Ÿ real estate-related exit costs of $3 million and $1 million for the three months ended September 2013 and September 2012, respectively, and $11 million and $4 million for the nine months ended September 2013 and September 2012, respectively. Real estate-related exit costs are included in “Depreciation and amortization” and “Occupancy” in the condensed consolidated statements of earnings; and

Ÿ charitable contributions of $12 million for the nine months ended September 2012.

Operating expenses related to net provisions for litigation and regulatory proceedings, previously not allocated to the firm’s segments, have now been allocated. This allocation is consistent with the manner in which management currently views the performance of the firm’s segments. Reclassifications have been made to previously reported segment amounts to conform to the current presentation.

The tables below present the amounts of net interest income or interest expense included in net revenues, and the amounts of depreciation and amortization expense included in pre-tax earnings.

	Three Months Ended September				Nine Months Ended September
in millions		2013	2012			2013	2012
Investment Banking		$  —	$   (4	)		$      —	$    (13	)
Institutional Client Services		772	813			2,466	2,799
Investing & Lending		41	2			41	9
Investment Management		27	25			84	112
Total net interest income		$840	$836			$2,591	$2,907
	Three Months Ended September				Nine Months Ended September
in millions		2013	2012			2013	2012
Investment Banking		$  36	$  36			$   107	$   117
Institutional Client Services		144	188			425	559
Investing & Lending		59	119			192	406
Investment Management		41	52			122	155
Total depreciation and amortization  1		$280	$396			$   848	$1,238

1. Includes real estate-related exit costs of $1 million for the three months ended September 2012, and $2 million and $1 million for the nine months ended September 2013 and September 2012, respectively, that have not been allocated to the firm’s segments.

Geographic Information

Due to the highly integrated nature of international financial markets, the firm manages its businesses based on the profitability of the enterprise as a whole. The methodology for allocating profitability to geographic regions is dependent on estimates and management judgment because a significant portion of the firm’s activities require cross-border coordination in order to facilitate the needs of the firm’s clients.

Geographic results are generally allocated as follows:

Ÿ Investment Banking: location of the client and investment banking team.

Ÿ Institutional Client Services: Fixed Income, Currency and Commodities Client Execution, and Equities (excluding Securities Services): location of the market-making desk; Securities Services: location of the primary market for the underlying security.

Ÿ Investing & Lending: Investing: location of the investment; Lending: location of the client.

Ÿ Investment Management: location of the sales team.

The table below presents the total net revenues and pre-tax earnings of the firm by geographic region allocated based on the methodology referred to above, as well as the percentage of total net revenues and pre-tax earnings (excluding Corporate) for each geographic region.

	Three Months Ended September									Nine Months Ended September
$ in millions		2013				2012					2013				2012
Net revenues
Americas 1		$4,089		61	%	$5,114		61	%		$14,977		59	%	$14,807		59	%
EMEA 2		1,681		25		2,160		26			6,264		25		6,660		27
Asia 3		952		14		1,077		13			4,183		16		3,460		14
Total net revenues		$6,722		100	%	$8,351		100	%		$25,424		100	%	$24,927		100	%
Pre-tax earnings
Americas 1		$1,293		60	%	$1,336		58	%		$  4,494		55	%	$  3,766		54	%
EMEA 2		585		27		716		31			2,221		27		2,272		33
Asia 3		292		13		247		11			1,481		18		872		13
Subtotal		2,170		100	%	2,299		100	%		8,196		100	%	6,910		100	%
Corporate 4		(3	)			(1	)				(11	)			(16	)
Total pre-tax earnings		$2,167				$2,298					$  8,185				$  6,894

1. Substantially all relates to the U.S.

2. EMEA (Europe, Middle East and Africa).

3. Asia also includes Australia and New Zealand.

4. Consists of real estate-related exit costs of $3 million and $1 million for the three months ended September 2013 and September 2012, respectively, and $11 million and $4 million for the nine months ended September 2013 and September 2012, respectively; and charitable contributions of $12 million for the nine months ended September 2012. Net provisions for litigation and regulatory proceedings, previously included in Corporate, have now been allocated to the geographic regions. Reclassifications have been made to previously reported geographic region amounts to conform to the current presentation.

XML

Derivatives and Hedging Activities (Details 3) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	Sep. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	$ 610,678	$ 618,804	$ 638,513
Total financial liabilities at fair value	368,736	381,656	377,677
Financial instruments owned, at fair value (includes $52,490 and $67,177 pledged as collateral as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively)	324,257		407,011
Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value	131,158		126,644
Level 1 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	158,223	165,174	190,737
Total financial liabilities at fair value	73,218	82,725	65,994
Level 2 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	487,295	492,118	502,293
Total financial liabilities at fair value	294,599	300,929	318,764
Level 3 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	41,971	42,824	47,095
Total financial liabilities at fair value	25,294	22,564	25,679
Derivatives [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Financial instruments owned, at fair value (includes $52,490 and $67,177 pledged as collateral as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively)	61,459		71,176
Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value	48,487		50,427
Interest Rate Contract [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	431,179		608,356
Total financial liabilities at fair value	382,611		545,671
Interest Rate Contract [Member] | Level 1 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	8		13
Total financial liabilities at fair value	6		14
Interest Rate Contract [Member] | Level 2 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	430,842		608,151
Total financial liabilities at fair value	382,204		545,110
Interest Rate Contract [Member] | Level 3 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	329		192
Total financial liabilities at fair value	401		547
Credit Risk Contract [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	67,792		85,816
Total financial liabilities at fair value	61,144		74,927
Credit Risk Contract [Member] | Level 1 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	0		0
Total financial liabilities at fair value	0		0
Credit Risk Contract [Member] | Level 2 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	59,699		74,907
Total financial liabilities at fair value	57,053		70,246
Credit Risk Contract [Member] | Level 3 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	8,093		10,909
Total financial liabilities at fair value	4,091		4,681
Foreign Exchange Contract [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	69,273		72,149
Total financial liabilities at fair value	63,107		60,894
Foreign Exchange Contract [Member] | Level 1 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	0		0
Total financial liabilities at fair value	0		0
Foreign Exchange Contract [Member] | Level 2 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	68,678		71,157
Total financial liabilities at fair value	62,540		59,937
Foreign Exchange Contract [Member] | Level 3 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	595		992
Total financial liabilities at fair value	567		957
Commodity Contract [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	19,813		23,320
Total financial liabilities at fair value	18,857		24,350
Commodity Contract [Member] | Level 1 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	0		0
Total financial liabilities at fair value	0		0
Commodity Contract [Member] | Level 2 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	19,367		22,697
Total financial liabilities at fair value	18,330		23,423
Commodity Contract [Member] | Level 3 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	446		623
Total financial liabilities at fair value	527		927
Equity Contract [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	55,328		49,483
Total financial liabilities at fair value	52,258		43,681
Equity Contract [Member] | Level 1 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	8		43
Total financial liabilities at fair value	14		50
Equity Contract [Member] | Level 2 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	54,519		48,698
Total financial liabilities at fair value	49,902		41,641
Equity Contract [Member] | Level 3 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	801		742
Total financial liabilities at fair value	2,342		1,990
Gross Fair Value of Derivative [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	643,385		839,124
Total financial liabilities at fair value	577,977		749,523
Gross Fair Value of Derivative [Member] | Level 1 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	16		56
Total financial liabilities at fair value	20		64
Gross Fair Value of Derivative [Member] | Level 2 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	633,105		825,610
Total financial liabilities at fair value	570,029		740,357
Gross Fair Value of Derivative [Member] | Level 3 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	10,264		13,458
Total financial liabilities at fair value	7,928		9,102
Derivative Net Of Counterparty Netting [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	136,465		170,664
Total financial liabilities at fair value	71,057		81,063
Derivative Net Of Counterparty Netting [Member] | Level 1 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	16		56
Total financial liabilities at fair value	20		64
Derivative Net Of Counterparty Netting [Member] | Level 2 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	131,257		162,812
Total financial liabilities at fair value	68,181		77,559
Derivative Net Of Counterparty Netting [Member] | Level 3 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	6,997		9,920
Total financial liabilities at fair value	4,661		5,564
Cross-Level Netting [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	(1,805)		(2,124)
Total financial liabilities at fair value	(1,805)		(2,124)
Cross-Level Netting [Member] | Derivative Net Of Counterparty Netting [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	(1,805)		(2,124)
Total financial liabilities at fair value	(1,805)		(2,124)
Cash collateral netting [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	(75,006)		(99,488)
Total financial liabilities at fair value	(22,570)		(30,636)
Cash collateral netting [Member] | Derivatives [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	(76,811)	(81,312)	(101,612)
Total financial liabilities at fair value	(24,375)	(24,562)	(32,760)
Counterparty Netting [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	(506,920)		(668,460)
Total financial liabilities at fair value	(506,920)		(668,460)
Counterparty Netting [Member] | Level 1 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	0		0
Total financial liabilities at fair value	0		0
Counterparty Netting [Member] | Level 2 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	(501,848)		(662,798)
Total financial liabilities at fair value	(501,848)		(662,798)
Counterparty Netting [Member] | Level 3 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	(3,267)		(3,538)
Total financial liabilities at fair value	$ (3,267)		$ (3,538)

XML

Shareholders' Equity (Details 3) (USD $)	3 Months Ended	9 Months Ended		9 Months Ended						1 Months Ended	9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Sep. 30, 2013 Series A Preferred Stock [Member]	Sep. 30, 2013 Series B Preferred Stock [Member]	Sep. 30, 2013 Series C Preferred Stock [Member]	Sep. 30, 2013 Series D Preferred Stock [Member]	Sep. 30, 2013 Series E Preferred Stock [Member]	Sep. 30, 2013 Series F Preferred Stock [Member]	Mar. 25, 2013 March 25, 2013 warrant agreement with Berkshire Hathaway [Member]	Sep. 30, 2013 Series I Preferred Stock [Member]	Sep. 30, 2013 Series J Preferred Stock [Member]	Sep. 30, 2013 06-30-2013 Disclosure [Member]
Shareholders Equity (Textual) [Abstract]
Repurchased shares of common stock	10,200,000	30,800,000
Average cost per share	$ 161.59	$ 154.97
Total cost of repurchased shares	$ 1,650,000,000	$ 4,770,000,000
Shares remitted by employees to satisfy minimum statutory employee tax withholding		70,754
Remitted Shares, Total		10,000,000
Dividends payable date declared		Oct. 16, 2013
Dividends declared per common share	$ 0.55	$ 0.55											$ 0.50
Cancellation of RSUs to satisfy minimum statutory employee tax withholding		4,000,000
Cancelled RSUs, Total		$ 594,000,000
Preferred stock	$ 0.01	$ 0.01	$ 0.01	$ 0.01	$ 0.01	$ 0.01	$ 0.01	$ 0.01	$ 0.01		$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Depositary shares of non-cumulative preferred stock				1,000	1,000	1,000	1,000				1,000	1,000
Exercise purchase price of common stocks, per share										115.00
Exercise date										October 1, 2013
Redemption price				$25,000 plus declared and unpaid dividends	$25,000 plus declared and unpaid dividends	$25,000 plus declared and unpaid dividends	$25,000 plus declared and unpaid dividends	$100,000 plus declared and unpaid dividends	$100,000 plus declared and unpaid dividends		$25,000 plus accrued and unpaid dividends	$25,000 plus accrued and unpaid dividends
Number of shares of common stock covered by the warrant										43,500,000
Dividend Rate				3 month LIBOR + 0.75%,with floor of 3.75% per annum	6.20% per annum	3 month LIBOR + 0.75%,with floor of 4.00% per annum	3 month LIBOR + 0.67%, with floor of 4.00% per annum	3 month LIBOR + 0.77%, with floor of 4.00% per annum	3 month LIBOR + 0.77%, with floor of 4.00% per annum		5.95% per annum	5.50% per annum to, but excluding, May 10, 2023; 3 month LIBOR + 3.64% per annum thereafter
Liquidation preference of non-cumulative preferred stock				$ 25,000	$ 25,000	$ 25,000	$ 25,000	$ 100,000	$ 100,000		$ 25,000	$ 25,000
Number of shares of common stock delivered to cover the warrant										13,100,000
Delivery date										Oct. 04, 2013

XML

Fair Value Measurements (Tables)

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2013

Fair Value Measurements [Abstract]

Financial Assets Liabilities Summary

	As of
$ in millions		September 2013		June 2013		December 2012
Total level 1 financial assets		$158,223		$165,174		$ 190,737
Total level 2 financial assets		487,295		492,118		502,293
Total level 3 financial assets		41,971		42,824		47,095
Cash collateral and counterparty netting  1		(76,811	)	(81,312	)	(101,612	)
Total financial assets at fair value		$610,678		$618,804		$ 638,513
Total assets		$923,223		$938,456		$ 938,555
Total level 3 financial assets as a percentage of Total assets		4.5	%	4.6	%	5.0	%
Total level 3 financial assets as a percentage of Total financial assets at fair value		6.9	%	6.9	%	7.4	%
Total level 1 financial liabilities		$  73,218		$  82,725		$   65,994
Total level 2 financial liabilities		294,599		300,929		318,764
Total level 3 financial liabilities		25,294		22,564		25,679
Cash collateral and counterparty netting  1		(24,375	)	(24,562	)	(32,760	)
Total financial liabilities at fair value		$368,736		$381,656		$ 377,677
Total level 3 financial liabilities as a percentage of Total financial liabilities at fair value		6.9	%	5.9	%	6.8	%

1. Represents the impact on derivatives of cash collateral, and counterparty netting across levels of the fair value hierarchy. Netting among positions classified in the same level is included in that level.

XML

Derivatives and Hedging Activities (Details 2) (USD $)	Sep. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Sep. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Interest Rate Contract [Member]
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs Assets and Liabilities [Abstract]
Fair Value, Measurement with Unobservable Inputs Reconciliation, Recurring Basis, Derivative Contracts Net Value, Ending Balance	$ (72,000,000)	$ (230,000,000)	$ (355,000,000)	$ (483,000,000)	$ (353,000,000)	$ (371,000,000)
Interest Rate Contract [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs Assets and Liabilities [Abstract]
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Correlation	22.00%		22.00%
Fair Value Unobservable Input, Volatility	30 bpa		37 bpa
Interest Rate Contract [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs Assets and Liabilities [Abstract]
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Correlation	84.00%		97.00%
Fair Value Unobservable Input, Volatility	214 bpa		59 bpa
Interest Rate Contract [Member] | Average [Member]
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs Assets and Liabilities [Abstract]
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Correlation	60.00%		67.00%
Fair Value Unobservable Input, Volatility	86 bpa		48 bpa
Interest Rate Contract [Member] | Median [Member]
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs Assets and Liabilities [Abstract]
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Correlation	65.00%		68.00%
Fair Value Unobservable Input, Volatility	79 bpa		47 bpa
Foreign Exchange Contract [Member]
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs Assets and Liabilities [Abstract]
Fair Value, Measurement with Unobservable Inputs Reconciliation, Recurring Basis, Derivative Contracts Net Value, Ending Balance	28,000,000	30,000,000	35,000,000	351,000,000	192,000,000	842,000,000
Foreign Exchange Contract [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs Assets and Liabilities [Abstract]
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Correlation	65.00%		65.00%
Foreign Exchange Contract [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs Assets and Liabilities [Abstract]
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Correlation	87.00%		87.00%
Foreign Exchange Contract [Member] | Average [Member]
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs Assets and Liabilities [Abstract]
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Correlation	75.00%		76.00%
Foreign Exchange Contract [Member] | Median [Member]
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs Assets and Liabilities [Abstract]
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Correlation	74.00%		79.00%
Credit Risk Contract [Member]
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs Assets and Liabilities [Abstract]
Fair Value, Measurement with Unobservable Inputs Reconciliation, Recurring Basis, Derivative Contracts Net Value, Ending Balance	4,002,000,000	4,621,000,000	6,228,000,000	6,979,000,000	6,119,000,000	6,300,000,000
Credit Risk Contract [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs Assets and Liabilities [Abstract]
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Correlation	5.00%		5.00%
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Credit Spreads	3 bps		9 bps
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Upfront Credit Points	0 points
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Recovery Rates	20.00%		15.00%
Credit Risk Contract [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs Assets and Liabilities [Abstract]
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Correlation	89.00%		95.00%
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Credit Spreads	1028 bps		2341 bps
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Upfront Credit Points	100 points
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Recovery Rates	88.00%		85.00%
Credit Risk Contract [Member] | Average [Member]
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs Assets and Liabilities [Abstract]
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Correlation	58.00%		50.00%
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Credit Spreads	156 bps		225 bps
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Upfront Credit Points	49 points
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Recovery Rates	47.00%		54.00%
Credit Risk Contract [Member] | Median [Member]
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs Assets and Liabilities [Abstract]
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Correlation	58.00%		50.00%
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Credit Spreads	116 bps		140 bps
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Upfront Credit Points	47 points
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Recovery Rates	40.00%		53.00%
Equity Contract [Member]
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs Assets and Liabilities [Abstract]
Fair Value, Measurement with Unobservable Inputs Reconciliation, Recurring Basis, Derivative Contracts Net Value, Ending Balance	(1,541,000,000)	(2,605,000,000)	(1,248,000,000)	(577,000,000)	(548,000,000)	(432,000,000)
Equity Contract [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs Assets and Liabilities [Abstract]
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Correlation	25.00%		48.00%
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Volatility	6.00%		15.00%
Equity Contract [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs Assets and Liabilities [Abstract]
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Correlation	99.00%		98.00%
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Volatility	92.00%		73.00%
Equity Contract [Member] | Average [Member]
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs Assets and Liabilities [Abstract]
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Correlation	60.00%		68.00%
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Volatility	23.00%		31.00%
Equity Contract [Member] | Median [Member]
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs Assets and Liabilities [Abstract]
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Correlation	59.00%		67.00%
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Volatility	21.00%		30.00%
Commodity Contract [Member]
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs Assets and Liabilities [Abstract]
Fair Value, Measurement with Unobservable Inputs Reconciliation, Recurring Basis, Derivative Contracts Net Value, Ending Balance	(81,000,000)	25,000,000	(304,000,000)	(651,000,000)	(240,000,000)	(605,000,000)
Commodity Contract [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs Assets and Liabilities [Abstract]
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Volatility	17.00%		13.00%
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Spread Per Million British Thermal Units Of Natural Gas	(1.86)		(0.61)
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Price Per Megawatt Hour Of Power			17.30
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Price Per Barrel Of Oil	85.57		86.64
Commodity Contract [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs Assets and Liabilities [Abstract]
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Volatility	45.00%		53.00%
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Spread Per Million British Thermal Units Of Natural Gas	3.80		6.07
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Price Per Megawatt Hour Of Power			57.39
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Price Per Barrel Of Oil	99.83		98.43
Commodity Contract [Member] | Average [Member]
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs Assets and Liabilities [Abstract]
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Volatility	24.00%		30.00%
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Spread Per Million British Thermal Units Of Natural Gas	(0.04)		0.02
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Price Per Megawatt Hour Of Power			33.17
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Price Per Barrel Of Oil	91.50		92.76
Commodity Contract [Member] | Median [Member]
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs Assets and Liabilities [Abstract]
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Volatility	23.00%		29.00%
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Spread Per Million British Thermal Units Of Natural Gas	(0.03)		0.00
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Price Per Megawatt Hour Of Power			32.80
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Price Per Barrel Of Oil	$ 91.18		$ 93.62
Cross Asset [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs Assets and Liabilities [Abstract]
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Correlation	(42.00%)		(51.00%)
Cross Asset [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs Assets and Liabilities [Abstract]
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Correlation	78.00%		66.00%
Cross Asset [Member] | Average [Member]
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs Assets and Liabilities [Abstract]
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Correlation	28.00%		30.00%
Cross Asset [Member] | Median [Member]
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs Assets and Liabilities [Abstract]
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Correlation	36.00%		35.00%

XML

Long-Term Borrowings (Details 3) (USD $)	9 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Unsecured long term borrowings after hedging
Fixed rate obligations at fair value	$ 284,000,000	$ 122,000,000
Fixed rate obligations at amortized cost	17,165,000,000	24,547,000,000
Floating rate obligations at fair value	11,457,000,000	12,471,000,000
Floating rate obligations at amortized cost	139,176,000,000	130,165,000,000
Unsecured long-term borrowings	168,082,000,000	167,305,000,000
Subordinated Borrowings
Long-term subordinated debt outstanding, par amount	14,477,000,000	14,409,000,000
Long-term junior subordinated debt, par amount	2,835,000,000	2,835,000,000
Total subordinated Long-term Borrowings, par amount	17,312,000,000	17,244,000,000
Long-term subordinated debt outstanding	17,127,000,000	17,358,000,000
Long-term junior subordinated debt	3,832,000,000	4,228,000,000
Total subordinated Long-term Borrowings	20,959,000,000	21,586,000,000
Effective weighted average interest rate of long-term subordinated debt, after hedging	4.06%	4.24%
Effective weighted average interest rate of long-term junior subordinated debt, after hedging	1.02%	3.16%
Effective weighted average interest rate on long-term subordinated borrowings, after hedging	3.56%	4.06%
Long-term Borrowings (Textuals) [Abstract]
The latest year through which the firm's unsecured long-term borrowings extend	2061
Amount related to interest rate hedges on certain unsecured long-term borrowings	7,070,000,000
2014	185,000,000
2015	353,000,000
2016	850,000,000
2017	1,070,000,000
2018	1,050,000,000
2019 and thereafter	3,560,000,000
Percentage increase in the carrying value of total unsecured long-term borrowings for which the firm did not elect the fair value option due to the change in the firm's credit spreads	less than 2%	less than 2%
Effective weighted average interest rates for unsecured long-term borrowings, after hedging - total	2.27%	2.47%
Effective weighted average interest rates for unsecured long-term borrowings, after hedging fixed rate obligations	5.50%	5.26%
Effective weighted average interest rates for unsecured long-term borrowings, after hedging - floating rate obligations	1.89%	1.98%
Maturity date range start for long-term subordinated debt	2015	2015
Maturity date range end for long-term subordinated debt	2038	2038
Interest Rate of Junior Subordinated Debentures held by certain third parties	6.345%
Maturity date of Junior Subordinated Debentures held by certain third parties	Feb. 15, 2034
Goldman Sachs Capital I [Member]
Long-term Borrowings (Textuals) [Abstract]
Junior subordinated debentures issued to Goldman Sachs Capital I (Trust)	2,840,000,000
Common beneficial interests issued to Group Inc.	85,000,000
Guaranteed preferred beneficial interests issued to third parties	2,750,000,000
Interest Rate of Junior Subordinated Debentures issued to Trust, Fixed	6.345%
Maturity date of Junior Subordinated Debentures issued to Trust	Feb. 15, 2034
The 2012 Trusts [Member]
Long-term Borrowings (Textuals) [Abstract]
Junior subordinated debt held by Murray Street	1,750,000,000
Interest Rate of Junior Subordinated Debt held by Murray Street Trust, Fixed	4.647%
Maturity date of Junior Subordinated Debt held by Murray Street Trust	Mar. 09, 2017
Interest Rate of Junior Subordinated Debt held by Vesey Street Trust, Fixed	4.404%
Maturity date of Junior Subordinated Debt held by Vesey Street Trust	Sep. 01, 2016
Senior guaranteed trust securities issued by the Murray Street Trust and Vesey Street Trust (together, the 2012 Trusts)	2,250,000,000
Junior subordinated debt held by the 2012 Trusts	2,250,000,000
Junior subordinated debt held by Vesey Street	500,000,000
U.S. Dollar [Member]
Unsecured long term borrowings after hedging
Unsecured long-term borrowings	110,339,000,000	109,355,000,000
Long-term Borrowings (Textuals) [Abstract]
Fixed interest rate debt obligations interest rates range, minimum	0.20%	0.20%
Fixed interest rate debt obligations interest rates range, maximum	10.04%	10.04%
Weighted average interest rates for fixed rate unsecured long-term borrowings	5.19%	5.48%
Non-U.S. Dollar [Member]
Unsecured long term borrowings after hedging
Unsecured long-term borrowings	$ 57,743,000,000	$ 57,950,000,000
Long-term Borrowings (Textuals) [Abstract]
Fixed interest rate debt obligations interest rates range, minimum	0.10%	0.10%
Fixed interest rate debt obligations interest rates range, maximum	14.85%	14.85%
Weighted average interest rates for fixed rate unsecured long-term borrowings	4.30%	4.66%

XML

Interest Income and Interest Expense (Tables)

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2013

Interest Income and Interest Expense [Abstract]

Interest Income and Interest Expense

	Three Months Ended September					Nine Months Ended September
in millions		2013		2012			2013		2012
Interest income
Deposits with banks		$     39		$     38			$   137		$   111
Securities borrowed, securities purchased under agreements to resell and federal funds sold  1		36		(74	)		26		(49	)
Financial instruments owned, at fair value		1,907		2,324			6,337		7,334
Other interest 2		416		341			1,169		1,121
Total interest income		2,398		2,629			7,669		8,517
Interest expense
Deposits		98		106			292		292
Securities loaned and securities sold under agreements to repurchase		126		188			436		615
Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value		468		594			1,578		1,783
Short-term borrowings 3		88		133			309		453
Long-term borrowings 3		915		941			2,797		2,841
Other interest 4		(137	)	(169	)		(334	)	(374	)
Total interest expense		1,558		1,793			5,078		5,610
Net interest income		$   840		$   836			$2,591		$2,907

1. Includes rebates paid and interest income on securities borrowed.

2. Includes interest income on customer debit balances and other interest-earning assets.

3. Includes interest on unsecured borrowings and other secured financings.

4. Includes rebates received on other interest-bearing liabilities and interest expense on customer credit balances.

XML

Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees (Tables)

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2013

Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees [Abstract]

Commitments

	Commitment Amount by Period of Expiration as of September 2013					Total Commitments as of
in millions		Remainder of 2013	2014- 2015	2016- 2017	2018- Thereafter		September 2013	December 2012
Commitments to extend credit 1
Commercial lending:
Investment-grade		$  1,004	$13,306	$26,566	$15,246		$  56,122	$  53,736
Non-investment-grade		1,340	5,602	7,979	9,161		24,082	21,102
Warehouse financing		—	1,134	150	1		1,285	784
Total commitments to extend credit		2,344	20,042	34,695	24,408		81,489	75,622
Contingent and forward starting resale and securities borrowing agreements  2		63,158	—	—	—		63,158	47,599
Forward starting repurchase and secured lending agreements 2		14,368	—	—	—		14,368	6,144
Letters of credit 3		156	365	1	15		537	789
Investment commitments		752	1,973	176	3,487		6,388	7,339
Other		4,184	159	14	62		4,419	4,624
Total commitments		$84,962	$22,539	$34,886	$27,972		$170,359	$142,117

1. Commitments to extend credit are presented net of amounts syndicated to third parties.

2. These agreements generally settle within three business days.

3. Consists of commitments under letters of credit issued by various banks which the firm provides to counterparties in lieu of securities or cash to satisfy various collateral and margin deposit requirements.

Leases

in millions	As of September 2013
Remainder of 2013	$   104
2014	392
2015	339
2016	280
2017	270
2018	221
2019 - thereafter	1,192
Total	$2,798

Guarantees

	As of September 2013
			Maximum Payout/Notional Amount by Period of Expiration
in millions		Carrying Value of Net Liability		Remainder of 2013	2014- 2015	2016- 2017	2018- Thereafter	Total
Derivatives  1		$7,736		$197,874	$423,319	$74,485	$68,887	$764,565
Securities lending indemnifications  2		—		30,617	—	—	—	30,617
Other financial guarantees   3		157		1,338	725	873	2,027	4,963

1. These derivatives are risk managed together with derivatives that do not meet the definition of a guarantee, and therefore these amounts do not reflect the firm’s overall risk related to its derivative activities. As of December 2012, the carrying value of the net liability and the notional amount related to derivative guarantees were $8.58 billion and $663.15 billion, respectively.

2. Collateral held by the lenders in connection with securities lending indemnifications was $31.57 billion as of September 2013. Because the contractual nature of these arrangements requires the firm to obtain collateral with a market value that exceeds the value of the securities lent to the borrower, there is minimal performance risk associated with these guarantees. As of December 2012, the maximum payout and collateral held related to securities lending indemnifications were $27.12 billion and $27.89 billion, respectively.

3. Other financial guarantees excludes certain commitments to issue standby letters of credit that are included in “Commitments to extend credit.” See table in “Commitments” above for a summary of the firm’s commitments. As of December 2012, the carrying value of the net liability and the maximum payout related to other financial guarantees were $152 million and $3.48 billion, respectively.

XML

Goodwill and Identifiable Intangible Assets (Tables)

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2013

Goodwill and Intangible Assets Disclosure [Abstract]

Goodwill and intangible assets

	Goodwill
	As of
in millions		September 2013	December 2012
Investment Banking:
Financial Advisory		$     98	$     98
Underwriting		183	183
Institutional Client Services:
Fixed Income, Currency and Commodities Client Execution		269	269
Equities Client Execution		2,403	2,402
Securities Services		105	105
Investing & Lending		59	59
Investment Management		585	586
Total		$3,702	$3,702
	Identifiable Intangible Assets
	As of
in millions		September 2013	December 2012
Investment Banking:
Financial Advisory		$     —	$       1
Institutional Client Services:
Fixed Income, Currency and Commodities Client Execution 1		41	421
Equities Client Execution 2		368	565
Investing & Lending		234	281
Investment Management		113	129
Total		$   756	$1,397

1. The decrease from December 2012 to September 2013 is related to the sale of the firm’s television broadcast royalties in the first quarter of 2013.

2. The decrease from December 2012 to September 2013 is primarily related to the sale of a majority stake in the firm’s Americas reinsurance business in April 2013. See Note 12 for further information about this sale.

Intangible Assets Disclosure

		As of
$ in millions			September 2013		Weighted Average Remaining Lives (years)	December 2012
Customer lists	Gross carrying amount		$ 1,100			$ 1,099
	Accumulated amortization		(691	)		(643	)
	Net carrying amount		409		7	456
Commodities-related intangibles 1	Gross carrying amount		515			513
	Accumulated amortization		(280	)		(226	)
	Net carrying amount		235		11	287
Television broadcast royalties 2	Gross carrying amount		—			560
	Accumulated amortization		—			(186	)
	Net carrying amount		—		N/A 2	374
Insurance-related intangibles 3	Gross carrying amount		—			380
	Accumulated amortization		—			(231	)
	Net carrying amount		—		N/A 3	149
Other 4	Gross carrying amount		902			950
	Accumulated amortization		(790	)		(819	)
	Net carrying amount		112		11	131
Total	Gross carrying amount		2,517			3,502
	Accumulated amortization		(1,761	)		(2,105	)
	Net carrying amount		$    756		9	$ 1,397

1. Primarily includes commodity-related customer contracts and relationships, permits and access rights.

2. These assets were sold in the first quarter of 2013 and total proceeds received approximated carrying value.

3. These assets were related to the firm’s Americas reinsurance business, in which a majority stake was sold in April 2013. See Note 12 for further information about this sale.

4. Primarily includes the firm’s exchange-traded fund lead market maker rights.

Amortization expense for identifiable intangible assets

	Three Months Ended September			Nine Months Ended September
in millions		2013	2012		2013	2012
Amortization expense		$47	$60		$119	$206

Estimated future amortization for existing identifiable intangible assets through 2016

in millions	As of September 2013
Estimated future amortization expense:
Remainder of 2013	$  39
2014	128
2015	96
2016	93
2017	91
2018	83

XML

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Unaudited) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2012	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2012
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income [Abstract]
Net earnings	$ 1,517	$ 1,512	$ 5,708	$ 4,583
Other comprehensive income/(loss) adjustments, net of tax:
Currency translation	(19)	(11)	(75)	(63)
Pension and postretirement liabilities	(4)	6	(11)	13
Available-for-sale securities	0	129	(327)	184
Cash flow hedges	6		6
Other comprehensive income/(loss)	(17)	124	(407)	134
Comprehensive income	$ 1,500	$ 1,636	$ 5,301	$ 4,717

XML

Derivatives and Hedging Activities

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2013

Derivatives and Hedging Activities [Abstract]

Derivatives and Hedging Activities

Note 7.

Derivatives and Hedging Activities

Derivative Activities

Derivatives are instruments that derive their value from underlying asset prices, indices, reference rates and other inputs, or a combination of these factors. Derivatives may be traded on an exchange (exchange-traded) or they may be privately negotiated contracts, which are usually referred to as over-the-counter (OTC) derivatives. Certain of the firm’s OTC derivatives are cleared and settled through central clearing counterparties (OTC-cleared), while others are bilateral contracts between two counterparties (bilateral OTC).

Market-Making. As a market maker, the firm enters into derivative transactions to provide liquidity to clients and to facilitate the transfer and hedging of their risks. In this capacity, the firm typically acts as principal and is consequently required to commit capital to provide execution. As a market maker, it is essential to maintain an inventory of financial instruments sufficient to meet expected client and market demands.

Risk Management. The firm also enters into derivatives to actively manage risk exposures that arise from its market-making and investing and lending activities in derivative and cash instruments. The firm’s holdings and exposures are hedged, in many cases, on either a portfolio or risk-specific basis, as opposed to an instrument-by-instrument basis. The offsetting impact of this economic hedging is reflected in the same business segment as the related revenues. In addition, the firm may enter into derivatives designated as hedges under U.S. GAAP. These derivatives are used to manage interest rate exposure in certain fixed-rate unsecured long-term and short-term borrowings, and deposits, to manage foreign currency exposure on the net investment in certain non-U.S. operations, and to manage the exposure to the variability in cash flows associated with the forecasted sales of certain energy commodities by one of the firm’s consolidated investments.

The firm enters into various types of derivatives, including:

Ÿ Futures and Forwards. Contracts that commit counterparties to purchase or sell financial instruments, commodities or currencies in the future.

Ÿ Swaps. Contracts that require counterparties to exchange cash flows such as currency or interest payment streams. The amounts exchanged are based on the specific terms of the contract with reference to specified rates, financial instruments, commodities, currencies or indices.

Ÿ Options. Contracts in which the option purchaser has the right, but not the obligation, to purchase from or sell to the option writer financial instruments, commodities or currencies within a defined time period for a specified price.

Derivatives are accounted for at fair value, net of cash collateral received or posted under enforceable credit support agreements. Derivatives are reported on a net-by-counterparty basis (i.e., the net payable or receivable for derivative assets and liabilities for a given counterparty) when a legal right of setoff exists under an enforceable netting agreement. Derivative assets and liabilities are included in “Financial instruments owned, at fair value” and “Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value,” respectively. Substantially all gains and losses on derivatives not designated as hedges under ASC 815 are included in “Market making” and “Other principal transactions.”

The table below presents the fair value of derivatives on a net-by-counterparty basis.

	As of September 2013			As of December 2012
in millions		Derivative Assets	Derivative Liabilities		Derivative Assets	Derivative Liabilities
Exchange-traded		$  5,923	$  4,166		$  3,772	$  2,937
OTC		55,536	44,321		67,404	47,490
Total		$61,459	$48,487		$71,176	$50,427

The table below presents the fair value and the notional amount of derivative contracts by major product type on a gross basis. Gross fair values exclude the effects of both counterparty netting and collateral, and therefore are not representative of the firm’s exposure. The table below also presents the amounts of counterparty netting and cash collateral that have been offset in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition, as well as cash and securities collateral posted and received under enforceable credit support agreements that do not meet the criteria for netting under U.S. GAAP. Where the firm has received or posted collateral under credit support agreements, but has not yet determined such agreements are enforceable, the related collateral has not been netted in the table below. Notional amounts, which represent the sum of gross long and short derivative contracts, provide an indication of the volume of the firm’s derivative activity and do not represent anticipated losses.

	As of September 2013						As of December 2012
in millions		Derivative Assets		Derivative Liabilities		Notional Amount		Derivative Assets		Derivative Liabilities		Notional Amount
Derivatives not accounted for as hedges
Interest rates		$ 414,150		$ 382,222		$40,686,745		$ 584,584		$ 545,605		$34,891,763
Exchange-traded		155		225		2,665,287		47		26		2,502,867
OTC-cleared 1		9,665		12,755		21,182,289		8,847		11,011		14,678,349
Bilateral OTC		404,330		369,242		16,839,169		575,690		534,568		17,710,547
Credit		67,792		61,144		3,248,369		85,816		74,927		3,615,757
OTC-cleared		3,607		3,427		363,148		3,359		2,638		304,100
Bilateral OTC		64,185		57,717		2,885,221		82,457		72,289		3,311,657
Currencies		69,229		62,972		4,164,998		72,128		60,808		3,833,114
Exchange-traded		37		56		14,283		31		82		12,341
OTC-cleared		87		116		10,075		14		14		5,487
Bilateral OTC		69,105		62,800		4,140,640		72,083		60,712		3,815,286
Commodities		19,782		18,857		802,809		23,320		24,350		774,115
Exchange-traded		5,955		4,486		410,100		5,360		5,040		344,823
OTC-cleared		55		36		739		26		23		327
Bilateral OTC		13,772		14,335		391,970		17,934		19,287		428,965
Equities		55,328		52,258		1,483,779		49,483		43,681		1,202,181
Exchange-traded		11,679		11,302		555,286		9,409		8,864		441,494
OTC-cleared		—		—		2		—		—		—
Bilateral OTC		43,649		40,956		928,491		40,074		34,817		760,687
Subtotal		626,281		577,453		50,386,700		815,331		749,371		44,316,930
Derivatives accounted for as hedges
Interest rates		17,029		389		136,717		23,772		66		128,302
OTC-cleared		1,528		7		9,578		—		—		—
Bilateral OTC		15,501		382		127,139		23,772		66		128,302
Currencies		44		135		9,329		21		86		8,452
OTC-cleared		—		4		391		—		—		3
Bilateral OTC		44		131		8,938		21		86		8,449
Commodities		31		—		335		—		—		—
Exchange-traded		—		—		23		—		—		—
Bilateral OTC		31		—		312		—		—		—
Subtotal		17,104		524		146,381		23,793		152		136,754
Gross fair value/notional amount of derivatives		$ 643,385	2	$ 577,977	2	$50,533,081		$ 839,124	2	$ 749,523	2	$44,453,684
Amounts that have been offset in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition
Counterparty netting		(506,920	)	(506,920	)			(668,460	)	(668,460	)
Exchange-traded		(11,903	)	(11,903	)			(11,075	)	(11,075	)
OTC-cleared		(14,399	)	(14,399	)			(11,507	)	(11,507	)
Bilateral OTC		(480,618	)	(480,618	)			(645,878	)	(645,878	)
Cash collateral		(75,006	)	(22,570	)			(99,488	)	(30,636	)
OTC-cleared		(251	)	(1,810	)			(468	)	(2,160	)
Bilateral OTC		(74,755	)	(20,760	)			(99,020	)	(28,476	)
Fair value included in financial instruments owned/ financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased		$   61,459		$   48,487				$   71,176		$   50,427
Amounts that have not been offset in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition
Cash collateral received/posted		(421	)	(2,770	)			(812	)	(2,994	)
Securities collateral received/posted		(15,713	)	(10,585	)			(17,225	)	(14,262	)
Total		$   45,325		$   35,132				$   53,139		$   33,171

1. OTC derivatives that are cleared with certain clearing organizations are settled each day. The impact of such settlement results in a reduction of gross interest rate derivative assets and liabilities of $263.01 billion and $245.33 billion, respectively, as of September 2013, and $315.40 billion and $298.69 billion, respectively, as of December 2012. If these derivatives were not recognized as settled, the firm believes there would be no impact to the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition for the periods presented.

2. Includes derivative assets and derivative liabilities of $25.62 billion and $26.59 billion, respectively, as of September 2013, and derivative assets and derivative liabilities of $24.62 billion and $25.73 billion, respectively, as of December 2012, which are not subject to an enforceable netting agreement or are subject to a netting agreement that the firm has not yet determined to be enforceable.

Valuation Techniques for Derivatives

The firm’s level 2 and level 3 derivatives are valued using derivative pricing models (e.g., discounted cash flow models, correlation models, and models that incorporate option pricing methodologies, such as Monte Carlo simulations). Price transparency of derivatives can generally be characterized by product type.

Interest Rate. In general, the prices and other inputs used to value interest rate derivatives are transparent, even for long-dated contracts. Interest rate swaps and options denominated in the currencies of leading industrialized nations are characterized by high trading volumes and tight bid/offer spreads. Interest rate derivatives that reference indices, such as an inflation index, or the shape of the yield curve (e.g., 10-year swap rate vs. 2-year swap rate) are more complex, but the prices and other inputs are generally observable.

Credit. Price transparency for credit default swaps, including both single names and baskets of credits, varies by market and underlying reference entity or obligation. Credit default swaps that reference indices, large corporates and major sovereigns generally exhibit the most price transparency. For credit default swaps with other underliers, price transparency varies based on credit rating, the cost of borrowing the underlying reference obligations, and the availability of the underlying reference obligations for delivery upon the default of the issuer. Credit default swaps that reference loans, asset-backed securities and emerging market debt instruments tend to have less price transparency than those that reference corporate bonds. In addition, more complex credit derivatives, such as those sensitive to the correlation between two or more underlying reference obligations, generally have less price transparency.

Currency. Prices for currency derivatives based on the exchange rates of leading industrialized nations, including those with longer tenors, are generally transparent. The primary difference between the price transparency of developed and emerging market currency derivatives is that emerging markets tend to be observable for contracts with shorter tenors.

Commodity. Commodity derivatives include transactions referenced to energy (e.g., oil and natural gas), metals (e.g., precious and base) and soft commodities (e.g., agricultural). Price transparency varies based on the underlying commodity, delivery location, tenor and product quality (e.g., diesel fuel compared to unleaded gasoline). In general, price transparency for commodity derivatives is greater for contracts with shorter tenors and contracts that are more closely aligned with major and/or benchmark commodity indices.

Equity. Price transparency for equity derivatives varies by market and underlier. Options on indices and the common stock of corporates included in major equity indices exhibit the most price transparency. Equity derivatives generally have observable market prices, except for contracts with long tenors or reference prices that differ significantly from current market prices. More complex equity derivatives, such as those sensitive to the correlation between two or more individual stocks, generally have less price transparency.

Liquidity is essential to observability of all product types. If transaction volumes decline, previously transparent prices and other inputs may become unobservable. Conversely, even highly structured products may at times have trading volumes large enough to provide observability of prices and other inputs. See Note 5 for an overview of the firm’s fair value measurement policies.

Level 1 Derivatives

Level 1 derivatives include short-term contracts for future delivery of securities when the underlying security is a level 1 instrument, and exchange-traded derivatives if they are actively traded and are valued at their quoted market price.

Level 2 Derivatives

Level 2 derivatives include OTC derivatives for which all significant valuation inputs are corroborated by market evidence and exchange-traded derivatives that are not actively traded and/or that are valued using models that calibrate to market-clearing levels of OTC derivatives. In evaluating the significance of a valuation input, the firm considers, among other factors, a portfolio’s net risk exposure to that input.

The selection of a particular model to value a derivative depends on the contractual terms of and specific risks inherent in the instrument, as well as the availability of pricing information in the market. For derivatives that trade in liquid markets, model selection does not involve significant management judgment because outputs of models can be calibrated to market-clearing levels.

Valuation models require a variety of inputs, such as contractual terms, market prices, yield curves, discount rates (including those derived from interest rates on collateral received and posted as specified in credit support agreements for collateralized derivatives), credit curves, measures of volatility, prepayment rates, loss severity rates and correlations of such inputs. Significant inputs to the valuations of level 2 derivatives can be verified to market transactions, broker or dealer quotations or other alternative pricing sources with reasonable levels of price transparency. Consideration is given to the nature of the quotations (e.g., indicative or firm) and the relationship of recent market activity to the prices provided from alternative pricing sources.

Level 3 Derivatives

Level 3 derivatives are valued using models which utilize observable level 1 and/or level 2 inputs, as well as unobservable level 3 inputs.

Ÿ For the majority of the firm’s interest rate and currency derivatives classified within level 3, significant unobservable inputs include correlations of certain currencies and interest rates (e.g., the correlation between Euro inflation and Euro interest rates) and specific interest rate volatilities.

Ÿ For level 3 credit derivatives, significant unobservable inputs include illiquid credit spreads and upfront credit points, which are unique to specific reference obligations and reference entities, recovery rates and certain correlations required to value credit and mortgage derivatives (e.g., the likelihood of default of the underlying reference obligation relative to one another).

Ÿ For level 3 equity derivatives, significant unobservable inputs generally include equity volatility inputs for options that are very long-dated and/or have strike prices that differ significantly from current market prices. In addition, the valuation of certain structured trades requires the use of level 3 correlation inputs, such as the correlation of the price performance of two or more individual stocks or the correlation of the price performance for a basket of stocks to another asset class such as commodities.

Ÿ For level 3 commodity derivatives, significant unobservable inputs include volatilities for options with strike prices that differ significantly from current market prices and prices or spreads for certain products for which the product quality or physical location of the commodity is not aligned with benchmark indices.

Subsequent to the initial valuation of a level 3 derivative, the firm updates the level 1 and level 2 inputs to reflect observable market changes and any resulting gains and losses are recorded in level 3. Level 3 inputs are changed when corroborated by evidence such as similar market transactions, third-party pricing services and/or broker or dealer quotations or other empirical market data. In circumstances where the firm cannot verify the model value by reference to market transactions, it is possible that a different valuation model could produce a materially different estimate of fair value. See below for further information about significant unobservable inputs used in the valuation of level 3 derivatives.

Valuation Adjustments

Valuation adjustments are integral to determining the fair value of derivative portfolios and are used to adjust the mid-market valuations produced by derivative pricing models to the appropriate exit price valuation. These adjustments incorporate bid/offer spreads, the cost of liquidity, credit valuation adjustments and funding valuation adjustments, which account for the credit and funding risk inherent in the uncollateralized portion of derivative portfolios. The firm also makes funding valuation adjustments to collateralized derivatives where the terms of the agreement do not permit the firm or its counterparties to deliver or repledge collateral received or posted. Market-based inputs are generally used when calibrating valuation adjustments to market-clearing levels.

In addition, for derivatives that include significant unobservable inputs, the firm makes model or exit price adjustments to account for the valuation uncertainty present in the transaction.

Significant Unobservable Inputs

The tables below present the ranges of significant unobservable inputs used to value the firm’s level 3 derivatives. These ranges represent the significant unobservable inputs that were used in the valuation of each type of derivative. The ranges, averages and medians of these inputs are not representative of the appropriate inputs to use when calculating the fair value of any one derivative. For example, the highest correlation presented in the tables below for interest rate derivatives is appropriate for valuing a specific interest rate derivative but may not be appropriate for valuing any other interest rate derivative. Accordingly, the ranges of inputs presented below do not represent uncertainty in, or possible ranges of, fair value measurements of the firm’s level 3 derivatives.

Level 3 Derivative Product Type	Net Level 3 Assets/(Liabilities) as of September 2013 (in millions)	Valuation Techniques and Significant Unobservable Inputs	Range of Significant Unobservable Inputs (Average / Median) 1 as of September 2013
Interest rates	$(72)	Option pricing models:
		Correlation  3	22% to 84% (60% / 65%)
		Volatility	30 basis points per annum (bpa) to 214 bpa (86 bpa / 79 bpa)
Credit	$4,002  2	Option pricing models, correlation models and discounted cash flows models:
		Correlation  3	5% to 89% (58% / 58%)
		Credit spreads	3 basis points (bps) to 1,028 bps (156 bps / 116 bps)  4
		Upfront credit points	0 points to 100 points (49 points / 47 points)
		Recovery rates	20% to 88% (47% / 40%)
Currencies	$28	Option pricing models:
		Correlation  3	65% to 87% (75% / 74%)
Commodities	$(81)  2	Option pricing models and discounted cash flows models:
		Volatility	17% to 45% (24% / 23%)
		Spread per million British Thermal units (MMBTU) of natural gas	$(1.86) to $3.80 ($(0.04) / $(0.03))
		Price per barrel of oil	$85.57 to $99.83 ($91.50 / $91.18)
Equities	$(1,541)	Option pricing models:
		Correlation  3	25% to 99% (60% / 59%)
		Volatility	6% to 92% (23% / 21%)

1. Averages represent the arithmetic average of the inputs and are not weighted by the relative fair value or notional of the respective financial instruments. An average greater than the median indicates that the majority of inputs are below the average.

2. The fair value of any one instrument may be determined using multiple valuation techniques. For example, option pricing models and discounted cash flows models are typically used together to determine fair value. Therefore, the level 3 balance encompasses both of these techniques.

3. The range of unobservable inputs for correlation across derivative product types (i.e., cross-asset correlation) was (42)% to 78% (Average: 28% / Median: 36%) as of September 2013.

4. The difference between the average and the median for the credit spreads input indicates that the majority of the inputs fall in the lower end of the range.

Level 3 Derivative Product Type	Net Level 3 Assets/(Liabilities) as of December 2012 (in millions)	Valuation Techniques and Significant Unobservable Inputs	Range of Significant Unobservable Inputs (Average / Median) 1 as of December 2012
Interest rates	$(355)	Option pricing models:
		Correlation  3	22% to 97% (67% / 68%)
		Volatility	37 bpa to 59 bpa (48 bpa / 47 bpa)
Credit	$6,228  2	Option pricing models, correlation models and discounted cash flows models:
		Correlation  3	5% to 95% (50% / 50%)
		Credit spreads	9 bps to 2,341 bps (225 bps / 140 bps) 4
		Recovery rates	15% to 85% (54% / 53%)
Currencies	$35	Option pricing models:
		Correlation  3	65% to 87% (76% / 79%)
Commodities	$(304)  2	Option pricing models and discounted cash flows models:
		Volatility	13% to 53% (30% / 29%)
		Spread per MMBTU of natural gas	$(0.61) to $6.07 ($0.02 / $0.00)
		Price per megawatt hour of power	$17.30 to $57.39 ($33.17 / $32.80)
		Price per barrel of oil	$86.64 to $98.43 ($92.76 / $93.62)
Equities	$(1,248)	Option pricing models:
		Correlation  3	48% to 98% (68% / 67%)
		Volatility	15% to 73% (31% / 30%)

1. Averages represent the arithmetic average of the inputs and are not weighted by the relative fair value or notional of the respective financial instruments. An average greater than the median indicates that the majority of inputs are below the average.

2. The fair value of any one instrument may be determined using multiple valuation techniques. For example, option pricing models and discounted cash flows models are typically used together to determine fair value. Therefore, the level 3 balance encompasses both of these techniques.

3. The range of unobservable inputs for correlation across derivative product types (i.e., cross-asset correlation) was (51)% to 66% (Average: 30% / Median: 35%) as of December 2012.

4. The difference between the average and the median for the credit spreads input indicates that the majority of the inputs fall in the lower end of the range.

Range of Significant Unobservable Inputs

The following provides further information about the ranges of significant unobservable inputs used to value the firm’s level 3 derivative instruments.

Ÿ Correlation: Ranges for correlation cover a variety of underliers both within one market (e.g., equity index and equity single stock names) and across markets (e.g., correlation of a commodity price and a foreign exchange rate), as well as across regions. Generally, cross-asset correlation inputs are used to value more complex instruments and are lower than correlation inputs on assets within the same derivative product type.

Ÿ Volatility: Ranges for volatility cover numerous underliers across a variety of markets, maturities and strike prices. For example, volatility of equity indices is generally lower than volatility of single stocks.

Ÿ Credit spreads, upfront credit points and recovery rates: The ranges for credit spreads, upfront credit points and recovery rates cover a variety of underliers (index and single names), regions, sectors, maturities and credit qualities (high-yield and investment-grade). The broad range of this population gives rise to the width of the ranges of significant unobservable inputs.

Ÿ Commodity prices and spreads: The ranges for commodity prices and spreads cover variability in products, maturities and locations, as well as peak and off-peak prices.

Sensitivity of Fair Value Measurement to Changes in Significant Unobservable Inputs

The following provides a description of the directional sensitivity of the firm’s level 3 fair value measurements to changes in significant unobservable inputs, in isolation. Due to the distinctive nature of each of the firm’s level 3 derivatives, the interrelationship of inputs is not necessarily uniform within each product type.

Ÿ Correlation: In general, for contracts where the holder benefits from the convergence of the underlying asset or index prices (e.g., interest rates, credit spreads, foreign exchange rates, inflation rates and equity prices), an increase in correlation results in a higher fair value measurement.

Ÿ Volatility: In general, for purchased options an increase in volatility results in a higher fair value measurement.

Ÿ Credit spreads, upfront credit points and recovery rates: In general, the fair value of purchased credit protection increases as credit spreads or upfront credit points increase or recovery rates decrease. Credit spreads, upfront credit points and recovery rates are strongly related to distinctive risk factors of the underlying reference obligations, which include reference entity-specific factors such as leverage, volatility and industry, market-based risk factors, such as borrowing costs or liquidity of the underlying reference obligation, and macroeconomic conditions.

Ÿ Commodity prices and spreads: In general, for contracts where the holder is receiving a commodity, an increase in the spread (price difference from a benchmark index due to differences in quality or delivery location) or price results in a higher fair value measurement.

Fair Value of Derivatives by Level

The tables below present the fair value of derivatives on a gross basis by level and major product type. Gross fair values exclude the effects of both counterparty netting and collateral, and therefore are not representative of the firm’s exposure.

	Derivative Assets at Fair Value as of September 2013
in millions		Level 1	Level 2		Level 3		Cross-Level Netting		Total
Interest rates		$  8	$ 430,842		$     329		$       —		$  431,179
Credit		—	59,699		8,093		—		67,792
Currencies		—	68,678		595		—		69,273
Commodities		—	19,367		446		—		19,813
Equities		8	54,519		801		—		55,328
Gross fair value of derivative assets		16	633,105		10,264		—		643,385
Counterparty netting 1		—	(501,848	)	(3,267	)	(1,805	) 3	(506,920	)
Subtotal		$16	$ 131,257		$  6,997		$(1,805	)	$  136,465
Cash collateral 2									(75,006	)
Fair value included in financial instruments owned									$    61,459
	Derivative Liabilities at Fair Value as of September 2013
in millions		Level 1	Level 2		Level 3		Cross-Level Netting		Total
Interest rates		$  6	$ 382,204		$     401		$       —		$  382,611
Credit		—	57,053		4,091		—		61,144
Currencies		—	62,540		567		—		63,107
Commodities		—	18,330		527		—		18,857
Equities		14	49,902		2,342		—		52,258
Gross fair value of derivative liabilities		20	570,029		7,928		—		577,977
Counterparty netting 1		—	(501,848	)	(3,267	)	(1,805	) 3	(506,920	)
Subtotal		$20	$   68,181		$  4,661		$(1,805	)	$    71,057
Cash collateral 2									(22,570	)
Fair value included in financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased									$    48,487

1. Represents the netting of receivable balances with payable balances for the same counterparty under enforceable netting agreements.

2. Represents the netting of cash collateral received and posted on a counterparty basis under enforceable credit support agreements.

3. Represents the netting of receivable balances with payable balances for the same counterparty across levels of the fair value hierarchy under enforceable netting agreements.

	Derivative Assets at Fair Value as of December 2012
in millions		Level 1	Level 2		Level 3		Cross-Level Netting		Total
Interest rates		$13	$ 608,151		$     192		$       —		$ 608,356
Credit		—	74,907		10,909		—		85,816
Currencies		—	71,157		992		—		72,149
Commodities		—	22,697		623		—		23,320
Equities		43	48,698		742		—		49,483
Gross fair value of derivative assets		56	825,610		13,458		—		839,124
Counterparty netting 1		—	(662,798	)	(3,538	)	(2,124	) 3	(668,460	)
Subtotal		$56	$ 162,812		$  9,920		$(2,124	)	$ 170,664
Cash collateral 2									(99,488	)
Fair value included in financial instruments owned									$   71,176
	Derivative Liabilities at Fair Value as of December 2012
in millions		Level 1	Level 2		Level 3		Cross-Level Netting		Total
Interest rates		$14	$ 545,110		$     547		$       —		$ 545,671
Credit		—	70,246		4,681		—		74,927
Currencies		—	59,937		957		—		60,894
Commodities		—	23,423		927		—		24,350
Equities		50	41,641		1,990		—		43,681
Gross fair value of derivative liabilities		64	740,357		9,102		—		749,523
Counterparty netting 1		—	(662,798	)	(3,538	)	(2,124	) 3	(668,460	)
Subtotal		$64	$   77,559		$  5,564		$(2,124	)	$   81,063
Cash collateral 2									(30,636	)
Fair value included in financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased									$   50,427

1. Represents the netting of receivable balances with payable balances for the same counterparty under enforceable netting agreements.

2. Represents the netting of cash collateral received and posted on a counterparty basis under enforceable credit support agreements.

3. Represents the netting of receivable balances with payable balances for the same counterparty across levels of the fair value hierarchy under enforceable netting agreements.

Level 3 Rollforward

If a derivative was transferred to level 3 during a reporting period, its entire gain or loss for the period is included in level 3. Transfers between levels are reported at the beginning of the reporting period in which they occur. In the tables below, negative amounts for transfers into level 3 and positive amounts for transfers out of level 3 represent net transfers of derivative liabilities.

Gains and losses on level 3 derivatives should be considered in the context of the following:

Ÿ A derivative with level 1 and/or level 2 inputs is classified in level 3 in its entirety if it has at least one significant level 3 input.

Ÿ If there is one significant level 3 input, the entire gain or loss from adjusting only observable inputs (i.e., level 1 and level 2 inputs) is classified as level 3.

Ÿ Gains or losses that have been reported in level 3 resulting from changes in level 1 or level 2 inputs are frequently offset by gains or losses attributable to level 1 or level 2 derivatives and/or level 1, level 2 and level 3 cash instruments. As a result, gains/(losses) included in the level 3 rollforward below do not necessarily represent the overall impact on the firm’s results of operations, liquidity or capital resources.

The tables below present changes in fair value for all derivatives categorized as level 3 as of the end of the period.

	Level 3 Derivative Assets and Liabilities at Fair Value for the Three Months Ended September 2013
in millions		Asset/ (liability) balance, beginning of period		Net realized gains/ (losses)		Net unrealized gains/(losses) relating to instruments still held at period-end		Purchases	Sales		Settlements		Transfers into level 3		Transfers out of level 3		Asset/ (liability) balance, end of period
Interest rates — net		$   (230	)	$(49	)	$   16		$ —	$   —		$   42		$  88		$  61		$     (72	)
Credit — net		4,621		13		(391	)	10	(14	)	(224	)	68		(81	)	4,002
Currencies — net		30		(26	)	2		2	—		53		6		(39	)	28
Commodities — net		25		9		(105	)	12	(8	)	(19	)	51		(46	)	(81	)
Equities — net		(2,605	)	(21	)	662		38	(134	)	307		(44	)	256		(1,541	)
Total derivatives — net		$ 1,841		$(74	) 1	$ 184	1, 2	$62	$(156	)	$ 159		$169		$151		$ 2,336

1. The aggregate amounts include gains/(losses) of approximately $140 million and $(30) million reported in “Market making” and “Other principal transactions,” respectively.

2. Principally resulted from changes in level 2 inputs.

The net unrealized gain on level 3 derivatives of $184 million for the three months ended September 2013 was primarily attributable to the impact of an increase in equity prices on certain equity derivatives, partially offset by losses on certain credit derivatives, primarily due to the impact of changes in foreign exchange rates and tighter credit spreads, and certain commodity derivatives, primarily due to an increase in certain commodity prices.

Transfers into level 3 derivatives during the three months ended September 2013 primarily reflected transfers of certain interest rate derivative assets from level 2, principally due to reduced transparency of volatility inputs used to value these derivatives and transfers of certain credit derivatives from level 2, principally due to unobservable credit spread inputs becoming significant to the valuation of these derivatives.

Transfers out of level 3 derivatives during the three months ended September 2013 primarily reflected transfers of certain equity derivative liabilities and certain credit derivatives to level 2, principally due to unobservable inputs no longer being significant to the valuation of these derivatives.

	Level 3 Derivative Assets and Liabilities at Fair Value for the Nine Months Ended September 2013
in millions		Asset/ (liability) balance, beginning of period		Net realized gains/ (losses)		Net unrealized gains/(losses) relating to instruments still held at period-end		Purchases	Sales		Settlements		Transfers into level 3		Transfers out of level 3		Asset/ (liability) balance, end of period
Interest rates — net		$   (355	)	$(100	)	$ 132		$    1	$       (1	)	$    192		$    48		$   11		$     (72	)
Credit — net		6,228		25		(688	)	110	(181	)	(1,179	)	69		(382	)	4,002
Currencies — net		35		(80	)	(209	)	10	(5	)	146		164		(33	)	28
Commodities — net		(304	)	40		17		79	(36	)	(24	)	(48	)	195		(81	)
Equities — net		(1,248	)	(21	)	616		97	(1,851	)	767		(47	)	146		(1,541	)
Total derivatives — net		$ 4,356		$(136	) 1	$(132	) 1, 2	$297	$(2,074	)	$     (98	)	$  186		$  (63	)	$ 2,336

1. The aggregate amounts include losses of approximately $62 million and $206 million reported in “Market making” and “Other principal transactions,” respectively.

2. Principally resulted from changes in level 2 inputs.

The net unrealized loss on level 3 derivatives of $132 million for the nine months ended September 2013 was primarily attributable to the impact of tighter credit spreads on certain credit derivatives and changes in foreign exchange rates on certain currency derivatives, partially offset by the impact of an increase in equity prices on certain equity derivatives.

Transfers into level 3 derivatives during the nine months ended September 2013 primarily reflected transfers of certain currency derivative assets from level 2, principally due to unobservable correlation inputs becoming significant to the valuation of these derivatives.

Transfers out of level 3 derivatives during the nine months ended September 2013 primarily reflected transfers of certain credit derivatives to level 2, principally due to unobservable inputs not being significant to the net risk of certain portfolios, transfers of certain commodity derivative liabilities to level 2, principally due to unobservable volatility inputs no longer being significant to the valuation of these derivatives, and transfers of certain equity derivative liabilities to level 2, primarily due to increased transparency of unobservable correlation inputs used to value these derivatives.

	Level 3 Derivative Assets and Liabilities at Fair Value for the Three Months Ended September 2012
in millions		Asset/ (liability) balance, beginning of period		Net realized gains/ (losses)		Net unrealized gains/(losses) relating to instruments still held at period-end		Purchases	Sales		Settlements		Transfers into level 3		Transfers out of level 3	Asset/ (liability) balance, end of period
Interest rates — net		$    (353	)	$   (24	)	$     49		$     1	$        —		$      (36	)	$  (147	)	$   27	$   (483	)
Credit — net		6,119		72		(736	)	50	(58	)	(596	)	2,124		4	6,979
Currencies — net		192		(8	)	27		4	(7	)	75		61		7	351
Commodities — net		(240	)	(38	)	18		74	(431	)	31		(88	)	23	(651	)
Equities — net		(548	)	(69	)	(68	)	4	(63	)	146		(38	)	59	(577	)
Total derivatives — net		$   5,170		$   (67	) 1	$ (710	) 1, 2	$ 133	$    (559	)	$    (380	)	$1,912		$ 120	$ 5,619

1. The aggregate amounts include losses of approximately $625 million and $152 million reported in “Market making” and “Other principal transactions,” respectively.

2. Principally resulted from changes in level 2 inputs.

The net unrealized loss on level 3 derivatives of $710 million for the three months ended September 2012 was primarily attributable to the impact of tighter credit spreads and changes in foreign exchange rates on certain credit derivatives.

Transfers into level 3 derivatives during the three months ended September 2012 primarily reflected transfers from level 2 of certain credit derivative assets, primarily due to unobservable inputs becoming significant to the valuation of these derivatives, and transfers from level 2 of other credit derivative assets, primarily due to reduced transparency of correlation inputs used to value these derivatives.

	Level 3 Derivative Assets and Liabilities at Fair Value for the Nine Months Ended September 2012
in millions		Asset/ (liability) balance, beginning of period		Net realized gains/ (losses)		Net unrealized gains/(losses) relating to instruments still held at period-end		Purchases	Sales		Settlements		Transfers into level 3		Transfers out of level 3		Asset/ (liability) balance, end of period
Interest rates — net		$  (371	)	$  (58	)	$    (4	)	$    2	$     (11	)	$    (10	)	$    (44	)	$   13		$  (483	)
Credit — net		6,300		273		(354	)	151	(159	)	(1,418	)	2,265		(79	)	6,979
Currencies — net		842		(18	)	(208	)	13	(10	)	(100	)	95		(263	)	351
Commodities — net		(605	)	(75	)	135		266	(605	)	396		(188	)	25		(651	)
Equities — net		(432	)	16		(276	)	131	(240	)	186		(15	)	53		(577	)
Total derivatives — net		$5,734		$138	1	$(707	) 1, 2	$563	$(1,025	)	$  (946	)	$2,113		$(251	)	$5,619

1. The aggregate amounts include losses of approximately $465 million and $104 million reported in “Market making” and “Other principal transactions,” respectively.

2. Principally resulted from changes in level 2 inputs.

The net unrealized loss on level 3 derivatives of $707 million for the nine months ended September 2012 was primarily attributable to the impact of tighter credit spreads, an increase in global equity prices and changes in foreign exchange rates on certain derivatives.

Transfers into level 3 derivatives during the nine months ended September 2012 primarily reflected transfers from level 2 of certain credit derivative assets, primarily due to unobservable inputs becoming significant to the valuation of these derivatives, and transfers from level 2 of other credit derivative assets, primarily due to reduced transparency of correlation inputs used to value these derivatives.

Transfers out of level 3 derivatives during the nine months ended September 2012 primarily reflected transfers to level 2 of certain currency derivative assets, primarily due to unobservable correlation inputs no longer being significant to the valuation of these derivatives.

Impact of Credit Spreads on Derivatives

On an ongoing basis, the firm realizes gains or losses relating to changes in credit risk through the unwind of derivative contracts and changes in credit mitigants.

The net gain/(loss), including hedges, attributable to the impact of changes in credit exposure and credit spreads (counterparty and the firm’s) on derivatives was $(21) million and $(377) million for the three months ended September 2013 and September 2012, respectively, and $16 million and $(716) million for the nine months ended September 2013 and September 2012, respectively.

Bifurcated Embedded Derivatives

The table below presents the fair value and the notional amount of derivatives that have been bifurcated from their related borrowings. These derivatives, which are recorded at fair value, primarily consist of interest rate, equity and commodity products and are included in “Unsecured short-term borrowings” and “Unsecured long-term borrowings” with the related borrowings. See Note 8 for further information.

	As of
in millions		September 2013	December 2012
Fair value of assets		$   227	$     320
Fair value of liabilities		301	398
Net liability		$     74	$       78
Notional amount		$8,091	$10,567

OTC Derivatives

The tables below present the fair values of OTC derivative assets and liabilities by tenor and by product type. Tenor is based on expected duration for mortgage-related credit derivatives and generally on remaining contractual maturity for other derivatives.

in millions	OTC Derivatives as of September 2013
Assets Product Type	0 - 12 Months		1 - 5 Years		5 Years or Greater		Total
Interest rates	$  6,994		$23,248		$63,903		$  94,145
Credit	1,951		9,370		6,427		17,748
Currencies	8,590		7,553		7,426		23,569
Commodities	2,591		4,326		139		7,056
Equities	5,599		7,552		6,039		19,190
Netting across product types 1	(2,398	)	(5,276	)	(4,060	)	(11,734	)
Subtotal	$23,327		$46,773		$79,874		$149,974
Cross maturity netting 2							(19,432	)
Cash collateral 3							(75,006	)
Total							$  55,536
Liabilities Product Type	0 - 12 Months		1- 5 Years		5 Years or Greater		Total
Interest rates	$  5,873		$16,616		$23,019		$  45,508
Credit	802		8,044		2,253		11,099
Currencies	8,071		4,608		4,706		17,385
Commodities	2,195		3,335		2,038		7,568
Equities	6,660		6,426		3,411		16,497
Netting across product types 1	(2,398	)	(5,276	)	(4,060	)	(11,734	)
Subtotal	$21,203		$33,753		$31,367		$  86,323
Cross maturity netting 2							(19,432	)
Cash collateral 3							(22,570	)
Total							$  44,321

1. Represents the netting of receivable balances with payable balances for the same counterparty across product types within a tenor category under enforceable netting agreements. Receivable and payable balances with the same counterparty in the same product type and tenor category are netted within such product type and tenor category.

2. Represents the netting of receivable balances with payable balances for the same counterparty across tenor categories under enforceable netting agreements.

3. Represents the netting of cash collateral received and posted on a counterparty basis under enforceable credit support agreements.

in millions	OTC Derivatives as of December 2012
Assets Product Type	0 - 12 Months		1 - 5 Years		5 Years or Greater		Total
Interest rates	$10,318		$28,445		$  80,449		$119,212
Credit	2,190		12,244		7,970		22,404
Currencies	11,100		8,379		11,044		30,523
Commodities	3,840		3,862		304		8,006
Equities	3,757		7,730		6,957		18,444
Netting across product types 1	(2,811	)	(5,831	)	(5,082	)	(13,724	)
Subtotal	$28,394		$54,829		$101,642		$184,865
Cross maturity netting 2							(17,973	)
Cash collateral 3							(99,488	)
Total							$  67,404
Liabilities Product Type	0 - 12 Months		1 - 5 Years		5 Years or Greater		Total
Interest rates	$  6,266		$17,860		$  32,422		$  56,548
Credit	809		7,537		3,168		11,514
Currencies	8,586		4,849		5,782		19,217
Commodities	3,970		3,119		2,267		9,356
Equities	3,775		5,476		3,937		13,188
Netting across product types 1	(2,811	)	(5,831	)	(5,082	)	(13,724	)
Subtotal	$20,595		$33,010		$  42,494		$  96,099
Cross maturity netting 2							(17,973	)
Cash collateral 3							(30,636	)
Total							$  47,490

1. Represents the netting of receivable balances with payable balances for the same counterparty across product types within a tenor category under enforceable netting agreements. Receivable and payable balances with the same counterparty in the same product type and tenor category are netted within such product type and tenor category.

2. Represents the netting of receivable balances with payable balances for the same counterparty across tenor categories under enforceable netting agreements.

3. Represents the netting of cash collateral received and posted on a counterparty basis under enforceable credit support agreements.

Derivatives with Credit-Related Contingent Features

Certain of the firm’s derivatives have been transacted under bilateral agreements with counterparties who may require the firm to post collateral or terminate the transactions based on changes in the firm’s credit ratings. The firm assesses the impact of these bilateral agreements by determining the collateral or termination payments that would occur assuming a downgrade by all rating agencies. A downgrade by any one rating agency, depending on the agency’s relative ratings of the firm at the time of the downgrade, may have an impact which is comparable to the impact of a downgrade by all rating agencies. The table below presents the aggregate fair value of net derivative liabilities under such agreements (excluding application of collateral posted to reduce these liabilities), the related aggregate fair value of the assets posted as collateral, and the additional collateral or termination payments that could have been called at the reporting date by counterparties in the event of a one-notch and two-notch downgrade in the firm’s credit ratings.

	As of
in millions		September 2013	December 2012
Net derivative liabilities under bilateral agreements		$21,972	$27,885
Collateral posted		18,560	24,296
Additional collateral or termination payments for a one-notch downgrade		1,943	1,534
Additional collateral or termination payments for a two-notch downgrade		2,833	2,500

Credit Derivatives

The firm enters into a broad array of credit derivatives in locations around the world to facilitate client transactions and to manage the credit risk associated with market-making and investing and lending activities. Credit derivatives are actively managed based on the firm’s net risk position.

Credit derivatives are individually negotiated contracts and can have various settlement and payment conventions. Credit events include failure to pay, bankruptcy, acceleration of indebtedness, restructuring, repudiation and dissolution of the reference entity.

Credit Default Swaps. Single-name credit default swaps protect the buyer against the loss of principal on one or more bonds, loans or mortgages (reference obligations) in the event the issuer (reference entity) of the reference obligations suffers a credit event. The buyer of protection pays an initial or periodic premium to the seller and receives protection for the period of the contract. If there is no credit event, as defined in the contract, the seller of protection makes no payments to the buyer of protection. However, if a credit event occurs, the seller of protection is required to make a payment to the buyer of protection, which is calculated in accordance with the terms of the contract.

Credit Indices, Baskets and Tranches. Credit derivatives may reference a basket of single-name credit default swaps or a broad-based index. If a credit event occurs in one of the underlying reference obligations, the protection seller pays the protection buyer. The payment is typically a pro-rata portion of the transaction’s total notional amount based on the underlying defaulted reference obligation. In certain transactions, the credit risk of a basket or index is separated into various portions (tranches), each having different levels of subordination. The most junior tranches cover initial defaults and once losses exceed the notional amount of these junior tranches, any excess loss is covered by the next most senior tranche in the capital structure.

Total Return Swaps. A total return swap transfers the risks relating to economic performance of a reference obligation from the protection buyer to the protection seller. Typically, the protection buyer receives from the protection seller a floating rate of interest and protection against any reduction in fair value of the reference obligation, and in return the protection seller receives the cash flows associated with the reference obligation, plus any increase in the fair value of the reference obligation.

Credit Options. In a credit option, the option writer assumes the obligation to purchase or sell a reference obligation at a specified price or credit spread. The option purchaser buys the right, but does not assume the obligation, to sell the reference obligation to, or purchase it from, the option writer. The payments on credit options depend either on a particular credit spread or the price of the reference obligation.

The firm economically hedges its exposure to written credit derivatives primarily by entering into offsetting purchased credit derivatives with identical underlyings. Substantially all of the firm’s purchased credit derivative transactions are with financial institutions and are subject to stringent collateral thresholds. In addition, upon the occurrence of a specified trigger event, the firm may take possession of the reference obligations underlying a particular written credit derivative, and consequently may, upon liquidation of the reference obligations, recover amounts on the underlying reference obligations in the event of default.

As of September 2013, written and purchased credit derivatives had total gross notional amounts of $1.59 trillion and $1.66 trillion, respectively, for total net notional purchased protection of $76.38 billion. As of December 2012, written and purchased credit derivatives had total gross notional amounts of $1.76 trillion and $1.86 trillion, respectively, for total net notional purchased protection of $98.33 billion.

The table below presents certain information about credit derivatives. In the table below:

Ÿ fair values exclude the effects of both netting of receivable balances with payable balances under enforceable netting agreements, and netting of cash received or posted under enforceable credit support agreements, and therefore are not representative of the firm’s credit exposure;

Ÿ tenor is based on expected duration for mortgage-related credit derivatives and on remaining contractual maturity for other credit derivatives; and

Ÿ the credit spread on the underlying, together with the tenor of the contract, are indicators of payment/performance risk. The firm is less likely to pay or otherwise be required to perform where the credit spread and the tenor are lower.

	Maximum Payout/Notional Amount of Written Credit Derivatives by Tenor					Maximum Payout/Notional Amount of Purchased Credit Derivatives					Fair Value of Written Credit Derivatives
$ in millions		0 - 12 Months	1 - 5 Years	5 Years or Greater	Total		Offsetting Purchased Credit Derivatives	1	Other Purchased Credit Derivatives	2		Asset	Liability	Net Asset/ (Liability)
As of September 2013
Credit spread on underlying (basis points)
0-250		$315,815	$   988,692	$  69,132	$1,373,639		$1,274,940		$171,561			$26,477	$  6,679	$ 19,798
251-500		6,304	84,999	36,281	127,584		106,171		22,169			4,910	4,441	469
501-1,000		5,802	26,694	5,491	37,987		31,990		5,098			559	2,093	(1,534	)
Greater than 1,000		8,852	38,567	1,354	48,773		42,305		10,124			694	15,849	(15,155	)
Total		$336,773	$1,138,952	$112,258	$1,587,983		$1,455,406		$208,952			$32,640	$29,062	$   3,578
As of December 2012
Credit spread on underlying (basis points)
0-250		$360,289	$   989,941	$103,481	$1,453,711		$1,343,561		$201,459			$28,817	$  8,249	$ 20,568
251-500		13,876	126,659	35,086	175,621		157,371		19,063			4,284	7,848	(3,564	)
501-1,000		9,209	52,012	5,619	66,840		60,456		8,799			769	4,499	(3,730	)
Greater than 1,000		11,453	49,721	3,622	64,796		57,774		10,812			568	21,970	(21,402	)
Total		$394,827	$1,218,333	$147,808	$1,760,968		$1,619,162		$240,133			$34,438	$42,566	$  (8,128	)

1. Offsetting purchased credit derivatives represent the notional amount of purchased credit derivatives to the extent they economically hedge written credit derivatives with identical underlyings.

2. This purchased protection represents the notional amount of purchased credit derivatives in excess of the notional amount included in “Offsetting Purchased Credit Derivatives.”

Hedge Accounting

The firm applies hedge accounting for (i) certain interest rate swaps used to manage the interest rate exposure of certain fixed-rate unsecured long-term and short-term borrowings and certain fixed-rate certificates of deposit, (ii) certain foreign currency forward contracts and foreign currency-denominated debt used to manage foreign currency exposures on the firm’s net investment in certain non-U.S. operations and (iii) certain commodity-related swap and forward contracts used to manage the exposure to the variability in cash flows associated with the forecasted sales of certain energy commodities by one of the firm’s consolidated investments.

To qualify for hedge accounting, the derivative hedge must be highly effective at reducing the risk from the exposure being hedged. Additionally, the firm must formally document the hedging relationship at inception and test the hedging relationship at least on a quarterly basis to ensure the derivative hedge continues to be highly effective over the life of the hedging relationship.

Fair Value Hedges

The firm designates certain interest rate swaps as fair value hedges. These interest rate swaps hedge changes in fair value attributable to the designated benchmark interest rate (e.g., London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR)), effectively converting a substantial portion of fixed-rate obligations into floating-rate obligations.

The firm applies a statistical method that utilizes regression analysis when assessing the effectiveness of its fair value hedging relationships in achieving offsetting changes in the fair values of the hedging instrument and the risk being hedged (i.e., interest rate risk). An interest rate swap is considered highly effective in offsetting changes in fair value attributable to changes in the hedged risk when the regression analysis results in a coefficient of determination of 80% or greater and a slope between 80% and 125%.

For qualifying fair value hedges, gains or losses on derivatives are included in “Interest expense.” The change in fair value of the hedged item attributable to the risk being hedged is reported as an adjustment to its carrying value and is subsequently amortized into interest expense over its remaining life. Gains or losses resulting from hedge ineffectiveness are included in “Interest expense.” When a derivative is no longer designated as a hedge, any remaining difference between the carrying value and par value of the hedged item is amortized to interest expense over the remaining life of the hedged item using the effective interest method. See Note 23 for further information about interest income and interest expense.

The table below presents the gains/(losses) from interest rate derivatives accounted for as hedges, the related hedged borrowings and bank deposits, and the hedge ineffectiveness on these derivatives.

	Three Months Ended September					Nine Months Ended September
in millions		2013		2012			2013		2012
Interest rate hedges		$(886	)	$(549	)		$(6,990	)	$   (995	)
Hedged borrowings and bank deposits		500		102			5,698		(280	)
Hedge ineffectiveness 1		$(386	)	$(447	)		$(1,292	)	$(1,275	)

1. Primarily consists of amortization of prepaid credit spreads resulting from the passage of time.

Net Investment Hedges

The firm seeks to reduce the impact of fluctuations in foreign exchange rates on its net investment in certain non-U.S. operations through the use of foreign currency forward contracts and foreign currency-denominated debt. For foreign currency forward contracts designated as hedges, the effectiveness of the hedge is assessed based on the overall changes in the fair value of the forward contracts (i.e., based on changes in forward rates). For foreign currency-denominated debt designated as a hedge, the effectiveness of the hedge is assessed based on changes in spot rates.

For qualifying net investment hedges, the gains or losses on the hedging instruments, to the extent effective, are included in “Currency translation” within the condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

The table below presents the gains/(losses) from net investment hedging.

	Three Months Ended September					Nine Months Ended September
in millions		2013		2012			2013	2012
Currency hedges		$(272	)	$(192	)		$173	$(195	)
Foreign currency-denominated debt hedges		(22	)	(73	)		328	40

The gain/(loss) related to ineffectiveness and the loss reclassified to earnings from accumulated other comprehensive income were not material for the three and nine months ended September 2013 and September 2012.

As of September 2013 and December 2012, the firm had designated $2.11 billion and $2.77 billion, respectively, of foreign currency-denominated debt, included in “Unsecured long-term borrowings” and “Unsecured short-term borrowings,” as hedges of net investments in non-U.S. subsidiaries.

Cash Flow Hedges

Beginning in the third quarter of 2013, the firm designated certain commodity-related swap and forward contracts as cash flow hedges. These swap and forward contracts hedge the firm’s exposure to the variability in cash flows associated with the forecasted sales of certain energy commodities by one of the firm’s consolidated investments.

The firm applies a statistical method that utilizes regression analysis when assessing hedge effectiveness. For qualifying cash flow hedges, the gains or losses on derivatives, to the extent effective, are included in “Cash flow hedges” within the condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive income. Gains or losses resulting from hedge ineffectiveness are included in “Other principal transactions” in the condensed consolidated statements of earnings.

The effective portion of the gains, before taxes, recognized on these cash flow hedges was $10 million for the three and nine months ended September 2013. The gain/(loss) related to hedge ineffectiveness was not material for the three and nine months ended September 2013. There were no gains/(losses) excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness or reclassified to earnings from accumulated other comprehensive income for the three and nine months ended September 2013.

The amounts recorded in “Cash flow hedges” will be reclassified to “Other principal transactions” in the same periods as the corresponding gain or loss on the sale of the hedged energy commodities, which is also recorded in “Other principal transactions.” The firm expects to reclassify $3 million of gains, net of taxes, related to cash flow hedges from “Cash flow hedges” to earnings within the next twelve months. The length of time over which the firm is hedging its exposure to the variability in future cash flows for forecasted transactions is approximately two years.

XML

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition (Parenthetical) (Unaudited) (USD $) In Millions, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	Sep. 30, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition [Abstract]
Securities segregated for regulatory and other purposes	$ 36,746	$ 30,484
Securities purchased under agreements to resell and federal funds sold at fair value	169,429	141,331
Securities borrowed at fair value	59,753	38,395
Receivables from customers and counterparties at fair value	7,085	7,866
Financial instruments owned, at fair value pledged as collateral	52,490	67,177
Other assets at fair value	13,408	13,426
Deposits at fair value	7,430	5,100
Securities loaned at fair value	1,879	1,558
Other secured financings at fair value	25,865	30,337
Unsecured short-term borrowings, including the current portion of unsecured long-term borrowings, at fair value	18,682	17,595
Unsecured long-term borrowings at fair value	11,741	12,593
Other liabilities and accrued expenses at fair value	14,200	12,043
Preferred stock, par value	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Preferred stock, liquidation preference	$ 7,200	$ 6,200
Common stock, par value	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Common stock, shares authorized	4,000,000,000	4,000,000,000
Common stock, shares issued	823,766,476	816,807,400
Common stock, shares outstanding	441,499,049	465,148,387
Nonvoting common stock, par value	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Nonvoting common stock, shares authorized	200,000,000	200,000,000
Treasury stock, par value	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Treasury stock, shares	382,267,429	351,659,015

XML

Credit Concentrations (Tables)

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2013

Credit Concentrations [Abstract]

Credit concentration, Government and Federal Agency Obligations

	As of
$ in millions		September 2013		December 2012
U.S. government and federal agency obligations 1		$100,344		$114,418
% of total assets		10.9	%	12.2	%
Non-U.S. government and agency obligations 1		$  50,378		$  62,252
% of total assets		5.5	%	6.6	%

1. Substantially all included in “Financial instruments owned, at fair value” and “Cash and securities segregated for regulatory and other purposes.”

Credit concentration, Resale Agreements and Securities Borrowed

	As of
in millions		September 2013	December 2012
U.S. government and federal agency obligations		$99,231	$73,477
Non-U.S. government and agency obligations  1		93,383	64,724

1. Principally consisting of securities issued by the governments of Germany and France.

XML

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Earnings (Unaudited) (USD $) In Millions, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2012	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2012
Revenues
Investment banking	$ 1,166	$ 1,168	$ 4,286	$ 3,534
Investment management	1,153	1,147	3,670	3,518
Commissions and fees	765	748	2,467	2,407
Market making	1,364	2,650	7,493	8,652
Other principal transactions	1,434	1,802	4,917	3,909
Total non-interest revenues	5,882	7,515	22,833	22,020
Interest income	2,398	2,629	7,669	8,517
Interest expense	1,558	1,793	5,078	5,610
Net interest income	840	836	2,591	2,907
Net revenues, including net interest income	6,722	8,351	25,424	24,927
Operating expenses
Compensation and benefits	2,382	3,675	10,424	10,968
Brokerage, clearing, exchange and distribution fees	573	547	1,747	1,658
Market development	117	123	398	369
Communications and technology	202	190	572	588
Depreciation and amortization	280	396	848	1,238
Occupancy	205	217	633	643
Professional fees	211	205	675	652
Insurance reserves	0	153	176	431
Other expenses	585	547	1,766	1,486
Total non-compensation expenses	2,173	2,378	6,815	7,065
Total operating expenses	4,555	6,053	17,239	18,033
Pre-tax earnings	2,167	2,298	8,185	6,894
Provision for taxes	650	786	2,477	2,311
Net earnings	1,517	1,512	5,708	4,583
Preferred stock dividends	88	54	230	124
Net earnings applicable to common shareholders	$ 1,429	$ 1,458	$ 5,478	$ 4,459
Earnings per common share
Basic	$ 3.07	$ 2.95	$ 11.55	$ 8.85
Diluted	$ 2.88	$ 2.85	$ 10.89	$ 8.57
Dividends declared per common share	$ 0.50	$ 0.46	$ 1.50	$ 1.27
Average common shares outstanding
Basic	463.4	491.2	472.7	501.1
Diluted	496.4	510.9	503.2	520.1

XML

Shareholders' Equity (Tables)

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2013

Shareholders' Equity [Abstract]

Summary of perpetual preferred stock issued and outstanding

Series	Shares Authorized		Shares Issued		Shares Outstanding		Dividend Rate	Redemption Value (in millions)
A		50,000		30,000		29,999	3 month LIBOR + 0.75%, with floor of 3.75% per annum		$   750
B		50,000		32,000		32,000	6.20% per annum		800
C		25,000		8,000		8,000	3 month LIBOR + 0.75%, with floor of 4.00% per annum		200
D		60,000		54,000		53,999	3 month LIBOR + 0.67%, with floor of 4.00% per annum		1,350
E		17,500		17,500		17,500	3 month LIBOR + 0.77%, with floor of 4.00% per annum		1,750
F		5,000		5,000		5,000	3 month LIBOR + 0.77%, with floor of 4.00% per annum		500
I		34,500		34,000		34,000	5.95% per annum		850
J		46,000		40,000		40,000	5.50% per annum to, but excluding, May 10, 2023; 3 month LIBOR + 3.64% per annum thereafter		1,000
		288,000		220,500		220,498			$7,200

Summary of preferred dividends declared on preferred stock issued

	Three Months Ended September						Nine Months Ended September
	2013			2012			2013			2012
		per share	in millions		per share	in millions		per share	in millions		per share	in millions
Series A		$   244.79	$  7		$   239.58	$  7		$   708.34	$  21		$   713.54	$  21
Series B		387.50	13		387.50	13		1,162.50	37		1,162.50	37
Series C		261.11	2		255.56	2		755.55	6		761.12	6
Series D		261.11	14		255.56	14		755.55	41		761.12	42
Series E		1,022.22	19		1,055.56	18		3,044.44	54		1,055.56	18
Series F		1,022.22	5		—	—		3,044.44	15		—	—
Series I		371.88	12		—	—		1,181.75	40		—	—
Series J		401.04	16		—	—		401.04	16		—	—
Total			$88			$54			$230			$124

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income, net of tax

	As of September 2013
in millions		Currency translation		Pension and postretirement liabilities		Available-for- sale securities		Cash flow hedges	Accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss), net of tax
Balance, beginning of year		$(314	)	$(206	)	$ 327		$—	$(193	)
Other comprehensive income/(loss) adjustments, net of tax		(75	)	(11	)	(327	)	6	(407	)
Balance, end of period		$(389	)	$(217	)	$    —		$  6	$(600	)
	As of December 2012
in millions		Currency translation		Pension and postretirement liabilities		Available-for- sale securities		Cash flow hedges	Accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss), net of tax
Balance, beginning of year		$(225	)	$(374	)	$   83		$—	$(516	)
Other comprehensive income/(loss) adjustments, net of tax		(89	)	168		244		—	323
Balance, end of year		$(314	)	$(206	)	$327	1	$—	$(193	)

1. As of December 2012, substantially all consists of net unrealized gains on securities held by the firm’s Americas reinsurance business, in which a majority stake was sold in April 2013. See Note 12 for further information about this sale.

XML

Fair Value Option (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	Sep. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	$ 610,678	$ 618,804	$ 638,513
Total financial liabilities at fair value	368,736	381,656	377,677
Securities segregated for regulatory and other purposes	36,746		30,484
Securities purchased under agreements to resell and federal funds sold at fair value	169,429		141,331
Securities Borrowed at Fair Value	59,753		38,395
Receivables from customers and counterparties at fair value	7,085		7,866
Other assets at fair value	13,408		13,426
Deposits at fair value	7,430		5,100
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase, at fair value	157,781		171,807
Securities loaned at fair value	1,879		1,558
Other secured financings at fair value	25,865		30,337
Unsecured short-term borrowings, including the current portion of unsecured long-term borrowings, at fair value	18,682		17,595
Unsecured long-term borrowings at fair value	11,741		12,593
Other liabilities and accrued expenses at fair value	14,200		12,043
Level 1 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	158,223	165,174	190,737
Total financial liabilities at fair value	73,218	82,725	65,994
Level 2 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	487,295	492,118	502,293
Total financial liabilities at fair value	294,599	300,929	318,764
Level 3 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	41,971	42,824	47,095
Total financial liabilities at fair value	25,294	22,564	25,679
Securities segregated for regulatory and other purposes at fair value [Member] | Level 1 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	23,828		21,549
Securities segregated for regulatory and other purposes at fair value [Member] | Level 2 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	12,918		8,935
Securities segregated for regulatory and other purposes at fair value [Member] | Level 3 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	0		0
Securities purchased under agreements to resell at fair value [Member] | Level 1 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	0		0
Securities purchased under agreements to resell at fair value [Member] | Level 2 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	169,348		141,053
Securities purchased under agreements to resell at fair value [Member] | Level 3 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	81		278
Securities borrowed at fair value [Member] | Level 1 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	0		0
Securities borrowed at fair value [Member] | Level 2 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	59,753		38,395
Securities borrowed at fair value [Member] | Level 3 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	0		0
Receivables from customers and counterparties at fair value [Member] | Level 1 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	0		0
Receivables from customers and counterparties at fair value [Member] | Level 2 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	6,913		7,225
Receivables from customers and counterparties at fair value [Member] | Level 3 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	172		641
Other Assets At Fair Value [Member] | Level 1 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	4,944		4,420
Other Assets At Fair Value [Member] | Level 2 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	7,219		8,499
Other Assets At Fair Value [Member] | Level 3 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	1,245		507
Deposits At Fair Value [Member] | Level 1 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial liabilities at fair value	0		0
Deposits At Fair Value [Member] | Level 2 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial liabilities at fair value	7,072		4,741
Deposits At Fair Value [Member] | Level 3 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial liabilities at fair value	358		359
Securities Sold Under Agreements To Repurchase At Fair Value [Member] | Level 1 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial liabilities at fair value	0		0
Securities Sold Under Agreements To Repurchase At Fair Value [Member] | Level 2 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial liabilities at fair value	156,513		169,880
Securities Sold Under Agreements To Repurchase At Fair Value [Member] | Level 3 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial liabilities at fair value	1,268		1,927
Securities Loaned At Fair Value [Member] | Level 1 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial liabilities at fair value	0		0
Securities Loaned At Fair Value [Member] | Level 2 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial liabilities at fair value	1,879		1,558
Securities Loaned At Fair Value [Member] | Level 3 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial liabilities at fair value	0		0
Other Secured Financings At Fair Value [Member] | Level 1 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial liabilities at fair value	0		0
Other Secured Financings At Fair Value [Member] | Level 2 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial liabilities at fair value	24,852		28,925
Other Secured Financings At Fair Value [Member] | Level 3 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial liabilities at fair value	1,013		1,412
Unsecured Short-Term Borrowings Including Current Portion Of Unsecured Long-Term Borrowings At Fair Value [Member] | Level 1 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial liabilities at fair value	0		0
Unsecured Short-Term Borrowings Including Current Portion Of Unsecured Long-Term Borrowings At Fair Value [Member] | Level 2 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial liabilities at fair value	15,250		15,011
Unsecured Short-Term Borrowings Including Current Portion Of Unsecured Long-Term Borrowings At Fair Value [Member] | Level 3 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial liabilities at fair value	3,432		2,584
Unsecured Long-term Borrowings At Fair Value [Member] | Level 1 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial liabilities at fair value	0		0
Unsecured Long-term Borrowings At Fair Value [Member] | Level 2 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial liabilities at fair value	10,122		10,676
Unsecured Long-term Borrowings At Fair Value [Member] | Level 3 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial liabilities at fair value	1,619		1,917
Other Liabilities And Accrued Expenses At Fair Value [Member] | Level 1 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial liabilities at fair value	0		0
Other Liabilities And Accrued Expenses At Fair Value [Member] | Level 2 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial liabilities at fair value	1,624		769
Other Liabilities And Accrued Expenses At Fair Value [Member] | Level 3 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial liabilities at fair value	12,576		11,274
Other Financial Assets and Liabilities At Fair Value [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	286,421		231,502
Total financial liabilities at fair value	237,578		251,033
Other Financial Assets and Liabilities At Fair Value [Member] | Level 1 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	28,772		25,969
Total financial liabilities at fair value	0		0
Other Financial Assets and Liabilities At Fair Value [Member] | Level 2 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	256,151		204,107
Total financial liabilities at fair value	217,312		231,560
Other Financial Assets and Liabilities At Fair Value [Member] | Level 3 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	1,498		1,426
Total financial liabilities at fair value	20,266		19,473
Securities segregated for regulatory and other purposes at fair value not under fair value option [Member] | Level 1 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial assets at fair value	23,830		21,550
Other Liabilities Held For Sale At Fair Value [Member] | Level 3 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on A Recurring Basis
Total financial liabilities at fair value	$ 11,800		$ 692

XML

Derivatives and Hedging Activities (Details 7) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	Sep. 30, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Derivative, Credit Risk Related Contingent Features
Aggregate fair value of derivative contracts which are in net liability position	$ 21,972	$ 27,885
Aggregate fair value of assets as a collateral for derivative contracts	18,560	24,296
One-notch reduction [Member]
Derivative, Credit Risk Related Contingent Features
Additional collateral or termination payments pursuant to bilateral agreements with certain counterparties which could have been called by counterparties in the event of a reduction in the firm's long-term credit ratings	1,943	1,534
Two-notch reduction [Member]
Derivative, Credit Risk Related Contingent Features
Additional collateral or termination payments pursuant to bilateral agreements with certain counterparties which could have been called by counterparties in the event of a reduction in the firm's long-term credit ratings	$ 2,833	$ 2,500

XML

Transactions with Affiliated Funds

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2013

Transactions with Affiliated Funds [Abstract]

Transactions with Affiliated Funds

Note 22.

Transactions with Affiliated Funds

The firm has formed numerous nonconsolidated investment funds with third-party investors. As the firm generally acts as the investment manager for these funds, it is entitled to receive management fees and, in certain cases, advisory fees or incentive fees from these funds. Additionally, the firm invests alongside the third-party investors in certain funds.

The tables below present fees earned from affiliated funds, fees receivable from affiliated funds and the aggregate carrying value of the firm’s interests in affiliated funds.

	Three Months Ended September			Nine Months Ended September
in millions		2013	2012		2013	2012
Fees earned from affiliated funds		$611	$602		$  1,993	$  1,947
				As of
in millions					September 2013	December 2012
Fees receivable from funds					$     671	$     704
Aggregate carrying value of interests in funds					13,483	14,725

As of September 2013 and December 2012, the firm had outstanding loans and guarantees to its funds of $4 million and $582 million, respectively, which are collateralized by fund assets. These amounts relate primarily to certain real estate funds for which the firm voluntarily provided financial support to alleviate liquidity constraints during the financial crisis and to enable them to fund certain investment opportunities. As of September 2013 and December 2012, the firm had no outstanding commitments to extend credit to these funds.

The Volcker Rule, as currently drafted, would restrict the firm from providing additional voluntary financial support to funds subject to this rule after July 2014 (subject to extension by the Federal Reserve Board). As a general matter, in the ordinary course of business, the firm does not expect to provide additional voluntary financial support to these funds; however, in the event that such support is provided, the amount of any such support is not expected to be material.

In addition, in the ordinary course of business, the firm may also engage in other activities with its affiliated funds including, among others, securities lending, trade execution, market making, custody, and acquisition and bridge financing. See Note 18 for the firm’s investment commitments related to these funds.

XML

Long-Term Borrowings

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2013

Long-Term Borrowings [Abstract]

Long-Term Borrowings

Note 16.

Long-Term Borrowings

Long-term borrowings were comprised of the following:

	As of
in millions		September 2013	December 2012
Other secured financings (long-term)		$    7,793	$    8,965
Unsecured long-term borrowings		168,082	167,305
Total		$175,875	$176,270

See Note 9 for further information about other secured financings. The table below presents unsecured long-term borrowings extending through 2061 and consisting principally of senior borrowings.

	As of September 2013
in millions		U.S. Dollar	Non-U.S. Dollar	Total
Fixed-rate obligations 1		$  89,002	$38,602	$127,604
Floating-rate obligations 2		21,337	19,141	40,478
Total		$110,339	$57,743	$168,082

	As of December 2012
in millions		U.S. Dollar	Non-U.S. Dollar	Total
Fixed-rate obligations 1		$  88,561	$36,869	$125,430
Floating-rate obligations 2		20,794	21,081	41,875
Total		$109,355	$57,950	$167,305

1. Interest rates on U.S. dollar-denominated debt ranged from 0.20% to 10.04% (with a weighted average rate of 5.19%) and 0.20% to 10.04% (with a weighted average rate of 5.48%) as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively. Interest rates on non-U.S. dollar-denominated debt ranged from 0.10% to 14.85% (with a weighted average rate of 4.30%) and 0.10% to 14.85% (with a weighted average rate of 4.66%) as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively.

2. Floating interest rates generally are based on LIBOR or the federal funds target rate. Equity-linked and indexed instruments are included in floating-rate obligations.

The table below presents unsecured long-term borrowings by maturity date. In the table below:

Ÿ unsecured long-term borrowings maturing within one year of the financial statement date and unsecured long-term borrowings that are redeemable within one year of the financial statement date at the option of the holders are included as unsecured short-term borrowings;

Ÿ unsecured long-term borrowings that are repayable prior to maturity at the option of the firm are reflected at their contractual maturity dates; and

Ÿ unsecured long-term borrowings that are redeemable prior to maturity at the option of the holders are reflected at the dates such options become exercisable.

in millions	As of September 2013
2014	$    8,687
2015	22,913
2016	21,903
2017	20,635
2018	22,104
2019 - thereafter	71,840
Total 1	$168,082

1. Includes $7.07 billion related to interest rate hedges on certain unsecured long-term borrowings, by year of maturity as follows: $185 million in 2014, $353 million in 2015, $850 million in 2016, $1.07 billion in 2017, $1.05 billion in 2018 and $3.56 billion in 2019 and thereafter.

The firm designates certain derivatives as fair value hedges to effectively convert a substantial portion of its fixed-rate unsecured long-term borrowings which are not accounted for at fair value into floating-rate obligations. Accordingly, excluding the cumulative impact of changes in the firm’s credit spreads, the carrying value of unsecured long-term borrowings approximated fair value as of September 2013 and December 2012. See Note 7 for further information about hedging activities. For unsecured long-term borrowings for which the firm did not elect the fair value option, the cumulative impact due to changes in the firm’s own credit spreads would be an increase of less than 2% in the carrying value of total unsecured long-term borrowings as of both September 2013 and December 2012. As these borrowings are not accounted for at fair value under the fair value option or at fair value in accordance with other U.S. GAAP, their fair value is not included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy in Notes 6, 7 and 8. Had these borrowings been included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy, substantially all would have been classified in level 2 as of September 2013 and December 2012.

The table below presents unsecured long-term borrowings, after giving effect to hedging activities that converted a substantial portion of fixed-rate obligations to floating-rate obligations.

	As of
in millions		September 2013	December 2012
Fixed-rate obligations
At fair value		$       284	$       122
At amortized cost 1		17,165	24,547
Floating-rate obligations
At fair value		11,457	12,471
At amortized cost 1		139,176	130,165
Total		$168,082	$167,305

1. The weighted average interest rates on the aggregate amounts were 2.27% (5.50% related to fixed-rate obligations and 1.89% related to floating-rate obligations) and 2.47% (5.26% related to fixed-rate obligations and 1.98% related to floating-rate obligations) as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively. These rates exclude financial instruments accounted for at fair value under the fair value option.

Subordinated Borrowings

Unsecured long-term borrowings include subordinated debt and junior subordinated debt. Junior subordinated debt is junior in right of payment to other subordinated borrowings, which are junior to senior borrowings. As of both September 2013 and December 2012, subordinated debt had maturities ranging from 2015 to 2038. The table below presents subordinated borrowings.

	As of September 2013					As of December 2012
$ in millions		Par Amount	Carrying Amount	Rate	1		Par Amount	Carrying Amount	Rate	1
Subordinated debt		$14,477	$17,127	4.06	%		$14,409	$17,358	4.24	%
Junior subordinated debt		2,835	3,832	1.02	%		2,835	4,228	3.16	%
Total subordinated borrowings		$17,312	$20,959	3.56	%		$17,244	$21,586	4.06	%

1. Weighted average interest rate after giving effect to fair value hedges used to convert these fixed-rate obligations into floating-rate obligations. See Note 7 for further information about hedging activities. See below for information about interest rates on junior subordinated debt.

Junior Subordinated Debt

Junior Subordinated Debt Held by 2012 Trusts. In 2012, the Vesey Street Investment Trust I and the Murray Street Investment Trust I (together, the 2012 Trusts) issued an aggregate of $2.25 billion of senior guaranteed trust securities to third parties. The proceeds of that offering were used to fund purchases of $1.75 billion of junior subordinated debt securities issued by Group Inc. that pay interest semi-annually at a fixed annual rate of 4.647% and mature on March 9, 2017, and $500 million of junior subordinated debt securities issued by Group Inc. that pay interest semi-annually at a fixed annual rate of 4.404% and mature on September 1, 2016.

The 2012 Trusts purchased the junior subordinated debt from Goldman Sachs Capital II and Goldman Sachs Capital III (APEX Trusts). The APEX Trusts used the proceeds from such sales to purchase shares of Group Inc.’s Perpetual Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series E (Series E Preferred Stock) and Perpetual Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series F (Series F Preferred Stock). See Note 19 for more information about the Series E and Series F Preferred stock.

The 2012 Trusts are required to pay distributions on their senior guaranteed trust securities in the same amounts and on the same dates that they are scheduled to receive interest on the junior subordinated debt they hold, and are required to redeem their respective senior guaranteed trust securities upon the maturity or earlier redemption of the junior subordinated debt they hold.

The firm has the right to defer payments on the junior subordinated debt, subject to limitations. During any such deferral period, the firm will not be permitted to, among other things, pay dividends on or make certain repurchases of its common or preferred stock. However, as Group Inc. fully and unconditionally guarantees the payment of the distribution and redemption amounts when due on a senior basis on the senior guaranteed trust securities issued by the 2012 Trusts, if the 2012 Trusts are unable to make scheduled distributions to the holders of the senior guaranteed trust securities, under the guarantee, Group Inc. would be obligated to make those payments. As such, the $2.25 billion of junior subordinated debt held by the 2012 Trusts for the benefit of investors is not classified as junior subordinated debt.

The APEX Trusts and the 2012 Trusts are Delaware statutory trusts sponsored by the firm and wholly-owned finance subsidiaries of the firm for regulatory and legal purposes but are not consolidated for accounting purposes.

The firm has covenanted in favor of the holders of Group Inc.’s 6.345% Junior Subordinated Debentures due February 15, 2034, that, subject to certain exceptions, the firm will not redeem or purchase the capital securities issued by the APEX Trusts or shares of Group Inc.’s Series E or Series F Preferred Stock prior to specified dates in 2022 for a price that exceeds a maximum amount determined by reference to the net cash proceeds that the firm has received from the sale of qualifying securities.

Junior Subordinated Debt Issued in Connection with Trust Preferred Securities. Group Inc. issued $2.84 billion of junior subordinated debentures in 2004 to Goldman Sachs Capital I (Trust), a Delaware statutory trust. The Trust issued $2.75 billion of guaranteed preferred beneficial interests to third parties and $85 million of common beneficial interests to Group Inc. and used the proceeds from the issuances to purchase the junior subordinated debentures from Group Inc. The Trust is a wholly-owned finance subsidiary of the firm for regulatory and legal purposes but is not consolidated for accounting purposes.

The firm pays interest semi-annually on the debentures at an annual rate of 6.345% and the debentures mature on February 15, 2034. The coupon rate and the payment dates applicable to the beneficial interests are the same as the interest rate and payment dates for the debentures. The firm has the right, from time to time, to defer payment of interest on the debentures, and therefore cause payment on the Trust’s preferred beneficial interests to be deferred, in each case up to ten consecutive semi-annual periods. During any such deferral period, the firm will not be permitted to, among other things, pay dividends on or make certain repurchases of its common stock. The Trust is not permitted to pay any distributions on the common beneficial interests held by Group Inc. unless all dividends payable on the preferred beneficial interests have been paid in full.

XML

Earnings Per Common Share (Details) (USD $) In Millions, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2012	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2012
Earnings per common share
Numerator for basic and diluted EPS - net earnings applicable to common shareholders	$ 1,429	$ 1,458	$ 5,478	$ 4,459
Denominator for basic EPS - weighted average number of common shares	463.4	491.2	472.7	501.1
Effect of dilutive securities:
RSUs	7.5	12.0	7.0	10.8
Stock options and warrants	25.5	7.7	23.5	8.2
Dilutive potential common shares	33.0	19.7	30.5	19.0
Denominator for diluted EPS - weighted average number of common shares and dilutive potential common shares	496.4	510.9	503.2	520.1
Basic EPS	$ 3.07	$ 2.95	$ 11.55	$ 8.85
Diluted EPS	$ 2.88	$ 2.85	$ 10.89	$ 8.57
Earnings per common share
Number of antidilutive RSUs and common shares underlying antidilutive stock options and warrants	6.0	52.4	6.2	52.4
Reduction per common share due to impact of applying the amended principles to basic earnings per common share	$ 0.01	$ 0.02	$ 0.04	$ 0.05

XML

Other Assets (Tables)

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2013

Other Assets [Abstract]

Other Assets

	As of
in millions		September 2013		December 2012
Property, leasehold improvements and equipment 1		$  8,721		$  8,217
Goodwill and identifiable intangible assets 2		4,458		5,099
Income tax-related assets 3		6,468		5,620
Equity-method investments 4		422		453
Miscellaneous receivables and other		16,861	5	20,234	6
Total		$36,930		$39,623

1. Net of accumulated depreciation and amortization of $8.86 billion and $9.05 billion as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively.

2. Includes $149 million of intangible assets classified as held for sale as of December 2012. See Note 13 for further information about goodwill and identifiable intangible assets.

3. See Note 24 for further information about income taxes.

4. Excludes investments accounted for at fair value under the fair value option where the firm would otherwise apply the equity method of accounting of $6.05 billion and $5.54 billion as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively, which are included in “Financial instruments owned, at fair value.” The firm has generally elected the fair value option for such investments acquired after the fair value option became available.

5. Includes $13.65 billion of assets classified as held for sale related to the firm’s European insurance business.

6. Includes $16.77 billion of assets classified as held for sale (including approximately $9 billion of available-for-sale securities) related to the firm’s Americas reinsurance business, in which a majority stake was sold in April 2013.

XML

Derivatives and Hedging Activities (Details 9) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2012	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2012
Derivative Instruments, Gain (Loss) By Hedging Relationship [Abstract]
Gain (Loss) Recognized On Foreign Currency Denominated Debt Designated As Foreign Currency Hedge	$ (22)	$ (73)	$ 328	$ 40
Net Investment Hedging [Member] | Foreign Exchange Contract [Member]
Derivative Instruments, Gain (Loss) By Hedging Relationship [Abstract]
Derivative Instruments, Gain (Loss) Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income, Effective Portion, Net	$ (272)	$ (192)	$ 173	$ (195)

XML

Transactions with Affiliated Funds (Tables)

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2013

Transactions with Affiliated Funds [Abstract]

Fees earned from affiliated funds

	Three Months Ended September			Nine Months Ended September
in millions		2013	2012		2013	2012
Fees earned from affiliated funds		$611	$602		$  1,993	$  1,947

Fees receivable from affiliated funds and the aggregate carrying value of the firm's interests in these funds

	As of
in millions		September 2013	December 2012
Fees receivable from funds		$     671	$     704
Aggregate carrying value of interests in funds		13,483	14,725

XML

Cash Instruments (Details 3) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2012	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2012
Commercial paper, certificates of deposit, time deposits and other money market instruments [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis, Unobservable Input Reconciliation
Fair Value, Measurement with Unobservable Inputs Reconciliation, Recurring Basis, Asset Value, Beginning Balance		$ 7
Net Realized Gains / (Losses)		0
Net Unrealized Gains / (Losses) Relating to Instruments Still Held at Period-End		0
Purchases		0
Sales		0
Settlements		(7)
Transfers Into Level 3		0
Transfers Out Of Level 3		0
Fair Value, Measurement with Unobservable Inputs Reconciliation, Recurring Basis, Asset Value, Ending Balance		0		0
Non-U.S. government and agency obligations [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis, Unobservable Input Reconciliation
Fair Value, Measurement with Unobservable Inputs Reconciliation, Recurring Basis, Asset Value, Beginning Balance	90	8	26	148
Net Realized Gains / (Losses)	0	0	5	(55)
Net Unrealized Gains / (Losses) Relating to Instruments Still Held at Period-End	3	3	9	4
Purchases	2	2	23	2
Sales	(27)	0	(14)	(8)
Settlements	0	0	(2)	(71)
Transfers Into Level 3	11	0	11	6
Transfers Out Of Level 3	(24)	0	(3)	(13)
Fair Value, Measurement with Unobservable Inputs Reconciliation, Recurring Basis, Asset Value, Ending Balance	55	13	55	13
Loans and securities backed by commercial real estate [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis, Unobservable Input Reconciliation
Fair Value, Measurement with Unobservable Inputs Reconciliation, Recurring Basis, Asset Value, Beginning Balance	2,969	3,166	3,389	3,346
Net Realized Gains / (Losses)	40	57	86	143
Net Unrealized Gains / (Losses) Relating to Instruments Still Held at Period-End	66	78	197	227
Purchases	320	355	549	1,337
Sales	(338)	(362)	(627)	(956)
Settlements	(363)	(44)	(965)	(859)
Transfers Into Level 3	77	214	197	218
Transfers Out Of Level 3	(87)	(146)	(142)	(138)
Fair Value, Measurement with Unobservable Inputs Reconciliation, Recurring Basis, Asset Value, Ending Balance	2,684	3,318	2,684	3,318
Loans and securities backed by residential real estate [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis, Unobservable Input Reconciliation
Fair Value, Measurement with Unobservable Inputs Reconciliation, Recurring Basis, Asset Value, Beginning Balance	1,738	1,632	1,619	1,709
Net Realized Gains / (Losses)	17	65	37	128
Net Unrealized Gains / (Losses) Relating to Instruments Still Held at Period-End	37	44	99	239
Purchases	207	81	633	345
Sales	(84)	(266)	(380)	(729)
Settlements	(114)	(351)	(236)	(471)
Transfers Into Level 3	61	98	78	77
Transfers Out Of Level 3	(92)	(15)	(80)	(10)
Fair Value, Measurement with Unobservable Inputs Reconciliation, Recurring Basis, Asset Value, Ending Balance	1,770	1,288	1,770	1,288
Bank loans and bridge loans [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis, Unobservable Input Reconciliation
Fair Value, Measurement with Unobservable Inputs Reconciliation, Recurring Basis, Asset Value, Beginning Balance	9,997	10,461	11,235	11,285
Net Realized Gains / (Losses)	118	151	356	431
Net Unrealized Gains / (Losses) Relating to Instruments Still Held at Period-End	105	150	278	318
Purchases	1,317	1,535	3,494	3,393
Sales	(580)	(906)	(2,042)	(2,754)
Settlements	(1,446)	(805)	(3,408)	(2,122)
Transfers Into Level 3	706	691	1,052	1,237
Transfers Out Of Level 3	(742)	(444)	(1,490)	(955)
Fair Value, Measurement with Unobservable Inputs Reconciliation, Recurring Basis, Asset Value, Ending Balance	9,475	10,833	9,475	10,833
Corporate Debt Securities [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis, Unobservable Input Reconciliation
Fair Value, Measurement with Unobservable Inputs Reconciliation, Recurring Basis, Asset Value, Beginning Balance	2,492	2,367	2,821	2,480
Net Realized Gains / (Losses)	80	106	255	266
Net Unrealized Gains / (Losses) Relating to Instruments Still Held at Period-End	61	140	393	229
Purchases	190	462	542	865
Sales	(357)	(274)	(1,392)	(851)
Settlements	(63)	(120)	(420)	(352)
Transfers Into Level 3	137	240	353	344
Transfers Out Of Level 3	(227)	(200)	(239)	(260)
Fair Value, Measurement with Unobservable Inputs Reconciliation, Recurring Basis, Asset Value, Ending Balance	2,313	2,721	2,313	2,721
State and municipal obligations [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis, Unobservable Input Reconciliation
Fair Value, Measurement with Unobservable Inputs Reconciliation, Recurring Basis, Asset Value, Beginning Balance	322	547	619	599
Net Realized Gains / (Losses)	1	4	3	16
Net Unrealized Gains / (Losses) Relating to Instruments Still Held at Period-End	(2)	5	1	8
Purchases	28	36	99	53
Sales	(59)	(27)	(461)	(80)
Settlements	(1)	(2)	(2)	(12)
Transfers Into Level 3	4	20	6	0
Transfers Out Of Level 3	(66)	0	(38)	(1)
Fair Value, Measurement with Unobservable Inputs Reconciliation, Recurring Basis, Asset Value, Ending Balance	227	583	227	583
Other debt obligations [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis, Unobservable Input Reconciliation
Fair Value, Measurement with Unobservable Inputs Reconciliation, Recurring Basis, Asset Value, Beginning Balance	876	1,757	1,185	1,451
Net Realized Gains / (Losses)	13	5	35	52
Net Unrealized Gains / (Losses) Relating to Instruments Still Held at Period-End	15	51	16	50
Purchases	116	197	563	645
Sales	(26)	(88)	(410)	(365)
Settlements	(56)	(25)	(60)	(41)
Transfers Into Level 3	48	118	17	222
Transfers Out Of Level 3	(214)	(7)	(574)	(6)
Fair Value, Measurement with Unobservable Inputs Reconciliation, Recurring Basis, Asset Value, Ending Balance	772	2,008	772	2,008
Equities and convertible debentures [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis, Unobservable Input Reconciliation
Fair Value, Measurement with Unobservable Inputs Reconciliation, Recurring Basis, Asset Value, Beginning Balance	15,417	14,420	14,855	13,667
Net Realized Gains / (Losses)	20	31	154	60
Net Unrealized Gains / (Losses) Relating to Instruments Still Held at Period-End	697	632	1,635	1,158
Purchases	306	513	1,640	2,166
Sales	(115)	(320)	(650)	(497)
Settlements	(378)	(108)	(1,396)	(640)
Transfers Into Level 3	496	798	1,015	866
Transfers Out Of Level 3	(263)	(840)	(1,073)	(1,654)
Fair Value, Measurement with Unobservable Inputs Reconciliation, Recurring Basis, Asset Value, Ending Balance	16,180	15,126	16,180	15,126
Cash Instruments [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis, Unobservable Input Reconciliation
Fair Value, Measurement with Unobservable Inputs Reconciliation, Recurring Basis, Asset Value, Beginning Balance	33,901	34,365	35,749	34,685
Fair Value, Measurement with Unobservable Inputs Reconciliation, Recurring Basis, Liability Value, Beginning Balance	385	739	642	905
Net Realized Gains / (Losses)	289	419	931	1,041
Net Realized (Gains) / Losses	(4)	(2)	7	(35)
Net Unrealized Gains / (Losses) Relating to Instruments Still Held at Period-End	982	1,103	2,628	2,233
Net Unrealized (Gains) / Losses Relating to Instruments Still Held at Period-End	17	3	0	9
Purchases	2,486	3,181	7,543	8,806
Sales	(1,586)	(2,243)	(5,976)	(6,240)
Settlements	(2,421)	(1,462)	(6,489)	(4,568)
Purchases	(101)	(105)	(368)	(427)
Sales	49	65	187	244
Settlements	3	16	13	81
Transfers Into Level 3	1,540	2,179	2,729	2,970
Transfers Into Level 3	32	46	46	90
Transfers Out Of Level 3	(1,715)	(1,652)	(3,639)	(3,037)
Transfers Out Of Level 3	(14)	(89)	(160)	(194)
Fair Value, Measurement with Unobservable Inputs Reconciliation, Recurring Basis, Asset Value, Ending Balance	33,476	35,890	33,476	35,890
Fair Value, Measurement with Unobservable Inputs Reconciliation, Recurring Basis, Liability Value, Ending Balance	$ 367	$ 673	$ 367	$ 673

XML

Derivatives and Hedging Activities (Tables)

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2013

Derivatives and Hedging Activities [Abstract]

Exchange Traded and OTC Derivatives

	As of September 2013			As of December 2012
in millions		Derivative Assets	Derivative Liabilities		Derivative Assets	Derivative Liabilities
Exchange-traded		$  5,923	$  4,166		$  3,772	$  2,937
OTC		55,536	44,321		67,404	47,490
Total		$61,459	$48,487		$71,176	$50,427

Fair Value of Derivatives on a Gross Basis

	As of September 2013						As of December 2012
in millions		Derivative Assets		Derivative Liabilities		Notional Amount		Derivative Assets		Derivative Liabilities		Notional Amount
Derivatives not accounted for as hedges
Interest rates		$ 414,150		$ 382,222		$40,686,745		$ 584,584		$ 545,605		$34,891,763
Exchange-traded		155		225		2,665,287		47		26		2,502,867
OTC-cleared 1		9,665		12,755		21,182,289		8,847		11,011		14,678,349
Bilateral OTC		404,330		369,242		16,839,169		575,690		534,568		17,710,547
Credit		67,792		61,144		3,248,369		85,816		74,927		3,615,757
OTC-cleared		3,607		3,427		363,148		3,359		2,638		304,100
Bilateral OTC		64,185		57,717		2,885,221		82,457		72,289		3,311,657
Currencies		69,229		62,972		4,164,998		72,128		60,808		3,833,114
Exchange-traded		37		56		14,283		31		82		12,341
OTC-cleared		87		116		10,075		14		14		5,487
Bilateral OTC		69,105		62,800		4,140,640		72,083		60,712		3,815,286
Commodities		19,782		18,857		802,809		23,320		24,350		774,115
Exchange-traded		5,955		4,486		410,100		5,360		5,040		344,823
OTC-cleared		55		36		739		26		23		327
Bilateral OTC		13,772		14,335		391,970		17,934		19,287		428,965
Equities		55,328		52,258		1,483,779		49,483		43,681		1,202,181
Exchange-traded		11,679		11,302		555,286		9,409		8,864		441,494
OTC-cleared		—		—		2		—		—		—
Bilateral OTC		43,649		40,956		928,491		40,074		34,817		760,687
Subtotal		626,281		577,453		50,386,700		815,331		749,371		44,316,930
Derivatives accounted for as hedges
Interest rates		17,029		389		136,717		23,772		66		128,302
OTC-cleared		1,528		7		9,578		—		—		—
Bilateral OTC		15,501		382		127,139		23,772		66		128,302
Currencies		44		135		9,329		21		86		8,452
OTC-cleared		—		4		391		—		—		3
Bilateral OTC		44		131		8,938		21		86		8,449
Commodities		31		—		335		—		—		—
Exchange-traded		—		—		23		—		—		—
Bilateral OTC		31		—		312		—		—		—
Subtotal		17,104		524		146,381		23,793		152		136,754
Gross fair value/notional amount of derivatives		$ 643,385	2	$ 577,977	2	$50,533,081		$ 839,124	2	$ 749,523	2	$44,453,684
Amounts that have been offset in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition
Counterparty netting		(506,920	)	(506,920	)			(668,460	)	(668,460	)
Exchange-traded		(11,903	)	(11,903	)			(11,075	)	(11,075	)
OTC-cleared		(14,399	)	(14,399	)			(11,507	)	(11,507	)
Bilateral OTC		(480,618	)	(480,618	)			(645,878	)	(645,878	)
Cash collateral		(75,006	)	(22,570	)			(99,488	)	(30,636	)
OTC-cleared		(251	)	(1,810	)			(468	)	(2,160	)
Bilateral OTC		(74,755	)	(20,760	)			(99,020	)	(28,476	)
Fair value included in financial instruments owned/ financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased		$   61,459		$   48,487				$   71,176		$   50,427
Amounts that have not been offset in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition
Cash collateral received/posted		(421	)	(2,770	)			(812	)	(2,994	)
Securities collateral received/posted		(15,713	)	(10,585	)			(17,225	)	(14,262	)
Total		$   45,325		$   35,132				$   53,139		$   33,171

1. OTC derivatives that are cleared with certain clearing organizations are settled each day. The impact of such settlement results in a reduction of gross interest rate derivative assets and liabilities of $263.01 billion and $245.33 billion, respectively, as of September 2013, and $315.40 billion and $298.69 billion, respectively, as of December 2012. If these derivatives were not recognized as settled, the firm believes there would be no impact to the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition for the periods presented.

2. Includes derivative assets and derivative liabilities of $25.62 billion and $26.59 billion, respectively, as of September 2013, and derivative assets and derivative liabilities of $24.62 billion and $25.73 billion, respectively, as of December 2012, which are not subject to an enforceable netting agreement or are subject to a netting agreement that the firm has not yet determined to be enforceable.

Fair Value, Derivatives, Measurement Inputs, Disclosure

Level 3 Derivative Product Type	Net Level 3 Assets/(Liabilities) as of September 2013 (in millions)	Valuation Techniques and Significant Unobservable Inputs	Range of Significant Unobservable Inputs (Average / Median) 1 as of September 2013
Interest rates	$(72)	Option pricing models:
		Correlation  3	22% to 84% (60% / 65%)
		Volatility	30 basis points per annum (bpa) to 214 bpa (86 bpa / 79 bpa)
Credit	$4,002  2	Option pricing models, correlation models and discounted cash flows models:
		Correlation  3	5% to 89% (58% / 58%)
		Credit spreads	3 basis points (bps) to 1,028 bps (156 bps / 116 bps)  4
		Upfront credit points	0 points to 100 points (49 points / 47 points)
		Recovery rates	20% to 88% (47% / 40%)
Currencies	$28	Option pricing models:
		Correlation  3	65% to 87% (75% / 74%)
Commodities	$(81)  2	Option pricing models and discounted cash flows models:
		Volatility	17% to 45% (24% / 23%)
		Spread per million British Thermal units (MMBTU) of natural gas	$(1.86) to $3.80 ($(0.04) / $(0.03))
		Price per barrel of oil	$85.57 to $99.83 ($91.50 / $91.18)
Equities	$(1,541)	Option pricing models:
		Correlation  3	25% to 99% (60% / 59%)
		Volatility	6% to 92% (23% / 21%)

1. Averages represent the arithmetic average of the inputs and are not weighted by the relative fair value or notional of the respective financial instruments. An average greater than the median indicates that the majority of inputs are below the average.

2. The fair value of any one instrument may be determined using multiple valuation techniques. For example, option pricing models and discounted cash flows models are typically used together to determine fair value. Therefore, the level 3 balance encompasses both of these techniques.

3. The range of unobservable inputs for correlation across derivative product types (i.e., cross-asset correlation) was (42)% to 78% (Average: 28% / Median: 36%) as of September 2013.

4. The difference between the average and the median for the credit spreads input indicates that the majority of the inputs fall in the lower end of the range.

Level 3 Derivative Product Type	Net Level 3 Assets/(Liabilities) as of December 2012 (in millions)	Valuation Techniques and Significant Unobservable Inputs	Range of Significant Unobservable Inputs (Average / Median) 1 as of December 2012
Interest rates	$(355)	Option pricing models:
		Correlation  3	22% to 97% (67% / 68%)
		Volatility	37 bpa to 59 bpa (48 bpa / 47 bpa)
Credit	$6,228  2	Option pricing models, correlation models and discounted cash flows models:
		Correlation  3	5% to 95% (50% / 50%)
		Credit spreads	9 bps to 2,341 bps (225 bps / 140 bps) 4
		Recovery rates	15% to 85% (54% / 53%)
Currencies	$35	Option pricing models:
		Correlation  3	65% to 87% (76% / 79%)
Commodities	$(304)  2	Option pricing models and discounted cash flows models:
		Volatility	13% to 53% (30% / 29%)
		Spread per MMBTU of natural gas	$(0.61) to $6.07 ($0.02 / $0.00)
		Price per megawatt hour of power	$17.30 to $57.39 ($33.17 / $32.80)
		Price per barrel of oil	$86.64 to $98.43 ($92.76 / $93.62)
Equities	$(1,248)	Option pricing models:
		Correlation  3	48% to 98% (68% / 67%)
		Volatility	15% to 73% (31% / 30%)

1. Averages represent the arithmetic average of the inputs and are not weighted by the relative fair value or notional of the respective financial instruments. An average greater than the median indicates that the majority of inputs are below the average.

2. The fair value of any one instrument may be determined using multiple valuation techniques. For example, option pricing models and discounted cash flows models are typically used together to determine fair value. Therefore, the level 3 balance encompasses both of these techniques.

3. The range of unobservable inputs for correlation across derivative product types (i.e., cross-asset correlation) was (51)% to 66% (Average: 30% / Median: 35%) as of December 2012.

4. The difference between the average and the median for the credit spreads input indicates that the majority of the inputs fall in the lower end of the range.

Fair Value of Derivatives by Level

	Derivative Assets at Fair Value as of September 2013
in millions		Level 1	Level 2		Level 3		Cross-Level Netting		Total
Interest rates		$  8	$ 430,842		$     329		$       —		$  431,179
Credit		—	59,699		8,093		—		67,792
Currencies		—	68,678		595		—		69,273
Commodities		—	19,367		446		—		19,813
Equities		8	54,519		801		—		55,328
Gross fair value of derivative assets		16	633,105		10,264		—		643,385
Counterparty netting 1		—	(501,848	)	(3,267	)	(1,805	) 3	(506,920	)
Subtotal		$16	$ 131,257		$  6,997		$(1,805	)	$  136,465
Cash collateral 2									(75,006	)
Fair value included in financial instruments owned									$    61,459
	Derivative Liabilities at Fair Value as of September 2013
in millions		Level 1	Level 2		Level 3		Cross-Level Netting		Total
Interest rates		$  6	$ 382,204		$     401		$       —		$  382,611
Credit		—	57,053		4,091		—		61,144
Currencies		—	62,540		567		—		63,107
Commodities		—	18,330		527		—		18,857
Equities		14	49,902		2,342		—		52,258
Gross fair value of derivative liabilities		20	570,029		7,928		—		577,977
Counterparty netting 1		—	(501,848	)	(3,267	)	(1,805	) 3	(506,920	)
Subtotal		$20	$   68,181		$  4,661		$(1,805	)	$    71,057
Cash collateral 2									(22,570	)
Fair value included in financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased									$    48,487

1. Represents the netting of receivable balances with payable balances for the same counterparty under enforceable netting agreements.

2. Represents the netting of cash collateral received and posted on a counterparty basis under enforceable credit support agreements.

3. Represents the netting of receivable balances with payable balances for the same counterparty across levels of the fair value hierarchy under enforceable netting agreements.

	Derivative Assets at Fair Value as of December 2012
in millions		Level 1	Level 2		Level 3		Cross-Level Netting		Total
Interest rates		$13	$ 608,151		$     192		$       —		$ 608,356
Credit		—	74,907		10,909		—		85,816
Currencies		—	71,157		992		—		72,149
Commodities		—	22,697		623		—		23,320
Equities		43	48,698		742		—		49,483
Gross fair value of derivative assets		56	825,610		13,458		—		839,124
Counterparty netting 1		—	(662,798	)	(3,538	)	(2,124	) 3	(668,460	)
Subtotal		$56	$ 162,812		$  9,920		$(2,124	)	$ 170,664
Cash collateral 2									(99,488	)
Fair value included in financial instruments owned									$   71,176
	Derivative Liabilities at Fair Value as of December 2012
in millions		Level 1	Level 2		Level 3		Cross-Level Netting		Total
Interest rates		$14	$ 545,110		$     547		$       —		$ 545,671
Credit		—	70,246		4,681		—		74,927
Currencies		—	59,937		957		—		60,894
Commodities		—	23,423		927		—		24,350
Equities		50	41,641		1,990		—		43,681
Gross fair value of derivative liabilities		64	740,357		9,102		—		749,523
Counterparty netting 1		—	(662,798	)	(3,538	)	(2,124	) 3	(668,460	)
Subtotal		$64	$   77,559		$  5,564		$(2,124	)	$   81,063
Cash collateral 2									(30,636	)
Fair value included in financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased									$   50,427

1. Represents the netting of receivable balances with payable balances for the same counterparty under enforceable netting agreements.

2. Represents the netting of cash collateral received and posted on a counterparty basis under enforceable credit support agreements.

3. Represents the netting of receivable balances with payable balances for the same counterparty across levels of the fair value hierarchy under enforceable netting agreements.

Fair Value of Derivatives, Level 3 Rollforward

	Level 3 Derivative Assets and Liabilities at Fair Value for the Three Months Ended September 2013
in millions		Asset/ (liability) balance, beginning of period		Net realized gains/ (losses)		Net unrealized gains/(losses) relating to instruments still held at period-end		Purchases	Sales		Settlements		Transfers into level 3		Transfers out of level 3		Asset/ (liability) balance, end of period
Interest rates — net		$   (230	)	$(49	)	$   16		$ —	$   —		$   42		$  88		$  61		$     (72	)
Credit — net		4,621		13		(391	)	10	(14	)	(224	)	68		(81	)	4,002
Currencies — net		30		(26	)	2		2	—		53		6		(39	)	28
Commodities — net		25		9		(105	)	12	(8	)	(19	)	51		(46	)	(81	)
Equities — net		(2,605	)	(21	)	662		38	(134	)	307		(44	)	256		(1,541	)
Total derivatives — net		$ 1,841		$(74	) 1	$ 184	1, 2	$62	$(156	)	$ 159		$169		$151		$ 2,336

1. The aggregate amounts include gains/(losses) of approximately $140 million and $(30) million reported in “Market making” and “Other principal transactions,” respectively.

2. Principally resulted from changes in level 2 inputs.

	Level 3 Derivative Assets and Liabilities at Fair Value for the Nine Months Ended September 2013
in millions		Asset/ (liability) balance, beginning of period		Net realized gains/ (losses)		Net unrealized gains/(losses) relating to instruments still held at period-end		Purchases	Sales		Settlements		Transfers into level 3		Transfers out of level 3		Asset/ (liability) balance, end of period
Interest rates — net		$   (355	)	$(100	)	$ 132		$    1	$       (1	)	$    192		$    48		$   11		$     (72	)
Credit — net		6,228		25		(688	)	110	(181	)	(1,179	)	69		(382	)	4,002
Currencies — net		35		(80	)	(209	)	10	(5	)	146		164		(33	)	28
Commodities — net		(304	)	40		17		79	(36	)	(24	)	(48	)	195		(81	)
Equities — net		(1,248	)	(21	)	616		97	(1,851	)	767		(47	)	146		(1,541	)
Total derivatives — net		$ 4,356		$(136	) 1	$(132	) 1, 2	$297	$(2,074	)	$     (98	)	$  186		$  (63	)	$ 2,336

1. The aggregate amounts include losses of approximately $62 million and $206 million reported in “Market making” and “Other principal transactions,” respectively.

2. Principally resulted from changes in level 2 inputs.

	Level 3 Derivative Assets and Liabilities at Fair Value for the Three Months Ended September 2012
in millions		Asset/ (liability) balance, beginning of period		Net realized gains/ (losses)		Net unrealized gains/(losses) relating to instruments still held at period-end		Purchases	Sales		Settlements		Transfers into level 3		Transfers out of level 3	Asset/ (liability) balance, end of period
Interest rates — net		$    (353	)	$   (24	)	$     49		$     1	$        —		$      (36	)	$  (147	)	$   27	$   (483	)
Credit — net		6,119		72		(736	)	50	(58	)	(596	)	2,124		4	6,979
Currencies — net		192		(8	)	27		4	(7	)	75		61		7	351
Commodities — net		(240	)	(38	)	18		74	(431	)	31		(88	)	23	(651	)
Equities — net		(548	)	(69	)	(68	)	4	(63	)	146		(38	)	59	(577	)
Total derivatives — net		$   5,170		$   (67	) 1	$ (710	) 1, 2	$ 133	$    (559	)	$    (380	)	$1,912		$ 120	$ 5,619

1. The aggregate amounts include losses of approximately $625 million and $152 million reported in “Market making” and “Other principal transactions,” respectively.

2. Principally resulted from changes in level 2 inputs.

	Level 3 Derivative Assets and Liabilities at Fair Value for the Nine Months Ended September 2012
in millions		Asset/ (liability) balance, beginning of period		Net realized gains/ (losses)		Net unrealized gains/(losses) relating to instruments still held at period-end		Purchases	Sales		Settlements		Transfers into level 3		Transfers out of level 3		Asset/ (liability) balance, end of period
Interest rates — net		$  (371	)	$  (58	)	$    (4	)	$    2	$     (11	)	$    (10	)	$    (44	)	$   13		$  (483	)
Credit — net		6,300		273		(354	)	151	(159	)	(1,418	)	2,265		(79	)	6,979
Currencies — net		842		(18	)	(208	)	13	(10	)	(100	)	95		(263	)	351
Commodities — net		(605	)	(75	)	135		266	(605	)	396		(188	)	25		(651	)
Equities — net		(432	)	16		(276	)	131	(240	)	186		(15	)	53		(577	)
Total derivatives — net		$5,734		$138	1	$(707	) 1, 2	$563	$(1,025	)	$  (946	)	$2,113		$(251	)	$5,619

1. The aggregate amounts include losses of approximately $465 million and $104 million reported in “Market making” and “Other principal transactions,” respectively.

2. Principally resulted from changes in level 2 inputs.

Bifurcated Embedded Derivatives

	As of
in millions		September 2013	December 2012
Fair value of assets		$   227	$     320
Fair value of liabilities		301	398
Net liability		$     74	$       78
Notional amount		$8,091	$10,567

OTC Derivatives by Product Type and Tenor

in millions	OTC Derivatives as of September 2013
Assets Product Type	0 - 12 Months		1 - 5 Years		5 Years or Greater		Total
Interest rates	$  6,994		$23,248		$63,903		$  94,145
Credit	1,951		9,370		6,427		17,748
Currencies	8,590		7,553		7,426		23,569
Commodities	2,591		4,326		139		7,056
Equities	5,599		7,552		6,039		19,190
Netting across product types 1	(2,398	)	(5,276	)	(4,060	)	(11,734	)
Subtotal	$23,327		$46,773		$79,874		$149,974
Cross maturity netting 2							(19,432	)
Cash collateral 3							(75,006	)
Total							$  55,536
Liabilities Product Type	0 - 12 Months		1- 5 Years		5 Years or Greater		Total
Interest rates	$  5,873		$16,616		$23,019		$  45,508
Credit	802		8,044		2,253		11,099
Currencies	8,071		4,608		4,706		17,385
Commodities	2,195		3,335		2,038		7,568
Equities	6,660		6,426		3,411		16,497
Netting across product types 1	(2,398	)	(5,276	)	(4,060	)	(11,734	)
Subtotal	$21,203		$33,753		$31,367		$  86,323
Cross maturity netting 2							(19,432	)
Cash collateral 3							(22,570	)
Total							$  44,321

1. Represents the netting of receivable balances with payable balances for the same counterparty across product types within a tenor category under enforceable netting agreements. Receivable and payable balances with the same counterparty in the same product type and tenor category are netted within such product type and tenor category.

2. Represents the netting of receivable balances with payable balances for the same counterparty across tenor categories under enforceable netting agreements.

3. Represents the netting of cash collateral received and posted on a counterparty basis under enforceable credit support agreements.

in millions	OTC Derivatives as of December 2012
Assets Product Type	0 - 12 Months		1 - 5 Years		5 Years or Greater		Total
Interest rates	$10,318		$28,445		$  80,449		$119,212
Credit	2,190		12,244		7,970		22,404
Currencies	11,100		8,379		11,044		30,523
Commodities	3,840		3,862		304		8,006
Equities	3,757		7,730		6,957		18,444
Netting across product types 1	(2,811	)	(5,831	)	(5,082	)	(13,724	)
Subtotal	$28,394		$54,829		$101,642		$184,865
Cross maturity netting 2							(17,973	)
Cash collateral 3							(99,488	)
Total							$  67,404
Liabilities Product Type	0 - 12 Months		1 - 5 Years		5 Years or Greater		Total
Interest rates	$  6,266		$17,860		$  32,422		$  56,548
Credit	809		7,537		3,168		11,514
Currencies	8,586		4,849		5,782		19,217
Commodities	3,970		3,119		2,267		9,356
Equities	3,775		5,476		3,937		13,188
Netting across product types 1	(2,811	)	(5,831	)	(5,082	)	(13,724	)
Subtotal	$20,595		$33,010		$  42,494		$  96,099
Cross maturity netting 2							(17,973	)
Cash collateral 3							(30,636	)
Total							$  47,490

1. Represents the netting of receivable balances with payable balances for the same counterparty across product types within a tenor category under enforceable netting agreements. Receivable and payable balances with the same counterparty in the same product type and tenor category are netted within such product type and tenor category.

2. Represents the netting of receivable balances with payable balances for the same counterparty across tenor categories under enforceable netting agreements.

3. Represents the netting of cash collateral received and posted on a counterparty basis under enforceable credit support agreements.

Derivatives with Credit-related Contingent Features

	As of
in millions		September 2013	December 2012
Net derivative liabilities under bilateral agreements		$21,972	$27,885
Collateral posted		18,560	24,296
Additional collateral or termination payments for a one-notch downgrade		1,943	1,534
Additional collateral or termination payments for a two-notch downgrade		2,833	2,500

Credit Derivatives

	Maximum Payout/Notional Amount of Written Credit Derivatives by Tenor					Maximum Payout/Notional Amount of Purchased Credit Derivatives					Fair Value of Written Credit Derivatives
$ in millions		0 - 12 Months	1 - 5 Years	5 Years or Greater	Total		Offsetting Purchased Credit Derivatives	1	Other Purchased Credit Derivatives	2		Asset	Liability	Net Asset/ (Liability)
As of September 2013
Credit spread on underlying (basis points)
0-250		$315,815	$   988,692	$  69,132	$1,373,639		$1,274,940		$171,561			$26,477	$  6,679	$ 19,798
251-500		6,304	84,999	36,281	127,584		106,171		22,169			4,910	4,441	469
501-1,000		5,802	26,694	5,491	37,987		31,990		5,098			559	2,093	(1,534	)
Greater than 1,000		8,852	38,567	1,354	48,773		42,305		10,124			694	15,849	(15,155	)
Total		$336,773	$1,138,952	$112,258	$1,587,983		$1,455,406		$208,952			$32,640	$29,062	$   3,578
As of December 2012
Credit spread on underlying (basis points)
0-250		$360,289	$   989,941	$103,481	$1,453,711		$1,343,561		$201,459			$28,817	$  8,249	$ 20,568
251-500		13,876	126,659	35,086	175,621		157,371		19,063			4,284	7,848	(3,564	)
501-1,000		9,209	52,012	5,619	66,840		60,456		8,799			769	4,499	(3,730	)
Greater than 1,000		11,453	49,721	3,622	64,796		57,774		10,812			568	21,970	(21,402	)
Total		$394,827	$1,218,333	$147,808	$1,760,968		$1,619,162		$240,133			$34,438	$42,566	$  (8,128	)

1. Offsetting purchased credit derivatives represent the notional amount of purchased credit derivatives to the extent they economically hedge written credit derivatives with identical underlyings.

2. This purchased protection represents the notional amount of purchased credit derivatives in excess of the notional amount included in “Offsetting Purchased Credit Derivatives.”

Gain (Loss) from interest rate hedges and related hedged borrowings and bank deposits

	Three Months Ended September					Nine Months Ended September
in millions		2013		2012			2013		2012
Interest rate hedges		$(886	)	$(549	)		$(6,990	)	$   (995	)
Hedged borrowings and bank deposits		500		102			5,698		(280	)
Hedge ineffectiveness 1		$(386	)	$(447	)		$(1,292	)	$(1,275	)

1. Primarily consists of amortization of prepaid credit spreads resulting from the passage of time.

Gains and Losses on Net Investment Hedges

	Three Months Ended September					Nine Months Ended September
in millions		2013		2012			2013	2012
Currency hedges		$(272	)	$(192	)		$173	$(195	)
Foreign currency-denominated debt hedges		(22	)	(73	)		328	40

XML

Significant Accounting Policies (Policies)

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2013

Significant Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Consolidation, Policy

Consolidation

The firm consolidates entities in which the firm has a controlling financial interest. The firm determines whether it has a controlling financial interest in an entity by first evaluating whether the entity is a voting interest entity or a variable interest entity (VIE).

Voting Interest Entities. Voting interest entities are entities in which (i) the total equity investment at risk is sufficient to enable the entity to finance its activities independently and (ii) the equity holders have the power to direct the activities of the entity that most significantly impact its economic performance, the obligation to absorb the losses of the entity and the right to receive the residual returns of the entity. The usual condition for a controlling financial interest in a voting interest entity is ownership of a majority voting interest. If the firm has a majority voting interest in a voting interest entity, the entity is consolidated.

Variable Interest Entities. A VIE is an entity that lacks one or more of the characteristics of a voting interest entity. The firm has a controlling financial interest in a VIE when the firm has a variable interest or interests that provide it with (i) the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance and (ii) the obligation to absorb losses of the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. See Note 11 for further information about VIEs.

Equity-Method Investments. When the firm does not have a controlling financial interest in an entity but can exert significant influence over the entity’s operating and financial policies, the investment is accounted for either (i) under the equity method of accounting or (ii) at fair value by electing the fair value option available under U.S. GAAP. Significant influence generally exists when the firm owns 20% to 50% of the entity’s common stock or in-substance common stock.

In general, the firm accounts for investments acquired after the fair value option became available, at fair value. In certain cases, the firm applies the equity method of accounting to new investments that are strategic in nature or closely related to the firm’s principal business activities, when the firm has a significant degree of involvement in the cash flows or operations of the investee or when cost-benefit considerations are less significant. See Note 12 for further information about equity-method investments.

Investment Funds. The firm has formed numerous investment funds with third-party investors. These funds are typically organized as limited partnerships or limited liability companies for which the firm acts as general partner or manager. Generally, the firm does not hold a majority of the economic interests in these funds. These funds are usually voting interest entities and generally are not consolidated because third-party investors typically have rights to terminate the funds or to remove the firm as general partner or manager. Investments in these funds are included in “Financial instruments owned, at fair value.” See Notes 6, 18 and 22 for further information about investments in funds.

Consolidation, Variable Interest Entity, Policy

Variable Interest Entities. A VIE is an entity that lacks one or more of the characteristics of a voting interest entity. The firm has a controlling financial interest in a VIE when the firm has a variable interest or interests that provide it with (i) the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance and (ii) the obligation to absorb losses of the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. See Note 11 for further information about VIEs.

The enterprise with a controlling financial interest in a VIE is known as the primary beneficiary and consolidates the VIE. The firm determines whether it is the primary beneficiary of a VIE by performing an analysis that principally considers:

Ÿ which variable interest holder has the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance;

Ÿ which variable interest holder has the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE;

Ÿ the VIE’s purpose and design, including the risks the VIE was designed to create and pass through to its variable interest holders;

Ÿ the VIE’s capital structure;

Ÿ the terms between the VIE and its variable interest holders and other parties involved with the VIE; and

Ÿ related-party relationships.

The firm reassesses its initial evaluation of whether an entity is a VIE when certain reconsideration events occur. The firm reassesses its determination of whether it is the primary beneficiary of a VIE on an ongoing basis based on current facts and circumstances.

Basis of Presentation

These condensed consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (U.S. GAAP) and include the accounts of Group Inc. and all other entities in which the firm has a controlling financial interest. Intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.

These condensed consolidated financial statements are unaudited and should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements included in the firm’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012. References to “the firm’s Annual Report on Form 10-K” are to the firm’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012. The condensed consolidated financial information as of December 31, 2012 has been derived from audited consolidated financial statements not included herein.

These unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments that are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair statement of the results for the interim periods presented. These adjustments are of a normal, recurring nature. Interim period operating results may not be indicative of the operating results for a full year.

All references to September 2013 and September 2012 refer to the firm’s periods ended, or the dates, as the context requires, September 30, 2013 and September 30, 2012, respectively. All references to June 2013 and December 2012 refer to the dates June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. Any reference to a future year refers to a year ending on December 31 of that year. Certain reclassifications have been made to previously reported amounts to conform to the current presentation.

Use of Estimates

Use of Estimates

Preparation of these condensed consolidated financial statements requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions, the most important of which relate to fair value measurements, accounting for goodwill and identifiable intangible assets, discretionary compensation accruals and the provisions for losses that may arise from litigation, regulatory proceedings and tax audits. These estimates and assumptions are based on the best available information but actual results could be materially different.

Revenue Recognition, Policy

Revenue Recognition

Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities at Fair Value. Financial instruments owned, at fair value and Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value are recorded at fair value either under the fair value option or in accordance with other U.S. GAAP. In addition, the firm has elected to account for certain of its other financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value by electing the fair value option. The fair value of a financial instrument is the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Financial assets are marked to bid prices and financial liabilities are marked to offer prices. Fair value measurements do not include transaction costs. Fair value gains or losses are generally included in “Market making” for positions in Institutional Client Services and “Other principal transactions” for positions in Investing & Lending. See Notes 5 through 8 for further information about fair value measurements.

Investment Banking. Fees from financial advisory assignments and underwriting revenues are recognized in earnings when the services related to the underlying transaction are completed under the terms of the assignment. Expenses associated with such transactions are deferred until the related revenue is recognized or the assignment is otherwise concluded. Expenses associated with financial advisory assignments are recorded as non-compensation expenses, net of client reimbursements. Underwriting revenues are presented net of related expenses.

Investment Management. The firm earns management fees and incentive fees for investment management services. Management fees for mutual funds are calculated as a percentage of daily net asset value and are received monthly. Management fees for hedge funds and separately managed accounts are calculated as a percentage of month-end net asset value and are generally received quarterly. Management fees for private equity funds are calculated as a percentage of monthly invested capital or commitments and are received quarterly, semi-annually or annually, depending on the fund. All management fees are recognized over the period that the related service is provided. Incentive fees are calculated as a percentage of a fund’s or separately managed account’s return, or excess return above a specified benchmark or other performance target. Incentive fees are generally based on investment performance over a 12-month period or over the life of a fund. Fees that are based on performance over a 12-month period are subject to adjustment prior to the end of the measurement period. For fees that are based on investment performance over the life of the fund, future investment underperformance may require fees previously distributed to the firm to be returned to the fund. Incentive fees are recognized only when all material contingencies have been resolved. Management and incentive fee revenues are included in “Investment management” revenues.

The firm makes payments to brokers and advisors related to the placement of the firm’s investment funds. These payments are computed based on either a percentage of the management fee or the investment fund’s net asset value. Where the firm is principal to the arrangement, such costs are recorded on a gross basis and included in “Brokerage, clearing, exchange and distribution fees,” and where the firm is agent to the arrangement, such costs are recorded on a net basis in “Investment management” revenues.

Commissions and Fees. The firm earns “Commissions and fees” from executing and clearing client transactions on stock, options and futures markets. Commissions and fees are recognized on the day the trade is executed.

Fair Value Option, Policy

Other Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities at Fair Value

In addition to all cash and derivative instruments included in “Financial instruments owned, at fair value” and “Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value,” the firm accounts for certain of its other financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value primarily under the fair value option.

The primary reasons for electing the fair value option are to:

Ÿ reflect economic events in earnings on a timely basis;

Ÿ mitigate volatility in earnings from using different measurement attributes (e.g., transfers of financial instruments owned accounted for as financings are recorded at fair value whereas the related secured financing would be recorded on an accrual basis absent electing the fair value option); and

Ÿ address simplification and cost-benefit considerations (e.g., accounting for hybrid financial instruments at fair value in their entirety versus bifurcation of embedded derivatives and hedge accounting for debt hosts).

Hybrid financial instruments are instruments that contain bifurcatable embedded derivatives and do not require settlement by physical delivery of non-financial assets (e.g., physical commodities). If the firm elects to bifurcate the embedded derivative from the associated debt, the derivative is accounted for at fair value and the host contract is accounted for at amortized cost, adjusted for the effective portion of any fair value hedges. If the firm does not elect to bifurcate, the entire hybrid financial instrument is accounted for at fair value under the fair value option.

Other financial assets and financial liabilities accounted for at fair value under the fair value option include:

Ÿ repurchase agreements and substantially all resale agreements;

Ÿ securities borrowed and loaned within Fixed Income, Currency and Commodities Client Execution;

Ÿ substantially all other secured financings, including transfers of assets accounted for as financings rather than sales;

Ÿ certain unsecured short-term borrowings, consisting of all promissory notes and commercial paper and certain hybrid financial instruments;

Ÿ certain unsecured long-term borrowings, including certain prepaid commodity transactions and certain hybrid financial instruments;

Ÿ certain insurance contract assets and liabilities and certain guarantees;

Ÿ certain receivables from customers and counterparties, including transfers of assets accounted for as secured loans rather than purchases and certain margin loans;

Ÿ certain time deposits issued by the firm’s bank subsidiaries (deposits with no stated maturity are not eligible for a fair value option election), including structured certificates of deposit, which are hybrid financial instruments; and

Ÿ certain subordinated liabilities issued by consolidated VIEs.

Fair Value Measurements, Policy

Fair Value Measurements

The fair value of a financial instrument is the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Financial assets are marked to bid prices and financial liabilities are marked to offer prices. Fair value measurements do not include transaction costs. The firm measures certain financial assets and financial liabilities as a portfolio (i.e., based on its net exposure to market and/or credit risks).

The best evidence of fair value is a quoted price in an active market. If quoted prices in active markets are not available, fair value is determined by reference to prices for similar instruments, quoted prices or recent transactions in less active markets, or internally developed models that primarily use market-based or independently sourced parameters as inputs including, but not limited to, interest rates, volatilities, equity or debt prices, foreign exchange rates, commodity prices, credit spreads and funding spreads (i.e., the spread, or difference, between the interest rate at which a borrower could finance a given financial instrument relative to a benchmark interest rate).

U.S. GAAP has a three-level fair value hierarchy for disclosure of fair value measurements. The fair value hierarchy prioritizes inputs to the valuation techniques used to measure fair value, giving the highest priority to level 1 inputs and the lowest priority to level 3 inputs. A financial instrument’s level in the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to its fair value measurement.

The fair value hierarchy is as follows:

Level 1. Inputs are unadjusted quoted prices in active markets to which the firm had access at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities.

Level 2. Inputs to valuation techniques are observable, either directly or indirectly.

Level 3. One or more inputs to valuation techniques are significant and unobservable.

Cash Instruments

Cash instruments include U.S. government and federal agency obligations, non-U.S. government and agency obligations, bank loans and bridge loans, corporate debt securities, equities and convertible debentures, and other non-derivative financial instruments owned and financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased. See below for the types of cash instruments included in each level of the fair value hierarchy and the valuation techniques and significant inputs used to determine their fair values. See Note 5 for an overview of the firm’s fair value measurement policies.

Level 1 Cash Instruments

Level 1 cash instruments include U.S. government obligations and most non-U.S. government obligations, actively traded listed equities, certain government agency obligations and money market instruments. These instruments are valued using quoted prices for identical unrestricted instruments in active markets.

The firm defines active markets for equity instruments based on the average daily trading volume both in absolute terms and relative to the market capitalization for the instrument. The firm defines active markets for debt instruments based on both the average daily trading volume and the number of days with trading activity.

Level 2 Cash Instruments

Level 2 cash instruments include commercial paper, certificates of deposit, time deposits, most government agency obligations, certain non-U.S. government obligations, most corporate debt securities, commodities, certain mortgage-backed loans and securities, certain bank loans and bridge loans, restricted or less liquid listed equities, most state and municipal obligations and certain lending commitments.

Valuations of level 2 cash instruments can be verified to quoted prices, recent trading activity for identical or similar instruments, broker or dealer quotations or alternative pricing sources with reasonable levels of price transparency. Consideration is given to the nature of the quotations (e.g., indicative or firm) and the relationship of recent market activity to the prices provided from alternative pricing sources.

Valuation adjustments are typically made to level 2 cash instruments (i) if the cash instrument is subject to transfer restrictions and/or (ii) for other premiums and liquidity discounts that a market participant would require to arrive at fair value. Valuation adjustments are generally based on market evidence.

Level 3 Cash Instruments

Level 3 cash instruments have one or more significant valuation inputs that are not observable. Absent evidence to the contrary, level 3 cash instruments are initially valued at transaction price, which is considered to be the best initial estimate of fair value. Subsequently, the firm uses other methodologies to determine fair value, which vary based on the type of instrument. Valuation inputs and assumptions are changed when corroborated by substantive observable evidence, including values realized on sales of financial assets.

Valuation Techniques and Significant Inputs

The table below presents the valuation techniques and the nature of significant inputs generally used to determine the fair values of each type of level 3 cash instrument.

Level 3 Cash Instruments	Valuation Techniques and Significant Inputs
Loans and securities backed by commercial real estate Ÿ    Collateralized by a single commercial real estate property or a portfolio of properties Ÿ    May include tranches of varying levels of subordination	Valuation techniques vary by instrument, but are generally based on discounted cash flow techniques.
	Significant inputs are generally determined based on relative value analyses and include:
	Ÿ   Transaction prices in both the underlying collateral and instruments with the same or similar underlying collateral and the basis, or price difference, to such prices
	Ÿ   Market yields implied by transactions of similar or related assets and/or current levels and changes in market indices such as the CMBX (an index that tracks the performance of commercial mortgage bonds)
	Ÿ   Recovery rates implied by the value of the underlying collateral, which is mainly driven by current performance of the underlying collateral, capitalization rates and multiples
	Ÿ    Timing of expected future cash flows (duration)
Loans and securities backed by residential real estate Ÿ    Collateralized by portfolios of residential real estate Ÿ    May include tranches of varying levels of subordination	Valuation techniques vary by instrument, but are generally based on discounted cash flow techniques.
	Significant inputs are generally determined based on relative value analyses, which incorporate comparisons to instruments with similar collateral and risk profiles, including relevant indices such as the ABX (an index that tracks the performance of subprime residential mortgage bonds). Significant inputs include:
	Ÿ   Transaction prices in both the underlying collateral and instruments with the same or similar underlying collateral
	Ÿ   Market yields implied by transactions of similar or related assets
	Ÿ   Cumulative loss expectations, driven by default rates, home price projections, residential property liquidation timelines and related costs
	Ÿ    Duration, driven by underlying loan prepayment speeds and residential property liquidation timelines
Bank loans and bridge loans	Valuation techniques vary by instrument, but are generally based on discounted cash flow techniques.
	Significant inputs are generally determined based on relative value analyses, which incorporate comparisons both to prices of credit default swaps that reference the same or similar underlying instrument or entity and to other debt instruments for the same issuer for which observable prices or broker quotations are available. Significant inputs include:
	Ÿ   Market yields implied by transactions of similar or related assets and/or current levels and trends of market indices such as CDX and LCDX (indices that track the performance of corporate credit and loans, respectively)
	Ÿ   Current performance and recovery assumptions and, where the firm uses credit default swaps to value the related cash instrument, the cost of borrowing the underlying reference obligation
	Ÿ    Duration
Non-U.S. government and agency obligations Corporate debt securities State and municipal obligations Other debt obligations	Valuation techniques vary by instrument, but are generally based on discounted cash flow techniques.
	Significant inputs are generally determined based on relative value analyses, which incorporate comparisons both to prices of credit default swaps that reference the same or similar underlying instrument or entity and to other debt instruments for the same issuer for which observable prices or broker quotations are available. Significant inputs include:
	Ÿ   Market yields implied by transactions of similar or related assets and/or current levels and trends of market indices such as CDX, LCDX and MCDX (an index that tracks the performance of municipal obligations)
	Ÿ   Current performance and recovery assumptions and, where the firm uses credit default swaps to value the related cash instrument, the cost of borrowing the underlying reference obligation
	Ÿ    Duration
Equities and convertible debentures (including private equity investments and investments in real estate entities)	Recent third-party completed or pending transactions (e.g., merger proposals, tender offers, debt restructurings) are considered to be the best evidence for any change in fair value. When these are not available, the following valuation methodologies are used, as appropriate:
	Ÿ   Industry multiples (primarily EBITDA multiples) and public comparables
	Ÿ   Transactions in similar instruments
	Ÿ   Discounted cash flow techniques
	Ÿ   Third-party appraisals
	Ÿ   Net asset value per share (NAV)
	The firm also considers changes in the outlook for the relevant industry and financial performance of the issuer as compared to projected performance. Significant inputs include:
	Ÿ   Market and transaction multiples
	Ÿ   Discount rates, long-term growth rates, earnings compound annual growth rates and capitalization rates
	Ÿ    For equity instruments with debt-like features: market yields implied by transactions of similar or related assets, current performance and recovery assumptions, and duration

Investments in Funds That Calculate Net Asset Value Per Share

Cash instruments at fair value include investments in funds that are valued based on the net asset value per share (NAV) of the investment fund. The firm uses NAV as its measure of fair value for fund investments when (i) the fund investment does not have a readily determinable fair value and (ii) the NAV of the investment fund is calculated in a manner consistent with the measurement principles of investment company accounting, including measurement of the underlying investments at fair value.

Valuation Techniques for Derivatives

The firm’s level 2 and level 3 derivatives are valued using derivative pricing models (e.g., discounted cash flow models, correlation models, and models that incorporate option pricing methodologies, such as Monte Carlo simulations). Price transparency of derivatives can generally be characterized by product type.

Interest Rate. In general, the prices and other inputs used to value interest rate derivatives are transparent, even for long-dated contracts. Interest rate swaps and options denominated in the currencies of leading industrialized nations are characterized by high trading volumes and tight bid/offer spreads. Interest rate derivatives that reference indices, such as an inflation index, or the shape of the yield curve (e.g., 10-year swap rate vs. 2-year swap rate) are more complex, but the prices and other inputs are generally observable.

Credit. Price transparency for credit default swaps, including both single names and baskets of credits, varies by market and underlying reference entity or obligation. Credit default swaps that reference indices, large corporates and major sovereigns generally exhibit the most price transparency. For credit default swaps with other underliers, price transparency varies based on credit rating, the cost of borrowing the underlying reference obligations, and the availability of the underlying reference obligations for delivery upon the default of the issuer. Credit default swaps that reference loans, asset-backed securities and emerging market debt instruments tend to have less price transparency than those that reference corporate bonds. In addition, more complex credit derivatives, such as those sensitive to the correlation between two or more underlying reference obligations, generally have less price transparency.

Currency. Prices for currency derivatives based on the exchange rates of leading industrialized nations, including those with longer tenors, are generally transparent. The primary difference between the price transparency of developed and emerging market currency derivatives is that emerging markets tend to be observable for contracts with shorter tenors.

Commodity. Commodity derivatives include transactions referenced to energy (e.g., oil and natural gas), metals (e.g., precious and base) and soft commodities (e.g., agricultural). Price transparency varies based on the underlying commodity, delivery location, tenor and product quality (e.g., diesel fuel compared to unleaded gasoline). In general, price transparency for commodity derivatives is greater for contracts with shorter tenors and contracts that are more closely aligned with major and/or benchmark commodity indices.

Equity. Price transparency for equity derivatives varies by market and underlier. Options on indices and the common stock of corporates included in major equity indices exhibit the most price transparency. Equity derivatives generally have observable market prices, except for contracts with long tenors or reference prices that differ significantly from current market prices. More complex equity derivatives, such as those sensitive to the correlation between two or more individual stocks, generally have less price transparency.

Liquidity is essential to observability of all product types. If transaction volumes decline, previously transparent prices and other inputs may become unobservable. Conversely, even highly structured products may at times have trading volumes large enough to provide observability of prices and other inputs. See Note 5 for an overview of the firm’s fair value measurement policies.

Resale and Repurchase Agreements and Securities Borrowed and Loaned. The significant inputs to the valuation of resale and repurchase agreements and securities borrowed and loaned are collateral funding spreads, the amount and timing of expected future cash flows and interest rates.

Other Secured Financings. The significant inputs to the valuation of other secured financings at fair value are the amount and timing of expected future cash flows, interest rates, collateral funding spreads, the fair value of the collateral delivered by the firm (which is determined using the amount and timing of expected future cash flows, market prices, market yields and recovery assumptions) and the frequency of additional collateral calls.

Unsecured Short-term and Long-term Borrowings. The significant inputs to the valuation of unsecured short-term and long-term borrowings at fair value are the amount and timing of expected future cash flows, interest rates, the credit spreads of the firm, as well as commodity prices in the case of prepaid commodity transactions. The inputs used to value the embedded derivative component of hybrid financial instruments are consistent with the inputs used to value the firm’s other derivative instruments. See Note 7 for further information about derivatives. See Notes 15 and 16 for further information about unsecured short-term and long-term borrowings, respectively.

Certain of the firm’s unsecured short-term and long-term instruments are included in level 3, substantially all of which are hybrid financial instruments. As the significant unobservable inputs used to value hybrid financial instruments primarily relate to the embedded derivative component of these borrowings, these inputs are incorporated in the firm’s derivative disclosures related to unobservable inputs in Note 7.

Insurance Contracts. Insurance contracts at fair value related to the firm’s European insurance business were classified as held for sale as of September 2013 and were included in “Other assets” and “Other liabilities and accrued expenses.” As of December 2012, such contracts were included in “Receivables from customers and counterparties” and “Other liabilities and accrued expenses.”

A majority stake in the firm’s Americas reinsurance business was sold in April 2013. Assets and liabilities related to this business were classified as held for sale as of December 2012 and were included in “Other assets” and “Other liabilities and accrued expenses.”

See Note 12 for further information about the sale of a majority stake in the firm’s Americas reinsurance business and assets classified as held for sale related to the firm’s European insurance business.

The insurance contracts for which the firm has elected the fair value option are contracts that can be settled only in cash and that qualify for the fair value option because they are recognized financial instruments. These contracts are valued using market transactions and other market evidence where possible, including market-based inputs to models, calibration to market-clearing transactions or other alternative pricing sources with reasonable levels of price transparency. Significant inputs are interest rates, inflation rates, volatilities, funding spreads, yield and duration, which incorporates policy lapse and projected mortality assumptions. When unobservable inputs to a valuation model are significant to the fair value measurement of an instrument, the instrument is classified in level 3.

Receivables from Customers and Counterparties. Receivables from customers and counterparties at fair value, excluding insurance contracts, are primarily comprised of transfers of assets accounted for as secured loans rather than purchases. The significant inputs to the valuation of such receivables are commodity prices, interest rates, the amount and timing of expected future cash flows and funding spreads. Level 3 secured loans (primarily reclassified from “Receivables from customers and counterparties” to “Other assets” as of September 2013 and June 2013) are related to the firm’s European insurance business, which was classified as held for sale as of September 2013 and June 2013. See Note 12 for further information about assets classified as held for sale.

Deposits. The significant inputs to the valuation of time deposits are interest rates and the amount and timing of future cash flows. The inputs used to value the embedded derivative component of hybrid financial instruments are consistent with the inputs used to value the firm’s other derivative instruments. See Note 7 for further information about derivatives. See Note 14 for further information about deposits.

Share Based Compensation, Policy

Share-based Compensation

The cost of employee services received in exchange for a share-based award is generally measured based on the grant-date fair value of the award. Share-based awards that do not require future service (i.e., vested awards, including awards granted to retirement-eligible employees) are expensed immediately. Share-based awards that require future service are amortized over the relevant service period. Expected forfeitures are included in determining share-based employee compensation expense.

The firm pays cash dividend equivalents on outstanding restricted stock units (RSUs). Dividend equivalents paid on RSUs are generally charged to retained earnings. Dividend equivalents paid on RSUs expected to be forfeited are included in compensation expense. The firm accounts for the tax benefit related to dividend equivalents paid on RSUs as an increase to additional paid-in capital.

In certain cases, primarily related to conflicted employment (as outlined in the applicable award agreements), the firm may cash settle share-based compensation awards accounted for as equity instruments. For these awards, whose terms allow for cash settlement, additional paid-in capital is adjusted to the extent of the difference between the value of the award at the time of cash settlement and the grant-date value of the award.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets, Policy

Goodwill

Goodwill is the cost of acquired companies in excess of the fair value of net assets, including identifiable intangible assets, at the acquisition date.

Goodwill is assessed annually in the fourth quarter for impairment or more frequently if events occur or circumstances change that indicate an impairment may exist. Qualitative factors are assessed to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If results of the qualitative assessment are not conclusive, a quantitative goodwill impairment test is performed.

The quantitative goodwill impairment test consists of two steps.

Ÿ The first step compares the estimated fair value of each reporting unit with its estimated net book value (including goodwill and identified intangible assets). If the reporting unit’s fair value exceeds its estimated net book value, goodwill is not impaired.

Ÿ If the estimated fair value of a reporting unit is less than its estimated net book value, the second step of the goodwill impairment test is performed to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. An impairment loss is equal to the excess of the carrying amount of goodwill over its fair value.

Goodwill was tested for impairment, using a quantitative test, during the fourth quarter of 2012 and goodwill was not impaired.

To estimate the fair value of each reporting unit, both relative value and residual income valuation techniques are used because the firm believes market participants would use these techniques to value the firm’s reporting units.

Relative value techniques apply average observable price-to-earnings multiples of comparable competitors to certain reporting units’ net earnings. For other reporting units, fair value is estimated using price-to-book multiples based on residual income techniques, which consider a reporting unit’s return on equity in excess of the firm’s cost of equity capital. The net book value of each reporting unit reflects an allocation of total shareholders’ equity and represents the estimated amount of shareholders’ equity required to support the activities of the reporting unit under guidelines issued by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (Basel Committee) in December 2010.

Substantially all of the firm’s identifiable intangible assets are considered to have finite lives and are amortized over their estimated lives or based on economic usage for certain commodity-related intangibles. Amortization expense for identifiable intangible assets is included in “Depreciation and amortization.”

Property, Plant and Equipment, Policy

Substantially all property and equipment are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the useful life of the asset. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the useful life of the improvement or the term of the lease, whichever is shorter. Certain costs of software developed or obtained for internal use are capitalized and amortized on a straight-line basis over the useful life of the software.

Impairments

The firm tests property, leasehold improvements and equipment, intangible assets and other assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances suggest that an asset or asset group’s carrying value may not be fully recoverable. To the extent the carrying value of an asset exceeds the projected undiscounted cash flows over the estimated remaining useful life of the asset, the firm determines the asset is impaired and records an impairment loss equal to the difference between the estimated fair value and the carrying value of the asset or asset group. In addition, the firm will recognize an impairment loss prior to the sale of an asset if the carrying value of the asset exceeds its estimated fair value.

Property, Plant and Equipment, Operating Lease Policy

Operating leases include office space held in excess of current requirements. Rent expense relating to space held for growth is included in “Occupancy.” The firm records a liability, based on the fair value of the remaining lease rentals reduced by any potential or existing sublease rentals, for leases where the firm has ceased using the space and management has concluded that the firm will not derive any future economic benefits. Costs to terminate a lease before the end of its term are recognized and measured at fair value on termination.

Foreign Currency Transactions and Translations, Policy

Foreign Currency Translation

Assets and liabilities denominated in non-U.S. currencies are translated at rates of exchange prevailing on the date of the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition and revenues and expenses are translated at average rates of exchange for the period. Foreign currency remeasurement gains or losses on transactions in nonfunctional currencies are recognized in earnings. Gains or losses on translation of the financial statements of a non-U.S. operation, when the functional currency is other than the U.S. dollar, are included, net of hedges and taxes, in the condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

Hedge Accounting, Policy

Hedge Accounting

The firm applies hedge accounting for (i) certain interest rate swaps used to manage the interest rate exposure of certain fixed-rate unsecured long-term and short-term borrowings and certain fixed-rate certificates of deposit, (ii) certain foreign currency forward contracts and foreign currency-denominated debt used to manage foreign currency exposures on the firm’s net investment in certain non-U.S. operations and (iii) certain commodity-related swap and forward contracts used to manage the exposure to the variability in cash flows associated with the forecasted sales of certain energy commodities by one of the firm’s consolidated investments.

To qualify for hedge accounting, the derivative hedge must be highly effective at reducing the risk from the exposure being hedged. Additionally, the firm must formally document the hedging relationship at inception and test the hedging relationship at least on a quarterly basis to ensure the derivative hedge continues to be highly effective over the life of the hedging relationship.

Fair Value Hedges

The firm designates certain interest rate swaps as fair value hedges. These interest rate swaps hedge changes in fair value attributable to the designated benchmark interest rate (e.g., London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR)), effectively converting a substantial portion of fixed-rate obligations into floating-rate obligations.

The firm applies a statistical method that utilizes regression analysis when assessing the effectiveness of its fair value hedging relationships in achieving offsetting changes in the fair values of the hedging instrument and the risk being hedged (i.e., interest rate risk). An interest rate swap is considered highly effective in offsetting changes in fair value attributable to changes in the hedged risk when the regression analysis results in a coefficient of determination of 80% or greater and a slope between 80% and 125%.

For qualifying fair value hedges, gains or losses on derivatives are included in “Interest expense.” The change in fair value of the hedged item attributable to the risk being hedged is reported as an adjustment to its carrying value and is subsequently amortized into interest expense over its remaining life. Gains or losses resulting from hedge ineffectiveness are included in “Interest expense.” When a derivative is no longer designated as a hedge, any remaining difference between the carrying value and par value of the hedged item is amortized to interest expense over the remaining life of the hedged item using the effective interest method. See Note 23 for further information about interest income and interest expense.

Net Investment Hedges

The firm seeks to reduce the impact of fluctuations in foreign exchange rates on its net investment in certain non-U.S. operations through the use of foreign currency forward contracts and foreign currency-denominated debt. For foreign currency forward contracts designated as hedges, the effectiveness of the hedge is assessed based on the overall changes in the fair value of the forward contracts (i.e., based on changes in forward rates). For foreign currency-denominated debt designated as a hedge, the effectiveness of the hedge is assessed based on changes in spot rates.

For qualifying net investment hedges, the gains or losses on the hedging instruments, to the extent effective, are included in “Currency translation” within the condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

Cash Flow Hedges

Beginning in the third quarter of 2013, the firm designated certain commodity-related swap and forward contracts as cash flow hedges. These swap and forward contracts hedge the firm’s exposure to the variability in cash flows associated with the forecasted sales of certain energy commodities by one of the firm’s consolidated investments.

The firm applies a statistical method that utilizes regression analysis when assessing hedge effectiveness. For qualifying cash flow hedges, the gains or losses on derivatives, to the extent effective, are included in “Cash flow hedges” within the condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive income. Gains or losses resulting from hedge ineffectiveness are included in “Other principal transactions” in the condensed consolidated statements of earnings.

The amounts recorded in “Cash flow hedges” will be reclassified to “Other principal transactions” in the same periods as the corresponding gain or loss on the sale of the hedged energy commodities, which is also recorded in “Other principal transactions.”

Income Tax, Policy

Provision for Income Taxes

Income taxes are provided for using the asset and liability method under which deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities. The firm reports interest expense related to income tax matters in “Provision for taxes” and income tax penalties in “Other expenses.”

Deferred Income Taxes

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities. These temporary differences result in taxable or deductible amounts in future years and are measured using the tax rates and laws that will be in effect when such differences are expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are established to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that more likely than not will be realized. Tax assets and liabilities are presented as a component of “Other assets” and “Other liabilities and accrued expenses,” respectively.

Unrecognized Tax Benefits

The firm recognizes tax positions in the financial statements only when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on examination by the relevant taxing authority based on the technical merits of the position. A position that meets this standard is measured at the largest amount of benefit that will more likely than not be realized on settlement. A liability is established for differences between positions taken in a tax return and amounts recognized in the financial statements.

Earning Per Share Policy

Basic earnings per common share (EPS) is calculated by dividing net earnings applicable to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding. Common shares outstanding includes common stock and RSUs for which no future service is required as a condition to the delivery of the underlying common stock. Diluted EPS includes the determinants of basic EPS and, in addition, reflects the dilutive effect of the common stock deliverable for stock warrants and options and for RSUs for which future service is required as a condition to the delivery of the underlying common stock.

Cash and Cash Equivalents, Policy

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The firm defines cash equivalents as highly liquid overnight deposits held in the ordinary course of business. As of September 2013 and December 2012, “Cash and cash equivalents” included $7.30 billion and $6.75 billion, respectively, of cash and due from banks, and $58.18 billion and $65.92 billion, respectively, of interest-bearing deposits with banks.

Recent Accounting Developments

Recent Accounting Developments

Derecognition of in Substance Real Estate (ASC 360). In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-10, “Property, Plant, and Equipment (Topic 360) — Derecognition of in Substance Real Estate — a Scope Clarification.” ASU No. 2011-10 clarifies that in order to deconsolidate a subsidiary (that is in substance real estate due to a default on the subsidiary’s nonrecourse debt), the parent must no longer control the subsidiary and also must satisfy the sale criteria in ASC 360-20, “Property, Plant, and Equipment — Real Estate Sales.” The ASU was effective for fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2012. The firm applied the provisions of the ASU to such events occurring on or after January 1, 2013. Adoption of ASU No. 2011-10 did not materially affect the firm’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities (ASC 210). In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-11, “Balance Sheet (Topic 210) — Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities.” ASU No. 2011-11, as amended by ASU 2013-01, “Balance Sheet (Topic 210): Clarifying the Scope of Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities,” requires disclosure of the effect or potential effect of offsetting arrangements on the firm’s financial position as well as enhanced disclosure of the rights of setoff associated with the firm’s recognized derivative instruments, resale and repurchase agreements, and securities borrowing and lending transactions. ASU No. 2011-11 was effective for periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013. Since these amended principles require only additional disclosures concerning offsetting and related arrangements, adoption did not affect the firm’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. See Notes 7 and 9 for further information about the firm’s offsetting and related arrangements.

Investment Companies (ASC 946). In June 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-08, “Financial Services — Investment Companies (Topic 946) — Amendments to the Scope, Measurement, and Disclosure Requirements.” ASU No. 2013-08 clarifies the approach to be used for determining whether an entity is an investment company and provides new measurement and disclosure requirements. ASU No. 2013-08 is effective for interim and annual reporting periods in fiscal years that begin after December 15, 2013. Earlier application is prohibited. Adoption of ASU No. 2013-08 is not expected to materially affect the firm’s financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

Inclusion of the Fed Funds Effective Swap Rate (or Overnight Index Swap Rate) as a Benchmark Interest Rate for Hedge Accounting Purposes (ASC 815). In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-10, “Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815) — Inclusion of the Fed Funds Effective Swap Rate (or Overnight Index Swap Rate) as a Benchmark Interest Rate for Hedge Accounting Purposes.” ASU No. 2013-10 permits the use of the Fed Funds Effective Swap Rate (OIS) as a U.S. benchmark interest rate for hedge accounting purposes. The ASU also removes the restriction on using different benchmark rates for similar hedges. ASU No. 2013-10 was effective for qualifying new or redesignated hedging relationships entered into on or after July 17, 2013 and adoption did not materially affect the firm’s financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

Equity Method Investments

Equity-Method Investments. When the firm does not have a controlling financial interest in an entity but can exert significant influence over the entity’s operating and financial policies, the investment is accounted for either (i) under the equity method of accounting or (ii) at fair value by electing the fair value option available under U.S. GAAP. Significant influence generally exists when the firm owns 20% to 50% of the entity’s common stock or in-substance common stock.

Transfers of Assets, Policy

Transfers of Assets

Transfers of assets are accounted for as sales when the firm has relinquished control over the assets transferred. For transfers of assets accounted for as sales, any related gains or losses are recognized in net revenues. Assets or liabilities that arise from the firm’s continuing involvement with transferred assets are measured at fair value. For transfers of assets that are not accounted for as sales, the assets remain in “Financial instruments owned, at fair value” and the transfer is accounted for as a collateralized financing, with the related interest expense recognized over the life of the transaction. See Note 9 for further information about transfers of assets accounted for as collateralized financings and Note 10 for further information about transfers of assets accounted for as sales.

The firm accounts for a securitization as a sale when it has relinquished control over the transferred assets. Prior to securitization, the firm accounts for assets pending transfer at fair value and therefore does not typically recognize significant gains or losses upon the transfer of assets. Net revenues from underwriting activities are recognized in connection with the sales of the underlying beneficial interests to investors.

For transfers of assets that are not accounted for as sales, the assets remain in “Financial instruments owned, at fair value” and the transfer is accounted for as a collateralized financing, with the related interest expense recognized over the life of the transaction. See Notes 9 and 23 for further information about collateralized financings and interest expense, respectively.

Receivables from Customers and Counterparties, Policy

Receivables from Customers and Counterparties

Receivables from customers and counterparties generally relate to collateralized transactions. Such receivables are primarily comprised of customer margin loans, certain transfers of assets accounted for as secured loans rather than purchases at fair value, collateral posted in connection with certain derivative transactions, and loans held for investment. Certain of the firm’s receivables from customers and counterparties are accounted for at fair value under the fair value option, with changes in fair value generally included in “Market making” revenues. Receivables from customers and counterparties not accounted for at fair value, including loans held for investment, are accounted for at amortized cost net of estimated uncollectible amounts. Interest on receivables from customers and counterparties is recognized over the life of the transaction and included in “Interest income.” See Note 8 for further information about receivables from customers and counterparties.

Payables to Customers and Counterparties, Policy

Payables to Customers and Counterparties

Payables to customers and counterparties primarily consist of customer credit balances related to the firm’s prime brokerage activities. Payables to customers and counterparties are accounted for at cost plus accrued interest, which generally approximates fair value. While these payables are carried at amounts that approximate fair value, they are not accounted for at fair value under the fair value option or at fair value in accordance with other U.S. GAAP and therefore are not included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy in Notes 6, 7 and 8. Had these payables been included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy, substantially all would have been classified in level 2 as of September 2013 and December 2012.

Receivables from and Payables to Brokers, Dealers and Clearing Organizations, Policy

Receivables from and Payables to Brokers, Dealers and Clearing Organizations

Receivables from and payables to brokers, dealers and clearing organizations are accounted for at cost plus accrued interest, which generally approximates fair value. While these receivables and payables are carried at amounts that approximate fair value, they are not accounted for at fair value under the fair value option or at fair value in accordance with other U.S. GAAP and therefore are not included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy in Notes 6, 7 and 8. Had these receivables and payables been included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy, substantially all would have been classified in level 2 as of September 2013 and December 2012.

Offsetting Assets and Liabilities, Policy

Offsetting Assets and Liabilities

To reduce credit exposures on derivatives and securities financing transactions, the firm may enter into master netting agreements or similar arrangements (collectively, netting agreements) with counterparties that permit it to offset receivables and payables with such counterparties. A netting agreement is a contract with a counterparty that permits net settlement of multiple transactions with that counterparty, including upon the exercise of termination rights by a non-defaulting party. Upon exercise of such termination rights, all transactions governed by the netting agreement are terminated and a net settlement amount is calculated. In addition, the firm receives and posts cash and securities collateral with respect to its derivatives and securities financing transactions, subject to the terms of the related credit support agreements. An enforceable credit support agreement grants the non-defaulting party exercising termination rights the right to liquidate the collateral and apply the proceeds to any amounts owed. In order to assess enforceability of the firm’s right of setoff under netting and credit support agreements, the firm evaluates various factors including applicable bankruptcy laws, local statutes and regulatory provisions in the jurisdiction of the parties to the agreement.

Derivatives are reported on a net-by-counterparty basis (i.e., the net payable or receivable for derivative assets and liabilities for a given counterparty) in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition when a legal right of setoff exists under an enforceable netting agreement. Resale and repurchase agreements and securities borrowed and loaned transactions with the same term and currency are presented on a net-by-counterparty basis in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition when such transactions meet certain settlement criteria and are subject to netting agreements.

In the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition, derivatives are reported net of cash collateral received and posted under enforceable credit support agreements, when transacted under an enforceable netting agreement. In the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition, resale and repurchase agreements, and securities borrowed and loaned are not reported net of the related cash and securities received or posted as collateral. See Note 9 for further information about collateral received and pledged, including rights to deliver or repledge collateral. See Notes 7 and 9 for further information about offsetting.

Insurance activities, Policy

Insurance Activities

Certain of the firm’s insurance contracts are accounted for at fair value under the fair value option, with changes in fair value included in “Market making” revenues. See Note 8 for further information about the fair values of these insurance contracts. The firm’s insurance activities consisted of the Americas reinsurance business and the European insurance business. See Note 12 for further information about the firm’s Americas reinsurance business, in which a majority stake was sold in April 2013, and the firm’s European insurance business, which was classified as held for sale as of September 2013 and June 2013.

Revenues from variable annuity and life insurance and reinsurance contracts not accounted for at fair value generally consist of fees assessed on contract holder account balances for mortality charges, policy administration fees and surrender charges. These revenues are recognized in earnings over the period that services are provided and are included in “Market making” revenues. Changes in reserves, including interest credited to policyholder account balances, are recognized in “Insurance reserves.”

Premiums earned for underwriting property catastrophe reinsurance are recognized in earnings over the coverage period, net of premiums ceded for the cost of reinsurance, and are included in “Market making” revenues. Expenses for liabilities related to property catastrophe reinsurance claims, including estimates of losses that have been incurred but not reported, are included in “Insurance reserves.”

Collateralized Agreements and Financings, Policy

Collateralized agreements and financings are presented on a net-by-counterparty basis when a legal right of setoff exists. Interest on collateralized agreements and collateralized financings is recognized over the life of the transaction and included in “Interest income” and “Interest expense,” respectively. See Note 23 for further information about interest income and interest expense.

Even though repurchase and resale agreements involve the legal transfer of ownership of financial instruments, they are accounted for as financing arrangements because they require the financial instruments to be repurchased or resold at the maturity of the agreement. However, “repos to maturity” are accounted for as sales. A repo to maturity is a transaction in which the firm transfers a security under an agreement to repurchase the security where the maturity date of the repurchase agreement matches the maturity date of the underlying security. Therefore, the firm effectively no longer has a repurchase obligation and has relinquished control over the underlying security and, accordingly, accounts for the transaction as a sale. The firm had no repos to maturity outstanding as of September 2013 or December 2012.

Securities borrowed and loaned within Fixed Income, Currency and Commodities Client Execution are recorded at fair value under the fair value option. See Note 8 for further information about securities borrowed and loaned accounted for at fair value.

Securities borrowed and loaned within Securities Services are recorded based on the amount of cash collateral advanced or received plus accrued interest. As these arrangements generally can be terminated on demand, they exhibit little, if any, sensitivity to changes in interest rates. Therefore, the carrying value of such arrangements approximates fair value. While these arrangements are carried at amounts that approximate fair value, they are not accounted for at fair value under the fair value option or at fair value in accordance with other U.S. GAAP and therefore are not included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy in Notes 6, 7 and 8.

Other Secured Financings

In addition to repurchase agreements and securities lending transactions, the firm funds certain assets through the use of other secured financings and pledges financial instruments and other assets as collateral in these transactions. These other secured financings consist of:

Ÿ liabilities of consolidated VIEs;

Ÿ transfers of assets accounted for as financings rather than sales (primarily collateralized central bank financings, pledged commodities, bank loans and mortgage whole loans); and

Ÿ other structured financing arrangements.

The firm has elected to apply the fair value option to substantially all other secured financings because the use of fair value eliminates non-economic volatility in earnings that would arise from using different measurement attributes. See Note 8 for further information about other secured financings that are accounted for at fair value.

Other secured financings that are not recorded at fair value are recorded based on the amount of cash received plus accrued interest, which generally approximates fair value. While these financings are carried at amounts that approximate fair value, they are not accounted for at fair value under the fair value option or at fair value in accordance with other U.S. GAAP and therefore are not included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy in Notes 6, 7 and 8.

Commitments to extend credit, Policy

The firm generally accounts for commitments to extend credit at fair value. Losses, if any, are generally recorded, net of any fees in “Other principal transactions.”

Short-Term Borrowings, Policy

The firm accounts for promissory notes, commercial paper and certain hybrid financial instruments at fair value under the fair value option. See Note 8 for further information about unsecured short-term borrowings that are accounted for at fair value. The carrying value of unsecured short-term borrowings that are not recorded at fair value generally approximates fair value due to the short-term nature of the obligations. While these unsecured short-term borrowings are carried at amounts that approximate fair value, they are not accounted for at fair value under the fair value option or at fair value in accordance with other U.S. GAAP and therefore are not included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy in Notes 6, 7 and 8.

Interest Income and Interest Expense, Policy

Interest income is recorded on an accrual basis based on contractual interest rates.

XML

Financial Instruments Owned, at Fair Value and Financial Instruments Sold but not yet Purchased, at Fair Value (Tables)

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2013

Financial Instruments Owned, at Fair Value and Financial Instruments Sold, But Not Yet Purchased, at Fair Value [Abstract]

Financial Instruments Owned and Financial Instruments Sold, But Not Yet Purchased

	As of September 2013				As of December 2012
in millions		Financial Instruments Owned	Financial Instruments Sold, But Not Yet Purchased			Financial Instruments Owned	Financial Instruments Sold, But Not Yet Purchased
Commercial paper, certificates of deposit, time deposits and other money market instruments		$    5,902	$          —			$    6,057	$          —
U.S. government and federal agency obligations		77,328	18,631			93,241	15,905
Non-U.S. government and agency obligations		46,257	32,591			62,250	32,361
Mortgage and other asset-backed loans and securities:
Loans and securities backed by commercial real estate		5,884	53			9,805	—
Loans and securities backed by residential real estate		8,285	1			8,216	4
Bank loans and bridge loans		17,573	1,091	4		22,407	1,779	4
Corporate debt securities		15,280	5,398			20,981	5,761
State and municipal obligations		1,356	—			2,477	1
Other debt obligations		3,076	3			2,251	—
Equities and convertible debentures		77,485	24,903			96,454	20,406
Commodities 1		4,372	—			11,696	—
Derivatives 2		61,459	48,487			71,176	50,427
Total 3		$324,257	$131,158			$407,011	$126,644

1. As of December 2012, includes $4.29 billion of commodities that have been transferred to third parties, which were accounted for as collateralized financings rather than sales. No such transactions related to commodities included in “Financial instruments owned, at fair value” were outstanding as of September 2013.

2. Reported on a net-by-counterparty basis when a legal right of setoff exists under an enforceable netting agreement and reported net of cash collateral received or posted under enforceable credit support agreements.

3. As of December 2012, includes approximately $8.84 billion of assets, primarily consisting of corporate debt securities, and non-U.S. government and agency obligations related to the firm’s European insurance business. As of September 2013, all assets, including financial instruments owned, related to the firm’s European insurance business were classified as held for sale and included in “Other assets.” See Note 12 for further information about assets held for sale.

4. Primarily relates to the fair value of unfunded lending commitments for which the fair value option was elected.

Gains and Losses from Market Making and Other Principal Transactions

Product Type	Three Months Ended September					Nine Months Ended September
in millions		2013		2012			2013	2012
Interest rates		$ 1,546		$1,854			$     513	$  3,211
Credit		155		827			1,609	3,476
Currencies		(1,318	)	(689	)		2,042	(643	)
Equities		857		809			2,126	2,020
Commodities		187		(16	)		836	511
Other		(63	)	(135	)		367	77
Market making		1,364		2,650			7,493	8,652
Other principal transactions  1		1,434		1,802			4,917	3,909
Total		$ 2,798		$4,452			$12,410	$12,561

1. Other principal transactions are included in the firm’s Investing & Lending segment. See Note 25 for net revenues, including net interest income, by product type for Investing & Lending, as well as the amount of net interest income included in Investing & Lending. The “Other” category in Note 25 relates to the firm’s consolidated investment entities, and primarily includes commodities-related net revenues.

XML

Cash Instruments

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2013

Cash Instruments [Abstract]

Cash Instruments

Note 6.

Cash Instruments

Cash instruments include U.S. government and federal agency obligations, non-U.S. government and agency obligations, bank loans and bridge loans, corporate debt securities, equities and convertible debentures, and other non-derivative financial instruments owned and financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased. See below for the types of cash instruments included in each level of the fair value hierarchy and the valuation techniques and significant inputs used to determine their fair values. See Note 5 for an overview of the firm’s fair value measurement policies.

Level 1 Cash Instruments

Level 1 cash instruments include U.S. government obligations and most non-U.S. government obligations, actively traded listed equities, certain government agency obligations and money market instruments. These instruments are valued using quoted prices for identical unrestricted instruments in active markets.

The firm defines active markets for equity instruments based on the average daily trading volume both in absolute terms and relative to the market capitalization for the instrument. The firm defines active markets for debt instruments based on both the average daily trading volume and the number of days with trading activity.

Level 2 Cash Instruments

Level 2 cash instruments include commercial paper, certificates of deposit, time deposits, most government agency obligations, certain non-U.S. government obligations, most corporate debt securities, commodities, certain mortgage-backed loans and securities, certain bank loans and bridge loans, restricted or less liquid listed equities, most state and municipal obligations and certain lending commitments.

Valuations of level 2 cash instruments can be verified to quoted prices, recent trading activity for identical or similar instruments, broker or dealer quotations or alternative pricing sources with reasonable levels of price transparency. Consideration is given to the nature of the quotations (e.g., indicative or firm) and the relationship of recent market activity to the prices provided from alternative pricing sources.

Valuation adjustments are typically made to level 2 cash instruments (i) if the cash instrument is subject to transfer restrictions and/or (ii) for other premiums and liquidity discounts that a market participant would require to arrive at fair value. Valuation adjustments are generally based on market evidence.

Level 3 Cash Instruments

Level 3 cash instruments have one or more significant valuation inputs that are not observable. Absent evidence to the contrary, level 3 cash instruments are initially valued at transaction price, which is considered to be the best initial estimate of fair value. Subsequently, the firm uses other methodologies to determine fair value, which vary based on the type of instrument. Valuation inputs and assumptions are changed when corroborated by substantive observable evidence, including values realized on sales of financial assets.

Valuation Techniques and Significant Inputs

The table below presents the valuation techniques and the nature of significant inputs generally used to determine the fair values of each type of level 3 cash instrument.

Level 3 Cash Instruments	Valuation Techniques and Significant Inputs
Loans and securities backed by commercial real estate Ÿ    Collateralized by a single commercial real estate property or a portfolio of properties Ÿ    May include tranches of varying levels of subordination	Valuation techniques vary by instrument, but are generally based on discounted cash flow techniques.
	Significant inputs are generally determined based on relative value analyses and include:
	Ÿ   Transaction prices in both the underlying collateral and instruments with the same or similar underlying collateral and the basis, or price difference, to such prices
	Ÿ   Market yields implied by transactions of similar or related assets and/or current levels and changes in market indices such as the CMBX (an index that tracks the performance of commercial mortgage bonds)
	Ÿ   Recovery rates implied by the value of the underlying collateral, which is mainly driven by current performance of the underlying collateral, capitalization rates and multiples
	Ÿ    Timing of expected future cash flows (duration)
Loans and securities backed by residential real estate Ÿ    Collateralized by portfolios of residential real estate Ÿ    May include tranches of varying levels of subordination	Valuation techniques vary by instrument, but are generally based on discounted cash flow techniques.
	Significant inputs are generally determined based on relative value analyses, which incorporate comparisons to instruments with similar collateral and risk profiles, including relevant indices such as the ABX (an index that tracks the performance of subprime residential mortgage bonds). Significant inputs include:
	Ÿ   Transaction prices in both the underlying collateral and instruments with the same or similar underlying collateral
	Ÿ   Market yields implied by transactions of similar or related assets
	Ÿ   Cumulative loss expectations, driven by default rates, home price projections, residential property liquidation timelines and related costs
	Ÿ    Duration, driven by underlying loan prepayment speeds and residential property liquidation timelines
Bank loans and bridge loans	Valuation techniques vary by instrument, but are generally based on discounted cash flow techniques.
	Significant inputs are generally determined based on relative value analyses, which incorporate comparisons both to prices of credit default swaps that reference the same or similar underlying instrument or entity and to other debt instruments for the same issuer for which observable prices or broker quotations are available. Significant inputs include:
	Ÿ   Market yields implied by transactions of similar or related assets and/or current levels and trends of market indices such as CDX and LCDX (indices that track the performance of corporate credit and loans, respectively)
	Ÿ   Current performance and recovery assumptions and, where the firm uses credit default swaps to value the related cash instrument, the cost of borrowing the underlying reference obligation
	Ÿ    Duration
Non-U.S. government and agency obligations Corporate debt securities State and municipal obligations Other debt obligations	Valuation techniques vary by instrument, but are generally based on discounted cash flow techniques.
	Significant inputs are generally determined based on relative value analyses, which incorporate comparisons both to prices of credit default swaps that reference the same or similar underlying instrument or entity and to other debt instruments for the same issuer for which observable prices or broker quotations are available. Significant inputs include:
	Ÿ   Market yields implied by transactions of similar or related assets and/or current levels and trends of market indices such as CDX, LCDX and MCDX (an index that tracks the performance of municipal obligations)
	Ÿ   Current performance and recovery assumptions and, where the firm uses credit default swaps to value the related cash instrument, the cost of borrowing the underlying reference obligation
	Ÿ    Duration
Equities and convertible debentures (including private equity investments and investments in real estate entities)	Recent third-party completed or pending transactions (e.g., merger proposals, tender offers, debt restructurings) are considered to be the best evidence for any change in fair value. When these are not available, the following valuation methodologies are used, as appropriate:
	Ÿ   Industry multiples (primarily EBITDA multiples) and public comparables
	Ÿ   Transactions in similar instruments
	Ÿ   Discounted cash flow techniques
	Ÿ   Third-party appraisals
	Ÿ   Net asset value per share (NAV)
	The firm also considers changes in the outlook for the relevant industry and financial performance of the issuer as compared to projected performance. Significant inputs include:
	Ÿ   Market and transaction multiples
	Ÿ   Discount rates, long-term growth rates, earnings compound annual growth rates and capitalization rates
	Ÿ    For equity instruments with debt-like features: market yields implied by transactions of similar or related assets, current performance and recovery assumptions, and duration

Significant Unobservable Inputs

The tables below present the ranges of significant unobservable inputs used to value the firm’s level 3 cash instruments. These ranges represent the significant unobservable inputs that were used in the valuation of each type of cash instrument. The ranges and weighted averages of these inputs are not representative of the appropriate inputs to use when calculating the fair value of any one cash instrument. For example, the highest multiple presented in the tables below for private equity investments is appropriate for valuing a specific private equity investment but may not be appropriate for valuing any other private equity investment. Accordingly, the ranges of inputs presented below do not represent uncertainty in, or possible ranges of, fair value measurements of the firm’s level 3 cash instruments.

Level 3 Cash Instruments	Level 3 Assets as of    September 2013    (in millions)	Valuation Techniques and Significant Unobservable Inputs	Range of Significant Unobservable Inputs (Weighted Average 1) as of September 2013
Loans and securities backed by commercial real estate Ÿ    Collateralized by a single commercial real estate property or a portfolio of properties Ÿ    May include tranches of varying levels of subordination	$2,684	Discounted cash flows:
		Ÿ   Yield	4.0% to 23.0% (9.5%)
		Ÿ   Recovery rate 3	36.0% to 87.5% (63.1%)
		Ÿ   Duration (years) 4	0.3 to 5.7 (2.0)
		Ÿ   Basis	(15) points to 21 points (4 points)
Loans and securities backed by residential real estate Ÿ    Collateralized by portfolios of residential real estate Ÿ    May include tranches of varying levels of subordination	$1,770	Discounted cash flows:
		Ÿ   Yield	3.0% to 18.9% (9.3%)
		Ÿ   Cumulative loss rate	1.0% to 34.3% (20.9%)
		Ÿ   Duration (years)  4	1.5 to 16.3 (3.5)
Bank loans and bridge loans	$9,475	Discounted cash flows:
		Ÿ   Yield	1.6% to 37.0% (10.1%)
		Ÿ   Recovery rate 3	40.0% to 85.0% (55.5%)
		Ÿ   Duration (years)  4	0.4 to 4.4 (2.1)
Non-U.S. government and agency obligations Corporate debt securities State and municipal obligations Other debt obligations	$3,367	Discounted cash flows:
		Ÿ   Yield	1.2% to 40.7% (9.9%)
		Ÿ   Recovery rate 3	0.0% to 70.0% (62.3%)
		Ÿ   Duration (years)  4	0.3 to 15.1 (4.2)
Equities and convertible debentures (including private equity investments and investments in real estate entities)	$16,180  2	Comparable multiples:
		Ÿ   Multiples	0.6x to 19.9x (7.4x)
		Discounted cash flows:
		Ÿ   Discount rate/yield	10.0% to 45.0% (15.0%)
		Ÿ   Long-term growth rate/compound annual growth rate	1.0% to 21.0% (10.3%)
		Ÿ   Capitalization rate	4.7% to 11.0% (7.4%)

1. Weighted averages are calculated by weighting each input by the relative fair value of the respective financial instruments.

2. The fair value of any one instrument may be determined using multiple valuation techniques. For example, market comparables and discounted cash flows may be used together to determine fair value. Therefore, the level 3 balance encompasses both of these techniques.

3. Recovery rate is a measure of expected future cash flows in a default scenario, expressed as a percentage of notional or face value of the instrument, and reflects the benefit of credit enhancement on certain instruments.

4. Duration is an estimate of the timing of future cash flows and, in certain cases, may incorporate the impact of other unobservable inputs (e.g., prepayment speeds).

Level 3 Cash Instruments	Level 3 Assets as of    December 2012    (in millions)	Valuation Techniques and Significant Unobservable Inputs	Range of Significant Unobservable Inputs (Weighted Average 1) as of December 2012
Loans and securities backed by commercial real estate Ÿ    Collateralized by a single commercial real estate property or a portfolio of properties Ÿ    May include tranches of varying levels of subordination	$3,389	Discounted cash flows:
		Ÿ   Yield	4.0% to 43.3% (9.8%)
		Ÿ   Recovery rate 3	37.0% to 96.2% (81.7%)
		Ÿ   Duration (years) 4	0.1 to 7.0 (2.6)
		Ÿ   Basis	(13) points to 18 points (2 points)
Loans and securities backed by residential real estate Ÿ    Collateralized by portfolios of residential real estate Ÿ    May include tranches of varying levels of subordination	$1,619	Discounted cash flows:
		Ÿ   Yield	3.1% to 17.0% (9.7%)
		Ÿ   Cumulative loss rate	0.0% to 61.6% (31.6%)
		Ÿ   Duration (years)  4	1.3 to 5.9 (3.7)
Bank loans and bridge loans	$11,235	Discounted cash flows:
		Ÿ   Yield	0.3% to 34.5% (8.3%)
		Ÿ   Recovery rate 3	16.5% to 85.0% (56.0%)
		Ÿ   Duration (years)  4	0.2 to 4.4 (1.9)
Non-U.S. government and agency obligations Corporate debt securities State and municipal obligations Other debt obligations	$4,651	Discounted cash flows:
		Ÿ   Yield	0.6% to 33.7% (8.6%)
		Ÿ   Recovery rate 3	0.0% to 70.0% (53.4%)
		Ÿ   Duration (years)  4	0.5 to 15.5 (4.0)
Equities and convertible debentures (including private equity investments and investments in real estate entities)	$14,855  2	Comparable multiples:
		Ÿ   Multiples	0.7x to 21.0x (7.2x)
		Discounted cash flows:
		Ÿ   Discount rate/yield	10.0% to 25.0% (14.3%)
		Ÿ   Long-term growth rate/compound annual growth rate	0.7% to 25.0% (9.3%)
		Ÿ   Capitalization rate	3.9% to 11.4% (7.3%)

1. Weighted averages are calculated by weighting each input by the relative fair value of the respective financial instruments.

2. The fair value of any one instrument may be determined using multiple valuation techniques. For example, market comparables and discounted cash flows may be used together to determine fair value. Therefore, the level 3 balance encompasses both of these techniques.

3. Recovery rate is a measure of expected future cash flows in a default scenario, expressed as a percentage of notional or face value of the instrument, and reflects the benefit of credit enhancement on certain instruments.

4. Duration is an estimate of the timing of future cash flows and, in certain cases, may incorporate the impact of other unobservable inputs (e.g., prepayment speeds).

Increases in yield, discount rate, capitalization rate, duration or cumulative loss rate used in the valuation of the firm’s level 3 cash instruments would result in a lower fair value measurement, while increases in recovery rate, basis, multiples, long-term growth rate or compound annual growth rate would result in a higher fair value measurement. Due to the distinctive nature of each of the firm’s level 3 cash instruments, the interrelationship of inputs is not necessarily uniform within each product type.

Fair Value of Cash Instruments by Level

The tables below present, by level within the fair value hierarchy, cash instrument assets and liabilities, at fair value. Cash instrument assets and liabilities are included in “Financial instruments owned, at fair value” and “Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value,” respectively.

	Cash Instrument Assets at Fair Value as of September 2013
in millions		Level 1	Level 2	Level 3		Total
Commercial paper, certificates of deposit, time deposits and other money market instruments		$       241	$  5,661	$        —		$    5,902
U.S. government and federal agency obligations		39,595	37,733	—		77,328
Non-U.S. government and agency obligations		35,377	10,825	55		46,257
Mortgage and other asset-backed loans and securities 1:
Loans and securities backed by commercial real estate		—	3,200	2,684		5,884
Loans and securities backed by residential real estate		—	6,515	1,770		8,285
Bank loans and bridge loans		—	8,098	9,475		17,573
Corporate debt securities 2		465	12,502	2,313		15,280
State and municipal obligations		—	1,129	227		1,356
Other debt obligations 2		—	2,304	772		3,076
Equities and convertible debentures		53,757	7,548	16,180	3	77,485
Commodities		—	4,372	—		4,372
Total		$129,435	$99,887	$33,476		$262,798
	Cash Instrument Liabilities at Fair Value as of September 2013
in millions		Level 1	Level 2	Level 3		Total
U.S. government and federal agency obligations		$  18,574	$       57	$        —		$  18,631
Non-U.S. government and agency obligations		30,185	2,406	—		32,591
Mortgage and other asset-backed loans and securities:
Loans and securities backed by commercial real estate		—	52	1		53
Loans and securities backed by residential real estate		—	1	—		1
Bank loans and bridge loans		—	744	347		1,091
Corporate debt securities		30	5,359	9		5,398
Other debt obligations		—	—	3		3
Equities and convertible debentures		24,409	487	7		24,903
Total		$  73,198	$  9,106	$     367		$  82,671

1. Includes $340 million and $388 million of collateralized debt obligations (CDOs) backed by real estate in level 2 and level 3, respectively.

2. Includes $504 million and $1.36 billion of CDOs and collateralized loan obligations (CLOs) backed by corporate obligations in level 2 and level 3, respectively.

3. Includes $14.13 billion of private equity investments, $1.60 billion of investments in real estate entities and $455 million of convertible debentures.

	Cash Instrument Assets at Fair Value as of December 2012
in millions		Level 1	Level 2	Level 3		Total
Commercial paper, certificates of deposit, time deposits and other money market instruments		$    2,155	$    3,902	$        —		$    6,057
U.S. government and federal agency obligations		42,856	50,385	—		93,241
Non-U.S. government and agency obligations		46,715	15,509	26		62,250
Mortgage and other asset-backed loans and securities 1:
Loans and securities backed by commercial real estate		—	6,416	3,389		9,805
Loans and securities backed by residential real estate		—	6,597	1,619		8,216
Bank loans and bridge loans		—	11,172	11,235		22,407
Corporate debt securities 2		111	18,049	2,821		20,981
State and municipal obligations		—	1,858	619		2,477
Other debt obligations 2		—	1,066	1,185		2,251
Equities and convertible debentures		72,875	8,724	14,855	3	96,454
Commodities		—	11,696	—		11,696
Total		$164,712	$135,374	$35,749		$335,835
	Cash Instrument Liabilities at Fair Value as of December 2012
in millions		Level 1	Level 2	Level 3		Total
U.S. government and federal agency obligations		$  15,475	$       430	$        —		$  15,905
Non-U.S. government and agency obligations		31,011	1,350	—		32,361
Mortgage and other asset-backed loans and securities:
Loans and securities backed by residential real estate		—	4	—		4
Bank loans and bridge loans		—	1,143	636		1,779
Corporate debt securities		28	5,731	2		5,761
State and municipal obligations		—	1	—		1
Equities and convertible debentures		19,416	986	4		20,406
Total		$  65,930	$    9,645	$     642		$  76,217

1. Includes $489 million and $446 million of CDOs backed by real estate in level 2 and level 3, respectively.

2. Includes $284 million and $1.76 billion of CDOs and CLOs backed by corporate obligations in level 2 and level 3, respectively.

3. Includes $12.67 billion of private equity investments, $1.58 billion of investments in real estate entities and $600 million of convertible debentures.

Transfers Between Levels of the Fair Value Hierarchy

Transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy are reported at the beginning of the reporting period in which they occur. During the three months ended September 2013, transfers into level 2 from level 1 of cash instruments were $31 million, reflecting transfers of public equity securities due to decreased market activity in these instruments. During the three months ended September 2013, transfers into level 1 from level 2 of cash instruments were $22 million, reflecting transfers of public equity securities due to increased market activity in these instruments. During the three months ended September 2012, transfers into level 2 from level 1 of cash instruments were $205 million, including transfers of non-U.S. government obligations and equity securities of $118 million and $87 million, respectively, reflecting the level of market activity in these instruments. Transfers into level 1 from level 2 of cash instruments were $261 million, reflecting transfers of equity securities due to the level of market activity in these instruments.

During the nine months ended September 2013, transfers into level 2 from level 1 of cash instruments were $24 million, reflecting transfers of public equity securities due to decreased market activity in these instruments. During the nine months ended September 2013, transfers into level 1 from level 2 of cash instruments were $71 million, reflecting transfers of public equity securities, primarily due to increased market activity in these instruments. During the nine months ended September 2012, transfers into level 2 from level 1 of cash instruments were $2.02 billion, including transfers of non-U.S. government obligations of $1.19 billion, reflecting the level of market activity in these instruments, and transfers of equity securities of $832 million, primarily reflecting the impact of transfer restrictions. Transfers into level 1 from level 2 of cash instruments were $427 million, including transfers of non-U.S. government obligations of $225 million, reflecting the level of market activity in these instruments, and transfers of equity securities of $182 million, where the firm was able to obtain quoted prices for certain instruments and due to the level of market activity for other instruments.

Level 3 Rollforward

If a cash instrument asset or liability was transferred to level 3 during a reporting period, its entire gain or loss for the period is included in level 3.

Level 3 cash instruments are frequently economically hedged with level 1 and level 2 cash instruments and/or level 1, level 2 or level 3 derivatives. Accordingly, gains or losses that are reported in level 3 can be partially offset by gains or losses attributable to level 1 or level 2 cash instruments and/or level 1, level 2 or level 3 derivatives. As a result, gains or losses included in the level 3 rollforward below do not necessarily represent the overall impact on the firm’s results of operations, liquidity or capital resources.

The tables below present changes in fair value for all cash instrument assets and liabilities categorized as level 3 as of the end of the period.

	Level 3 Cash Instrument Assets at Fair Value for the Three Months Ended September 2013
in millions		Balance, beginning of period	Net realized gains/ (losses)		Net unrealized gains/(losses) relating to instruments still held at period-end		Purchases	1	Sales		Settlements		Transfers into level 3	Transfers out of level 3		Balance, end of period
Non-U.S. government and agency obligations		$       90	$  —		$    3		$       2		$      (27	)	$       —		$     11	$     (24	)	$       55
Mortgage and other asset-backed loans and securities:
Loans and securities backed by commercial real estate		2,969	40		66		320		(338	)	(363	)	77	(87	)	2,684
Loans and securities backed by residential real estate		1,738	17		37		207		(84	)	(114	)	61	(92	)	1,770
Bank loans and bridge loans		9,997	118		105		1,317		(580	)	(1,446	)	706	(742	)	9,475
Corporate debt securities		2,492	80		61		190		(357	)	(63	)	137	(227	)	2,313
State and municipal obligations		322	1		(2	)	28		(59	)	(1	)	4	(66	)	227
Other debt obligations		876	13		15		116		(26	)	(56	)	48	(214	)	772
Equities and convertible debentures		15,417	20		697		306		(115	)	(378	)	496	(263	)	16,180
Total		$33,901	$289	2	$982	2	$2,486		$(1,586	)	$(2,421	)	$1,540	$(1,715	)	$33,476
	Level 3 Cash Instrument Liabilities at Fair Value for the Three Months Ended September 2013
in millions		Balance, beginning of period	Net realized (gains)/ losses		Net unrealized (gains)/losses relating to instruments still held at period-end		Purchases	1	Sales		Settlements		Transfers into level 3	Transfers out of level 3		Balance, end of period
Total		$     385	$   (4	)	$  17		$  (101	)	$       49		$         3		$     32	$     (14	)	$     367

1. Includes both originations and secondary market purchases.

2. The aggregate amounts include gains of approximately $149 million, $891 million and $231 million reported in “Market making,” “Other principal transactions” and “Interest income,” respectively.

The net unrealized gain/(loss) on level 3 cash instrument assets of $965 million (reflecting $982 million of gains on cash instrument assets and $17 million of losses on cash instrument liabilities) for the three months ended September 2013 primarily consisted of gains on private equity investments, primarily driven by strong corporate performance and company-specific events.

Transfers into level 3 during the three months ended September 2013 primarily reflected transfers of certain bank loans and bridge loans and private equity investments from level 2, due to a lack of market transactions in these instruments.

Transfers out of level 3 during the three months ended September 2013 primarily reflected transfers to level 2 of certain bank loans and bridge loans, private equity investments and other debt obligations, as a result of market transactions in these or similar instruments, and corporate debt obligations, principally due to increased transparency as a result of market transactions in these instruments and certain unobservable inputs not being significant to the valuation of these instruments.

	Level 3 Cash Instrument Assets at Fair Value for the Nine Months Ended September 2013
in millions		Balance, beginning of period	Net realized gains/ (losses)		Net unrealized gains/(losses) relating to instruments still held at period-end		Purchases	1	Sales		Settlements		Transfers into level 3	Transfers out of level 3		Balance, end of period
Non-U.S. government and agency obligations		$       26	$    5		$       9		$     23		$     (14	)	$       (2	)	$     11	$       (3	)	$        55
Mortgage and other asset-backed loans and securities:
Loans and securities backed by commercial real estate		3,389	86		197		549		(627	)	(965	)	197	(142	)	2,684
Loans and securities backed by residential real estate		1,619	37		99		633		(380	)	(236	)	78	(80	)	1,770
Bank loans and bridge loans		11,235	356		278		3,494		(2,042	)	(3,408	)	1,052	(1,490	)	9,475
Corporate debt securities		2,821	255		393		542		(1,392	)	(420	)	353	(239	)	2,313
State and municipal obligations		619	3		1		99		(461	)	(2	)	6	(38	)	227
Other debt obligations		1,185	35		16		563		(410	)	(60	)	17	(574	)	772
Equities and convertible debentures		14,855	154		1,635		1,640		(650	)	(1,396	)	1,015	(1,073	)	16,180
Total		$35,749	$931	2	$2,628	2	$7,543		$(5,976	)	$(6,489	)	$2,729	$(3,639	)	$33,476
	Level 3 Cash Instrument Liabilities at Fair Value for the Nine Months Ended September 2013
in millions		Balance, beginning of period	Net realized (gains)/ losses		Net unrealized (gains)/losses relating to instruments still held at period-end		Purchases	1	Sales		Settlements		Transfers into level 3	Transfers out of level 3		Balance, end of period
Total		$     642	$    7		$      —		$  (368	)	$    187		$      13		$     46	$   (160	)	$     367

1. Includes both originations and secondary market purchases.

2. The aggregate amounts include gains of approximately $664 million, $2.31 billion and $585 million reported in “Market making,” “Other principal transactions” and “Interest income,” respectively.

The net unrealized gain on level 3 cash instrument assets of $2.63 billion for the nine months ended September 2013 primarily consisted of gains on private equity investments, primarily driven by strong corporate performance and company-specific events, corporate debt securities, primarily due to tighter credit spreads, and bank loans and bridge loans, primarily due to company-specific events.

Transfers into level 3 during the nine months ended September 2013 primarily reflected transfers of certain bank loans and bridge loans and private equity investments from level 2, principally due to a lack of market transactions in these instruments.

Transfers out of level 3 during the nine months ended September 2013 primarily reflected transfers of certain bank loans and bridge loans, private equity investments and other debt obligations to level 2, principally due to increased transparency of market prices as a result of market transactions in these instruments and transfers related to the firm’s European insurance business of certain level 3 bank loans and bridge loans within cash instruments to level 3 other assets within other financial assets at fair value, as this business was classified as held for sale during the period.

	Level 3 Cash Instrument Assets at Fair Value for the Three Months Ended September 2012
in millions		Balance, beginning of period	Net realized gains/ (losses)		Net unrealized gains/(losses) relating to instruments still held at period-end		Purchases	1	Sales		Settlements		Transfers into level 3	Transfers out of level 3		Balance, end of period
Commercial paper, certificates of deposit, time deposits and other money market instruments		$         7	$   —		$      —		$      —		$       —		$       (7	)	$      —	$       —		$        —
Non-U.S. government and agency obligations		8	—		3		2		—		—		—	—		13
Mortgage and other asset-backed loans and securities:
Loans and securities backed by commercial real estate		3,166	57		78		355		(362	)	(44	)	214	(146	)	3,318
Loans and securities backed by residential real estate		1,632	65		44		81		(266	)	(351	)	98	(15	)	1,288
Bank loans and bridge loans		10,461	151		150		1,535		(906	)	(805	)	691	(444	)	10,833
Corporate debt securities		2,367	106		140		462		(274	)	(120	)	240	(200	)	2,721
State and municipal obligations		547	4		5		36		(27	)	(2	)	20	–		583
Other debt obligations		1,757	5		51		197		(88	)	(25	)	118	(7	)	2,008
Equities and convertible debentures		14,420	31		632		513		(320	)	(108	)	798	(840	)	15,126
Total		$34,365	$419	2	$1,103	2	$3,181		$(2,243	)	$(1,462	)	$2,179	$(1,652	)	$35,890
	Level 3 Cash Instrument Liabilities at Fair Value for the Three Months Ended September 2012
in millions		Balance, beginning of period	Net realized (gains)/ losses		Net unrealized (gains)/losses relating to instruments still held at period-end		Purchases	1	Sales		Settlements		Transfers into level 3	Transfers out of level 3		Balance, end of period
Total		$     739	$   (2	)	$       3		$  (105	)	$      65		$      16		$     46	$     (89	)	$     673

1. Includes both originations and secondary market purchases.

2. The aggregate amounts include gains of approximately $340 million, $843 million and $339 million reported in “Market making,” “Other principal transactions” and “Interest income,” respectively.

The net unrealized gain/(loss) on level 3 cash instruments of $1.10 billion (reflecting $1.10 billion on cash instrument assets and $(3) million on cash instrument liabilities) for the three months ended September 2012 primarily consisted of gains on private equity investments, bank loans and bridge loans, and corporate debt securities. Unrealized gains during the quarter primarily reflected the impact of an increase in global equity prices and tighter credit spreads.

Transfers into level 3 during the three months ended September 2012 primarily reflected transfers from level 2 of certain private equity investments and bank loans and bridge loans, principally due to less market activity in these instruments.

Transfers out of level 3 during the three months ended September 2012 primarily reflected transfers to level 2 of certain private equity investments and bank loans and bridge loans, principally due to improved transparency of market prices as a result of market transactions in these financial instruments.

	Level 3 Cash Instrument Assets at Fair Value for the Nine Months Ended September 2012
in millions		Balance, beginning of period	Net realized gains/ (losses)		Net unrealized gains/(losses) relating to instruments still held at period-end		Purchases	1	Sales		Settlements		Transfers into level 3	Transfers out of level 3		Balance, end of period
Non-U.S. government and agency obligations		$     148	$    (55	)	$       4		$       2		$       (8	)	$     (71	)	$       6	$     (13	)	$       13
Mortgage and other asset-backed loans and securities:
Loans and securities backed by commercial real estate		3,346	143		227		1,337		(956	)	(859	)	218	(138	)	3,318
Loans and securities backed by residential real estate		1,709	128		239		345		(729	)	(471	)	77	(10	)	1,288
Bank loans and bridge loans		11,285	431		318		3,393		(2,754	)	(2,122	)	1,237	(955	)	10,833
Corporate debt securities		2,480	266		229		865		(851	)	(352	)	344	(260	)	2,721
State and municipal obligations		599	16		8		53		(80	)	(12	)	—	(1	)	583
Other debt obligations		1,451	52		50		645		(365	)	(41	)	222	(6	)	2,008
Equities and convertible debentures		13,667	60		1,158		2,166		(497	)	(640	)	866	(1,654	)	15,126
Total		$34,685	$1,041	2	$2,233	2	$8,806		$(6,240	)	$(4,568	)	$2,970	$(3,037	)	$35,890
	Level 3 Cash Instrument Liabilities at Fair Value for the Nine Months Ended September 2012
in millions		Balance, beginning of period	Net realized (gains)/ losses		Net unrealized (gains)/losses relating to instruments still held at period-end		Purchases	1	Sales		Settlements		Transfers into level 3	Transfers out of level 3		Balance, end of period
Total		$     905	$    (35	)	$       9		$  (427	)	$    244		$      81		$     90	$   (194	)	$     673

1. Includes both originations and secondary market purchases.

2. The aggregate amounts include gains of approximately $560 million, $1.77 billion and $945 million reported in “Market making,” “Other principal transactions” and “Interest income,” respectively.

The net unrealized gain/(loss) on level 3 cash instruments of $2.22 billion (reflecting $2.23 billion on cash instrument assets and $(9) million on cash instrument liabilities) for the nine months ended September 2012 primarily consisted of gains on private equity investments, mortgage and other asset-backed loans and securities, bank loans and bridge loans, and corporate debt securities. Unrealized gains during the nine months ended September 2012 primarily reflected the impact of an increase in global equity prices and generally tighter credit spreads.

Transfers into level 3 during the nine months ended September 2012 primarily reflected transfers from level 2 of certain bank loans and bridge loans and private equity investments, principally due to less market activity in these instruments.

Transfers out of level 3 during the nine months ended September 2012 primarily reflected transfers to level 2 of certain private equity investments and bank loans and bridge loans. Transfers of private equity investments to level 2 were principally due to improved transparency of market prices as a result of market transactions in these financial instruments. Transfers of bank loans and bridge loans to level 2 were principally due to market transactions in these instruments and unobservable inputs no longer being significant to the valuation of certain loans.

Investments in Funds That Calculate Net Asset Value Per Share

Cash instruments at fair value include investments in funds that are valued based on the net asset value per share (NAV) of the investment fund. The firm uses NAV as its measure of fair value for fund investments when (i) the fund investment does not have a readily determinable fair value and (ii) the NAV of the investment fund is calculated in a manner consistent with the measurement principles of investment company accounting, including measurement of the underlying investments at fair value.

The firm’s investments in funds that calculate NAV primarily consist of investments in firm-sponsored funds where the firm co-invests with third-party investors. The private equity, credit and real estate funds are primarily closed-end funds in which the firm’s investments are not eligible for redemption. Distributions will be received from these funds as the underlying assets are liquidated and it is estimated that substantially all of the underlying assets of existing funds will be liquidated over the next six years. The firm continues to manage its existing funds taking into account the transition periods under the Volcker Rule of the U.S. Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Dodd-Frank Act), although the rules have not yet been finalized.

The firm’s investments in hedge funds are generally redeemable on a quarterly basis with 91 days’ notice, subject to a maximum redemption level of 25% of the firm’s initial investments at any quarter-end. The firm currently plans to comply with the Volcker Rule by redeeming certain of its interests in hedge funds. Since March 2012, the firm has redeemed approximately $1.90 billion of these interests in hedge funds, including approximately $310 million and $840 million during the three and nine months ended September 2013, respectively.

The table below presents the fair value of the firm’s investments in, and unfunded commitments to, funds that calculate NAV.

	As of September 2013			As of December 2012
in millions		Fair Value of Investments	Unfunded Commitments		Fair Value of Investments	Unfunded Commitments
Private equity funds 1		$  7,263	$2,555		$  7,680	$2,778
Credit funds 2		3,844	2,518		3,927	2,843
Hedge funds 3		1,931	—		2,167	—
Real estate funds 4		1,892	468		2,006	870
Total		$14,930	$5,541		$15,780	$6,491

1. These funds primarily invest in a broad range of industries worldwide in a variety of situations, including leveraged buyouts, recapitalizations, growth investments and distressed investments.

2. These funds generally invest in loans and other fixed income instruments and are focused on providing private high-yield capital for mid- to large-sized leveraged and management buyout transactions, recapitalizations, financings, refinancings, acquisitions and restructurings for private equity firms, private family companies and corporate issuers.

3. These funds are primarily multi-disciplinary hedge funds that employ a fundamental bottom-up investment approach across various asset classes and strategies including long/short equity, credit, convertibles, risk arbitrage, special situations and capital structure arbitrage.

4. These funds invest globally, primarily in real estate companies, loan portfolios, debt recapitalizations and direct property.

XML

Cash Instruments (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	Sep. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Fair Value, Cash Instruments, Unobservable Inputs
Total financial assets at fair value	$ 610,678	$ 618,804	$ 638,513
Level 3 [Member]
Fair Value, Cash Instruments, Unobservable Inputs
Total financial assets at fair value	41,971	42,824	47,095
Level 3 [Member] | Loans and securities backed by commercial real estate [Member]
Fair Value, Cash Instruments, Unobservable Inputs
Total financial assets at fair value	2,684		3,389
Level 3 [Member] | Loans and securities backed by residential real estate [Member]
Fair Value, Cash Instruments, Unobservable Inputs
Total financial assets at fair value	1,770		1,619
Level 3 [Member] | Bank loans and bridge loans [Member]
Fair Value, Cash Instruments, Unobservable Inputs
Total financial assets at fair value	9,475		11,235
Level 3 [Member] | Corporate Debt Securities, State and Municipal Obligations, Non-U.S. government and agency obligations, Other Debt Obligations [Member]
Fair Value, Cash Instruments, Unobservable Inputs
Total financial assets at fair value	3,367		4,651
Level 3 [Member] | Equities and convertible debentures [Member]
Fair Value, Cash Instruments, Unobservable Inputs
Total financial assets at fair value	$ 16,180		$ 14,855
Minimum [Member] | Loans and securities backed by commercial real estate [Member]
Fair Value, Cash Instruments, Unobservable Inputs
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Yield	4.00%		4.00%
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Recovery Rate	36.00%		37.00%
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Duration	0.3		0.1
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Basis	(15) points		(13) points
Minimum [Member] | Loans and securities backed by residential real estate [Member]
Fair Value, Cash Instruments, Unobservable Inputs
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Yield	3.00%		3.10%
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Cumulative Loss Rate	1.00%		0.00%
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Duration	1.5		1.3
Minimum [Member] | Bank loans and bridge loans [Member]
Fair Value, Cash Instruments, Unobservable Inputs
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Yield	1.60%		0.30%
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Recovery Rate	40.00%		16.50%
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Duration	0.4		0.2
Minimum [Member] | Corporate Debt Securities, State and Municipal Obligations, Non-U.S. government and agency obligations, Other Debt Obligations [Member]
Fair Value, Cash Instruments, Unobservable Inputs
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Yield	1.20%		0.60%
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Recovery Rate	0.00%		0.00%
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Duration	0.3		0.5
Minimum [Member] | Equities and convertible debentures [Member]
Fair Value, Cash Instruments, Unobservable Inputs
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Multiples	0.6		0.7
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Discount Rate/Yield	10.00%		10.00%
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Long-term Growth Rate And Compound Annual Growth Rate	1.00%		0.70%
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Capitalization Rates	4.70%		3.90%
Maximum [Member] | Loans and securities backed by commercial real estate [Member]
Fair Value, Cash Instruments, Unobservable Inputs
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Yield	23.00%		43.30%
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Recovery Rate	87.50%		96.20%
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Duration	5.7		7.0
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Basis	21 points		18 points
Maximum [Member] | Loans and securities backed by residential real estate [Member]
Fair Value, Cash Instruments, Unobservable Inputs
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Yield	18.90%		17.00%
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Cumulative Loss Rate	34.30%		61.60%
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Duration	16.3		5.9
Maximum [Member] | Bank loans and bridge loans [Member]
Fair Value, Cash Instruments, Unobservable Inputs
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Yield	37.00%		34.50%
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Recovery Rate	85.00%		85.00%
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Duration	4.4		4.4
Maximum [Member] | Corporate Debt Securities, State and Municipal Obligations, Non-U.S. government and agency obligations, Other Debt Obligations [Member]
Fair Value, Cash Instruments, Unobservable Inputs
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Yield	40.70%		33.70%
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Recovery Rate	70.00%		70.00%
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Duration	15.1		15.5
Maximum [Member] | Equities and convertible debentures [Member]
Fair Value, Cash Instruments, Unobservable Inputs
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Multiples	19.9		21.0
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Discount Rate/Yield	45.00%		25.00%
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Long-term Growth Rate And Compound Annual Growth Rate	21.00%		25.00%
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Capitalization Rates	11.00%		11.40%
Weighted Average [Member] | Loans and securities backed by commercial real estate [Member]
Fair Value, Cash Instruments, Unobservable Inputs
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Yield	9.50%		9.80%
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Recovery Rate	63.10%		81.70%
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Duration	2.0		2.6
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Basis	4 points		2 points
Weighted Average [Member] | Loans and securities backed by residential real estate [Member]
Fair Value, Cash Instruments, Unobservable Inputs
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Yield	9.30%		9.70%
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Cumulative Loss Rate	20.90%		31.60%
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Duration	3.5		3.7
Weighted Average [Member] | Bank loans and bridge loans [Member]
Fair Value, Cash Instruments, Unobservable Inputs
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Yield	10.10%		8.30%
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Recovery Rate	55.50%		56.00%
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Duration	2.1		1.9
Weighted Average [Member] | Corporate Debt Securities, State and Municipal Obligations, Non-U.S. government and agency obligations, Other Debt Obligations [Member]
Fair Value, Cash Instruments, Unobservable Inputs
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Yield	9.90%		8.60%
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Recovery Rate	62.30%		53.40%
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Duration	4.2		4.0
Weighted Average [Member] | Equities and convertible debentures [Member]
Fair Value, Cash Instruments, Unobservable Inputs
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Multiples	7.4		7.2
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Discount Rate/Yield	15.00%		14.30%
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Long-term Growth Rate And Compound Annual Growth Rate	10.30%		9.30%
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Capitalization Rates	7.40%		7.30%

XML

Goodwill and Identifiable Intangible Assets (Details 2) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2012	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2012
Amortization expense for identifiable intangible assets
Amortization related to identifiable intangible assets	$ 47	$ 60	$ 119	$ 206
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Future Amortization Expense
Remainder of 2013	39		39
Future amortization, 2014	128		128
Future amortization, 2015	96		96
Future amortization, 2016	93		93
Future amortization, 2017	91		91
Future amortization, 2018	$ 83		$ 83

XML

Interest Income and Interest Expense

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2013

Interest Income and Interest Expense [Abstract]

Interest Income and Interest Expense

Note 23.

Interest Income and Interest Expense

Interest income is recorded on an accrual basis based on contractual interest rates. The table below presents the sources of interest income and interest expense.

	Three Months Ended September					Nine Months Ended September
in millions		2013		2012			2013		2012
Interest income
Deposits with banks		$     39		$     38			$   137		$   111
Securities borrowed, securities purchased under agreements to resell and federal funds sold  1		36		(74	)		26		(49	)
Financial instruments owned, at fair value		1,907		2,324			6,337		7,334
Other interest 2		416		341			1,169		1,121
Total interest income		2,398		2,629			7,669		8,517
Interest expense
Deposits		98		106			292		292
Securities loaned and securities sold under agreements to repurchase		126		188			436		615
Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value		468		594			1,578		1,783
Short-term borrowings 3		88		133			309		453
Long-term borrowings 3		915		941			2,797		2,841
Other interest 4		(137	)	(169	)		(334	)	(374	)
Total interest expense		1,558		1,793			5,078		5,610
Net interest income		$   840		$   836			$2,591		$2,907

1. Includes rebates paid and interest income on securities borrowed.

2. Includes interest income on customer debit balances and other interest-earning assets.

3. Includes interest on unsecured borrowings and other secured financings.

4. Includes rebates received on other interest-bearing liabilities and interest expense on customer credit balances.

XML

Securitization Activities (Tables)

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2013

Securitization Activities [Abstract]

Amount of financial assets securitized and the cash flows received on retained interests

	Three Months Ended September			Nine Months Ended September
in millions		2013	2012		2013	2012
Residential mortgages		$  8,849	$8,530		$23,489	$27,797
Commercial mortgages		2,358	625		5,224	2,248
Total		$11,207	$9,155		$28,713	$30,045
Cash flows on retained interests		$     102	$   161		$     235	$     333

Firms continuing involvement in securitization entities to which the firm sold assets

	As of September 2013
in millions		Outstanding Principal Amount	Fair Value of Retained Interests	Fair Value of Purchased Interests
U.S. government agency-issued collateralized mortgage obligations 1		$58,681	$3,759	$  —
Other residential mortgage-backed 2		3,089	105	—
Other commercial mortgage-backed 3		5,824	113	76
CDOs, CLOs and other 4		8,241	86	10
Total 5		$75,835	$4,063	$  86
	As of December 2012
in millions		Outstanding Principal Amount	Fair Value of Retained Interests	Fair Value of Purchased Interests
U.S. government agency-issued collateralized mortgage obligations 1		$57,685	$4,654	$  —
Other residential mortgage-backed 2		3,656	106	—
Other commercial mortgage-backed 3		1,253	1	56
CDOs, CLOs and other 4		8,866	51	331
Total 5		$71,460	$4,812	$387

1. Outstanding principal amount and fair value of retained interests primarily relate to securitizations during 2013 and 2012 as of September 2013, and securitizations during 2012 and 2011 as of December 2012.

2. Outstanding principal amount and fair value of retained interests as of both September 2013 and December 2012 primarily relate to prime and Alt-A securitizations during 2009, 2007 and 2006.

3. Outstanding principal amount and fair value of retained interests as of September 2013 primarily relate to securitizations during 2013. As of December 2012, the outstanding principal amount primarily relates to securitizations during 2012 and 2007 and the fair value of retained interests primarily relate to securitizations during 2012.

4. Outstanding principal amount and fair value of retained interests as of both September 2013 and December 2012 primarily relate to CDO and CLO securitizations during 2007 and 2006.

5. Outstanding principal amount includes $666 million and $835 million as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively, related to securitization entities in which the firm’s only continuing involvement is retained servicing which is not a variable interest.

Weighted average key economic assumptions used in measuring the fair value of the firm's retained interests and the sensitivity of this fair value to immediate adverse changes

	As of September 2013					As of December 2012
	Type of Retained Interests					Type of Retained Interests
$ in millions		Mortgage-Backed		Other	1		Mortgage-Backed		Other	1
Fair value of retained interests		$3,977		$     86			$4,761		$     51
Weighted average life (years)		9.0		2.0			8.2		2.0
Constant prepayment rate  2		7.0	%	N.M.			10.9	%	N.M.
Impact of 10% adverse change 2		$    (37	)	N.M.			$    (57	)	N.M.
Impact of 20% adverse change 2		(68	)	N.M.			(110	)	N.M.
Discount rate  3		4.8	%	N.M.			4.6	%	N.M.
Impact of 10% adverse change		$    (96	)	N.M.			$    (96	)	N.M.
Impact of 20% adverse change		(187	)	N.M.			(180	)	N.M.

1. Due to the nature and current fair value of certain of these retained interests, the weighted average assumptions for constant prepayment and discount rates and the related sensitivity to adverse changes are not meaningful as of September 2013 and December 2012. The firm’s maximum exposure to adverse changes in the value of these interests is the carrying value of $86 million and $51 million as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively.

2. Constant prepayment rate is included only for positions for which constant prepayment rate is a key assumption in the determination of fair value.

3. The majority of mortgage-backed retained interests are U.S. government agency-issued collateralized mortgage obligations, for which there is no anticipated credit loss. For the remainder of retained interests, the expected credit loss assumptions are reflected in the discount rate.

XML

Regulation and Capital Adequacy (Details) (USD $)	9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Regulation and Capital Adequacy (Textuals) [Abstract]
Minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio applicable to all bank holding companies effective January 2014	4.00%
Minimum supplementary Tier 1 leverage ratio under Basel 3, applicable to advanced approach banking institutions	3.00%
Minimum Tier 1 capital ratio	4.00%
Minimum total capital ratio	8.00%
Well-capitalized minimum Tier 1 capital ratio	6.00%
Well-capitalized minimum total capital ratio	10.00%
Minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio for bank holding companies with highest supervisory rating	3.00%
Minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio for other bank holding companies without highest supervisory ratings	4.00%
Additional Tier 1 common equity that the firm would be required to hold as a globally systemically important banking institution	1.50%
Tier 1 Capital	$ 71,051,000,000	$ 66,977,000,000
Tier 2 Capital	13,541,000,000	13,429,000,000
Total Capital	84,592,000,000	80,406,000,000
Tier 1 Capital Ratio	16.30%	16.70%
Risk-Weighted Assets	436,730,000,000	399,928,000,000
Total Capital Ratio	19.40%	20.10%
Tier 1 Leverage Ratio	7.90%	7.30%
Minimum equity capital that is required to be maintained in regulated subsidiaries	30,710,000,000	31,010,000,000
Regulatory Capital Requirements (Additional Textual) [Abstract]
Minimum CET1 ratio effective January 2014 applicable to advanced approach banking institutions	4.00%
Minimum CET1 ratio effective January 2015 applicable to advanced approach banking institutions	4.50%
Minimum Tier 1 capital ratio effective January 2014 applicable to advanced approach banking institutions	5.50%
Minimum Tier 1 capital ratio effective January 2015 applicable to advanced approach banking institutions	6.00%
Capital conservation buffer supplementary to minimum ratios applicable to advanced approach banking institutions effective January 2019	2.50%
Increments capital conservation buffer will be phased in per year beginning January 1, 2016	0.625%
Annual rate at which items deducted from Tier 1 capital will transition into CET1 deductions beginning January 2014	20.00%
Annual rate at which new deductions from CET1 are phased in	20.00%
Junior subordinated debt issued to trusts included in Tier 1 capital in calendar year 2013	75.00%
Junior subordinated debt issued to trusts designated as Tier 2 capital in calendar year 2013	25.00%
Minimum [Member]
Regulation and Capital Adequacy (Textuals) [Abstract]
Initial Range of additional Tier 1 common equity that should be maintained by banking institutions deemed to be globally systemically important	1.00%
Maximum [Member]
Regulation and Capital Adequacy (Textuals) [Abstract]
Initial Range of additional Tier 1 common equity that should be maintained by banking institutions deemed to be globally systemically important	2.50%
GS&Co [Member]
Regulation and Capital Adequacy (Textuals) [Abstract]
Regulatory net capital as defined by Rule 15c3-1	14,580,000,000	14,120,000,000
Excess amount of regulatory net capital as defined by Rule 15c3-1	12,510,000,000	12,420,000,000
Amount of broker-dealer tentative net capital required to be held in accordance with Appendix E of Rule 15c3-1	1,000,000,000
Amount of broker-dealer net capital required to be held in accordance with Appendix E of Rule 15c3-1	500,000,000
Minimum tentative net capital required to be maintained by GS&Co or must notify the SEC	5,000,000,000
GSEC [Member]
Regulation and Capital Adequacy (Textuals) [Abstract]
Regulatory net capital as defined by Rule 15c3-1	2,090,000,000	2,020,000,000
Excess amount of regulatory net capital as defined by Rule 15c3-1	1,960,000,000	1,920,000,000
GS Bank USA [Member]
Regulation and Capital Adequacy (Textuals) [Abstract]
Well-capitalized minimum Tier 1 capital ratio	6.00%
Well-capitalized minimum total capital ratio	10.00%
Well-capitalized minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio	5.00%
Tier 1 capital ratio expected to be maintained by GS Bank USA for a period of time	8.00%
Total capital ratio expected to be maintained by GS Bank USA for a period of time	11.00%
Tier 1 leverage ratio expected to be maintained by GS Bank USA for a period of time	6.00%
GS Bank USA's dividend to Group Inc.	2,000,000,000
Amount deposited by the firm's depository institution subsidiaries held at the Federal Reserve Bank	48,400,000,000	58,670,000,000
Excess amount deposited by the firm's depository institution subsidiaries held at the Federal Reserve Bank	48,260,000,000	58,590,000,000
Tier 1 Capital	19,741,000,000	20,704,000,000
Tier 2 Capital	82,000,000	39,000,000
Total Capital	19,823,000,000	20,743,000,000
Tier 1 Capital Ratio	15.10%	18.90%
Risk-Weighted Assets	$ 130,607,000,000	$ 109,669,000,000
Total Capital Ratio	15.20%	18.90%
Tier 1 Leverage Ratio	17.60%	17.60%

XML

Collateralized Agreements and Financings

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2013

Collateralized Agreements and Financings [Abstract]

Collateralized Agreements and Financings

Note 9.

Collateralized Agreements and Financings

Collateralized agreements are securities purchased under agreements to resell (resale agreements) and securities borrowed. Collateralized financings are securities sold under agreements to repurchase (repurchase agreements), securities loaned and other secured financings. The firm enters into these transactions in order to, among other things, facilitate client activities, invest excess cash, acquire securities to cover short positions and finance certain firm activities.

Collateralized agreements and financings are presented on a net-by-counterparty basis when a legal right of setoff exists. Interest on collateralized agreements and collateralized financings is recognized over the life of the transaction and included in “Interest income” and “Interest expense,” respectively. See Note 23 for further information about interest income and interest expense.

The table below presents the carrying value of resale and repurchase agreements and securities borrowed and loaned transactions.

	As of
in millions		September 2013	December 2012
Securities purchased under agreements to resell 1		$169,868	$141,334
Securities borrowed 2		175,095	136,893
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase 1		157,781	171,807
Securities loaned 2		19,034	13,765

1. Substantially all resale agreements and all repurchase agreements are carried at fair value under the fair value option. See Note 8 for further information about the valuation techniques and significant inputs used to determine fair value.

2. As of September 2013 and December 2012, $59.75 billion and $38.40 billion of securities borrowed and $1.88 billion and $1.56 billion of securities loaned were at fair value, respectively.

Resale and Repurchase Agreements

A resale agreement is a transaction in which the firm purchases financial instruments from a seller, typically in exchange for cash, and simultaneously enters into an agreement to resell the same or substantially the same financial instruments to the seller at a stated price plus accrued interest at a future date.

A repurchase agreement is a transaction in which the firm sells financial instruments to a buyer, typically in exchange for cash, and simultaneously enters into an agreement to repurchase the same or substantially the same financial instruments from the buyer at a stated price plus accrued interest at a future date.

The financial instruments purchased or sold in resale and repurchase agreements typically include U.S. government and federal agency, and investment-grade sovereign obligations.

The firm receives financial instruments purchased under resale agreements, makes delivery of financial instruments sold under repurchase agreements, monitors the market value of these financial instruments on a daily basis, and delivers or obtains additional collateral due to changes in the market value of the financial instruments, as appropriate. For resale agreements, the firm typically requires delivery of collateral with a fair value approximately equal to the carrying value of the relevant assets in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition.

Even though repurchase and resale agreements involve the legal transfer of ownership of financial instruments, they are accounted for as financing arrangements because they require the financial instruments to be repurchased or resold at the maturity of the agreement. However, “repos to maturity” are accounted for as sales. A repo to maturity is a transaction in which the firm transfers a security under an agreement to repurchase the security where the maturity date of the repurchase agreement matches the maturity date of the underlying security. Therefore, the firm effectively no longer has a repurchase obligation and has relinquished control over the underlying security and, accordingly, accounts for the transaction as a sale. The firm had no repos to maturity outstanding as of September 2013 or December 2012.

Securities Borrowed and Loaned Transactions

In a securities borrowed transaction, the firm borrows securities from a counterparty in exchange for cash. When the firm returns the securities, the counterparty returns the cash. Interest is generally paid periodically over the life of the transaction.

In a securities loaned transaction, the firm lends securities to a counterparty typically in exchange for cash or securities, or a letter of credit. When the counterparty returns the securities, the firm returns the cash or securities posted as collateral. Interest is generally paid periodically over the life of the transaction.

The firm receives securities borrowed, makes delivery of securities loaned, monitors the market value of these securities on a daily basis, and delivers or obtains additional collateral due to changes in the market value of the securities, as appropriate. For securities borrowed transactions, the firm typically requires collateral with a fair value approximately equal to the carrying value of the securities borrowed transaction.

Securities borrowed and loaned within Fixed Income, Currency and Commodities Client Execution are recorded at fair value under the fair value option. See Note 8 for further information about securities borrowed and loaned accounted for at fair value.

Securities borrowed and loaned within Securities Services are recorded based on the amount of cash collateral advanced or received plus accrued interest. As these arrangements generally can be terminated on demand, they exhibit little, if any, sensitivity to changes in interest rates. Therefore, the carrying value of such arrangements approximates fair value. While these arrangements are carried at amounts that approximate fair value, they are not accounted for at fair value under the fair value option or at fair value in accordance with other U.S. GAAP and therefore are not included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy in Notes 6, 7 and 8. Had these arrangements been included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy, they would have been classified in level 2 as of September 2013 and December 2012.

Offsetting Arrangements

The tables below present the gross and net resale and repurchase agreements and securities borrowed and loaned transactions, and the related amount of netting with the same counterparty under enforceable netting agreements (i.e. counterparty netting) included in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition. Substantially all of the gross carrying values of these arrangements are subject to enforceable netting agreements. The tables below also present the amounts not offset in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition including counterparty netting that does not meet the criteria for netting under U.S. GAAP and the fair value of cash or securities collateral received or posted subject to enforceable credit support agreements. Where the firm has received or posted collateral under credit support agreements, but has not yet determined such agreements are enforceable, the related collateral has not been netted in the table below.

	As of September 2013
	Assets					Liabilities
in millions		Securities purchased under agreements to resell		Securities borrowed			Securities sold under agreements to repurchase		Securities loaned
Amounts included in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition
Gross carrying value		$ 211,660		$ 185,599			$ 188,540		$ 27,530
Counterparty netting		(30,759	)	(8,058	)		(30,759	)	(8,058	)
Total		180,901	1, 2	177,541	1, 2		157,781		19,472	2
Amounts that have not been offset in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition
Counterparty netting		(11,061	)	(2,541	)		(11,061	)	(2,541	)
Collateral		(154,009	)	(148,090	)		(124,481	)	(16,617	)
Total		$   15,831		$   26,910			$   22,239		$      314
	As of December 2012
	Assets					Liabilities
in millions		Securities purchased under agreements to resell		Securities borrowed			Securities sold under agreements to repurchase		Securities loaned
Amounts included in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition
Gross carrying value		$ 175,656		$ 151,162			$ 201,688		$ 23,509
Counterparty netting		(29,766	)	(9,744	)		(29,766	)	(9,744	)
Total		145,890	1, 3	141,418	1		171,922	3	13,765
Amounts that have not been offset in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition
Counterparty netting		(27,512	)	(2,583	)		(27,512	)	(2,583	)
Collateral		(104,344	)	(117,552	)		(106,638	)	(10,990	)
Total		$   14,034		$   21,283			$   37,772		$      192

1. As of September 2013 and December 2012, the firm had $10.91 billion and $4.41 billion, respectively, of securities received under resale agreements and $2.01 billion and $4.53 billion, respectively, of securities borrowed transactions that were segregated to satisfy certain regulatory requirements. These securities are included in “Cash and securities segregated for regulatory and other purposes.”

2. As of September 2013, the firm classified $123 million of resale agreements, $438 million of securities borrowed transactions and $438 million of securities loaned transactions related to the firm’s European insurance business as held for sale. These amounts are included in “Other assets” and “Other liabilities and accrued expenses.” See Note 12 for further information about assets held for sale.

3. As of December 2012, the firm classified $148 million of resale agreements and $115 million of repurchase agreements related to the firm’s Americas reinsurance business as held for sale. See Note 12 for further information about this sale.

Other Secured Financings

In addition to repurchase agreements and securities lending transactions, the firm funds certain assets through the use of other secured financings and pledges financial instruments and other assets as collateral in these transactions. These other secured financings consist of:

Ÿ liabilities of consolidated VIEs;

Ÿ transfers of assets accounted for as financings rather than sales (primarily collateralized central bank financings, pledged commodities, bank loans and mortgage whole loans); and

Ÿ other structured financing arrangements.

Other secured financings include arrangements that are nonrecourse. As of September 2013 and December 2012, nonrecourse other secured financings were $1.50 billion and $1.76 billion, respectively.

The firm has elected to apply the fair value option to substantially all other secured financings because the use of fair value eliminates non-economic volatility in earnings that would arise from using different measurement attributes. See Note 8 for further information about other secured financings that are accounted for at fair value.

Other secured financings that are not recorded at fair value are recorded based on the amount of cash received plus accrued interest, which generally approximates fair value. While these financings are carried at amounts that approximate fair value, they are not accounted for at fair value under the fair value option or at fair value in accordance with other U.S. GAAP and therefore are not included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy in Notes 6, 7 and 8. Had these financings been included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy, they would have primarily been classified in level 3 as of September 2013 and December 2012.

The table below presents information about other secured financings. In the table below:

Ÿ short-term secured financings include financings maturing within one year of the financial statement date and financings that are redeemable within one year of the financial statement date at the option of the holder;

Ÿ long-term secured financings that are repayable prior to maturity at the option of the firm are reflected at their contractual maturity dates; and

Ÿ long-term secured financings that are redeemable prior to maturity at the option of the holders are reflected at the dates such options become exercisable.

	As of September 2013						As of December 2012
$ in millions		U.S. Dollar		Non-U.S. Dollar		Total		U.S. Dollar		Non-U.S. Dollar		Total
Other secured financings (short-term):
At fair value		$12,136		$  7,005		$19,141		$16,504		$6,181		$22,685
At amortized cost		106		14		120		34		326		360
Interest rates 1		3.44	%	2.72	%			6.18	%	0.10	%
Other secured financings (long-term):
At fair value		4,457		2,267		6,724		6,134		1,518		7,652
At amortized cost		172		897		1,069		577		736		1,313
Interest rates 1		5.18	%	1.78	%			3.38	%	2.55	%
Total 2		$16,871		$10,183		$27,054		$23,249		$8,761		$32,010
Amount of other secured financings collateralized by:
Financial instruments 3		$16,694		$  9,786		$26,480		$22,323		$8,442		$30,765
Other assets 4		177		397		574		926		319		1,245

1. The weighted average interest rates exclude secured financings at fair value and include the effect of hedging activities. See Note 7 for further information about hedging activities.

2. Includes $6.77 billion and $8.68 billion related to transfers of financial assets accounted for as financings rather than sales as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively. Such financings were collateralized by financial assets included in “Financial instruments owned, at fair value” of $6.94 billion and $8.92 billion as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively.

3. Includes $14.14 billion and $17.24 billion of other secured financings collateralized by financial instruments owned, at fair value as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively, and includes $12.34 billion and $13.53 billion of other secured financings collateralized by financial instruments received as collateral and repledged as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively.

4. Primarily real estate and cash.

The table below presents other secured financings by maturity.

in millions	As of September 2013
Other secured financings (short-term)	$19,261
Other secured financings (long-term):
2014	1,623
2015	2,896
2016	1,817
2017	171
2018	588
2019-thereafter	698
Total other secured financings (long-term)	7,793
Total other secured financings	$27,054

Collateral Received and Pledged

The firm receives cash and securities (e.g., U.S. government and federal agency, other sovereign and corporate obligations, as well as equities and convertible debentures) as collateral, primarily in connection with resale agreements, securities borrowed, derivative transactions and customer margin loans. The firm obtains cash and securities as collateral on an upfront or contingent basis for derivative instruments and collateralized agreements to reduce its credit exposure to individual counterparties.

In many cases, the firm is permitted to deliver or repledge financial instruments received as collateral when entering into repurchase agreements and securities lending agreements, primarily in connection with secured client financing activities. The firm is also permitted to deliver or repledge these financial instruments in connection with other secured financings, collateralizing derivative transactions and meeting firm or customer settlement requirements.

The firm also pledges certain financial instruments owned, at fair value in connection with repurchase agreements, securities lending agreements and other secured financings, and other assets (primarily real estate and cash) in connection with other secured financings to counterparties who may or may not have the right to deliver or repledge them.

The table below presents financial instruments at fair value received as collateral that were available to be delivered or repledged and were delivered or repledged by the firm.

	As of
in millions		September 2013	December 2012
Collateral available to be delivered or repledged		$637,102	$540,949
Collateral that was delivered or repledged		475,900	397,652

The table below presents information about assets pledged.

	As of
in millions		September 2013	December 2012
Financial instruments owned, at fair value pledged to counterparties that:
Had the right to deliver or repledge 1		$  52,490	$  67,177
Did not have the right to deliver or repledge		85,947	120,980
Other assets pledged to counterparties that:
Did not have the right to deliver or repledge		881	2,031

1. Excludes $1.59 billion classified as held for sale as of September 2013, related to the firm’s European insurance business. See Note 12 for further information about assets held for sale.

XML

Short-Term Borrowings (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	Sep. 30, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Short-Term Borrowings [Abstract]
Other secured financings	$ 27,054	$ 32,010
Total unsecured short-term borrowings	39,238	44,304
Total short-term borrowings	58,499	67,349
Unsecured Short-term Borrowings [Abstract]
Current portion of unsecured long-term borrowings	21,100	25,344
Hybrid financial instruments	12,945	12,295
Promissory notes	365	260
Commercial paper	814	884
Other short-term borrowings	4,014	5,521
Total unsecured short-term borrowings	39,238	44,304
Unsecured short-term debt, weighted average interest rate, after giving effect to hedging activities	1.69%	1.57%
Short-term Debt [Member]
Short-Term Borrowings [Abstract]
Other secured financings	$ 19,261	$ 23,045

XML

Derivatives and Hedging Activities (Details 6) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	Sep. 30, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
OTC Derivatives [Abstract]
OTC Derivative Assets	$ 55,536	$ 67,404
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Asset Contracts	643,385	839,124
OTC Derivative Liabilities	44,321	47,490
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Liability Contracts	577,977	749,523
Netting Across Product Types [Member]
OTC Derivatives [Abstract]
OTC Derivative Assets	(11,734)	(13,724)
OTC Derivative Liabilities	(11,734)	(13,724)
Cross Maturity Netting [Member]
OTC Derivatives [Abstract]
OTC Derivative Assets	(19,432)	(17,973)
OTC Derivative Liabilities	(19,432)	(17,973)
Cash collateral netting [Member]
OTC Derivatives [Abstract]
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Asset Contracts	(75,006)	(99,488)
Gross Fair Value of Derivative Liability Contracts	(22,570)	(30,636)
0-12 Months [Member] | Netting Across Product Types [Member]
OTC Derivatives [Abstract]
OTC Derivative Assets	(2,398)	(2,811)
OTC Derivative Liabilities	(2,398)	(2,811)
1-5 Years [Member] | Netting Across Product Types [Member]
OTC Derivatives [Abstract]
OTC Derivative Assets	(5,276)	(5,831)
OTC Derivative Liabilities	(5,276)	(5,831)
5 Years or Greater [Member] | Netting Across Product Types [Member]
OTC Derivatives [Abstract]
OTC Derivative Assets	(4,060)	(5,082)
OTC Derivative Liabilities	(4,060)	(5,082)
Interest Rate Contract [Member]
OTC Derivatives [Abstract]
OTC Derivative Assets	94,145	119,212
OTC Derivative Liabilities	45,508	56,548
Interest Rate Contract [Member] | 0-12 Months [Member]
OTC Derivatives [Abstract]
OTC Derivative Assets	6,994	10,318
OTC Derivative Liabilities	5,873	6,266
Interest Rate Contract [Member] | 1-5 Years [Member]
OTC Derivatives [Abstract]
OTC Derivative Assets	23,248	28,445
OTC Derivative Liabilities	16,616	17,860
Interest Rate Contract [Member] | 5 Years or Greater [Member]
OTC Derivatives [Abstract]
OTC Derivative Assets	63,903	80,449
OTC Derivative Liabilities	23,019	32,422
Credit Risk Contract [Member]
OTC Derivatives [Abstract]
OTC Derivative Assets	17,748	22,404
OTC Derivative Liabilities	11,099	11,514
Credit Risk Contract [Member] | 0-12 Months [Member]
OTC Derivatives [Abstract]
OTC Derivative Assets	1,951	2,190
OTC Derivative Liabilities	802	809
Credit Risk Contract [Member] | 1-5 Years [Member]
OTC Derivatives [Abstract]
OTC Derivative Assets	9,370	12,244
OTC Derivative Liabilities	8,044	7,537
Credit Risk Contract [Member] | 5 Years or Greater [Member]
OTC Derivatives [Abstract]
OTC Derivative Assets	6,427	7,970
OTC Derivative Liabilities	2,253	3,168
Foreign Exchange Contract [Member]
OTC Derivatives [Abstract]
OTC Derivative Assets	23,569	30,523
OTC Derivative Liabilities	17,385	19,217
Foreign Exchange Contract [Member] | 0-12 Months [Member]
OTC Derivatives [Abstract]
OTC Derivative Assets	8,590	11,100
OTC Derivative Liabilities	8,071	8,586
Foreign Exchange Contract [Member] | 1-5 Years [Member]
OTC Derivatives [Abstract]
OTC Derivative Assets	7,553	8,379
OTC Derivative Liabilities	4,608	4,849
Foreign Exchange Contract [Member] | 5 Years or Greater [Member]
OTC Derivatives [Abstract]
OTC Derivative Assets	7,426	11,044
OTC Derivative Liabilities	4,706	5,782
Commodity Contract [Member]
OTC Derivatives [Abstract]
OTC Derivative Assets	7,056	8,006
OTC Derivative Liabilities	7,568	9,356
Commodity Contract [Member] | 0-12 Months [Member]
OTC Derivatives [Abstract]
OTC Derivative Assets	2,591	3,840
OTC Derivative Liabilities	2,195	3,970
Commodity Contract [Member] | 1-5 Years [Member]
OTC Derivatives [Abstract]
OTC Derivative Assets	4,326	3,862
OTC Derivative Liabilities	3,335	3,119
Commodity Contract [Member] | 5 Years or Greater [Member]
OTC Derivatives [Abstract]
OTC Derivative Assets	139	304
OTC Derivative Liabilities	2,038	2,267
Equity Contract [Member]
OTC Derivatives [Abstract]
OTC Derivative Assets	19,190	18,444
OTC Derivative Liabilities	16,497	13,188
Equity Contract [Member] | 0-12 Months [Member]
OTC Derivatives [Abstract]
OTC Derivative Assets	5,599	3,757
OTC Derivative Liabilities	6,660	3,775
Equity Contract [Member] | 1-5 Years [Member]
OTC Derivatives [Abstract]
OTC Derivative Assets	7,552	7,730
OTC Derivative Liabilities	6,426	5,476
Equity Contract [Member] | 5 Years or Greater [Member]
OTC Derivatives [Abstract]
OTC Derivative Assets	6,039	6,957
OTC Derivative Liabilities	3,411	3,937
Derivatives Net of Counterparty Netting within Tenor Categories [Member]
OTC Derivatives [Abstract]
OTC Derivative Assets	149,974	184,865
OTC Derivative Liabilities	86,323	96,099
Derivatives Net of Counterparty Netting within Tenor Categories [Member] | 0-12 Months [Member]
OTC Derivatives [Abstract]
OTC Derivative Assets	23,327	28,394
OTC Derivative Liabilities	21,203	20,595
Derivatives Net of Counterparty Netting within Tenor Categories [Member] | 1-5 Years [Member]
OTC Derivatives [Abstract]
OTC Derivative Assets	46,773	54,829
OTC Derivative Liabilities	33,753	33,010
Derivatives Net of Counterparty Netting within Tenor Categories [Member] | 5 Years or Greater [Member]
OTC Derivatives [Abstract]
OTC Derivative Assets	79,874	101,642
OTC Derivative Liabilities	$ 31,367	$ 42,494

XML

Fair Value Measurements

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2013

Fair Value Measurements [Abstract]

Fair Value Measurements

Note 5.

Fair Value Measurements

The fair value of a financial instrument is the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Financial assets are marked to bid prices and financial liabilities are marked to offer prices. Fair value measurements do not include transaction costs. The firm measures certain financial assets and financial liabilities as a portfolio (i.e., based on its net exposure to market and/or credit risks).

The best evidence of fair value is a quoted price in an active market. If quoted prices in active markets are not available, fair value is determined by reference to prices for similar instruments, quoted prices or recent transactions in less active markets, or internally developed models that primarily use market-based or independently sourced parameters as inputs including, but not limited to, interest rates, volatilities, equity or debt prices, foreign exchange rates, commodity prices, credit spreads and funding spreads (i.e., the spread, or difference, between the interest rate at which a borrower could finance a given financial instrument relative to a benchmark interest rate).

U.S. GAAP has a three-level fair value hierarchy for disclosure of fair value measurements. The fair value hierarchy prioritizes inputs to the valuation techniques used to measure fair value, giving the highest priority to level 1 inputs and the lowest priority to level 3 inputs. A financial instrument’s level in the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to its fair value measurement.

The fair value hierarchy is as follows:

Level 1. Inputs are unadjusted quoted prices in active markets to which the firm had access at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities.

Level 2. Inputs to valuation techniques are observable, either directly or indirectly.

Level 3. One or more inputs to valuation techniques are significant and unobservable.

The fair values for substantially all of the firm’s financial assets and financial liabilities are based on observable prices and inputs and are classified in levels 1 and 2 of the fair value hierarchy. Certain level 2 and level 3 financial assets and financial liabilities may require appropriate valuation adjustments that a market participant would require to arrive at fair value for factors such as counterparty and the firm’s credit quality, funding risk, transfer restrictions, liquidity and bid/offer spreads. Valuation adjustments are generally based on market evidence.

See Notes 6 and 7 for further information about fair value measurements of cash instruments and derivatives, respectively, included in “Financial instruments owned, at fair value” and “Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value,” and Note 8 for further information about fair value measurements of other financial assets and financial liabilities accounted for at fair value under the fair value option.

Financial assets and financial liabilities accounted for at fair value under the fair value option or in accordance with other U.S. GAAP are summarized below.

	As of
$ in millions		September 2013		June 2013		December 2012
Total level 1 financial assets		$158,223		$165,174		$ 190,737
Total level 2 financial assets		487,295		492,118		502,293
Total level 3 financial assets		41,971		42,824		47,095
Cash collateral and counterparty netting  1		(76,811	)	(81,312	)	(101,612	)
Total financial assets at fair value		$610,678		$618,804		$ 638,513
Total assets		$923,223		$938,456		$ 938,555
Total level 3 financial assets as a percentage of Total assets		4.5	%	4.6	%	5.0	%
Total level 3 financial assets as a percentage of Total financial assets at fair value		6.9	%	6.9	%	7.4	%
Total level 1 financial liabilities		$  73,218		$  82,725		$   65,994
Total level 2 financial liabilities		294,599		300,929		318,764
Total level 3 financial liabilities		25,294		22,564		25,679
Cash collateral and counterparty netting  1		(24,375	)	(24,562	)	(32,760	)
Total financial liabilities at fair value		$368,736		$381,656		$ 377,677
Total level 3 financial liabilities as a percentage of Total financial liabilities at fair value		6.9	%	5.9	%	6.8	%

1. Represents the impact on derivatives of cash collateral, and counterparty netting across levels of the fair value hierarchy. Netting among positions classified in the same level is included in that level.

Level 3 financial assets as of September 2013 decreased compared with June 2013, primarily reflecting a decrease in derivative assets, bank loans and bridge loans, and loans and securities backed by commercial real estate, partially offset by an increase in private equity investments. The decrease in derivative assets primarily reflected a decline in credit derivative assets, principally due to unrealized losses and settlements, and the impact of counterparty netting. The decrease in bank loans and bridge loans, and loans and securities backed by commercial real estate primarily reflected settlements and sales, partially offset by purchases. The increase in private equity investments primarily reflected unrealized gains and net transfers from level 2, partially offset by settlements.

Level 3 financial assets as of September 2013 also decreased compared with December 2012, primarily reflecting a decrease in derivative assets and bank loans and bridge loans, partially offset by an increase in private equity investments. The decrease in derivative assets primarily reflected a decline in credit derivative assets, principally due to settlements, unrealized losses and transfers to level 2. The decrease in bank loans and bridge loans primarily reflected settlements and sales, partially offset by purchases. The increase in private equity investments primarily reflected unrealized gains and purchases, partially offset by settlements.

See Notes 6, 7 and 8 for further information about level 3 cash instruments, derivatives and other financial assets and financial liabilities accounted for at fair value under the fair value option, respectively, including information about significant unrealized gains and losses, and transfers in and out of level 3.

XML

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Unaudited) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2012
Cash flows from operating activities
Net earnings	$ 5,708	$ 4,583
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash provided by/(used for) operating activities
Depreciation and amortization	848	1,238
Share-based compensation	1,821	1,088
Changes in operating assets and liabilities
Cash and securities segregated for regulatory and other purposes	(4,346)	10,616
Net receivables from brokers, dealers and clearing organizations	(2,011)	1,617
Net payables to customers and counterparties	7,828	1,867
Securities borrowed, net of securities loaned	(32,938)	(5,451)
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase, net of securities purchased under agreements to resell and federal funds sold	(42,510)	42,112
Financial instruments owned, at fair value	65,520	(47,787)
Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value	5,011	(831)
Other, net	(2,668)	2,977
Net cash provided by operating activities	2,263	12,029
Cash flows from investing activities
Purchase of property, leasehold improvements and equipment	(498)	(707)
Proceeds from sales of property, leasehold improvements and equipment	57	38
Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired	(1,266)	(439)
Proceeds from sales of investments	1,840	424
Purchase of available-for-sale securities	(738)	(3,671)
Proceeds from sales of available-for-sale securities	817	2,838
Loans held for investment, net	(6,027)	(2,111)
Net cash used for investing activities	(5,815)	(3,628)
Cash flows from financing activities
Unsecured short-term borrowings, net	135	(1,691)
Other secured financings (short-term), net	(6,415)	(2,045)
Proceeds from issuance of other secured financings (long-term)	4,883	4,004
Repayment of other secured financings (long-term), including the current portion	(2,032)	(10,333)
Proceeds from issuance of unsecured long-term borrowings	26,578	22,020
Repayment of unsecured long-term borrowings, including the current portion	(24,461)	(27,873)
Derivative contracts with a financing element, net	829	1,145
Deposits, net	1,446	15,417
Common stock repurchased	(4,775)	(3,116)
Dividends and dividend equivalents paid on common stock, preferred stock and restricted stock units	(956)	(779)
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock, net of issuance costs	991	2,250
Proceeds from issuance of common stock, including stock option exercises	49	148
Excess tax benefit related to share-based compensation	90	84
Cash settlement of share-based compensation	(1)	(1)
Net cash used for financing activities	(3,639)	(770)
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	(7,191)	7,631
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year	72,669	56,008
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period	65,478	63,639
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES:
Cash payments for interest, net of capitalized interest	4,680	7,870
Cash payments for income taxes, net of refunds	3,810	1,090
Non-cash activities:
Debt assumed in connection with business acquisitions	$ 0	$ 77

XML

Deposits (Details) (USD $)	Sep. 30, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Deposits [Abstract]
U.S. offices	$ 61,657,000,000	$ 62,377,000,000
Non-U.S. offices	9,913,000,000	7,747,000,000
Total Deposits	71,570,000,000	70,124,000,000
Maturities of Time Deposits [Abstract]
Remainder of 2013	6,153,000,000
2014	5,776,000,000
2015	4,276,000,000
2016	2,115,000,000
2017	2,654,000,000
2018	1,725,000,000
2019 - thereafter	4,442,000,000
Total time deposits	27,141,000,000
Deposits (Textuals) [Abstract]
Total domestic time deposits greater than $100,000	63,000,000
Domestic time deposits greater than $100,000 maturing within three months	29,000,000
Domestic time deposits greater than $100,000 maturing within three to six months	26,000,000
Domestic time deposits greater than $100,000 maturing within six to twelve months	5,000,000
Domestic time deposits greater than $100,000 maturing after twelve months	3,000,000
Total savings and demand deposits	44,430,000,000	46,510,000,000
Time Deposits Not Accounted For At Fair Value Under the Fair Value Option	19,710,000,000	18,520,000,000
U.S.
Maturities of Time Deposits [Abstract]
Remainder of 2013	2,675,000,000
2014	4,042,000,000
2015	4,276,000,000
2016	2,115,000,000
2017	2,654,000,000
2018	1,725,000,000
2019 - thereafter	4,442,000,000
Total time deposits	21,929,000,000
Non-U.S.
Maturities of Time Deposits [Abstract]
Remainder of 2013	3,478,000,000
2014	1,734,000,000
2015	0
2016	0
2017	0
2018	0
2019 - thereafter	0
Total time deposits	$ 5,212,000,000

XML

Regulation and Capital Adequacy (Tables)

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2013

Regulation and Capital Adequacy [Abstract]

Capital Ratios

	As of
$ in millions		September 2013		December 2012
Tier 1 capital		$  71,051		$  66,977
Tier 2 capital		$  13,541		$  13,429
Total capital		$  84,592		$  80,406
Risk-weighted assets		$436,730		$399,928
Tier 1 capital ratio		16.3	%	16.7	%
Total capital ratio		19.4	%	20.1	%
Tier 1 leverage ratio		7.9	%	7.3	%

Capital Ratios - Bank

	As of
$ in millions		September 2013		December 2012
Tier 1 capital		$  19,741	1	$  20,704
Tier 2 capital		$         82		$         39
Total capital		$  19,823		$  20,743
Risk-weighted assets		$130,607		$109,669
Tier 1 capital ratio		15.1	%	18.9	%
Total capital ratio		15.2	%	18.9	%
Tier 1 leverage ratio		17.6	%	17.6	%

1. The decrease from December 2012 reflects GS Bank USA’s $2.00 billion dividend to Group Inc. in the first quarter of 2013.

XML

Short-Term Borrowings (Tables)

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2013

Short-Term Borrowings [Abstract]

Short-term borrowings

	As of
in millions		September 2013	December 2012
Other secured financings (short-term)		$19,261	$23,045
Unsecured short-term borrowings		39,238	44,304
Total		$58,499	$67,349

Unsecured Short -Term Borrowings

	As of
$ in millions		September 2013		December 2012
Current portion of unsecured long-term borrowings		$21,100		$25,344
Hybrid financial instruments		12,945		12,295
Promissory notes		365		260
Commercial paper		814		884
Other short-term borrowings		4,014		5,521
Total		$39,238		$44,304
Weighted average interest rate 1		1.69	%	1.57	%

1. The weighted average interest rates for these borrowings include the effect of hedging activities and exclude financial instruments accounted for at fair value under the fair value option. See Note 7 for further information about hedging activities.

XML

Transactions with Affiliated Funds (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2012	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2012	Dec. 31, 2012
Fees earned from affiliated funds [Abstract]
Fees earned from affiliated funds	$ 611	$ 602	$ 1,993	$ 1,947
Fees receivable from affiliated funds and the aggregate carrying value of the firm's interests in these funds [Abstract]
Fees receivable from funds	671		671		704
Aggregate carrying value of interests in funds	13,483		13,483		14,725
Transactions with Affiliated Funds (Textuals) [Abstract]
Outstanding loans and guarantees to certain nonconsolidated investment funds	4		4		582
Commitments to extend credit to nonconsolidated investment funds	$ 0		$ 0		$ 0

XML

Collateralized Agreements and Financings (Details) (USD $)	Sep. 30, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Resale and repurchase agreements and securities borrowed and loaned transactions
Securities purchased under agreements to resell and federal funds sold (includes $169,429 and $141,331 at fair value as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively)	$ 169,868,000,000	$ 141,334,000,000
Securities borrowed (includes $59,753 and $38,395 at fair value as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively)	175,095,000,000	136,893,000,000
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase	157,781,000,000	171,807,000,000
Securities loaned (includes $1,879 and $1,558 at fair value as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively)	19,034,000,000	13,765,000,000
Offsetting [Abstract]
Securities purchased under agreements to resell, Gross carrying value	211,660,000,000	175,656,000,000
Securities purchased under agreements to resell, Counterparty Netting	(30,759,000,000)	(29,766,000,000)
Securities purchased under agreements to resell	180,901,000,000	145,890,000,000
Securities purchased under agreements to resell, Counterparty Netting	(11,061,000,000)	(27,512,000,000)
Securities purchased under agreements to resell, Collateral	(154,009,000,000)	(104,344,000,000)
Securities purchased under agreements to resell	15,831,000,000	14,034,000,000
Securities borrowed, Gross carrying value	185,599,000,000	151,162,000,000
Securities borrowed, Counterparty Netting	(8,058,000,000)	(9,744,000,000)
Securities borrowed	177,541,000,000	141,418,000,000
Securities borrowed, Counterparty Netting	(2,541,000,000)	(2,583,000,000)
Securities borrowed, Collateral	(148,090,000,000)	(117,552,000,000)
Securities borrowed	26,910,000,000	21,283,000,000
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase, Gross carrying value	188,540,000,000	201,688,000,000
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase, Counterparty Netting	(30,759,000,000)	(29,766,000,000)
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase	157,781,000,000	171,922,000,000
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase, Counterparty Netting	(11,061,000,000)	(27,512,000,000)
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase, Collateral	(124,481,000,000)	(106,638,000,000)
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase	22,239,000,000	37,772,000,000
Securities loaned, Gross carrying value	27,530,000,000	23,509,000,000
Securities loaned, Counterparty Netting	(8,058,000,000)	(9,744,000,000)
Securities loaned	19,472,000,000	13,765,000,000
Securities loaned, Counterparty Netting	(2,541,000,000)	(2,583,000,000)
Securities loaned, Collateral	(16,617,000,000)	(10,990,000,000)
Securities loaned	314,000,000	192,000,000
Other Secured Financings
Other Secured Financings Short Term At Fair Value	19,141,000,000	22,685,000,000
Other Secured Financings Short Term At Amortized Cost	120,000,000	360,000,000
Other Secured Financings Long Term At Fair Value	6,724,000,000	7,652,000,000
Other Secured Financings Long Term At Amortized Cost	1,069,000,000	1,313,000,000
Other secured financings	27,054,000,000	32,010,000,000
Other secured financings collateralized by financial instruments	26,480,000,000	30,765,000,000
Other secured financings collateralized by other assets (primarily real estate and cash)	574,000,000	1,245,000,000
Other Secured Financings by Maturity [Abstract]
Other secured financings	27,054,000,000	32,010,000,000
2014	1,623,000,000
2015	2,896,000,000
2016	1,817,000,000
2017	171,000,000
2018	588,000,000
2019-thereafter	698,000,000
Total other secured financings (long-term)	7,793,000,000	8,965,000,000
Collateral Received And Pledged [Abstract]
Fair value of financial instruments received as collateral by the firm that it was permitted to deliver or repledge	637,102,000,000	540,949,000,000
Financial instruments received as collateral which the firm delivered or repledged	475,900,000,000	397,652,000,000
Financial instruments owned at fair value pledged in connection with repurchase agreements securities lending agreements and other secured financings to counterparties that had the right to deliver or repledge	52,490,000,000	67,177,000,000
Financial instruments owned at fair value pledged in connection with repurchase agreements securities lending agreements and other secured financings to counterparties that did not have right to deliver or repledge	85,947,000,000	120,980,000,000
Other assets (primarily real estate and cash) owned and pledged in connection with other secured financings to counterparties that did not have the right to deliver or repledge	881,000,000	2,031,000,000
Assets pledged by the firm's European insurance business classified as held for sale	1,590,000,000
Collateralized Agreements and Financings (Textuals) [Abstract]
Securities borrowed at fair value	59,753,000,000	38,395,000,000
Securities loaned at fair value	1,879,000,000	1,558,000,000
Securities received under resale agreements segregated to satisfy certain regulatory requirements	10,910,000,000	4,410,000,000
Securities borrowed transactions segregated to satisfy certain regulatory requirements	2,010,000,000	4,530,000,000
Resale agreements classified as held for sale	123,000,000	148,000,000
Repurchase agreements classified as held for sale		115,000,000
Securities borrowed transactions classified as held for sale	438,000,000
Securities loaned transactions classified as held for sale	438,000,000
Nonrecourse obligations included in other secured financings	1,500,000,000	1,760,000,000
Transfers of financial assets accounted for as financings included in other secured financings	6,770,000,000	8,680,000,000
Financial assets collateralizing other secured financings related to failed sales	6,940,000,000	8,920,000,000
Other secured financings collateralized by financial instruments owned	14,140,000,000	17,240,000,000
Other secured financings collateralized by financial instruments received as collateral and repledged	12,340,000,000	13,530,000,000
Short-term Debt [Member]
Other Secured Financings
Other secured financings	19,261,000,000	23,045,000,000
Other Secured Financings by Maturity [Abstract]
Other secured financings	19,261,000,000	23,045,000,000
U.S. Dollar [Member]
Other Secured Financings
Other Secured Financings Short Term At Fair Value	12,136,000,000	16,504,000,000
Other Secured Financings Short Term At Amortized Cost	106,000,000	34,000,000
Weighted average interest rate, after giving effect to hedging activities, on other secured financings at amortized cost (short-term)	3.44%	6.18%
Other Secured Financings Long Term At Fair Value	4,457,000,000	6,134,000,000
Other Secured Financings Long Term At Amortized Cost	172,000,000	577,000,000
Weighted average interest rate, after giving effect to hedging activities, on other secured financings at amortized cost (long-term)	5.18%	3.38%
Other secured financings	16,871,000,000	23,249,000,000
Other secured financings collateralized by financial instruments	16,694,000,000	22,323,000,000
Other secured financings collateralized by other assets (primarily real estate and cash)	177,000,000	926,000,000
Other Secured Financings by Maturity [Abstract]
Other secured financings	16,871,000,000	23,249,000,000
Non-U.S. Dollar [Member]
Other Secured Financings
Other Secured Financings Short Term At Fair Value	7,005,000,000	6,181,000,000
Other Secured Financings Short Term At Amortized Cost	14,000,000	326,000,000
Weighted average interest rate, after giving effect to hedging activities, on other secured financings at amortized cost (short-term)	2.72%	0.10%
Other Secured Financings Long Term At Fair Value	2,267,000,000	1,518,000,000
Other Secured Financings Long Term At Amortized Cost	897,000,000	736,000,000
Weighted average interest rate, after giving effect to hedging activities, on other secured financings at amortized cost (long-term)	1.78%	2.55%
Other secured financings	10,183,000,000	8,761,000,000
Other secured financings collateralized by financial instruments	9,786,000,000	8,442,000,000
Other secured financings collateralized by other assets (primarily real estate and cash)	397,000,000	319,000,000
Other Secured Financings by Maturity [Abstract]
Other secured financings	$ 10,183,000,000	$ 8,761,000,000

XML

Credit Concentrations

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2013

Credit Concentrations [Abstract]

Credit Concentrations

Note 26.

Credit Concentrations

Credit concentrations may arise from market making, client facilitation, investing, underwriting, lending and collateralized transactions and may be impacted by changes in economic, industry or political factors. The firm seeks to mitigate credit risk by actively monitoring exposures and obtaining collateral from counterparties as deemed appropriate.

While the firm’s activities expose it to many different industries and counterparties, the firm routinely executes a high volume of transactions with asset managers, investment funds, commercial banks, brokers and dealers, clearing houses and exchanges, which results in significant credit concentrations.

In the ordinary course of business, the firm may also be subject to a concentration of credit risk to a particular counterparty, borrower or issuer, including sovereign issuers, or to a particular clearing house or exchange.

The table below presents the credit concentrations in cash instruments held by the firm.

	As of
$ in millions		September 2013		December 2012
U.S. government and federal agency obligations 1		$100,344		$114,418
% of total assets		10.9	%	12.2	%
Non-U.S. government and agency obligations 1		$  50,378		$  62,252
% of total assets		5.5	%	6.6	%

1. Substantially all included in “Financial instruments owned, at fair value” and “Cash and securities segregated for regulatory and other purposes.”

As of September 2013 and December 2012, the firm did not have credit exposure to any other counterparty that exceeded 2% of total assets.

To reduce credit exposures, the firm may enter into agreements with counterparties that permit the firm to offset receivables and payables with such counterparties and/or enable the firm to obtain collateral on an upfront or contingent basis. Collateral obtained by the firm related to derivative assets is principally cash and is held by the firm or a third-party custodian. Collateral obtained by the firm related to resale agreements and securities borrowed transactions is primarily U.S. government and federal agency obligations and non-U.S. government and agency obligations. See Note 9 for further information about collateralized agreements and financings.

The table below presents U.S. government and federal agency obligations, and non-U.S. government and agency obligations, that collateralize resale agreements and securities borrowed transactions (including those in “Cash and securities segregated for regulatory and other purposes”). Because the firm’s primary credit exposure on such transactions is to the counterparty to the transaction, the firm would be exposed to the collateral issuer only in the event of counterparty default.

	As of
in millions		September 2013	December 2012
U.S. government and federal agency obligations		$99,231	$73,477
Non-U.S. government and agency obligations  1		93,383	64,724

1. Principally consisting of securities issued by the governments of Germany and France.

XML

Shareholders' Equity (Details 2) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2012	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2012	Dec. 31, 2012
Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss)
Currency translation, Beginning Balance			$ (314)	$ (225)	$ (225)
Pension and postretirement liabilities, Beginning Balance			(206)	(374)	(374)
Available-for-sale securities, Beginning Balance			327	83	83
Cash flow hedges, Beginning Balance			0	0	0
Total accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss), net of tax, Beginning Balance			(193)	(516)	(516)
Currency translation	(19)	(11)	(75)	(63)	(89)
Pension and postretirement liabilities	(4)	6	(11)	13	168
Available-for-sale securities	0	129	(327)	184	244
Cash flow hedges	6		6		0
Other comprehensive income/(loss)	(17)	124	(407)	134	323
Currency translation, Ending Balance	(389)		(389)		(314)
Pension and postretirement liabilities, Ending Balance	(217)		(217)		(206)
Available-for-sale securities, Ending Balance	0		0		327
Cash flow hedges, Ending Balance	6		6		0
Total accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss), net of tax, Ending Balance	$ (600)		$ (600)		$ (193)

XML

Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees (Details) (USD $)	3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2012	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2012	Dec. 31, 2012
Commercial Lending [Abstract]
Total commitments to extend credit	$ 81,489,000,000		$ 81,489,000,000		$ 75,622,000,000
Commitments [Abstract]
Contingent and forward starting resale and securities borrowing agreements	63,158,000,000		63,158,000,000		47,599,000,000
Forward starting repurchase and secured lending agreements	14,368,000,000		14,368,000,000		6,144,000,000
Letters of credit	537,000,000		537,000,000		789,000,000
Investment commitments	6,388,000,000		6,388,000,000		7,339,000,000
Other	4,419,000,000		4,419,000,000		4,624,000,000
Total commitments	170,359,000,000		170,359,000,000		142,117,000,000
Leases [Abstract]
Remainder of 2013	104,000,000		104,000,000
2014	392,000,000		392,000,000
2015	339,000,000		339,000,000
2016	280,000,000		280,000,000
2017	270,000,000		270,000,000
2018	221,000,000		221,000,000
2019-thereafter	1,192,000,000		1,192,000,000
Total	2,798,000,000		2,798,000,000
Guarantees [Abstract]
Collateral held by lenders in connection with securities lending indemnifications	31,570,000,000		31,570,000,000		27,890,000,000
Leases (Textual) [Abstract]
The latest year through which the firm's noncancelable lease agreements extend	2069		2069
Investment Commitments (Textual) [Abstract]
Commitments to invest in real estate private investments	468,000,000		468,000,000		872,000,000
Commitments to invest in corporate and other private investments	5,920,000,000		5,920,000,000		6,470,000,000
Commitments to invest in funds managed by the firm	5,340,000,000		5,340,000,000		6,210,000,000
Credit Extension Program (Textual) [Abstract]
Approximate amount of lending commitments held for investment	28,030,000,000		28,030,000,000		16,090,000,000
Carrying value of the liabilities relating to lending commitments held for investment	93,000,000		93,000,000		63,000,000
Estimated fair value of the liabilities relating to lending commitments held for investment	974,000,000		974,000,000		523,000,000
Notional amount of loan commitments which are protected by SMFG against credit loss	29,370,000,000		29,370,000,000		32,410,000,000
Credit loss protection percentage of first loss on loan commitments provided by SMFG	95.00%		95.00%
Approximate amount of maximum protection of first loss on loan commitments provided by SMFG	950,000,000		950,000,000
SMFG credit loss protection for additional losses percentage	70.00%		70.00%
Maximum protection on additional losses on loan commitments provided by SMFG	1,130,000,000		1,130,000,000
Protection provided by SMFG for additional losses	375,000,000		375,000,000		300,000,000
Mortgage-Related Contingencies (Textual) [Abstract]
Amount of loans sold to government sponsored enterprises during the period 2005 through 2008			10,000,000,000
Amount of loans sold to other third parties during the period 2005 through 2008			11,000,000,000
Outstanding balance for loans transferred to trusts and other mortgage securitization vehicles during the period 2005 through 2008	30,000,000,000		30,000,000,000		35,000,000,000
Approximate amount of paydowns and cumulative losses of loans transferred by the firm to trusts and other mortgage securitization vehicles during the period 2005 through 2008			95,000,000,000		90,000,000,000
Cumulative losses incurred by trusts and other mortgage securitization vehicles during the period 2005 through 2008			22,000,000,000		20,000,000,000
Outstanding principal balance of loans relating to Goldman Sachs-issued securitizations that were transferred to trusts and other mortgage securitization vehicles during the period 2005 through 2008 and were structured with credit protection obtained from monoline insurers	480,000,000		480,000,000		540,000,000
Paydowns and cumulative losses of loans relating to Goldman Sachs-issued securitizations that were transferred to trusts and other mortgage securitization vehicles during the period 2005 through 2008 and were structured with credit protection obtained from monoline insurers			1,580,000,000		1,520,000,000
Cumulative losses incurred by trusts and other mortgage securitization vehicles relating to Goldman Sachs-issued securitizations during the period 2005 through 2008 that were structured with credit protection obtained from monoline insurers			530,000,000		508,000,000
Amount of unpaid principal balance of loans repurchased by the firm	less than $10 million	less than $10 million	less than $10 million	less than $10 million
Approximate capped amount of specific indemnities relating to Litton	125,000,000		125,000,000
Approximate capped amount of indemnities associated with certain customary representation and warranties relating to Litton	50,000,000		50,000,000
Derivative Guarantee [Member]
Guarantees [Abstract]
Carrying Value of Net Liability	7,736,000,000		7,736,000,000		8,580,000,000
Maximum Payout/Notional Amount by Period of Expiration	764,565,000,000		764,565,000,000		663,150,000,000
Securities Lending Indemnification [Member]
Guarantees [Abstract]
Carrying Value of Net Liability	0		0
Maximum Payout/Notional Amount by Period of Expiration	30,617,000,000		30,617,000,000		27,120,000,000
Financial Guarantee [Member]
Guarantees [Abstract]
Carrying Value of Net Liability	157,000,000		157,000,000		152,000,000
Maximum Payout/Notional Amount by Period of Expiration	4,963,000,000		4,963,000,000		3,480,000,000
Maturities, Current Fiscal Year [Member]
Commercial Lending [Abstract]
Total commitments to extend credit	2,344,000,000		2,344,000,000
Commitments [Abstract]
Contingent and forward starting resale and securities borrowing agreements	63,158,000,000		63,158,000,000
Forward starting repurchase and secured lending agreements	14,368,000,000		14,368,000,000
Letters of credit	156,000,000		156,000,000
Investment commitments	752,000,000		752,000,000
Other	4,184,000,000		4,184,000,000
Total commitments	84,962,000,000		84,962,000,000
Maturities, Current Fiscal Year [Member] | Derivative Guarantee [Member]
Guarantees [Abstract]
Maximum Payout/Notional Amount by Period of Expiration	197,874,000,000		197,874,000,000
Maturities, Current Fiscal Year [Member] | Securities Lending Indemnification [Member]
Guarantees [Abstract]
Maximum Payout/Notional Amount by Period of Expiration	30,617,000,000		30,617,000,000
Maturities, Current Fiscal Year [Member] | Financial Guarantee [Member]
Guarantees [Abstract]
Maximum Payout/Notional Amount by Period of Expiration	1,338,000,000		1,338,000,000
Maturities, Year 1 and Year 2 [Member]
Commercial Lending [Abstract]
Total commitments to extend credit	20,042,000,000		20,042,000,000
Commitments [Abstract]
Contingent and forward starting resale and securities borrowing agreements	0		0
Forward starting repurchase and secured lending agreements	0		0
Letters of credit	365,000,000		365,000,000
Investment commitments	1,973,000,000		1,973,000,000
Other	159,000,000		159,000,000
Total commitments	22,539,000,000		22,539,000,000
Maturities, Year 1 and Year 2 [Member] | Derivative Guarantee [Member]
Guarantees [Abstract]
Maximum Payout/Notional Amount by Period of Expiration	423,319,000,000		423,319,000,000
Maturities, Year 1 and Year 2 [Member] | Securities Lending Indemnification [Member]
Guarantees [Abstract]
Maximum Payout/Notional Amount by Period of Expiration	0		0
Maturities, Year 1 and Year 2 [Member] | Financial Guarantee [Member]
Guarantees [Abstract]
Maximum Payout/Notional Amount by Period of Expiration	725,000,000		725,000,000
Maturities, Year 3 and Year 4 [Member]
Commercial Lending [Abstract]
Total commitments to extend credit	34,695,000,000		34,695,000,000
Commitments [Abstract]
Contingent and forward starting resale and securities borrowing agreements	0		0
Forward starting repurchase and secured lending agreements	0		0
Letters of credit	1,000,000		1,000,000
Investment commitments	176,000,000		176,000,000
Other	14,000,000		14,000,000
Total commitments	34,886,000,000		34,886,000,000
Maturities, Year 3 and Year 4 [Member] | Derivative Guarantee [Member]
Guarantees [Abstract]
Maximum Payout/Notional Amount by Period of Expiration	74,485,000,000		74,485,000,000
Maturities, Year 3 and Year 4 [Member] | Securities Lending Indemnification [Member]
Guarantees [Abstract]
Maximum Payout/Notional Amount by Period of Expiration	0		0
Maturities, Year 3 and Year 4 [Member] | Financial Guarantee [Member]
Guarantees [Abstract]
Maximum Payout/Notional Amount by Period of Expiration	873,000,000		873,000,000
Maturities, Year 5 and Thereafter [Member]
Commercial Lending [Abstract]
Total commitments to extend credit	24,408,000,000		24,408,000,000
Commitments [Abstract]
Contingent and forward starting resale and securities borrowing agreements	0		0
Forward starting repurchase and secured lending agreements	0		0
Letters of credit	15,000,000		15,000,000
Investment commitments	3,487,000,000		3,487,000,000
Other	62,000,000		62,000,000
Total commitments	27,972,000,000		27,972,000,000
Maturities, Year 5 and Thereafter [Member] | Derivative Guarantee [Member]
Guarantees [Abstract]
Maximum Payout/Notional Amount by Period of Expiration	68,887,000,000		68,887,000,000
Maturities, Year 5 and Thereafter [Member] | Securities Lending Indemnification [Member]
Guarantees [Abstract]
Maximum Payout/Notional Amount by Period of Expiration	0		0
Maturities, Year 5 and Thereafter [Member] | Financial Guarantee [Member]
Guarantees [Abstract]
Maximum Payout/Notional Amount by Period of Expiration	2,027,000,000		2,027,000,000
Investment Grade Commercial Lending [Member]
Commercial Lending [Abstract]
Total commitments to extend credit	56,122,000,000		56,122,000,000		53,736,000,000
Investment Grade Commercial Lending [Member] | Maturities, Current Fiscal Year [Member]
Commercial Lending [Abstract]
Total commitments to extend credit	1,004,000,000		1,004,000,000
Investment Grade Commercial Lending [Member] | Maturities, Year 1 and Year 2 [Member]
Commercial Lending [Abstract]
Total commitments to extend credit	13,306,000,000		13,306,000,000
Investment Grade Commercial Lending [Member] | Maturities, Year 3 and Year 4 [Member]
Commercial Lending [Abstract]
Total commitments to extend credit	26,566,000,000		26,566,000,000
Investment Grade Commercial Lending [Member] | Maturities, Year 5 and Thereafter [Member]
Commercial Lending [Abstract]
Total commitments to extend credit	15,246,000,000		15,246,000,000
Non Investment Grade Commercial Lending [Member]
Commercial Lending [Abstract]
Total commitments to extend credit	24,082,000,000		24,082,000,000		21,102,000,000
Non Investment Grade Commercial Lending [Member] | Maturities, Current Fiscal Year [Member]
Commercial Lending [Abstract]
Total commitments to extend credit	1,340,000,000		1,340,000,000
Non Investment Grade Commercial Lending [Member] | Maturities, Year 1 and Year 2 [Member]
Commercial Lending [Abstract]
Total commitments to extend credit	5,602,000,000		5,602,000,000
Non Investment Grade Commercial Lending [Member] | Maturities, Year 3 and Year 4 [Member]
Commercial Lending [Abstract]
Total commitments to extend credit	7,979,000,000		7,979,000,000
Non Investment Grade Commercial Lending [Member] | Maturities, Year 5 and Thereafter [Member]
Commercial Lending [Abstract]
Total commitments to extend credit	9,161,000,000		9,161,000,000
Warehouse Financing [Member]
Commercial Lending [Abstract]
Total commitments to extend credit	1,285,000,000		1,285,000,000		784,000,000
Warehouse Financing [Member] | Maturities, Current Fiscal Year [Member]
Commercial Lending [Abstract]
Total commitments to extend credit	0		0
Warehouse Financing [Member] | Maturities, Year 1 and Year 2 [Member]
Commercial Lending [Abstract]
Total commitments to extend credit	1,134,000,000		1,134,000,000
Warehouse Financing [Member] | Maturities, Year 3 and Year 4 [Member]
Commercial Lending [Abstract]
Total commitments to extend credit	150,000,000		150,000,000
Warehouse Financing [Member] | Maturities, Year 5 and Thereafter [Member]
Commercial Lending [Abstract]
Total commitments to extend credit	$ 1,000,000		$ 1,000,000

XML

Fair Value Option (Details 2) (USD $)	3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2012	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2012	Dec. 31, 2012
Loans Held for Investment Not at Fair Value
Loans Held for Investment at Amortized Cost	$ 12,530,000,000		$ 12,530,000,000		$ 6,500,000,000
Fair Value Option
Fair Value Option Gains/(Losses)	(1,227,000,000)	(2,198,000,000)	565,000,000	(3,167,000,000)
Fair Value Option Loans and Lending Commitments
Difference between aggregate contractual principal amount of performing loans and long-term receivable for which the fair value option was elected and related fair value	3,070,000,000		3,070,000,000		2,742,000,000
Fair value of loans on nonaccrual status for which the fair value option was elected	2,656,000,000		2,656,000,000		1,832,000,000
Difference between aggregate contractual principal amount of loans on nonaccrual status and/or more than 90 days past due for which the fair value option was elected and related fair value (excluding loans carried at zero fair value and considered uncollectible)	12,408,000,000		12,408,000,000		13,298,000,000
Difference between aggregate contractual principal amount of loans on nonaccrual status and/or more than 90 days past due for which the fair value option was elected and related fair value	20,614,000,000		20,614,000,000		22,610,000,000
Total contractual amount of unfunded commitments for which the fair value option was elected	53,200,000,000		53,200,000,000		59,290,000,000
Fair value of unfunded commitments for which the fair value option was elected	1,150,000,000		1,150,000,000		1,990,000,000
Fair Value, Option, Credit Risk, Gain (Loss) Quantitative Disclosures [Abstract]
Net Gains (Losses), Including Hedges, Attributable to the Impact of Changes in Own Credit Spreads on Borrowings For Which the Fair Value Option Was Elected	(72,000,000)	(370,000,000)	(90,000,000)	(588,000,000)
Net Gains (Losses), Excluding Hedges, Attributable to the Impact of Changes in Own Credit Spreads on Borrowings For Which the Fair Value Option Was Elected	(68,000,000)	(396,000,000)	(110,000,000)	(628,000,000)
Net Gains (Losses) Attributable to the Impact of Changes in Instrument-Specific Credit Spreads on Loans and Loan Commitments For Which the Fair Value Option Was Elected	519,000,000	1,100,000,000	1,980,000,000	2,350,000,000
Level 2 [Member]
Loans Held for Investment Not at Fair Value
Estimated Fair Value of Loans Held for Investment at Amortized Cost	5,560,000,000		5,560,000,000		2,410,000,000
Level 3 [Member]
Loans Held for Investment Not at Fair Value
Estimated Fair Value of Loans Held for Investment at Amortized Cost	6,990,000,000		6,990,000,000		4,060,000,000
Resale and Repurchase Agreements and Securities Borrowed and Loaned at Fair Value [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Fair Value, Other Financial Assets And Liabilities, Unobservable Inputs [Abstract]
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Yield	1.70%		1.70%		1.70%
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Duration	0.5		0.5		0.4
Resale and Repurchase Agreements and Securities Borrowed and Loaned at Fair Value [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Fair Value, Other Financial Assets And Liabilities, Unobservable Inputs [Abstract]
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Yield	5.20%		5.20%		5.40%
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Duration	3.3		3.3		4.5
Resale and Repurchase Agreements and Securities Borrowed and Loaned at Fair Value [Member] | Weighted Average [Member]
Fair Value, Other Financial Assets And Liabilities, Unobservable Inputs [Abstract]
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Yield	1.80%		1.80%		1.90%
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Duration	3.1		3.1		4.1
Insurance Contracts at Fair Value [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Fair Value, Other Financial Assets And Liabilities, Unobservable Inputs [Abstract]
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Funding Spreads	33 bps		33 bps		39 bps
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Yield					4.40%
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Duration					5.3
Insurance Contracts at Fair Value [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Fair Value, Other Financial Assets And Liabilities, Unobservable Inputs [Abstract]
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Funding Spreads	50 bps		50 bps		61 bps
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Yield					15.10%
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Duration					8.8
Insurance Contracts at Fair Value [Member] | Weighted Average [Member]
Fair Value, Other Financial Assets And Liabilities, Unobservable Inputs [Abstract]
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Funding Spreads	41 bps		41 bps		49 bps
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Yield					6.20%
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Duration					7.6
Receivables from customers and counterparties at fair value [Member]
Fair Value Option
Fair Value Option Gains/(Losses)	27,000,000	84,000,000	(6,000,000)	143,000,000
Receivables from customers and counterparties at fair value [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Fair Value, Other Financial Assets And Liabilities, Unobservable Inputs [Abstract]
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Funding Spreads	68 bps		68 bps		85 bps
Receivables from customers and counterparties at fair value [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Fair Value, Other Financial Assets And Liabilities, Unobservable Inputs [Abstract]
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Funding Spreads	83 bps		83 bps		99 bps
Receivables from customers and counterparties at fair value [Member] | Weighted Average [Member]
Fair Value, Other Financial Assets And Liabilities, Unobservable Inputs [Abstract]
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Funding Spreads	79 bps		79 bps		99 bps
Other Secured Financings At Fair Value [Member]
Fair Value Option
Fair Value Option Gains/(Losses)	(143,000,000)	(57,000,000)	(280,000,000)	(174,000,000)
Other Secured Financings At Fair Value [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Fair Value, Other Financial Assets And Liabilities, Unobservable Inputs [Abstract]
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Funding Spreads	16 bps		16 bps
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Yield	1.00%		1.00%		0.30%
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Duration	0.5		0.5		0.3
Other Secured Financings At Fair Value [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Fair Value, Other Financial Assets And Liabilities, Unobservable Inputs [Abstract]
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Funding Spreads	210 bps		210 bps
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Yield	14.10%		14.10%		20.00%
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Duration	15.1		15.1		10.8
Other Secured Financings At Fair Value [Member] | Weighted Average [Member]
Fair Value, Other Financial Assets And Liabilities, Unobservable Inputs [Abstract]
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Funding Spreads	85 bps		85 bps
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Yield	7.50%		7.50%		4.20%
Fair Value Unobservable Inputs, Duration	3.0		3.0		2.4
Unsecured Short-Term Borrowings Including Current Portion Of Unsecured Long-Term Borrowings At Fair Value [Member]
Fair Value Option
Fair Value Option Gains/(Losses)	(336,000,000)	(569,000,000)	280,000,000	(701,000,000)
Gains/(Losses) on the Embedded Derivative Component Of Hybrid Financial Instruments	(315,000,000)	(479,000,000)	293,000,000	(573,000,000)
Unsecured Long-term Borrowings At Fair Value [Member]
Fair Value Option
Fair Value Option Gains/(Losses)	50,000,000	(975,000,000)	598,000,000	(1,512,000,000)
Gains/(Losses) on the Embedded Derivative Component Of Hybrid Financial Instruments	98,000,000	(662,000,000)	690,000,000	(1,020,000,000)
Fair Value Option Long Term Debt Instruments
Difference between aggregate contractual principal amount of long-term debt instruments for which the fair value option was elected and related fair value	234,000,000		234,000,000		(379,000,000)
Other Liabilities And Accrued Expenses At Fair Value [Member]
Fair Value Option
Fair Value Option Gains/(Losses)	(841,000,000)	(643,000,000)	(57,000,000)	(793,000,000)
Fair Value Option Other [Member]
Fair Value Option
Fair Value Option Gains/(Losses)	16,000,000	(38,000,000)	30,000,000	(130,000,000)
Long-term Other Secured Financings At Fair Value [Member]
Fair Value Option Long Term Debt Instruments
Difference between aggregate contractual principal amount of long-term debt instruments for which the fair value option was elected and related fair value	$ 132,000,000		$ 132,000,000		$ 115,000,000

XML

Goodwill and Identifiable Intangible Assets (Details 1) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Identifiable Intangible Assets
Gross carrying amount	$ 2,517	$ 3,502
Accumulated amortization	(1,761)	(2,105)
Net carrying amount	756	1,397
Identifiable intangible assets approximate weighted average remaining life in years	9 years
Customer lists [Member]
Identifiable Intangible Assets
Gross carrying amount	1,100	1,099
Accumulated amortization	(691)	(643)
Net carrying amount	409	456
Identifiable intangible assets approximate weighted average remaining life in years	7 years
Commodities-related intangibles [Member]
Identifiable Intangible Assets
Gross carrying amount	515	513
Accumulated amortization	(280)	(226)
Net carrying amount	235	287
Identifiable intangible assets approximate weighted average remaining life in years	11 years
Broadcast royalties [Member]
Identifiable Intangible Assets
Gross carrying amount	0	560
Accumulated amortization	0	(186)
Net carrying amount	0	374
Insurance-related intangibles [Member]
Identifiable Intangible Assets
Gross carrying amount	0	380
Accumulated amortization	0	(231)
Net carrying amount	0	149
Other [Member]
Identifiable Intangible Assets
Gross carrying amount	902	950
Accumulated amortization	(790)	(819)
Net carrying amount	$ 112	$ 131
Identifiable intangible assets approximate weighted average remaining life in years	11 years

XML

Cash Instruments (Details 4) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Fair Value, Investments, Entities that Calculate Net Asset Value per Share [Abstract]
Fair Value of Investments	$ 14,930	$ 15,780
Fair value, Investments, Entities that Calculate Net Asset Value Per Share, Unfunded Commitments	5,541	6,491
Fair Value, Investments, Entities that Calculate Net Asset Value Per Share, Liquidating Investment, Remaining Period	6 years
Fair Value, Investments Entities That Calculate Net Asset Value Per Share, Investment Redemption Description	91
Fair Value, Investments Entities That Calculate Net Asset Value Per Share, Redemption Restriction, Description	0.25
Private Equity Funds [Member]
Fair Value, Investments, Entities that Calculate Net Asset Value per Share [Abstract]
Fair Value of Investments	7,263	7,680
Fair value, Investments, Entities that Calculate Net Asset Value Per Share, Unfunded Commitments	2,555	2,778
Credit funds [Member]
Fair Value, Investments, Entities that Calculate Net Asset Value per Share [Abstract]
Fair Value of Investments	3,844	3,927
Fair value, Investments, Entities that Calculate Net Asset Value Per Share, Unfunded Commitments	2,518	2,843
Hedge Funds [Member]
Fair Value, Investments, Entities that Calculate Net Asset Value per Share [Abstract]
Fair Value of Investments	1,931	2,167
Fair value, Investments, Entities that Calculate Net Asset Value Per Share, Unfunded Commitments
Real Estate [Member]
Fair Value, Investments, Entities that Calculate Net Asset Value per Share [Abstract]
Fair Value of Investments	1,892	2,006
Fair value, Investments, Entities that Calculate Net Asset Value Per Share, Unfunded Commitments	$ 468	$ 870

XML

Significant Accounting Policies (Details) (USD $) In Billions, unless otherwise specified	Sep. 30, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Significant Accounting Policies (Textual) [Abstract]
Cash and due from banks	$ 7.30	$ 6.75
Interest-bearing deposits with banks	$ 58.18	$ 65.92

XML

Securitization Activities (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2012	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2012	Dec. 31, 2012
Securitizations :
Securitization of residential mortgages	$ 8,849	$ 8,530	$ 23,489	$ 27,797
Securitization of commercial mortgages	2,358	625	5,224	2,248
Securitization of financial assets	11,207	9,155	28,713	30,045
Cash flows received on retained interests	102	161	235	333
Firm's continuing involvement in nonconsolidated securitization entities to which the firm sold assets [Abstract]
Outstanding principal amount	75,835		75,835		71,460
Fair value of retained interests	4,063		4,063		4,812
Fair value of purchased interests	86		86		387
U.S. government agency-issued collateralized mortgage obligations [Member]
Firm's continuing involvement in nonconsolidated securitization entities to which the firm sold assets [Abstract]
Outstanding principal amount	58,681		58,681		57,685
Fair value of retained interests	3,759		3,759		4,654
Fair value of purchased interests	0		0		0
Other Residential Mortgage Backed Securities [Member]
Firm's continuing involvement in nonconsolidated securitization entities to which the firm sold assets [Abstract]
Outstanding principal amount	3,089		3,089		3,656
Fair value of retained interests	105		105		106
Fair value of purchased interests	0		0		0
Other commercial mortgage-backed [Member]
Firm's continuing involvement in nonconsolidated securitization entities to which the firm sold assets [Abstract]
Outstanding principal amount	5,824		5,824		1,253
Fair value of retained interests	113		113		1
Fair value of purchased interests	76		76		56
CDOs, CLOs and other [Member]
Firm's continuing involvement in nonconsolidated securitization entities to which the firm sold assets [Abstract]
Outstanding principal amount	8,241		8,241		8,866
Fair value of retained interests	86		86		51
Fair value of purchased interests	$ 10		$ 10		$ 331

XML

Other Assets

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2013

Other Assets [Abstract]

Other Assets

Note 12.

Other Assets

Other assets are generally less liquid, non-financial assets. The table below presents other assets by type.

	As of
in millions		September 2013		December 2012
Property, leasehold improvements and equipment 1		$  8,721		$  8,217
Goodwill and identifiable intangible assets 2		4,458		5,099
Income tax-related assets 3		6,468		5,620
Equity-method investments 4		422		453
Miscellaneous receivables and other		16,861	5	20,234	6
Total		$36,930		$39,623

1. Net of accumulated depreciation and amortization of $8.86 billion and $9.05 billion as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively.

2. Includes $149 million of intangible assets classified as held for sale as of December 2012. See Note 13 for further information about goodwill and identifiable intangible assets.

3. See Note 24 for further information about income taxes.

4. Excludes investments accounted for at fair value under the fair value option where the firm would otherwise apply the equity method of accounting of $6.05 billion and $5.54 billion as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively, which are included in “Financial instruments owned, at fair value.” The firm has generally elected the fair value option for such investments acquired after the fair value option became available.

5. Includes $13.65 billion of assets classified as held for sale related to the firm’s European insurance business.

6. Includes $16.77 billion of assets classified as held for sale (including approximately $9 billion of available-for-sale securities) related to the firm’s Americas reinsurance business, in which a majority stake was sold in April 2013.

Assets Held for Sale

In the second quarter of 2013, the firm classified its European insurance business within its Institutional Client Services segment as held for sale on the basis that the firm was likely to sell a majority stake in this business during the subsequent twelve-month period. In October 2013, the firm entered into an agreement to sell a majority stake in this business. The sale is subject to regulatory approvals. Upon completion of the sale, the firm will no longer consolidate this business. As of September 2013, assets and liabilities related to this business, substantially all of which are accounted for at fair value, were classified in “Other assets” and “Other liabilities and accrued expenses,” respectively. Assets related to this business were $13.65 billion as of September 2013, excluding intercompany assets, and consisted primarily of “Financial instruments owned, at fair value,” including corporate debt securities and non-U.S. government and agency obligations. Liabilities related to this business were $13.63 billion as of September 2013, excluding intercompany liabilities, and consisted primarily of liabilities for future benefits and unpaid claims carried at fair value under the fair value option. Intercompany assets and liabilities are expected to be included as part of the sales transaction.

In the fourth quarter of 2012, the firm classified its Americas reinsurance business within its Institutional Client Services segment as held for sale. Assets related to this business of $16.92 billion as of December 2012, which consisted primarily of available-for-sale securities and separate account assets at fair value, were included in “Other assets.” Liabilities related to this business of $14.62 billion, as of December 2012 were included in “Other liabilities and accrued expenses.”

The firm completed the sale of a majority stake in its Americas reinsurance business in April 2013 and, as a result, the firm no longer consolidates this business. The firm retained an ownership interest of approximately 20% in this business, which is accounted for at fair value under the fair value option and is included in “Financial instruments owned, at fair value.”

Property, Leasehold Improvements and Equipment

Property, leasehold improvements and equipment included $5.98 billion and $6.20 billion as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively, related to property, leasehold improvements and equipment that the firm uses in connection with its operations. The remainder is held by investment entities, including VIEs, consolidated by the firm.

Substantially all property and equipment are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the useful life of the asset. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the useful life of the improvement or the term of the lease, whichever is shorter. Certain costs of software developed or obtained for internal use are capitalized and amortized on a straight-line basis over the useful life of the software.

Impairments

The firm tests property, leasehold improvements and equipment, intangible assets and other assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances suggest that an asset or asset group’s carrying value may not be fully recoverable. To the extent the carrying value of an asset exceeds the projected undiscounted cash flows over the estimated remaining useful life of the asset, the firm determines the asset is impaired and records an impairment loss equal to the difference between the estimated fair value and the carrying value of the asset or asset group. In addition, the firm will recognize an impairment loss prior to the sale of an asset if the carrying value of the asset exceeds its estimated fair value.

During the first nine months of 2012, as a result of a decline in the market conditions in which certain of the firm’s consolidated investments operated, the firm determined certain assets were impaired and recorded an impairment loss of $252 million ($169 million related to property, leasehold improvements and equipment, $63 million related to other assets and $20 million related to commodity-related intangible assets), substantially all of which was included in “Depreciation and amortization.” These impairment losses were included in the firm’s Investing & Lending segment and represented the excess of the carrying values of these assets over their estimated fair values, which are primarily level 3 measurements, using a combination of discounted cash flow analyses and relative value analyses, including the estimated cash flows expected to be received from the disposition of certain of these assets.

XML

Fair Value Option

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2013

Fair Value Option [Abstract]

Fair Value Option

Note 8.

Fair Value Option

Other Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities at Fair Value

In addition to all cash and derivative instruments included in “Financial instruments owned, at fair value” and “Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value,” the firm accounts for certain of its other financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value primarily under the fair value option.

The primary reasons for electing the fair value option are to:

Ÿ reflect economic events in earnings on a timely basis;

Ÿ mitigate volatility in earnings from using different measurement attributes (e.g., transfers of financial instruments owned accounted for as financings are recorded at fair value whereas the related secured financing would be recorded on an accrual basis absent electing the fair value option); and

Ÿ address simplification and cost-benefit considerations (e.g., accounting for hybrid financial instruments at fair value in their entirety versus bifurcation of embedded derivatives and hedge accounting for debt hosts).

Hybrid financial instruments are instruments that contain bifurcatable embedded derivatives and do not require settlement by physical delivery of non-financial assets (e.g., physical commodities). If the firm elects to bifurcate the embedded derivative from the associated debt, the derivative is accounted for at fair value and the host contract is accounted for at amortized cost, adjusted for the effective portion of any fair value hedges. If the firm does not elect to bifurcate, the entire hybrid financial instrument is accounted for at fair value under the fair value option.

Other financial assets and financial liabilities accounted for at fair value under the fair value option include:

Ÿ repurchase agreements and substantially all resale agreements;

Ÿ securities borrowed and loaned within Fixed Income, Currency and Commodities Client Execution;

Ÿ substantially all other secured financings, including transfers of assets accounted for as financings rather than sales;

Ÿ certain unsecured short-term borrowings, consisting of all promissory notes and commercial paper and certain hybrid financial instruments;

Ÿ certain unsecured long-term borrowings, including certain prepaid commodity transactions and certain hybrid financial instruments;

Ÿ certain insurance contract assets and liabilities and certain guarantees;

Ÿ certain receivables from customers and counterparties, including transfers of assets accounted for as secured loans rather than purchases and certain margin loans;

Ÿ certain time deposits issued by the firm’s bank subsidiaries (deposits with no stated maturity are not eligible for a fair value option election), including structured certificates of deposit, which are hybrid financial instruments; and

Ÿ certain subordinated liabilities issued by consolidated VIEs.

These financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value are generally valued based on discounted cash flow techniques, which incorporate inputs with reasonable levels of price transparency, and are generally classified as level 2 because the inputs are observable. Valuation adjustments may be made for liquidity and for counterparty and the firm’s credit quality.

See below for information about the significant inputs used to value other financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value, including the ranges of significant unobservable inputs used to value the level 3 instruments within these categories. These ranges represent the significant unobservable inputs that were used in the valuation of each type of other financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value. The ranges and weighted averages of these inputs are not representative of the appropriate inputs to use when calculating the fair value of any one instrument. For example, the highest yield presented below for resale and repurchase agreements is appropriate for valuing a specific agreement in that category but may not be appropriate for valuing any other agreements in that category. Accordingly, the ranges of inputs presented below do not represent uncertainty in, or possible ranges of, fair value measurements of the firm’s level 3 other financial assets and financial liabilities.

Resale and Repurchase Agreements and Securities Borrowed and Loaned. The significant inputs to the valuation of resale and repurchase agreements and securities borrowed and loaned are collateral funding spreads, the amount and timing of expected future cash flows and interest rates. The ranges of significant unobservable inputs used to value level 3 resale and repurchase agreements are as follows:

As of September 2013:

Ÿ Yield: 1.7% to 5.2% (weighted average: 1.8%)

Ÿ Duration: 0.5 to 3.3 years (weighted average: 3.1 years)

As of December 2012:

Ÿ Yield: 1.7% to 5.4% (weighted average: 1.9%)

Ÿ Duration: 0.4 to 4.5 years (weighted average: 4.1 years)

Generally, increases in yield or duration, in isolation, would result in a lower fair value measurement. Due to the distinctive nature of each of the firm’s level 3 resale and repurchase agreements, the interrelationship of inputs is not necessarily uniform across such agreements.

See Note 9 for further information about collateralized agreements.

Other Secured Financings. The significant inputs to the valuation of other secured financings at fair value are the amount and timing of expected future cash flows, interest rates, collateral funding spreads, the fair value of the collateral delivered by the firm (which is determined using the amount and timing of expected future cash flows, market prices, market yields and recovery assumptions) and the frequency of additional collateral calls. The ranges of significant unobservable inputs used to value level 3 other secured financings are as follows:

As of September 2013:

Ÿ Funding spreads: 16 bps to 210 bps (weighted average: 85 bps)

Ÿ Yield: 1.0% to 14.1% (weighted average: 7.5%)

Ÿ Duration: 0.5 to 15.1 years (weighted average: 3.0 years)

As of December 2012:

Ÿ Yield: 0.3% to 20.0% (weighted average: 4.2%)

Ÿ Duration: 0.3 to 10.8 years (weighted average: 2.4 years)

Generally, increases in funding spreads, yield or duration, in isolation, would result in a lower fair value measurement. Due to the distinctive nature of each of the firm’s level 3 other secured financings, the interrelationship of inputs is not necessarily uniform across such financings.

See Note 9 for further information about collateralized financings.

Unsecured Short-term and Long-term Borrowings. The significant inputs to the valuation of unsecured short-term and long-term borrowings at fair value are the amount and timing of expected future cash flows, interest rates, the credit spreads of the firm, as well as commodity prices in the case of prepaid commodity transactions. The inputs used to value the embedded derivative component of hybrid financial instruments are consistent with the inputs used to value the firm’s other derivative instruments. See Note 7 for further information about derivatives. See Notes 15 and 16 for further information about unsecured short-term and long-term borrowings, respectively.

Certain of the firm’s unsecured short-term and long-term instruments are included in level 3, substantially all of which are hybrid financial instruments. As the significant unobservable inputs used to value hybrid financial instruments primarily relate to the embedded derivative component of these borrowings, these inputs are incorporated in the firm’s derivative disclosures related to unobservable inputs in Note 7.

Insurance Contracts. Insurance contracts at fair value related to the firm’s European insurance business were classified as held for sale as of September 2013 and were included in “Other assets” and “Other liabilities and accrued expenses.” As of December 2012, such contracts were included in “Receivables from customers and counterparties” and “Other liabilities and accrued expenses.”

A majority stake in the firm’s Americas reinsurance business was sold in April 2013. Assets and liabilities related to this business were classified as held for sale as of December 2012 and were included in “Other assets” and “Other liabilities and accrued expenses.”

See Note 12 for further information about the sale of a majority stake in the firm’s Americas reinsurance business and assets classified as held for sale related to the firm’s European insurance business.

The insurance contracts for which the firm has elected the fair value option are contracts that can be settled only in cash and that qualify for the fair value option because they are recognized financial instruments. These contracts are valued using market transactions and other market evidence where possible, including market-based inputs to models, calibration to market-clearing transactions or other alternative pricing sources with reasonable levels of price transparency. Significant inputs are interest rates, inflation rates, volatilities, funding spreads, yield and duration, which incorporates policy lapse and projected mortality assumptions. When unobservable inputs to a valuation model are significant to the fair value measurement of an instrument, the instrument is classified in level 3. The ranges of significant unobservable inputs used to value level 3 insurance contracts are as follows:

As of September 2013:

Ÿ Funding spreads: 33 bps to 50 bps (weighted average: 41 bps)

As of December 2012:

Ÿ Funding spreads: 39 bps to 61 bps (weighted average: 49 bps)

Ÿ Yield: 4.4% to 15.1% (weighted average: 6.2%)

Ÿ Duration: 5.3 to 8.8 years (weighted average: 7.6 years)

Generally, increases in funding spreads, yield or duration, in isolation, would result in a lower fair value measurement. Due to the distinctive nature of each of the firm’s level 3 insurance contracts, the interrelationship of inputs is not necessarily uniform across such contracts.

Receivables from Customers and Counterparties. Receivables from customers and counterparties at fair value, excluding insurance contracts, are primarily comprised of transfers of assets accounted for as secured loans rather than purchases. The significant inputs to the valuation of such receivables are commodity prices, interest rates, the amount and timing of expected future cash flows and funding spreads. Level 3 secured loans (primarily reclassified from “Receivables from customers and counterparties” to “Other assets” as of September 2013 and June 2013) are related to the firm’s European insurance business, which was classified as held for sale as of September 2013 and June 2013. See Note 12 for further information about assets classified as held for sale. The ranges of significant unobservable inputs used to value these level 3 secured loans are as follows:

As of September 2013:

Ÿ Funding spreads: 68 bps to 83 bps (weighted average: 79 bps)

As of December 2012:

Ÿ Funding spreads: 85 bps to 99 bps (weighted average: 99 bps)

Generally, an increase in funding spreads would result in a lower fair value measurement.

Receivables from customers and counterparties not accounted for at fair value are accounted for at amortized cost net of estimated uncollectible amounts, which generally approximates fair value. Such receivables are primarily comprised of customer margin loans and collateral posted in connection with certain derivative transactions. While these items are carried at amounts that approximate fair value, they are not accounted for at fair value under the fair value option or at fair value in accordance with other U.S. GAAP and therefore are not included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy in Notes 6, 7 and 8. Had these items been included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy, substantially all would have been classified in level 2 as of September 2013. Receivables from customers and counterparties not accounted for at fair value also includes loans held for investment, which are primarily comprised of collateralized loans to private wealth management clients and corporate loans. As of September 2013 and December 2012, the carrying value of such loans was $12.53 billion and $6.50 billion, respectively, which generally approximated fair value. As of September 2013, had these loans been carried at fair value and included in the fair value hierarchy, $5.56 billion and $6.99 billion would have been classified in level 2 and level 3, respectively. As of December 2012, had these loans been carried at fair value and included in the fair value hierarchy, $2.41 billion and $4.06 billion would have been classified in level 2 and level 3, respectively. In anticipation of an increase in activity related to the firm’s loans held for investment, in December 2012, cash outflows on the consolidated statements of cash flows related to such loans were reclassified from “Net payables to customers and counterparties” within cash flows from operating activities to a new line, “Loans held for investment, net” within cash flows from investing activities. Prior annual and interim periods have been conformed to this presentation. Such reclassified amounts were not material to those consolidated financial statements.

Deposits. The significant inputs to the valuation of time deposits are interest rates and the amount and timing of future cash flows. The inputs used to value the embedded derivative component of hybrid financial instruments are consistent with the inputs used to value the firm’s other derivative instruments. See Note 7 for further information about derivatives. See Note 14 for further information about deposits.

The firm’s deposits that are included in level 3 are hybrid financial instruments. As the significant unobservable inputs used to value hybrid financial instruments primarily relate to the embedded derivative component of these deposits, these inputs are incorporated in the firm’s derivative disclosures related to unobservable inputs in Note 7.

Fair Value of Other Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities by Level

The tables below present, by level within the fair value hierarchy, other financial assets and financial liabilities accounted for at fair value primarily under the fair value option.

	Other Financial Assets at Fair Value as of September 2013
in millions		Level 1	Level 2	Level 3		Total
Securities segregated for regulatory and other purposes 1		$23,828	$  12,918	$        —		$  36,746
Securities purchased under agreements to resell		—	169,348	81		169,429
Securities borrowed		—	59,753	—		59,753
Receivables from customers and counterparties		—	6,913	172		7,085
Other assets 2		4,944	7,219	1,245	3	13,408
Total		$28,772	$256,151	$  1,498		$286,421
	Other Financial Liabilities at Fair Value as of September 2013
in millions		Level 1	Level 2	Level 3		Total
Deposits		$        —	$    7,072	$     358		$    7,430
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase		—	156,513	1,268		157,781
Securities loaned		—	1,879	—		1,879
Other secured financings		—	24,852	1,013		25,865
Unsecured short-term borrowings		—	15,250	3,432		18,682
Unsecured long-term borrowings		—	10,122	1,619		11,741
Other liabilities and accrued expenses		—	1,624	12,576	4	14,200
Total		$        —	$217,312	$20,266		$237,578

1. Includes securities segregated for regulatory and other purposes accounted for at fair value under the fair value option, which consists of securities borrowed and resale agreements. The table above includes $23.83 billion of level 1 securities segregated for regulatory and other purposes accounted for at fair value under other U.S. GAAP, consisting of U.S. Treasury securities and money market instruments.

2. Consists of assets classified as held for sale related to the firm’s European insurance business, primarily consisting of corporate debt securities, non-U.S. government and agency obligations and derivatives, which are accounted for at fair value under other U.S. GAAP, and insurance contracts and secured loans, which are accounted for at fair value under the fair value option.

3. Primarily consists of secured loans classified as held for sale related to the firm’s European insurance business. See “Receivables from customers and counterparties” above for further information about valuation techniques and significant inputs.

4. Includes $11.80 billion of liabilities classified as held for sale related to the firm’s European insurance business accounted for at fair value under the fair value option.

	Other Financial Assets at Fair Value as of December 2012
in millions		Level 1	Level 2	Level 3		Total
Securities segregated for regulatory and other purposes 1		$21,549	$    8,935	$        —		$  30,484
Securities purchased under agreements to resell		—	141,053	278		141,331
Securities borrowed		—	38,395	—		38,395
Receivables from customers and counterparties		—	7,225	641		7,866
Other assets 2		4,420	8,499	507	3	13,426
Total		$25,969	$204,107	$  1,426		$231,502
	Other Financial Liabilities at Fair Value as of December 2012
in millions		Level 1	Level 2	Level 3		Total
Deposits		$        —	$    4,741	$     359		$    5,100
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase		—	169,880	1,927		171,807
Securities loaned		—	1,558	—		1,558
Other secured financings		—	28,925	1,412		30,337
Unsecured short-term borrowings		—	15,011	2,584		17,595
Unsecured long-term borrowings		—	10,676	1,917		12,593
Other liabilities and accrued expenses		—	769	11,274	4	12,043
Total		$        —	$231,560	$19,473		$251,033

1. Includes securities segregated for regulatory and other purposes accounted for at fair value under the fair value option, which consists of securities borrowed and resale agreements. The table above includes $21.55 billion of level 1 securities segregated for regulatory and other purposes accounted for at fair value under other U.S. GAAP, consisting of U.S. Treasury securities and money market instruments.

2. Consists of assets classified as held for sale related to the firm’s Americas reinsurance business, primarily consisting of securities accounted for as available-for-sale and insurance separate account assets which are accounted for at fair value under other U.S. GAAP.

3. Consists of insurance contracts and derivatives classified as held for sale related to the firm’s Americas reinsurance business. See “Insurance Contracts” above and Note 7 for further information about valuation techniques and inputs related to insurance contracts and derivatives, respectively.

4. Includes $692 million of liabilities classified as held for sale related to the firm’s Americas reinsurance business accounted for at fair value under the fair value option.

Transfers Between Levels of the Fair Value Hierarchy

Transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy are reported at the beginning of the reporting period in which they occur. There were no transfers of other financial assets and financial liabilities between level 1 and level 2 during the three and nine months ended September 2013 and September 2012. The tables below present information about transfers between level 2 and level 3.

Level 3 Rollforward

If a financial asset or financial liability was transferred to level 3 during a reporting period, its entire gain or loss for the period is included in level 3.

The tables below present changes in fair value for other financial assets and financial liabilities accounted for at fair value categorized as level 3 as of the end of the period. Level 3 other financial assets and liabilities are frequently economically hedged with cash instruments and derivatives. Accordingly, gains or losses that are reported in level 3 can be partially offset by gains or losses attributable to level 1, 2 or 3 cash instruments or derivatives. As a result, gains or losses included in the level 3 rollforward below do not necessarily represent the overall impact on the firm’s results of operations, liquidity or capital resources.

	Level 3 Other Financial Assets at Fair Value for the Three Months Ended September 2013
in millions		Balance, beginning of period	Net realized gains/ (losses)		Net unrealized gains/(losses) relating to instruments still held at period-end		Purchases	Sales	Issuances	Settlements		Transfers into level 3	Transfers out of level 3		Balance, end of period
Securities purchased under agreements to resell		$     101	$  1		$  —		$      —	$—	$     —	$  (21	)	$   —	$    —		$       81
Receivables from customers and counterparties		165	—		7		—	—	—	—		—	—		172
Other assets		1,062	1		27		275	—	—	(2	)	—	(118	)	1,245
Total		$  1,328	$  2	1	$  34	1	$   275	$—	$     —	$  (23	)	$   —	$(118	)	$  1,498

1. The aggregate amounts include gains of approximately $35 million and $1 million reported in “Market making” and “Interest income,” respectively.

	Level 3 Other Financial Liabilities at Fair Value for the Three Months Ended September 2013
in millions		Balance, beginning of period	Net realized (gains)/ losses		Net unrealized (gains)/losses relating to instruments still held at period-end		Purchases	Sales	Issuances	Settlements		Transfers into level 3	Transfers out of level 3		Balance, end of period
Deposits		$     360	$—		$    2		$      —	$—	$     17	$    (3	)	$   —	$  (18	)	$     358
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase, at fair value		1,018	—		—		—	—	250	—		—	—		1,268
Other secured financings		886	2		—		—	—	189	(13	)	15	(66	)	1,013
Unsecured short-term borrowings		2,913	(3	)	142		—	—	492	(156	)	127	(83	)	3,432
Unsecured long-term borrowings		1,273	(2	)	43		—	—	67	(18	)	315	(59	)	1,619
Other liabilities and accrued expenses		9,975	—		800		1,920	—	—	(119	)	—	—		12,576
Total		$16,425	$ (3	)  1	$987	1	$1,920	$—	$1,015	$(309	)	$457	$(226	)	$20,266

1. The aggregate amounts include losses of approximately $886 million, $96 million and $2 million reported in “Market making,” “Other principal transactions” and “Interest expense,” respectively.

The net unrealized loss on level 3 other financial liabilities of $987 million for the three months ended September 2013 primarily reflected losses on certain insurance liabilities, principally due to the impact of changes in foreign exchange rates, and losses on certain equity-linked notes, principally due to an increase in global equity prices.

Transfers out of level 3 other financial assets during the three months ended September 2013 primarily reflected the transfer of a non-U.S. government obligation related to the firm’s European insurance business to level 2, principally due to improved transparency of market prices used to value these instruments.

Transfers into level 3 of other financial liabilities during the three months ended September 2013 primarily reflected transfers from level 2 of certain hybrid financial instruments included in unsecured short-term and long-term borrowings, principally due to reduced transparency of certain correlation and volatility inputs used to value these instruments.

Transfers out of level 3 of other financial liabilities during the three months ended September 2013 primarily reflected transfers to level 2 of certain hybrid financial instruments included in unsecured short-term and long-term borrowings, principally due to increased transparency of certain correlation and volatility inputs used to value these instruments, and transfers to level 2 of certain other secured financings due to unobservable duration inputs not being significant to the valuation of these instruments.

	Level 3 Other Financial Assets at Fair Value for the Nine Months Ended September 2013
in millions		Balance, beginning of period	Net realized gains/ (losses)		Net unrealized gains/(losses) relating to instruments still held at period-end		Purchases	Sales		Issuances	Settlements		Transfers into level 3	Transfers out of level 3		Balance, end of period
Securities purchased under agreements to resell		$     278	$  3		$ —		$      —	$    —		$      —	$     (41	)	$      —	$(159	)	$       81
Receivables from customers and counterparties		641	—		6		—	—		—	(1	)	—	(474	)	172
Other assets		507	1		24		411	(507	)	—	(2	)	811	—		1,245
Total		$  1,426	$  4	1	$ 30	1	$   411	$(507	)	$      —	$     (44	)	$   811	$(633	)	$  1,498

1. The aggregate amounts include gains of approximately $31 million and $3 million reported in “Market making” and “Interest income,” respectively.

	Level 3 Other Financial Liabilities at Fair Value for the Nine Months Ended September 2013
in millions		Balance, beginning of period	Net realized (gains)/ losses		Net unrealized (gains)/losses relating to instruments still held at period-end		Purchases		Sales		Issuances	Settlements		Transfers into level 3	Transfers out of level 3		Balance, end of period
Deposits		$     359	$ —		$(11	)	$      —		$    —		$     91	$       (4	)	$      —	$  (77	)	$     358
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase, at fair value		1,927	—		—		—		—		—	(659	)	—	—		1,268
Other secured financings		1,412	9		(24	)	—		—		347	(822	)	142	(51	)	1,013
Unsecured short-term borrowings		2,584	5		48		—		—		1,559	(1,029	)	501	(236	)	3,432
Unsecured long-term borrowings		1,917	10		(33	)	(3	)	(10	)	367	(441	)	390	(578	)	1,619
Other liabilities and accrued expenses		11,274	—		105		2,225		(692	)	—	(336	)	—	—		12,576
Total		$19,473	$24	1	$ 85	1	$2,222		$(702	)	$2,364	$(3,291	)	$1,033	$(942	)	$20,266

1. The aggregate amounts include gains/(losses) of approximately $122 million, $(224) million and $(7) million reported in “Market making,” “Other principal transactions” and “Interest expense,” respectively.

Transfers into level 3 of other financial assets during the nine months ended September 2013 included transfers of level 3 assets related to the firm’s European insurance business from receivables from customers and counterparties and financial instruments owned, at fair value to other assets, as this business was classified as held for sale during the period.

Transfers out of level 3 of other financial assets during the nine months ended September 2013 included transfers of level 3 assets related to the firm’s European insurance business from receivables from customers and counterparties to level 3 other assets, as this business was classified as held for sale during the period and transfers of certain resale agreements to level 2, principally due to increased price transparency as a result of market transactions in similar instruments.

Transfers into level 3 of other financial liabilities during the nine months ended September 2013 primarily reflected transfers from level 3 unsecured long-term borrowings to level 3 unsecured short-term borrowings, as these borrowings neared maturity, and transfers of certain hybrid financial instruments included in unsecured short-term and long-term borrowings to level 3, principally due to decreased transparency of certain correlation and volatility inputs used to value these instruments.

Transfers out of level 3 of other financial liabilities during the nine months ended September 2013 primarily reflected transfers to level 3 unsecured short-term borrowings from level 3 unsecured long-term borrowings, as these borrowings neared maturity, and transfers of certain hybrid financial instruments included in unsecured short-term and long-term borrowings to level 2, principally due to increased transparency of certain correlation and volatility inputs used to value these instruments.

	Level 3 Other Financial Assets at Fair Value for the Three Months Ended September 2012
in millions		Balance, beginning of period	Net realized gains/ (losses)		Net unrealized gains/(losses) relating to instruments still held at period-end		Purchases	Sales	Issuances	Settlements		Transfers into level 3	Transfers out of level 3		Balance, end of period
Securities purchased under agreements to resell		$  1,023	$   2		$   —		$41	$—	$  —	$  (52	)	$   —	$(829	)	$     185
Receivables from customers and counterparties		616	—		19		—	—	—	(10	)	—	—		625
Total		$  1,639	$   2	1	$  19	1	$41	$—	$  —	$  (62	)	$   —	$(829	)	$     810

1. The aggregate amounts include gains of approximately $20 million and $1 million reported in “Market making” and “Interest income,” respectively.

	Level 3 Other Financial Liabilities at Fair Value for the Three Months Ended September 2012
in millions		Balance, beginning of period	Net realized (gains)/ losses		Net unrealized (gains)/losses relating to instruments still held at period-end		Purchases	Sales	Issuances	Settlements		Transfers into level 3	Transfers out of level 3		Balance, end of period
Deposits		$     179	$ —		$    4		$—	$—	$102	$    —		$  16	$    —		$     301
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase, at fair value		2,055	—		—		—	—	64	—		—	—		2,119
Other secured financings		1,182	3		—		—	—	117	(200	)	151	—		1,253
Unsecured short-term borrowings		2,726	7		171		—	—	170	(253	)	76	(216	)	2,681
Unsecured long-term borrowings		1,946	7		80		—	—	47	(108	)	33	(4	)	2,001
Other liabilities and accrued expenses		8,969	(15	)	608		—	—	—	(79	)	—	—		9,483
Total		$17,057	$   2	1	$863	1	$—	$—	$500	$(640	)	$276	$(220	)	$17,838

1. The aggregate amounts include losses of approximately $797 million, $65 million and $3 million reported in “Market making,” “Other principal transactions” and “Interest expense,” respectively.

The net unrealized loss on level 3 other financial liabilities of $863 million for the three months ended September 2012 primarily reflected the impact of tighter funding spreads and changes in foreign exchange rates on certain insurance liabilities, and an increase in global equity prices and tighter credit spreads on certain hybrid financial instruments.

Transfers out of level 3 of other financial assets during the three months ended September 2012 reflected transfers to level 2 of certain resale agreements, primarily due to increased transparency of funding spreads as a result of market activity in similar instruments.

Transfers into level 3 of other financial liabilities during the three months ended September 2012 primarily reflected transfers from level 2 of certain secured financings, primarily due to less market activity in these instruments.

Transfers out of level 3 of other financial liabilities during the three months ended September 2012 primarily reflected transfers to level 2 of certain hybrid financial instruments, principally due to increased transparency of the correlation and volatility inputs used to value certain instruments and unobservable inputs no longer being significant to the valuation of other instruments.

	Level 3 Other Financial Assets at Fair Value for the Nine Months Ended September 2012
in millions		Balance, beginning of period	Net realized gains/ (losses)		Net unrealized gains/(losses) relating to instruments still held at period-end		Purchases	Sales	Issuances	Settlements		Transfers into level 3	Transfers out of level 3		Balance, end of period
Securities purchased under agreements to resell		$     557	$   8		$      —		$  51	$—	$      —	$   (431	)	$   —	$       —		$     185
Receivables from customers and counterparties		795	—		21		199	—	—	(17	)	—	(373	)	625
Total		$  1,352	$   8	1	$     21	1	$250	$—	$      —	$   (448	)	$   —	$   (373	)	$     810

1. The aggregate amounts include gains of approximately $21 million and $8 million reported in “Market making” and “Interest Income,” respectively.

	Level 3 Other Financial Liabilities at Fair Value for the Nine Months Ended September 2012
in millions		Balance, beginning of period	Net realized (gains)/ losses		Net unrealized (gains)/losses relating to instruments still held at period-end		Purchases		Sales	Issuances	Settlements		Transfers into level 3	Transfers out of level 3		Balance, end of period
Deposits		$       13	$  —		$      —		$   —		$—	$   272	$       —		$  16	$       —		$     301
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase, at fair value		2,181	—		—		—		—	—	(62	)	—	—		2,119
Other secured financings		1,752	9		—		—		—	296	(775	)	—	(29	)	1,253
Unsecured short-term borrowings		3,294	(33	)	204		(13	)	—	550	(817	)	194	(698	)	2,681
Unsecured long-term borrowings		2,191	23		190		—		—	293	(238	)	213	(671	)	2,001
Other liabilities and accrued expenses		8,996	(23	)	764		—		—	—	(254	)	—	—		9,483
Total		$18,427	$(24	) 1	$1,158	1	$ (13	)	$—	$1,411	$(2,146	)	$423	$(1,398	)	$17,838

1. The aggregate amounts include losses of approximately $1.02 billion, $103 million and $10 million reported in “Market making,” “Other principal transactions” and “Interest expense,” respectively.

The net unrealized loss on level 3 other financial liabilities of $1.16 billion for the nine months ended September 2012 primarily reflected the impact of tighter funding spreads and changes in foreign exchange rates on certain insurance liabilities, and an increase in global equity prices and tighter credit spreads on certain hybrid financial instruments.

Transfers out of level 3 of other financial assets during the nine months ended September 2012 reflected transfers to level 2 of certain insurance receivables, primarily due to increased transparency of the mortality inputs used to value these receivables.

Transfers into level 3 of other financial liabilities during the nine months ended September 2012 primarily reflected transfers from level 2 of certain hybrid financial instruments, principally due to decreased transparency of the correlation and volatility inputs used to value these instruments.

Transfers out of level 3 of other financial liabilities during the nine months ended September 2012 primarily reflected transfers to level 2 of certain hybrid financial instruments, principally due to increased transparency of the correlation and volatility inputs used to value certain instruments, and unobservable inputs no longer being significant to the valuation of certain instruments.

Gains and Losses on Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities Accounted for at Fair Value Under the Fair Value Option

The table below presents the gains and losses recognized as a result of the firm electing to apply the fair value option to certain financial assets and financial liabilities. These gains and losses are included in “Market making” and “Other principal transactions.” The table below also includes gains and losses on the embedded derivative component of hybrid financial instruments included in unsecured short-term borrowings, unsecured long-term borrowings and deposits. These gains and losses would have been recognized under other U.S. GAAP even if the firm had not elected to account for the entire hybrid instrument at fair value.

The amounts in the table exclude contractual interest, which is included in “Interest income” and “Interest expense,” for all instruments other than hybrid financial instruments. See Note 23 for further information about interest income and interest expense.

	Gains/(Losses) on Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities at Fair Value Under the Fair Value Option
	Three Months Ended September					Nine Months Ended September
in millions		2013		2012			2013		2012
Receivables from customers and counterparties 1		$      27		$      84			$    (6	)	$    143
Other secured financings		(143	)	(57	)		(280	)	(174	)
Unsecured short-term borrowings 2		(336	)	(569	)		280		(701	)
Unsecured long-term borrowings 3		50		(975	)		598		(1,512	)
Other liabilities and accrued expenses 4		(841	)	(643	)		(57	)	(793	)
Other 5		16		(38	)		30		(130	)
Total		$(1,227	)	$(2,198	)		$ 565		$(3,167	)

1. Primarily consists of gains/(losses) on certain insurance contracts and certain transfers accounted for as receivables rather than purchases.

2. Includes gains/(losses) on the embedded derivative component of hybrid financial instruments of $(315) million and $(479) million for the three months ended September 2013 and September 2012, respectively, and $293 million and $(573) million for the nine months ended September 2013 and September 2012, respectively.

3. Includes gains/(losses) on the embedded derivative component of hybrid financial instruments of $98 million and $(662) million for the three months ended September 2013 and September 2012, respectively, and $690 million and $(1.02) billion for the nine months ended September 2013 and September 2012, respectively.

4. Primarily consists of losses on certain insurance contracts.

5. Primarily consists of gains/(losses) on deposits, resale and repurchase agreements, securities borrowed and loaned and other assets.

Excluding the gains and losses on the instruments accounted for under the fair value option described above, “Market making” and “Other principal transactions” primarily represent gains and losses on “Financial instruments owned, at fair value” and “Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value.”

Loans and Lending Commitments

The table below presents the difference between the aggregate fair value and the aggregate contractual principal amount for loans and long-term receivables for which the fair value option was elected.

	As of
in millions		September 2013	December 2012
Performing loans and long-term receivables
Aggregate contractual principal in excess of the related fair value		$  3,070	$  2,742
Loans on nonaccrual status and/or more than 90 days past due  1
Aggregate contractual principal in excess of the related fair value		20,614	22,610
Aggregate contractual principal in excess of the related fair value (excluding loans carried at zero fair value and considered uncollectible)		12,408	13,298
Aggregate fair value of loans on nonaccrual status and/or more than 90 days past due		2,656	1,832

1. The aggregate contractual principal amount of these loans exceeds the related fair value primarily because the firm regularly purchases loans, such as distressed loans, at values significantly below contractual principal amounts.

As of September 2013 and December 2012, the fair value of unfunded lending commitments for which the fair value option was elected was a liability of $1.15 billion and $1.99 billion, respectively, and the related total contractual amount of these lending commitments was $53.20 billion and $59.29 billion, respectively. See Note 18 for further information about lending commitments.

Long-Term Debt Instruments

The aggregate contractual principal amount of long-term other secured financings for which the fair value option was elected exceeded the related fair value by $132 million and $115 million as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively. The aggregate contractual principal amount of unsecured long-term borrowings for which the fair value option was elected exceeded the related fair value by $234 million as of September 2013, whereas the fair value exceeded the related aggregate contractual principal amount by $379 million as of December 2012. The amounts above include both principal and non-principal-protected long-term borrowings.

Impact of Credit Spreads on Loans and Lending Commitments

The estimated net gain attributable to changes in instrument-specific credit spreads on loans and lending commitments for which the fair value option was elected was $519 million and $1.10 billion for the three months ended September 2013 and September 2012, respectively, and $1.98 billion and $2.35 billion for the nine months ended September 2013 and September 2012, respectively. Changes in the fair value of loans and lending commitments are primarily attributable to changes in instrument-specific credit spreads. Substantially all of the firm’s performing loans and lending commitments are floating-rate.

Impact of Credit Spreads on Borrowings

The table below presents the net gains/(losses) attributable to the impact of changes in the firm’s own credit spreads on borrowings for which the fair value option was elected. The firm calculates the fair value of borrowings by discounting future cash flows at a rate which incorporates the firm’s credit spreads.

	Three Months Ended September					Nine Months Ended September
in millions		2013		2012			2013		2012
Net gains/(losses) including hedges		$(72	)	$(370	)		$  (90	)	$(588	)
Net gains/(losses) excluding hedges		(68	)	(396	)		(110	)	(628	)

XML

Derivatives and Hedging Activities (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	Sep. 30, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Net Derivatives
Exchange-traded Derivative Assets	$ 5,923	$ 3,772
Exchange-traded Derivative Liabilities	4,166	2,937
OTC Derivative Assets	55,536	67,404
OTC Derivative Liabilities	44,321	47,490
Financial instruments owned, at fair value (includes $52,490 and $67,177 pledged as collateral as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively)	324,257	407,011
Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value	131,158	126,644
Derivatives [Member]
Net Derivatives
Financial instruments owned, at fair value (includes $52,490 and $67,177 pledged as collateral as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively)	61,459	71,176
Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value	$ 48,487	$ 50,427

XML

Short-Term Borrowings

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2013

Short-Term Borrowings [Abstract]

Short-Term Borrowings

Note 15.

Short-Term Borrowings

Short-term borrowings were comprised of the following:

	As of
in millions		September 2013	December 2012
Other secured financings (short-term)		$19,261	$23,045
Unsecured short-term borrowings		39,238	44,304
Total		$58,499	$67,349

See Note 9 for further information about other secured financings.

Unsecured short-term borrowings include the portion of unsecured long-term borrowings maturing within one year of the financial statement date and unsecured long-term borrowings that are redeemable within one year of the financial statement date at the option of the holder.

The firm accounts for promissory notes, commercial paper and certain hybrid financial instruments at fair value under the fair value option. See Note 8 for further information about unsecured short-term borrowings that are accounted for at fair value. The carrying value of unsecured short-term borrowings that are not recorded at fair value generally approximates fair value due to the short-term nature of the obligations. While these unsecured short-term borrowings are carried at amounts that approximate fair value, they are not accounted for at fair value under the fair value option or at fair value in accordance with other U.S. GAAP and therefore are not included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy in Notes 6, 7 and 8. Had these borrowings been included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy, substantially all would have been classified in level 2 as of September 2013 and December 2012.

The table below presents unsecured short-term borrowings.

	As of
$ in millions		September 2013		December 2012
Current portion of unsecured long-term borrowings		$21,100		$25,344
Hybrid financial instruments		12,945		12,295
Promissory notes		365		260
Commercial paper		814		884
Other short-term borrowings		4,014		5,521
Total		$39,238		$44,304
Weighted average interest rate 1		1.69	%	1.57	%

1. The weighted average interest rates for these borrowings include the effect of hedging activities and exclude financial instruments accounted for at fair value under the fair value option. See Note 7 for further information about hedging activities.

XML

Goodwill and Identifiable Intangible Assets

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2013

Goodwill and Intangible Assets Disclosure [Abstract]

Goodwill and Identifiable Intangible Assets

Note 13.

Goodwill and Identifiable Intangible Assets

The tables below present the carrying values of goodwill and identifiable intangible assets, which are included in “Other assets.”

	Goodwill
	As of
in millions		September 2013	December 2012
Investment Banking:
Financial Advisory		$     98	$     98
Underwriting		183	183
Institutional Client Services:
Fixed Income, Currency and Commodities Client Execution		269	269
Equities Client Execution		2,403	2,402
Securities Services		105	105
Investing & Lending		59	59
Investment Management		585	586
Total		$3,702	$3,702
	Identifiable Intangible Assets
	As of
in millions		September 2013	December 2012
Investment Banking:
Financial Advisory		$     —	$       1
Institutional Client Services:
Fixed Income, Currency and Commodities Client Execution 1		41	421
Equities Client Execution 2		368	565
Investing & Lending		234	281
Investment Management		113	129
Total		$   756	$1,397

1. The decrease from December 2012 to September 2013 is related to the sale of the firm’s television broadcast royalties in the first quarter of 2013.

2. The decrease from December 2012 to September 2013 is primarily related to the sale of a majority stake in the firm’s Americas reinsurance business in April 2013. See Note 12 for further information about this sale.

Goodwill

Goodwill is the cost of acquired companies in excess of the fair value of net assets, including identifiable intangible assets, at the acquisition date.

Goodwill is assessed annually in the fourth quarter for impairment or more frequently if events occur or circumstances change that indicate an impairment may exist. Qualitative factors are assessed to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If results of the qualitative assessment are not conclusive, a quantitative goodwill impairment test is performed.

The quantitative goodwill impairment test consists of two steps.

Ÿ The first step compares the estimated fair value of each reporting unit with its estimated net book value (including goodwill and identified intangible assets). If the reporting unit’s fair value exceeds its estimated net book value, goodwill is not impaired.

Ÿ If the estimated fair value of a reporting unit is less than its estimated net book value, the second step of the goodwill impairment test is performed to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. An impairment loss is equal to the excess of the carrying amount of goodwill over its fair value.

Goodwill was tested for impairment, using a quantitative test, during the fourth quarter of 2012 and goodwill was not impaired.

To estimate the fair value of each reporting unit, both relative value and residual income valuation techniques are used because the firm believes market participants would use these techniques to value the firm’s reporting units.

Relative value techniques apply average observable price-to-earnings multiples of comparable competitors to certain reporting units’ net earnings. For other reporting units, fair value is estimated using price-to-book multiples based on residual income techniques, which consider a reporting unit’s return on equity in excess of the firm’s cost of equity capital. The net book value of each reporting unit reflects an allocation of total shareholders’ equity and represents the estimated amount of shareholders’ equity required to support the activities of the reporting unit under guidelines issued by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (Basel Committee) in December 2010.

Identifiable Intangible Assets

The table below presents the gross carrying amount, accumulated amortization and net carrying amount of identifiable intangible assets and their weighted average remaining lives.

		As of
$ in millions			September 2013		Weighted Average Remaining Lives (years)	December 2012
Customer lists	Gross carrying amount		$ 1,100			$ 1,099
	Accumulated amortization		(691	)		(643	)
	Net carrying amount		409		7	456
Commodities-related intangibles 1	Gross carrying amount		515			513
	Accumulated amortization		(280	)		(226	)
	Net carrying amount		235		11	287
Television broadcast royalties 2	Gross carrying amount		—			560
	Accumulated amortization		—			(186	)
	Net carrying amount		—		N/A 2	374
Insurance-related intangibles 3	Gross carrying amount		—			380
	Accumulated amortization		—			(231	)
	Net carrying amount		—		N/A 3	149
Other 4	Gross carrying amount		902			950
	Accumulated amortization		(790	)		(819	)
	Net carrying amount		112		11	131
Total	Gross carrying amount		2,517			3,502
	Accumulated amortization		(1,761	)		(2,105	)
	Net carrying amount		$    756		9	$ 1,397

1. Primarily includes commodity-related customer contracts and relationships, permits and access rights.

2. These assets were sold in the first quarter of 2013 and total proceeds received approximated carrying value.

3. These assets were related to the firm’s Americas reinsurance business, in which a majority stake was sold in April 2013. See Note 12 for further information about this sale.

4. Primarily includes the firm’s exchange-traded fund lead market maker rights.

Substantially all of the firm’s identifiable intangible assets are considered to have finite lives and are amortized over their estimated lives or based on economic usage for certain commodity-related intangibles. Amortization expense for identifiable intangible assets is included in “Depreciation and amortization.”

The tables below present amortization expense for identifiable intangible assets for the three and nine months ended September 2013 and September 2012, and the estimated future amortization expense through 2018 for identifiable intangible assets as of September 2013.

	Three Months Ended September			Nine Months Ended September
in millions		2013	2012		2013	2012
Amortization expense		$47	$60		$119	$206

in millions	As of September 2013
Estimated future amortization expense:
Remainder of 2013	$  39
2014	128
2015	96
2016	93
2017	91
2018	83

See Note 12 for information about impairment testing and impairments of the firm’s identifiable intangible assets.

XML

Interest Income and Interest Expense (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2012	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2012
Interest income
Deposits with banks	$ 39	$ 38	$ 137	$ 111
Securities borrowed, securities purchased under agreements to resell and federal funds sold	36	(74)	26	(49)
Financial instruments owned, at fair value	1,907	2,324	6,337	7,334
Other interest	416	341	1,169	1,121
Total interest income	2,398	2,629	7,669	8,517
Interest expense
Deposits	98	106	292	292
Securities loaned and securities sold under agreements to repurchase	126	188	436	615
Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value	468	594	1,578	1,783
Short-term borrowings	88	133	309	453
Long-term borrowings	915	941	2,797	2,841
Other interest	(137)	(169)	(334)	(374)
Total interest expense	1,558	1,793	5,078	5,610
Net interest income	$ 840	$ 836	$ 2,591	$ 2,907

XML

Document and Entity Information	9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2013	Oct. 25, 2013
Document and Entity Information [Abstract]
Entity Registrant Name	GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP INC
Entity Central Index Key	0000886982
Document Type	10-Q
Document Period End Date	Sep. 30, 2013
Amendment Flag	false
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2013
Document Fiscal Period Focus	Q3
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--12-31
Entity Filer Category	Large Accelerated Filer
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding		453,231,366

XML

Securitization Activities (Details 1) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	9 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2013 Y	Dec. 31, 2012 Y
Weighted average key economic assumptions used in measuring the fair value of retained interests [Abstract]
Fair value of retained interests	$ 4,063	$ 4,812
Net Asset related to Other Continuing Involvement	21	45
Outstanding principal amount related to securitization entities in which the firm's only continuing involvement is retained servicing	666	835
Maximum Exposure to Adverse Changes in the value of retained interests relating to Other securities	86	51
CDOs, CLOs and other [Member]
Weighted average key economic assumptions used in measuring the fair value of retained interests [Abstract]
Fair value of retained interests	86	51
Weighted average life (years)	2.0	2.0
Mortgage Backed Securities [Member]
Weighted average key economic assumptions used in measuring the fair value of retained interests [Abstract]
Fair value of retained interests	3,977	4,761
Weighted average life (years)	9.0	8.2
Constant prepayment rate	7.00%	10.90%
Impact of 10% adverse change	(37)	(57)
Impact of 20% adverse change	(68)	(110)
Discount rate	4.80%	4.60%
Impact of 10% adverse change	(96)	(96)
Impact of 20% adverse change	$ (187)	$ (180)

XML

Deposits

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2013

Deposits [ Abstract]

Deposits

Note 14.

Deposits

The table below presents deposits held in U.S. and non-U.S. offices, substantially all of which were interest-bearing. Substantially all U.S. deposits were held at Goldman Sachs Bank USA (GS Bank USA) as of September 2013 and December 2012. Substantially all non-U.S. deposits were held at Goldman Sachs International Bank (GSIB) as of September 2013 and held at Goldman Sachs Bank (Europe) plc (GS Bank Europe) and GSIB as of December 2012. On January 18, 2013, GS Bank Europe surrendered its banking license to the Central Bank of Ireland after transferring its deposits to GSIB and subsequently changed its name to Goldman Sachs Ireland Finance plc.

	As of
in millions		September 2013		December 2012
U.S. offices		$61,657		$62,377
Non-U.S. offices		9,913		7,747
Total		$71,570	1	$70,124	1

The table below presents maturities of time deposits held in U.S. and non-U.S. offices.

	As of September 2013
in millions		U.S.		Non-U.S.		Total
Remainder of 2013		$  2,675		$3,478		$  6,153
2014		4,042		1,734		5,776
2015		4,276		—		4,276
2016		2,115		—		2,115
2017		2,654		—		2,654
2018		1,725		—		1,725
2019 - thereafter		4,442		—		4,442
Total		$21,929	2	$5,212	3	$27,141	1

1. Includes $7.43 billion and $5.10 billion as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively, of time deposits accounted for at fair value under the fair value option. See Note 8 for further information about deposits accounted for at fair value.

2. Includes $63 million greater than $100,000, of which $29 million matures within three months, $26 million matures within three to six months, $5 million matures within six to twelve months, and $3 million matures after twelve months.

3. Substantially all were greater than $100,000.

As of September 2013 and December 2012, savings and demand deposits, which represent deposits with no stated maturity, were $44.43 billion and $46.51 billion, respectively, which were recorded based on the amount of cash received plus accrued interest, which approximates fair value. In addition, the firm designates certain derivatives as fair value hedges on substantially all of its time deposits for which it has not elected the fair value option. Accordingly, $19.71 billion and $18.52 billion as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively, of time deposits were effectively converted from fixed-rate obligations to floating-rate obligations and were recorded at amounts that generally approximate fair value. While these savings and demand deposits and time deposits are carried at amounts that approximate fair value, they are not accounted for at fair value under the fair value option or at fair value in accordance with other U.S. GAAP and therefore are not included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy in Notes 6, 7 and 8. Had these deposits been included in the firm’s fair value hierarchy, they would have been classified in level 2.

XML

Fair Value Measurements (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	Sep. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Sep. 30, 2012
Financial Assets Liabilities Summary
Total financial assets at fair value	$ 610,678	$ 618,804	$ 638,513
Total assets	923,223	938,456	938,555	949,207
Total level 3 financial assets as a percentage of Total assets	4.50%	4.60%	5.00%
Total level 3 financial assets as a percentage of Total financial assets at fair value	6.90%	6.90%	7.40%
Total financial liabilities at fair value	368,736	381,656	377,677
Total level 3 financial liabilities as a percentage of Total financial liabilities at fair value	6.90%	5.90%	6.80%
Cash collateral and counterparty netting [Member]
Financial Assets Liabilities Summary
Total financial assets at fair value	(75,006)		(99,488)
Total financial liabilities at fair value	(22,570)		(30,636)
Cash collateral and counterparty netting [Member] | Derivatives [Member]
Financial Assets Liabilities Summary
Total financial assets at fair value	(76,811)	(81,312)	(101,612)
Total financial liabilities at fair value	(24,375)	(24,562)	(32,760)
Level 1 [Member]
Financial Assets Liabilities Summary
Total financial assets at fair value	158,223	165,174	190,737
Total financial liabilities at fair value	73,218	82,725	65,994
Level 2 [Member]
Financial Assets Liabilities Summary
Total financial assets at fair value	487,295	492,118	502,293
Total financial liabilities at fair value	294,599	300,929	318,764
Level 3 [Member]
Financial Assets Liabilities Summary
Total financial assets at fair value	41,971	42,824	47,095
Total financial liabilities at fair value	$ 25,294	$ 22,564	$ 25,679

XML

Legal Proceedings (Details) (USD $)	Sep. 30, 2013
Legal Proceedings (Textual) [Abstract]
Mortgage-Related Matters. Disgorgement and civil penalty amount related to settlement of SEC action	$ 550,000,000
Municipal Securities Matters. Amount of auction rate securities issued by claimants from 2003 through 2007	2,000,000,000
Municipal Securities Matters. A claimant's alleged estimated cost of refinancing and conversion transactions related to auction products matters	90,000,000
Municipal Securities Matters. Amount of a claimant's alleged swap termination obligation related to auction products matters	8,000,000
Estimated aggregate amount of reasonably possible losses in excess of the aggregate reserves for legal matters	4,000,000,000
Mortgage-Related Matters. Approximate principal amount of certificates underwritten by GS&Co. to purchasers of various mortgage pass-through certificates and asset-backed certificates issued by various securitization trusts in 2007 at issue in the complaint	11,000,000,000
Mortgage-Related Matters. Amount of notes issued in 2006 and 2007 by two synthetic CDOs	821,000,000
Mortgage-Related Matters. Approximate of aggregate notional amount of mortgage-related securities sold to plaintiffs in active cases brought against the firm where plaintiffs are seeking rescission of such securities	22,400,000,000
Investment Management Services. Amount of losses allegedly caused by GSAMI's alleged negligence	in excess of €67 million
RALI Pass-Through Certificates Litigation. Approximate principal amount of securities underwritten by GS&Co. to all purchasers in the offerings included in the amended complaint	5,570,000,000
MF Global Securities Litigation. Approximate principal amount of MF Global Holdings Ltd. convertible notes offerings	575,000,000
MF Global Securities Litigation. Approximate principal amount of notes underwritten by GS&Co.	$ 214,000,000

XML

Financial Instruments Owned, at Fair Value and Financial Instruments Sold, But Not Yet Purchased, at Fair Value (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2012	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2012	Dec. 31, 2012
Fair Value of Financial Instruments Owned and Financial Instruments Sold, But Not Yet Purchased
Financial instruments owned, at fair value (includes $52,490 and $67,177 pledged as collateral as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively)	$ 324,257		$ 324,257		$ 407,011
Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value	131,158		131,158		126,644
Gains and Losses from Market Making and Other Principal Transactions
Trading Activity, Gains and Losses, Net	2,798	4,452	12,410	12,561
Other principal transactions	1,434	1,802	4,917	3,909
Trading Assets and Trading Liabilities (Textuals) [Abstract]
Financial instruments owned, at fair value (includes $52,490 and $67,177 pledged as collateral as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively)	324,257		324,257		407,011
Financial Instruments, Owned, at Fair Value [Abstract]
Financial instruments owned related to the firm's European insurance business					8,840
Commercial paper, certificates of deposit, time deposits and other money market instruments [Member]
Fair Value of Financial Instruments Owned and Financial Instruments Sold, But Not Yet Purchased
Financial instruments owned, at fair value (includes $52,490 and $67,177 pledged as collateral as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively)	5,902		5,902		6,057
Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value	0		0		0
Trading Assets and Trading Liabilities (Textuals) [Abstract]
Financial instruments owned, at fair value (includes $52,490 and $67,177 pledged as collateral as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively)	5,902		5,902		6,057
U.S. government and federal agency obligations [Member]
Fair Value of Financial Instruments Owned and Financial Instruments Sold, But Not Yet Purchased
Financial instruments owned, at fair value (includes $52,490 and $67,177 pledged as collateral as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively)	77,328		77,328		93,241
Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value	18,631		18,631		15,905
Trading Assets and Trading Liabilities (Textuals) [Abstract]
Financial instruments owned, at fair value (includes $52,490 and $67,177 pledged as collateral as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively)	77,328		77,328		93,241
Non-U.S. government and agency obligations [Member]
Fair Value of Financial Instruments Owned and Financial Instruments Sold, But Not Yet Purchased
Financial instruments owned, at fair value (includes $52,490 and $67,177 pledged as collateral as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively)	46,257		46,257		62,250
Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value	32,591		32,591		32,361
Trading Assets and Trading Liabilities (Textuals) [Abstract]
Financial instruments owned, at fair value (includes $52,490 and $67,177 pledged as collateral as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively)	46,257		46,257		62,250
Loans and securities backed by commercial real estate [Member]
Fair Value of Financial Instruments Owned and Financial Instruments Sold, But Not Yet Purchased
Financial instruments owned, at fair value (includes $52,490 and $67,177 pledged as collateral as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively)	5,884		5,884		9,805
Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value	53		53		0
Trading Assets and Trading Liabilities (Textuals) [Abstract]
Financial instruments owned, at fair value (includes $52,490 and $67,177 pledged as collateral as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively)	5,884		5,884		9,805
Loans and securities backed by residential real estate [Member]
Fair Value of Financial Instruments Owned and Financial Instruments Sold, But Not Yet Purchased
Financial instruments owned, at fair value (includes $52,490 and $67,177 pledged as collateral as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively)	8,285		8,285		8,216
Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value	1		1		4
Trading Assets and Trading Liabilities (Textuals) [Abstract]
Financial instruments owned, at fair value (includes $52,490 and $67,177 pledged as collateral as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively)	8,285		8,285		8,216
Bank loans and bridge loans [Member]
Fair Value of Financial Instruments Owned and Financial Instruments Sold, But Not Yet Purchased
Financial instruments owned, at fair value (includes $52,490 and $67,177 pledged as collateral as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively)	17,573		17,573		22,407
Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value	1,091		1,091		1,779
Trading Assets and Trading Liabilities (Textuals) [Abstract]
Financial instruments owned, at fair value (includes $52,490 and $67,177 pledged as collateral as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively)	17,573		17,573		22,407
Corporate Debt Securities [Member]
Fair Value of Financial Instruments Owned and Financial Instruments Sold, But Not Yet Purchased
Financial instruments owned, at fair value (includes $52,490 and $67,177 pledged as collateral as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively)	15,280		15,280		20,981
Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value	5,398		5,398		5,761
Trading Assets and Trading Liabilities (Textuals) [Abstract]
Financial instruments owned, at fair value (includes $52,490 and $67,177 pledged as collateral as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively)	15,280		15,280		20,981
State and municipal obligations [Member]
Fair Value of Financial Instruments Owned and Financial Instruments Sold, But Not Yet Purchased
Financial instruments owned, at fair value (includes $52,490 and $67,177 pledged as collateral as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively)	1,356		1,356		2,477
Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value	0		0		1
Trading Assets and Trading Liabilities (Textuals) [Abstract]
Financial instruments owned, at fair value (includes $52,490 and $67,177 pledged as collateral as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively)	1,356		1,356		2,477
Other debt obligations [Member]
Fair Value of Financial Instruments Owned and Financial Instruments Sold, But Not Yet Purchased
Financial instruments owned, at fair value (includes $52,490 and $67,177 pledged as collateral as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively)	3,076		3,076		2,251
Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value	3		3		0
Trading Assets and Trading Liabilities (Textuals) [Abstract]
Financial instruments owned, at fair value (includes $52,490 and $67,177 pledged as collateral as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively)	3,076		3,076		2,251
Equities and convertible debentures [Member]
Fair Value of Financial Instruments Owned and Financial Instruments Sold, But Not Yet Purchased
Financial instruments owned, at fair value (includes $52,490 and $67,177 pledged as collateral as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively)	77,485		77,485		96,454
Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value	24,903		24,903		20,406
Trading Assets and Trading Liabilities (Textuals) [Abstract]
Financial instruments owned, at fair value (includes $52,490 and $67,177 pledged as collateral as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively)	77,485		77,485		96,454
Commodities [Member]
Fair Value of Financial Instruments Owned and Financial Instruments Sold, But Not Yet Purchased
Financial instruments owned, at fair value (includes $52,490 and $67,177 pledged as collateral as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively)	4,372		4,372		11,696
Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value	0		0		0
Trading Assets and Trading Liabilities (Textuals) [Abstract]
Financial instruments owned, at fair value (includes $52,490 and $67,177 pledged as collateral as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively)	4,372		4,372		11,696
Derivatives [Member]
Fair Value of Financial Instruments Owned and Financial Instruments Sold, But Not Yet Purchased
Financial instruments owned, at fair value (includes $52,490 and $67,177 pledged as collateral as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively)	61,459		61,459		71,176
Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value	48,487		48,487		50,427
Trading Assets and Trading Liabilities (Textuals) [Abstract]
Financial instruments owned, at fair value (includes $52,490 and $67,177 pledged as collateral as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively)	61,459		61,459		71,176
Commodities Accounted for As Collateralized Financings [Member]
Fair Value of Financial Instruments Owned and Financial Instruments Sold, But Not Yet Purchased
Financial instruments owned, at fair value (includes $52,490 and $67,177 pledged as collateral as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively)					4,290
Trading Assets and Trading Liabilities (Textuals) [Abstract]
Financial instruments owned, at fair value (includes $52,490 and $67,177 pledged as collateral as of September 2013 and December 2012, respectively)					4,290
Market making [Member]
Gains and Losses from Market Making and Other Principal Transactions
Trading Activity, Gains and Losses, Net	1,364	2,650	7,493	8,652
Market making [Member] | Interest Rates [Member]
Gains and Losses from Market Making and Other Principal Transactions
Trading Activity, Gains and Losses, Net	1,546	1,854	513	3,211
Market making [Member] | Credit [Member]
Gains and Losses from Market Making and Other Principal Transactions
Trading Activity, Gains and Losses, Net	155	827	1,609	3,476
Market making [Member] | Foreign Exchange [Member]
Gains and Losses from Market Making and Other Principal Transactions
Trading Activity, Gains and Losses, Net	(1,318)	(689)	2,042	(643)
Market making [Member] | Equity [Member]
Gains and Losses from Market Making and Other Principal Transactions
Trading Activity, Gains and Losses, Net	857	809	2,126	2,020
Market making [Member] | Commodity [Member]
Gains and Losses from Market Making and Other Principal Transactions
Trading Activity, Gains and Losses, Net	187	(16)	836	511
Market making [Member] | Other Trading [Member]
Gains and Losses from Market Making and Other Principal Transactions
Trading Activity, Gains and Losses, Net	$ (63)	$ (135)	$ 367	$ 77

XML

Variable Interest Entities (Details) (USD $)	Sep. 30, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Sep. 30, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Non-consolidated Variable Interest Entities [Abstract]
Assets in VIE	$ 120,471,000,000	$ 117,812,000,000
Carrying Value of the Firm's Variable Interests
Carrying Value of the Firm's Variable Interests in Nonconsolidated VIEs - Assets	9,667,000,000	9,519,000,000
Carrying Value of the Firm's Variable Interests in Nonconsolidated VIEs - Liabilities	60,000,000	42,000,000
Maximum Exposure to Loss, Non Consolidated VIE
Maximum Exposure to Loss in Nonconsolidated VIEs	16,946,000,000	18,440,000,000
Guarantees and derivative transactions with VIEs to which the firm transferred assets	2,250,000,000	3,250,000,000
Assets of Consolidated VIEs
Cash and cash equivalents	65,478,000,000	72,669,000,000	63,639,000,000	56,008,000,000
Cash and securities segregated for regulatory and other purposes	53,875,000,000	49,671,000,000
Receivables from brokers, dealers and clearing organizations	23,589,000,000	18,480,000,000
Financial Instruments owned, at fair value	324,257,000,000	407,011,000,000
Other assets	36,930,000,000	39,623,000,000
Liabilities of Consolidated VIEs
Other secured financings	27,054,000,000	32,010,000,000
Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value	131,158,000,000	126,644,000,000
Unsecured short-term borrowings, including the current portion of unsecured long-term borrowings	39,238,000,000	44,304,000,000
Unsecured long-term borrowings	168,082,000,000	167,305,000,000
Other liabilities and accrued expenses	29,817,000,000	42,395,000,000
Retained Interests, Maximum Exposure to Loss [Member]
Maximum Exposure to Loss, Non Consolidated VIE
Maximum Exposure to Loss in Nonconsolidated VIEs	4,063,000,000	4,812,000,000
Purchased Interests, Maximum Exposure to Loss [Member]
Maximum Exposure to Loss, Non Consolidated VIE
Maximum Exposure to Loss in Nonconsolidated VIEs	2,279,000,000	2,025,000,000
Commitments and Guarantees, Maximum Exposure to Loss [Member]
Maximum Exposure to Loss, Non Consolidated VIE
Maximum Exposure to Loss in Nonconsolidated VIEs	732,000,000	440,000,000
Derivatives, Maximum Exposure to Loss [Member]
Maximum Exposure to Loss, Non Consolidated VIE
Maximum Exposure to Loss in Nonconsolidated VIEs	7,013,000,000	9,287,000,000
Loans and Investments, Maximum Exposure to Loss [Member]
Maximum Exposure to Loss, Non Consolidated VIE
Maximum Exposure to Loss in Nonconsolidated VIEs	2,859,000,000	1,876,000,000
Mortgage-backed Securities [Member]
Non-consolidated Variable Interest Entities [Abstract]
Assets in VIE	84,501,000,000	79,171,000,000
Carrying Value of the Firm's Variable Interests
Carrying Value of the Firm's Variable Interests in Nonconsolidated VIEs - Assets	5,488,000,000	6,269,000,000
Carrying Value of the Firm's Variable Interests in Nonconsolidated VIEs - Liabilities	0	0
Maximum Exposure to Loss, Non Consolidated VIE
Maximum Exposure to Loss in Nonconsolidated VIEs	6,251,000,000	7,536,000,000
Mortgage-backed Securities [Member] | Retained Interests, Maximum Exposure to Loss [Member]
Maximum Exposure to Loss, Non Consolidated VIE
Maximum Exposure to Loss in Nonconsolidated VIEs	3,977,000,000	4,761,000,000
Mortgage-backed Securities [Member] | Purchased Interests, Maximum Exposure to Loss [Member]
Maximum Exposure to Loss, Non Consolidated VIE
Maximum Exposure to Loss in Nonconsolidated VIEs	1,482,000,000	1,162,000,000
Mortgage-backed Securities [Member] | Commitments and Guarantees, Maximum Exposure to Loss [Member]
Maximum Exposure to Loss, Non Consolidated VIE
Maximum Exposure to Loss in Nonconsolidated VIEs	0	0
Mortgage-backed Securities [Member] | Derivatives, Maximum Exposure to Loss [Member]
Maximum Exposure to Loss, Non Consolidated VIE
Maximum Exposure to Loss in Nonconsolidated VIEs	762,000,000	1,574,000,000
Mortgage-backed Securities [Member] | Loans and Investments, Maximum Exposure to Loss [Member]
Maximum Exposure to Loss, Non Consolidated VIE
Maximum Exposure to Loss in Nonconsolidated VIEs	30,000,000	39,000,000
Corporate CDOs and CLOs [Member]
Non-consolidated Variable Interest Entities [Abstract]
Assets in VIE	22,087,000,000	23,842,000,000
Carrying Value of the Firm's Variable Interests
Carrying Value of the Firm's Variable Interests in Nonconsolidated VIEs - Assets	1,178,000,000	1,193,000,000
Carrying Value of the Firm's Variable Interests in Nonconsolidated VIEs - Liabilities	21,000,000	12,000,000
Maximum Exposure to Loss, Non Consolidated VIE
Maximum Exposure to Loss in Nonconsolidated VIEs	6,247,000,000	7,472,000,000
Corporate CDOs and CLOs [Member] | Retained Interests, Maximum Exposure to Loss [Member]
Maximum Exposure to Loss, Non Consolidated VIE
Maximum Exposure to Loss in Nonconsolidated VIEs	81,000,000	51,000,000
Corporate CDOs and CLOs [Member] | Purchased Interests, Maximum Exposure to Loss [Member]
Maximum Exposure to Loss, Non Consolidated VIE
Maximum Exposure to Loss in Nonconsolidated VIEs	650,000,000	659,000,000
Corporate CDOs and CLOs [Member] | Commitments and Guarantees, Maximum Exposure to Loss [Member]
Maximum Exposure to Loss, Non Consolidated VIE
Maximum Exposure to Loss in Nonconsolidated VIEs	0	1,000,000
Corporate CDOs and CLOs [Member] | Derivatives, Maximum Exposure to Loss [Member]
Maximum Exposure to Loss, Non Consolidated VIE
Maximum Exposure to Loss in Nonconsolidated VIEs	5,516,000,000	6,761,000,000
Corporate CDOs and CLOs [Member] | Loans and Investments, Maximum Exposure to Loss [Member]
Maximum Exposure to Loss, Non Consolidated VIE
Maximum Exposure to Loss in Nonconsolidated VIEs	0	0
Real estate, credit-related and other investing [Member]
Non-consolidated Variable Interest Entities [Abstract]
Assets in VIE	8,043,000,000	9,244,000,000
Carrying Value of the Firm's Variable Interests
Carrying Value of the Firm's Variable Interests in Nonconsolidated VIEs - Assets	2,678,000,000	1,801,000,000
Carrying Value of the Firm's Variable Interests in Nonconsolidated VIEs - Liabilities	1,000,000	0
Maximum Exposure to Loss, Non Consolidated VIE
Maximum Exposure to Loss in Nonconsolidated VIEs	3,075,000,000	2,239,000,000
Assets of Consolidated VIEs
Cash and cash equivalents	168,000,000	236,000,000
Cash and securities segregated for regulatory and other purposes	62,000,000	134,000,000
Receivables from brokers, dealers and clearing organizations		5,000,000
Financial Instruments owned, at fair value	2,245,000,000	2,958,000,000
Other assets	1,067,000,000	1,080,000,000
Total	3,542,000,000	4,413,000,000
Liabilities of Consolidated VIEs
Other secured financings	443,000,000	594,000,000
Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value	0	0
Unsecured short-term borrowings, including the current portion of unsecured long-term borrowings	0	0
Unsecured long-term borrowings	3,000,000	4,000,000
Other liabilities and accrued expenses	1,049,000,000	1,478,000,000
Total	1,495,000,000	2,076,000,000
Real estate, credit-related and other investing [Member] | Retained Interests, Maximum Exposure to Loss [Member]
Maximum Exposure to Loss, Non Consolidated VIE
Maximum Exposure to Loss in Nonconsolidated VIEs	0	0
Real estate, credit-related and other investing [Member] | Purchased Interests, Maximum Exposure to Loss [Member]
Maximum Exposure to Loss, Non Consolidated VIE
Maximum Exposure to Loss in Nonconsolidated VIEs	0	0
Real estate, credit-related and other investing [Member] | Commitments and Guarantees, Maximum Exposure to Loss [Member]
Maximum Exposure to Loss, Non Consolidated VIE
Maximum Exposure to Loss in Nonconsolidated VIEs	398,000,000	438,000,000
Real estate, credit-related and other investing [Member] | Derivatives, Maximum Exposure to Loss [Member]
Maximum Exposure to Loss, Non Consolidated VIE
Maximum Exposure to Loss in Nonconsolidated VIEs	0	0
Real estate, credit-related and other investing [Member] | Loans and Investments, Maximum Exposure to Loss [Member]
Maximum Exposure to Loss, Non Consolidated VIE
Maximum Exposure to Loss in Nonconsolidated VIEs	2,677,000,000	1,801,000,000
Other asset-backed [Member]
Non-consolidated Variable Interest Entities [Abstract]
Assets in VIE	3,170,000,000	3,510,000,000
Carrying Value of the Firm's Variable Interests
Carrying Value of the Firm's Variable Interests in Nonconsolidated VIEs - Assets	171,000,000	220,000,000
Carrying Value of the Firm's Variable Interests in Nonconsolidated VIEs - Liabilities	38,000,000	30,000,000
Maximum Exposure to Loss, Non Consolidated VIE
Maximum Exposure to Loss in Nonconsolidated VIEs	887,000,000	1,156,000,000
Other asset-backed [Member] | Retained Interests, Maximum Exposure to Loss [Member]
Maximum Exposure to Loss, Non Consolidated VIE
Maximum Exposure to Loss in Nonconsolidated VIEs	5,000,000	0
Other asset-backed [Member] | Purchased Interests, Maximum Exposure to Loss [Member]
Maximum Exposure to Loss, Non Consolidated VIE
Maximum Exposure to Loss in Nonconsolidated VIEs	147,000,000	204,000,000
Other asset-backed [Member] | Commitments and Guarantees, Maximum Exposure to Loss [Member]
Maximum Exposure to Loss, Non Consolidated VIE
Maximum Exposure to Loss in Nonconsolidated VIEs	0	0
Other asset-backed [Member] | Derivatives, Maximum Exposure to Loss [Member]
Maximum Exposure to Loss, Non Consolidated VIE
Maximum Exposure to Loss in Nonconsolidated VIEs	735,000,000	952,000,000
Other asset-backed [Member] | Loans and Investments, Maximum Exposure to Loss [Member]
Maximum Exposure to Loss, Non Consolidated VIE
Maximum Exposure to Loss in Nonconsolidated VIEs	0	0
Power-related [Member]
Non-consolidated Variable Interest Entities [Abstract]
Assets in VIE	408,000,000	147,000,000
Carrying Value of the Firm's Variable Interests
Carrying Value of the Firm's Variable Interests in Nonconsolidated VIEs - Assets	102,000,000	32,000,000
Carrying Value of the Firm's Variable Interests in Nonconsolidated VIEs - Liabilities	0	0
Maximum Exposure to Loss, Non Consolidated VIE
Maximum Exposure to Loss in Nonconsolidated VIEs	434,000,000	32,000,000
Power-related [Member] | Retained Interests, Maximum Exposure to Loss [Member]
Maximum Exposure to Loss, Non Consolidated VIE
Maximum Exposure to Loss in Nonconsolidated VIEs	0	0
Power-related [Member] | Purchased Interests, Maximum Exposure to Loss [Member]
Maximum Exposure to Loss, Non Consolidated VIE
Maximum Exposure to Loss in Nonconsolidated VIEs	0	0
Power-related [Member] | Commitments and Guarantees, Maximum Exposure to Loss [Member]
Maximum Exposure to Loss, Non Consolidated VIE
Maximum Exposure to Loss in Nonconsolidated VIEs	332,000,000	0
Power-related [Member] | Derivatives, Maximum Exposure to Loss [Member]
Maximum Exposure to Loss, Non Consolidated VIE
Maximum Exposure to Loss in Nonconsolidated VIEs	0	0
Power-related [Member] | Loans and Investments, Maximum Exposure to Loss [Member]
Maximum Exposure to Loss, Non Consolidated VIE
Maximum Exposure to Loss in Nonconsolidated VIEs	102,000,000	32,000,000
Investment funds [Member]
Non-consolidated Variable Interest Entities [Abstract]
Assets in VIE	2,262,000,000	1,898,000,000
Carrying Value of the Firm's Variable Interests
Carrying Value of the Firm's Variable Interests in Nonconsolidated VIEs - Assets	50,000,000	4,000,000
Carrying Value of the Firm's Variable Interests in Nonconsolidated VIEs - Liabilities	0	0
Maximum Exposure to Loss, Non Consolidated VIE
Maximum Exposure to Loss in Nonconsolidated VIEs	52,000,000	5,000,000
Investment funds [Member] | Retained Interests, Maximum Exposure to Loss [Member]
Maximum Exposure to Loss, Non Consolidated VIE
Maximum Exposure to Loss in Nonconsolidated VIEs	0	0
Investment funds [Member] | Purchased Interests, Maximum Exposure to Loss [Member]
Maximum Exposure to Loss, Non Consolidated VIE
Maximum Exposure to Loss in Nonconsolidated VIEs	0	0
Investment funds [Member] | Commitments and Guarantees, Maximum Exposure to Loss [Member]
Maximum Exposure to Loss, Non Consolidated VIE
Maximum Exposure to Loss in Nonconsolidated VIEs	2,000,000	1,000,000
Investment funds [Member] | Derivatives, Maximum Exposure to Loss [Member]
Maximum Exposure to Loss, Non Consolidated VIE
Maximum Exposure to Loss in Nonconsolidated VIEs	0	0
Investment funds [Member] | Loans and Investments, Maximum Exposure to Loss [Member]
Maximum Exposure to Loss, Non Consolidated VIE
Maximum Exposure to Loss in Nonconsolidated VIEs	50,000,000	4,000,000
Principal-protected notes [Member]
Assets of Consolidated VIEs
Cash and cash equivalents	10,000,000	0
Cash and securities segregated for regulatory and other purposes	92,000,000	92,000,000
Receivables from brokers, dealers and clearing organizations		0
Financial Instruments owned, at fair value	429,000,000	124,000,000
Other assets	0	0
Total	531,000,000	216,000,000
Liabilities of Consolidated VIEs
Other secured financings	386,000,000	301,000,000
Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value	0	0
Unsecured short-term borrowings, including the current portion of unsecured long-term borrowings	1,602,000,000	1,584,000,000
Unsecured long-term borrowings	215,000,000	334,000,000
Other liabilities and accrued expenses	0	0
Total	2,203,000,000	2,219,000,000
CDOs, mortgage-backed and other asset-backed [Member]
Assets of Consolidated VIEs
Cash and cash equivalents	107,000,000	107,000,000
Cash and securities segregated for regulatory and other purposes	0	0
Receivables from brokers, dealers and clearing organizations		0
Financial Instruments owned, at fair value	100,000,000	763,000,000
Other assets	0	0
Total	207,000,000	870,000,000
Liabilities of Consolidated VIEs
Other secured financings	104,000,000	699,000,000
Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value	1,000,000	107,000,000
Unsecured short-term borrowings, including the current portion of unsecured long-term borrowings	0	0
Unsecured long-term borrowings	0	0
Other liabilities and accrued expenses	0	0
Total	105,000,000	806,000,000
CDOs backed by mortgage obligations [Member]
Non-consolidated Variable Interest Entities [Abstract]
Assets in VIE	4,970,000,000	3,570,000,000
Maximum Exposure to Loss, Non Consolidated VIE
Maximum Exposure to Loss in Nonconsolidated VIEs	1,150,000,000	1,720,000,000
Consolidated Variable Interest Entity, Total Carrying Amount [Member]
Assets of Consolidated VIEs
Cash and cash equivalents	285,000,000	343,000,000
Cash and securities segregated for regulatory and other purposes	154,000,000	226,000,000
Receivables from brokers, dealers and clearing organizations		5,000,000
Financial Instruments owned, at fair value	2,774,000,000	3,845,000,000
Other assets	1,067,000,000	1,080,000,000
Total	4,280,000,000	5,499,000,000
Liabilities of Consolidated VIEs
Other secured financings	933,000,000	1,594,000,000
Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value	1,000,000	107,000,000
Unsecured short-term borrowings, including the current portion of unsecured long-term borrowings	1,602,000,000	1,584,000,000
Unsecured long-term borrowings	218,000,000	338,000,000
Other liabilities and accrued expenses	1,049,000,000	1,478,000,000
Total	$ 3,803,000,000	$ 5,101,000,000